TIREX CORP
10KSB, 1999-03-09
SPECIAL INDUSTRY MACHINERY (NO METALWORKING MACHINERY)
Previous: KAIRE HOLDINGS INC, 10QSB, 1999-03-09
Next: FIRETECTOR INC, PRE 14A, 1999-03-09




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-KSB

(Mark One)

         [X]      Annual  report  under  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
                  Exchange Act of 1934
 
                  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998

         [ ]      Transition  report under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
                  Exchange Act of 1934 

                  For the transition period from __________ to ___________

                       Commission File Number 33-17598-NY
                             
                              The Tirex Corporation
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in Its Charter)

               Delaware                                 22-3282985
      (State or Other Jurisdiction of                 (I.R.S. Employer
       Incorporation or Organization)                Identification No.)

             740 St. Maurice
             Montreal, Quebec                             H3C 1L5
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                 (Zip Code)

                                 (514) 878-0727
                (Issuer's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

         Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

                                                     Name of Each Exchange
         Title of Each Class                          on Which Registered
         -------------------                         ---------------------
                NONE                                          NONE

         Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

                                      NONE

      Check  whether the issuer:  (1) filed all reports  required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange  Act during the  preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the Company was required to file such reports), and (2)
has been subject to such filing  requirements  for the past 90 days.  Yes [ ] No
[X]

      Check if there is no disclosure  of delinquent  filers in response to Item
405 of  Regulation  S-B  contained in this form,  and if no  disclosure  will be
contained,  to the  best of the  Company's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB
or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [X]


<PAGE>

                                    $880,000

               (Issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year)

                      $10,353,194 (as of February 4, 1999)
                (Aggregate market value of the voting stock held
                        by non-affiliates of the Issuer)

                       78,095,141 (as of February 4, 1999)
 (Number of shares outstanding of each of the Issuer's classes of common stock,

         Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format (check one)
         Yes [ ]  No [X]

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
                                   into Part I

                 Registration statement on Form S-18, as amended
                              File No. 33-17598-NY

                 Registration statement on Form SB-2, as amended
                               File No. 333-53255

                  Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for
                        the year ended December 31, 1988

                  Transition Report on Form 10-K of the Company
                            for the transition period
                      January 1, 1989 through June 30, 1989

                 Annual Reports on Forms 10-K of the Company for
                            the years ended June 30,
                       1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994

                  Annual Report of Forms 10-KSB of the Company
                for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997

                Quarterly Reports of Forms 10-QSB of the Company
          for the quarters ended September 30, 1997, December 31, 1997,
                               and March 31, 1998

                   Current Reports on Forms 8-K of the Company
            Dated July 11, 1997, February 3, 1998, May 27, 1998, and
                               September 14, 1998


                                       2
<PAGE>

ITEM 1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Business Development

      The Tirex Corporation  (hereinafter,  the "Company" or "Tirex") is engaged
in the early stages of the  business of  manufacturing,  selling,  and leasing a
patented "turn key" cryogenic tire recycling system (the "TCS-1 Plant") designed
and developed by Tirex,  which breaks down used tires into cleanly separated and
re-saleable  rubber  crumb,  steel wire,  and fiber (see  "Existing and Proposed
Businesses - Equipment Manufacturing"). The Company was incorporated in Delaware
on August  19,  1987  under the name  "Concord  Enterprises,  Inc." Its name was
changed to "Stopwatch  Inc." on June 20,  1989(1) and to "Tirex America Inc." on
March  10,  1993.  On July 11,  1997,  in order to  encompass  the  current  and
projected international scope of its operations,  the Company's name was changed
to "The Tirex Corporation".  The Company, does business directly, and indirectly
through its Canadian  subsidiaries,  The Tirex Corporation Canada Inc. and Tirex
Canada R&D, Inc.  (formerly,  3143619  Canada Inc., and formerly known as "Tirex
Canada Inc.").

      Since the  beginning  of 1993,  the  Company  has  devoted the bulk of its
efforts  to  completing   the  design  and   development,   and  commencing  the
manufacture,  of the TCS-1  Plant and raising the  financing  required  for such
project.  All major components of the TCS-1 Plant were  successfully  tested and
were  operational  on  a   non-continuous   running  basis  by  May  1998,  with
approximately  85%  of  the  TCS-1  Plant  components  meeting  all  of  Tirex's
specifications.  In December 1998, the Company began successfully  operating the
first fully integrated TCS-1 Plant on a  continuous-running  basis for scheduled
periods of up to four  hours,  at 50% of capacity  with one of its two  freezing
towers and  fracturing  mills.  This allows the TCS-1 Plant to process  only the
tread  portion of the tires.  The  addition  of the  second  freezing  tower and
fracturing  mill, which is expected to be completed in April of 1999, will allow
for the processing also of the sidewall portion of the tire.

      The  Company  is  also  in the  process  of  establishing  and  initiating
operations in a second business segment which will involve owning and operating,
directly  or  indirectly,   on  exclusive  or  joint  venture   bases,   product
manufacturing  plants (the "Tirex Advanced  Products Plants") which will utilize
TCS-1  Plants to  produce  recycled  rubber  crumb and  which  will  manufacture
finished  products  out  of  such  recycled  material.   The  Company's  initial
operations  in this  segment will be  conducted  pursuant to an  agreement  (the
"IM2/Tirex  Agreement") with IM2 Merchandising and Manufacturing,  Inc. ("IM2"),
in Quebec.  Pursuant to the IM2/Tirex  Agreement,  the Company will act as IM2's
exclusive  supplier of rubber  welcome mats and related  products  molded out of
rubber crumb ("IM2 Products").  The Company intends to use rubber crumb produced
by the TCS-1 Plant which has been installed,  and which will be operated, at the
Company's  Montreal  facility (see "Existing and Proposed  Businesses - Proposed
TCS-1  Plant  Operations:  Sales of  Rubber  Crumb and  Manufacture  and Sale of
Finished Products").

      The Company's wholly-owned  subsidiary,  The Tirex Corporation Canada Inc.
("TCCI") was formed on June 1, 1998, and on June 3, 1998,  3143619 Canada Inc.'s
name was changed to Tirex Canada R & D Inc.  (hereinafter  referred to as "Tirex
R&D").  The purpose of these  changes was to transfer all  business  

- ---------
(1)   For a discussion of the merger with  Stopwatch,  the  healthcare  business
      which was intended, but was never commenced, by Stopwatch, and the reasons
      for the termination of the Stopwatch  business plan,  reference is made to
      Item 1 of  Registrant's  annual  report on Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year
      ended  December  31,  1988,  its  transition  report  on Form 10-K for the
      transition  period  ended June 30,  1989,  and its  annual  report on Form
      10-KSB for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995.


                                       3
<PAGE>

activities,  except those which constitute  research and development  activities
exclusively,  from  Tirex R&D to TCCI.  On April  22,  1998 the  Company  formed
another  wholly owned Canadian  subsidiary now known as Tirex Advanced  Products
Quebec, Inc. ("TAP"). This subsidiary is presently dormant. However, the Company
may, in the future,  transact finished product manufacturing  activities through
TAP. The Company also has another dormant, wholly owned subsidiary, formed under
the laws of the State of Delaware,  Tirex Acquisition Corp.  ("TAC"),  for which
the Company has no present plans.(2) The Company's  principal  executive offices
are located at 740 St. Maurice, Suite 201, Montreal, Quebec H3C 1L5, Canada, its
telephone   number   is   (514)   878-0727   and   its   Internet   address   is
[email protected].

      Although the Company has generated some limited  revenues from operations,
it is still in the development  stage. The Company began taking orders for TCS-1
Plants in October of 1995 and, to date,  has taken  orders on a total of fifteen
Plants  from five  customers,  two of which have given  refundable  deposits  of
$25,000  on one Plant  each and one of which has given  refundable  deposits  of
$25,000 on each of five Plants. Parts of one of the foregoing Plants (the "First
Production  Model") have been  delivered and the Company has received a total of
$880,000 in respect thereof. In December 1998, the Company entered into sale and
lease-back  arrangements  for  other  portions  of the First  Production  Model,
pursuant  to which it  received  a total of  $300,000  (see,  below,  "Sale  and
Lease-Back  Transactions").  All  undelivered  orders  are  subject to change by
reason of several factors, including possible cancellation of orders, changes in
terms of the  contracts,  and other  factors  beyond the  Company's  control and
should  not be relied  upon as being  necessarily  indicative  of the  Company's
future revenues or profits. The ultimate  consummation of each sale contemplated
by such  orders  will be  entirely  dependent  upon the  TCS-1  Plant's  meeting
performance  expectations,  each customer's  obtaining lease, or other financing
for the purchased  portions of the TCS-1 Plant (as well as all required  permits
and  licenses  to  operate  a system)  and the  Company's  obtaining  sufficient
production  financing  and capacity to meet delivery  requirements.  The Company
intends  to retain  ownership  rights to the  portions  of the First  Production
Model,  not included in the portions sold for the $880,000  noted above,  and to
use the entire First Production Model in the first Tirex Advanced Product Plant,
to be located in the Company's  Montreal  facility  (see  "Existing and Proposed
Business  -  Proposed  TCS-1  Plant  Operations:   Sales  of  Rubber  Crumb  and
Manufacture  and Sale of Finished  Products",  "Sales and Marketing - Agreements
with Oceans Tire Recycling and  Processing  Co.,  Inc.",  and  "Backlog").  With
respect to the commercial  manufacture of TCS-1 Plants,  the Company has located
and entered  into  written and oral  agreements  with  various  engineering  and
manufacturing  subcontractors and component suppliers, which Management believes
will give the  Company  sufficient  production  capacity to meet all current and
projected  orders for TCS-1  Plants,  as required,  commencing in or about March
1999.  At present,  the Company has no scheduled  delivery date  obligations  in
connection  with any orders it has  received to date.  With respect to projected
rubber  mat  production  operations,  the  Company  has  ordered  the  necessary
equipment  for  flocking  and  die-cutting.  This  equipment  is  expected to be
installed  in March of 1999.  For the primary  molding of the rubber  mats,  the
Company is currently in the process of evaluating  several  alternative modes of
production,  including in-house production as well as outsourcing to one or more
of numerous available sub-contractors.  Decisions respecting such operations are
expected to be made by management during the first half of March 1999.

      Absent any reference to "Canadian",  "Cdn", or any other variant  thereof,
all dollar amounts shown  throughout  this Report are in United States  dollars.
Whenever any dollar amount has been translated from 

- ---------
(2)   Unless context necessarily requires otherwise,  references  hereinafter to
      the "Company" refer to The Tirex Corporation and its  subsidiaries,  TCCI,
      Tirex R&D, TAP and TAC, collectively.


                                       4
<PAGE>

Canadian  dollars into United States  dollars or  vice-versa,  the exchange rate
used was one Canadian  dollar (Cdn $1.00) for every United States  seventy cents
(US$0.70).  This was the approximate  average exchange rate in effect during the
course of the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998. As of the close of the applicable
international currency market on February 19, 1999, the quoted exchange rate was
one Canadian dollar  (Cdn$1.00) for every United States sixty-six and thirty-six
one hundredths cents (US$0.6636)

Sale and Lease-back Transactions

      On December 16,  1998,  the Company  entered into two sale and  lease-back
transactions  by and  among the  Company,  Northshore  Leasing  &  Funding  Inc.
("NLFI"),  and Ocean  Utility  Contracting,  Inc.  ("OUCI").  Such  transactions
consisted of the Company's  sales to NLFI of the single  fracturing mill and the
single freezing tower,  which are components of the TCS-1 Plant installed at the
Company's  Montreal  facility and the lease back of such components to OUCI. The
Company  received an aggregate of $300,000 by way of the purchase prices for the
two components. The Company and OUCI have agreed that all of OUCI's rights under
the leases will be  assigned  to the Company and the Company  will assume all of
OUCI's  liabilities  thereunder.  Both  leases  are  for  a  sixty-month  period
commencing  on December  15,  1998,  with  monthly  lease  payments of $3,499.20
required under each of the two leases.  Both leases also provide that at the end
of the  lease  term,  the  lessee  will have the right to  purchase  the  leased
equipment  for  $1.00.  Such  right  to  purchase  will be  included  in  OUCI's
assignment to the Company of its rights under the leases.

Material Financing Activities

The Type A Private Placement

      Between  November 5, 1997 and May 11,  1998,  the Company  offered to sell
(the "Type A Private  Placement")  through H.J. Meyers & Co., Inc., as placement
agent  (the  "Placement  Agent"),  28 Units,  (the "Type A Units") at a price of
$25,000  per  Unit,   each  Type  A  Unit  consisting  of  one  10%  Convertible
Subordinated  Debenture  in  the  principal  amount  of  $25,000  (the  "Type  A
Debentures")  and 100,000  warrants  (the "Type A Warrants")  to purchase a like
number  of  shares  of the  common  stock of the  Company  (the  "Type A Warrant
Shares").  The Type A Private  Placement  was  terminated by the Company and the
Placement  Agent on May 11, 1998  following  the sale on April 9, 1998 of twenty
Type A Units to two  purchasers,  yielding  gross  proceeds of $500,000  and net
proceeds of $433,500 after payment of the Placement Agent's $10% commission,  3%
nonaccountable expense allowance,  and an escrow agent's fee of $1,500. The Type
A Private  Placement  was  effected  in  reliance  upon the  availability  of an
exemption  from the  registration  provisions of the Securities Act by virtue of
compliance  with the  provisions of Section 4(2) of the  Securities Act and Rule
506 of Regulation D thereof ("Rule 506"). The Type A Units were offered and sold
to  a  limited  number  of  sophisticated   investors  who  understood  and  are
economically  capable  of  accepting  the risks  associated  with a  speculative
investment,  including  the  complete  loss  of  such  investment,  and  who are
"Accredited  Investors"  within the meaning  prescribed by Regulation D and Rule
501 of the Securities Act.

      The 2,000,000  outstanding  Type A Warrants are  exercisable at a price of
$.001 per share.  Through  March 10, 1999,  the  principal  amount of the Type A
Debentures  and all interest due thereon is  convertible  into common stock at a
conversion  ratio of 67.5% of the  closing  bid  price of the  Company's  common
stock,  as traded in the  over-the-counter  ("OTC") market and quoted in the OTC
Electronic Bulletin Board of the NASD, on the trading date immediately preceding
the date of the Company's receipt of a notice of conversion from a holder of the
Type A  Debentures  (the  "Market  Price").  Unless the  registration  


                                       5
<PAGE>

statement  discussed  below is declared  effective  prior to June 11, 1999,  the
conversion  rate will decrease,  on a monthly basis at a rate of 1.5% per month,
until such date,  when it will stabilize at 61.5% of the Market Price.  There is
no minimum  conversion  price.  The Type A Debentures,  as amended,  are due and
payable on December 31, 1999 (the "Maturity  Date") and are redeemable  upon the
request of a holder at any time after the Maturity Date at 125% of the principal
amount plus all accrued, unpaid interest on the principal amount.

      The resale of the 2,000,000  shares  issuable  pursuant to the exercise of
the Type A  Warrants  and the  resale of the  shares  issuable  pursuant  to the
conversion of the Type A Debentures are being  registered by way of inclusion in
the Company's  registration statement on Form SB-2 filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on May 21, 1998 (Registration No. 333-53255),  which has yet
to be declared effective (the "Registration Statement"). Following the effective
date of the  Registration  Statement,  to the extent that they are acquired from
the Company, the shares underlying the Type A Warrants and Type A Debentures may
be  offered  and resold by the  holders  thereof,  from time to time,  as market
conditions permit in transactions in the over-the-counter  market, in negotiated
transactions,  or a  combination  of such methods of sale, at fixed prices which
may be  changed,  at market  prices  prevailing  at the time of sale,  at prices
relating to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices.

Merger with RPM Incorporated and The Type B Private Placement

      On January 7, 1998, The Company issued a total of 3,305,000  shares of its
common stock to thirty-six  persons,  none of whom had any affiliation  with the
Company.  These issuances were made pursuant to the terms of a merger  agreement
by  and  among  the  Company,  the  Company's   wholly-owned   subsidiary  Tirex
Acquisition Corp. ("TAC"), and RPM Incorporated ("RPM") respecting the merger of
RPM with and into TAC (the "RPM Merger"). The RPM Merger Agreement was effective
on January 7, 1998,  concurrent with the closing of a private placement of RPM's
securities (the "RPM Private Placement"), in which RPM had offered to sell, on a
best efforts 30 Units-or-none  basis, up to 85 units of its securities (the "RPM
Units"),  each  such RPM Unit  consisting  of one 10%  Convertible  Subordinated
Debenture in the principal  amount of $10,000 (the "RPM  Debentures") and 10,000
shares of the Common  Stock of RPM. The closing took place upon the sale of 30.5
RPM Units.  All of the net proceeds  from the RPM Private  Placement  ($276,085)
remained in RPM when it was merged  into TAC,  which was the  surviving  entity.
Such proceeds  thereby inured to the benefit of the Company.  In effectuation of
the RPM Merger, the Company:

      (i)   exchanged one share of its common stock ("Merger  Shares") for every
            issued and  outstanding  share of RPM common stock  (which  included
            305,000  shares  sold in the RPM  Private  Placement  and  3,000,000
            shares  which  had  been  issued  and   outstanding   prior  to  the
            commencement of the RPM Merger); and

      (ii)  assumed RPM's  liabilities and obligations under 30.5 RPM Debentures
            in  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $305,000  which  RPM  had
            theretofore sold in the RPM Private Placement;

      After the Merger, the Company commenced the "Type B Private Placement", in
which it offered and sold the same type of  securities,  as were sold in the RPM
Private Placements, i.e., the securities offered in the Type B Private Placement
consisted of "Type B Units" each  consisting  of 10,000  shares of the Company's
common stock and one  convertible  Subordinated  Debenture of the Company in the
principal amount of $10,000 (the "Type B Debenture"). The number of Type B Units
offered (54.5) was equal to the number of RPM Units  remaining  unsold as at the
time of the Merger.


                                       6
<PAGE>

      Prior  to the  Merger,  RPM  and  the  Company  were  completely  separate
entities.  However,  the RPM Private Placement,  the merger, the exchange of RPM
common  stock  for  Company  common  stock,  and the  subsequent  Type B Private
Placement by Tirex were at all times contemplated as interdependent transactions
and  described  in the RPM  Private  Placement  Memorandum  as  such.  Thus  the
contemplated  post-merger  Type B  Private  Placement  was  viewed  as  being  a
"continuance"  of the  RPM  Private  Placement.  The  Type B  Private  Placement
differed from the RPM Private  Placement only insofar as: (i) in the RPM Private
Placement,  RPM offered and sold  shares of RPM common  stock,  which were to be
exchanged for Company common stock in the merger,  while in the post-merger Type
B Private  Placement,  the Company  offered  and sold  shares of Company  common
stock;  and  (ii) in the  RPM  Private  Placement,  RPM  offered  and  sold  RPM
debentures,  which were to be assumed by the Company in the Merger, while in the
Type  B  Private  Placement,  the  Company  offered  and  sold  Company  Type  B
Debentures.  Except for the above,  the terms of the securities  included in the
Type B Units were identical to those included in the RPM Units

      Between  January 23,  1998 and May 11,  1998,  the Company  sold 23 Type B
Units,  consisting  in the  aggregate of 230,000  shares of its common stock and
twenty-three  10%  convertible  Debentures,  each  in the  principal  amount  of
$10,000, to 21 private investors, who had no affiliation with the Company.

      All of the  Type B  Debentures  and the RPM  Debentures,  which  had  been
assumed by the Company  (referred to  collectively,  hereinafter  as the "Type B
Debentures"),  provide  for:  (i) the  registration  of the shares  (the "Type B
Conversion  Shares") issuable upon the conversion of the Type B Debentures;  and
(ii)  restrictions  on the  transfer of the Type B  Conversion  Shares until the
first to occur of: (a) six months from the  effective  date of the  Registration
Statement,  or (b)  one  year  from  the  date  of the  issuance  of the  Type B
Debentures.  The Type B Debentures  are  convertible at a ratio of one share for
every  $0.20 of the  principal  amount of the  Debenture  plus  interest  earned
thereon  from  the  date  of  issuance.  The  principal  amounts  of the  Type B
Debentures  are due and payable on the first to occur of: (i) two years from the
issue  date or (ii) the  completion  and  closing  of a public  offering  of its
securities  by the Company.  The Type B Debentures  bear  interest at the annual
rate  of  10%  from  the  date  of  issuance  (the  "Issuance  Date"),   payable
semi-annually,  commencing  six months from the  Issuance  Date.  The company is
presently in default on interest  payments due on the Type B  Debentures.  As of
February  16,  1999,  the Company  had not  received  any  demands for  interest
payments from any of the holders of the Type B Debentures.  The Company  intends
to pay all interest  due and payable as soon as the funds  required to do so are
available.

      The resale of shares of the Company's  common stock  issuable  pursuant to
the  conversion  of the  Type  B  Debentures,  are  being  registered  by way of
inclusion in the Registration Statement.

Pre-Placement RPM Shares

      3,000,000 shares (the  "Pre-Placement RPM Shares") of the 3,305,000 shares
of RPM common stock for which the Company issued Merger Shares,  constituted all
of the shares of RPM common stock which were issued and outstanding prior to the
commencement  of the RPM Private  Placement.  These  shares were  exchanged  for
3,000,000 Merger Shares in  consideration of RPM's waiver of certain  consulting
fees in the amount of $4,000  per month,  accrued  prior and  subsequent  to the
Merger pursuant to the terms of a certain five-year consulting agreement,  dated
June 9, 1997,  among RPM,  the  Company,  and Dr.  Eugene  Stricker and Mr. Mark
Schindler who were, prior to the Merger, RPM's principal shareholders, officers,
and directors (the "RPM Consulting  Agreement").  Pursuant to the RPM Consulting
Agreement,  Dr.  Stricker and Mr.  Schindler  rendered,  and continue to render,
consulting  services to the Company  concerning  matters in connection  with the
operation of the business, equipment financing, corporate acquisitions,  mergers
and other  business  combinations,  as well as management,  corporate  


                                       7
<PAGE>

planning,  marketing,   organization  and  related  matters.  None  of  the  RPM
Shareholders  had any affiliation of any kind with the Company prior to or after
the Merger (except insofar as they have become  shareholders of the Company as a
result of the said Merger).  Based upon  information  provided by the recipients
(the RPM Shareholders") of the above described  3,305,000 shares of common stock
and advice  from the  principals  of RPM and the opinion of RPM's  counsel,  all
3,000,000 of the  Pre-Placement RPM Shares were acquired by the RPM Shareholders
prior to March 31, 1997; all of the RPM Shareholders are "accredited  investors"
as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of the  Securities  Act; all 3,305,000 of
the shares of RPM common stock (including the  Pre-Placement  RPM Shares as well
as the RPM Shares sold in the RPM Private  Placement)  which were  exchanged for
Merger  Shares  were  acquired  in  transactions  which  were  exempt  from  the
registration  requirements  of Section 5 of the Securities  Act available  under
Rule 506 of Regulation D thereof, which would not be integrated, as such term is
defined in Section  502(a) of  Regulation D under the  Securities  Act, with the
distribution  of the  Merger  Shares  to the RPM  Shareholders,  so as to render
unavailable,  for  such  distribution,   the  exemption  from  the  registration
provisions of the Securities Act under Rule 506 of Regulation D.

      Sales made in the RPM Private  Placement and the Type B Private  Placement
and the exchange of shares in the Merger were effected in  compliance  with Rule
506 to a limited  number of  sophisticated  investors  who  understood  and were
economically  capable  of  accepting  the risks  associated  with a  speculative
investment,  including  the  complete  loss of  such  investment,  and who  were
"Accredited  Investors"  within the meaning  prescribed by Regulation D and Rule
501 of the Securities Act.

The Type C Private Placement

      On May 11, 1998,  the Company  completed a private  placement (the "Type C
Private Placement") made directly by the Company, with all offers and sales made
by officers of the Company,  of a total of  11,760,000  shares of the  Company's
common  stock  (the  "Type C  Shares")  at a price of $.10 per  share,  yielding
proceeds of $1,176,000,  without deducting nominal incidental  expenses incurred
in  connection  with the  offering.  As was the case  with the Type A and Type B
Private Placements, the Type C Private Placement was effected in compliance with
Rule 506 and the Type C Shares were offered and sold only to a limited number of
sophisticated   investors  who  understood  and  were  economically  capable  of
accepting  the risks  associated  with a speculative  investment,  including the
complete loss of such investment, and who were "Accredited Investors" within the
meaning prescribed by Regulation D and Rule 501 of the Securities Act.

      The  11,760,000  Type C Shares  which were sold are being  registered  for
resale to the public by the  holders  thereof by way of their  inclusion  in the
Company's Registration Statement.

Registration Statement

      On May 21, 1998, the Company filed a  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2
(Registration  No. 333-53255) with the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  for
the registration of the resale of certain  presently  outstanding  shares of the
Company's  common stock and an  undetermined  number of shares issuable upon the
conversion or exercise of certain presently outstanding debentures, options, and
warrants.  None of the shares included in the  Registration  Statement are being
offered for sale by the Company and the Company  will  receive no proceeds  from
the resales of any of the shares included therein.

      The shares of common stock being  registered  pursuant to the Registration
Statement include: (i) 11,952,857 presently  outstanding shares of the Company's
common  stock  which are being  offered  by 58  selling  shareholders  including
11,760,000 shares issued to 57 persons in the Type C Private Placement 


                                       8
<PAGE>

described  under  "Material  Financing  Activities" and 192,857 shares issued in
November 1998 to one individual;  (ii) shares  underlying an option issued to CG
Tire Inc. ("CGT") on April 24, 1997, for the purchase,  prior to April 23, 2000,
of the number of shares which would  constitute upon their issuance,  on a fully
diluted  basis,  up to ten percent  (10%) of the issued and  outstanding  common
stock of the Company at an exercise  price equal to fifty  percent  (50%) of the
average of the final bid and ask prices for the  Company's  common  stock during
the ten business days  preceding the date of exercise;  (iii)  2,000,000  shares
issuable  upon the exercise of the Type A Warrants  issued in the Type A Private
Placement described under "Material Financing Activities"; (iv) 2,000,000 shares
issuable  upon the  exercise of  currently  outstanding  common  stock  purchase
warrants (the "SCT Warrants") to purchase 666,666 shares of the Company's common
stock at an exercise  price of $.25 per share,  666,666  shares of the Company's
common stock at an exercise  price of $.40 per share,  and 666,666  shares at an
exercise  price of $.50 per share;  (iv) shares  issuable upon the conversion of
the Type A Debentures,  issued in the Type A Private  Placement  described under
"Material Financing  Activities",  in the aggregate principal amount of $500,000
at a  conversion  rate equal to a maximum of 67.6% and a minimum of 61.5% of the
closing bid price of the Company's  common stock on the trading date immediately
prior to the date upon which the Company  receives a notice of  conversion  (see
the discussion, above, in this section, under the subcaption "The Type A Private
Placement";  and (v) 2,675,000 shares issuable upon the conversion of the Type B
Debentures,  issued under the Type B Private Placement described under "Material
Financing  Activities" in the aggregate  principal  amount of $535,000.  (At the
option of the holders of the Type A and Type B Debentures,  all unpaid  interest
accrued on the Debentures, through the date of conversion, may also be converted
into shares of the Company's common stock).

      The  Company  is  presently   preparing  to  file  an  amendment  to  such
Registration Statement and expects to do so as promptly as practicable following
the filing of this Report.

Existing and Proposed Businesses

Canadian Operations

      The  governments of Canada and Quebec,  have officially  acknowledged  the
pivotal  role  played by business  investment  in research  and  development  in
insuring  sustained  economic  growth  and  long-term  prosperity.  In  order to
encourage such  activities,  the Government of Canada,  on a national basis, and
the Government of Quebec,  on a provincial  basis,  support private research and
development  initiatives  through  the  provision  of  scientific  research  tax
incentives to businesses and individuals. As a result of the combined efforts of
both levels of  government,  Quebec offers the most generous tax  incentives for
research and development programs of which the Company is aware.

      In May of 1995, in order to take advantage of such financial incentives in
connection with the research and development  work on the first production model
of the TCS-1 Plant,  the Company formed a Canadian  corporation,  3143619 Canada
Inc.  (formerly  referred to as "Tirex  Canada  Inc.").  On June 3, 1998,  Tirex
Canada  Inc.'s  name was  changed to Tirex  Canada R&D Inc.  and is  hereinafter
referred to as "Tirex  R&D".  On April 22,  1998,  the  Company  formed a second
Canadian  corporation,  3477584  Canada  Inc.,  the name of which was changed to
Tirex  Advanced  Products  Quebec  Inc  on  June  3,  1998  ("TAP").  TAP  is  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of The Tirex Corporation and is presently  dormant.  On
June 1,  1998,  the  Company  formed a third  Canadian  corporation,  "The Tirex
Corporation Canada Inc.",  referred to herein as "TCCI".  TCCI is a wholly-owned
subsidiary  of  The  Tirex  Corporation.  The  purpose  of the  above  described
corporate  formations  and name  changes was to position the Company to dedicate
Tirex R&D's activities solely and exclusively to research and development and to
establish TCCI as the Company's manufacturing arm.


                                       9
<PAGE>

      To qualify for Canadian  Government  grants and tax  benefits,  the record
owners  of 51% of the  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock of Tirex R&D are
Terence C. Byrne, chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer
of The Tirex  Corporation and Louis V. Muro, vice president of engineering and a
member of the board of  directors  of The  Tirex  Corporation,  both of whom are
Canadian residents. Terence C. Byrne also serves as the chairman of the board of
directors and the chief executive  officer of Tirex R&D while Louis V. Muro also
serves as a vice president and a director of Tirex R&D. The Tirex Corporation is
the record  holder of the balance of 49% of the issued and  outstanding  capital
stock of Tirex R&D. Messrs. Byrne and Muro hold their Tirex R&D shares under the
terms of the shareholders agreement,  dated July 3, 1995, as amended February 2,
1996 and August 27,  1997 (The  "Tirex R&D  Shareholder  Agreement")  which will
require them to transfer all such shares to the Company for no  compensation  in
2001 or earlier under certain circumstances.

The Tirex R&D License

      Tirex R&D holds an  exclusive,  ten year license  from the Company,  which
expires on July 2, 2005, to design,  develop, and manufacture the TCS-1 Plant in
North America (the "Primary License").  The terms of the Primary License provide
that Tirex R&D may  manufacture  TCS-1 Plants only upon and pursuant to specific
purchase orders issued by The Tirex Corporation and requires that Tirex R&D sell
all TCS-1 Plants which it  manufactures  exclusively  to, or as directed by, The
Tirex Corporation. To the extent necessary to insure that Tirex R&D's operations
are  limited  to pure  research  and  development  activities,  Tirex  R&D  will
sublicense  the Primary  License to TCCI.  Unless context  necessarily  requires
otherwise, the terms of the sublicense will be identical to those of the Primary
License.  To the extent  necessary  to achieve the  aforesaid  goals,  all other
contracts to which Tirex R&D is a party,  will be transferred  and assigned,  in
whole or in part,  from Tirex R&D to TCCI, The Tirex  Corporation,  or any other
existing  or  future  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of The  Tirex  Corporation,  as
management shall determine.

Canadian Government and Government Sponsored Financial Assistance

      The  Company's  May 1995  transfer of its  research  and  development  and
manufacturing  activities to Tirex R&D (then referred to as "Tirex Canada") made
the Company eligible for various Canadian and Quebec  government  programs which
provide loans, grants, and tax incentives,  as well as government guarantees for
loans from private lending institutions,  for eligible investment,  research and
development, and employee-training activities.

      The financial  assistance  which the Company received under these programs
is discussed briefly below, under the subcaptions "Tax Incentives" and "Canadian
Government  and  Government  Sponsored  Loans and Grants".  A discussion in more
detail  of the  terms  and  provisions  of  these  various  types  of  financial
assistance,  which the Company  received,  is included in Item 6 of this Report,
"Management's Discussion and Analysis".

Tax Incentives

      Canadian and Quebec tax  incentives  take the form of  deductions  and tax
credits with respect to eligible research and development  expenditures of Tirex
R&D. Certain tax credits are called "refundable"  because to the extent that the
amount  of the tax  credit  exceeds  the  taxes  payable,  they are paid over or
"refunded" to the taxpayer.  Thus such credits function  effectively as monetary
grants.  To qualify for such tax credits,  research and  development  activities
must comprise  investigation or systematic  technological or scientific research
conducted  through pure or applied  research,  undertaken to advance science and


                                       10
<PAGE>

develop  new  processes,  materials,  products  or devices or to  enhance,  even
slightly, existing processes, materials, products, or devices.

Canadian Government, and Government Sponsored Loans and Grants

      The Company has also  received  financial  assistance  by way of loans and
grants from Quebec  governmental  agencies for the design and development of the
TCS-1 Plant and for export market  development.  The terms and conditions of the
government and government sponsored loans and grants obtained by the Company are
discussed  in Item 6 of this  Report  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis".
Briefly, they have included the following:

      $500,000  (Canadian)  Regional  Development  Loan  From  Canadian  Federal
Government.  In March of  1996,  the  Company  qualified  for an  interest-free,
unsecured  loan (the "FORDQ Loan") in the amount of CA $500,000,  (approximately
US $350,000)  from the  Canadian  federal  government  agency,  Canada  Economic
Development for Quebec Regions  ("CEDQR"),  formerly known as The Federal Office
for Regional Development-Quebec  (sometimes referred to herein as "FORDQ") under
its Industrial Recovery Program for Southwest Montreal, which is administered by
CEDQR. The purpose of the government program, under which this loan was made, is
to encourage industrial  development in Southwest Montreal,  where the Company's
corporate headquarters and its manufacturing facility are located.

      $75,000   (Canadian)  Grant  From  La  Societe  Recyclage   Quebecoise  de
Recuperation  et de Recyclage  ("Recyc  Quebec").  In April of 1997, the Company
qualified for a grant from Societe  Quebecoise de  Recuperation  et de Recyclage
("Recyc-Quebec"),  a  self-financed  State  owned  corporation  which  promotes,
develops,  and  supports  the  reduction,  reuse,  recovery,  and  recycling  of
containers,  packaging materials or products,  as well as their  transformation,
from a resource conservation perspective.  Under its mandate,  Recyc-Quebec will
provide financial aid for tire recycling projects.  The purpose of this grant to
the  Company was to support the design,  development,  and  construction  of the
first TCS-1 Plant.

      Loans From the Canadian Federal Office of Regional Development - Quebec
("FORDQ"). FORDQ's Program for the Development of Quebec's IDEA Program provides
loans in amounts of up to 50% of approved  expenditures made by the borrower for
the purpose of identifying and developing export markets for Canadian  products.
Under  this  program,  the  Company  has had its  application  approved,  and or
obtained, a total of five loans under this program, as follows:

      (a)   On January 16, 1997, the Company  qualified for a loan, in an amount
            equal to 50% of approved  expenditures,  up to a maximum loan amount
            of $20,000 Canadian  (approximately $14,000 U.S.) for a Market Study
            respecting the  feasibility of marketing TCS-1 Plants in the Iberian
            Peninsula.  Such study  (the  "Iberian  Report")  was done by Gapco,
            Inc., a corporation  controlled  by Alan  Crossley,  who  thereafter
            became the Company's Director of European Marketing. As compensation
            therefor Mr.  Crossley  received an  aggregate  of $40,000  Canadian
            consisting of a combination of cash and stock.  The stock portion of
            such  compensation  was paid on May 29,  1997 with the  issuance  of
            84,658 shares of the Company's  common stock. Mr. Crossley was until
            February  11, 1999,  a director of the  Company.  In July 1997,  Mr.
            Crossley  was  appointed  as  the  Company's  Managing  Director  of
            European   Market    Development   (see   "Existing   and   


                                       11
<PAGE>

            Proposed Businesses").  The Iberian Report is discussed below in the
            subtopic  "Marketing and Distribution - Combined Segments" under the
            caption, "Marketing Activities".

      (b)   On April 1, 1997,  the Company  qualified  for a loan,  in an amount
            equal to 50% of approved  expenditures,  up to a maximum loan amount
            of $20,000 Canadian  (approximately $14,000 U.S.) for a Market Study
            respecting the feasibility of marketing TCS-1 Plants in India.  Such
            study (the "Indian  Report") was done by Gapco,  Inc., a corporation
            controlled by Alan Crossley. As compensation  therefor, the Company,
            paid Mr. Crossley $40,000 Canadian.

      (c)   On July 7, 1997,  the  Company  qualified  for a loan,  in an amount
            equal to 50% of approved  expenditures,  up to a maximum loan amount
            of  $95,000  Canadian   (approximately   $66,500  U.S.)  for  market
            development  activities  in the  United  States  markets  for rubber
            crumb.  The  proceeds  of this loan  were  used to pay for  research
            activities  respecting the potential market in the United States for
            TCS-1  Plants  and for the  rubber  crumb  that  is  expected  to be
            produced  thereby ("Tirex Rubber Crumb").  The nature and results of
            these activities are discussed below in the subtopic  "Marketing and
            Distribution - Combined  Segments" under the subcaption,  "Marketing
            Activities".

      (d)   On June 10, 1997,  the Company  qualified  for a loan,  in an amount
            equal to 50% of approved  expenditures,  up to a maximum loan amount
            of $95,000 Canadian  (approximately $66,500 U.S.) for Iberian market
            development  activities related to positioning the company to market
            TCS-1  Plants,  rubber  crumb,  and related  products in the Iberian
            Peninsula.  The  activities  conducted in this regard are  discussed
            below  in  the  subtopic  "Marketing  and  Distribution  -  Combined
            Segments" under the subcaption, "Marketing Activities".

      (e)   On March 11, 1998,  the Company  qualified  for a loan, in an amount
            equal to 50% of approved  expenditures,  up to a maximum loan amount
            of $98,000 Canadian  (approximately  $68,600 U.S.) for international
            market development activities, which the Company used to explore the
            feasibility  of  using  rubber  crumb  in  thermoplastic   elastomer
            compounds in the United States and Canada. The activities  conducted
            in this regard are discussed  below in the subtopic  "Marketing  and
            Distribution - Combined  Segments" under the subcaption,  "Marketing
            Activities".

Tirex Advanced Products Manufacturing Activities

      The Company  intends to  establish  and operate its first  proposed  Tirex
Advanced  Products  manufacturing   activities  at  its  Montreal  research  and
development and assembly facility. It is the intention of the Company that these
operations  will be conducted,  exclusively,  or on a joint venture basis with a
third party, through the Company's  wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary,  TCCI (see
"Existing and Proposed  Businesses - Proposed TCS-1 Plant  Operations:  Sales of
Rubber Crumb and Manufacture and Sale of Finished Products").


                                       12
<PAGE>

Equipment Manufacturing

Product:  The TCS-1 Plant

      The TCS-1  Plant  comprises a complete,  turn-key,  environmentally  safe,
cryogenic tire recycling plant system designed to: (i) disintegrate scrap tires,
using  substantially  less energy than is required by existing  ambient  methods
(which  shred and/or chop tires at  "ambient"  or normal room  temperatures)  or
other currently available cryogenic methods (which reduce the temperature of the
materials  for at least a  portion  of the  process,  but  which  still  rely on
chopping and/or shredding the tire), and (ii) produce commercially  exploitable,
high  quality,  clean rubber  crumb and  unshredded  steel and fiber.  All major
components of the first  full-scale TCS-1 Plant (the "First  Production  Model")
were successfully tested and were operational on a non-continuous  running basis
by May 1998.  In  mid-June  1998,  the  Company  initiated  the second  stage of
testing,  which  consisted of testing all major  components and all functions of
the First Production Model, individually, on a continuous running basis. Results
of second stage tests, as at September, 1998 indicated that approximately 85% of
the TCS-1 Plant  components  met all of the  Company's  specifications  and that
modifications  were  required in certain  components  in order for the  complete
Plant  to  operate  fully  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  specifications.
Continuous  testing  of the Plant  components  also  enabled  Tirex to  identify
opportunities  to increase the TCS-1 Plant's cost and operating  efficiency.  In
September 1998, the Company retained the Montreal  engineering firm of Beaudoin,
Hurens and Associates,  Inc.  ("BHA") to: (i) prepare and/or finalize all design
and  engineering   drawings,   operation  and  technical   manuals,   and  other
documentation   respecting  the  TCS-1  Plant;  and  (ii)  make  an  independent
engineering  assessment  of Tirex's  findings  from its first and  second  stage
testing of the TCS-1 Plant to verify and  authenticate the  modifications  which
were required to bring the Plant into full compliance with projected performance
specifications.  BHA  assisted  the  Company in  implementing  all  required  or
recommended  changes and will serve as  engineering  project  manager during the
final stage of preparation for full scale commercial operations. The Company has
also retained Plasti-Systemes Inc. of Montreal to do all mechanical fabrications
required during this final stage of the project. The required modifications were
completed subsequent to the period covered by this Report in December of 1998 on
a single  fracturing  mill and a single  freezing tower in the First  Production
Model.  Completion of the second fracturing mill and freezing tower,  which will
be included therein, is scheduled to occur in April of 1999. Present estimations
for  commencement of full scale  commercial  manufacture of TCS-1 Plants are now
projected  for  March of 1999.  For a  discussion  of the  associated  costs and
financing  of  the  above,   reference  is  made  to  Item  6  of  this  Report,
"Management's Discussion and Analysis

      The functions and mechanisms of the TCS-1 Plant have been designed for the
exclusive purpose of disintegrating  automobile and truck tires, which basically
consist of the following elements:

      *     Two types of  rubber.  The  sidewalls  of tires are  constructed  of
            material  containing a higher  percentage of natural,  as opposed to
            synthetic,  rubber which is used in the treads.  The TCS-1 Plant has
            been designed to take  advantage of these  differences  to produce a
            separate rubber powder reclaimed exclusively from the sidewalls.

      *     Steel beads,  which consist of steel wires tightly wound together to
            a diameter of approximately 3/8 of an inch. These beads are imbedded
            around  the  rims  of  the  tire  treads;  

      *     Steel belting,  which  incorporates a thin layer of steel wires laid
            out in a  "herring  bone"  pattern  and which  underlies  the entire
            surface  of  the  tread  area,   and  

      *     Fiber threads which are incorporated into the rubber used throughout
            the tire.


                                       13
<PAGE>

Economy, Functions, Operations, and Capabilities

      The TCS-1 Plant has been  designed to operate  continuously  (with minimum
amounts of downtime for maintenance), to consume approximately 6.50 kilowatts of
power, and is designed to require substantially less energy than is used, to the
best of the Company's  knowledge,  by other  presently  existing tire  recycling
equipment. The TCS-1 Plant is expected to be able to process both automobile and
truck  tires  at a  rate  equivalent  to  180  passenger  tires  per  hour  on a
continuous,  commercial  operations basis. To date, the Company has succeeded in
operating the TCS-1 Plant for scheduled  periods of up to four hours,  at 50% of
capacity with one of its two freezing towers and fracturing  mills.  This allows
the TCS-1 Plant to process only the tread portion of the tires.  The addition of
the second freezing tower and fracturing mill, which is expected to be completed
in April of 1999, will allow for the processing also of the sidewall  portion of
the tire.  Results  of  operations  to date  indicate  that the  TCS-1  Plant is
presently  capable  of  processing  passenger  car  tires at a rate of three per
minute.

      The following discussion of the functions, operations, and capabilities of
the TCS-1 Plant are based upon engineering  design plans and  specifications and
first and second  stage test  operations  of the first  production  model of the
TCS-1  Plant.  This  discussion  assumes  that the TCS-1 Plant will  function in
accordance with projected performance specifications on a continuous, long term,
commercial  operating  basis.  There can however be no assurance,  at this time,
that the  foregoing  assumptions  will  prove to be  correct  when the  Plant is
operated over extended periods of time on a commercial basis.

Step-by-Step Operations

      The projected  step-by step  operations of the TCS-1 Plant will  encompass
the following:

      (a)   The two  sidewalls  will be cut off and the  tread  will be cut into
            lengths of about one foot. (The sidewalls will be kept separate from
            the tread sections throughout the process).

      (b)   The two steel  beads  which are  contained  within each tire will be
            pulled out;

      (c)   Sidewall  and tread  sections  will  automatically  be  placed  onto
            separate  conveying systems which will then feed them into the TCS-1
            Plant's freezing chambers through separate air locks.

      (d)   The  frozen   sections   will  then  pass   through   two   patented
            disintegrators  ("Fracturing  Mills")  where the  sidewall and tread
            rubber  will  be  reduced  to  two  separate  coarse  powders.  This
            operation   will   not   involve   any   chopping,   shredding,   or
            hammer-milling.  Therefore,  the  steel  wires  will  not  be cut or
            broken.  The fiber  threads  will  retain  their  basic  shapes  and
            characteristics. No steel powder or fiber fluff will be produced.

      (e)   The  steel  wires  will be  magnetically  removed  from  the  rubber
            powders.

      (f)   The fiber  and  rubber  powder  will be passed  through  screens  to
            separate the powder from the fiber  threads.  The fiber threads will
            then be conveyed out of the machine to a fiber baler.

      (g)   The rubber powders will then be conveyed out of the TCS-1 Plant.

      (h)   70% of the  rubber  powders  yielded  by the TCS-1  Plant  will pass
            through a ten mesh screen.  Supplementary  grinders will be supplied
            for customers  desiring finer powders which can pass through 40 mesh
            or 80 mesh screens.


                                       14
<PAGE>

Comparison  of the Projected TCS-1 Plant
  With Other, Existing Tire Recycling Equipment

      There are two types of tire  disintegration  processes  in use today which
produce rubber powder,  normally  referred to as "crumb";  cryogenic systems and
"ambient" systems.  Management  believes that the TCS-1 Plant will have distinct
advantages over existing  systems,  as set forth in the comparisons  below.  All
references  to  "existing  conventional  cryogenic  and ambient  systems" are to
technologies which are widely available and known throughout the industry.  Such
technologies include all mechanical,  commercially  feasible tire disintegration
systems of which the Company has  knowledge.  There can be no assurance  however
that one or more new  technologies,  or improvements  to existing  technologies,
presently  unknown to  management,  has not,  or in the near  future,  will not,
become available.  While it is conceivable that new technological  breakthroughs
could  provide  benefits  and  advantages  equal  to or  exceeding  those of the
projected  TCS-1 Plant,  at this time, the Company is not aware of any such tire
disintegration system or technology.

                              Existing Conventional
                              Cryogenic and Ambient
                                     Systems

Methods

Except for a small  number of recyclers  who remove the steel beads first,  most
conventional  cryogenic and ambient  systems used today to produce  rubber crumb
feed whole tires into chopping, shredding,  grinding, or pulverizing mechanisms,
or a combination of any two or more of such mechanisms.  Because the entire tire
is subject to these  operations,  the steel  which makes up the beads as well as
the steel wires embedded in the belting and the fiber components of the tire are
also chopped,  shredded,  and ground. In both conventional cryogenic and ambient
systems, this initial chopping and shredding is effected at ambient temperatures
(normal  climatic  conditions).  Tires,  however,  are  designed to be tough and
durable at these temperatures. The difficulty in chopping or shredding the tires
at these  temperatures  is  compounded  by the fact that all of the steel in the
tire is also being chopped and shredded.

                                    Projected
                                      TCS-1
                                     System

Methods

The projected TCS-1 Plant will be designed to remove and salvage the steel beads
of the tire before any other operation is commenced.  Disintegration of the tire
will be  accomplished  solely by the  exertion  of  pressure,  in a  proprietary
manner, on frozen rubber. This disintegration process will take place only after
the tire sections  have been cooled to a temperature  between 90 and 100 degrees
below zero,  fahrenheit,  at which point the material  will take on a glass-like
brittleness.  At no point in the process will the steel or fiber  components  be
subjected to any chopping, shredding,  grinding, or pulverizing procedures which
would destroy the basic  integrity of their  respective  wire-like and cord-like
configurations.


                                       15
<PAGE>

Equipment, Energy and
  Maintenance Requirements

Because of the  toughness  of rubber at ambient  temperatures  and the fact that
steel,  as well as the rubber and fiber,  are being  chopped or  shredded,  very
large and powerful  equipment  and the  application  of  substantial  amounts of
energy are required to tear tires apart using conventional  cryogenic or ambient
systems.  Moreover,  since  tires  are so tough  and  durable,  they  have to be
shredded in stages.  The stages  typically  include:  (i) initial  shredding  to
reduce  the tire to  strips of about 2 x 6 inches;  (ii) a second  shredding  to
reduce such strips to pieces  approximately 1 x 2 inches in size;  (iii) a third
stage which further reduces the material to pieces of  approximately  1/8 to 1/2
inches in size; and a fourth  shredding  operation which yields a coarse powder.
The foregoing  shredding  operations will consume a total of  approximately  one
thousand  horsepower  or  more.  Because  of  the  foregoing  requirements,  the
machinery which is used to construct  conventional  cryogenic or ambient systems
has more bulk than the TCS-1  Plant.  Moreover,  there is great wear and tear on
the cutting  edges of the chopping  and  shredding  mechanisms  which causes the
cutting edge to require constant maintenance, repair, and blade replacement.

Equipment, Energy and
 Maintenance Requirements

The  projected  TCS-1 Plant is designed to remove the steel beads from the tires
before any disintegration process commences. Additionally, the rubber will be in
an  extremely  brittle  and easy to break  condiiton  during the  disintegration
process.  Therefore,  the  equipment  required  to break  down the tires will be
considerably   smaller  and  lighter,   and  the  energy  requirements  will  be
drastically  lower than those  required  by  conventional  cryogenic  or ambient
systems in use today.  The TCS-1  Plan will be  comparatively  light in terms of
bulk and weight.  Moreover,  the TCS-1 Plan will have no  shredding  or chopping
surfaces that would  require  continuous  sharpening  and  repairing.  This will
result in an additional significant reduction in maintenance expenses.

Cooling Techniques

As discussed below,  conventional  cryogenic systems use liquid nitrogen to cool
the rubber  before  subjecting  it to knife or  hammer-mill  operations.  Liquid
nitrogen is an expensive coolant, costing approximately $.04 per pound of tire.

Cooling Techniques

The TCS-1  Plant will be designed to use  mechanical  regrigeration  to coll the
tires to the required  temperatures.  Mechanical  refrigeration is normally less
expensive  to use than liquid  nitrogen  and the Company  expects its cost be be
approximately $.01 per pound of tire.

Costs and Expenses

As a result of the  foregoing,  initial  capital  outlays for the  equipment and
continuing energy and maintenance costs are high.

Costs and Expenses

The foregoing is expected to result in  significantly  smaller  initial  capital
requirements and drastically lower continuing energy and maintenance costs.


                                       16
<PAGE>

Problems Associated With Tire Disintegration 
Methods In Current Use.

The initial operations  described above will chop or shred a complete tire until
it is reduced to chips  ranging in size from about 2 x 2 inches to 2 x 6 inches.
These chips can be used as "TDF" (tire  derived  fuel") and  possibly as fill to
assist drainage.  Unless destined for these limited uses, the chips are normally
then fed into a second  shredder  which reduces them to 1 x 1 inch or 1 x 2 inch
pieces.  They are then fed into a knife or hammer mill where they are reduced to
rubber "crumb" consisting of particles of rubber,  approximately 1/8 to 1/2 inch
in size. Finally, these pieces are pulverized into a coarse powder or crumb in a
hammer mill.  At this point,  some of the steel will have been broken into small
pieces of wire,  free of rubber,  but much of the steel will remain  embedded in
the rubber  pieces.  In addition,  since the fiber will have been subject to the
chopping,  shredding,  and/or pulverizing operations,  much of it will have been
broken,  and its  thread  or  cord-like  configuration  destroyed.  The  broken,
pulverized fibers will have formed a "fluff" which entraps and holds both rubber
and steel particles.

In order for this crumb to be useable,  the steel will have to be separated  and
removed.  The use of strong  magnets  removes  the free steel  pieces,  but such
magnets  also remove all of the rubber  particles in which the rest of the steel
is embedded, resulting in a loss of up to 15% of the rubber.

To avoid  losing the  substantial  amounts of  steel-bearing  rubber  which were
magnetically removed, and to obtain a finer crumb (the coarse crumb has very few
uses), the crumb must be subjected to a second re-grinding, which may or may not
be cryogenic.  This is normally  done in a knife mill capable of  disintegrating
the crumb into smaller particles or in a hammer-mill.

In using a hammer or  knife-mill  for this  operation,  however,  the  following
problems  arise:  (i) running at an efficient  speed,  the fiber fluff (which is
contained in the rubber  crumb) may clog the  mechanism;  and (ii) the action of
the hammer or knife-mill  will heat the rubber to the  

Avoidance of Problems Associated With Tire
Disintegration Methods in Current Use.

The  proposed  TCS-1  Plant has been  designed to avoid the  problems  described
opposite which arise out of current tire disintegration methods by insuring that
the steel and fiber  components of the tire are not  subjected,  at any time, to
chopping,  shredding,  or hammer or  knife-milling  operations which destroy the
integrity of the wire or cord-like  configurations  of the steel and fiber. This
is  expected  to  prevent  the   creation  of  steel  powder  and  fiber  fluff.
Disintegration will be accomplished solely through the exertion of pressure. The
TCS-1 Plant  disintegration  process is not expected to break the steel wires or
to affect their integrity in any way. Based upon  continuous  tests to date, the
TCS-1 Plant's proprietary disintegration mechanism does not create steel powder;
this  results  in easy and  efficient  separation  and  removal  of the steel by
magnetic means,  without the substantial loss of rubber powder which occurs with
the methods described opposite.

The fiber, which does not lose its thread or cord-like configuration,  is broken
in the disintegration  process into lengths of from 1/2 to 4 inches. Rubber that
is attached to the fiber constitutes a saleable product with unique  properties.
Furthermore, test operations to date, indicate that, in this form, the fiber can
be easily  separated  from the rubber  crumb by  passing  it  through  wire mesh
screens.  The salvaged  steel wire pieces and fiber  threads will be useable and
saleable.

Based on the foregoing and on test results,  management  believes  that: (i) the
rubber  powder  yielded by the TCS-1 Plant will  contain  only an  insignificant
amount of fiber and steel;  (ii) wastage of  salvageable  rubber  powder will be
reduced  from the  approximately  30%  associated  with the use of  conventional
cryogenic or ambient systems to an estimated 3%. (iii) instead of unusable steel
powder  and  fiber  fluff,  which  recyclers  must pay to have  hauled  away and
deposited in landfills,  the TCS-1 Plant will yield clean useable,  and saleable
reclaimed steel and fiber as well as two types of rubber powder  


                                       17
<PAGE>

point  where it will  become so soft that  instead  of being  pulverized  into a
powder,  it will simply be softened and mashed and thereby will further clog the
mechanism.

To avoid these problems, the hammer or knife-milling operations can be conducted
at low feed rates, which will reduce the foregoing  problems,  but which may not
be economically feasible.  Conventional cryogenic systems deal with this problem
by using liquid  nitrogen to cool the previously  chopped and shredded  material
before  feeding it into the hammer or  knife-mill.  Some ambient  systems do not
freeze the rubber,  but instead inject liquid nitrogen directly into the mill to
keep the rubber from softening.

Knife-milling or hammer-milling  operations will create further problems because
all of the fiber and steel,  which is mixed in with the rubber crumb,  will have
been ground up and pulverized along with the rubber, with the following results:
(i) The steel components of the tires will have been ground or pulverized into a
fine powder,  which cannot be allowed to remain as a  contaminant  in the rubber
powder if the rubber is to have any economic value.  The steel must therefore be
removed magnetically. However, the fine steel powder will be thoroughly mixed in
with the  rubber  powder.  The  magnetic  action  which is meant to pull out the
minute particles of steel, will necessarily also draw out substantial amounts of
the surrounding  rubber  particles.  Losses of rubber powder  resulting from the
magnetic  removal of the steel powder are  estimated to amount to  approximately
15% percent of the total rubber powder produced. Such wastage adds substantially
to the cost of useable product yielded by these systems. The steel powder is not
useable for any purpose and has no economic  value.  It must be transported  and
deposited  in  landfills  which  again adds to the cost of any  useable  product
produced. (ii) The thread or cord-like configuration of the fiber will have been
disintegrated  into the cotton-like  "fluff"  described  above.  This fluff will
attract  and  hold  significant  amounts  of  the  powdered  rubber  and  steel.
Separation  of the steel and  rubber  particles  from the fiber  fluff is nearly
impossible  because the fine particles are trapped in the entangling strands and
adhere to them.  It is  

containing only insignificant amounts of fiber and steel.


                                       18
<PAGE>

estimated that up to 15% of the rubber powder will be trapped in the fiber fluff
and drawn out with it.  The fluff has no  current  economic  value and  actually
constitutes a liability  because it must be transported and disposed of, usually
as landfill.

The wastage of up to 15% of the rubber  powder,  which  results  from losing the
rubber which is trapped in the fiber fluff,  together  with the  additional  15%
percent of the rubber powder which clings to the pulverized steel particles when
they  are  removed  magnetically,  brings  total  losses  of  rubber  powder  to
approximately 30% percent,  which is reflected in a concomitant  increase in the
cost of the product produced.

Recovery Ratio

Current shredding  operations recover on average twelve pounds,  representing 75
percent,  of the rubber  contained in every twenty pound tire.  All of the fiber
and steel,  and the balance of the rubber  components  of each tire are, in most
cases, not reclaimed,  for the reasons  described above. The result is a loss of
approximately eight pounds of unrecovered,  unrecycled rubber, steel, and fiber,
representing  40% of the  constituent  materials  of the  tire,  which  must  be
transported  and  disposed  of  in  landfills  or  other  solid  waste  disposal
facilities.

Recovery  Ratio

For the reasons  described  above,  and based on performance  tests of the scale
model  prototype  of the TCS-1  Plant's  proprietary  disintegration  mechanism,
management expects that almost all of the rubber, steel, and fiber components of
the tire will be recovered in useable and saleable condition.

Production and Supply

      The  Company's   activities  to  date  have  focused  on  the  design  and
development of the TCS-1 Plant. In connection with these activities, the Company
has been dependent on arrangements with its  subcontractors  for the manufacture
and assembly of the principal components  incorporated into the TCS-1 Plant (see
"Subcontractors", below).

      The Company  has  effected,  and intends to continue to effect,  all TCS-1
Plant manufacturing operations through its subcontractors.  It will therefore be
substantially  dependent  on the  ability  of  such  subcontractors  to  satisfy
performance and quality  specifications  and to dedicate  sufficient  production
capacity for all TCS-1 Plant scheduled delivery dates. The Company believes that
all of its subcontractors have the requisite manufacturing  capabilities and the
willingness to dedicate  sufficient amounts of their  manufacturing  capacity to
the Company to meet all TCS-1  Plant  delivery  dates,  currently  scheduled  or
expected  to be  scheduled  for not less than the next two  years.  However,  no
assurance  can be given  that 


                                       19
<PAGE>

this  will  in  fact be the  case  and  failure  on the  part  of the  Company's
subcontractors  in these regards would adversely affect the Company's ability to
manufacture and deliver TCS-1 Plants on a timely and competitive  basis. In such
event  the   Company   would  have  to  replace  or   supplement   its   present
subcontractors.  There can be no assurance that should it be necessary to do so,
the Company would be able to find capable replacements for its subcontractors on
a timely basis and on terms beneficial to the Company,  if at all; The Company's
inability  to do so  would  have a  material  adverse  effect  on its  business.
Components  of the TCS-1  Plants,  which are not  manufactured  by the Company's
subcontractors  specifically  for the TCS-1  Plant,  will be  purchased,  either
directly  by  the  Company  or  indirectly  through  its   subcontractors   from
third-party  manufacturers.  The  Company  believes  that  numerous  alternative
sources of supply for all such components are readily available.

Subcontractors

      The  Company  has  retained   the   following   machinery   manufacturing,
engineering and designing firms located in Quebec:

      Beaudoin,  Hurens and Associates,  Inc. On September 21, 1998, the Company
accepted the proposal of Beaudoin,  Hurens and Associates,  Inc. to: (i) prepare
and/or  finalize all design and  engineering  drawings,  operation and technical
manuals,  and other  documentation  respecting the TCS-1 Plant; and (ii) make an
independent engineering assessment of Tirex's findings from its first and second
stage testing of the TCS-1 Plant to verify and authenticate the requirements for
the  modifications  which the Company  believes  are required to bring the Plant
into full  compliance  with  specifications.  BHA  assisted  the Company and its
subcontractors in effecting the required modifications and is continuing to work
with the Company on fine tuning and enhancing the operation of the Plant. BHA is
also currently serving as engineering project manager during what Tirex believes
is the final stage of preparation for full scale commercial  operations.  BHA is
presently in the process of reducing its agreement with the Company to a formal,
written  agreement  which will reflect their  standard  charges for  engineering
services at an hourly  rate of CA $60.00  (approximately  US  $42.00).  Based on
present  estimates,   the  Company  believes  that  BHA's  total  fees  will  be
approximately US $200,000.

      Fedico,  Inc. In January of 1997,  the Company  retained  Fedico,  Inc. of
St-Hubert,  Quebec ("Fedico"),  a machinery design firm located in Quebec. Prior
thereto,  Fedico had been providing the Company with consulting and other design
engineering  services  and had acted as project  leader,  guiding  the  over-all
design and  engineering  of the TCS-1  Plant.  In  addition to  supervising  the
over-all  assembly and start-up  procedures of the first  full-scale  production
model of the TCS-1 Plant,  Fedico designed,  engineered,  and fabricated certain
components of the Plant,  including but not limited to the freezing towers.  The
Company's  agreement with Fedico  provided for retention of Fedico for a minimum
of  five  hundred  hours  per  year  during  the  course  of such  agreement  at
reasonable,   competitive   hourly  rates  for   technicians,   draftsmen,   and
intermediate engineers, with overtime,  on-site services, and travel expenses at
prevailing market rates.  During second stage testing,  certain  deficiencies in
the components designed and/or manufactured by Fedico were identified.  Fedico's
work  for  the  Company  is  presently   limited  to  the   correction  of  such
deficiencies. The Company is presently reevaluating future assignments to Fedico
based upon its past  performance and its current  remediation of defects arising
therefrom.  The  Company  has been  invoiced  by Fedico  for the work  which the
Company believes did not, in all instances,  meet  specifications.  In the event
that,  upon  completion of its evaluation of Fedico's  performance,  the Company
should  decide to  terminate  its  relationship  with  Fedico,  the Company will
invoice Fedico for the costs of correcting  deficiencies caused by Fedico. Based
upon the foregoing,  in the event that the Company  terminates its  relationship
with Fedico following such evaluation, the Company does not believe that it will
be liable for any further payments to Fedico.


                                       20
<PAGE>

      Agreement with Lefebvre  Freres  Limitee.  In January of 1997, the Company
retained Lefebvre Freres Limitee ("Lefebvre"), a subsidiary of Lefebvre Inc., of
Montreal,  Quebec.  Lefebvre,  specializes  in custom design and  fabrication of
industrial  machinery.  With its sister  companies,  Foresteel  (specializing in
pressure vessels and welding) and Atelier D'Usinage Trempe (specializing in high
precision  machining),  Lefebvre  has  extensive  experience  and  expertise  in
designing and  constructing  equipment  used in the pulp and paper,  metallurgy,
fiber,  power generation,  and many other industries.  Since the spring of 1996,
Lefebvre  has  provided  the Company  with design  consulting  and other  design
engineering services; Lefebvre designed and constructed the prototype fracturing
mill  for  the  TCS-1  Plant  at  competitive  rates  and  accepted  payment  of
approximately  one-third  of its  price in  340,160  unregistered  shares of the
common  stock of the  Company.  The stock  portion  of such  price was issued to
Lefebvre on January 17, 1997.  Prior to such date,  Lefebvre had  completed  the
initial  design  specifications  for  the  TCS-1  Plant's   Disintegration  Unit
Assembly.  Lefebvre  delivered the two completed  fracturing mills for the first
TCS-1  Plant  during  the  last  week in May  1998.  During  continuous  testing
operations,   which  began  on  June  15,  1998,  certain  deficiencies  in  the
components, which Lefebvre was responsible for designing and manufacturing, were
identified.  As a result,  certain modifications were required to be made in the
fracturing   mills  to  bring  them  into   conformance   with  their  operating
specifications.  Lefebvre  advised the Company that, if they were to effect such
modifications,  they would require  approximately  three additional  months plus
additional  costs in an  indeterminate  amount.  The Company  suspended  further
services  by Lefebvre  and  contracted  with  Plasti-Systemes  to  complete  the
modifications   on  the   fracturing   mills  (see,   below   "Agreements   With
Plasti-Systemes, Inc."). Lefebvre's work for the Company is presently limited to
the correction of deficiencies and the Company is presently  reevaluating future
assignments  to  Lefebvre  based  upon  its  past  performance  and its  current
remediation  of defects  arising  therefrom.  The Company  has been  invoiced by
Lefebvre for the work which the Company believes did not, in all instances, meet
specifications.  In  the  event  that,  upon  completion  of its  evaluation  of
Lefebvre's performance,  the Company should decide to terminate its relationship
with  Lefebvre,  the Company will invoice  Lefebvre for the costs of  correcting
deficiencies  caused by them.  Based upon the  foregoing,  in the event that the
Company terminates its relationship with Lefebvre following such evaluation, the
Company  does not  believe  that it will be liable for any  further  payments to
Lefebvre.

Agreements with Plasti-Systemes,  Inc. Plasti-Systemes,  Inc. "Plasti-Systemes")
of  Ville  D'Anjou  Quebec  designed,   constructed,  and  installed  the  first
fully-automated front-end sidewall cutter and debeader module "front-end" of the
TCS-1 Plant which consists of a series of mechanisms  which  automatically:  (i)
clean and debead the tires;  (ii) separate the sidewalls from the treads;  (iii)
cut both  sidewalls  and treads into  sections  ready for  processing;  and (iv)
transport  the beads and tire  sections  into  separate  areas for  disposal  or
processing has been  completed.  On January 17, 1997,  Plasti-Systemes  accepted
payment of 26% of its total price for the  foregoing  services by way of 255,010
unregistered shares of the common stock of the Company. The Company has retained
Plasti-Systemes   to  identify  and  effect,   under  supervision  of  BHA,  the
modifications required to bring the fracturing mills into conformance with their
operating  specifications.  Costs are to be limited to materials costs and labor
at prevailing  hourly rates. The Company does not expect such costs to exceed CA
$75,000 (or approximately US $52,500).

Formerly Proposed Services

      In the past,  the Company  had  intended to require all of its TCS-1 Plant
purchasers to agree to enter into a maintenance and technical and market support
agreement.  In connection with which the Company had intended to provide timely,
high  quality  technical  support to insure that the TCS-1 Plant will perform in
conformance with its specifications. However, as at the date hereof, the Company
has been unable to determine what the maintenance  requirements or costs will be
under commercial operating conditions.  Therefore,  the Company is not presently
offering any maintenance or technical and market 


                                       21
<PAGE>

support  agreements  and does not intend to do so until it is able to  establish
the level of maintenance fees which it would have to charge in order to make the
provision of such services economically viable.

Sales and Marketing

      The  Company's  present and projected  marketing  plans  respecting  TCS-1
Plants,  crumb rubber  produced  from TCS-1 Plant  Operations,  and the proposed
"Tirex  Advanced  Products"  are  discussed  below  under the  caption  "Company
Marketing and Distribution".

TCS-1 Plant Sales

Sales

      The  Company's  present and projected  marketing  plans  respecting  TCS-1
Plants  are   discussed   below  under  the  caption   "Company   Marketing  and
Distribution".  The Company has entered into  agreements for the following sales
of  TCS-1  Plants.  The  ultimate  consummation  of each of such  sales  will be
entirely dependent upon the TCS-1 Plant's meeting performance expectations, each
customer's obtaining lease, or other financing for the purchased portions of the
System (as well as all required  permits and licenses to operate a System),  and
the Company's  obtaining  sufficient  production  financing and capacity to meet
delivery requirements.

The O/V III Agreements

      On May 29, 1997, the Company  entered into an Equipment Lease and Purchase
Agreement (the "O/V III L&P Agreement") with Ocean/Ventures III, Inc.("O/V III")
of Toms River, New Jersey ("O/V III"). This agreement modified the terms of, and
replaced,  a prior agreement  between the parties dated June 6, 1995. O/V III is
under common  ownership and control with Oceans Tire Recycling & Processing Co.,
Inc.  ("OTRP") and with the solid waste recycling firm,  Ocean County  Recycling
Center,  Inc. (see,  below  "Agreements  with Oceans Tire Recycling & Processing
Co., Inc."). Under the terms of the O/V III Agreement, O/V III will purchase and
lease the  respective  components  which comprise the  constituent  parts of the
TCS-1 Plant.  The  Agreement  provides for lease and purchase  arrangements  for
eight Plants at an aggregate  lease and purchase price of three million  dollars
($3,000,000) each.

      Pursuant to the terms of the O/V III  Agreement,  all  components  of each
Plant, except the Company's patented  disintegration system or "Fracturing Mill"
(the "Purchasable  Equipment") will be purchased by O/V III for a total purchase
price  of  $2,250,000.  Such  Purchasable  Equipment  includes:  (i)  the  fully
automated  front-end sidewall cutter and debeader module; (ii) the air plant and
freezing  towers;  and  (iii)  all  bailing  systems  and  associated  ancillary
equipment, conveyance and exit belts, chutes and/or other components combined or
integrated therewith.

      The patented Fracturing Mills, which are sometimes referred to hereinafter
as the "Leased  Equipment"  are not sold by the Company,  but are leased under a
five year operating  lease.  Under the terms of the O/V III L&P  Agreement,  the
monthly operating lease payments are $12,500 each.

      The O/V III L&P  Agreement  called for the  delivery of the first Plant by
October 1998, with seven  additional  Plants  scheduled for delivery every three
months  thereafter,  through July 2000.  Construction  of the  components of the
first full scale  prototype  of the TCS-1  began in  February  of 1997,  and was
completed in May of 1998.  Because  completion of the first  production model of
the TCS-1 Plant was 


                                       22
<PAGE>

delayed,  OV III waived the originally  scheduled delivery dates and agreed with
the Company that they would reschedule delivery of the first of these Plants for
an as yet  undetermined  date. In May 1997, O/V III waived its right to purchase
the first complete, fully operational TCS-1 Plant (the "First Production Model")
in  favor  of its  affiliated  corporation,  Oceans  Tire  ("OTRP"),  which  had
contracted  separately  with the  Company  for the  lease  and  purchase  of one
additional Plant (see below, "Agreements with Oceans Tire Recycling & Processing
Co., Inc." and "Proposed Product Manufacturing).

      The O/V III L&P  Agreement  requires a  downpayment  of  $25,000  for each
Plant,  to be paid not  less  than  fourteen  months  prior  to the  anticipated
delivery  date.  In an effort to assist the  Company at this early  stage of its
development,  to date, O/V III has prepaid $25,000 down payments on five Plants.
Other  payment  terms for each of the eight  systems  subject to the O/V III L&P
Agreement,  call for a  $50,000  payment  six  months  prior to the  anticipated
delivery  date,  an  additional  $100,000 to be paid three  months  prior to the
anticipated  delivery date, and $2,075,000 on O/V III's acceptance of the Plant.
Pursuant to the terms of the L&P  Agreement,  O/V III also  entered into certain
ancillary agreements with the Company, consisting of the following:

      (a)   a royalty agreement (the "Royalty  Agreement") pursuant to which O/V
            III will pay the  Company a  royalty  of three  percent  (3%) of the
            gross  proceeds  from all sales of rubber crumb fiber and steel from
            scrap  tires  disintegrated  through  the  utilization  of the TCS-1
            Plant;

      (b)   a  rubber  crumb  purchase  option   agreement  (the  "Rubber  Crumb
            Agreement")  pursuant to which O/V III has granted to the Company an
            option to  purchase  up to 40% of the rubber  crumb,  yielded by the
            disintegration  of scrap  tires in the TCS-1  Plant,  at  negotiated
            prices.  The  Company is  currently  exploring  the  feasibility  of
            vertically  integrating  its  operations so as to include the rubber
            crumb brokerage business and/or the value-added rubber crumb product
            development  business.  It obtained the rubber crumb purchase option
            in connection with the foregoing.

      In accordance  with the former  intention of the Company to require all of
its TCS-1 Plant  purchasers to agree to enter into a  maintenance  and technical
and market  support  agreement,  O/V III agreed that it would enter into such an
agreement.  However,  for reasons  described  above,  under  "Formerly  Proposed
Services",  as at the date  hereof,  the parties do not  presently  intend to go
forward with any maintenance arrangements.

Agreements with Oceans Tire Recycling & Processing Co., Inc.

      On May 29, 1997, the Company  entered into an Equipment Lease and Purchase
Agreement  (the "OTRP L&P  Agreement")  with Oceans Tire  Recycling & Processing
Co., Inc. ("OTRP"),  a New Jersey corporation under common control with O/V III.
Pursuant to the OTRP L&P  Agreement,  OTRP was to purchase the first  production
model TCS-1 Plant.  Under the terms of the OTRP L&P Agreement,  the  anticipated
delivery date for this Plant was September 15, 1997. However, while construction
of the first full scale  prototype of the TCS-1 Plant began in February of 1997,
its  completion  was delayed  because of the limited  funds  available  for such
purpose.  As a result,  OTRP waived the delivery  date and agreed to  reschedule
delivery.  In December  1997,  OTRP and the Company  agreed that,  to the extent
necessary  for OTRP to obtain sale and  lease-back  financing  for the front-end
module  ("Front-End")  and for  certain  parts of the Air Plant  portion  of the
Plant,  the said OTRP Agreement would be deemed to be modified,  as required for
such purpose. In connection  therewith OTRP arranged with an equipment financing
company  for sale and  lease-back  financing,  pursuant  to which:  (i) the said
financing company purchased the Front-End and certain designated portions of the
TCS-1  Plant's  Air  Plant  directly  from the  Company;  and (ii)  


                                       23
<PAGE>

leased such equipment back to OTRP pursuant to its arrangements with OTRP and/or
the OTRP principals. The Front-End was delivered to OTRP's site in New Jersey in
January of 1998. The parties  rescheduled a new delivery date for the Air Plant,
which occurred  during the first week of May 1998.  Upon the Company's  entering
into a lease for its  Research  and  Manufacturing  facility  in  Montreal  (the
"Company  Facility"),  OTRP shipped the Front-End Module of the Plant, which had
originally  been  delivered to OTRP in New Jersey,  to the Company  Facility and
OTRP's equipment financing provider took delivery of the balance of the Plant at
the Company  Facility.  This  allowed for the  assembly of the First  Production
Model of the TCS-1 Plant,  and the initial test phase  operations  thereof to be
conducted under supervision of both the Company and OTRP,  jointly.  The Company
sold the  Front-End for a total  purchase  price of $300,000,  with  irrevocable
acceptance  and final  payment  therefor  obtained by the Company in December of
1997.  The  designated  portions of the Air Plant were sold for a total purchase
price of  $580,000,  with  irrevocable  acceptance  and final  payment  therefor
obtained by the Company in April of 1998.

      It is the  present  intention  of the  parties  to reform or  rescind  the
remaining  provisions  of the OTRP  Agreement  for the  purpose of  transferring
ownership of the entire First  Production  Model to the Company,  any one of its
existing  subsidiaries,  or to some other entity established jointly, or singly,
by the parties, or either one of them, for such purpose. The structure and terms
of the  ownership  of the First  Production  Model have not yet been  finalized.
However, in connection therewith, on December 16, 1998, the Company entered into
two sale and  lease-back  transactions  by and among the  Company,  North  Shore
Leasing &  Funding  Inc.  ("NLFI"),  and an  affiliate  of OTRP,  Ocean  Utility
Contracting,  Inc. ("OUCI").  Such transactions consisted of the Company's sales
to NLFI of the single  fracturing mill and the single freezing tower,  which are
components of the TCS-1 Plant installed at the Company's  Montreal  facility and
the lease back of such components to OUCI. The Company and OUCI have agreed that
all of OUCI's  rights  under the leases  will be assigned to the Company and the
Company will assume all of OUCI's  liabilities  thereunder.  Both leases provide
that at the end of the lease  term,  the lessee  will have the right to purchase
the leased  equipment  for $1.00.  Such right to  purchase  will be  included in
OUCI's  assignment  to the Company of its rights under the said leases (see this
Item 1.  "Existing and Proposed  Businesses - Proposed  TCS-1 Plant  Operations:
Sales of Rubber  Crumb and  Manufacture  and Sale of Finished  Products  Product
Manufacturing").

The Recycletron Inc. Agreements

      On July 8, 1997, the Company  entered into an Equipment Lease and Purchase
Agreement   (the    "Recycletron   L&P   Agreement")   with   Recycletron   Inc.
("Recycletron") of Montreal,  Quebec. Pursuant to the Recycletron L&P Agreement,
Recycletron  will purchase one TCS-1 Plant.  The Agreement  calls for a delivery
date at the end of the second  quarter of 1998 or such other date as the parties
shall mutually  agree. To date, the Company has not been able to deliver a TCS-1
Plant to  Recycletron  and does not  expect to be able to do so until  after the
current  fiscal year. To the best of the  Company's  knowledge,  Recycletron  is
willing to schedule a delivery  date  within  such time frame.  The terms of the
Recycletron L&P Agreement,  pursuant to which the constituent  components of the
TCS-1 Plant will be leased and or  purchased,  are  substantially  identical  to
those of the O/V III L&P Agreement,  as described  above.  The only  significant
differences are in the purchase price and payment terms.  The purchase price for
the Purchasable  Equipment is $2,000,000 and the terms of the 60-month operating
lease  call for  monthly  lease  payments  of  $12,500  each.  Accordingly,  the
aggregate   lease/purchase   price  under  the   Recycletron  L&P  Agreement  is
$2,750,000.  Upon  execution of the Agreement,  Recycletron  paid a $25,000 down
payment.  Other payment terms require additional payments of $100,000 six months
prior to the  anticipated  delivery  date,  $125,000  prior  to the  anticipated
delivery date, and $1,750,000 upon Recycletron's acceptance of the Plant.


                                       24
<PAGE>

      Pursuant to the terms of the  Recycletron  L&P  Agreement,  upon execution
thereof,  the parties also entered,  or agreed to enter,  into the same types of
ancillary  agreements  as are  described  above with  respect to the O/V III L&P
Agreement,  i.e., a  maintenance  and  technical  support  agreement,  a royalty
agreement,  and a rubber crumb purchase  option  agreement.  The terms of all of
such ancillary  agreements are identical to those  described above in connection
with  the O/V III  Agreements.  However,  for  reasons  described  above,  under
"Formerly  Proposed  Services",  as at  the  date  hereof,  the  parties  do not
presently intend to go forward with any maintenance arrangements.

Agreements with 750824 Alberta Ltd.

      On December 12,  1997,  the Company  entered  into an Equipment  Lease and
Purchase  Agreement (the "Alberta Ltd. L&P Agreement")  with 750824 Alberta Ltd.
("Alberta Ltd") of Calgary,  Alberta.  Pursuant thereto, Alberta Ltd. has agreed
to purchase  one TCS-1  Plant.  Delivery  date for the Plant was  scheduled  for
September 15, 1998 or such other date as the parties shall  mutually  agree.  To
date, the Company has not been able to deliver a TCS-1 Plant to Alberta Ltd. and
does not expect to be able to do so at any time  during the fiscal  year  ending
June 30, 1999.  The terms of the Alberta Ltd. L&P  Agreement,  pursuant to which
the  constituent  components of the TCS-1 Plant will be leased and or purchased,
is substantially  identical to those of the O/V III L&P Agreement,  as described
above. The only  significant  differences are in the payment terms. The purchase
price for the Purchasable Equipment in the Alberta Ltd. Plant is $2,250,000.  As
with all other Plants  contracted  for to date,  the monthly  payments under the
60-month  operating  lease for the Leased  Equipment  will be  $12,500  for each
Plant.  Accordingly,  the aggregate  lease/purchase price under the Alberta Ltd.
L&P Agreement is  $3,000,000.  Upon execution of the Alberta Ltd. L&P Agreement,
Alberta Ltd.  paid $25,000 into escrow as a down payment on the Plant.  Although
the  Agreement  called for an initial  payment of $225,000  for the Alberta Ltd.
Plant  within sixty days of the  execution  of the Alberta  Ltd. L&P  Agreement,
initial  payment has not yet been  received.  Alberta  Ltd. and the Company have
mutually agreed that the due date for such payment will be established by mutual
agreement after all testing on the First Production Model of the TCS-1 Plant has
been successfully completed. To date, no date has been agreed on and the Company
is not able to state with certainty  whether this  transaction will be effected.
The $2,000,000  balance of the purchase price for the  Purchasable  Equipment is
due upon delivery of the TCS-1 Plant.

      Pursuant to the terms of the Alberta Ltd. L&P  Agreement,  upon  execution
thereof, the parties also entered into the same types of ancillary agreements as
are described  above with respect to the O/V III L&P Agreement,  i.e., a royalty
agreement and a rubber crumb purchase option agreement. The terms of all of such
ancillary  agreements are identical to those  described above in connection with
the O/V III  Agreements.  The Alberta Ltd. L&P  Agreement  also provides for the
preparation  of an agreement for the  maintenance  of the TCS-1 Plant to be done
jointly by the Company and Alberta Ltd., on mutually agreeable terms.

The ENERCON Agreements

      On each of August 19, 1998 and October 13, 1998, the Company  entered into
two Equipment Lease and Purchase  Agreements (the "Enercon L&P Agreements") with
ENERCON America Distribution Limited ("Enercon") of Westerville,  Ohio. Pursuant
to each of the Enercon L&P Agreements,  Enercon has agreed to purchase one TCS-1
Plant  configured  to  process  car  tires  only  and a second  Plant  specially
configured to process truck tires only. The terms of the Enercon L&P Agreements,
pursuant to which the  constituent  components of the TCS-1 Plant will be leased
and or  purchased,  are  substantially  identical  to  those  of the O/V III L&P
Agreement,  as described  above.  The only  significant  differences  are in the
payment terms.  The purchase price for the Purchasable  Equipment in each of the
Enercon Plants is 


                                       25
<PAGE>

$2,250,000.  As with  all  other  Plants  contracted  for to date,  the  monthly
payments  under the 60-month  operating  lease for the Leased  Equipment will be
$12,500 for each Plant.  Accordingly,  the aggregate  lease/purchase price under
the four Enercon L&P Agreements aggregates to $12,000,000.  Although the Enercon
L&P  Agreements  called for an initial  payment of $337,500  for each of the two
Enercon  Plants upon execution of the  Agreements,  as of February 16, 1999, the
Company had not yet received such payments because, as at such date, Enercon had
not yet received  custody of funds which it expects to use toward such payments.
Enercon  has  advised  the  Company  that  it  expects  to  receive  such  funds
imminently,  but, as of February 16,  1999,  the Company was not able to predict
with certainty when or if Enercon would in fact receive such funds.  All four of
these sales are completely  dependent upon Enercon raising sufficient  financing
to meet its obligations under the respective Enercon L&P Agreements. In addition
to the initial payments,  terms under each of the Enercon L&P Agreements require
additional payments on each of the four Enercon Plants, as follows:

(a)  15%  (US $337,500) upon acceptance by Enercon of equipment drawings, layout
                        drawings,   and  other  written   specifications,   such
                        acceptance  to  be  based  upon  local   permitting  and
                        applicable operating requirements;

(b)  30%  (US $675,000) two months  after the  Company  gives  notice to Enercon
                        that it has commenced manufacture of the Plants;

(c)  10%  (US $225,000) two months prior to the anticipated Delivery Date.

(d)  15%  (US $337,500) on Delivery; and

(e)  15%  (US $337,500) on Acceptance of the Plants by Enercon.

      Pursuant  to the  terms of the  Enercon  L&P  Agreements,  upon  execution
thereof, the parties also entered into the same types of ancillary agreements as
are described  above with respect to the O/V III L&P Agreement,  i.e., a royalty
agreement and a rubber crumb purchase option agreement. The terms of all of such
ancillary  agreements are identical to those  described above in connection with
the O/V III Agreements.  The Enercon L&P Agreements  provide for the preparation
of an agreement for the maintenance of the TCS-1 Plant to be done jointly by the
Company and Enercon, on mutually agreeable terms.

Backlog

      The  Company  includes in its  "backlog,"  orders for TCS-1  Plants  under
executed  Equipment  Purchase and Lease Agreements.  Although the stated backlog
may be used as a  guideline  in  determining  the  value  of  orders  which  are
presently  scheduled for delivery during the period indicated,  it is subject to
change by reason of several factors including  possible  cancellation of orders,
change in the terms of the  contracts,  and other  factors  beyond the Company's
control and should not be relied  upon as being  necessarily  indicative  of the
Company's  revenues or of the profits  which the Company  might realize when the
results of such contracts are reported.  The ultimate  consummation of each sale
included  in the  backlog  will be  entirely  dependent  upon the TCS-1  Plant's
meeting  performance  expectations,  each customer's  obtaining  lease, or other
financing  for the  purchased  portions  of the System (as well as all  required
permits  and  licenses  to  operate  a  System),  and  the  Company's  obtaining
sufficient production financing and capacity to meet delivery requirements.


                                       26
<PAGE>

      Based on the  foregoing,  as of February 16, 1999,  the Company's  backlog
amounted to $41,750,000.  This includes, for fourteen TCS-1 Plants: (i) the full
purchase price for the Purchasable  Equipment which will be sold by the Company,
and (ii) total  lease  payments  for the Leased  Equipment  under the  five-year
operating lease.  Together,  the Purchasable  Equipment and the Leased Equipment
constitute a complete TCS-1 Plant.

      The Plants included in the above stated backlog  include:  (i) eight TCS-1
Plants  ordered by O/V III for an aggregate  lease/purchase  price of $3,000,000
each, in respect of which the Company has already  received over $130,000 by way
of prepayments of the $25,000  downpayments (due for each system fourteen months
before the  scheduled  delivery  date of such Plant) on five of the eight Plants
ordered by O/V III; (ii) one TCS-1 Plant ordered by Recycletron for an aggregate
lease/purchase price of $2,750,000, in respect of which the Company has received
a $25,000 down payment;  (iii) one TCS-1 Plant ordered by 750824 Alberta,  Ltd.,
for an aggregate  lease/purchase  price of  $3,000,000,  in respect of which the
Company has received a $25,000  downpayment;  and (iv) four TCS-1 Plants ordered
by ENERCON America Distribution Limited ("Enercon") of Westerville,  Ohio for an
aggregate lease/purchase price of $12,000,000.

      The Company is unable to state when, if ever, it will make delivery of the
four Plants ordered by Enercon.  In this regard,  it should be noted that, as of
February  16, 1999,  the Company had not yet received any payments  from Enercon
and, to the extent that receipt of payments from Enercon are materially delayed,
construction  and delivery of the TCS-1  Plants  ordered by Enercon will also be
delayed. Delivery dates for the remaining ten Plants included in the backlog are
anticipated to be scheduled  throughout the year 2000. While Management believes
that all operating  problems  respecting the TCS-1 Plant were identified  during
continuous testing and that all modifications  required to resolve such problems
were completed in December 1998, it should be noted that the TCS-1 Plant has not
yet functioned under commercial  operating conditions over an extended period of
time. Therefore,  delivery dates for all Plants on order remain subject to delay
principally  because  of  presently  unforeseeable  problems  which  may  become
manifest under long-term, commercial use.

      The Company has not included in its backlog any revenues  which may result
from the Royalty  Agreements  which all TCS-1 Plant  purchasers  must enter into
with the  Company.  These  Royalty  Agreements  entitle the Company to receive a
royalty in the  amount of 3% of the gross  revenues  from sales of rubber  crumb
produced by the TCS-1 Plant.

Dependence on Major Customers

      To date the Company has received orders for fifteen TCS-1 Plants, eight of
which were  ordered by O/V III and parts of one of which have been  purchased by
OTRP, an affiliate of O/V III.  Proceeds from the sale to OTRP  constituted  one
hundred percent (100%) of the Company's  revenues from operations  during fiscal
1998.  The eight Plants ordered by O/V III  constitute  approximately  fifty-six
percent (56%) of the Company's present backlog. The loss of O/V III would have a
major  adverse  effect on the  Company.  O/V III is under the  control  of Louis
Sanzaro.  For  purposes  of this  discussion,  O/V III and  OTRP  are  sometimes
referred to herein,  collectively,  as the "Sanzaro  Entities".  The Company has
also received orders for four TCS-1 Plants from Enercon. These orders constitute
approximately twenty-eight percent (28%) of the Company's present backlog. As is
the case with O/V III,  the loss of this  customer  would  have a major  adverse
effect on the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company also believes
that while Mr. Sanzaro's  companies and Enercon comprise the initial TCS-1 Plant
purchasers,  future sales efforts will be widespread and, as the Company matures
and its business develops,  it will not be dependent upon the business of one or
more major customers.


                                       27
<PAGE>

      Mr. Sanzaro's  initial contacts with the Company occurred in the summer of
1995. On October 5, 1995, Mr. Sanzaro, through O/V III, entered into the initial
agreement  to  purchase  and lease  eight  TCS-1  Plants.  At that  time,  three
associates  and/or  employees  of  O/V  III  were  retained  by the  Company  as
consultants respecting various aspects of the Company's plans to design, develop
and manufacture the TCS-1 Plant. Following his initial contacts with the Company
in October 1995, Mr. Sanzaro also worked  actively with the Company to assist it
in these  efforts.  On or about  January 1, 1997,  the Company  and Mr.  Sanzaro
agreed that he should be fairly  compensated  for his consulting  services.  The
Company did not formalize its  arrangements  with Mr.  Sanzaro or compensate him
for his  services  until  January  28,  1998,  when it  entered  into a two year
consulting agreement with him, retroactively effective to January 1, 1997. Total
compensation under the Sanzaro consulting  agreement was 1,000,000  unregistered
shares of the  Company's  common  stock.  On January  17,  1997 Mr.  Sanzaro was
appointed as a Director of the  Company.  In October  1995,  the Company and Mr.
Sanzaro had agreed that Mr. Sanzaro would be the sole and exclusive  distributor
of TCS-1  Plants in North  America and that he would be entitled to a commission
of 10% of the total  lease and  purchase  price on all sales of TCS-1  Plants in
North  America.  In July 1998,  Mr.  Sanzaro  and the  Company  entered  into an
employment agreement pursuant to which Mr. Sanzaro was retained as the Company's
Vice  President  in  charge  of  operations,  to serve in such  position  as the
Company's  chief operating  officer.  In connection with his appointment to such
position, Mr. Sanzaro agreed to give up all rights which he theretofore had with
respect to his serving as  exclusive  distributor.  Mr.  Sanzaro  also agreed to
serve full time in his position as the Company's COO and in connection therewith
to terminate  virtually all of his  activities  connected with his own recycling
businesses  in New  Jersey.  In  consideration  of Mr.  Sanzaro's  agreement  to
discontinue  his other business  activities in order to enter into the Company's
employ,  the  Company  issued  500,000  shares of its  common  stock to him as a
signing  bonus.  In  addition,  for  agreeing to release  the  Company  from its
obligation  to  appoint  him as  exclusive  distributor  of the  TCS-1  in North
America, the Company issued to Mr. Sanzaro an additional 2,500,000 shares of its
common stock. (see ""Management - Executive  Officers and Directors" and Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions" ).

Research and Development - TCS-1 Plant Manufacturing Segment

      Research and  development  activities and  expenditures  for the Company's
existing  TCS-1  Plant  manufacturing  segment  and  its  proposed  TCS-1  Plant
Operations and TAP segment are discussed on a combined basis,  below,  following
the  description  of the Company's  proposed  TCS-1 Plant  Operations  under the
caption "Research and Development - Combined Segments".

Employees - TCS-1 Plant Manufacturing Segment

      The number and  categories of persons  employed in the Company's  existing
TCS-1 Plant manufacturing segment and in its proposed TCS-1 Plant Operations and
TAP  segment  are  discussed  on a  combined  basis,  below,  under the  caption
"Employees - Combined Segments".

Patent Protection

      The  Company  was  issued a United  States  patent on its  Cryogenic  Tire
Disintegration  Process and  Apparatus on April 7, 1998 (Patent No.  5,735,471).
The  duration of the patent is 20 years from the date the  original  application
was filed. In November 1998, the Company filed its patent, for review,  with the
Canadian Patent Office. The Company is unable to state at this time how long the
Canadian  review process will take and is unable to give any assurances that the
Canadian  Patent will be granted.  Prior to 


                                       28
<PAGE>

the  issuance  of such  patent,  the  Company  relied  solely on trade  secrets,
proprietary know-how and technological  innovation to develop its technology and
the designs and  specifications  for the TCS-1 Plant.  In connection with a loan
made by the Bank of Montreal to the  Company,  a lien on this patent was granted
to the said bank (see below in Item I of this  Report  "Management's  Discussion
and Analysis - Liquidity and Capital Resources").

      The Company has entered  into  confidentiality  and  invention  assignment
agreements  with certain  employees and  consultants  which limit access to, and
disclosure  or use of,  the  Company's  technology.  There can be no  assurance,
however, that the steps taken by the Company to deter  misappropriation or third
party  development of its  technology  and/or  processes will be adequate,  that
others will not independently  develop similar  technologies and/or processes or
that secrecy will not be breached.  In addition,  although the Company  believes
that its  technology has been  independently  developed and does not infringe on
the proprietary  rights of others,  there can be no assurance that the Company's
technology  does not and will not so  infringe  or that third  parties  will not
assert  infringement  claims  against  the  Company in the  future.  The Company
believes  that the  steps it has  taken to date  will  provide  some  degree  of
protection, however, no assurance can be given that this will be the case.

      On or about  September  13,  1996,  the  Company  received  a letter  from
attorneys  for a New York  based  recycling  company  respecting  its filing for
worldwide patent protection for a tire recycling process utilizing a natural air
freezing  system and claiming that,  upon issuance of its Canadian  patent,  the
Company's recycling process would be the subject of a patent infringement claim.
The Company  responded to such letter on September 20, 1996 stating its position
that any such claim would be completely  without merit. The Company has received
no further  communications  respecting this matter. Since that time, a member of
the Company's engineering staff and the Company's patent agent have examined the
patent  which was  involved in this matter and have  advised the Company that to
the best of their knowledge, the specifications thereof are different from those
of the patent for which the Company has applied and that no  meritorious  patent
infringement claim could arise in connection  therewith.  However,  no assurance
can be given in the absence of a final court determination,  that any particular
patent is valid and  enforceable  or that any patent  may not be the  subject of
patent  infringement  claims.  The  Company  has  no  present  knowledge  of any
information  which  would  adversely  affect  the  validity  of its  patent,  as
described above.

Competition - Equipment Manufacturing Segment

      Management  knows  of  no  devices,  apparatus  or  equipment,   utilizing
technology  which is  identical  or  comparable  to the TCS-1  Plant,  which are
presently  being  sold or used  anywhere  in the  world,  nor is it aware of any
competing patents relating to the Company's disintegration technology.  However,
the TCS-1 Plant,  may  reasonably be expected to compete with related or similar
processes,  machines, apparata or devices for tire disintegration,  cryogenic or
otherwise.  Moreover,  prospective  competitors which may enter the field may be
considerably  larger than the Company in total assets and resources.  This could
enable  them to  bring  their  own  technologies  to  more  advanced  stages  of
development  with more speed and  efficiency  than the  Company  will be able to
apply to the TCS-1 Plant.  Additionally,  manufacturers  of presently  available
equipment may be in a position to operate  research and development  departments
dedicated  continually to improving  conventional  systems and to developing new
and  improved  systems.  There can be no assurance  that the TCS-1  Plant,  will
successfully  compete with existing  systems or with any improved or new systems
which may be developed in the future.


                                       29
<PAGE>

Proposed TCS-1 Plant Operations:  Sales of Rubber Crumb
  and Manufacture and Sale of Finished Products

Proposed Ownership, Establishment, and
  Operation of Tirex Advanced Products Plant

      The Company is presently in the process of making  arrangements to own and
operate the First  Production  Model of the TCS Plant, on either an exclusive or
joint  basis (see the  discussion  below) and to operate it as a Tirex  Advanced
Products  Plant for the purpose of selling rubber crumb produced by operation of
the TCS-1 Plant and manufacturing and selling finished products,  made wholly or
partially  from such rubber  crumb.  The  Company's  initial  operations in this
segment will be conducted  pursuant to an agreement (the "IM2/Tirex  Agreement")
with IM2 Merchandising and Manufacturing,  Inc. ("IM2"), in Quebec.  Pursuant to
the IM2/Tirex  Agreement,  the Company will act as IM2's  exclusive  supplier of
rubber  welcome  mats and  related  products  molded out of rubber  crumb  ("IM2
Products").  The Company intends to use rubber crumb produced by the TCS-1 Plant
which has been installed,  and which will be operated, at the Company's Montreal
facility (see, below, "Proposed Products" and "The IM2/Tirex Agreement")).

      The First Production Model is presently  installed at the Company's 90,000
square foot  Montreal  manufacturing  facility.  This Plant was the subject of a
Lease and  Purchase  Agreement  (the "OTRP  Agreement")  between the Company and
Oceans Tire Recycling & Processing Co., Inc.  ("OTRP"),  a company controlled by
Louis  Sanzaro,  the  Company's  chief  operating  officer.  The OTRP  Agreement
provided for certain  sections of the First  Production Model to be purchased by
OTRP for a purchase  price of $1,225,000  and for the balance of the Plant to be
leased  under a five year  operating  lease at a monthly  rental of $12,500 (see
"Existing  and  Proposed  Businesses  -  Equipment  Manufacturing  -  Sales  and
Marketing - Agreements with Oceans Tire Recycling & Processing Co.,  Inc.").  In
December  1997,  OTRP and the Company  agreed that, to the extent  necessary for
OTRP  to  obtain  sale  and  lease-back   financing  for  the  front-end  module
("Front-End")  and for certain parts of the Air Plant portion of the Plant,  the
said OTRP  Agreement  would be  deemed  to be  modified,  as  required  for such
purpose.  In connection  therewith  OTRP  arranged  with an equipment  financing
company for sale and lease financing,  pursuant to which: (i) the said financing
company  purchased the Front-End  and certain  designated  portions of the TCS-1
Plant's Air Plant directly from the Company; and (ii) leased such equipment back
to OTRP pursuant to its arrangements  with OTRP and/or the OTRP principals.  The
Company  sold  the  Front-End  for a total  purchase  price  of  $300,000,  with
irrevocable  acceptance  and final payment  therefor  obtained by the Company in
December of 1997. The designated portions of the Air Plant were sold for a total
purchase  price of  $580,000,  with  irrevocable  acceptance  and final  payment
therefor  obtained by the Company in April of 1998. It is the present  intention
of the  parties  to reform  or  rescind  the  remaining  provisions  of the OTRP
Agreement  for  the  purpose  of  transferring  ownership  of the  entire  First
Production  Model to the Company,  any one of its existing  subsidiaries,  or to
some other entity established  jointly, or singly, by the parties, or either one
of them, for such purpose. The structure and terms of the ownership of the First
Production Model have not yet been finalized (see the discussion, above, in this
Item  1,  under  the  subcaption,  "Agreements  with  Oceans  Tire  Recycling  &
Processing Co., Inc.").

      In order to establish and operate the Montreal T.A.P.  Plant,  the Company
will be required to make modifications and improvements to its Montreal facility
to accommodate such operations and to meet local fire, environmental,  and other
applicable  regulations.  Renovations and improvements to the Montreal  facility
required to be made,  or already  made,  in order to  establish  and operate the
Montreal  T.A.P.  Plant  include  the  installation  or  renovation  of:  (i)  a
ventilation system; (ii) lighting; (iii) additional office space; (iv) a heating
system;  (v) a new floor in the  manufacturing  area;  and (vi) a new sprinkling
system throughout the building. In addition, the Company will have to construct:
(i) a loading  dock area;  (ii) a new  parking  area  (necessitated  by devoting
present parking area to loading docks);  and (iii) a storm drainage system.  The
Company will also incur civil  engineering fees in connection with the foregoing
and  will be  required  


                                       30
<PAGE>

to purchase  materials  handling  equipment,  including  forklifts.  The Company
estimates that such plant modifications and improvements will cost approximately
$325,000.

      In addition,  the Company will require approximately $600,000 to cover the
costs of purchasing and installing product  manufacturing  equipment (other than
the molds which will be furnished by IM2) for the  establishment of a rubber mat
molding and  flocking  facility at the  Montreal  T.A.P.  Plant.  In  connection
therewith  the Company is presently  finalizing  the terms of an agreement  with
Plasti-Systemes Inc. of Ville D'Anjou, Quebec ("Plasti-Systemes"),  with respect
to their providing the Company with such a molding and flocking  facility,  as a
complete  "turnkey"  package,  including all equipment and labor.  Such facility
will be  designed  to be capable of  producing  rubber  mats of the  quality and
quantities required under the IM2 Agreement.  Negotiations with  Plasti-Systemes
indicate  that the total  costs,  in terms of  United  States  dollars,  will be
approximately  $600,000 and that the Company will be required to make an initial
payment of approximately  $135,000.  Management estimates that approximately 60%
of the total  $600,000  cost  represents  the costs of  equipment  which will be
financed,  on an installment payment basis, by the vendors thereof and that such
costs will be covered out of cash flow from the molding  operations.  Management
believes that the balance of cash required will be available out of the proceeds
of sale and lease-back financing and/or bank debt financing.

      The  foregoing  has resulted in delays which have  required the Company to
continue to cover its overhead  without  significant  cash flow from operations.
This is expected to continue until  approximately  May 1999. The Company intends
to finance the  establishment  of the foregoing  from:  (i) funds on hand;  (ii)
expected  cash  flow  from  recent  sales of four  TCS-1  Plants;  and (iii) the
possibility  of obtaining  sale and leaseback  financing on the TCS-1  equipment
components owned by the Company. However,  initiation of commercial operation of
the Montreal  T.A.P.  Plant is dependent  upon numerous  factors,  including the
successful  performance,  on a long term, continuous running basis, of the First
Production Model in accordance with operating  specifications (see "Existing and
Proposed  Businesses  - Equipment  Manufacturing  - Products  and Services - The
TCS-1  Plant").   The  other  material  factors  which  are  necessary  for  the
commencement of commercial  operations under the IM2 Agreement are completion of
site  preparation  and compliance of the site with all applicable  ordinances by
March of  1999.  While  the  Company  expects  to begin  full  scale  commercial
operation of the Montreal T.A.P.  Plant in March 1999, it cannot,  at this time,
state with certainty when all requisite factors will be in place therefor.

Proposed Products

      The Company presently plans to manufacture  finished products  exclusively
pursuant to prior purchase  orders.  On December 11, 1998,  the Company  entered
into an  agreement  (the  "IM2/Tirex  Agreement")  with  IM2  Merchandising  and
Manufacturing,  Inc. ("IM2"), in Quebec, pursuant to which IM2 agreed to use the
Company as its exclusive  supplier of rubber  welcome mats and related  products
molded out of rubber crumb ("IM2  Products").  The Company intends to use rubber
crumb  produced by the TCS-1 Plant which has been  installed,  and which will be
operated,  at the  Company's  Montreal  facility  (See,  below,  "The  IM2/Tirex
Agreement").  The  Company  intends to endeavor  to obtain  additional  purchase
contracts for all types of products  which are presently  manufactured  from, or
which utilize in their  composition,  recycled  rubber crumb. In addition to the
rubber welcome mats to be  manufactured  for IM2, the Company  intends to target
the following markets:  specialty molded construction  products,  industrial and
consumer  mats and athletic  surfaces.  The Company  believes  that crumb rubber
modified  (CRM)  asphalt also shows strong  market  potential  and that new tire
manufacturing  and  thermoplastic  compounds,  particularly  for the  automotive
sector  constitute  promising  potential  markets for rubber crumb in the future
(See,  below,   "Existing  and  Proposed  Businesses  -  Company  Marketing  and
Distribution - Potential Markets").


                                       31
<PAGE>

Product Sales

The IM2/Tirex Agreement

      On  December  11,  1998,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  (the
"IM2/Tirex  Agreement") with IM2 Merchandising and Manufacturing,  Inc. ("IM2"),
in  Quebec,  pursuant  to which IM2 agreed to use the  Company as its  exclusive
supplier of rubber welcome mats and related  products molded out of rubber crumb
(the  "IM2  Products").  IM2  has  entered  into  a  contract  with  a  national
distributor of consumer and commercial  floor matting  products,  which has over
forty  years  of  market  presence,  national  trade  show  exposure,  and  well
established distribution channels in all areas of retail distribution, including
large national retail outlets such as Wal-Mart.  IM2's contract provides that it
will be such distributor's  exclusive  supplier of IM2 Products.  In turn, under
the  terms  of the  IM2/Tirex  Agreement,  all of  IM2's  requirements  for such
products  will be supplied by the  Company.  IM2's  contract  with its  customer
provides  for the  following  sales  goals,  in US dollars,  by  calendar  year,
beginning January 1, 1999:

                  Calendar Year             Sales Goal
                  -------------             ----------
                  1999                      $1,625,000
                  2000                      $3,000,000
                  2001                      $5,000,000
                  2002                      $7,500,000
                  2003                      $7,500,000

      The above dollar  amounts  reflect prices at which IM2 will resell the IM2
Products to its  customer.  While the Company has been advised that actual sales
may be substantially higher than those shown above, it should be noted that such
amounts represent sales goals, estimated for planning purposes only, and reflect
the quantities which IM2 anticipates that it will require under the terms of its
contract  with its  customer,  not required  minimum  purchases.  The  IM2/Tirex
Agreement  provides for the Company to sell the IM2 Products  exclusively to IM2
for 45% of the  profits  which  IM2 will  realize  from its  resales  of the IM2
Products,  net of all manufacturing and shipping costs,  including the Company's
overhead.  Pursuant to the terms of the IM2/Tirex Agreement, IM2 will supply the
Company with all molding  equipment and tooling  required for the manufacture of
the IM2  Products  and will grant the Company an  exclusive  license to use such
equipment.  The  IM2/Tirex  Agreement  calls  for  the  Company  to pay to IM2 a
one-time  license  fee in the amount of thirty  thousand  Canadian  dollars  (CA
$30,000).  The Company is also  obligated to pay, on behalf of IM2,  directly to
one of IM2's  employees,  ten thousand  Canadian dollars (CA $10,000) per month,
for a period of four months,  for the purpose of having such employee assist the
Company in setting up, and initiating  operations at, a product molding facility
at the Company's  Montreal  Plant.  The term of the IM2/Tirex  Agreement is five
years,  with IM2  having  the  option  to extend  such  term for two  additional
three-year  periods.  The Company intends to utilize,  in the manufacture of the
IM2  Products,  rubber  crumb  produced  by the  operation  of the  TCS-1  Plant
installed at its Montreal facility.  The Company expects the IM2/Tirex Agreement
to provide it with a steady  stream of  revenues  and  earnings  in the  current
fiscal year and,  since it will be  producing  the rubber crumb out of which the
mats will be made, the Company  expects to benefit from the economic  advantages
of vertical  integration.  However,  these operations are still at the projected
stage  and are  subject  to all of the  risks  inherent  in a new,  untried  and
unproven  venture with no history of operations to predict future  results.  The
Company expects to be recycling  sufficient  amounts of rubber crumb to meet all
of its molding  requirements,  and to begin active molding  operations under the
IM2/Tirex Agreement at its manufacturing facility in Montreal, in March 1999.


                                       32
<PAGE>

Raw Materials

      Based upon informal  conversations which management has had with officials
at La Societe  Quebecoise de  Recuperation  et de Recyclage  ("Recyc  Quebec") a
government agency involved with recycling used tires,  management  believes that
the Company will be able to obtain as many recyclable scrap tires as it can use,
and will receive a government  subsidy of $.07 (Canadian) or approximately  $.05
(U.S.) per pound of rubber processed at the Montreal T.A.P.  Plant.  Supplies of
recyclable  scrap tires,  as well as  subsidies  are expected for no cost to it,
from,  through, or under the auspices of,  Recyc-Quebec.  As at the date hereof,
however,  the Company has not  entered  into any formal or written  arrangements
with Recyc-Quebec or with any other potential supplier of recyclable scrap tires
for feedstock to be used in its proposed operations. Moreover, the Company could
encounter  legal  barriers  should it  attempt to import  tires from  outside of
Quebec. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company is confident that it will, at
least in the foreseeable  future,  be able to obtain adequate  feedstock for its
tire recycling operations, on a subsidized basis, or otherwise.

Proposed Rubber Crumb and Finished Product Marketing Activities

      Rubber crumb, of a quality which the Company believes the TCS-1 Plant will
be able to  produce  at the  outset,  currently  sells for  approximately  $.135
Canadian  (or  approximately  $.10  U.S.) per  pound in  Quebec.  Revenues  from
projected sales of rubber crumb will be in addition to the government  subsidies
noted above and are therefore expected to be approximately  $0.205 (Canadian) or
$0.15 (U.S.) per pound. The Company believes that it will be able to produce and
sell  between  20,000 and 50,000  pounds of rubber crumb per day  commencing  in
March of 1999.

      The Company's plans for marketing rubber crumb produced from the operation
of the Montreal T.A.P.  Plant and finished products  manufactured  therefrom are
discussed  in more  detail  below  under  the  caption  "Company  Marketing  and
Distribution".

Research and Development - Proposed TCS-1 Plant Operations and TAP Segment

      Research and  Development  activities and  expenditures  for the Company's
existing  TCS-1  Plant  manufacturing  segment  and  its  proposed  TCS-1  Plant
Operations and TAP segment are discussed on a combined basis,  below,  under the
caption "Research and Development - Combined Segments."

Employees - Proposed TCS-1 Plant Operations and TAP Segment

      The number and  categories of persons  employed in the Company's  existing
TCS-1 Plant  manufacturing  segment and its proposed TCS-1 Plant  Operations and
TAP  segment  are  discussed  on a  combined  basis,  below,  under the  caption
"Employees - Combined Segments."

Competition - Proposed TCS-1 Plant Operations and TAP Segment

      The Company  intends to market  rubber crumb  produced at the Montreal TAP
Plant  throughout  the  province  of Quebec.  The Company is aware of four crumb
rubber producers in Quebec who, to the best knowledge of the Company,  have been
producing an aggregate of  approximately  27 million  pounds of rubber crumb per
year from both scrap  tires and  "buffings"  (rubber  removed  from tires in the
re-treading  process).  Such  product is  consumed  by Quebec  manufacturers  of
outdoor mats,  construction  related  


                                       33
<PAGE>

products,  parking curbs, manhole seals,  acoustic panels, and mud flaps for the
automotive industry.  The Company believes that there presently exists in Quebec
demand for  approximately 23 million  additional pounds of rubber crumb per year
which,  because of  insufficient  local  product,  is now being filled by rubber
crumb imported from elsewhere. The Company believes that present local supply is
insufficient  to meet current  demands  because of equipment  limitations on the
part of the present  producers.  The Company believes it will be able to compete
successfully in the local area based on price and quality.

      The finished  products  which the Company  intends to  manufacture  at the
Montreal  TAP  Plant are  expected  to  include  specialty  molded  construction
products, industrial and consumer mats and athletic surfaces. These are intended
to be marketed in North  America  through  independent  distributors.  It is the
intention  of the  Company  that its  initial  finished  product  will  comprise
consumer  mats molded out of rubber  crumb  produced by  operation  of the TCS-1
Plant. The Company will have many competitors in this area, varying in size from
small  companies with limited  resources to large  companies with  substantially
greater  financial  and  management  resources  than  the  Company  and with the
technical  ability to  develop,  or the funds  necessary  to  acquire,  finished
products  similar to those  intended  to be offered by the  Company.  Many large
companies  with  sophisticated  product  marketing and  technical  abilities and
financial resources that do not presently compete with the Company may enter the
market for products  made from recycled  rubber.  Such  companies  could rapidly
become  significant  additional  competitors of the Company.  To the extent that
competitors  achieve either a performance or price advantage,  the Company could
be adversely  affected.  In addition,  competitive  pressures  from large,  well
financed  competitors  could  result in  lowering  of prices for goods made from
recycled rubber,  which would adversely affect the Company's ability to compete.
The Company intends to compete on the basis of quality and production  economies
which can be realized  from  vertical  integration,  whereby  the  Company  will
produce the raw material (rubber crumb) to be utilized in the manufacture of its
finished products.

Research and Development Activities - Combined Segments

      The  Company's  technical  expertise  has been an important  factor in its
development  and is  expected to serve as a basis for future  growth.  Since its
inception,  the  Company  has devoted  substantial  resources  to the design and
development of the TCS-1 Plant as well as to raising the financing necessary for
such  activities.  During the last two completed  fiscal years, the Company also
conducted research and development activities in the area of product development
focusing on  potential  commercial  applications  for the rubber  crumb which is
expected to be produced by operation of the TCS-1 Plant. During the fiscal years
ended June 30, 1997 and 1998,  respectively,  the Company expended approximately
$832,471  and  $606,227 on research and  development  activities  applied to the
design,  development,  and  construction of the first TCS-1 production model and
product development. The basic design, development and construction of the first
complete  production  model of the  TCS-1  Plant was  completed  in May of 1998.
Thereafter,   continuous  testing  procedures  revealed  the  need  for  certain
modifications,  which were completed in December of 1998 on a single  fracturing
mill and a single freezing tower in the First  Production  Model.  Completion of
the second  fracturing mill and freezing tower,  which will be included therein,
is scheduled to occur in April of 1999 (see "Existing and Proposed  Businesses -
Equipment Manufacturing - Products and Services - The TCS-1 Plant"). Thereafter,
the  Company  intends  to  continue  to seek to  refine  and  enhance  its  tire
disintegration  technology and to enhance it to comply with emerging  regulatory
or industry standards or the requirements of a particular customer.  The Company
also  intends to continue to endeavor to develop new  products  and uses for the
crumb rubber produced by the operation of the TCS-1 Plant.

      During the fiscal  years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998,  all  research  and
development  activities  respecting  the TCS-1  Plant  were  carried  out by the
Company's  engineering  and technical  staff,  consisting of Louis V. Muro, Vice
President in Charge of Engineering, and one other Company employed engineer, 


                                       34
<PAGE>

who devoted 100% of their time to such projects.  Such activities were conducted
in  conjunction   with  an  outside   consultant   and  the  Company's   outside
subcontractors, Plasti-Systemes, Fedico, Inc., and Lefebvre Freres, Limitee.

      Research and  Development  activities  in the area of product  development
were effected  principally by members of the Company's  executive and management
staff, who dedicated part of their time to such activities.

Employees - Combined Segments

      As of  February  16,  1999,  the  Company  had  twenty  including  its six
executive  officers,  the president of The Tirex  Corporation  Canada Inc.,  its
two-member   in-house  legal  staff,  its  technical   program   director,   two
secretary-receptionists,   and  its   managing   director  of  European   market
development,  with a balance of the Company's  staff comprised of mechanical and
other support personnel.  All of the foregoing persons devote their full time to
the business and affairs of the existing and proposed businesses of the Company,
on a combined  basis,  as  required.  At times,  the Company  also  utilizes the
services of several  part-time  consultants to assist them with market  research
and  development  and other  matters.  The  Company  intends to hire  additional
personnel, as needed.

      The Company does not  presently  have any  employees who devote their full
time to the  Company's  proposed  TCS-1 Plant  operations  or  finished  product
manufacturing  businesses.  However,  the  Company  expects  to  hire  up  to 61
additional  employees during the 1999 calendar year, on an as needed basis, with
the bulk of such new employees expected to be utilized in the Company's proposed
TCS-1 Plant Operations and TAP segment.

Marketing and Distribution - Combined Segments

Potential Markets

      The Company believes that the potential  markets for its: (i) TCS-1 Plant;
(ii) rubber crumb  produced by its proposed  ownership  and  operation of one or
more TCS-1 Plants ("Tirex Rubber Crumb");  and (iii) proposed  finished products
manufactured   from  or  incorporating   Tirex  Rubber  Crumb  ("Tirex  Advanced
Products") will all directly  reflect the level of demand for  economical,  high
quality rubber crumb derived from the recycling of scrap tires.  With respect to
TCS-1 Plant  operation,  the Company  intends  initially to target the following
markets:  specialty molded construction  products,  industrial and consumer mats
and athletic  surfaces.  The Company  believes that crumb rubber  modified (CRM)
asphalt  also shows  strong  market  potential  and it will be  targeted  by the
Company if the results and recommendations in a report, presently being prepared
by  the  National  Institute  for  Occupational   Safety  and  Health  (see  the
discussion,  below, under "Rubber Modified Asphalt"),  are positive. The Company
believes  also  that  new  tire   manufacturing  and  thermoplastic   compounds,
particularly for the automotive  sector constitute  promising  potential markets
for rubber crumb in the future.

      The following discussion of the potential markets for rubber crumb assumes
that the TCS-1  Plant will be capable of  economically  producing  high  quality
recycled  rubber crumb and in a variety of sizes,  capable of being used in wide
range of products.  The Company  believes that the First Production Model of the
TCS-1 Plant is presently  ready for commercial  operation,  utilizing one of its
two freezing towers and fracturing  mills, and that it will be fully operational
by April 1999 with both  freezing  towers  and  fracturing  


                                       35
<PAGE>

mills.  It should be noted,  however,  that  because of the lack of an operating
history,  the Company  cannot,  at this time, give any assurance with respect to
whether  the TCS-1  Plant will in fact  perform as  expected  under  continuous,
commercial operating conditions.  Moreover,  even if the demand for rubber crumb
should increase in accordance with the Company's  expectations,  there can be no
assurance  that a  concomitant  development  of demand for the TCS-1  Plant will
develop.

      Rubber is a valuable raw material and the Company  believes that recycling
this  valuable  resource from scrap tires is an ideal way to recover that value.
Recycled  scrap tire  rubber is  already  used in a great  variety of  products,
promoting longevity by adding it to asphalt pavement,  adding bulk and providing
drainage as a soil  additive,  providing  durability  as a carpet  underpadding,
increasing  resiliency  in running  track  surfaces and  gymnasium  floors,  and
absorbing  shock and  lessening the potential for injuries as a ground cover for
playgrounds and other recreational areas.

      Recycling tires into reusable crumb rubber (or "ground rubber") was, as of
1996, the third largest use of scrap tires. "Crumb rubber" is the end product of
the tire disintegration  process.  The ideal crumb rubber is a powder, which can
be produced in various particulate sizes, ranging from relatively coarse to very
fine, and which is not significantly  contaminated by fiber and metal particles.
It is generally derived from used automobile tires or tire parts such as treads.
The Scrap Tire Use Disposal Study - 1996 Update (the "STMC Study"), published by
the Scrap Tire Management  Council (the "STMC") in April of 1997,  reported that
of the  approximately  266 million scrap tires generated in the United States in
1996, market  applications  were found for 76% (or 202 million).  The STMC Study
reported  further that, as of the period covered by the STMC Study,  the largest
use  presently  being made of scrap tires is burning  them as tire  derived fuel
(sometimes  referred  to as  "TDF"),  which  serves  principally  as a  low-cost
substitute for, or supplement to, coal, wood chips, or other combustible  fuels.
In this regard,  152 million or 76% of the tires for which  market  applications
had been found,  were burned as TDF.  Exporting  used tires (for  refitting  and
re-use as tires) was the second  largest use for scrap  tires.  While  utilizing
scrap tires to produce crumb rubber still  constitutes a  significantly  smaller
market for used  tires,  the STMC  Study  reported  that this usage  experienced
significant   growth   during  1995  and  1996,   increasing   two  hundred  and
seventy-seven percent (277%) from 4,500,000 tires in 1994 to 12,500,000 tires in
1996.  Historically,  most  crumb  rubber  available  and sold in the market was
derived not from recycled scrap tires, but from tire "buffings", a by-product of
the  tire  re-treading   process.(3)   Recently,   however,   this  has  changed
significantly,   with  tire  buffings  now  representing  52%  and  scrap  tires
representing 48% of source material for crumb rubber. According to the STMC, the
demand for crumb rubber for various uses could  experience  further  substantial
increases over the next two to five years, with expected overall growth in sales
of crumb rubber from 25% to 33%. The Company believes that because the supply of
buffings is limited, the main source of an increased supply of crumb rubber must
come from scrap tires.

      At present,  there are at least seven  general  categories  of markets for
crumb rubber of various sizes and grades. These consist of the following:

      *     Rubber  Modified  Asphalt  ("RMA",  168 million pounds in the United
            States in 1996):  Crumb rubber can be blended with asphalt to modify
            the properties of asphalt used in highway construction. Crumb rubber
            can be used either as part of the asphalt rubber binder,  seal coat,
            cape seal spray, or joint and crack sealant  (generally  referred to
            as  "asphalt-rubber")  or  as  an  aggregate   substitution  (rubber
            modified asphalt concrete or 

- ---------
(3)   Tire buffing  consist of relatively  small piece of rubber which remain on
      the tire shell  during the  re-treading  process.  After the used tread is
      removed,  these small  pieces are  "buffed"  off the shell  before the new
      tread is attached.


                                       36
<PAGE>

            "RUMAC").  At present, the cost of using asphalt-rubber and RUMAC is
            somewhat higher than conventional  materials.  However,  the service
            life of such  products  has  proved in some cases to be two to three
            times that of conventional asphalt pavements. While the use of crumb
            rubber in asphalt  pavement has a large  potential  market,  certain
            technical  issues  must be  addressed  before the  potential  can be
            reached.  The ability to recycle asphalt  pavement  containing crumb
            rubber and the development of standards,  particularly for materials
            testing and the environment  are the key issues to be addressed.  In
            general, asphalt-rubber,  or the "wet process", has proven to be the
            most successful product,  representing  approximately 95% of the RMA
            market in 1996,  according  to the STMC.  Other key  issues  involve
            potential environmental and human health effects associated with the
            use of crumb rubber  modified  (CRM)  asphalt.  In this regard,  the
            National  Institute  for  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  (NIOSH)
            performed  a series of  exposure  and health  evaluations  from 1994
            through  1997.  To  date,  the  NIOSH  project  has  performed  site
            evaluations at seven paving projects  around the country  (Michigan,
            Indiana,   Florida,  Arizona,   Massachusetts  and  California).   A
            composite   report  of  the  overall  findings  and  conclusions  is
            currently being prepared by NIOSH but has not yet been issued.  This
            report will address issues of sampling  methods,  worker  exposures,
            and health effects  associated with conventional  versus CRM asphalt
            paving.

      *     Bound Rubber  Products  (134 million  pounds in the United States in
            1996):  Ground or  powdered  scrap tire  rubber is formed into a set
            shape,  usually  held  together  by an  adhesive  material  such  as
            urethane  or epoxy.  Examples  of such  applications  are  injection
            molded  products and extruded goods such as railroad  crossing pads;
            dock bumpers,  patio floor blocks,  flooring material,  roof walkway
            pads, and carpet underlay.

      *     New Tire  Manufacturing  (48 million  pounds in the United States in
            1996): Fine crumb rubber or powder reclaimed from scrap tires can be
            used as a low  volume  filler  material  in both the  tread  and the
            sidewalls of new tires.  The percentage of recycled  rubber that can
            be used in new tires is somewhat in excess of 1.5%.

      *     Athletic and  Recreational  Applications  (24 million  pounds in the
            United States in 1996) (US or Worldwide): Coarse crumb rubber can be
            used in several  applications,  such as in running  track  material,
            grass  surfaced  playing  areas,  or as a substitute  for playground
            surfaces.  The use of crumb rubber for these purposes will generally
            make playing  surfaces and running  tracks more  resilient  and less
            rigid, but capable of maintaining traction and shape.

      *     Molded and Extruded  Plastics  and Rubber (18 million  pounds in the
            United  States in 1996):  Finely  ground  scrap  tire  rubber can be
            placed into  production  molds to form  products for the  automotive
            industry,  such as sound  insulation,  step pads,  truck and trailer
            liners, matting and drip irrigation pipes.  Management believes that
            there are significant potential markets for these applications which
            may result from  continuing  research  and  development  of products
            using a surface  modified  rubber.  There  has also been  increasing
            interest on the part of automotive  manufacturers in the purchase of
            products which contain recycled rubber.

      *     Friction  Material (8 million  pounds in the United States in 1996):
            Coarse crumb rubber is used in friction  brake  materials  for brake
            pads and brake shoes.


                                       37
<PAGE>

Marketing Activities

      The  Company's   objective  is  to  market  and  distribute  its  products
worldwide,   through   national  and   international   distributors   and  sales
representatives. However, to a large extent the Company has to date concentrated
its efforts on completing the design, development, and construction of the first
production  model of the TCS-1 Plant and raising  adequate  financing to support
such  efforts.  It has,  therefore,  not yet  commenced  a full scale  marketing
campaign and does not intend to do so until the production model is complete and
adequate  funding is available to cover the costs  thereof.  During the last two
completed fiscal years and the subsequent  period, the Company has however taken
initial  steps to  prepare a  foundation  for a  world-wide  marketing  program,
appointing Alan Crossley as Managing Director of European Market Development. In
connection  therewith the Company has engaged in the following  market  research
activities  with  financial  assistance  from the  Canadian  Federal  Office  of
Regional  Development - Quebec ("FORDQ") under its IDEA Program,  which provides
loans in amounts of up to 50% of approved  expenditures made by the borrower for
the purpose of identifying and developing  export markets for Canadian  products
(the terms and amounts of these loans are  discussed,  above,  in "Existing  and
Proposed Business - Canadian  Operations - Canadian  Government,  and Government
Sponsored Loans and Grants"):

      (a)   From April,  1997 through March,  1998, the Company conducted market
            research  activities  respecting the potential United States markets
            for  rubber  crumb.  The  Company  retained  Plasti-Services  Inc. a
            non-profit  organization  founded by government and manufacturers of
            plastic   and  rubber   goods,   which   produced   a  report   (the
            "Plasti-Services  Report). This report indicated that the market was
            mature and well serviced with numerous non-rubber based products and
            that unless the  Company  was able to produce a product  which could
            replace any of those  presently  being  used,  at  substantial  cost
            savings,  this would not be an area which the Company should pursue.
            The PlastiServices  Report highlighted technical and economic issued
            that the Company must address, such as materials compatibility, lack
            of  sufficient  existing  technical  data,  and  cost  of  equipment
            modification  for potential  users of rubber crumb based  compounds.
            Based  upon  the   foregoing,   the   Company   believes   that  the
            Plasti-Services  Report is inconclusive  because the Company has not
            yet  produced  sufficient  samples  of the type of  rubber  crumb it
            expects to produce to effect a thorough  analysis of such  projected
            product.  Moreover, to the best of the Company's knowledge, there is
            no other tire derived  rubber crumb of the quality which the Company
            expects  to be able to produce  currently  available.  Further,  the
            Company  believes  that its overall  research  indicates  that:  (i)
            plastics and rubber  compounders  would be willing to consider using
            tire derived rubber in place of what they are using now and would be
            willing to enter  collaborative  ventures to test Tirex Rubber Crumb
            if and when it is produced in sufficient  quantities;  and (ii) with
            consistent materials specifications.

            The Company also retained a special  consultant,  with  expertise in
            the area of government assistance programs related to recycling, who
            investigated  public sector  incentives by region for any activities
            related to tire  recycling  business in forms of grants,  subsidies,
            tipping  fees and  legislation  related  to  tires.  Based  upon the
            foregoing,  the Company believes that in order to properly  identify
            the best potential  market  opportunities  and price  structures for
            Tirex Rubber  Crumb,  its present  market  research and  development
            priorities  should  focus,  in  the  following  sequence,   on:  (i)
            producing  sufficient  quantities  of Tirex  Rubber  Crumb (which is
            dependent upon the TCS-1 Plant's being able to operate in accordance
            with its specifications; (ii) developing appropriate test protocols;
            (iii)  analyzing  the  Tirex  Rubber  Crumb  for its  technical  and
            materials  properties;  (iv) doing  competitive  testing  with other
            products  currently  available in the market place;  and (v) working
            with potential users, focusing on using Tirex Rubber Crumb to reduce
            their material costs.


                                       38
<PAGE>

      (b)   In  January  of  1997,  the  Company  began  exploratory  activities
            respecting  the  feasibility  of marketing the TCS-1 Plant in Europe
            and Asia. In connection  therewith,  Alan Crossley, as the Company's
            European Market  Development  Consultant,  through his firm,  Gapco,
            Inc.,   conducted  market  studies  respecting  the  feasibility  of
            marketing TCS-1 Plants in the Iberian Peninsula and in India.

            The Iberian study indicated that Spain constitutes a sizeable market
            both in terms of scrap tires  requiring  elimination or disposal and
            in  terms of  rubber  crumb  utilization.  According  to the  study,
            Spain's tire disposal industry is presently dominated by landfilling
            practices due to the abundance of land useable as landfill sites and
            the relatively low short term costs  associated  with this method of
            tire disposal.  Another  popular method of tire disposal in Spain is
            incineration  although this method has been associated with problems
            ranging from cost inefficiency to causing air pollution.  Generally,
            the present circumstances in Spain regarding tire disposal have been
            acknowledged  to  be  environmentally  unsatisfactory  resulting  in
            pressure  to  develop  alternative   disposal  methods.   The  study
            concludes that none of the methods of tire disposal presently in use
            in  Spain  are  technically   satisfactory  or  cost  efficient.  It
            indicates  that  several  alternative   solutions  to  Spain's  tire
            disposal  problems are under  development  and that  although  there
            exists  the  potential  for  substantial  competition  in  the  tire
            disposal  industry in the future there is no such competition at the
            present time. At present,  the Company is not aware of any potential
            competitor in Spain having a tire disposal system  comparable to the
            TCS-1 Plant, although no assurance can be given that this is in fact
            the case.  A  substantial  portion of the study was also  devoted to
            assessing  the market in Spain for rubber in  general  and  recycled
            rubber crumb in particular. Spain is a net importer of all the types
            of rubber raw material it uses and consequently, the study concluded
            that Spain's rubber industry should be particularly receptive to new
            sources of cheaper raw materials. The study indicated that marketing
            efforts  in Spain  for  rubber  crumb  should  be  directed  at tire
            manufacturers,  users of rubber  crumb and other  tire  by-products,
            waste processors and government organizations  responsible for waste
            disposal.  It concluded that any entry strategy for a TCS-1 Plant in
            Spain would be dependent upon  identifying  potential  purchasers of
            Tirex rubber crumb, but that this could be done only after the TCS-1
            Plant is  capable of  producing  a  reliable  supply of  homogeneous
            product.

            In or  about  July  1997,  the  Company  commenced  European  market
            development  activities  aimed at positioning  the Company to Market
            TCS-1 Plants,  Rubber Crumb, and Related  Products in Europe.  These
            activities included appointing Alan Crossley as Managing Director of
            European Market Development and opening a sales office in Madrid for
            the purpose of  promoting  and  developing a market for TCS-1 Plants
            and for the rubber crumb  expected to be produced from the operation
            of such Plants. Mr. Crossley's  activities also included researching
            and  evaluating  current  developments  in European  production  and
            consumption, national and regional policies, and international trade
            of used tires. Results from European marketing activities, conducted
            subsequent to the completion of the Iberian market study,  appear to
            indicate that landfill bans, producer responsibility, and management
            of integrated  waste tire collection  systems are the priority items
            in the  recommendations  of the European  Economic  Union's European
            Commission - Environmental Council. To this end, Germany, the United
            Kingdom   and  other  areas  in   northern   Europe  are   currently
            implementing,  and, for the near future, are expected to continue to
            implement,  the recycling  directives of the European Economic Union
            substantially  ahead of areas in southern Europe.  As a result,  the
            Company  had  decided  to move its  European  marketing  efforts  to
            London.  The  Company  believes  it will be able to do so during the
            current fiscal year.


                                       39
<PAGE>

      (c)   Since April,  1998, the Company has been engaged in market  research
            activities  respecting  the  feasibility  of using  rubber  crumb in
            thermoplastic  elastomer  compounds in the United States and Canada.
            Such activities  included retaining Robert Eller and Associates Inc.
            a  consulting  firm  specializing  in rubber  industry,  to identify
            thermoplastic  applications  that can incorporate Tirex Rubber Crumb
            in significant (30 to 60 percent) quantities as a raw material.  The
            Company has also  retained MD  Technologies,  a Quebec  research and
            development   laboratory  with  expertise  in  rubber  and  plastics
            formulations, to develop formulations for the low end thermoplastics
            products  such as  flooring,  construction  and  road  and  athletic
            surface  applications.  Robert  Eller  and  Associates  has  not yet
            completed its final report.


                                       40
<PAGE>

      In November 1997, the Company also began working with a consultant who had
expertise and substantial  business and marketing experience and contacts in and
around  Puerto  Rico  in  connection   with:  (i)  market   development  in  the
Southeastern  United States and the Caribbean and (ii)  assistance in developing
and  implementing  a business plan designed to expand the Company's  business to
include participating, through joint ventures, or otherwise, in the recycling of
scrap tires into  useable  crumb  rubber and other  saleable  byproducts.  For a
discussion of compensation arrangements with such consultant,  reference is made
to Item 5 of this Report,  the  subtopic,  "Sales of  Unregistered  Securities -
Securities Issued As Compensation  Under Written  Consulting  Agreements".  As a
result of such consultant's  efforts, in the spring of 1998, the Company entered
into negotiations for a joint venture (the "Proposed P.R. Joint Venture") with a
group of persons who have knowledge of the operation of business  enterprises in
Puerto Rico and who believe that they have the ability to, establish and develop
contacts between the Company and government agencies in Puerto Rico with respect
to the  establishment  and operation of one or more TCS-1 Plant  equipped  scrap
tire recycling plants in Puerto Rico. It was intended that the prospective joint
venture  partners would devote their efforts and expertise to: (i) obtaining all
required licenses,  permits,  and available Puerto Rican government  incentives,
grants and aids needed to establish and develop the business of Tirex PR and the
operations  of the Tirex PR Plant;  (ii)  assisting  the Company in locating and
obtaining  private and/or  government  agency debt  financing,  grants,  and tax
credits,  as  available,  to  capitalize  the  Proposed PR Joint  Venture and to
provide  working capital for the  establishment  and development of its business
and operations;  (iii) locating  appropriate  plant sites; and (iv) establishing
and  developing  contacts  between the Proposed P.R. Joint Venture and potential
customers  for the  crumb  rubber  and  other  products  to be  produced  by the
operations  of such scrap  tire  recycling  plants.  The  present  status of the
Proposed  P.R.  Joint  Venture  is that  negotiations  are  continuing  with the
potential partners, but that no final decisions have been reached as of yet. The
Proposed P.R.  Joint Venture  continues to be of interest to the Company.  It is
hoped that  agreement can be reached on terms  acceptable to the Company  during
the third or fourth quarters of the 1999 calendar year.  However, as at the date
hereof,  management  is unable to give any  assurance  that any joint venture or
other operations in Puerto Rico will result from these efforts.

      The  Company  can make no  assurances  with  respect to the success of its
distribution strategy. Furthermore, the Company has limited resources to achieve
the distribution of its products and no assurances can be given that the Company
will not require additional  financing,  which may not be available,  to achieve
such objective.

Government Regulation

      While the Company's equipment manufacturing operations may not be directly
subject  to  extraordinary  government  regulations,  the  Company's  continuing
research and  development  activities,  and the operation of the Montreal T.A.P.
Plant will  involve,  to varying  degrees and for varying  periods of time,  the
storage of scrap tires which may subject the Company to stringent  environmental
regulations.

      The  TCS-1  Plant  is a  "closed  loop"  system  which  does  not  use any
chemicals,  solvents,  gases or other substances which could result in emissions
of any kind from the  operation  of the Plant.  Furthermore,  to the best of the
Company's  knowledge,  operation  of the  TCS-1  Plant  will not  result  in the
emission of air pollutants,  the disposal of combustion residues, the storage of
hazardous substances (as is the case with other tire recycling processes such as
pyrolysis),  or the production of any  significant  amounts of solid waste which
would  have to be  landfilled.  However,  the  operation  of a TCS-1  Plant will
involve,  to varying  degrees  and for varying  periods of time,  the storage of
scrap tires which, with their size, volume and composition, can pose potentially
serious  environmental  problems.  While the Company  does not believe that such
storage will normally involve quantities of tires so large or storage periods so
extensive as to constitute the  "stockpiling" of scrap tires, it should be noted
that  stockpiling,  should it occur,  could  


                                       41
<PAGE>

constitute a  particularly  serious  environmental  problem.  Among the numerous
problems  relating to scrap tires, is that when stockpiled  above ground,  tires
create  serious fire,  public health,  and  environmental  hazards  ranging from
fires,  which  generate  large and dense clouds of black smoke and are extremely
difficult to extinguish, to the creation of vast breeding grounds for mosquitoes
and vermin.

      As a result,  many states have either  passed or have pending  legislation
regarding  discarded  tires including  legislation  limiting the storage of used
tires to specifically designated areas. The Company and other operators of TCS-1
Plants will therefore be subject to various local,  state,  and federal laws and
regulations including,  without limitation,  regulations  promulgated by federal
and state environmental,  health, and labor agencies. Establishing and operating
a TCS-1 Plant for tire  recycling will require  numerous  permits and compliance
with  environmental  and  other  government  regulations,  on  the  part  of the
Company's  customers,  both in the  United  States  and Canada and in most other
foreign countries. The process of obtaining required regulatory approvals may be
lengthy and  expensive  for both the Company and for its TCS-1 Plant  customers.
Moreover,  regulatory approvals, if granted, may include significant limitations
on either the Company's or its  customer's  operations.  The EPA and  comparable
state and local regulatory agencies actively enforce  environmental  regulations
and  conduct  periodic  inspections  to  determine  compliance  with  government
regulations.  Failure to comply  with  applicable  regulatory  requirements  can
result in, among other  things,  fines,  suspensions  of  approvals,  seizure or
recall of products, operating restrictions, and criminal prosecutions.

      Compliance  with applicable  environmental  and other laws and regulations
governing  the business of the Company,  and of all TCS-1 Plant  Operators,  may
impose  financial  burdens that could adversely  affect the business,  financial
condition,  prospects,  and results of operations,  of the Company. Such adverse
affects could include,  but may not be limited to, the burden of compliance with
laws and regulations governing the installation and/or operation of TCS-1 Plants
discouraging  potential  customers  from  purchasing a TCS-1  Plant.  Actions by
federal, state, and local governments concerning  environmental or other matters
could  result in  regulations  that could  increase  the cost of  producing  the
recyclable rubber, steel, and fiber which are the by-products from the operation
of the TCS-1 Plant and make such  by-products less profitable or even impossible
to sell at an economically feasible price level.

      The  Company  believes  that  existing   government   regulations,   while
extensive,  will not result in the disability of either the Company or its TCS-1
Plant customers to operate  profitably and in compliance with such  regulations.
However,  since  all  government  regulations  are  subject  to  change  and  to
interpretation  by local  administrations,  the effect of government  regulation
could  conceivably  prevent,  or delay for a  considerable  period of time,  the
development  of the  Company's  business  as planned  and/or  impose  costly new
procedures for  compliance,  or prevent the Company or its TCS-1  customers from
obtaining,  or affect the timing of, regulatory  approvals.  Actions by federal,
state,  and local  governments  concerning  environmental or other matters could
result in regulations  that could  therefore  increase the cost of producing the
recyclable rubber, steel, and fiber which are the by-products from the operation
of the TCS-1 Plant and make such  by-products less profitable or even impossible
to sell at an  economically  feasible  price  level,  which could  result in the
Company's  or  its  TCS-1  customers'  businesses  being  less  profitable,   or
unprofitable,  to operate.  Continually changing government compliance standards
and  technology,  could also affect the  Company's  future  capital  expenditure
requirements  relating  to  environmental  compliance.  Likewise,  the burden of
compliance with laws and regulations governing the installation and/or operation
of TCS-1 Plants could  discourage  potential  customers from  purchasing a TCS-1
Plant which would adversely affect the Company's business,  prospects,  results,
and  financial  condition.  As a result,  the  business of the Company  could be
directly and indirectly affected by government regulations.

      The Company  believes that it will be able to operate in  compliance  with
such  regulations.  In this regard it has  retained  environmental  attorneys in
Montreal  to advise it with  respect  to  compliance  with  local  environmental
regulations.  It has also engaged a consultant to advise purchasers of its TCS-1
Plants  with 


                                       42
<PAGE>

respect to compliance  with local  environmental  regulations  applicable to the
installation  and operation of the TCS-1 Plant.  Even prior to the initiation of
operations at the Montreal T.A.P. Plant, the Company has made, and will continue
to make  expenditures  relating to environmental  compliance  because at least a
limited  amount of storing and processing of tires has been required for testing
of the first TCS-1 Plant at the Montreal facility.

      Specifically,  with respect to the Montreal T.A.P. Plant, local ordinances
require that scrap tires be stored indoors,  under certain conditions  including
proper  segregation  of tires and adequacy of  sprinkler  systems and other fire
code  requirements.  In order to comply with such  regulations,  the Company has
installed  adequate  sprinkler  systems and  dedicated  segregated  areas of its
Montreal  facility to the storage of tires in  manageable  piles.  In connection
therewith,  the  Company's  plans  respecting  the use of the  building  for the
storage of tires has been  submitted to the Montreal  Building  Department  (the
"Building  Department").  In response,  the Company has been requested to submit
more detailed specifications,  drawn up by a certified architect, respecting the
construction  of the  outside  walls  of the  building,  so  that  the  Building
Department can determine whether they comply with the applicable portions of the
fire code.  The  Company  has  retained  a  certified  architect  to draw up the
required plans, but is not able to state at this date,  whether the construction
is adequate in its present state or whether reinforcements will be required, and
if required,  what the total cost of such  reinforcements  will be. To date, the
Company  has  expended   approximately   Cdn$40,000   or  US$28,000  on  capital
expenditures relating to environmental  compliance.  However, in addition to the
above noted possibility of mandated changes to the building in order to bring it
into conformance with fire regulations, the inception of equipment manufacturing
and TCS-1  Plant  operations,  together  with  continually  changing  compliance
standards and technology,  may affect the Company's  future capital  expenditure
requirements relating to environmental compliance.

ITEM 2.  DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

Corporate Headquarters

      The Company's corporate headquarters are located at 740 St. Maurice, Suite
201, Montreal, Quebec, H3C 1L5. The Company occupies a 1988 square foot suite in
a modern office  building  located in the  commercial  and business  district of
South West  Montreal.  All of such  facility  is devoted to  executive  offices,
reception,  and conference  areas including six executive  offices.  The Company
occupies these premises under a three-year lease, dated June 23, 1997,  (expires
on June 30, 2000) with Les Immeubles 740  Saint-Maurice  Inc. The lease provides
for  monthly  rental  payments of  Cdn$2,825  (approximately  US$2,034).  Rental
payments are inclusive of all taxes, utilities, and any other applicable fees or
charges.  The lease is renewable for an  additional  three years at market rates
then prevailing.

Research and Manufacturing Facility

      On February 17, 1998, the Company entered into a five-year term lease (the
"Tri-Steel Lease") with Tri-Steel Industries Inc. ("Tri-Steel"), effective as of
March 1, 1998 for a 90,000 square foot research and manufacturing  facility on a
completely  fenced  180,000  square  foot  contiguous  lot located at 3828 Saint
Patrick  Street and 2200 Pitt  Street in  Montreal,  Canada.  The  facility is a
concrete  and  reinforced   steel  structure   consisting  of  three  completely
integrated areas, including:

      (a)   a 40,000 square foot reinforced  concrete and galvanized  structural
            steel, area, with a reinforced concrete floor and a mezzanine, which
            was  constructed  in 1941.  Approximately  800  square  feet will be
            dedicated  to  administrative  offices,  a  reception  area,  and  a


                                       43
<PAGE>

            conference  room.  The  balance of this  structure  will be used for
            fabrication of TCS-1 Plants and ancillary equipment;

      (b)   a 20,000  square  foot area  constructed  of  galvanized  structural
            steel,  one-story (thirty to forty feet) in height,  with a concrete
            floor, added at or around 1982. This structure will be used for test
            operations  of the TCS-1 and further  development  and  improvements
            thereon.

      (c)   a 30,000 square foot area constructed of galvanized structural steel
            with a dirt floor,  constructed  at or around  1986,  to be used for
            warehousing purposes.

      When the Company  entered into the  Tri-Steel  Lease,  the facility was in
excellent  repair and was well suited to the requirements of the Company for the
purpose of manufacturing  TCS-1 Plants.  The only  improvement  required at that
time,  was an  updated  fire  suppression  system in  compliance  with the local
Montreal  fire code  respecting  the  storage of rubber  product.  However,  the
planned  expansion of the  Company's  activities to encompass the operation of a
TCS-1 Plant and the  manufacture  of finished  products  out of the rubber crumb
produced thereby, has necessitated  additional  modifications and renovations to
the building.  These have included the  installation of the new fire suppression
system noted above and new lighting, heating, electric, and ventilation systems,
as well as the  construction of new concrete and asphalt  floors,  garage doors,
and loading docks.  The aggregate cost of the foregoing  improvements,  together
with the cost of a six thousand pound  forklift,  is  approximately  US$300,000,
US$100,000 of which have already been paid by the Company.  The Company  expects
all of the foregoing  renovations and  improvements to be completed in or before
June 1999.

      A Canadian  National Railway spur terminates within the building which has
both entrance and exit railway track openings. In addition, the facility has two
additional  "drive-through"  entrance ways which accommodate  trucks and tractor
trailers  for indoor  loading and  unloading,  as well as an  extensive  (30,000
square foot) covered  outdoor  parking and loading area,  which can also be used
for protected  outdoor  storage.  The facility  comes  equipped with three 5-ton
overhead  bridge  cranes,  each one spanning  50-60 feet cranes.  All  utilities
(electricity, gas, heat, and water) are in place and in working order.

      The Facility is situated, adjacent to an interstate highway and a Canadian
National Railway line in an industrial area located approximately two miles from
the principal  downtown  Montreal  business  center and the Company's  executive
headquarters.

      The Tri-Steel Lease provides for rental payments, as follows: (i) year-one
(commencing March 1, 1998): Cdn$10,000 per month (approximately  US$7,000); (ii)
year-two: Cdn$20,000 per month (approximately US$14,000); and (iii) years-three,
four, and five: Cdn$25,000 per month (approximately US$17,500 US ). Quebec sales
taxes ("QST") and (Canadian)  Government sales taxes ("GST") are also payable by
the  Company on all rental  payments.  Management  believes  that under  present
regulations,  these taxes are either  refundable to the Company or are available
as reductions of required  remissions of sales taxes  collected on sales made to
other taxable Canadian entities.  It is estimated that year-one sales taxes will
aggregate  to  approximately  15% of all rental  payments  made.  The  Company's
present  sales tax status is such,  however,  that QST and GST payments  will be
refunded to it by the  government.  The Company is obligated  to pay  additional
costs,  including all fuel and utility  charges,  real estate  taxes.  The Lease
requires  the company to carry  insurance  on the  premises for not less than CA
$4,000,000  (approximately $2,800,000 US) and public liability insurance for not
less than CA $3,000,000  (approximately  $2,100,000  US). The Company  estimates
that the aggregate  amount of such  additional  costs will be  approximately  CA
$10,265  (approximately  $7,153 US) for temporary coverage for the first year of
the lease.


                                       44
<PAGE>

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Settlement of Great American Matter

      On November 12, 1998, the Company  entered into a settlement  agreement by
and among  Great  American  Commercial  Funding  Corp  ("Great  American"),  the
Company,  and a third party  unrelated  to the  Company,  who also had  business
dealings with Great American. The matter between Great American and the Company,
to which the said  settlement  agreement  pertains,  is an action which had been
commenced by Great American on June 18, 1997 in the United States District Court
for the District of New Jersey, entitled Great American Commercial Funding Corp.
vs.  Tirex  America  Inc.  The  action  arises  out of a certain  placement  fee
agreement (the "Placement Fee  Agreement"),  executed by the Company in February
of 1996, under which the Company, among other things, undertook to pay the Great
American a placement fee in the amount of $250,000 and to grant to the plaintiff
an option to acquire 400,000 shares of the company's common stock, at a price of
$0.01 per share,  in the  event,  and only in the  event,  that  Great  American
succeeded in obtaining financing acceptable to the Company.  Although the amount
and terms of the "financing" were not mentioned in the documents, it was clearly
understood by the parties that the Company was then seeking to obtain,  and that
the agreement contemplated, financing in an amount (assumed necessarily to be in
the multi-million dollar range),  adequate to fund the design and development of
the TCS-1 Plant and to enable the Company to initiate  manufacturing such Plants
on a  commercial  basis.  Great  American  claimed  that  it had  fulfilled  its
obligations under the said Placement Fee Agreement by introducing to the Company
a firm which was engaged in the business of equipment  lease financing and which
the  Company  subsequently  introduced  to one of its  prospective  TCS-1  Plant
purchasers. Such purchaser ultimately entered into a lease financing arrangement
with such firm,  pursuant to which the  Company was able to obtain some  limited
amounts of pre-delivery  funds. It was the Company's  position that the advances
made to the Company pursuant to such lease-financing  arrangement did not in any
way  constitute  the  type  of  financing  contemplated  by the  parties  or the
Placement  Fee  Agreement  and that the Company had no financial  obligation  to
Great  American  pursuant  thereto.  The  Company  filed an Answer  denying  any
liability to the plaintiff in light, among other things, of the foregoing facts,
and  asserting,  among other  things,  that:  (i) the  agreement  was induced by
plaintiff's  material  misrepresentations;  (ii)  enforcement  thereof  would be
clearly unconscionable under the circumstances; (iii) plaintiff never introduced
the Company to any third party which was ready, willing, and able to produce the
type of financing  which the plaintiff  knew the Company was seeking and needed;
and (iv) the  so-called  "placement  fee  agreement"  was  merely an offer for a
unilateral  contract  which  was  terminated  or  revoked,  and  notice  of such
revocation  was  timely   communicated  to  plaintiff  before  it  rendered  any
substantial performance in reliance upon the offer.

      In fulfillment of the terms of the Great  American  Settlement  Agreement,
the  Company  paid to Great  American  the sum of  $32,500 in cash and issued to
Great  American and its  attorneys,  Kuritsky,  Giasullo  and Messina,  one-year
options to purchase an aggregate of up to fifty thousand shares of the Company's
unregistered common stock at a price of $0.20 per share.

Settlement of Nais Corporation Matter

      Effective,  December  18,  1998,  the  Company  and the  Nais  Corporation
("NAIS") settled an action (the "NAIS Settlement  Agreement") brought by NAIS on
May 27, 1998  against the Company in the U.S.  District  Court for the  Southern
District  of New  York.  This  action  was  based  upon a  financial  consulting
agreement  (the  "NAIS  Agreement"),  dated May 3,  1997,  between  NAIS and the
Company.  The Complaint  alleged that the Company  failed to comply with certain
compensatory arrangements contained in the said NAIS Agreement and sought relief
by way of immediate  registration  of 5,231,092  shares of the Company's  common
stock  issued to NAIS as  compensation  (the "NAIS  Shares")  and damages in the
amount of 


                                       45
<PAGE>

$630,000.  The Company  filed an Answer and  Counterclaim,  dated July 27, 1998,
denying any liability to NAIS and alleging,  among other things,  that: (i) NAIS
failed to perform; and (ii) NAIS made material misrepresentations  regarding its
expertise  and  ability to perform in order to induce the  Company to enter into
the NAIS Agreement.

      In  fulfillment  of the  terms  of the  NAIS  Settlement  Agreement,  NAIS
returned  500,000  NAIS Shares to the  Company,  gave to Terence C.  Byrne,  the
chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer of the Company, a
voting proxy  respecting the remaining  4,731,092  NAIS Shares,  NAIS's right to
have any of the NAIS Shares registered by the Company was rescinded,  and NAIS's
right to sell any of the NAIS Shares is limited to sales made in compliance with
Rule 144 of the General Rules and  Regulations of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended ("Rule 144"),  on a limited basis only,  with not more than 200,000 NAIS
Shares  saleable  per  thirty-day  period  during  the period  (the  "Restricted
Period")  ending at the earlier of: (i) six months  following the effective date
of a registration  statement  filed by the Company with the SEC on May 21, 1998;
or (ii) August 11, 1999.  Following the Restricted Period,  sales of Nais Shares
will be  governed by normal  Rule 144  requirements.  At no time will any of the
NAIS Shares be eligible for sale under  Paragraph  (k) of Rule 144 which,  among
other  things,  would allow for the sale of stock  without  regard to the volume
limitations and manner of sale  restrictions  otherwise imposed by Rule 144. The
NAIS  Settlement  Agreement did not provide for any damages to be paid by either
party.

Threatened Litigation with Dr. Laura Gabiger

      On November 18, 1998,  attorneys for Dr. Laura Gabiger advised the Company
that they had been  authorized  by Dr.  Gabiger to file suit against the Company
for  breach  of  contract.  It is the  position  of the  Company  that it has no
obligations  whatsoever to Dr.  Gabiger and,  moreover,  that Dr. Gabiger should
return compensation paid to her in stock and in cash, for services which she was
either unwilling or unable to render to the Company. This matter arises out of a
consulting  agreement,  dated June 18,  1997,  between the Company and Dr. Laura
Gabiger (the "Gabiger Agreement").  The Gabiger Agreement provided for a term of
three years,  commencing on July 1, 1997, and compensation at the annual rate of
$96,000  during the first two years and at an annual rate of $58,000  during the
third year.  The Agreement  provided  further that thirty  percent (30%) of such
compensation  would be paid in cash and seventy  percent  (70%) would be paid in
shares of the Company's common stock. On July 7, 1997, the Company issued to Dr.
Gabiger  263,529 shares of its common stock,  which covered the Company's  stock
compensation  obligations for the entire first year of the Gabiger Agreement. In
addition,  between  October 1997 and June 1998,  the Company paid Dr.  Gabiger a
total of $28,800,  representing the full amount of cash  compensation due to her
for that period.  It is the Company's  position that any suit which Dr.  Gabiger
would bring  against the  Company for breach of the Gabiger  Agreement  would be
completely  without  merit and that,  should such suit be  brought,  the Company
would defend it vigorously  and bring a counter suit against Dr. Gabiger for the
return of monies and stock  paid to her in  advance,  for  failure to perform in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Gabiger  Agreement.  As of March
3, 1999,  the Company had received no further  communications  from Dr.  Gabiger
with respect to this or any other matter.

      The  Company  is  unaware  of  any  other  pending  or  threatened   legal
proceedings  to which  Company  is a party or of which any of its  assets is the
subject. No director,  officer, or affiliate of the Company, or any associate of
any of them, is a party to or has a material interest in any proceeding  adverse
to the Company.


                                       46
<PAGE>

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

      During the  fourth  quarter of the  fiscal  year ended June 30,  1998,  no
matters were submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Company.

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

      The  Company's  common  stock,  is  traded  on  a  limited  basis  in  the
over-the-counter  market  and  quoted  on  the  OTC  Electronic  Bulletin  Board
maintained by the National  Association  of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. (the "OTC
Bulletin Board"). The following table sets forth representative high and low bid
prices by calendar  quarters as reported in the OTC  Bulletin  Board  during the
last two fiscal years and the subsequent  interim  period  through  February 12,
1999.  The level of trading in the  Company's  common stock has been limited and
the bid prices  reported may not be  indicative of the value of the common stock
or the  existence  of an  active  market.  The  OTC  market  quotations  reflect
inter-dealer  prices  without  retail  markup,   mark-down,  or  other  fees  or
commissions, and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

                                                           Bid Prices
                  Period                                  Common Stock
                  ------                                  ------------

       Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1997               Low               High
                                                     ---               ----

          September 30, 1996                        $0.19             $0.45
          December 31, 1996                          0.13              0.44
          March 31, 1997                             0.23              0.58
          June 30, 1997                              0.18              0.44


       Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 1998

          September 30, 1997                        $0.13             $0.4375
          December 31, 1997                          0.20              0.37
          March 31, 1998                             0.19              0.39
          June 30, 1998                              0.23              0.375


       Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 1999

          September 30, 1998                        $0.12             $0.30
          December 31, 1998                          0.10              0.28
          March 31, 1999*                            0.15              0.25

- ---------
* Through February 12, 1999.


                                       47
<PAGE>

Shareholders

      As of February 4, 1999,  the number of holders of record of the  Company's
common stock, $.001 par value, was 450.

Dividends

      The Company has paid no cash dividends and has no present plan to pay cash
dividends, intending instead to reinvest its earnings, if any. Payment of future
cash dividends  will be determined  from time to time by its board of directors,
based  upon  its  future  earnings  (if  any),  financial   condition,   capital
requirements  and other  factors,  the company is not  presently  subject to any
contractual or similar  restriction on its present or future ability to pay such
dividends.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

      The following sets forth information respecting the dates, purchasers, and
consideration   respecting   sales  of  common  stock  by  the  Company  without
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act")
during the fiscal year ended June 30,  1998,  and not  previously  reported in a
quarterly report on Form 10-Q.(4)

Sales to Executive Officers in Respect of Services Rendered

      As  discussed  extensively,   below,  in  the  footnotes  to  the  Summary
Compensation  Table,  which  appears  in  Item  10 of  this  Report,  "Executive
Compensation  - Current  Remuneration"  and in Item 12 of this Report,  "Certain
Relationships  and Related  Transactions - Issuance of Stock in Lieu of Salaries
and  Consulting  Fees",  during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998, the Company
had available financial resources to meet only part of its salary obligations to
its  executive  officers  and  its  corporate  and  securities  counsel,  and to
reimburse  such  persons for  out-of-pocket  disbursements  made by them for the
account,  or on behalf,  of the  Company.  As a result,  such  persons  accepted
unregistered  shares of the  Company's  common stock,  valued,  for this purpose
only,  at fifty percent of the average of the bid and ask prices for of stock as
traded in the  over-the-counter  market and reported in the electronic  bulletin
board of the NASD, as follows:

      On April 15,  1998,  in  consideration  of unpaid  executive  services and
unreimbursed  expenses  rendered under the terms of their respective  employment
agreements  and  paid by such  persons  for the  account  and on  behalf  of the
Company,  during the four-month  period which  commenced on December 1, 1997 and
ended on March 31,  1998,  Tirex  issued  shares of its common stock to its four
executive  officers and its corporate  counsel.  These  issuances were valued at
$0.1399  per share,  which  value was equal to 50% of the average of the bid and
ask price for the common stock  during the period when such unpaid  

- ---------
(4)   For  information  respecting  sales of  unregistered  shares of its common
      stock made by the Company  during the first three quarters of fiscal 1998,
      reference is made to the disclosure  thereof contained in Part II, Item 2.
      "Changes in Securities"  contained in the Company's  quarterly  reports on
      Forms 10-QSB for the quarters ended September 30, 1997, December 31, 1997,
      and March 31, 1998.


                                       48
<PAGE>

salaries   and   expenses   were   earned  and   incurred,   as  traded  in  the
over-the-counter market and quoted in the OTC Bulletin Board, as follows:

                                          Amount of              No. of
                                       Salary & Expenses         Shares
              Name                          Owed                 Issued
              ----                          ----                 ------

        Terence C. Byrne                  $59,183                423,038
        Frances Katz Levine                45,191                323,023
        Louis V. Muro                      33,200                237,312
        John L. Threshie, Jr.               6,167                 44,081
        Vijay Kachru                        9,450                 67,548

      On April 15, 1998,  the Company issued shares of its common stock in order
to correct an error, made on December 15, 1997 in the price at which shares were
issued  to  four  of  its  executive  officers  and  its  corporate  counsel  in
consideration of unpaid  executive  services and unreimbursed for the five-month
period  which  commenced  on July 1, 1997 and ended on November  30,  1997.  The
December  15,  1997 error  consisted  of issuing  shares at a value of $.275 per
share,  which  value was equal to the  average  of the bid and ask price for the
Common  Stock  during the period when such unpaid  salaries  and  expenses  were
earned and incurred. It is the policy of the Company, and the board of directors
had approved,  that shares  issued for such purposes  should be valued of 50% of
market value.  Therefore the shares should have been issued at a value of $.1375
per share  instead  of $.275 per  share.  Accordingly,  on April 15,  1998,  the
Company  authorized the issuance of additional  shares to correct such error, as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
======================================================================================
        Name              No. Of Shares     No. of Shares Which   No. of Shares Issued
                       Erroneously Issued     Would Have Been     On April 15, 1998 to
                       at $.275 per Share   Correctly Issued at     Correct Dec. 15,
                                                  $0.1375             1997 Error
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>                  <C>                  <C>    
   Terence C. Byrne          336,353              672,705              336,352
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
    Louis V. Muro            151,309              302,618              151,309
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
John L. Threshie, Jr.         19,756               39,512               15,512
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Vijay Kachru              47,691               95,382               47,690
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Frances Katz Levine         206,379              412,758              206,379
======================================================================================
</TABLE>

      On April 20,  1998,  in  consideration  of unpaid  executive  services and
unreimbursed  expenses rendered under the terms of his employment agreements and
paid by him for the account and on behalf of Tirex,  during the six-month period
which  commenced on July 15, 1997 and ended on December  31,  1997,  the Company
issued  597,966  shares of its  common  stock to Alan  Crossley,  the  Company's
Managing Director of European Market Development. For purposes of such issuance,
the shares were valued at $0.1475 per share, which value was equal to 50% of the
average of the bid and ask price for the  common  stock  during the period  when
such  unpaid  salary and  expenses  were earned and  incurred,  as traded in the
over-the-counter market and quoted in the OTC Bulletin Board.


                                       49
<PAGE>

      Securities Issued as Compensation Under Written Employment Agreements

      On April 20, 1998, in consideration of executive  services  rendered under
the terms of his employment agreement and unreimbursed  expenses paid by him for
the account and on behalf of the  Company,  during the six -month  period  which
commenced  on July 1, 1997 and ended on December 31,  1997,  the Company  issued
597,966  shares of its Common Stock to Alan  Crossley,  the  Company's  Managing
Director of European  Market  Development.  For purposes of such  issuance,  the
shares  were  valued at $0.1475  per share,  which value was equal to 50% of the
average of the bid and ask price for the  common  stock  during the period  when
such  unpaid  salary and  expenses  were earned and  incurred,  as traded in the
over-the-counter market and quoted in the OTC Bulletin Board.

      On or about July 28, 1998 the Company  issued an  aggregate  of  4,095,057
shares of its common stock to Louis  Sanzaro,  Jean Frechette and Scott Rapfogel
pursuant  to  their  respective  employment  agreements  with the  Company.  The
foregoing issuances comprised 3,000,000 shares to Mr. Sanzaro,  1,000,000 shares
to Mr. Frechette and 95,057 shares to Mr. Rapfogel.

      The  3,000,000  shares  issued  to Mr.  Sanzaro,  in  connection  with his
agreement to serve as the Company's  vice  president in charge of operations and
chief operating officer, were issued in consideration for Mr. Sanzaro's agreeing
to  discontinue  his  other  business  activities  in order to enter  into  such
employment  agreement  (500,000 shares) and in  consideration  for Mr. Sanzaro's
release of rights to serve as a distributor  of TCS-1 Plants in North America or
to receive  commissions  in  connection  with sales of TCS-1  Plants made by the
Company in North America (2,500,000 shares).  The 1,000,000 shares issued to Mr.
Frechette  constituted a signing bonus which was issued in consideration for Mr.
Frechette's  agreeing to discontinue  his other business  activities in order to
enter  into an  employment  agreement  with the  Company  and TCCI  whereby  Mr.
Frechette agreed to serve as the president and chief operating  officer of TCCI.
The  95,057  shares  issued to Mr.  Rapfogel  were  issued in lieu of $12,500 in
salary due to Mr. Rapfogel under the terms of his employment  agreement with the
Company whereby he agreed to serve as the Company's Assistant U.S. Corporate and
Securities Counsel.  For purposes of such issuance,  the stock was valued at 50%
of the  average  bid and ask price for the  Company's  common  stock  during the
period in which such stock was earned.

      Issuance of Stock in Consideration for Financial Accommodations

      On or about July 9, 1998, the Company authorized the issuance of 4,000,000
shares of its common  stock to Terence C.  Byrne,  the  chairman of the board of
directors and CEO of the Company and 2,000 shares of its common stock to Frances
Katz  Levine,  formerly  the  secretary  and a  director,  and  presently  chief
corporate and US securities counsel of the Company.  Such issuances were made in
consideration of financial  accommodations  made by such persons for the benefit
of the Company  including,  but not limited to, the following:  since January of
1995,  on behalf,  and for the  benefit,  of the  Company  and  without any cash
compensation therefor,  Terence C. Byrne, the chairman of the board of directors
and CEO of the Company and Frances Katz Levine,  formerly  the  secretary  and a
director,  and presently corporate and US securities counsel of the Company, had
made substantial financial  accommodations and had put themselves at significant
financial risk,  including,  but not limited to the following:  Mr. Byrne's; (i)
having made  personal  loans to the  Company,  including a loan in the amount of
$102,000 made in January of 1998;  (ii) having been  personally  responsible for
all credit card debt of the  Company,  covering all travel,  entertainment,  and
significant  day-to-day  operating  expenses  of the  Company;  (iii)  being the
co-guarantor  of all bank debt of the  Company  and its  subsidiaries;  and (iv)
being the  co-guarantor on all equipment  leases of the Company;  and Ms. Levine
having for a continuous period of three and one-half years, provided,  rent-free
and with no charge for the costs of  utilities,  a  fully-equipped  law  office,
dedicated  solely  and  exclusively  to  the  requirements  of the  Company  and
throughout such period,  having paid, without any 


                                       50
<PAGE>

cash reimbursement ever having been made to her, all costs and expenses incurred
by the Company in connection with its legal service requirements,  including but
not limited to: (i) telephone charges (ii) office  furnishings,  equipment,  and
supplies;  (iii) Federal  Express and other postage;  and (iv)  secretarial  and
clerical staff salaries.

      Securities Issued As Compensation Under Written Consulting Agreements

      On April  13,  1998,  the  Company  issued  to Alan  Epstein  an option to
purchase  1,500,000 shares of the Company's common stock at a price of $.001 per
share,  as  total  compensation  under  the  terms  of  a  Puerto  Rican  Market
Development and Business Consulting Agreement,  dated April 13, 1998 between the
Company and Mr. Epstein (the "Epstein  Consulting  Agreement"),  which agreement
was made  retroactively  effective as of November 1, 1997, the approximate  date
when Mr.  Epstein  began his market  development  activities in Puerto Rico . On
April 14, Mr. Epstein  exercised the said option and the Company  authorized the
issuance thereof on April 15, 1998.

      On April 1, 1998,  the Company  entered into a consulting  agreement  (the
"SCT  Agreement")  with Security  Capital  Trading,  Inc.  ("SCT"),  a financial
consulting firm, and pursuant thereto: (i) issued to SCT stock purchase warrants
(the "SCT  Warrants")  to purchase a total of 2,000,000  shares of the Company's
common stock at exercise  prices of $.25 per share for the first 666,666 shares,
$.40 per share for the next 666,666 shares, and $.50 per share for the remaining
666,667 shares. The Company has the shares issuable upon the exercise of the SCT
Warrants  in a  registration  statement  on Form SB-2  which was filed  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on May 21, 1998.

      On January 28, 1998, the Company entered into a consulting  agreement with
Louis  Sanzaro  (the  "Consulting  Agreement"),  who is currently an officer and
director of the Company.  Compensation for all consulting  services  rendered by
Mr.  Sanzaro  under  the terms of the  Consulting  Agreement,  consisted  of the
issuance  to Mr.  Sanzaro of one  million  (1,000,000)  shares of the  Company's
common  stock,  600,000 of which were issued to Mr.  Sanzaro on January 30, 1998
and 400,000 of which were issued on or about April 30, 1998.

Securities Issued As Compensation For Goods and Services Rendered

      On April 24, 1998 Hydroco Inc., of Dorval, Quebec ("Hydroco") invoiced the
Company for  electrical  layout  goods and services in the  aggregate  amount of
$57,224.94 (Canadian)  (approximately $40,057 U.S.). In May 1998, Hydroco agreed
to accept  payment  of $5,000  (Canadian)  (approximately  $3,500  U.S.) of such
amount in common  stock of the  Company,  at a value of $0.23  (U.S.) per share.
Pursuant thereto,  on or about June 19, 1998, the Company issued an aggregate of
15,152 shares of its common stock to two assignees of Hydroco.

      During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998, Mila  Shvartsman  invoiced the
Company for  services  rendered in  connection  with United  States and Canadian
patent  application  filings and various  other patent  related  services in the
aggregate amount of $6,513.50. On June 19, 1998, Ms. Shvartsman agreed to accept
shares of the Company's  common  stock,  at a value of  approximately  $0.20 per
share, in lieu of a cash payment.  Pursuant  thereto,  on or about such date the
Company issued 32,568 shares of its common stock to Mila Shvartsman.


                                       51
<PAGE>

Securities Issued For Waiver of Advance Payment on Lease

      On  February  17,  1998 the  Company  entered  into a five year lease with
Tri-Steel  Industries  for a  90,000  square  foot  research  and  manufacturing
facility  located at 3828 Saint Patrick  Street in Montreal,  Canada.  Tri-Steel
agreed to accept 388,889 shares of the Company's  common stock in  consideration
of its  waiver  of its  customary  requirement  that the last two  monthly  rent
payments  under a lease be paid at the time of  execution  of the  lease.  These
388,889 shares were issued to Tri-Steel on or about June 19,1998.

      The sales  discussed  above  under  the  subheadings  "Sales to  Executive
Officers in Respect of Services  Rendered",  "Securities  Issued as Compensation
under Written  Employment  Agreements",  "Issuance of Stock in Consideration for
Financial  Accommodations",  "Securities  Issued as  Compensation  Under Written
Consulting Agreements",  "Sales to Non-Affiliated Parties in Respect of Services
Rendered" and "Securities  Issued in Lieu of Rent" are each claimed to have been
exempt from  registration  under the  Securities  Act  pursuant to Section  4(2)
thereof, as more fully described below.

Basis for Section 4(2) Claimed

      With  respect to all  shares and other  issuances  of  securities  made in
reliance on Section 4(2):

      (a)   The  Company  did not  engage  in  general  advertising  or  general
            solicitation  and  paid  no  commission  or  similar   renumeration,
            directly or indirectly, with respect to such transactions.

      (b)   The  persons who  acquired  these  securities  are current or former
            executive officers and directors of the Company,  consultants to the
            Company, and providers of professional or other significant service;
            Such  persons  had   continuing   direct   access  to  all  relevant
            information  concerning  the Company  and/or have such knowledge and
            experience in financial  and business  matters that they are capable
            of evaluating  the merits and risks of such  investment and are able
            to bear the economic risk thereof.

      (c)   The persons who acquired these  securities  advised the Company that
            the shares were purchased for investment and without a view to their
            resale  or   distribution   unless   subsequently   registered   and
            acknowledged  that they were aware of the  restrictions on resale of
            the shares absent  subsequent  registration  and that an appropriate
            legend  would be placed on the  certificates  evidencing  the shares
            reciting the absence of their  registration under the Securities Act
            and  referring  to the  restrictions  on their  transferability  and
            resale.

      Accordingly, the Company claims the transactions hereinabove described, to
have  been  exempt  from  the  registration  requirements  of  Section  5 of the
Securities Act by reason of Section 4(2) thereof in that such  transactions  did
not form part of a single  financing plan and did not involve a public  offering
of securities.

Sales Made Pursuant to Exemption From  Registration  Available Under Rule 506 of
the Securities Act.

      On April 9, 1998, the Company sold twenty 10% convertible Debentures, each
in the  principal  amount of $25,000 and two million stock  purchase  options to
purchase a like number of shares of common  stock at a price of $.001 per share,
to two  private  investors,  who had no  affiliation  with  the  Company.  


                                       52
<PAGE>

These  securities  were sold as twenty  units  (the "Type A Units") in a private
placement (the "Type A Private Placement",  made by the Company between November
5, 1997 and May 11, 1998,  through H.J.  Meyers & Co., Inc., as placement  agent
(the  "Placement  Agent"),  at a price of  $25,000  per  Unit.  Each Type A Unit
consisted of one 10% Convertible  Subordinated Debenture in the principal amount
of  $25,000  (the  "Type  A  Debentures")  and  100,000  warrants  (the  "Type A
Warrants")  to  purchase  a like  number of shares  of the  common  stock of the
Company (the "Type A Warrant Shares").

      The  Type  A  Private   Placement   was  effected  in  reliance  upon  the
availability of an exemption from the registration  provisions of the Securities
Act by  virtue  of  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  Section  4(2)  of the
Securities  Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D thereof  ("Rule  506").  The Type A
Units were offered and sold to a limited number of  sophisticated  investors who
understood and were economically  capable of accepting the risks associated with
a speculative  investment,  including the complete loss of such investment,  and
who are "Accredited Investors" within the meaning prescribed by Regulation D and
Rule 501 of the Securities Act.

      The 2,000,000  outstanding  Type A Warrants are  exercisable at a price of
$.001 per share.  The Type A Debentures  are  convertible  commencing on the day
following  the  effective  date of the  Company's  Registration  Statement  at a
conversion  ratio  equal to a maximum  of 67.5%  and a  minimum  of 61.5% of the
closing bid price of the Company's  common stock on the trading date immediately
preceding  the date of the  Company's  receipt  of a notice of  conversion.  The
factors which affect the  conversion  ratio are discussed,  above,  in Item 1 of
this Report  under the  caption,  "Material  Financing  Activities  - The Type A
Private  Placement".  After  December  31, 1999,  the Type A Debentures  will be
redeemable,  at the request of the holder,  at 125% of the principal amount plus
all accrued unpaid interest on the principal amount.

      The 2,000,000 Type A Warrant Shares and the shares of the Company's common
stock issuable  pursuant to the conversion of the Type A Debentures (the "Type A
Debenture Shares"), are being registered by way of inclusion in the Registration
Statement.

      Between January 23, 1998 and May 11, 1998, the Company sold 230,000 shares
of its common stock and 23 10%  convertible  Debentures,  each in the  principal
amount of $10,000,  to 21 private  investors,  who had no  affiliation  with the
Company.  These  securities  were sold as 23 units (the  "Type B  Units"),  in a
private placement (the "Type B Private  Placement",  made by the Company between
January 20, 1997 and May 11, 1998, through H.J. Meyers & Co., Inc., as placement
agent  (the  "Placement  Agent"),  at a price of  $10,300  per Unit.  The Type B
Private  Placement was a continuance by the Company of a private  placement (the
"RPM Private Placement") made by RPM Incorporated ("RPM"),  which commenced upon
the  effective  date of a merger (the "RPM  Merger")  of RPM into the  Company's
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Tirex  Acquisition  Corp.  ("TAC").  Each Type B Unit
consisted of one 10% Convertible  Subordinated Debenture in the principal amount
of $10,000 (the "Type A  Debentures")  and 10,000  shares of the common stock of
the  Company.  The Type B Units  were  sold in a series  of three  closings,  as
follows:

                                          No. Of          No. Of
                 Closing Date           Units Sold      Purchasers
                 ------------           ----------      ----------
               January 23, 1998         8.5 Units           8
               February 19, 1998        5.5 Units           6
               May 11, 1998             9   Unit            7

      The Type B Private  Placement was effected in compliance with Rule 506 and
the Type B Units were offered and sold only to a limited number of sophisticated
investors who  understood and were  economically  capable of accepting the risks
associated  with a speculative  investment,  including the 


                                       53
<PAGE>

complete loss of such investment, and who were "Accredited Investors" within the
meaning prescribed by Regulation D and Rule 501 of the Securities Act.

      All of the Type B  Debentures  were  amended  prior to the  filing  of the
Registration  Statement to provide for: (i) the  registration of the shares (the
"Type B Conversion Shares") issuable upon the conversion of the Debentures; (ii)
the  termination  of the  holder's  right  to  convert  the  Type B  Debentures,
effective the day immediately prior to the filing of the Registration Statement,
and the  commencement  of a new  conversion  period as of the date following the
effective date of the said Registration Statement; and (iii) restrictions on the
transfer of the Type B  Conversion  Shares  until the first to occur of: (a) six
months from the effective date of the  Registration  Statement,  or (b) one year
from the date of the  issuance  of the  Debentures.  The Type B  Debentures  are
convertible  at a ratio of one share for every $0.20 of the principal  amount of
the Debenture plus interest earned thereon from the date of issuance. The Type B
Debentures are  redeemable at face value plus all earned  interest from the date
of  issuance on the first to occur of: (i) two years from the issue date or (ii)
the  completion  and  closing  of a public  offering  of its  securities  by the
Company.

      Between  the  last  week in  March  1998 and May 11,  1998,  in a  private
placement (the "Type C Private  Placement")  made directly by the Company,  with
all  offers and sales made by  officers  of the  Company,  the  Company  sold an
aggregate  of  11,760,000  shares of the  Company's  common  stock  (the "Type C
Shares")  at a price  of $.10  per  share to 57  private  investors.  The Type C
Private Placement was effected in compliance with Rule 506 and the Type C Shares
were offered and sold only to a limited  number of  sophisticated  investors who
understood and were economically  capable of accepting the risks associated with
a speculative  investment,  including the complete loss of such investment,  and
who were "Accredited  Investors"  within the meaning  prescribed by Regulation D
and Rule 501 of the Securities Act.

      The  11,760,000  Type C Shares  which were sold are being  registered  for
resale to the public by the  holders  thereof by way of their  inclusion  in the
Registration Statement.

Basis for Section Rule 506 Exemption Claimed

      With  respect  sales and other  issuances  of  securities  as  hereinabove
described and claimed to have been exempt from the registration  requirements of
Section 5 of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 506 thereof:

      (a)  The  Company  did  not  engage  in  general  advertising  or  general
solicitation  and  paid no  commission  or  similar  remuneration,  directly  or
indirectly, with respect to such transaction.

      (b) The Company made reasonable inquiry to determine the investment intent
of the  purchasers  (i.e.,  to  determine  that such shares were  purchased  for
investment  and  without  a view to  their  resale  and  informed  them  that an
appropriate legend would be placed on certificates or documents  evidencing such
securities  reciting  the  absence  of  their  registration  under  the  Act and
referring to the restrictions on their transferability and resale).

      (c) The  purchasers  have been  provided  with,  or have  access  to,  all
information  requested  by them and with  what the  Company  believes  to be all
relevant  information  concerning the Company, and the Company believes such the
purchasers are knowledgeable with respect to the affairs of the Company.

      (d) Each of the  Purchasers  is an  accredited  investor,  as that term is
defined  in Rule  501(a)  of the  Securities  Act,  and has such  knowledge  and
experience  in  financial  and  business  matters  that he or she 


                                       54
<PAGE>

is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investments and is able to
bear the economic risk thereof.

      (e) The Company made no sales of  unregistered  securities  during the six
month period preceding the sales made pursuant to Rule 506 except for sales made
pursuant  to Employee  Benefit  Plans as that term is defined in Rule 405 of the
Securities Act.

ITEM 6.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

      The  following is  management's  discussion  and  analysis of  significant
factors  which have  affected the Company's  financial  position and  operations
during the fiscal years ended June 30, 1997 ("Fiscal  1997"),  and June 30, 1998
("Fiscal 1998").  This discussion also includes events which occurred subsequent
to the end of Fiscal 1998 and contains  both  historical  and  forward-  looking
statements.   When   used   in   this   discussion,   the   words   "expect(s)",
"feel(s)","believe(s)",  "will", "may",  "anticipate(s)" "intend(s)" and similar
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements
are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results
to  differ  materially  from  those  projected.  Factors  that  might  cause  or
contribute to such differences  include, but are not limited to, those discussed
in "Risk  Factors".  Readers are cautioned not to place undue  reliance on these
forward-looking statements,  which speak only as of the date hereof. Readers are
also urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures elsewhere in
this Report which discuss factors which affect the Company's business, including
the discussion at the end of this  Management's  Discussion and Analysis,  under
the subcaption  "Risk Factors".  This  discussion  should be read in conjunction
with the  Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  respective  notes and
Selected Consolidated Financial Data included elsewhere in this Report.

      The Company is in the very early stages of the  business of  manufacturing
its patented cryogenic scrap tire recycling equipment (the "TCS-1 Plant"). It is
also currently in the process of  establishing  and  initiating  operations in a
second  business  segment which will involve owning and  operating,  directly or
indirectly,  on exclusive or joint venture bases,  product  manufacturing plants
which will manufacture finished products out of recycled rubber crumb. The first
of such  operations will involve the  establishment  of a rubber mat molding and
flocking plant at the Company's  Montreal  facility for the production of rubber
floor mats pursuant to the IM2 Agreement,  (see Item 1 of this Report  "Existing
and Proposed Business - Proposed TCS-1 Plant  Operations:  Sales of Rubber Crumb
and Manufacture and Sale of Finished Products").

      In January 1998, the  fully-automated  front-end tire preparation  module,
and in March 1998, the cryogenic tire freezing  section of the first  full-scale
TCS-1 Plant (the "First Production Model") were completed and delivered to OTRP.
As discussed in more detail,  below, the Company received a total of $880,000 in
respect  thereof and this Plant is presently  installed at the Company's  90,000
square  foot  Montreal  manufacturing  facility  (see also Item 1 of this Report
"Existing and Proposed Businesses - Sales and Marketing - Agreements with Oceans
Tire  Recycling  &  Processing  Co.,   Inc.["OTRP"]  and  Proposed  TCS-1  Plant
Operations:  Sales  of  Rubber  Crumb  and  Manufacture  and  Sale  of  Finished
Products"). All major components of the First Production Model were successfully
tested and were  operational on a  non-continuous  running basis by May 1998. In
mid-June  1998,  the  Company  initiated  the  second  stage of  testing,  which
consisted  of  testing  all  major  components  and all  functions  of the First
Production Model, individually, on a continuous running basis. By September 1998
(subsequent to the period covered by this Report), results of second stage tests
indicated that  approximately  85% of the TCS-1 Plant  components met all of the
Company's  specifications.  In addition,  under continuous  testing  conditions,
certain   unanticipated   design  anomalies  were  discovered,   which  required
modification. The Company also identified several opportunities for improvements
in the  original  design of the TCS-1  Plant,  which the 


                                       55
<PAGE>

Company  believes will increase  economy and  efficiency  of its  operation.  In
September 1998, the Company retained the Montreal  engineering firm of Beaudoin,
Hurens and Associates,  Inc.  ("BHA") to: (i) prepare and/or finalize all design
and  engineering   drawings,   operation  and  technical   manuals,   and  other
documentation   respecting  the  TCS-1  Plant;  and  (ii)  make  an  independent
engineering  assessment of the Company's  findings from its second stage testing
of the TCS-1  Plant to verify  and  authenticate  the  modifications  which were
required to assure the Plant's  conformity with targeted  performance  criteria.
The Company  retained  Plasti-Systemes  Inc.  of  Montreal to do all  mechanical
fabrications  required  during the final  stage of the  project.  The  foregoing
modifications,   including  engineering  fees,  required  previously  unbudgeted
expenditures in the aggregate  amount of approximately  $500,000,  approximately
$250,000  of  which  had  been  paid  as of  December  31,  1998.  The  required
modifications were completed  subsequent to the period covered by this Report in
December of 1998 on a single  fracturing mill and a single freezing tower in the
First Production  Model.  Completion of the second  fracturing mill and freezing
tower,  which will be included therein,  is scheduled to occur in April of 1999.
Management  presently  estimates  that  commencement  of  full-scale  commercial
manufacture of TCS-1 Plants will occur in March of 1999.

      The Company will also be required to make additional  capital  investments
and   expenditures   over  the  next  twelve  months  in  connection   with  the
establishment  at  the  Company's   Montreal  facility  of  rubber  mat  molding
operations  under the IM2  Agreement.  Management  estimates  that costs for the
entire  project will aggregate to  approximately  $925,000.  This includes:  (i)
approximately  $325,000 for  modifications to the Company's  Montreal  facility,
necessary to accommodate these operations and for materials handling  equipment,
approximately  $168,000 of which had been paid as of December 31, 1998; and (ii)
approximately  $600,000 to acquire and install a complete rubber mat molding and
flocking plant (with the exception of the molds which will be furnished by IM2),
approximately  $132,000  of which had been paid as of  December  31,  1998.  The
Company plans to use the output of the First  Production  Model of the TCS Plant
in its rubber mat molding operations.

      The First Production Model, which is presently  installed at the Company's
manufacturing  facility,  was the subject of a Lease and Purchase Agreement (the
"OTRP  Agreement")  between the Company and Oceans Tire  Recycling &  Processing
Co., Inc. ("OTRP"),  a company controlled by Louis Sanzaro,  the Company's chief
operations  officer.  The OTRP Agreement  called for a total purchase price, for
the  purchasable  components  of the Plant,  of $1,225,000  and total  five-year
operating  lease payments for the leasable  components of the Plant, of $750,000
(see  Item 1 of this  Report  "Existing  and  Proposed  Businesses  -  Equipment
Manufacturing  - Sales and  Marketing  Agreements  with Oceans Tire  Recycling &
Processing Co.,  Inc.").  In December 1997, OTRP and the Company agreed that, to
the extent  necessary for OTRP to obtain sale and  lease-back  financing for the
front-end module ("Front-End") and for certain parts of the Air Plant portion of
the Plant,  the said OTRP Agreement would be deemed to be modified,  as required
for such purpose. OTRP arranged with an equipment financing company for sale and
lease financing, pursuant to which: (i) the said financing company purchased the
Front-End  and  certain  designated  portions  of the  TCS-1  Plant's  Air Plant
directly from the Company;  and (ii) leased such  equipment  back to OTRP and/or
the OTRP principals.  The Company received a total purchase price of $880,000 in
respect of the foregoing sales, with irrevocable  acceptances and final payments
obtained in December  1997 and April  1998,  respectively.  The Company and OTRP
agreed that the remaining provisions of the OTRP Agreement would be deemed to be
reformed or rescinded so as to allow  ownership of the  components  of the First
Production  Model to be  transferred,  sold, or allocated,  as the parties agree
will be in their  best  interests  (see  Item 1 of this  Report,  "Existing  and
Proposed Businesses - Proposed TCS-1 Plant Operations: Sales of Rubber Crumb and
Manufacture  and  Sale  of  Finished  Products"  and  Item  2,  "Description  of
Property").

      On December 16, 1998, subsequent to the period covered by this Report, the
Company entered into two sale and lease-back  transactions respecting the single
fracturing mill and the single freezing tower contained in the First  Production
Model.  Such  transactions  were effected by and among the Company,  


                                       56
<PAGE>

North Shore Leasing & Funding Inc. ("NLFI"), and Ocean Utility Contracting, Inc.
("OUCI"),  a company  affiliated with OTRP through common ownership and control.
Pursuant  thereto,  the Company sold the  foregoing  components to NLFI and NLFI
leased them back to OUCI.  The Company  received an aggregate of $300,000 by way
of the purchase prices for the two components.  The Company and OUCI have agreed
that all of OUCI's  rights under the  respective  leases will be assigned to the
Company and the Company will assume all of OUCI's  liabilities  thereunder  (see
Item 1 of this Report  "Existing and Proposed  Businesses - Sale and  Lease-back
Transactions").  The Company and OTRP have not yet  finalized  the structure and
ownership of the First  Production  Model,  but it is anticipated that they will
each contribute,  among other things, the respective portions of the Plant which
they own (or lease) and that profits and liabilities from operation of the First
Production   Model   will  be  divided  in   proportion   to  their   respective
contributions.

      Because  of  the  lengthy  delays  in  the   commencement   of  commercial
operations, the Company has also had to, and may in the near future be forced to
continue to, cover its overhead  costs from  sources  other than  revenues  from
operations.  As at January 15, 1999, the Company  estimates that overhead costs,
which will be incurred  prior to the  generation  of revenues  adequate to cover
them, will aggregate to approximately $250,000.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      The  activities  of the  Company  since  its  formation  in  1987  and the
inception of its current  business in 1993 have been  financed by sources  other
than  operations.  Such  financing  was  principally  provided  by the  sale  of
securities in private  transactions,  including  three  private  placements to a
limited number of accredited  investors,  which the Company completed on May 11,
1998, and which yielded aggregate net proceeds of $2,063,795 (see "The Company -
Material  Financing  Activities").  In total,  funds  raised by the Company from
private sales of its securities are as follows:

                                                  Proceeds From
                  Year Ended                        Sales of
                  June 30th                        Securities
                  ---------                        ----------
                     1998                         $2,063,795
                     1997                            345,391
                     1996                             80,872
                     1995                             22,316
                     1994                            237,430
                     1993                             76,055
                     1990                             80,812
                     1989                             77,000
     

      During the fiscal  years  ended  June 30,  1997 and June 30,  1998 and the
interim   six-month  period  ended  December  31,  1998,  the  Company  received
additional  funding  from Quebec and Canadian  government  grants,  loans,  loan
guarantees and refundable tax credits for purposes of completing the development
of the TCS-1 Plant and for the international  marketing of such plants (see Item
1. of this Report,  "Existing  and Proposed  Businesses - Canadian  Operations -
Canadian Financial Assistance - Grants,  Loans, and Commitments").  Canadian and
Quebec government  research and development tax incentives take the form of both
tax  deductions  from otherwise  taxable  income and tax credits  respecting the
eligible research and development expenditures of the Company (see "Existing and
Proposed  Businesses  -  Canadian  Operations").  Insofar  as  tax  credits  for
scientific research and experimental 


                                       57
<PAGE>

development  are concerned,  such credits are offered by both the governments of
Canada and of Quebec. The tax credits are calculated as a percentage of research
and development  expenditures deemed eligible by the Revenue Departments of each
government.  The percentages  vary according to the size of the company (defined
according  to the  asset  base  and  revenues  generated  by the  company),  the
residency of the majority of the voting control and other  factors.  In the case
of both the provincial and the federal governments,  where the amount of the tax
credit  exceeds other tax  liabilities,  such as taxes on income and on capital,
and subject to certain other conditions which a company meets, the amount of any
difference is paid to the company, thus the term,  "Refundable Tax Credits". The
effective rate of the credit varies from one company to another as a function of
a number of factors,  not least of which are:  (i) the nature of the costs being
claimed such as labor costs versus  non-labor  costs (the credit for labor costs
is higher than for non-labor  costs);  and (ii) the  proportion of  expenditures
which can be  attributed  to research and  development  but which are not deemed
eligible  for the tax  credits  by  their  nature.  Insofar  as the  Company  is
concerned,  the tax credits have varied from  approximately  25% to 30% of total
research and development  expenditures,  including certain types of expenditures
deemed ineligible for tax credits. During the last three fiscal years, virtually
all of the activities  connected with the  development  and  construction of the
First  Production  Model of the TCS-1 Plant have qualified as expenses  eligible
for refundable tax credits.

      As a further  measure to stimulate  research and  development,  the Quebec
Government,  through the Societe de developpement industriel du Quebec, a public
sector  corporation  wholly owned by the  Government  of Quebec,  (the "SDI") (a
former  English  version  of this  name was the  Quebec  Industrial  Development
Corporation),  has put  into  place a loan  guarantee  program  (the  "SDI  Loan
Guarantee  Program")  which provides the SDI's  guarantee of repayment of 75% of
the amount of bank loans made to companies  in  anticipation  of such  companies
receiving  refundable  tax credits.  The SDI Loan  Guarantee  Program  therefore
enhances a company's ability to borrow from financial  institutions up to 75% of
the  amount of the  anticipated  tax credit for  expenditures  already  incurred
("Allowable  Post-Expenditure  Loans"),  prior to the receipt of the anticipated
tax credit.  Alternatively,  the SDI Loan Guarantee  Program allows companies to
borrow,  prior  to  making  any  expenditures,  up to 60% of the  amount  of the
anticipated tax credit based on budgeted  expenditures  not yet incurred (80% of
the amount of an Allowable  Post-Expenditure  Loan). This provides the cash flow
essential  to the research and  development  efforts.  In the absence of any tax
liabilities,   these  tax  credits  have   functioned  as  monetary  grants  and
constituted  receivables  which  were  used,  prior to their  being  paid to the
Company,  to secure  conventional  bank financing,  supported in part by the SDI
guarantee noted above.

      In connection with the Refundable Tax Credits, during the first quarter of
1998,  the Bank of  Montreal  ("BOM")  approved  a loan to the  Company of up to
Cdn$937,000,  or approximately US$655,900 ("the BOM Tax Credit Loan") to be used
to pay expenses which would then be eligible for  refundable tax credits.  As at
June 30,  1998,  Cdn.$828,230  (approximately  US$579,761)  had been lent to the
Company pursuant to the BOM Tax Credit Loan. Subsequent to the period covered by
this Report, during the six-months ended December 31, 1998, the Company borrowed
an additional  Cdn.$108,770  (approximately  US$76,139) under the BOM Tax Credit
Loan. As at June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1998,  respectively,  the outstanding
balance  payable  on the BOM Tax  Credit  Loan  was  Cdn$597,820  (approximately
US$418,474) and Cdn$502,520 (approximately US$351,764).  The BOM Tax Credit Loan
was secured by: (i) a  first-ranking  lien on all of the  assets,  tangible  and
intangible,  present and future of the Company's Canadian subsidiary, Tirex R&D;
(ii) a lien on the  Company's  patent  for  the  cryogenic  tire  disintegration
process and apparatus of the TCS-1 Plant;  and (iii) personal  guarantees of two
officers and directors of the Company.

      The SDI,  under its above  described Loan  Guarantee  Program,  guaranteed
repayment  of 75% of the BOM Tax  Credit  Loan  ("the SDI  Guarantee").  The SDI
Guarantee  was  secured  by  a  lien  on  the  Company's  projected  tax  credit
receivables.


                                       58
<PAGE>

      Borrowings  drawn down under the BOM Tax Credit Loan bear  interest,  from
the date the funds are  drawn  down  until  the  outstanding  principal  and all
accrued and unpaid interest  thereon are repaid,  at an annual rate equal to the
Bank of Montreal Prime Rate (which,  for reasons of inter-bank  competition,  is
usually  equivalent  to  Canadian  Prime  Rate)  plus  1.25%.  Interest  on  the
outstanding  balance of the BOM Tax Credit Loan is due and payable monthly.  The
outstanding  principal  amount is repayable  upon the  Company's  receipt of tax
credit refunds from the Canadian  and/or Quebec tax  authorities and the release
of the funds by SDI to the Bank of Montreal. During the last three fiscal years,
and the  six-month  interim  period ended  December  31, 1998,  the Company made
research and development expenditures, generated tax credit claims, and received
funds by way of  borrowings  under the BOM Tax Credit Loan,  as set forth in the
following table:


                                       59
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Period          Amount of     Amount of R&D     Amount of Tax       Amount           Amount of Tax         Cumulative
   R&D Expenses          R&D         Expenditures        Credits         Borrowed         Credit Received       Outstanding 
  Were Incurred      Expenditures   Eligible for      Estimated by       Against                                 Balance of 
                       Incurred      Tax Credits       BOM and SDI      Estimated                              Loan as at End
                                                                        Tax Credits                              of Period
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>                  <C>               <C>             <C>                 <C>                  <C>     
July 1, 1995 to          -0-             -0-               -0-             -0-                 -0-                  -0-
June 30, 1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
July 1, 1996 to     Cdn$1,576,761   Cdn$1,576,761      Cdn$579,305         -0-(1)              -0-(2)               -0-
June 30, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
July 1, 1997 to     Cdn$2,723,443   Cdn$2,723,443      Cdn$982,113      Cdn$828,230(1)     Cdn$307,208(2)       Cdn$597,820
June 30, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interim Period      Cdn$1,167,892        (3)               (4)          Cdn$108,770(1)     Cdn$245,517(5)       Cdn$502,520
July 1, 1998 to                                                                                 (6)
December 31, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Notes to this table appear on the following page.


                                       60
<PAGE>

      (1)   Prior to June 30, 1998,  the Company  received  three  disbursements
            from the BOM in the aggregate  amount of Cdn$828,230  (approximately
            US$579,761)  with  the  first  of these  disbursements  received  on
            January 30, 1998. These amounts were based upon estimated tax credit
            receivables in the following amounts: (i) Cdn$579,305 (approximately
            US$405,514)  for research and development  expenditures  made by the
            Company  during the fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1997;  and (ii) a
            portion of the Cdn$982,113  (approximately  US$687,479) for research
            and development  expenditures  made by the Company during the fiscal
            year ended June 30, 1998.  Subsequent to June 30, 1998,  the Company
            received a further cash  disbursement of Cdn$108,770  (approximately
            US$76,139),  in respect of eligible tax credit expenditures incurred
            prior to June 30,  1998,  effecting  the  complete  draw down of the
            entire  authorized  loan  amount of  Cdn$937,000  against tax credit
            receivables for the cumulative period ended June 30, 1998.

      (2)   All  funds by way of Tax  credits  received  by the  Company  during
            fiscal  1998  were   attributable   to  research   and   development
            expenditures made by the Company during fiscal 1997.

      (3)   As of February 17,  1999,  and in  accordance  with the tax laws and
            procedures of the Revenue  Departments of the  governments of Canada
            and of Quebec,  the  Company  had not yet  submitted a claim for tax
            credits based upon any research and  development  expenditures  made
            since  July 1,  1998.  The  Company  expects  that a portion of such
            expenditures  will  be  eligible  for  Refundable  Tax  Credits.  In
            connection  therewith,  the  Company  will  seek  credit  facilities
            similar  to the BOM  Tax  Credit  Loan,  with  one or  more  lending
            institutions, based upon estimated tax credit receivables.

      (4)   Although the Company made research and  development  expenditures in
            the amount of  Cdn$1,167,892  during the six-month  period,  July 1,
            1998 through  December 31, 1998, and while the Company believes that
            a portion of such  expenditures  will be eligible for Refundable Tax
            Credits,  it should be noted that no credit  facilities were or have
            yet  been  made   available   to  the   Company  to  finance   these
            expenditures.  The SDI  Loan  Guarantee  Program,  which  guaranteed
            repayment of 75% of the BOM Tax Credit Loan,  was available only for
            bank loans based on estimated  tax credit  receivables  for research
            and  development  expenditures  made on or before June 30, 1998.  It
            should be noted  further  that the entire  amount  available  to the
            Company  under the BOM Tax Credit Loan has already been  borrowed by
            the Company in connection with research and development expenditures
            made by the  Company  during the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998.
            However,  the SDI Loan  Guarantee  Program is still in existence and
            may be  available  to  guarantee  new loans which may be made to the
            Company by other Canadian  lending  institutions.  Accordingly,  (as
            noted above in  footnote 3 to this  table),  the Company  intends to
            seek new credit  facilities,  similar to the BOM Tax Credit Loan, to
            finance  research and development  expenditures  made after June 30,
            1998.

      (5)   Tax credits received by the Company during this interim period, July
            1, 1998 through  December 31, 1998, are attributable to research and
            development  expenditures made by the Company during the fiscal year
            ended June 30, 1997.  As at December  31, 1998,  the Company had not
            yet  received   any  tax  credits  for   research  and   development
            expenditures  made from  July 1, 1997  through  December  31,  1998.
            However, as described below in footnote 6 to this table,  subsequent
            to  December  31,  1998,  some  funds  were  received  in respect of
            research and  development  expenditures  made during the fiscal year
            ended June 30, 1998, on a "preliminary advance payment" basis.


                                       61
<PAGE>

      (6)   The annual Canadian federal  government  audit of eligible  research
            and  development  expenditures  for the fiscal  year ending June 30,
            1998 took place in January  1999.  Results of the audit are expected
            prior to March 31,  1999.  However,  as a result  of a  preliminary,
            cursory review of the accounts,  a preliminary advance payment check
            in the amount of Cdn$320,000, representing approximately half of the
            amount of the Canadian  federal tax credit claimed on the Government
            of Canada,  was  received by the Company in January  1999,  of which
            amount,  the sum of Cdn$175,000  was used to reduce the  outstanding
            balance of the BOM Tax Credit Loan, in accordance with the terms and
            conditions of the SDI Loan Guarantee.

      During the last three fiscal years and the six month interim  period ended
December 31, 1998, the Company also received additional  financial assistance by
way of loans and grants from Quebec  governmental  agencies,  for the design and
development of the TCS-1 Plant and for export market development as follows:

      1. In March of 1996, the Company qualified for an interest-free, unsecured
loan (the  "FORD-Q  Loan") of up to  $500,000  (Canadian),  or  approximately  $
350,000  (U.S.).  This loan was made available by the Government of Canada under
the Industrial Recovery Program for Southwest Montreal, which is administered by
the federal  government agency,  Canada Economic  Development for Quebec Regions
("CEDQR"),  which  was  previously  known  as the  Federal  Office  of  Regional
Development  - Quebec or  "FORD-Q".  Under the  terms of the loan,  the  Company
received funds in the total amount of Cdn$500,000 or  approximately  US$350,000,
representing  20% of  eligible  expenditures  made  by the  Company  to  design,
develop, and manufacture the first full-scale model of the TCS-1 Plant. The loan
money was disbursed  pursuant to the  submission of claims of eligible  expenses
incurred.  The Company did not have funds available to expend for these purposes
until February of 1997. Because of the limited funds available to the Company at
that  time,  the Bank of  Montreal  agreed to make  short-term  loans  (the "BOM
Secured Loans") to the Company,  secured by CEDQR's  acceptance of the Company's
claims for  reimbursement  of  expenditures.  All of the BOM Secured  Loans were
repaid by the  Company as funds were  released  to the  Company  under the CEDQR
Loan.

      The proceeds of the CEDQR Loan were paid to the Company  during the fiscal
years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, as follows:

                           Canadian Dollars          US Dollar Approximation
                           ----------------          -----------------------
Fiscal 1997                   $246,752                      $172,725
Fiscal 1998                   $253,248                      $177,275

Under the terms of the CEDQR Loan,  repayment  must commence  twelve months from
the date CEDQR  declares that the project has been  completed.  This occurred on
March 31, 1998.  The  repayment  schedule  therefore  calls for four,  graduated
annual payments as follows:

                           Canadian Dollars          US Dollar Approximation
                           ----------------          -----------------------
March 31, 1999                $ 50,000                      $ 35,000
March 31, 2000                $100,000                      $ 70,000
March 31, 2001                $150,000                      $105,000
March 31, 2002                $200,000                      $140,000


                                       62
<PAGE>

      The terms and  purposes of the CEDQR Loan are  discussed in more detail in
"Existing  and Proposed  Businesses - Canadian  Operations - Canadian  Financial
Assistance - Grants, Loans, and Commitments".

      2. In  April of 1996,  the  Company  qualified  for a grant  from  Societe
Quebecoise de Recuperation et de Recyclage  ("Recyc-Quebec"),  a  self-financed,
Quebec  Government-owned  corporation  established  to  facilitate  and  promote
materials recovery and recycling.  The amount of such grant was $75,000 Canadian
(approximately  $52,500  U.S.).  Of this amount,  the Company  received  $50,000
Canadian  (approximately $35,000 US) during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997.
The terms of the grant  provide  that the  Company  will  receive the balance of
$25,000  Canadian  (approximately  $17,500  U.S.) when the Company files a final
report on the  completion  of the  project.  The Company  anticipates  that such
report will be filed in or about  February  1999. The terms and purposes of this
grant are  discussed  in more detail in  "Existing  and  Proposed  Businesses  -
Canadian  Operations  -  Canadian  Financial  Assistance  - Grants,  Loans,  and
Commitments".

      3. The Company has also qualified for five interest-free,  unsecured loans
from the  Government  of Canada in the  aggregate  amount of $ 232,773  Canadian
(approximately $ 162,900 U.S.).  These loans were made available by CEDQR, under
the  Innovation,  Development,  Entrepreneurship  Assistance  - Small and Medium
Enterprises Program ("IDEA-SME  Program").  Under these loan agreements,  during
Fiscal 1997 and 1998, the Company  received  $30,000  Canadian  (approximately $
21,000 U.S.) and $ 202,773 Canadian (approximately $ 141,900 U.S.) respectively.
The IDEA-SME Program loans represent up to 50% of approved Company expenditures,
based  on  submitted   claims,   subject  to  maximum  amounts  for  each  loan.
Expenditures  are required to have been made for the purposes of identifying and
developing export markets for Canadian products.  All of the projects which gave
rise to these  loans have been  declared  completed  by CEDQR and the  repayment
terms have  accordingly  been  established.  The following table  identifies the
nature of the projects for which these loans were granted, the maximum amount of
the loans approved the government  agency, the aggregate amounts received by the
Company as of October 31, 1998 and the repayment terms of each loan.


                                       63
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

====================================================================================================================================
                                                      Amount of Funds
                                                       Received By
                                                      Company as of
                                    Maximum Amount     December 31,                                                         Rate of
                                       of Loan            1998                                                              Interest

        Nature of Project                                                                Repayment Terms
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                       Amount of Payment
                                                                              Date Due
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                  <C>                <C>       <C>                                 <C>                     <C>
Market Research  Feasibility         Cdn $20,000            Cdn    At the end of any fiscal year      1% of gross annual      None
Study for Iberian Peninsula                             $20,000      in which the Company has          revenue from sales
                                                                    revenues from sales of TCS-1           in Iberia
                                                                  Plants in the Iberian Peninsula
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Market Research  Feasibility         Cdn $20,000            Cdn     At the end of any fiscal year       1% of gross           None
Study for India                                         $20,000       in which the Company has         anual revenue
                                                                    revenues from sales of TCS-1        from sales
                                                                          Plants in India                in India
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Market  Research  Respecting         Cdn $95,000            Cdn           June 30, 2001                   Cdn$6,333           None
Potential United States Markets                         $95,000           June 30, 2002                  Cdn$12,666
for Rubber Crumb                                                          June 30, 2003                  Cdn$18,999
                                                                          June 30, 2004                  Cdn$25,333
                                                                          June 30, 2005                  Cdn$31,666
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Iberian Market  Development          Cdn $95,000          Cdn       At the end of any fiscal year       1.5% of gross         None
Activities Related to Positioning                     $95,000       in which the Company has         annual revenue
the Company to Market TCS-1                                        revenues from sales of TCS-1         from sales
Plants, Rubber Crumb, and Related1                                       Plants in Iberia                in Iberia
Products in Iberia
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Market Research Activities           Cdn $98,000        $98,000           June 30, 2001                Cdn $ 6,533.33         None
Respecting the Feasibility of                             Cdn             June 30, 2002                Cdn $13,066.66
using Rubber Crumb in                                                     June 30, 2003                Cdn $19,600.00
Thermoplastic Elastomer Compounds                                         June 30, 2004                Cdn $26,133.33
in the United States and Canada.                                          June 30, 2005                Cdn $32,666.66
============================================================================================================================ =======
</TABLE>


      These loans and the projects  which they  supported  are discussed in more
detail in "Existing and Proposed Businesses - Canadian Operations" and "Existing
and Proposed Businesses - Sales and Marketing".


                                       64
<PAGE>

      The  Company  believes it will be able to cover the balance of the capital
investments  and  expenditures  which it will be required to make in  connection
with:  (i)  modifications   which  were  made  to  the  TCS-1  Plant;  (ii)  the
establishment,  and  commencement  of operations,  of the rubber mat molding and
flocking  plant;  (iii)  commencement of full scale,  commercial  manufacture of
TCS-1 Plants; and (iv) meeting its overhead on a level sufficient to sustain the
Company for at least the next twelve  months,  from a combination of some or all
of the following sources: (i) expected cash flow from sales of four TCS-1 Plants
to ENERCON America Distribution  Limited ("Enercon") of Westerville,  Ohio. (see
Item 1 of this Report "Existing and Proposed  Businesses - Sales and Marketing -
The Enercon  Agreements");  (ii) Canadian and Quebec government and governmental
agency grants,  loans,  and  refundable  tax credits;  (iii) sale and lease back
financing on inventory and  equipment  owned by the Company;  (iv)  conventional
asset based debt financing against receivables and inventory; (v) refunds of all
of the 15% sales taxes paid by the Company on all goods and  services  purchased
in connection with the Company's manufacturing activities, which the Company, as
a  manufacturer  and exporter of goods is entitled to (in  September  1998,  the
Company  received Cdn $200,000 by way of such tax refunds for the quarter  ended
June 30, 1998); (vi)  subcontractor  financing;  (vii) vendor financed equipment
purchases  and/or (viii) a research and development tax credit facility from the
Bank of Montreal for the 1999 calendar year.  The Company is presently  actively
pursuing all of the  foregoing  avenues of  financing.  In addition,  management
believes that the Company will be able to obtain sufficient production financing
to  cover  the  costs  of  constructing   subsequent  TCS-1  Plants,  using  the
constituent  components  of the Plant to be  financed,  as  collateral  for debt
financing to cover its construction costs.

      Whether  the  funds,  which  the  Company  obtains,  from any of the above
proposed sources, will be sufficient to enable the Company to reach a profitable
operating  stage,  will be  entirely  dependent  upon:  (i) the  amount  of such
financing which the Company is actually able to raise; (ii) Enercon's receipt of
its  funding;  (iii) the as yet  unproven  ability of the TCS-1 Plant to operate
continuously on a long-term  commercial basis in accordance with its anticipated
performance  specifications;  and (iv) the  ability of the  proposed  rubber mat
molding facility to operate profitably (see, below, in this Item 6, "Risk Factor
No. 2 - "Need For  Substantial  Additional  Capital"  and Item 1 of this Report,
"Existing and Proposed Businesses - Equipment  Manufacturing - The TCS-1 Plant",
and  "Existing  and Proposed  Businesses - Equipment  Manufacturing  - Sales and
Marketing - The Enercon Contracts").

      Any failure or delay in the  Company's  receipt of the required  financing
would  be  directly  reflected  in  a  commensurate  delay  or  failure  in  the
commencement  of: (i) full scale  manufacturing  of TCS-1  Plants;  and (ii) the
commercial  operation of the First  Production Model and the  establishment  and
initiation  of rubber mat molding  operations.  It should be noted also that the
period of time during  which any funds  raised will be available to cover normal
overhead costs could be significantly reduced if the Company is required to make
substantial, presently unanticipated,  expenditures to correct any further flaws
or defects in the design or construction of the First  Production  Model,  which
may become apparent when it is subjected to continuous operation on a long term,
commercial basis. Moreover, given the early stage of development of the Company,
it is  impossible  at this time to  estimate  with any  certainty  the amount of
income from operations, if any, during the next twelve months.

      There can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to obtain outside
financing on a debt or equity basis on terms  favorable to it, if at all. In the
event  that  there  is a  failure  in any of the  finance-related  contingencies
described  above,  the funds  available to the Company may not be  sufficient to
cover the costs of its operations,  capital  expenditures and anticipated growth
during the next  twelve  months.  In such case,  it would be  necessary  for the
Company to raise additional equity capital.  During Fiscal 1998, in an effort to
put such funding into place,  the Company  entered into a non-binding  letter of
intent with H.J. Meyers & Co., Inc.  ("Meyers"),  for a proposed public offering
of its  securities  in an  amount  of not  less  than  $8,000,000.  On or  about
September 16, 1998, however,  Meyers abruptly ceased doing business.  Therefore,
if the Company should wish to raise funds through a public offering,  it will be
required to locate 


                                       65
<PAGE>

another broker-dealer,  ready, willing, and able to underwrite a public offering
of the Company's  securities.  At this time, the Company is not able to give any
assurances that, in such event, it will be successful in locating an underwriter
or that its efforts will ultimately result in a public offering. If the proceeds
from the above described potential sources of funding should be insufficient for
the Company's requirements and it is not able to effect a public offering of its
securities  within the next  twelve  months,  or find  other  sources of outside
funding,  the Company's  financial  position and its prospects for beginning and
developing   profitable  business  operations  could  be  materially   adversely
affected.

      As at June 30,  1998,  the  Company  had  total  assets of  $3,814,648  as
compared to  $1,555,620 at June 30, 1997  reflecting an increase of  $2,259,028.
Fiscal year-end total assets at June 30, 1997 had reflected a previous  increase
of $1,357,988 over $197,632 at June 30, 1996. Management attributes the increase
in total  assets  at June 30,  1998  principally  to (i)  continuing  consulting
agreements  which have been recorded as prepaid expenses on the Balance Sheet in
the  approximate  amount  of  $970,000;  all  compensation  payable  under  such
agreements was paid by way of the issuance of an aggregate of 4,000,000 share of
Common Stock to two consultants and the granting of the CGT Option, the terms of
which are  discussed,  below,  in Risk Factor No. 6 "Dilutive  and Other Adverse
Effects  of  Presently  Outstanding  Debentures,  Warrants,  and  Options";  the
attributed value of all shares of Common Stock issued as compensation under such
consulting  agreements and the CGT Option has been included in Paid-in  Capital;
(ii)  Property  and  Equipment  in the amount of $977,288  which  represents  an
increase of $190,630  over Property and Equipment of $786,658 at June 30, 1997;.
(iii) cash assets in the amount  $398,971 at June 30,  1998,  which  reflects an
increase  of  $243,934  over cash  assets in the amount of  $155,037 at June 30,
1997.  The cash  position  of the  Company  at June 30,  1997 had  reflected  an
increase of $154,797  over $240 in cash assets at June 30, 1996;  (iv)  research
and development tax credit  receivables  ("R&D TCR's") in the amount of $855,818
at June 30, 1998,  which  reflects an increase of $535,498 over R&D TCR's in the
amount of $320,320 at June 30, 1997 R&D TCR's at June 30, 1997 had  reflected an
increase of $269,918  over  $50,402 in R&D TCR's at June 30,  1996;  and (v) the
recognition of deferred financing costs in the amount of $158,255.

      As at June 30, 1998,  the Company had total  liabilities  of $3,360,588 as
compared to $1,695,350 at June 30, 1997,  reflecting an increase in  liabilities
of  $1,665,238.  Total  liabilities  at June 30,  1997 had  reflected a previous
increase of  $1,327,921  over  $367,429 in total  liabilities  at June 30, 1996.
Management  attributes  such  increases  in total  liabilities  at June 30, 1998
primarily to: (i) advances from the Canadian federal government  agency,  Canada
Economic  Development-Quebec  Regions (CEDQR),  formerly known as, and sometimes
referred  to herein  as, the  Federal  Office  for  Regional  Development-Quebec
(FORD-Q),  pursuant to loans  contributed  by such agency  under the  Industrial
Recovery   Program  for  Southwest   Montreal   (IRPSWM)  and  the   Innovation,
Development,   Entrepreneurship   and  Access   Program  for  Quebec  Small  and
Medium-Size  Enterprises (IDEA-SME) in the amount of $500,012,  which represents
an increase of $299,467 over CEDQR  balances of $200,545 at June 30, 1997;  (ii)
the issuance  during  Fiscal 1998, in two of the Private  Placements  (including
debentures  assumed  in the  merger  with RPM) of 10%  Convertible  Subordinated
Debentures  in  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $1,035,000;   (iii)  bank
indebtedness in the amount of $407,926 which  represents an increase of $285,375
over bank  indebtedness of $122,551 at June 30, 1997; and (iv) outstanding loans
to officers in the aggregate amount of $195,969, which represents an increase of
$__________ over $__________ in outstanding  loans at June 30, 1997 (see Item 12
of  this  Report,  "Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions"  - "Loan
Transactions  with Terence C. Byrne and  Affiliated  Entity" and "Loans to Louis
Sanzaro and Affiliate.

      Reflecting the  foregoing,  the financial  statements  indicate that as at
June 30, 1998, the Company had a working capital  surplus  (current assets minus
current liabilities) of $373,198 and that as at June 30, 1997, the Company had a
working capital  deficit of $1,013,659.  The primary causes of this net increase
in net working  capital were:  (i) an increase in research and  development  tax
credits  receivable  in the  


                                       66
<PAGE>

amount of $585,900, (ii) an increase of prepaid expenses and deposits respecting
on-going consulting agreements in the amount of $970,000,  and, (iii) a decrease
in deposits payable of $336,500.

      The Company currently has limited material assets (see, below, Risk Factor
No.  3.  "History  of Losses  and  Accumulated  Deficit").  The  success  of the
Company's tire recycling equipment  manufacturing  business, its proposed rubber
mat molding  business,  and its ability to continue as a going  concern  will be
dependent upon the Company's  ability to obtain  adequate  financing to commence
profitable,  commercial manufacturing and sales activities and the TCS-1 Plant's
ability to meet anticipated  performance  specifications  on a continuous,  long
term, commercial basis.

Results of Operations

      As noted  above,  the Company is presently in the very early stages of the
business of manufacturing and selling TCS-1 Plants and is also currently engaged
in establishing a complete rubber mat molding and flocking  facility in which it
intends to utilize the First  Production  Model of the TCS-1 Plant.  The Company
intends to begin manufacturing TCS-1 Plants and operating its rubber mat molding
facility on  commercial  bases by March of 1999.  The Company had no income from
operations  during Fiscal 1997; It generated  $880,000 in revenues during fiscal
1998 from the sale of the single front-end module and the single fracturing mill
of the First Production Model of the TCS-1 Plant. However,  unless and until the
Company successfully  develops and commences TCS-1 Plant manufacturing and sales
operations  and/or  profitable  rubber mat molding  operations  on a  full-scale
commercial  level, it will continue to generate no or only limited revenues from
operations.  Except for the  foregoing,  the  Company  has never  engaged in any
significant business activities.

      The financial  statements  which are included in this Report reflect total
general and administrative expenses of $1,970,277 for Fiscal 1998 which reflects
an increase of  $1,691,329  over Fiscal 1997,  when  general and  administrative
expenses were $278,948.  During fiscal 1998, the Company's total operating costs
increased by  $2,198,031,  from  $2,366,535  for fiscal 1997 to  $4,564,566  for
fiscal  1998.  The majority of such  increase is the result of various  factors,
including:  (i) an increase of $510,000 in respect of  valuations  attributed to
stock bonuses  granted to officers and counsel;  (ii) an increase of $358,000 in
respect of  valuations  attributed  to stock issued for various  consulting  and
professional  fees;  (iii) an increase of $112,000 in financing  fees, by way of
commissions and expense  allowance to the Selling Agent in the Type A and Type B
Private  Placements;  (iv) an increase  of $229,000 in travel and  entertainment
costs; (v) an increase of $406,000 in respect of valuations  attributed to stock
issued in  consideration  for the release of an exclusive  rights agreement (see
Item 12 of this  Report,  "Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions  -
Consulting and Executive  Agreements with Louis Sanzaro");  and (vi) an increase
of $306,000  in costs  directly  associated  with the  development  of the TCS-1
Plant.  Total research and development  costs during Fiscal 1998 were $2,581,928
which reflected an increase of $498,640 over research and development  costs for
Fiscal 1997. During the year ended June 30, 1998, shares of Common Stock with an
aggregate attributed value of $1,870,000 were issued in exchange for services as
compared to Common Stock with an aggregate attributed value of $1,600,000 during
the year ended June 30, 1997.

      Management  believes  that the  amounts  accrued  in respect of the shares
issued to compensate the executive  officers and corporate  counsel  reflect the
fair value of the  services  rendered,  and that the  recipients  of such shares
accepted  such  numbers  of  shares  as a  function  of a  combination  of their
perceived  valuation of both  present and  possible  future value of the shares,
rather than the actual value of the stock at the time it was issued.  Management
believes  that,  as of the  dates  such  shares  were  issued  in  lieu  of cash
compensation, their actual and potential value, if any, could not be determined,
and  that any  attempt  to  specify  a  current  valuation  with any  reasonable
assurance,  would be flawed, without 


                                       67
<PAGE>

substance,  and highly  contingent  upon,  and subject to,  extremely high risks
including  but not  limited  to the  following  factors:  (i) the  absence  of a
reliable,  stable, or substantial trading market for the Company's common stock,
the possibility  that such a market might never be developed,  and the resultant
minimal,  or total absence of, market value for any substantial  block of common
stock;  (ii) the very high intrinsic  risks  associated  with early  development
stage businesses,  such as the Company's;  (iii) theCompany's lack of sufficient
funds, as at such issuance dates, to implement its business plan and the absence
of any  commitments,  at such times,  from  potential  investors to provide such
funds;  (iv)  the  restrictions  on  transfer  arising  out  of the  absence  of
registration of such shares;  and (v) the  uncertainty  respecting the Company's
ability to continue as a going concern, (See "Existing and Proposed Businesses",
"Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related  Stockholder  Matters",  and
"Management - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions - Issuance of Stock
in Lieu of Salaries and Consulting Fees").

      From  inception  (July 15, 1987)  through  June 30, 1998,  the Company has
incurred a cumulative net loss of $10,051,483.  Approximately $1,057,356 of such
cumulative  net  loss was  incurred,  prior to the  inception  of the  Company's
present  business plan, in connection with the Company's  discontinued  proposed
health care business and was due primarily to the expending of costs  associated
with the  unsuccessful  attempt to  establish  such  health care  business.  The
Company  never  commenced its proposed  health care  operations  and  therefore,
generated no revenues therefrom.

Risk Factors

      The  Company's  liquidity,  capital  resources,  and results of operations
indicate that an investment in the Company remains speculative,  involves a high
degree of risk,  and should not be made by persons who cannot afford the loss of
their entire investment.  Prospective  investors in the Company should carefully
consider all of the information contained in this Report before deciding whether
to purchase securities of the Company, and, in particular, the factors set forth
below.

      Information contained in this Report contains "forward-looking statements"
which  can be  identified  by the  use of  forward-looking  terminology  such as
"believes",  "expects", "may", "should" or "anticipates" or the negative thereof
or other  variations  thereon or comparable  terminology  or by  discussions  of
strategy.  No  assurance  can be given  that the future  results  covered by the
forward-looking statements will be achieved. The following Risk Factors include,
among   other   things,   cautionary   statements   with   respect   to  certain
forward-looking   statements,   including   statements   of  certain  risks  and
uncertainties that could  cause  actual  results to vary  materially  from the
future results referred to in such forward-looking statements.

      1.  Development  Stage  Company:  No  Assurance  as to  Future  Profitable
Operations.  Because it is in the  development  stage and has had no significant
operations  to date,  the Company  cannot  predict with any certainty the future
success or failure of its  operations.  The  Company's  existing  business  (the
design and  manufacture of tire recycling  equipment) and its proposed  business
(the operation of tire recycling  equipment and the production of products using
the recycled  rubber produced  therefrom),  are both subject to all of the risks
inherent in the  establishment  of new businesses and there is no assurance that
the Company will generate net income or  successfully  expand its  operations in
the future.  Moreover,  as a new  enterprise,  it is likely to remain subject to
risks and occurrences  which  management is unable to predict with any degree of
certainty,  and for which it is unable to fully  prepare.  The likelihood of the
success of the Company in either business segment must be considered in light of
the  problems,  expenses,  difficulties,  complications  and  delays  frequently
encountered  in  connection  with  the  formation  of a  new  business  and  the
competitive  environment  in which the  Company  will  operate.  Because  of the
Company's very limited business history,  there is little evidence for investors
to  analyze  in  order  to make an  informed  judgment  as to the  merits  of an
investment in the Company.  Any such investment should 


                                       68
<PAGE>

therefore be considered a high risk investment in an unseasoned start-up company
with the possibility of the loss of the entire investment.

      2. Need For  Substantial  Additional  Capital.  During the period  between
January 7, and May 11, 1998, the Company  completed and closed certain financing
activities which yielded  aggregate net proceeds to the Company in the amount of
$2,063,795  (see Risk  Factor  No. 6  "Dilutive  and Other  Adverse  Effects  of
Presently  Outstanding  Debentures,  Warrants,  and  Options" and "The Company -
Material Financing  Activities").  Upon completion of the last of such financing
activities  in May of  1998,  management  believed  that the  proceeds  realized
therefrom  (together with Canadian and Quebec government and governmental agency
grants and loans,  in various  forms) would  provide the Company  with  adequate
funding to accomplish the following: (i) complete and cover all of the Company's
costs related to the first  production model of the TCS-1 Plant (the "Production
Model");  (ii) renovate the Company's new manufacturing and assembly facility to
bring it into full  compliance  with all  applicable  provincial  and  municipal
regulations  (see  "Description  of  Property");  and (iii) cover the  Company's
overhead  costs and expenses  through the end of October 1998.  The Company has,
however,  had to revise its estimates regarding the adequacy of such funding for
several  reasons,  including  but  not  limited  to the  necessity  for  certain
unanticipated  modifications  to the TCS-1 Plant design and the Company's  entry
into a second business segment  involving the operation of a TCS-1 Plant and the
production of molded rubber floor mats.

      During the "Stage 2" test phase of the First Production Model, the Company
encountered  certain  unanticipated  design  flaws in the TCS-1  which  required
modification and it also identified  several  opportunities  for improvements in
the original design of the TCS-1 Plant, which the Company believes will increase
economy  and  efficiency  of its  operation.  The  required  modifications  were
completed in December 1998 with respect to a single fracturing mill and a single
freezing  tower  in  the  First  Production  Model.  Completion  of  the  second
fracturing mill and freezing tower to be installed therein is scheduled to occur
in  April  of  1999.  The  costs  of  the  foregoing  modifications,   including
engineering fees,  aggregated to a previously unbudgeted amount of approximately
$500,000,  approximately  $250,000  of which had been paid by the  Company as of
December 31, 1998.

      The Company is also currently involved in establishing  rubber mat molding
operations under the IM2 Agreement.  In connection  therewith,  the Company will
incur  additional  costs  and  expenses  in an  estimated  aggregate  amount  of
approximately   $925,000.   This  includes:   (i)  approximately   $325,000  for
modifications to the Company's Montreal facility, necessary to accommodate these
operations,  and  for  materials  handling  equipment;  and  (ii)  approximately
$600,000 to cover the costs of purchasing and  installing a complete  rubber mat
molding and flocking  plant (see  "Existing  and  Proposed  Businesses - Product
Manufacturing and Sales of Rubber Crumb" and "Description of Property").

      The  Company  has also had to,  and may,  in the near  future be forced to
continue  to, cover its  overhead  costs from sources  other than cash flow from
operations  because of the  unanticipated and lengthy delays in the commencement
of commercial operations.

      The Company  believes that it will be possible to meet its immediate goals
of: (a)  commencing  full  scale  commercial  production  of TCS-1  Plants;  (b)
commencing  rubber  mat  molding  operations  under the IM2  Agreement;  and (c)
covering  its  overhead  expenses  until  sufficient  cash flow is  generated by
operations,  out of a combination of some or all of the following  sources:  (i)
funds on hand;  (ii)  expected  cash flow  from  sales of four  TCS-1  Plants to
ENERCON America  Distribution  Limited  ("Enercon") of  Westerville,  Ohio. (see
"Existing  and  Proposed   Businesses  -  Sales  and  Marketing  -  The  Enercon
Agreements");  (iii)  Canadian and Quebec  government  and  governmental  agency
grants, loans, and refundable tax credits; (iv) sale and lease back financing on
inventory and equipment owned by the Company;  (v) conventional asset based debt
financing  against  receivables  and  inventory;  (vi)  refund of 


                                       69
<PAGE>

all of the 15% salestax paid by the Company on all goods, and services purchased
in connection with the Company's manufacturing  activities;  (vii) subcontractor
financing;  (viii) a research and  development tax credit facility from the Bank
of Montreal for the 1999 calendar year;  and/or (ix) vendor  financing by way of
installment  purchases of equipment.  However, the sufficiency of such funds, if
the Company does  receive  them,  will be  completely  dependent  upon the TCS-1
Plant's as yet unproven ability to operate without  significant  problems,  on a
long-term, continuous, commercial basis.

      Assuming the Company is able to cover the costs necessary to: (i) complete
the second  fracturing  mill and  freezing  tower;  and (ii)  install a complete
rubber mat molding and flocking facility, from the sources described above, full
scale commercial  manufacture of TCS-1 Plants and rubber mat molding  operations
are presently expected to occur during March 1999. However, any failure or delay
in the Company's receipt of the required  financing would be directly  reflected
in a commensurate delay or failure in the commencement of commercial  operations
(see  "Existing and Proposed  Businesses - Equipment  Manufacturing  - The TCS-1
Plant", and "Existing and Proposed Businesses - Equipment  Manufacturing - Sales
and Marketing - The Enercon Contracts" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations").

      The Company's more long term future capital  requirements will depend upon
numerous factors, including the amount of revenues generated from operations (if
any), the cost of the Company's sales and marketing  activities and the progress
of the  Company's  research  and  development  activities,  none of which can be
predicted  with  certainty.  Receipt  of  any  projected  revenues  is  entirely
dependent upon the TCS-1's meeting performance  expectations,  ENERCON's ability
to meet its payment  obligations under its agreements with the Company,  Enercon
obtaining  all required  permits and licenses to operate a Plant,  the Company's
obtaining  sufficient  production,  financing  and  capacity  to  meet  delivery
requirements,  and the  rubber  crumb  produced  by the TCS-1  meeting  customer
requirements.  The Company  believes that if all of the foregoing  contingencies
are met, it will have  sufficient  cash flow to fund its operations for at least
the next twelve  months.  If  revenues  from  operations  within the next twelve
months should fail to meet current projections,  the Company may attempt to make
an  underwritten  public  offering of its  securities in order to insure that it
will have sufficient working capital. The Company notes that on August 13, 1997,
it  received  a  Letter  of  Intent  from  H.J.  Meyers,  Inc.   ("Meyers"),   a
broker-dealer  registered with the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,
Inc., for the  underwriting  of such a proposed  public  offering (the "Proposed
Public  Offering")  in an  amount  of not  less  than  $8,000,000.  On or  about
September 16, 1998,  however,  Meyers  abruptly  ceased doing  business.  If the
Company  should  determine  that it is necessary or desirable to effect a public
offering, it will have to locate another broker-dealer, ready, willing, and able
to  underwrite a public  offering of the Company's  securities.  There can be no
assurance  that the Company  will  succeed in finding an  underwriter  or that a
public  offering  will in fact be  completed  or that the Company  will  receive
adequate  financing  from  any  such  public  offering.  In the  event  that the
projected revenues are not generated and a public offering does not occur within
twelve  months,  the Company  intends to endeavor to obtain sale and  lease-back
financing  on  equipment  owned by the  Company,  conventional  asset based debt
financing  against  receivables  and inventory,  and/or to seek other avenues of
financing  through  private  offerings  of its debt or  equity  securities.  The
Company  believes that at least one, or a  combination  of more than one, of the
foregoing  avenues of financing will enable it to commence full scale production
of the TCS-1 Plant and its proposed product manufacturing and rubber crumb sales
operations  on a level  sufficient  to sustain the Company for at least the next
twelve months.  However, given the early stage of development of the Company, it
should  be  noted  that it is  impossible  at this  time to  estimate  with  any
certainty  what the  Company's  income from  operations  will be during the next
twelve  months and that 


                                       70
<PAGE>

there  can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  obtain  outside
financing on a debt or equity basis on terms  favorable to it, if at all.  While
management does not believe that it will be the case,  prospective  investors in
the Company should note that if all of the above described internal and external
sources  for  financing  should  fail to be  sufficient,  the  Company  could be
required  to  reduce  its  operations,  seek  an  acquisition  partner  or  sell
securities on terms that may be highly dilutive or otherwise disadvantageous. In
the past, the Company has  experienced  operational  difficulties  and delays of
more than five  years,  three of which years  occurred  during the tenure of the
current management.  All such difficulties and delays were the result of working
capital  constraints and the Company may continue to experience such problems in
the future.  Should such problems continue or reoccur in the future,  they could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition
and results of operations.  The working  capital  constraints  which the Company
experienced  were the result of its being  undercapitalized  from the outset and
therefore without sufficient resources to hire required personnel or pay vendors
of products and services,  including but not limited to subcontractors needed to
design and build the First  Production  Model of the TCS-1  Plant.  The  Company
estimates  that it required  financing in excess of  $2,000,000  to complete the
design, development,  and construction of the said First Production Model of its
TCS-1  Plant plus funds to  maintain  finance-raising  activities.  The  Company
actively sought financing under its former management from 1992 through 1994 and
continued to do so under its current  management  beginning in January  1995. It
did not raise sufficient  financing to design and construct the First Production
Model to the point where initial testing could be commenced until May 1998. Lack
of  sufficient  working  capital also  required  management,  who worked for the
Company for no, or very  limited,  cash  compensation,  to devote a  substantial
amount of their time and effort to raising the required  financing.  The Company
estimates,  that if it had sufficient  financing in January of 1995 when members
of current management  commenced its search for funding, it might have been able
to complete the design,  development,  and  construction of the First Production
Model by October 1996.  Instead,  it required an additional  three years for the
Company to raise sufficient funds to meet its initial goals and objectives.  The
absence of operations and the resultant lack of significant  cash flow from 1995
until the present,  compounded the Company's  problems because even the overhead
required to sustain  fund  raising  activities  had to be financed  from outside
sources.  This  further  delayed  the  Company's  ability  to devote  sufficient
resources to completing the design,  development,  and construction of the First
Production Model of the TCS-1. By way of example, the First Production Model was
scheduled for delivery by February of 1997. Instead, the last of the three major
components of such model was completed in June of 1998 and, as discussed  above,
the First Production Model underwent extended testing and "debugging" procedures
until December 1998.

      3. History of Losses and Accumulated  Deficit. The Company has experienced
operating  losses in each fiscal period since its  formation in 1987,  including
the period since the 1993 inception of its tire  recycling  business plan. As at
June 30,  1998,  the Company had a deficit  accumulated  since  formation in the
aggregate approximate amount of $10,051,483,  approximately  $8,994,127 of which
was accumulated since the 1993 inception of the Company's present business plan.
The Company expects to incur  additional  operating  losses through at least the
end of the fiscal year ending June 30, 1999 and possibly thereafter (see, above,
Risk  Factor  No. 1  "Development  Stage  Company:  No  Assurance  as to  Future
Profitable  Operations").   Since  its  inception,  the  Company  has  generated
extremely  limited  revenues from operations (see  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations").

      4. Going Concern Assumption.  The Company's independent auditors' report
on the  Company's  financial  statements  for the years  ended June 30, 1997 and
1998,  contains an  explanatory  paragraph  


                                       71
<PAGE>

indicating  that:  (i) the Company is still in the  development  stage;  (ii) it
cannot  be  determined  at this  time  that the  Company's  tire  disintegration
technology  will be  developed to a productive  stage;  and (iii) the  Company's
uncertainty as to its productivity  and its ability to raise sufficient  capital
raise  substantial  doubt about its ability to continue as a going  concern.  In
addition,  the Company had an accumulated  deficit of $10,051,483 as at June 30,
1998. The Company will require  substantial  additional funds in the future, and
there can be no assurance that any independent auditors' report on the Company's
future financial statements will not include a similar explanatory  paragraph if
the Company is unable to raise sufficient funds or generate sufficient cash from
operations to cover the cost of its operations. The existence of the explanatory
paragraph  may  materially  adversely  affect the  Company's  relationship  with
prospective customers and suppliers, and therefore could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

      5.ab No Guarantee of Product  Acceptance in Market.  The first  production
model of the TCS-1  Plant was  completed  in May of 1998 and is  expected  to be
ready for commercial production,  on a complete "turn-key" basis, in March 1999.
Consequently, there is not yet any history of commercial operations of the TCS-1
Plant.  There can be no  assurance  that the TCS-1 Plant will be accepted in the
market  for  tire  disintegration  equipment.  Moreover,  the  Company's  market
research has focused on the potential demand for the TCS-1 Plant, and the rubber
crumb it is  designed  to  produce,  to the  exclusion  of  other  types of tire
disintegration  equipment.  Therefore,  the Company is not able to estimate with
any assurance the potential  demand for the TCS-1 Plant, if any. There can be no
assurance that sufficient  market  penetration can be achieved so that projected
production  levels  of the TCS-1  Plant  will be  absorbed  by the  market  (see
"Existing and Proposed Businesses-Sales and Marketing").

      6. Dilutive and Other Adverse Effects of Presently Outstanding Debentures,
Warrants,  and Options.  As of February 12, 1999, there were outstanding options
and warrants pursuant to which the Company is obligated to sell common stock, as
follows:

      (a)   2,000,000 common stock purchase  warrants (the "Type A Warrants") to
            purchase a like number of shares of the Company's common stock at an
            exercise price of $.001 per share, the resale of all of which shares
            are included in the Registration Statement.

      (b)   10% convertible Type A Debentures in the aggregate  principal amount
            of $500,000, with principal and interest convertible, in whole or in
            part,  into shares of the  Company's  common  stock at a  conversion
            ratio equal to a percentage  ranging  between 67.5% and 61.5% of the
            closing bid price of the Company's  common stock on the trading date
            immediately  preceding the date of the Company's receipt of a notice
            of conversion  from a holder of the Type A Debentures.  Accordingly,
            if, on February 16, 1999, all of the principal  amount,  but none of
            the interest,  due on the Type A Debentures  had been converted into
            common  stock  (based on the market  price of the common stock as at
            February  12,  1999),  a total of  4,357,298  shares of common stock
            would have been issued in respect of such conversion.  The resale of
            all of which shares would be included in the Registration Statement.
            To the extent  that the  interest  portion of the  Debenture  is not
            converted, all accrued interest will be payable in cash.

      (c)   10% convertible Type B Debentures in the aggregate  principal amount
            of $535,000, with principal and interest convertible, in whole or in
            part,  into shares of the  Company's  common  stock at a  conversion
            ratio of one share for every $.20 of  principal  amount and interest
            earned thereon from the date of issuance. If the principal amount of
            all of the Type B Debentures,  but not the interest, were converted,
            the aggregate  number of shares 


                                       72
<PAGE>

            issuable  would be  2,675,000,  the  resale of all which  shares are
            included  in the  Registration  Statement.  To the  extent  that the
            interest  portion  of the Type B  Debenture  is not  converted,  all
            accrued interest will be payable in cash.

      (d)   an option to purchase  235,294 shares,  held by Lenford  Robins,  an
            unaffiliated  consultant,  exercisable at a price of $.17 per share.
            Mr. Robins is an expert in all types of equipment  financing through
            sale and leaseback  arrangements,  and otherwise,  and has provided,
            and  continues to provide,  consulting  services to the Company with
            respect to locating,  structuring,  and arranging such financing for
            purchasers and potential purchasers of TCS-1 Plants. From the Summer
            of 1996 through the Spring of 1997, Mr. Robins provided  substantial
            consulting  services in connection with sale and leaseback financing
            for Ocean's Tire Recycling & Processing Co., Inc. ("OTRP").

      (e)   (i) options to purchase,  on or before March 31, 1999,  an aggregate
            of 250,000  shares,  at an exercise  price of $.1875 per share;  and
            (ii) options to purchase,  on or before June 30, 1999,  an aggregate
            of 250,000 shares,  at an exercise price of $.28 per share.  Each of
            the  above  described  options  are held  among  three  individuals,
            including  Sharon Sanzaro (the spouse of Louis  Sanzaro,  an officer
            and director of the Company),  who hold such options as designees or
            assignees of  Ocean/Venture  III, Inc., a company  controlled by Mr.
            Sanzaro.   These  options  were  granted  in  consideration  of  the
            agreements of  Ocean/Venture  III, Inc. given on March 31, 1996, and
            June 30, 1996 to extend the  maturity  date of certain  indebtedness
            which the Company owed to Ocean/Venture  III, Inc. for periods which
            ranged from 90 to 120 days from each of such dates.

      (f)   an option,  held by a former  outside  director of the  Company,  to
            purchase 20,000 shares of convertible  preferred stock at a price of
            $10 per share (the "Preferred Option"). If purchased, such preferred
            stock will be convertible  into shares of the Company's common stock
            at a conversion  ratio equal to the number of shares of common stock
            purchasable  for the purchase price of each preferred share ($10) at
            30% of the average market price of the Company's common stock during
            the five trading days  immediately  prior to the date of  conversion
            provided,  however,  that  should the total  number of shares of the
            Preferred  Stock which can be purchased  pursuant to the Option,  be
            convertible  into fewer than two million  (2,000,000)  shares of the
            Company's  Common  Stock,  the number of shares of  Preferred  Stock
            purchasable  under the Option,  at the exercise price of ten dollars
            per  preferred  share,  will  be  increased  to  such  number  as is
            convertible  to 2,000,000.  If the shares of  convertible  preferred
            stock had been converted  into shares of the Company's  common stock
            as at February 16, 1999, a total of 3,836,930 shares would have been
            issued in  respect  of such  conversion.  For a  discussion  in more
            detail  of the  terms  of  this  option  and the  purchase  thereof,
            reference   is   made  to   "Certain   Relationships   and   Related
            Transactions"  under the caption,  "Extension of Exercise  Period of
            Option Held by John G. Hartley", below; and

      (g)   the CGT  Option to  purchase  a number of shares  equal,  on a fully
            diluted  basis,  to 10% of the total issued and  outstanding  common
            stock of the Company, at an exercise price equal to $.1195 per share
            with respect to 969,365 shares and at an exercise price with respect
            to the  balance of the shares  equal to fifty  percent  (50%) of the
            average of the final bid and ask  prices of the common  stock of the
            Company, as quoted in the OTC Bulletin 


                                       73
<PAGE>

            Board during the ten business days  preceding the exercise  date. If
            all of the other  presently  outstanding  debentures,  options,  and
            warrants were  exercised,  as described  above,  the total number of
            shares of common stock of the Company issued and  outstanding  would
            be  91,699,663,  prior to the  exercise of the CGT Option,  in which
            case,  the  number  of shares  subject  to the CGT  Option  would be
            10,188,851,  the resale of all of which  shares would be included in
            the Registration Statement.

      The  holders  of  the  convertible  debentures,   the  warrants,  and  the
outstanding  options  have an  opportunity  to profit  from a rise in the market
price of the common stock, if such rise should occur, with a resulting  dilution
in the interests of the other  shareholders.  Moreover,  if the above  described
debentures,  warrants, and options (the "Convertible  Securities") are converted
or  exercised,  most of the shares of common stock issued upon such  exercise or
conversion (the  "Underlying  Shares") will be available for immediate sale into
the  public  market,  commencing  on the  effective  date  of  the  Registration
Statement.  The sale or availability  for sale of substantial  amounts of common
stock in the public market could adversely affect the prevailing market price of
the  Company's  common  stock and could  impair the  Company's  ability to raise
additional capital through the sale of its equity securities.  In addition, even
if the Convertible Securities are not converted or exercised, the terms on which
the Company may obtain  additional  financing  may be adversely  affected by the
existence  of such  securities.  For  example,  the  holders of the  Convertible
Securities  could  convert  or  exercise  them at a time  when  the  Company  is
attempting  to obtain  additional  capital  through a new offering of securities
which have terms more favorable (to the Company) than those provided by the then
outstanding Convertible Securities.

      7. Additional Dilution from Issuance of Shares for Services.  To date, the
Company has had no significant operating revenues.  Accordingly, the bulk of its
cash assets have been,  and may  continue to be,  utilized to cover the expenses
associated  with the  development of the TCS-1 Plant.  Given the foregoing,  the
Company  regularly  pays  certain  of  its  financial   obligations  by  issuing
restricted  shares of its common  stock,  at a  discount,  in lieu of cash.  The
discounts at which such shares were issued was generally, but not always, set at
50% of the average market price of the stock, as traded in the  over-the-counter
market  and  quoted  in the OTC  Bulletin  Board.  Such  discounts  were  either
negotiated at arms length with third parties or  determined  arbitrarily  by the
Company,  in which  cases they bore no  relationship  to the  Company's  assets,
earnings,  book value or other such criteria of value.  Such issuances have, and
may  continue  to,  result in  substantial  dilution to the  Company's  existing
shareholders.

      Since  January  of 1995,  the  Company  has  issued a total of  32,756,186
shares,  constituting 41.94% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company
in lieu of cash compensation due under employment and consulting agreements with
its  executive  officers,  employees,  and  corporate  counsel and in additional
compensation by way of directors shares and stock bonuses.  In addition,  during
that period,  the Company issued 12,888,243 shares,  constituting  approximately
16.5% of the issued and  outstanding  common stock of the Company to  affiliated
and non-affiliated  consultants and  subcontractors  for consulting  services of
various  types.  For as long as the Company has  insufficient  cash resources to
meet its obligations to its officers,  counsel, and outside vendors, the Company
will,  to the extent  possible,  continue to issue shares of its common stock at
negotiated or arbitrary discounts. In addition, the Company intends to submit to
its shareholders, proposals to adopt three stock option plans for the benefit of
its employees (See Risk Factor No. 9 "Possible  Voting Control by Management and
Corporate  Counsel"  and Risk Factor No. 27 "Adverse  Effects of Proposals to Be
Presented at Annual Shareholders Meeting: Anti-Takeover Provisions,  Limitations
on Shareholders  Voting Rights, and Stock Bonuses to Management",  "Management -
Executive Compensation",  "Management - Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management", and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions").


                                       74
<PAGE>

      8.  Possible  Depressive  Effect on Price of Securities of Future Sales of
Common Stock.  The resale of 11,952,857 of the  78,095,141  common shares of the
Company, issued and outstanding as of February 4, 1999, has been included in the
Registration  Statement.  11,760,000  of such  shares  will be freely  tradeable
commencing  on the  effective  date of the  Registration  Statement  or,  if the
holders thereof shall choose to withdraw the  registration of such shares,  they
will be  tradeable  under Rule 144  commencing  May 11,  1999.  The resale of an
estimated  21,220,449  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  or  conversion  of
presently outstanding options,  warrants, and debentures have also been included
in the  Registration  Statement and will be freely  tradeable upon the later of:
(i) the effective date of the  Registration  Statement;  or (ii) their issuance.
Alternatively,  if the holders of the  convertible  debentures  and some of such
warrants  (but  not  the  options)  shall  choose  to  withdraw  them  from  the
Registration   Statement,   they  will  become   tradeable  under  Rule  144  on
commencement  dates  ranging from  January 7, 1999 to May 11, 1999.  The sale or
other disposition of much of the currently outstanding shares of common stock is
restricted by the Securities Act. Unless such sales are registered, these shares
may only be sold in compliance  with Rule 144  promulgated  under the Securities
Act or some other  exemption from  registration  thereunder.  Rule 144 provides,
among other matters,  that if certain  information  concerning the operating and
financial  affairs of the Company is publicly  available,  persons who have held
restricted  securities  for a period  of one year  may  thereafter  sell in each
subsequent  three month  period up to that  number of such  shares  equal to one
percent of the Company's total issued and outstanding  common stock. The sale or
availability  for sale of  substantial  amounts  of common  stock in the  public
market  after  the  offering  being  made by the  Registration  Statement  could
adversely affect the prevailing  market price for the Company's common stock and
could impair the Company's ability to raise additional  capital through the sale
of its equity securities.

      9. Possible Voting Control by Management and Corporate  Counsel:  Possible
Depressive  Effect on Market  Prices.  As of  February  4, 1999,  the  Company's
officers and directors were the beneficial  owners of an aggregate of 29,391,199
shares,  constituting  approximately 37.16% of the Company's  outstanding common
stock.  The Company intends to hold the 1999 annual meeting of its  shareholders
prior to the end of the current  fiscal  year.  (See Risk Factor No. 27 "Adverse
Effects  of  Proposals  to  Be   Presented  at  Annual   Shareholders   Meeting:
Anti-Takeover  Provisions,  Limitations on Shareholders Voting Rights, and Stock
Bonuses to Management").  In addition to the proposals  discussed in Risk Factor
No. 27, the Board of Directors  has proposed that the  shareholders  approve the
adoption of three stock option plans. If adopted, two of these plans will be for
the benefit of all of the Company's employees,  but management and key employees
are  expected  to be the  principal  beneficiaries  thereof.  The third of these
proposed  plans,  is  intended  to be  specifically  for the purpose of awarding
options for the purchase of shares of common stock at a nominal  exercise  price
of $.001 per share,  to key  employees  and members of  management in respect of
certain  specified  performance  achievements  attained or to be attained by the
Company due to their efforts.

      The other two stock  option  plans to be  presented  to the  Shareholders,
consist of a  statutory  and a  non-statutory  plan.  Key  management  and other
employees  will also be eligible  to receive  option  grants  under each of such
plans.  The exercise  price of options  granted under the statutory plan must be
not less than 100% of the market  price on the day the option is granted  unless
the grantee owns 10% or more of the total issued and outstanding common stock of
the Company,  in which case the exercise price must be not less than 110% of the
market  price on the day the option is  granted.  The  non-statutory  plan to be
proposed to the shareholders calls for an exercise price of not less than 50% of
the market price on the date the option is granted.

      The  concentration  of ownership by the  Company's  officers and directors
may,  along with other  "anti-takeover"  measures  which the Board of  Directors
plans to submit to the shareholders, discourage potential acquirors from seeking
control  of  the  Company  through  the  purchase  of  Common  Stock,  and  this


                                       75
<PAGE>

possibility  could  have a  depressive  effect  on the  price  of the  Company's
Securities.  (See  "Risk  Factor No. 25  "Adverse  Effects  of  Proposals  to Be
Presented at Annual Shareholders Meeting: Anti-Takeover Provisions,  Limitations
on Shareholders  Voting Rights,  and Stock Bonuses to Management" and "Principal
Shareholders").

      10.  Proposed  Reverse  Split:   Possible  Negative  Effect  on  Value  of
Securities.  As of  February  4,  1999,  there  were  78,095,141  shares  of the
Company's common stock issued and outstanding.  While the Company considers that
it would be highly  unlikely  if all of the  currently  outstanding  options and
warrants were to be exercised and all of the  currently  outstanding  debentures
were to be converted  with respect to the principal  amount of such  debentures,
there could be up to 103,887,814  shares of common stock issued and outstanding.
On August 13, 1997,  the Company  received a Letter of Intent from H.J.  Meyers,
Inc.  (the  "Meyers  Letter of Intent"),  a  broker-dealer  registered  with the
National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc., for the  underwriting  of a
proposed public offering.  On or about September 16, 1998, however, H. J. Meyers
abruptly  ceased  doing  business.  The Company  intends to endeavor to effect a
public offering of its securities and is presently in negotiations  with another
potential underwriter. The Meyers Letter of Intent had required that the Company
have not more than ten million  (10,000,000)  shares of common  stock issued and
outstanding prior to the proposed public offering. The Company believes that any
potential  underwriter  for a public  offering of the Company's  securities will
require that the Company  effect a reverse  split to reduce the number of shares
of its common stock issued and outstanding because the total number of shares of
common stock currently  outstanding is  disproportionately  large in relation to
the  Company's  level of sales,  net  income and net  worth.  Additionally,  the
Company's  common stock has had a low market  value per share in recent  months,
which  may,  the  Company  believes,  tend to reduce  stockbroker  and  investor
interest in the  Company.  Further,  the Company  believes  that the current per
share price of the Company's common stock may limit the effective  marketability
of the Company's  common stock because of the reluctance of many brokerage firms
and institutional investors to recommend lower-priced stocks to their clients or
to hold them in their own portfolios. In light of the above, the Company intends
to call a  meeting  of its  shareholders  and to submit  to them a  proposal  to
reverse split the number of shares of common stock issued and  outstanding  at a
ratio of one post-split share for every five pre-split shares, or at some other,
possibly  higher,  ratio,  as the board of directors  shall agree is in the best
interests of the Company and its  shareholders.  Based upon the number of shares
issued and  outstanding  as of February 4, 1999,  and assuming  that the Reverse
Split is approved by the  shareholders  and  effected at a  one-for-five  ratio,
there will be a decrease in the number of outstanding  shares of common stock of
the   Company  to   approximately   15,619,028   shares.   Because  of  standard
anti-dilution  clauses or market price sensitive  exercise or conversion  prices
contained in all presently outstanding  convertible  debentures,  warrants,  and
options,  such  reverse  split  would also affect the number of shares of common
stock  issuable upon  conversion or exercise of such  debentures,  warrants,  or
options.  Negotiations  with  potential  underwriters  may result in a different
reverse-split ratio or even a second reverse split.

      The  Company  believes  that a decrease  in the number of shares of common
stock  outstanding  may increase  the trading  price and  marketability  of such
shares.  However,  the market price of the Company's common stock should also be
expected to reflect Company performance and other factors,  some of which may be
unrelated  to the  number of shares  outstanding.  Accordingly,  there can be no
assurance that the market price of the Common Stock after the Reverse Split will
actually  increase in an amount  proportionate  to the decrease in the number of
outstanding  shares.  The Reverse Split may leave  stockholders with one or more
"odd lots" of the Company's  stock,  i.e. stock holdings in amounts of less than
100 shares.  These shares may be more  difficult  to sell,  or require a greater
commission per share to sell, than shares in lots of 100.


                                       76
<PAGE>

      Upon the  effectiveness  of the  Reverse  Split,  if it is approved by the
Shareholders, the presently issued certificates shall be deemed to represent the
number of shares equal to the number of pre-split shares originally  represented
by such certificate divided by the ratio of the reverse split, and rounded up to
the  next  full  number.  EXAMPLE:  if  the  reverse  split  is  effected  at  a
one-for-five  ratio,  a  certificate  which  originally  represented  an  10,523
pre-split  shares would be deemed to represent 10,523 divided by five (2,104.6),
rounded up to the next full  number,  i.e.,  2,105  shares.  Thus no  fractional
shares of common stock will result from the reverse  split (see "Risk Factor No.
6,  Dilutive  and Other  Adverse  Effects of Presently  Outstanding  Debentures,
Warrants and Options").

      11. Dependence on Major Customers. To date the Company has received orders
for fifteen TCS-1  Plants,  eight of which were ordered by  Ocean/Ventures  III,
Inc.("O/V III") of Toms River,  New Jersey ("O/V III") and parts of one of which
have been purchased by Oceans Tire Recycling & Processing Co., Inc. ("OTRP"),  a
company under common  control with O/V III. The eight Plants  ordered by O/V III
constitute  approximately  fifty-six  percent  (56%)  of the  Company's  present
backlog. The Company has also received orders for four TCS-1 Plants from ENERCON
America  Distribution  Limited  ("Enercon")  of  Westerville,  Ohio. The Enercon
orders  constitute  approximately  twenty-eight  percent  (28%) of the Company's
present  backlog.  The loss of either of these two customers  would have a major
adverse effect on the Company.

      Both O/V III and OTRP are  controlled by Louis V. Sanzaro,  an officer and
director  of the  Company.  Mr.  Sanzaro's  past and present  relationships  and
transactions  with the Company are discussed in detail in "Existing and Proposed
Businesses  -  Proposed  TCS-1  Plant  Operations:  Sales of  Rubber  Crumb  and
Manufacture and Sale of Finished Products."

      Completion and consummation of all currently  outstanding orders for TCS-1
Plants,   are  entirely   dependent   upon  the  TCS-1's   meeting   performance
expectations,  each  customer's  obtaining  lease  or  other  financing  for the
purchased portions of the Plant (as well as all required permits and licenses to
operate  a  Plant),  and  to  the  Company's  obtaining  sufficient  production,
financing and capacity to meet delivery requirements.  (See "Existing & Proposed
Businesses  -  "Equipment  Manufacturing  - Dependence  on 


                                       77
<PAGE>

Major Customer" and "Proposed TCS-1 Plant Operations:  Sales of Rubber Crumb and
Manufacture and Sale of Finished Products."

      12.  Uncertainty  of Product  and  Technology  Development:  Technological
Factors. The Company has completed initial development and construction,  of the
first  production  model of the TCS-1 Plant.  The Company's  success will depend
upon the TCS-1 Plant's meeting targeted  performance and cost objectives and its
timely introduction into the marketplace. Such an outcome will be subject to the
risks inherent in the development of a new product,  technology,  and, business,
including  unanticipated  delays,  expenses,  and  difficulties,  as well as the
possible insufficiency of funding to complete development (see Risk Factor No. 2
"Need for Substantial  Additional  Capital",  above).  There can be no assurance
that under  commercial  usage  conditions,  the TCS-1 Plant will  satisfactorily
perform the functions for which it has been  designed and  constructed,  that it
will meet  applicable  price or performance  objectives,  or that  unanticipated
technical or other problems will not occur which would result in increased costs
or material delays in establishing the Company's business at a profitable level.
There can be no assurance that,  despite  testing by the Company,  problems will
not be  encountered  in the TCS-1 Plant  after the  commencement  of  commercial
manufacture and sales, resulting in loss or delay in market acceptance.

      13.  International  Sales and Operations.  The Company plans to market the
TCS-1  Plant in Europe and India  during the 1999  calendar  year,  and in other
areas  throughout the world as  opportunities  arise.  There can however,  be no
assurances  that the  TCS-1  Plant  will be  successfully  marketed  or that any
anticipated  international  sales of TCS-1 Plants will take place.  In addition,
the Company may enter into joint  ventures  with  purchasers of TCS-1 Plants for
the purpose of engaging in the business of operating tire  recycling  businesses
equipped  with  TCS-1  Plants.  To  the  extent  that  the  Company  engages  in
international  sales  and/or  operations,  it will be subject  to various  risks
associated therewith, including but not limited to changes in tariff rates, lack
of reliability and availability of qualified labor, and instability of political
climate or economic environment. In addition, the value of any capital equipment
owned by such joint  ventures  and any  operating  lease or  equipment  purchase
financing payments received by the Company,  may, under certain  conditions,  be
valued  or paid  in  non-U.S.  currencies,  all of  which  will  be  subject  to
independent  fluctuating  exchange rates with the U.S.  dollar which may have an
adverse  affect on the  Company's  revenues or asset values in terms of the U.S.
dollar.

      14. Protection of Tirex Proprietary Technology and Potential Infringement.
The success of the Company's  proposed business depends in part upon its ability
to protect its  proprietary  technology  and the proposed TCS-1 Plant which will
utilize  such  technology.  On April 7, 1998,  the  Company  was issued a United
States patent on its Cryogenic Tire Disintegration Process and Apparatus (Patent
No. 5,735,471).  This patent will expire on December 18, 2016. In November 1998,
the Company filed this patent with the Canadian  Patent  Office.  The Company is
presently  unable to state how long the  Canadian  review  will take.  While the
Company  expects  a  Canadian  patent  to be  granted,  it is unable to give any
assurance that this will in fact be the case. Prior to obtaining its patent, the
Company  relied  on  trade  secrets,   proprietary  know-how  and  technological
innovation to develop its technology and the designs and  specifications for the
TCS-1 Plant. Except where the terms of their employment agreements would make it
redundant  or, in the sole  discretion  of  management,  it is  determined  that
because of the  non-technical  nature of their duties,  such  agreements are not
necessary or  appropriate,  the Company  has,  and will  continue to, enter into
confidentiality  and  invention  assignment  agreements  with all  employees and
consultants  which  limit  access to, and  disclosure  or use of, the  Company's
proprietary technology. There can be no assurance, however, that the steps taken
by the  Company to deter  misappropriation  or third  party  development  of its
technology and/or processes will be adequate, that others will not independently
develop  similar  technology  and/or  processes  or  that  secrecy  will  not be
breached. In addition, although


                                       78
<PAGE>

the Company  believes that its technology has been  independently  developed and
does not infringe on the proprietary rights of others, there can be no assurance
that the  Company's  technology  does not and will not so infringe or that third
parties will not assert  infringement  claims against the Company in the future.
Moreover,  there can be no assurance that the Company will have the resources to
defend its Patent by bringing patent  infringement or other  proprietary  rights
actions.

      15. Limited  Public Market:  Company Not Eligible for Inclusion on NASDAQ.
To date  there  has been only a  limited  and  sporadic  public  market  for the
Company's  common stock.  There can be no assurance  that an active and reliable
public market will develop or, if developed, that such market will be sustained.
Purchasers  of  shares of  common  stock of the  Company  may,  therefore,  have
difficulty  in  reselling  such  shares.  As a  result,  investors  may  find it
impossible to liquidate their investment in the Company should they desire to do
so. The  Company's  common  stock is  currently  traded in the  over-the-counter
market and quoted on the OTC  Bulletin  Board.  The Company  intends to apply to
have its common stock  approved for quotation on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market at
such time, in the future,  that it meets the requirements  for inclusion.  As at
the date hereof, however, the Company is not eligible for inclusion in NASDAQ or
for  listing  on  any  national  stock  exchange.  All  companies  applying  and
authorized  for  NASDAQ are  required  to have not less than  $4,000,000  in net
tangible  assets,  a public  float(5)  with a market value of not less than five
million  dollars,  and a minimum bid of price of $4.00 per share. At the present
time,  the  Company is unable to state  when,  if ever,  it will meet the Nasdaq
application standards.  Unless the Company is able to increase its net worth and
market valuation  substantially,  either through the accumulation of surplus out
of earned income or successful  capital raising  financing  activities,  it will
never be able to meet the eligibility requirements of NASDAQ. In addition, it is
likely that the Company, which, as of February 4, 1999, had 78,095,141 shares of
common stock issued and outstanding,  will have to effect a reverse split of its
issued and outstanding stock, in order to meet the minimum bid price requirement
(see,  also, Risk Factor No. 6 "Dilutive and Other Adverse Effects of Debentures
and Warrants and Presently Outstanding Option").  Moreover,  even if the Company
meets the minimum  requirements  to apply for  inclusion in The Nasdaq  SmallCap
Market,  there  can be no  assurance,  that  approval  will be  received  or, if
received,  that the Company will meet the requirements for continued  listing on
the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market.  Further,  Nasdaq reserves the right to withdraw or
terminate a listing on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market at any time and for any reason
in its  discretion.  If the Company is unable to obtain or to maintain a listing
on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market,  quotations, if any, for "bid" and "asked" prices
of the common stock would be available  only on the OTC Bulletin Board where the
common  stock is  currently  quoted or in the  "pink  sheets"  published  by the
National Quotation Bureau, Inc. This can result in an investor's finding it more
difficult  to  dispose  of or to obtain  accurate  quotations  of prices for the
common  stock  than would be the case if the  common  stock  were  quoted on the
Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market.  Irrespective  of whether  or not the common  stock is
included in the Nasdaq  SmallCap  system,15.ab  there is no  assurance  that the
public  market for the common  stock will  become  more  active or liquid in the
future.  In that  regard,  prospective  purchasers  should  consider  that  this
offering is being made without the underwriting  arrangements typically found in
a public offering of securities.  Such  arrangements  generally  provide for the
issuer of the  securities to sell the  securities to an  underwriter  which,  in
turn, sells the securities to its customers and other members of the public at a
fixed  offering  price,  with the result that the  underwriter  has a continuing
interest in the market for such securities  following the offering.  In order to
qualify for  listing on a national  stock  exchange,  similar  minimum  criteria
respecting,  among other  things,  the  Company's  net worth and/or  income from
operation must be met.

- ---------
(5)   "Public  float"  is  defined  as  shares  that  are not held  directly  or
      indirectly  by any  officer  or  director  of the  issuer and by any other
      person  who is the  beneficial  owner of more than 10 percent of the total
      shares outstanding.


                                       79
<PAGE>

      Accordingly, market transactions in the Company's common stock are subject
to the "Penny Stock Rules" of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, which are
discussed in more detail,  below,  under "Risk Factor No. 16.  Applicability  of
Penny Stock Rules to Broker-Dealer  Sales of Company Common Stock".  These rules
could  make it  difficult  to trade  the  common  stock of the  Company  because
compliance  with them can delay and/or preclude  certain  trading  transactions.
This could  have an adverse  effect on the  ability of an  investor  to sell any
shares of the Company's common stock.

      16. Applicability of "Penny Stock Rules" to Broker-Dealer Sales of Company
Common Stock.  As discussed  above,  at the present time,  the Company's  common
stock  is not  listed  on The  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Stock  Market  or on any  stock
exchange.  Although  dealer prices for the Company's  common stock are listed on
the OTC  Bulletin  Board,  trading  has been  sporadic  and  limited  since such
quotations first appeared on April 4, 1994. See "Market Information".

      The  Securities  Enforcement  and Penny Stock Reform Act of 1990  requires
special  disclosure  relating to the market for penny stocks in connection  with
trades in any stock defined as a "penny stock". Commission regulations generally
define a penny stock to be an equity  security  that has a market  price of less
than $5.00 per share and is not listed on The Nasdaq  SmallCap Stock Market or a
major stock exchange.  These regulations subject all broker-dealer  transactions
involving  such  securities to the special "Penny Stock Rules" set forth in Rule
15g-9 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "34 Act"). It may be necessary
for the Selling  Shareholders and the Underlying  Share Selling  Shareholders to
utilize the services of broker-dealers  who are members of the NASD. The current
market price of the  Company's  common stock is  substantially  less than $5 per
share and such stock can, for at least for the foreseeable  future,  be expected
to continue to trade in the over-the-counter  market at a per share market price
of  substantially  less than $5 (see  "Market  Information").  Accordingly,  any
broker-dealer  sales of the Company's  shares will be subject to the Penny Stock
Rules.  These Rules affect the ability of  broker-dealers  to sell the Company's
securities and also may affect the ability of purchasers of the Company's common
stock to sell their shares in the secondary market, if such a market should ever
develop.

      The Penny Stock Rules also impose special sales practice  requirements  on
broker-dealers  who sell such securities to persons other than their established
customers or "Accredited  Investors." Among other things,  the Penny Stock Rules
require that a broker-dealer make a special suitability determination respecting
the purchaser and receive the purchaser's  written  agreement to the transaction
prior  to  the  sale.  In  addition,  the  Penny  Stock  Rules  require  that  a
broker-dealer deliver, prior to any transaction,  a disclosure schedule prepared
in accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Commission  relating to the penny
stock market.  Disclosure also has to be made about commissions  payable to both
the broker-dealer and the registered  representative  and the current quotations
for the securities. Finally, monthly statements have to be sent to any holder of
such penny stocks  disclosing  recent price information for the penny stock held
in  the  account  and  information  on  the  limited  market  in  penny  stocks.
Accordingly,  for so  long  as the  Penny  Stock  Rules  are  applicable  to the
Company's  common  stock,  it may be  difficult  to  trade  such  stock  because
compliance   with  such  Rules  can  delay  and/or   preclude   certain  trading
transactions. This could have an adverse effect on the liquidity and/or price of
the Company's common stock.

      17.  Management's  Lack of Industry  Experience.  Although  Management has
significant  general business and engineering  experience,  potential  investors
should be aware  that no member of  management  has been  directly  involved  in
administering a tire disintegration, recycling, or tire disintegration equipment
manufacturing,  business, except for Mr. Sanzaro, who has more than twenty years
of experience in the recycling  business  (excluding  tires) (see  "Management -
Directors and Executive Officers").


                                       80
<PAGE>

      18.  Dependence on Key  Personnel.  The Company  believes that its success
depends to a  significant  extent on the efforts and abilities of certain of its
senior  management,  in  particular  those of Terence C. Byrne,  Chairman of the
Board of Directors and Chief  Executive  Officer;  Louis Sanzaro,  President and
Chief  Operating  Officer,  and  Louis V.  Muro,  Vice  President  in  charge of
engineering.  The loss of any of these  persons  could have a  material  adverse
affect on the Company's business,  prospects,  operating results,  and financial
condition.  The Company has entered  into  employment  agreements  with  Messrs.
Byrne, Sanzaro, and Muro (see "Management - Employment Contracts and Termination
of Employment  and Changes - in - Control  Arrangements").  The Company does not
presently have key man life insurance policies and does not intend to obtain any
unless required to do so under future  financing  arrangements.  There can be no
assurance  that such policies  will be available to the Company on  commercially
reasonable terms, if at all. Additionally, the ability of the Company to realize
its business plan could be jeopardized if any of its senior  management  becomes
incapable of fulfilling his  obligations to the Company and a capable  successor
is not found on a timely basis.  There can however be no assurance that, in such
event, the Company will be able to locate and retain a capable  successor to any
member of its senior management.

      19.  Regulatory  and  Environmental  Considerations.  The Company does not
expect  that its  equipment  manufacturing  operations  will be  subject  to any
unusual  or  burdensome  governmental  regulations.   However,  the  Company  is
presently  in the  process of making  arrangements  to own the First  Production
Model of the TCS Plant and to operate it as a "Tirex  Advanced  Products  Plant"
for the purpose of selling rubber crumb produced by operation of the TCS-1 Plant
and manufacturing  finished products,  made wholly or partially from such rubber
crumb (see "Existing and Proposed  Businesses - Proposed TCS-1 Plant Operations:
Sales of Rubber Crumb and Manufacture and Sale of Finished Products"). The TCS-1
Plant is a "closed  loop"  system  which does not use any  chemicals,  solvents,
gases or other substances,  which could result in emissions of any kind from the
operation  of the Plant  and to the best of the  Company's  knowledge,  will not
result in the emission of air  pollution,  the disposal of combustion  residues,
the storage of hazardous  substances  (as is the case with other tire  recycling
processes such as pyrolysis),  or the production of any  significant  amounts of
solid waste which would have to be landfilled. However, the operation of a TCS-1
Plant will  involve,  to varying  degrees and for varying  periods of time,  the
storage of scrap tires which, with their size, volume and composition,  can pose
serious  environmental  problems.  While the Company  does not believe that such
storage will normally involve quantities of tires so large or storage periods so
extensive as to constitute the  "stockpiling" of scrap tires, it should be noted
that  stockpiling,  should it occur,  could  constitute a  particularly  serious
environmental  problem.  Among the numerous problems relating to scrap tires, is
that when stockpiled above ground, tires create serious fire, public health, and
environmental  hazards ranging from fires, which generate large and dense clouds
of black smoke and are  extremely  difficult to  extinguish,  to the creation of
vast breeding grounds for mosquitoes and vermin.

      As a result,  many states have either  passed or have pending  legislation
regarding  discarded  tires including  legislation  limiting the storage of used
tires to specifically designated areas. The Company and other operators of TCS-1
Plants will therefore be subject to various local,  state,  and federal laws and
regulations including,  without limitation,  regulations  promulgated by federal
and state environmental,  health, and labor agencies. Establishing and operating
a TCS-1 Plant for tire  recycling will require  numerous  permits and compliance
with  environmental  and  other  government  regulations,  on  the  part  of the
Company's  customers,  both in the  United  States  and Canada and in most other
foreign countries. The process of obtaining required regulatory approvals may be
lengthy and  expensive  for both the Company and for its TCS-1 Plant  customers.
Moreover,  regulatory approvals, if granted, may include significant limitations
on either the Company's or its  customer's  operations.  The EPA and  comparable
state and local regulatory agencies actively enforce  environmental  regulations
and  conduct  periodic  inspections  to  determine  compliance  with  government
regulations.  Failure to comply  with  applicable  regulatory  


                                       81
<PAGE>

requirements can result in, among other things, fines, suspensions of approvals,
seizure  or  recall  of   products,   operating   restrictions,   and   criminal
prosecutions.

      Compliance  with applicable  environmental  and other laws and regulations
governing  the business of the Company,  and of all TCS-1 Plant  Operators,  may
impose  financial  burdens that could adversely  affect the business,  financial
condition,  prospects,  and results of operations,  of the Company. Such adverse
affects could include,  but may not be limited to, the burden of compliance with
laws and regulations governing the installation and/or operation of TCS-1 Plants
discouraging  potential  customers  from  purchasing a TCS-1  Plant.  Actions by
federal, state, and local governments concerning  environmental or other matters
could  result in  regulations  that could  increase  the cost of  producing  the
recyclable rubber, steel, and fiber which are the by-products from the operation
of the TCS-1 Plant and make such  by-products less profitable or even impossible
to sell at an economically feasible price level.

      The  Company  believes  that  existing   government   regulations,   while
extensive,  will not result in the disability of either the Company or its TCS-1
Plant customers to operate  profitably and in compliance with such  regulations.
However,  since  all  government  regulations  are  subject  to  change  and  to
interpretation  by local  administrations,  the effect of government  regulation
could  conceivably  prevent,  or delay for a  considerable  period of time,  the
development  of the  Company's  business  as planned  and/or  impose  costly new
procedures for  compliance,  or prevent the Company or its TCS-1  customers from
obtaining,  or affect the timing of, regulatory  approvals.  Actions by federal,
state,  and local  governments  concerning  environmental or other matters could
result in regulations  that could  therefore  increase the cost of producing the
recyclable rubber, steel, and fiber which are the by-products from the operation
of the TCS-1 Plant and make such  by-products less profitable or even impossible
to sell at an  economically  feasible  price  level,  which could  result in the
Company's  or  its  TCS-1  customers'  businesses  being  less  profitable,   or
unprofitable,  to operate.  Continually changing government compliance standards
and  technology,  could also affect the  Company's  future  capital  expenditure
requirements  relating  to  environmental  compliance.  Likewise,  the burden of
compliance with laws and regulations governing the installation and/or operation
of TCS-1 Plants could  discourage  potential  customers from  purchasing a TCS-1
Plant which would adversely affect the Company's business,  prospects,  results,
and  financial  condition.  As a result,  the  business of the Company  could be
directly and indirectly  affected by government  regulations  (See "Existing and
Proposed Businesses - Government Regulation").

      20. Production and Supply. The Company intends to begin  manufacturing the
TCS-1 Plant on a commercial  basis in March 1999. In connection  therewith,  the
Company  will be  dependent  on  arrangements  with its  subcontractors  for the
manufacture and assembly of the principal components incorporated into the TCS-1
Plant (see Existing & Proposed Businesses "Agreements With Subcontractors").  It
will therefore be substantially  dependent on the ability of such subcontractors
to satisfy  performance and quality  specifications  and to dedicate  sufficient
production  capacity for all TCS-1 Plant scheduled  delivery dates.  The Company
believes  that  all of  its  subcontractors  have  the  requisite  manufacturing
capabilities  and the  willingness  to  dedicate  sufficient  amounts  of  their
manufacturing  capacity to the Company to meet all TCS-1 Plant  delivery  dates,
currently  scheduled  or  expected  to be  scheduled  within the next two years.
However,  no  assurance  can be  given  that  this  will in fact be the case and
failure  on the part of the  Company's  subcontractors  in these  regards  would
adversely  affect the Company's  ability to manufacture and deliver TCS-1 Plants
on a timely  and  competitive  basis.  In such event the  Company  would have to
replace or supplement its present subcontractors. There can be no assurance that
should it be  necessary  to do so,  the  Company  would be able to find  capable
replacements for its subcontractors on a timely basis and on terms beneficial to
the Company,  if at all; The Company's  inability to do so would have a material
adverse effect on its business (see Existing & Proposed BusinesseS:  "Production
and Supply").


                                       82
<PAGE>

      Components  of  the  TCS-1  Plants,  which  are  not  manufactured  by the
Company's  subcontractors  specifically for the TCS-1 Plant,  will be purchased,
either  directly by the Company or indirectly  through its  subcontractors  from
third-party  manufacturers.  The  Company  believes  that  numerous  alternative
sources of supply for all such components are readily available.

      21.  Technological  Changes.  To date, the market for tire  disintegration
equipment has not, to the best of management's knowledge,  been characterized by
rapid  changes  in  technology.  However,  there  can be no  assurance  that new
products or  technologies,  presently  unknown to the Company,  will not, at any
time in the future and without warning, render the Company's tire disintegration
technology  less  competitive or even obsolete.  Moreover,  the technology  upon
which the Company's tire disintegration system is based, could be susceptible to
being  analyzed  and  reconstructed  by an  existing  or  potential  competitor.
Although  the Company  has been issued a United  States  patent  respecting  its
proprietary  disintegration  system,  the  Company  may not have  the  financial
resources to successfully defend such patent, were it is to become necessary, by
bringing  patent  infringement  suits  against  parties that have  substantially
greater  resources than are available to the Company.  The Company must continue
to create innovative new products  reflecting  technological  changes in design,
engineering, and development, not only of new tire disintegration machinery, but
of products, and machinery capable of producing products,  which incorporate and
recycle the rubber,  steel,  and/or fiber  by-products which will be produced by
the  operation  of the TCS-1 Plant.  Failure to do so, could  prevent to Company
from gaining and  maintaining  a significant  market for its products.  This may
require  a  continuing  high  level  of  product  development,  innovation,  and
expenditures. To the extent that the Company does not respond adequately to such
technological  advances,  its  products  may become  obsolete and its growth and
profitability may be adversely affected.

      22. Competition.  Although management believes that the Tirex Technology
has distinct  advantages over other existing tire  disintegration  methods,  the
Company will face competition from other equipment manufacturers,  virtually all
of whom will be larger than the Company, and will have substantially more assets
and resources than the Company.  Management  intends to meet such competition by
developing  technological  innovations  which  will  make the TCS-1  Plant  more
economical  and efficient  than other tire  disintegration  methods  although no
assurance can be given that this will prove to be the case.  (see  "Existing and
Proposed Businesses - Competition").

      23. Lack of Liability  Insurance.  The proposed TCS-1 Plant may expose the
Company to  possible  product  liability  claims if,  among  other  things,  the
operation  of the TCS-1  Plant  results in  personal  injury,  death or property
damage.  There can be no assurance the Company will have sufficient resources to
satisfy any  liability  resulting  from such claims or will be able to cause its
component suppliers or customers to indemnify or insure the Company against such
claims.  The  Company  does not  presently  intend to obtain  product  liability
insurance prior to the commencement of commercial  operation of the TCS-1 Plant.
Should the Company  determine that such insurance is necessary,  there can be no
assurance  that  affordable  insurance  coverage  will be available in terms and
scope adequate to protect the Company  against  material  adverse effects in the
event of a successful claim.

      24. No Dividends and None  Anticipated.  The Company has not paid any cash
dividends,  nor does it contemplate or anticipate  paying any dividends upon its
common stock in the foreseeable future.


                                       83
<PAGE>

      25. The Company's  amended  Certificate  of  Incorporation  authorizes the
issuance of 5,000,000 shares of "Class A Stock".  Twenty thousand of such shares
are  reserved  for  issuance  as  preferred  stock under an  outstanding  option
therefor. The Board of Directors has the power to issue the balance of the Class
A Stock in such  series  and  classes  and with such  designations,  rights  and
preferences  as may be  determined  from time to time by the Board of Directors.
The issuance of any series of preferred stock having rights superior to those of
the common  stock may result in a decrease  in the value or market  price of the
common stock and could be used by the Board of Directors as a means to prevent a
change in control of the Company.  Such preferred stock issuances could make the
possible  takeover of the Company,  or the removal of management of the Company,
more difficult.  The issuance of such preferred stock could  discourage  hostile
bids for control of the Company in which shareholders could receive premiums for
their  common  stock or warrants,  could  adversely  affect the voting and other
rights of the holders of the common stock,  or could depress the market price of
the common stock.  Also, the voting power and  percentage of stock  ownership of
the shareholders of the Company's outstanding capital stock can be substantially
diluted by such preferred stock issuance.  See also, Risk Factor No. 27 "Adverse
Effects  of  Proposals  to  Be   Presented  at  Annual   Shareholders   Meeting:
Anti-Takeover  Provisions,  Limitations on Shareholders Voting Rights, and Stock
Bonuses to Management".

      26.  Prior  Notice  Not  Required  For  Shareholder  Actions.  None of the
Company's  securities is registered under Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "34 Act"). As a result,  the Company is not subject
to the Proxy Rules of Section 14 of the 34 Act. The Company is thus able to take
shareholder  actions in  conformance  with Section 228 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Act,  which  permits it to take any action which is required to, or
may, be taken at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders, without prior
notice and without a vote of the shareholders. Instead of such vote, the written
consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, can be signed
by the holders of  outstanding  stock having not less than the minimum number of
votes that would be  necessary  to authorize or take such action at a meeting at
which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted on such action.
The only  notice  which  shareholders  other  than those who  consented  to such
action,  are entitled to, is required to be given  promptly after the action has
been taken.

      27.  Adverse  Effects of Proposals to Be Presented at Annual  Shareholders
Meeting:  Anti-Takeover  Provisions,  Limitations on Shareholders Voting Rights,
and Stock  Bonuses to  Management.  The Company  intends to hold the 1999 annual
meeting of its  shareholders  prior to the end of the current fiscal year.  This
will be the first meeting of the  Shareholders  ever called by the Company.  The
Board of Directors has proposed that the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation
should be  amended  and  restated  to contain  provisions  that may make it more
difficult  to  acquire  control  of  the  Company  by  means  of  tender  offer,
over-the-counter  purchases,  a proxy  fight,  or  otherwise.  If adopted by the
required vote of the Company's  shareholders,  the amendments will include:  (i)
the addition of a "fair price"  provision to the  Certificate  of  Incorporation
that  regulates  business  combinations  with any  person or group  beneficially
owning fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Company's common stock,  including a
voting  requirement  of  seventy-five  percent  (75%) of the voting power of all
outstanding  voting shares of the Company (excluding shares held by such fifteen
percent (15%) stockholder or group of stockholders) for a business  combination,
unless the business  combination is approved by a majority of the members of the
Board of  Directors  who have held  office  since  prior to the date of the 1999
annual meeting (the "Continuing  Directors") or satisfies  certain minimum price
and  procedural   requirements;   (ii)  the  addition  to  the   Certificate  of
Incorporation  of a provision  granting  authority  to the Board of Directors to
adopt one or more shareholder rights plans, rights agreements, or other forms of
"poison pills" in the future without  further  shareholder  approval,  (iii) the
addition to the  Certificate of  Incorporation  of a provision  classifying  the
Board of Directors into three classes;  (iv) the addition to the  Certificate of
Incorporation of a seventy-five percent


                                       84
<PAGE>

(75%)  voting  requirement  for any  stockholder  action to be taken by  written
consent;  (v) an amendment to the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  requiring the
affirmative vote of the holders of seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding
voting  stock to amend,  alter and repeal the  By-laws and to allow the Board of
Directors to amend,  alter or repeal the By-laws  without  stockholder  consent;
(vi) the addition to the Certificate of Incorporation of a provision electing to
be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law  which,  under  certain  circumstances,  imposes  restrictions  on  proposed
business  combinations  between a company and an interested  stockholder of such
company;  (vii) the addition of a seventy-five  percent (75%) voting requirement
in order to amend,  alter or repeal the  foregoing  proposed  amendments  to the
Certificate of Incorporation; (viii) an amendment to the By-laws eliminating the
ability of stockholders to call a special meeting;  and (ix) the addition to the
By-laws of a provision requiring that stockholders  submit director  nominations
and other business to be considered at meetings of stockholders at least 90 days
in advance of any such meeting of stockholders.  The proposed amendments are not
being  submitted  to the  shareholders  in response to any effort,  of which the
Company is aware, to accumulate the Company's  common stock or to obtain control
of the Company.

      The  proposed  amendments,  individually  and  collectively,  may have the
effect of making more difficult and discouraging a merger, tender offer or proxy
fight,  even if such transaction or occurrence may be favorable to the interests
of some or all of the Company's  stockholders.  The proposed amendments also may
delay the  assumption  of control by a holder of a large block of the  Company's
common stock and the removal of incumbent management, even if such removal might
be  beneficial  to some or all of the  stockholders.  Furthermore,  the proposed
amendments  may have the effects of deterring or  frustrating  certain  types of
future  takeover  attempts  that may not be approved by the  incumbent  Board of
Directors,  but that the holders of a majority of the shares of Company's common
stock  may deem to be in their  best  interests  or in which  some or all of the
stockholders may receive a substantial premium over prevailing market prices for
their stock.

      By having the  effect of  discouraging  takeover  attempts,  the  proposed
amendments also could have the incidental  effect of inhibiting  certain changes
in  management  (some or all of the  members of which  might be  replaced in the
course of a change of control) and also the temporary fluctuations in the market
price of the  Company's  common  stock that could  result from actual or rumored
takeover attempts. Moreover, tender offers or other non-open market acquisitions
of stock are  usually  made at prices  above the  prevailing  market  price of a
company's  stock.  In  addition,  acquisitions  of stock in the open  market  by
persons attempting to acquire control may cause the market price of the stock to
reach levels that are higher than might  otherwise be the case.  Approval of the
some or all of the proposed  amendments may deter such  purchases,  particularly
purchases for less than all of the Company's  shares,  and therefore may deprive
holders of the Company's  common stock of an opportunity to sell their shares at
a temporarily higher market price.

      Purchasers of the Company's  shares should note that such  amendments,  if
adopted,  will  result in there being  special  requirements  for  supermajority
shareholder  approval of any subsequent business combination and the possibility
that  after  an  acquiror  (for  purposes  of this  discussion,  an  "Interested
Shareholder")  purchases a certain  percentage of the Company's common stock, it
will be forced to pay a higher  price to other  Company  shareholders  in such a
business  combination.  This would  likely would make it more costly for a third
party to acquire  control of the  Company.  Thus,  the proposed  amendments  may
decrease the likelihood of a tender offer for less than all of the shares of the
common stock of the Company,  which may adversely affect stockholders who desire
to participate in such a tender offer. In certain cases, the proposed fair price
amendment's   minimum  price  provisions,   while  providing  objective  pricing
criteria,  could be arbitrary  and not  indicative  of value.  In  addition,  an
Interested  Stockholder may be unable, as a practical matter, to comply with all
of the procedural  requirements.  In these  circumstances,  unless an Interested
Stockholder  were able to obtain  special  stockholder  approval  of a  proposed
Business  Combination,  it would be forced either to negotiate with the Board of
Directors on terms  


                                       85
<PAGE>

acceptable  to the Board or to abandon the proposed  business  combination.  The
proposed  amendments  also would give veto power to minority  stockholders  with
respect  to a proposed  Business  Combination  that is opposed by a majority  of
Continuing  Directors  but  that  is  desired  by a  majority  of the  Company's
stockholders unless the minimum pricing and procedural requirements were met. If
members of the Company's current  management and principal  shareholders were to
maintain their current stock ownership, they would have the ability to block the
requisite  vote.  In  addition,  the  proposed  amendments  may tend to insulate
incumbent  directors  against  the  possibility  of  removal  in the  event of a
takeover attempt because only the Continuing  Directors would have the authority
to reduce  to a simple  majority  or  eliminate  the  special  stockholder  vote
required for a particular Business Combination.

      While  some  of  the  proposed   amendments   would  directly  affect  the
possibility  of the  Company's  being the subject of a tender offer or a hostile
takeover,  others will directly  limit the ability of minority  shareholders  to
participate in Company affairs.  The classified  Board of Directors  provisions,
will  divide the Board of  Directors  into three  classes of  directors  serving
staggered  two-year  terms,  with two  directors  to be elected  at each  annual
meeting  of  shareholders.  This will  extend  the time  required  to change the
composition of the Board of Directors.  The provision requiring  shareholders to
give 90 days advance notice to the Company of any nomination for election to the
Board of Directors, or other business to be brought at any shareholders' meeting
will make it more difficult for shareholders to nominate candidates to the Board
of Directors who are not supported by  management.  This  provision will make it
more  difficult  to  implement  shareholder  proposals  even  if a  majority  of
shareholders are in support thereof.  Each of these provisions may also have the
effect of  deterring  hostile  take-overs  or  delaying  changes  in  control or
management of the Company. In addition,  the  indemnification  provisions of the
Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws may represent a conflict of
interest between  management and the  shareholders  since officers and directors
may be indemnified prior to any judicial determinations as to their conduct.

      Under Delaware law, each of the proposed  amendments to the Certificate of
Incorporation  and By-laws  described above requires the affirmative vote of the
holders of a majority of the Company's  outstanding  shares of common stock. All
of the proposals are permitted by law. If stockholders approve any or all of the
proposed   amendments,   the  Company  will  file  a  Restated   Certificate  of
Incorporation that reflects the proposed  amendments with the Secretary of State
of the  State  of  Delaware.  Each of the  proposed  amendments  adopted  by the
Company's  stockholders  will become effective  regardless of whether any of the
other proposed amendments to be acted upon at the Meeting is adopted.

      In addition to the proposed amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation
and By-laws,  the present  Certificate of Incorporation  authorizes the Board of
Directors to issue shares of Class A Stock having such rights,  preferences  and
privileges as designated by the Board of Directors without stockholder  approval
(see "Risk Factor No. 25 "Possible Adverse Effects of Authorization and Issuance
of Preferred Stock").

ITEM 7. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      The financial  statements of the Company,  required to be included in this
Report pursuant to Item 310(a) of Regulation S-B, are set forth below.


                                       86
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                                    I N D E X

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Report of Independent Auditors                                               88

Consolidated Balance Sheet                                                   89

Consolidated Statements of Operations                                        90

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)                    91

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                                        93

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                   95


                                       87
<PAGE>

                         Report of Independent Auditors

Board of Directors
The Tirex Corporation

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet  of The  Tirex
Corporation (a  development  stage company) as of June 30, 1998, and the related
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash
flows for the years ended,  June 30, 1998 and 1997 and for the cumulative period
from March 26,  1993,  (date of  inception)  to June 30, 1998.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in  all  material  respects,   the  financial  position  of  The  Tirex
Corporation (a  development  stage company) at June 30, 1998, and the results of
their  operations,  and their cash flows for the years  ended June 30,  1998 and
1997, and for the cumulative  period from March 26, 1993, (date of inception) to
June 30, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been  prepared  assuming that the
Company  will  continue  as a  going  concern.  As  discussed  in  Note 2 to the
financial  statements,  the  Company  is still in the  development  stage and it
cannot be determined at this time that the technology acquired will be developed
to a productive stage. The Company's  uncertainty as to its productivity and its
ability to raise sufficient  capital raise  substantial doubt about the entity's
ability to continue as a going  concern.  Management's  plans in regard to these
matters are also  described in Note 2. The  financial  statements do not include
any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

                                                Pinkham & Pinkham, P.C.
                                                Certified Public Accountants, PA

February 9, 1999
Cranford, New Jersey


                                       88
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                           Consolidated Balance Sheet
                                  June 30, 1998

                                     Assets

Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents (Note 1)                     $  398,971
  Notes receivable (Note 8)                                 225,969
  Sales tax receivable                                      133,868
  R&D Investment tax credit receivable (Note 1)             855,818
  Prepaid expenses and deposits                             618,266
                                                         ----------
                                                                       2,232,892

Property and equipment, at cost, net of accumulated
depreciation of $16,747 (Notes 1 & 4)                                    977,288

Other assets
  Organization costs, net of accumulated
   amortization of $863 (Note 1)                                536
  Prepaid expenses and deposits                             445,677
Deferred financing costs (Note 3)                           158,255
                                                         ----------
                                                                         604,468
                                                                      ----------
                                                                      $3,814,648
                                                                      ==========

                       Liability and Stockholders' Equity

Current liabilities
  Notes payable (Note 5)                                 $  407,926
  Accrued expenses (Note 8)                               1,274,150
  Deposits payable (Note 8)                                 143,500
  Current portion of long-term debt (Note 6)                 34,118
                                                        -----------
                                                                       1,859,694

Other liabilities
Long term debt (net of current portion) (Note 6)            465,894
  Convertible subordinated debentures,
    long-term portion (Note 7)                            1,035,000
                                                        -----------
                                                                       1,500,894
Stockholders' equity (Notes 1,2,7,8,9,10,11 & 12)
 Common stock,  $.001 par value, authorized
  120,000,000 shares,  issued and outstanding,
   63,641,438 shares                                         63,642
 Class A stock;.001 par value, authorized 5,000,000
   shares issued and outstanding, 0 shares                     --     
 Additional paid-in capital                              10,258,116
 Deficit accumulated during the development stage       (10,051,483)
 Unrealized gain on foreign exchange                        183,785
                                                                         454,060
                                                                    ------------
                                                                    $  3,814,648
                                                                    ============

                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                       89
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                      Consolidated Statements of Operations

                                                                    Cumulative
                                                                   Period from
                                                                  March 26, 1993
                                                                     (Date of
                                                                    Inception)
                                       Year Ended June 30,              to
                                                      1997         June 30, 1998
                                       1998        (Restated)       (Restated)
                                       ----        ----------       ----------

Revenues                          $    880,000    $       --      $    934,725

Cost of sales                          796,490            --           810,842
                                  ------------    ------------    ------------

Gross profit                            83,510            --           123,883

Operations
  General and administrative         1,970,277         278,948       2,956,340
  Depreciation and amortization         12,361           4,299          24,028
    Research and development         2,581,928       2,083,288       6,046,100
                                  ------------    ------------    ------------

Total expense                        4,564,566       2,366,535       9,026,468
                                  ------------    ------------    ------------

Loss before other income and 
  expenses                          (4,481,056)     (2,366,535)     (8,902,585)
                                  ------------    ------------    ------------

Other income (expenses)
  Interest expense                     (53,387)         (8,531)        (64,006)
  Interest income                        2,540            --             2,540
    Income from stock options             --              --            10,855
    Loss on disposal of equipment         --            (2,240)         (2,240)
    Loss on foreign
    exchange (Note 1)                  (38,538)          1,027         (38,691)
                                  ------------    ------------    ------------

                                       (89,385)         (9,744)        (91,542)
                                  ------------    ------------    ------------

Net loss                          $ (4,570,441)   $ (2,376,279)   $ (8,994,127)
                                  ============    ============    ============

Net loss per common share         $       (.10)           (.08)   $       (.50) 
                                  ============    ============    ============
                                                                              
                                                                              

Weighted average shares of common
 stock outstanding (Note 1)         45,704,410      27,992,502      17,988,254
                                 =============    ============    ============

                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                       90
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

            Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Deficit
                                                                            Accumulated
                                                                Additional     During                                          
                                                                  Paid-in   Developmental     Unrealized
                                             Common Stock         Capital      Stage            Foreign         Total
                                         Shares       Amount    (Restated)   (Restated)        Exchange       (Restated)
                                         ------       ------    ----------   ----------        --------       ----------

<S>                                    <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>                   <C>         <C>  
Balance at June 30, 1992               3,383,020      3,383       194,980    (1,057,356)           --          (858,993)


Stock issued for reorganization       18,650,000     18,650        76,155          --              --            94,805
Stock issued for services                100,000        100          (100)         --              --               --
Stock issued in exchange for
 warrants                                363,656        364          (364)         --              --               --
Forgiveness of debt                         --         --         728,023          --              --           728,023
Net loss for the year                       --         --            --        (165,296)           --          (165,296)
                                      ----------     ------       -------     ---------          ------        --------

Balance at June 30, 1993              22,496,676     22,497       998,694    (1,222,652)           --          (201,461)

Stock issued                               2,000          2            (2)          --             --               --
Exchange for debt                           --         --         149,170           --             --           149,170
Payments received for stock
 previously issued                          --         --         237,430          --              --           237,430
Net loss for year                           --         --            --        (179,296)           --          (179,296)
                                      ----------      -----       -------     ---------          ------         -------

Balance at June 30, 1994              22,498,676     22,499     1,385,292    (1,401,948)           --             5,843

Revision of common stock             (11,900,000)   (11,900)       11,900          --              --               --
Stock issued for services              5,592,857      5,592       513,908          --              --           519,500
Shares issued in exchange
 for debt                                200,000        200        24,300          --              --            24,500
Issuance of common stock                 402,857        401        21,915          --              --            22,316
Net loss for year                           --         --            --        (575,771)           --          (575,771)
                                      ----------    -------    ----------     ---------        --------         -------

Balance at June 30, 1995              16,794,390     16,792     1,957,315    (1,977,719)           --            (3,612)
                                      ----------    -------    ----------     ---------        --------         -------
</TABLE>

                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                       91
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

            Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Deficit
                                                                            Accumulated
                                                                Additional     During                                          
                                                                  Paid-in   Developmental     Unrealized
                                             Common Stock         Capital      Stage            Foreign         Total
                                         Shares       Amount    (Restated)   (Restated)        Exchange       (Restated)
                                         ------       ------    ----------   ----------        --------       ----------

<S>                                    <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>                   <C>          <C>   
Balance at June 30, 1995               16,794,390      16,792    1,957,315   (1,977,719)           --           (3,612)

Stock issued for services               3,975,662       5,090      846,612          --             --          851,702
Shares issued in exchange
 for debt                                 391,857         392       29,008          --             --           29,400
Issuance of common stock                  710,833         710       80,161          --             --           80,871
Net loss for year                             --          --           --    (1,127,044)           --       (1,127,044)
                                       ----------     -------    ---------    ---------         -------      ---------

Balance at June 30, 1996               21,872,742      22,984    2,913,096   (3,104,763)           --         (168,683)

Stock issued for options                      --          --       912,838          --             --          912,838
Stock issued for services               5,067,912       3,955      690,234          --             --          694,189
Shares issued in exchange
 for debt                                 251,382         252       43,965          --             --           44,217
Issuance of common stock               10,257,936      10,259      335,132          --             --          345,391
Grants issued                                 --          --       408,597          --             --          408,597
Net loss for year                             --          --           --    (2,376,279)           --       (2,376,279)
                                     ------------     -------    ---------   ----------         -------      ---------

Balance at June 30, 1997               37,449,972      37,450    5,303,862   (5,481,042)           --         (139,730)

Stock issued for services               4,396,466       4,396      922,180          --             --          926,576
Stock issued for options                      --          --       948,500          --             --          948,500
Issuance of common stock               21,795,000      21,796    1,176,755          --             --        1,198,551
Unrealized foreign exchange                   --          --           --           --          183,785        193,785
Stock options issued and
 outstanding                                  --          --     1,236,913          --             --        1,236,913
Grants issued                                 --          --       669,906          --             --          669,906
Net loss for year                             --          --           --    (4,570,441)           --       (4,570,441)
                                     ------------     -------  ----------- ------------        --------      ---------

Balance at June 30, 1998               63,641,438     $63,642  $10,258,116 $(10,051,483)       $183,785      $ 454,060
                                     ============     =======  =========== ============        ========      =========
</TABLE>

                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                       92
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Cumulative
                                                                                   Period from
                                                                                  March 26, 1993
                                                                                     (Date of
                                                                                    Inception)
                                                          Year ended June 30,           to
                                                                        1997       June 30, 1998
                                                         1998        (Restated)     (Restated)
                                                         ----        ----------     ----------

<S>                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss                                             $(4,570,441)   $(2,376,279)   $(8,994,127)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
  Used in operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization                           11,952          4,299         23,620
  Loss on disposal and abandonment of assets                --            2,240         15,559
  Stock issued in exchange for interest                     --            4,217          4,217
Stock issued in exchange for services and expenses       926,576      1,608,143      3,934,207
Stock options issued in exchange for services          2,185,413           --        2,185,413
  Unrealized gain on foreign exchange                    183,785           --          183,785
Change in assets and liabilities:
  (Increase) decrease  in:
 Employee advances                                       185,942       (185,942)          --
 Sales tax receivable                                    (83,584)       (50,284)      (133,868)
   R&D investment  tax credit receivable                (585,900)      (269,918)      (855,818)
 Other assets                                         (1,063,943)          --       (1,070,143)
  Increase in:
 Accrued expenses                                        381,896        656,325      1,295,274
 Due to stockholders                                        --             --            5,000
                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
Net cash used in operating activities                 (2,428,304)      (607,199)    (3,406,881)
                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------

Cash flow from investing activities:

  Increase in note receivable                           (216,240)        (8,571)      (225,969)
  Equipment                                              (72,871)        (5,924)      (113,632)
  Equipment assembly costs                              (117,759)      (606,028)      (901,011)
  Organization cost                                         --             --            6,700
  Reduction of security deposit                             --             --           (1,542)
  Deferred start up costs                                 74,683        (74,683)          --
                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------

Net cash used in investing activities                   (332,187)      (695,206)    (1,235,454)
                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Loan granted to director                                10,881        (10,881)          --
  Deferred financing costs                              (158,255)          --         (158,255)
  Proceeds from deposit                                 (336,500)       415,000        143,500
  Proceeds from note payable                             285,375         98,551        407,926
  Proceeds from issuance of convertible
   debentures                                          1,035,000           --        1,035,000
  Proceeds from loan payable                             299,467        200,545        535,012
  Proceeds from issuance of stock options                   --             --           20,000
                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
Sub-total                                            $ 1,135,968    $   703,215    $ 1,983,183
                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>

                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                       93
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                          A Developmental Stage Company

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

                                                                    Cumulative
                                                                    Period from
                                                                  March 26, 1993
                                                                     (Date of
                                                                     Inception)
                                              Year Ended June 30,        to
                                                            1997   June 30, 1998
                                                1998     (Restated)   (Restated)
                                                ----     ----------   ----------

Sub-total from prior page                   $1,135,968   $  703,215   $1,983,183

  Proceeds from grants                         669,906      408,597    1,078,503
  Proceeds from issuance of common
    stock                                       21,796       10,258       54,216
  Proceeds from additional paid-in
    capital                                  1,176,755      335,132    1,925,147
                                            ----------   ----------   ----------

  Net cash provided by  financing
    activities                               3,004,425    1,457,202    5,041,049
                                            ----------   ----------   ----------

 Net increase in cash                          243,934      154,797      398,714

  Cash and cash equivalents - beginning
   of year                                     155,037          240          257
                                            ----------   ----------   ----------

Cash and cash equivalents - end of period   $  398,971   $  155,037   $  398,971
                                            ==========   ==========   ==========

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Activities:

   In 1998 and 1997,  the Company  recorded  an increase in common  stock and in
     additional paid-in capital of $126,347 and $44,217, respectively, which was
     in recognition of the payment of debt. In 1998 and 1997 stock was issued in
     exchange for services  performed and expenses in the amount of $800,229 and
     $1,608,143 respectively. In 1998 stock  options were issued in exchange for
     services totaling $2,185,413.

   In 1997 the company  exchanged a piece of equipment for forgiveness of a debt
     in the amount of $2,500.

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

  Interest paid                             $       --   $       --   $   30,432
                                            ===========  ==========   ==========

  Income taxes paid                         $        --  $       --   $       --
                                            ===========  ==========   ==========

                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



                                       94
<PAGE>

                    The TIREX CORPORATION INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 -    Summary of Accounting Policies 
            Change of Name

            In June, 1998 the Company changed its name from Tirex America,  Inc.
            to The Tirex Corporation.

            Nature of Business

            The Tirex  Corporation  (the "Company") was  incorporated  under the
            laws of the  State of  Delaware  on August  19,  1987.  The  Company
            originally planned to provide  comprehensive health care services to
            persons with Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome, however due to its
            inability to raise sufficient capital it was unable to implement its
            business  plan.  The  Company  had been  inactive  since  it  ceased
            operations in November 1990.

            In the Fall of 1992,  a group of  shareholders  lead by Edward Mihal
            and including 16 other shareholders acting in concert with Mr. Mihal
            along with Patrick McLaren and George Fattell,  individuals  without
            any prior  affiliation  with the Company,  became  interested in the
            Company  as an entity  potentially  suitable  for  merger or similar
            transaction  with an  operating  private  company  seeking to become
            public in this manner. This group approached the Company's incumbent
            management with a proposal whereby they agreed to assume  management
            control,  make  all  delinquent  filings  with  the  Securities  and
            Exchange  Commission,  restore service by transfer agent and pay all
            other  expenses  required to enable the Company to begin trading its
            stock and completing a merger or similar transaction.

            In  furtherance  of the  foregoing,  on November 5, 1992, J. Richard
            Goldstein,  MD, Peter R. Stratton and Robert  Kopsack  resigned from
            their positions as officers and directors of the Company.  From June
            1989  until the date of such  resignations,  Dr.  Goldstein  was the
            Company's  President and Chief Executive  Officer,  Mr. Stratton was
            Vice-President,  Chief Operating  Officer,  Secretary and Treasurer,
            and Mr. Kopsack was the Company's Vice President. In resigning their
            positions,   Dr.   Goldstein   and  Messrs.   Stratton  and  Kopsack
            acknowledged that they acceded to their respective positions and had
            received compensation in consideration of their representations that
            they would, and their best efforts to, implement a business plan for
            the  Company  which  would  encompass,   among  other  things,   the
            establishment  and operating of skilled  nursing care facilities for
            patients  with Acquired  Immune  Deficiency  Syndrome.  Compensation
            received by Dr. Goldstein and Messrs. Stratton and Kopsack consisted
            of cash payments,  stock issuances,  and the grants of stock options
            and/or stock purchase warrants.  As part of their resignations,  Dr.
            Goldstein and Messrs.  Stratton and Kopsack each  executed  releases
            whereby the Company was  released  and forever  discharged  from all
            debts,  obligations,  covenants,  agreements,  contracts,  claims or
            demands in law or in equity,  including but not limited to any stock
            options or stock  purchase  warrants  granted or  promised  to them,
            which against the Company, each ever had, or thereafter may have for
            or by  reason  of any  matter,  cause  or  thing  up to and  through
            November 5, 1992.  Each of Dr.  Goldstein  and Messrs.  Stratton and
            Kopsack also  acknowledged  the  termination and rescission of their
            respective employment agreements with the Company to such persons as
            the Company  should direct for the purpose of satisfying  certain of
            the Company's obligations to third parties.

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

            In consideration  of the  resignations and releases  executed by Dr.
            Goldstein and Messrs. Stratton and Kopsack, Edward Mihal and each of
            the sixteen  shareholders  of the Company acting in concert with Mr.
            Mihal executed and delivered  reciprocal personal releases to and on
            behalf  of Dr.  Goldstein  and  Messrs.  Stratton  and  Kopsack.  In
            connection  with  the  foregoing  resignations,  Dr.  Goldstein  and
            Messrs.  Stratton  and  Kopsack  appointed,  as an interim  board of
            directors,  Patrick McLaren,  George Fattell,  and Edward Mihal (the
            "Interim Management").  It was the goal of the Interim Management to
            find suitable  acquisition  and/or  development  by the Company.  On
            December 29, 1992,  Edward Mihal resigned his position as an officer
            and a director 


                                       95
<PAGE>

            of the  Company  and Louis V. Muro was  appointed  as an officer and
            director  of the  Company to fill the vacancy  created  thereby.  

            On March 26, 1993, the Company entered into an acquisition agreement
            (the  "Acquisition  Agreement") with Louis V. Muro,  Patrick McLaren
            and  George   Fattell,   officers  and   directors  of  the  Company
            (collectively the "Sellers"), for the purchase of certain technology
            owned and developed by the Sellers (the  "Technology") and extensive
            and detailed plans (the  "Business  Plan") for a business which will
            engage in the exploitation of the Technology. The Technology will be
            used to design,  develop  and  construct  a  prototype  machine  and
            thereafter  a   production   quality   machine  for  the   cryogenic
            disintegration of used tires. Pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement,
            Sellers  agreed to assign,  transfer  and sell to the Company all of
            their right,  title and interest in the Technology and Business Plan
            in exchange for fifteen million nine hundred  thousand  (15,900,000)
            shares of the Company's common stock, $.001 par value per share (the
            "Sellers'  Stock") of which eleven  million  nine  hundred  thousand
            (11,900,000)  shares were put into  escrow.  The  Business  Plan and
            Technology were developed by the Sellers prior to their  affiliation
            or  association  with the  Company.  The Sellers were engaged as the
            Company's officers and directors for the purpose of implementing the
            Business  Plan with the  Technology or such other  technology  which
            they  believed  could  reasonably  satisfy the  requirements  of the
            Business Plan.

            Effective with the March 26, 1993,  closing date of the  Acquisition
            Agreement (the "Closing Date"),  the Company  authorized an increase
            in the  number  of  directors  of the  Company  from  three  to six.
            Pursuant  thereto,  the Company  appointed  Messrs.  Kenneth Forbes,
            Nicholas  Campagna,  and  Alfred J.  Viscido  to fill the  vacancies
            created  in the  size of the  board.  As an  inducement  to  Messrs.
            Forbes,  Campagna  and Viscido to join the board of  directors,  the
            Company issued  250,000 shares of its common stock,  $.001 par value
            to each of them. The  Acquisition  Agreement also provided for stock
            issuances  in the  form of  finder's  fees.  Pursuant  thereto,  the
            Company  issued  300,000 and  1,700,000  shares of its common stock,
            $.001 par value, to Joseph Territo and Edward Mihal, respectively.

            Effective March 24, 1994,  George Fattell resigned as an officer and
            director of the Company. Per the terms of his resignation any future
            shares of the Company's common stock issued to Mr. Fattell are to be
            equally distributed to Louis V. Muro and Patrick McLaren.

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

            Effective January 18, 1995, Louis V. Muro and Patrick McLaren resign
            their  positions  as  officers  and  directors  of the  Company.  In
            addition to their  resignations  they  acknowledged that none of the
            requisite   performance  levels  for  the  release  of  any  of  the
            11,900,000  escrow  shares had been met and  renounced all rights to
            such shares.

            Developmental Stage

            At June 30, 1998 the Company is still in the development  stage. The
            operations consist mainly of raising capital,  obtaining  financing,
            developing equipment,  obtaining customers and supplies,  installing
            and testing equipment and administrative activities.

            Basis of Consolidation

            The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  consolidated
            accounts of The Tirex  Corporation  and its  subsidiaries  and Tirex
            Canada,  Inc.. Tirex Canada, Inc. is held 49% by the Company and 51%
            by  the  shareholders  of  the  Company.  The  shares  owned  by the
            shareholders  are held in 


                                       96
<PAGE>

            escrow by the Company's  attorney and are restricted from transfer .
            All  intercompany  transactions and accounts have been eliminated in
            consolidation.

            Cash and Cash Equivalents

            For  purposes of the  statement  of cash flows all  certificates  of
            deposits with  maturities of 90 days or less, were deemed to be cash
            equivalents

            Property and Equipment

            Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost  less  accumulated
            depreciation.   Depreciation   is   computed   provided   using  the
            straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of five years.

            Repairs  and  maintenance  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred  while
            additions  and  betterments  are  capitalized.  The cost and related
            accumulated  depreciation  of assets sold or retired are  eliminated
            from the accounts and any gain or losses are reflected in earnings.

            Estimates

            Preparation  of financial  statements in conformity  with  generally
            accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
            and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts of assets and
            liabilities and disclosures of contingent  assets and liabilities at
            the date of the  financial  statements  and the reported  amounts of
            revenues and expenses  during the reporting  period.  Actual results
            could differ from those estimates.

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

            Adoption of Statement of Accounting Standard No. 123
           
            In 1997,  the Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
            Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation" ("SFAS
            123").  SFAS 123  encourages,  but does not  required  companies  to
            record at fair value compensation cost for stock-based  compensation
            plans.   The  Company   has  chosen  to  account   for   stock-based
            compensation   using  the  intrinsic  value  method   prescribed  in
            Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting for Stock
            Issued  to  Employees"  and  related  interpretations.  Accordingly,
            compensation  cost for stock  options is measured as the excess,  if
            any, of the quoted market price of the  Company's  stock at the date
            of the grant over the  amount an  employee  must pay to acquire  the
            stock. The difference  between the fair value method of SFAS-123 and
            APB 25 is immaterial.

            Organization Costs

            Organization costs are being amortized on a straight-line basis over
            a sixty month period.

                                       97
<PAGE>

            Adoption of Statement of Accounting Standard No. 128

            In February 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB)
            issued  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  128,
            "Earnings per Share" (SFAS 128).  SFAS 128 changes the standards for
            computing  and  presenting  earnings per share (EPS) and  supersedes
            Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 15,  "Earnings per Share."
            SFAS  128   replaces  the   presentation   of  primary  EPS  with  a
            presentation  of basic EPS. It also  requires dual  presentation  of
            basic and  diluted EPS on the face of the income  statement  for all
            entities   with   complex   capital   structures   and   requires  a
            reconciliation  of the  numerator and  denominator  of the basic EPS
            computation  to the  numerator  and  denominator  of the diluted EPS
            computation.  SFAS 128 is effective for financial  statements issued
            for periods  ending  after  December  15,  1997,  including  interim
            periods. This Statement requires restatement of all prior-period EPS
            data presented.

            As it relates to the Company, the principal  differences between the
            provisions of SFAS 128 and previous authoritative pronouncements are
            the exclusion of common stock  equivalents in the  determination  of
            Basic  Earnings Per Share and the market price at which common stock
            equivalents are calculated in the  determination of Diluted Earnings
            Per Share.

            Basic  earnings  per common  share is  computed  using the  weighted
            average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.
            Diluted  earnings  per common  share is computed  using the weighted
            average  number  of  shares of  common  stock  and  dilutive  common
            equivalent shares related to stock options and warrants  outstanding
            during the period.

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 -    Summary of Accounting Policies  (continued) Adoption of Statement of
            Accounting Standard No. 128

            The adoption of SFAS 128 had no effect on  previously  reported loss
            per share  amounts for the year ended June 30,  1997.  For the years
            ended June 30, 1998 and 1997, primary loss per share was the same as
            basic loss per share and fully  diluted  loss per share was the same
            as diluted loss per share. A net loss was reported in 1998 and 1997,
            and  accordingly,  in those years the  denominator  was equal to the
            weighted  average  outstanding  shares  with  no  consideration  for
            outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of the Company's
            common stock, because to do so would have been anti-dilutive.  Stock
            options for the purchase of 9,212,673 and  2,000,000  shares at June
            30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively,  and  warrants for the purchase of
            2,000,000 shares at June 30, 1998 and 1997 were not included in loss
            per  share   calculations,   because   to  do  so  would  have  been
            anti-dilutive.


                                       98
<PAGE>

            Fair Value of Financial Instruments

            The carrying amount of the Company's  financial  instruments,  which
            principally  include cash,  note  receivable,  accounts  payable and
            accrued  expenses,  approximates  fair  value due to the  relatively
            short maturity of such instruments.

            The fair value of the Company's  debt  instruments  are based on the
            amount  of  future  cash  flows   associated  with  each  instrument
            discounted using the Company's  borrowing rate. At June 30, 1998 and
            1997, respectively,  the carrying value of all financial instruments
            was not materially different from fair value.

            Income Taxes

            The Company has net operating loss  carryovers of  approximately  $4
            million as of June 30,  1998,  expiring  in the years  2004  through
            2011.  However,  based upon  present  Internal  Revenue  regulations
            governing the utilization of net operating loss carryovers where the
            corporation has issued  substantial  additional  stock, most of this
            loss carryover may not be available to the Company.

            The Company  adopted  Statement  of Financial  Accounting  Standards
            (SFAS) No. 109,  Accounting  for Income Taxes,  effective July 1993.
            SFAS No.109 requires the  establishment  of a deferred tax asset for
            all   deductible   temporary    differences   and   operating   loss
            carryforwards.  Because of the  uncertainties  discussed  in Note 2,
            however,  any deferred tax asset  established for utilization of the
            Company's tax loss  carryforwards  would  correspondingly  require a
            valuation  allowance  of the same  amount  pursuant to SFAS No. 109.
            Accordingly,  no deferred tax asset is reflected in these  financial
            statements.

            The Company has  research  and  development  investment  tax credits
            receivable from Canada and Quebec amounting to $855,818.

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

            Foreign Exchange

            Assets and  liabilities  of the  Company  which are  denominated  in
            foreign  currencies are  translated at exchange rates  prevailing at
            the balance  sheet date.  Revenues and expenses  are  translated  at
            average rates throughout the year.

Note 2 -    Going Concern

            As shown  in the  accompanying  financial  statements,  the  Company
            incurred  a net loss of  $4,500,042  during  the year ended June 30,
            1998.

            In March  1993,  the  Company,  which was  still in the  development
            stage,  developed  a new  Business  Plan.  As at June  30,  1998 the
            Company  was in the process of  constructing  a  production  quality
            machine for the cryogenic  disintegration of used tires. At June 30,
            1998, the Company was still in the development stage.


                                       99
<PAGE>

            The Company is  currently  in the process of  formulating  a plan to
            effect an additional public offering, the proceeds of which would be
            used for working  capital and capital  acquisitions.  The ability of
            the  Company to  continue  as a going  concern is  dependent  on the
            success of the plan.  The  financial  statements  do not include any
            adjustments  that  might be  necessary  if the  Company is unable to
            continue as a going concern.

Note 3 -    Financing Costs

            During the year ended June 30, 1998 the Company incurred $158,255 in
            connection  with debt  financing  (see Note).  These costs have been
            capitalized  in other assets and are being  amortized over the terms
            of the financing.  Amortization of financing costs and the write-off
            of other  long-term  assets  for the year  ended  June 30,  1998 was
            $112,355.

Note 4 -    Property and Equipment

            Financing Costs

            As of June 30, 1998 plant and equipment consisted of the following:

            Furniture, fixtures and equipment           $ 34,575
            Leasehold improvements                        58,250
            Construction in progress                     901,210
                                                       ---------
                                                         994,035
            Less accumulated depreciation and 
              amortization                                16,747
                                                       ---------
                                                       $ 977,288
                                                       =========

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

            Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  charged to operations  was
            $12,361  and  $4,299  for the years  ended  June 30,  1998 and 1997,
            respectively.

Note 5 -    Notes Payable

            The Company  has  available  a $700,000  line of credit  which bears
            interest at the  Canadian  prime rate plus 1.25% . At June 30, 1998,
            $407,926 was  outstanding  against this line of credit.  The note is
            collateralized  by the  personal  guarantees  of  certain  officers,
            certain  equipment  of Tirex  Canada  and  guaranteed  by The  Tirex
            Corporation. The loan is guaranteed at a rate of 80% by the Societe'
            de  Developpement  industriel  du Quebec and is  repayable  from the
            research and  developmental  investment  tax credits  received.  The
            Canadian prime rate of interest at June 30, 1998 was 8%.


                                      100
<PAGE>

                             THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 6-     Long-Term Debt
           
            Federal Office of Regional Development (Ford-Q)              1998
            Loan payable under the Industrial  Recovery 
            Program amounting to 20% of certain eligible 
            costs incurred (maximum loan $500,000) repayable
            in annual  installments  over a forty-eight  
            month period  following completion of the project, 
            unsecured and non-interest  bearing. (If the 
            Company defaults the loans become interest bearing)        $341,180

            Loans payable under the Program for the  
            Development of Quebec SME's based on 50% 
            of approved eligible costs for the preparation 
            of market development  studies in certain regions. 
            Loans are unsecured and non-interest  bearing. 
            (If the Company defaults the loans become
            interest bearing).

            - Loan payable over five years commencing
              June 2000 due June 2004                                   64,823

            - Loan payable over five years, commencing
              June 2001, due 2005                                        9,918

            - Loan payable in amounts equal to 1% of the annual
              sales in India through June 30, 2002                      13,647

            - Loan payable in amounts equal to 1% of annual
              sales in Spain through June 30, 2007                      13,647

            - Loan payable in amounts equal to 11/2% of annual
              sales in Spain and Portugal through June 30, 2004         56,797
                                                                     ---------

                                                                       500,012
            Less:  current portion                                      34,118
                                                                     ---------
                                                                      $465,894
                                                                     =========

 
                                     101
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

            Minimum principal repayments of each of the next five years as
            follows:

                  1999                                   $   34,118
                  2000                                       90,415
                  2001                                      129,517
                  2002                                      168,617
                  2003                                       32,581
                  Thereafter                                 44,764
                                                          ---------
                                                           $500,012
                                                          =========
Note 7 -    Convertible Subordinated Debentures

            Convertible subordinated debentures consist of the following:

                                             Type A                  Type B
                                             ------                  ------

     Balance a June 30, 1998                $500,000                $535,000

     Interest rate                             10%                     10%

     Maturity               Earlier of (i)-the           Earlier of (i)-two     
                            completion of a public       years from the issue 
                            offering yielding gross      date or (ii)-the 
                            proceeds of not less than    completion of a public
                            8,000,000, (ii)-the closing  offering of its
                            on financing inexcess of     securities by the Maker
                            4,500,000, (iii)-
                            December 31, 1999

     Redemption rights      If not converted the         If not converted the 
                            holder may require the       holder may require the 
                            Company to redeem at any     Company to redeem at 
                            time after maturity at a     any time after maturity
                            premium of 125%              for the principal 
                                                         amount plus interest


                                      102
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Conversion ratio       75% of the average of the                  $.20 per share
                         closing  bid  price  of  the  common
                         stock as reported  by NASDAQ  during
                         the five day  period  preceding  the
                         Company's  receipt  of a  notice  of
                         conversion by a debenture holder.

Warrants                 As  part of the  debenture  package,
                         the   Company    issued    2,000,000
                         warrants  to  purchase a like number
                         of shares  of common  stock at $.001
                         per share

Note 8 -    Related Party Transactions

            On July 22, 1994,  3,000,000 shares of The Tirex  Corporation,  Inc.
            were  released  from  escrow and issued to Louis V. Muro and Patrick
            McLaren  (1,500,000  shares each) in  accordance  with the terms and
            provisions of the Acquisition Agreement dated March 26, 1993.

            The Company  entered into  various  employment  agreements  with the
            executive  officers and general Counsel whereby the Company will pay
            a total of  $565,000  a year plus  benefits.  All of the  employment
            agreements  call for terms ranging from 3 - 8 years.  In addition to
            the employment services,  the officers agree not to compete with the
            Company  for  the two  year  period  following  the  termination  of
            employment.  If an officer is terminated other than for cause or for
            "good reason",  the terminated officer will be paid twice the amount
            of their base salary for twelve months.

            Included  in accrued  expenses at June 30, 1998 is $17,076 of salary
            to officers which the company subsequently issued common stock for.

            At June 30, 1998 and 1997,  the Company  had notes  receivable  from
            various officers in the amount of $195,969 and $9,729, respectively.
            One note in the amount of $70,405  bears  interest at an annual rate
            of 8% above prime through  September 1998 and 2% above prime through
            September 1999 (the due date).The  remaining notes are  non-interest
            bearing and will be repaid during the year ending June 30, 1999.

            At June 30, 1998 the Company had a note  receivable for $30,000 from
            a Company in which a director  has a  financial  interest.  The note
            bears interest at prime plus 2% and is due on demand.

            Deposits payable included an amount of $118,500 which are payable to
            companies which are owned by a director of the Company.


                                      103
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

            The  revenue  recognized  during the year  ended  June 30,  1998 was
            received  by a Company  in which a  director  in the  Company  has a
            financial interest.

Note 9 -    Exchange of Debt for Common Stock

            In 1997, the Company recorded  increases in common stock and paid-in
            capital of $50,000,  which was in  recognition  for the  exchange of
            common  stock  for  debt  owed to  certain  related  parties  to the
            Company.

Note 10 -   Common Stock

            During the years  ended June 30, 1998 and 1997,  the Company  issued
            common  stock to  individuals  in exchange  for  services  performed
            totaling  $926,577 and $1,651,245,  respectively.  Included in these
            amounts are  payments  to  officers  of the Company in exchange  for
            salary in the amount of $361,945 and $1,393,114,  respectively.  The
            dollar amounts assigned to such  transactions  have been recorded at
            the fair value of the services  received,  because the fair value of
            the  services  received  was more evident than the fair value of the
            stock surrendered.

Note 11 -   Stock Option

            On May 19,  1995,  the Company  sold to a director of the Company an
            option to purchase 20,000 shares of Cumulative Convertible Preferred
            Stock at an exercise price of $10 per share,  exercisable during the
            two year period beginning May 19, 1995, and ending May 18, 1997. The
            director  paid  $20,000 for the option.  The terms of the  Preferred
            Stock   purchasable  under  the  option  call  for  cumulative  cash
            dividends at a rate of $1.20 per share and conversion into 2,000,000
            or more shares of common stock. The conversion to common stock ratio
            varies  depending on when the  conversion  is made. At May 29, 1997,
            the exercise period was extended until May 18, 1999.

   Compensatory Common Stock Options
 
                                                              Compensation Cost
                                                              For the Year Ended
                                          Number of Shares      June 30, 1998
                                          ----------------      -------------

Balance July 1, 1997                                   --        $      --

Stock options granted during the year
 ended June 30, 1998                             15,712,673        2,185,413

Stock options exercised during the year
 ended June 30, 1998                             (6,500,000)        (948,500)
                                                -----------      -----------

Balance at June 30, 1998                          9,212,673      $ 1,236,913
                                                ===========      ===========


                                      104
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

            The options expire at various dates through April 2000. The exercise
            price  ranges from .001 to .40 with the  weighted  average  exercise
            price equal to .1177.


Note 12 -   Acquisition by Merger of RPM Incorporated

            During  November 1997, the Company  entered into a merger  agreement
            with RPM  Incorporated  ("RPM").  The  Company  acquired  all of the
            assets and  liabilities  of RPM by acquiring all of the  outstanding
            common stock of RPM in exchange for common stock in the Company on a
            unit for unit basis. RPM ceased to exist following the exchange.

            The assets and liabilities  acquired by the Company from RPM consist
            of  the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  debentures  as  well  as the
            debentures of $535,000.  The  financing  fees on the issuance of the
            debentures   totaling  $61,755  is  included  in  the  statement  of
            operations  for the year  ended  June 30,  1998.  A total of 535,000
            shares  were issued as a result of the merger  valued at $16,050.  A
            total of $16,050 was received for this stock.

            The Company  entered into an  additional  agreement  with the former
            shareholders  of RPM for a  consulting  agreement  for a period of 5
            years  expiring  in June,  2002.  In  exchange  for this  consulting
            agreement,  3,000,000  shares of common stock were issued  valued at
            $240,000.  Other than the  consulting  agreement and the issuance of
            the debentures, RPM was inactive.

            For  accounting  purposes  the  Company  recorded  the  merger  as a
            purchase and not as a pooling of interests.

 Note 13 -  Government Assistance

            The Company  receives  financial  assistance from Revenue Canada and
            Revenue Quebec in the form of scientific research tax credit. During
            the year  ended June 30,  1998 the  company  received  approximately
            $670,000 which has been recorded as paid in capital.

Note 14 -   Commitments

            The Company  leases  office space under an agreement for a term from
            July 1, 1997 to June 30,  2000.  The  Company has an option to renew
            this lease for an additional three years. Minimum rentals in each of
            the next three years is as follows:

                  June 30,                           Amount
                  --------                          -------
                    1999                            $18,967
                    2000                             18,967
                                                    -------
                                                    $37,934
                                                    =======


                                      105
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                         (A Developmental Stage Company)

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

            The Company also leases warehouse space at an annual minimum rent of
            $82,000  for the  first  year,  $169,000  for the  second  year  and
            $211,000  per year for the third  through the fifth year.  The lease
            expires 2003. The Company is also responsible for its  proportionate
            share of any increase in real estate taxes and utilities.  Under the
            terms of the lease,  the  Company  is  required  to obtain  adequate
            public liability and property damage  insurance.  The minimum future
            rental payments under this lease are as follows:

                  June 30,                           Amount
                  --------                         ---------
                    1999                            $108,800
                    2000                             176,900
                    2001                             204,100
                    2002                             204,100
                    2003                             170,100
                                                   ---------
                                                   $ 864,000
                                                   =========

            Rental expense for the year ended June 30, 1998 amounted to $55,532.

Note 15 -   Subsequent Event

            Subsequent  to the year end,  the  Company  received  an  additional
            amount of approximately  $55,000 under the Innovation,  Development,
            Entrepreneurship and Access Program for Quebec SME's (IDEA-SME).

Note 16 -   Warrants

            Note 6 and note 10  address  stock  warrants  and  options  that are
            outstanding  at June 30,  1998.  The Company  also has  warrants and
            options outstanding to purchase 843,750 shares of common stock which
            expire at  various  dates  through  July 1999.  These  rights can be
            exercised at various rates from .125 through .40.

Note 17 -   Prior Period Adjustments

            The financial  statements  for June 30, 1997 and for the  cumulative
            period  from  March 26,  1983 to June 30,  1998 have been  stated to
            reflect  additional   officers   compensation  of  $912,838.   These
            financial  statements have also been restated to reclassify $306,250
            of consulting fees to June 30, 1996. The stock was issued during the
            year ended June 30, 1997 for  services  performed in the prior year.
            In addition, the financial statements for the cumulative period from
            March  26,  1993 to June 30,  1998  have been  adjusted  to  reflect
            additional  officers   compensation   totaling  $366,050  and  other
            compensation totaling $32,280. In addition, grants issued during the
            year ended June 30, 1997 totaling $408,597 have been reclassified to
            research and development expense.


                                      106
<PAGE>

ITEM 8.  DISAGREEMENTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

      There  was  no  resignation  or  dismissal  of  the  Company's   principal
independent  accountant  during the two most recent fiscal years and the interim
period subsequent thereto.

                                    PART III

ITEM 9.  DIRECTORS,   EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS,  PROMOTERS  AND  CONTROL  PERSONS;
         COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT.

Directors, Executive Officers and Significant Employees

      The following  sets forth,  as of February 19, 1999, the names and ages of
all  directors,  executive  officers,  and other  significant  employees  of the
Company;  the date when each  director  was  appointed;  and all  positions  and
offices in the Company held by each.  Each  director  will hold office until the
next annual  meeting of  shareholders  and until his or her  successor  has been
elected and qualified:

                                                                 Date
                                       Offices                Appointed
       Name             Age             Held                   Director
       ----             ---             ----                   --------

Terence C. Byrne        41        Chairman of the              Jan. 18, 1995
                                  Board of Directors and
                                  Chief Executive Officer

Louis V. Muro           66        Vice President               Jan. 1, 1996
                                  of Engineering
                                  and Director

John L. Threshie, Jr.   44        Vice President, and
                                  Assistant Secretary          Not Applicable

Louis Sanzaro           48        President,                   January 17, 1997
                                  Chief Operating Officer,
                                  and Director

Michael D.A. Ash        49        Secretary, Treasurer, and
                                  Chief Financial and 
                                  Accounting Officer           Not Applicable

John G. Hartley         51        Director                     February 21, 1995

Henry Meier             42        Director                     February 11, 1999

Jean Frechette          50        President and Chief          Not Applicable
                                  Operating Officer of 
                                  The Tirex Corporation 
                                  Canada Inc. and of
                                  Tirex Canada R&D Inc.


                                      107
<PAGE>

      The board of directors has no standing committees other than the executive
committee which consists of three members.  The present members of the executive
committee are Terence C. Byrne, Louis V. Muro, and Louis Sanzaro.  The executive
committee  can  exercise  all  powers  of the full  board  with  respect  to the
management of the Company's business.

      Subsequent to the period covered by this report, on February 11, 1999, the
Company instituted an overall management restructuring and reorganization, which
is  presently   being   implemented  by  the  Company.   The  reasons  for  such
reorganization  did not involve any  disagreements  among management  members or
between  the  Company  and any  such  individuals.  Rather,  it was  the  agreed
consensus  of all members of  management  that the Company is  presently  in the
process of evolving out of the developmental stage and into an early operational
stage and that,  reflecting  such  development,  its  management  and  personnel
requirements  are  growing  and  changing.  The  current  reorganization  of the
Company's management is being effected for the purpose of better positioning the
Company to change its focus from pure research and  development  activities to a
combination of commercial,  revenue producing operations and continuing research
and development activities.  The Company believes that the reorganization of its
management  will maximize and enhance its ability to meet the changing needs and
requirements of its business as it grows and develops.

      The management  reorganization  included the following:  Alan Crossley and
John L.  Threshie,  Jr.  resigned  from the  Board of  Directors.  Mr.  Threshie
resigned from the position of secretary, has been appointed assistant secretary,
and continues to serve as vice president of the Company.  Mr. Crossley continues
to serve as Director of European Market Development.  The Company intends to ask
Mr.  Crossley to join an advisory  board  proposed to be  established.  Further,
Terence C. Byrne  resigned his  positions  as  president,  treasurer,  and chief
financial and  accounting  officer,  and was appointed  chairman of the board of
directors.  Mr. Byrne continues to hold the office of chief executive officer of
the Company.  Louis  Sanzaro  resigned his  position as vice  president  and was
appointed president the Company. Mr. Sanzaro was also appointed to the executive
committee  of the board of  directors  to fill the  vacancy  created  by John G.
Hartley's  resignation  therefrom.  Mr. Sanzaro  continues to hold the office of
chief  operating  officer of the Company.  Jean Frechette  joined the Company in
August 1998 as  president,  chief  operating  officer,  and the  director of the
Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, The Tirex Corporation Canada, Inc. In January
1999, Michael Ash joined the Company and as part of the  reorganization,  he was
appointed  secretary,  treasurer,  and chief  financial and accounting  officer.
Finally,  Vijay  Kachru  resigned  her  position of vice  president of marketing
development.  Ms.  Kachru  will  continue to be employed by the Company in other
capacities.

Family Relationships

      No family  relationship  has ever existed between any director,  executive
officer of Company or any person contemplated to become such.

Business Experience

      The following summarizes the occupation and business experience during the
past five years for each director, executive officer and significant employee of
the Company. A significant  employee is a person who is not an executive officer
of the Company but who is expected  to make a  significant  contribution  to the
business of the Company.


                                      108
<PAGE>

      TERENCE C. BYRNE. Mr. Byrne joined the Company on January 18, 1995 and has
served as chief  executive  officer and director of the Company since such date.
From January 18, 1995 through  February 11, 1999, Mr. Byrne served as president,
treasurer,  and chief  financial  and  accounting  officer  of the  Company.  On
February 11, 1999,  Mr. Byrne was appointed  chairman of the board of directors.
He has also  served  as the  chairman  of the board of  directors  and the chief
executive officer of The Tirex Corporation Canada Inc. and Tirex Canada R&D Inc.
since  June  1998 and May 1995  respectively.  He holds a  Bachelor's  degree in
Economics  from  Villanova  University in  Philadelphia.  Mr. Byrne has been the
controlling  shareholder  and an officer and  director of  Bartholemew  & Byrne,
Inc., a consulting firm  specializing in corporate  finance and general business
consulting,  since its founding in January  1993.  From  September  1992 through
August 1993, he directed European  marketing and business  development for Pacer
Plants  Corporation,  a  public  company  engaged  in the  business  of  systems
engineering for high tech  industries.  From July 1989 to August 1992, Mr. Byrne
served as president of Digital  Optronics  Corporation,  a public company which,
until August 1992, was engaged in the business of manufacturing digital optronic
measuring  devices,  (principally) for the defense industry.  From November 1988
(prior to being acquired by Digital  Optronics) until March 1992, Mr. Byrne also
served  as  president  and  a  director  of  Byrne  Industries,  Inc.("BII"),  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Digital  Optronics,  Inc. BII was, until the drastic
down-turn  in the  defense  industry  in  March  of  1991,  in the  business  of
manufacturing   electronic  defense  equipment  as  a  sub-contractor  to  major
multi-billion dollar defense industry companies, such as Lockheed Aviation.

      LOUIS V. MURO. Mr. Muro acted as an engineering  consultant to the Company
from January 18, 1995 until  January 1, 1996 when he was appointed as a director
and as vice president in charge of engineering. Mr. Muro served as a director of
the Company from December 29, 1992 until January 18, 1995. He also served as the
Company's  secretary  from  December  29,  1992  until  March  1994  when he was
appointed  president of the Company,  a position he held until January 18, 1995.
He has also  served as the vice  president  in charge  of  engineering  and as a
director of The Tirex  Corporation  Canada Inc. and Tirex Canada R&D Inc.  since
June 1998 and May 1995 respectively. Mr. Muro received a B.S. degree in Chemical
Engineering  from Newark College of Engineering in 1954, since which time he has
continually been employed as a chemical engineer. From 1974 to 1993 Mr. Muro has
been the sole proprietor of Ace Refiners Corp. of New Jersey,  a precious metals
refinery.  From 1971 to 1974, he worked as an  independent  consultant  and from
1964  until  1971,  he was  director  of  research  and  development  for Vulcan
Materials  Corporation  in  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  a public  company  engaged in the
business of  recovering  useable tin and clean steel from scrap tin plate.  From
1960 to 1964, Mr. Muro was the sole  proprietor of Space Metals  Refining Co. in
Woodbridge,  NJ, a company  involved in the  purification  of scrap germanium to
transistor  grade  metal.  From  1959  to  1960  he  was  employed  by  Chemical
Construction  Co., of New  Brunswick,  NJ,  where he developed a process for the
waste-free production of urea from ammonia,  carbon dioxide and water. From 1954
to 1959,  Mr. Muro worked in the research  and  development  department  at U.S.
Metals Refining Co. in Carteret, NJ where he was involved with the refinement of
precious metals.

      JOHN L. THRESHIE,  JR. Mr.  Threshie has served as a vice president of the
Company since June 1995. He was appointed  Assistant Secretary of the Company on
February 11, 1999. From December 1996 until February 11, 1999, Mr. Threshie held
the position of  secretary,  and from June 1995 until  February  11, 1999,  as a
director, of the Company. He also served as a director for The Tirex Corporation
Canada  Inc.  and  Tirex  Canada  R&D  Inc.   from  June  1998  and  June  1995,
respectively,  until  February  11,  1999.  He has more than  fourteen  years of
experience  in the areas of  management,  marketing  and sales  primarily in the
field of  advertising.  Mr.  Threshie  holds a  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree in
Business from the University of North Carolina.  He was employed as an insurance
and  


                                      109
<PAGE>

financial  broker by Primerica  Financial  Services from 1991 through 1994.
From 1988 to 1990,  Mr.  Threshie  was an  advertising  account  supervisor  for
Ammirati & Puris Inc., an  advertising  firm in New York.  From 1983 to 1988 Mr.
Threshie was employed as a senior account  executive at the advertising  firm of
Saatchi  and  Saatchi,  Inc.  From 1979 to 1983 Mr.  Threshie  was  employed  by
Milliken & Co. as a sales representative.

      LOUIS  SANZARO.  Mr.  Sanzaro  has been a director  of the  Company  since
January  1997 and a director of The Tirex  Corporation  Canada  Inc.  since June
1998.  He served as a consultant  to the Company from January 1, 1997 until June
1998,  when he was appointed Vice  President of Operations  and Chief  Operating
Officer (see,  below,  "Certain  Relationships  and Related  Transactions").  On
February 11, 1999, Mr. Sanzaro  resigned as vice president of operations and was
appointed  to the position of president  of the  Company.  Mr.  Sanzaro  holds a
degree in marketing from Marquette  University.  In 1997, he was named "Recycler
of the Year" for the State of New Jersey and was also awarded the distinction of
being named "Recycling  Processor of the Decade" by Ocean County, New Jersey. He
is the  President  and a member of the Board of  Directors  of the  nation-wide,
Construction Material Recycling Association.  Since 1986, Mr. Sanzaro has served
as President  and CEO of Ocean County  Recycling  Center,  Inc.  ("Ocean  County
Recycling"),  in Tom's  River,  New Jersey.  Ocean  County  Recycling  is in the
business of  remanufacturing  construction and demolition  debris for reuse as a
substitute  for  virgin   materials  in  the   construction  and  road  building
industries.  In addition,  since 1989,  Mr. Sanzaro has served as Vice President
and COO of Ocean Utility Contracting Co., Inc., a New Jersey the Company engaged
in the  installation  of sewer and water main pipelines and the  construction of
new roadway infrastructure.  From 1973 until 1990, Mr. Sanzaro was the President
and CEO of J and L Excavating and  Contracting  Co., Inc., a company  engaged in
the  construction  of  residential,   commercial,   industrial,  and  government
building.  Mr.  Sanzaro was a member of the Board of Directors of the New Jersey
state-wide Utility Transportation.

      JOHN G.  HARTLEY.  Mr.  Hartley  holds a  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree in
Economics  from  Manchester  University in England.  In addition to serving as a
director for the Company,  he has served as a director for The Tirex Corporation
Canada Inc since June 1998.  He has acted as a  director  of Pacer  Plants  Inc.
since 1985.  Pacer  Plants is a publicly  held  company  with offices in Boston,
Mass.  and is  engaged  in the  business  of  Plants  Engineering  for high tech
industries.  Since 1993,  Mr.  Hartley has also served as a consultant  to Moore
Rowland International, an investment banking firm headquartered in Monaco.

      MICHAEL  D.A.  ASH.  Mr. Ash joined the  Company on January 11,  1999.  On
February  11,  1999,  Mr.  Ash was  appointed  secretary,  treasurer,  and chief
financial  and  accounting  officer of the  Company.  Mr. Ash  graduated  with a
Bachelor's  Degree in business  Administration,  Magna Cum Laude,  from Bishop's
University in Quebec in 1970,  and with an MBA, with  Distinction,  from Harvard
Business  School in 1975.  Mr.  Ash is also a  Chartered  Accountant,  (Canadian
equivalent to a CPA), having qualified for this professional designation in 1972
while employed by Coopers & Lybrand.  Since graduation from Harvard, Mr. Ash has
spent most of his career with the Government of Canada, first with the Office of
the  Comptroller  General in Ottawa and,  for the last  eighteen  years,  with a
federal regional economic and industrial development agency in Montreal where he
gained wide-ranging  exposure to a very large number of companies and industrial
sectors,   ranging  from   developmental   companies  to  major   multi-national
corporations.  For ten  years  during  this  time  period,  Mr.  Ash was  also a
part-time  lecturer in  accountancy  at  Concordia  University  in Montreal  for
students  registered  in  the  program  leading  to  the  Chartered  Accountancy
designation.


                                      110
<PAGE>

      HENRY P. MEIER.  Mr. Meier was  appointed to the board of directors of the
Company on February 11, 1999. He holds a Bachelor of Science  Degree in Business
from Rider  University,  Lawrenceville,  New  Jersey  and a  Master's  Degree in
Business from Monmouth  University,  West Long Branch, New Jersey. Mr. Meier has
worked as a Certified Public  Accountant since 1984,  maintaining own accounting
practice (Henry P. Meier C.P.A.) since 1993. From 1992 until 1996, Mr. Meier was
Chief  Financial  Officer of Basic Line,  Inc., a  multi-million  dollar plastic
houseware manufacturer.  Since 1996, he has served as Chief Financial Officer of
the  "Ocean  Group",  a  group  of  companies  specializing  in  the  fields  of
remanufacturing of construction and demolition debris for reuse, tire recycling,
construction  payroll  leasing and real estate  ownership  from 1996 to present.
Louis  Sanzaro,  the  Company's  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  is a
controlling person of all entities included in the "Ocean Group".

      JEAN FRECHETTE. Mr. Frechette has served as the president, chief operating
officer and a director  of the  Company's  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  The Tirex
Corporation  Canada,  Inc., since August 17, 1998. He has also served in similar
capacities for Tirex Canada R&D Inc. since August 17, 1998. Mr.  Frechette holds
degrees and  certificates  in  business  management,  commercialization,  market
development,  and distribution.  Before joining the government of Quebec in 1990
he served in the private sectors of industrial and commercial companies for more
than 20 years in various management positions.  From 1990 to 1993, Mr. Frechette
was employed by the  Government of the Province of Quebec to manage a government
study respecting value added distribution services and to report on the problems
facing  Quebec  companies.  From 1993 to 1996,  Mr.  Frechette  served as Acting
Director for the Department of Market Development and Commercial  Activities and
the  Administration  of Business Laws of the  Government of Quebec.  During that
period he also served on the Committee for the  Reorganization of the Department
of Industry, Trade, Technologies, and Commerce and on the Inter Provincial Trade
Barriers Board. In 1996, Mr. Frechette was asked by the office of the Vice Prime
Minister  to join the  Foreign  Investment  Services  and to prepare and execute
strategies to attract  foreign  investment  to Quebec.  Serving in this capacity
until July 1998, Mr. Frechette has been involved with bringing  together foreign
investment  capital and  Canadian  companies  in need of  financing.  During his
tenure, Mr. Frechette introduced potential foreign investments, in the amount of
approximately  four billion  Canadian dollars (CA  $4,000,000,000),  to Canadian
companies.  As of July 31, 1998,  approximately  CA $1.4 billion dollars of such
foreign capital has been invested.  Non Canadian investors brought into Canadian
Companies  under Mr.  Frechette's  purview have  included,  among  others,  ABB,
Biomatrix,  Haig, Komatsu,  Nordx/CDT,  Lockheed Martin,  Mitec Telecom,  Ilco -
Unican, CES Group, Iris, SCI Systems, and Osram Sylvam.


                                      111
<PAGE>

Compliance With Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

      None of the Company's  securities have been registered pursuant to Section
12 of the Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended (the  "Exchange  Act").  Therefore,
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is not applicable.

ITEM 10.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Current Remuneration

      Except  for  individually   negotiated   employment  agreements  with  its
executive  officers,  the  Company  has no stock  option  or stock  appreciation
rights, long term or other incentive  compensation plans,  deferred compensation
plans, stock bonus plans,  pension plans, or any other type of compensation plan
in place for its  executive  officers,  directors,  or other  employees.  Except
pursuant  to the terms of their  respective  agreements,  none of its  executive
officers or directors have ever received compensation of any such types from the
Company  pursuant  to  plans  or  otherwise.  The  following  table  sets  forth
information  concerning the annual compensation received or accrued for services
provided in all  capacities  to the Company for the fiscal  years ended June 30,
1996, 1997, and 1998 by the Company's chief executive and all executive officers
of the  Company  serving as such as at June 30,  1998 or at any time  during the
year ended June 30, 1998 whose  compensation may be deemed for these purposes to
have exceeded $100,000 (see "Executive  Compensation - Employment  Contracts and
Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control  Arrangements") In all instances
where cash salary  payments are described as having been "waived",  unregistered
shares of the  Company's  common stock were issued in lieu of such cash payments
and no further  payments,  in cash or stock, are due in respect of such waivers.
Stock issued in lieu of cash salary  payments was valued at one-half the average
market  price of such stock  during the periods in which such salary was earned.
Determination of the market price for such purpose was based upon the average of
the bid and ask prices of such stock, as traded in the  over-the-counter  market
and quoted in the OTC Bulletin Board. The 50% discount from the market price was
determined  arbitrarily,  by negotiation between the iteria such as assets, book
value, or prospective earnings.  The market prices of the Company's common stock
and  the  liquidity  of such  market  has  historically  been  volatile.  Future
announcements  concerning the Company or its competitors,  including the results
of testing,  technological  innovations  or new  commercial  products may have a
significant impact on the market price of the Company's  securities.  Management
believes that, as of the dates when such shares were issued, they had no or only
very minimal actual market value and the actual  potential  market value of such
shares,  if any, was at such dates,  and as at the date hereof  remains,  highly
contingent upon, and subject to, extremely high risks (see, below, Note 7 to the
Summary Compensation Table).


                                      112
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

============================================================================================
                                                             Annual Compensation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Name and Principal
         Position                        Year
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Salary             Bonus        Other
                                                      ($)               ($)          ($)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>    <C>                 <C>           <C> 
                                         1998   $250,000(1)(7)(8)   (7) (8) (9)   $5,075(10)
                                         ---------------------------------------------------
           Terence C. Byrne              1997   $250,000(2)(7)(8)   (7) (8) (9)   $  422(10)
President, and Chief Executive Officer   ---------------------------------------------------
                                         1996   $250,000(3)(7)(8)   (7) (8) (9)   $    0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Louis V. Muro                1998   $150,000(4)(7)(8)   (7) (8) (9)   $4,224(10)
    Vice President of Engineering        ---------------------------------------------------
                                         1997   $150,000(5)(7)(8)   (7) (8) (9)   $1,056(10)
                                         ---------------------------------------------------
                                         1996   $150,000(6(7)(8)    (7) (8) (9)   $    0
============================================================================================
</TABLE>

Notes To Summary Compensation Table Appear on Following Page:


                                      113
<PAGE>

(1) For the year ended June 30, 1998,  Mr. Byrne  received cash salary  payments
from the Company in the aggregate  amount of $70,362.68.  (This does not include
cash disbursements made to Mr. Byrne during fiscal 1998 by way of reimbursements
for expenses paid by him for or on behalf of the Company). Mr. Byrne waived cash
payment  of the  balance  of  $179,637.32  in  salary  payments  and  $3,750  in
reimbursable  expenses  due to him under the terms of his  employment  agreement
with the Company (the "Byrne  Executive  Agreement")  for fiscal 1998. The terms
and  conditions  of the Byrne  Executive  Agreement,  which  calls for an annual
salary in the amount of $250,000, are discussed in more detail, below, under the
caption,    "Employment    Contracts   and   Termination   of   Employment   and
Change-in-Control  Arrangements - Executive Agreements". In lieu of cash payment
of salary and  reimbursable  expenses,  Mr. Byrne agreed to accept shares of the
Company's  stock,  valued at  one-half  the average  market  price of such stock
during  the  periods  in which such  salary  was  earned or such  expenses  were
incurred.  The number of  Compensation  Shares  issued to Mr. Byrne for services
rendered  pursuant  to his  Executive  Agreement  during  fiscal  1998  and  for
unreimbursed  expenses  incurred  during  fiscal 1998  aggregated  to  1,303,920
shares.  However,  in  September  1998  computational  errors  that  resulted in
understatements  of  salary  paid to Mr.  Byrne for the  periods  July 1, 1997 -
November  30, 1997 and December 1, 1997 - March 31, 1998 were  discovered.  As a
consequence  thereof, Mr. Byrne was informed that he would have to return to the
Company for  cancellation  an aggregate of 508,109 (the "Return  Shares") of the
1,303,920   Compensation  Shares.   22,804  of  the  Return  Shares  consist  of
Compensation  Shares  received by Mr. Byrne in December 1997 and 485,305  Return
Shares consist of  Compensation  Shares  received by Mr. Byrne in April 1998. In
December 1998,  Mr. Byrne returned the 485,305 Return Shares  received by him in
April 1998.  The 22,804  Return  Shares  received  by him in December  1997 were
subsequently  transferred  to an assignee of Mr.  Byrne.  Mr. Byrne is currently
arranging  for the return of these  shares.  For a  discussion  in detail of all
issuances of Compensation Shares made to Mr. Byrne during fiscal 1998, including
the dates,  amounts,  and share prices  thereof,  reference is made to, "Certain
Relationships  and Related  Transactions - Issuance of Stock in Lieu of Salaries
and Consulting Fees and Stock Restriction Agreements", below. Subsequent to June
30, 1998,  Mr. Byrne has continued to waive payment of  substantial  portions of
his  contractual  salary and he has agreed to  continue  to waive all or part of
such salary until the Company's financial position improves significantly.

(2) For the year ended June 30, 1997,  Mr. Byrne  received cash salary  payments
from the Company in the aggregate amount of $62,457. (This does not include cash
disbursements  made to Mr. Byrne during fiscal 1997 by way of reimbursements for
expenses  paid by him for or on behalf of the  Company).  Mr.  Byrne waived cash
payment of the balance of $187,543 in salary payments due to him under the terms
of his employment  agreement with the Company (the "Byrne Executive  Agreement")
for fiscal 1997.  The terms and  conditions  of the Byrne  Executive  Agreement,
which calls for an annual  salary in the amount of  $250,000,  are  discussed in
more detail, below, under the caption,  "Employment Contracts and Termination of
Employment and Change-in-Control  Arrangements - Executive Agreements".  In lieu
of cash payment of salary,  Mr. Byrne agreed to accept  shares of the  Company's
stock,  valued at one-half  the average  market  price of such stock  during the
periods  in which such  salary was  earned.  The number of  Compensation  Shares
issued to Mr. Byrne for services  rendered  pursuant to his Executive  Agreement
during fiscal 1997 aggregated to 1,130,217 shares. For a discussion in detail of
all  issuances of  Compensation  Shares made to Mr.  Byrne  during  fiscal 1997,
including the dates,  amounts,  and share prices thereof,  reference is made to,
"Certain  Relationships and Related  Transactions - Issuance of Stock in Lieu of
Salaries and Consulting Fees and Stock Restriction Agreements", below.


                                      114
<PAGE>

(3) For the year ended June 30, 1996,  Mr. Byrne  received cash salary  payments
from the Company in the aggregate amount of $17,424. (This does not include cash
disbursements  made to Mr. Byrne during fiscal 1996 by way of reimbursements for
expenses  paid by him for or on behalf of the  Company).  Mr.  Byrne waived cash
payment  of the  balance of $ 232,576  in salary  payments  due to him under the
terms of Byrne Executive  Agreement for the year ended June 30, 1996. In lieu of
cash  payment of salary,  Mr.  Byrne  agreed to accept  shares of the  Company's
stock,  valued at one-half the average  market price of such stock during all or
part of the period in which such salary was earned.  The number of  Compensation
Shares  issued to Mr.  Byrne for  services  rendered  pursuant to his  Executive
Agreement during fiscal 1996 aggregated to 1,676,075.

(4) For the fiscal  year ended June 30,  1998,  Mr.  Muro  received  cash salary
payments from the Company, in the aggregate amount of $62,023.44. (This does not
include  cash  disbursements  made  to Mr.  Muro  during  fiscal  1998 by way of
reimbursements  for expenses  paid by him for or on behalf of the  Company.) Mr.
Muro  waived  cash  payment of the  aggregate  balance of  $87,976.06  in salary
payments and $3,750 in  reimbursable  expenses due to him under the terms of his
employment  agreement  with the Company  (the "Muro  Executive  Agreement")  for
fiscal 1998. In lieu thereof,  Mr. Muro agreed to accept shares of the Company's
stock,  valued at one-half  the average  market  price of such stock  during the
periods in which such  salary was earned or such  expenses  were  incurred.  The
number of Compensation  Shares issued to Mr. Muro for services rendered pursuant
to his Executive Agreement and for unreimbursed  expenses incurred during fiscal
1998  aggregated to 650,957  shares.  However,  in September 1998  computational
errors  that  resulted  in  understatements  of salary  paid to Mr. Muro for the
periods  July 1, 1997 - November  30, 1997 and December 1, 1997 - March 31, 1998
were discovered.  As a consequence  thereof, Mr. Muro was informed that he would
have to return to the Company for  cancellation  an  aggregate  of 230,077  (the
"Return Shares") of the 650,957  Compensation Shares. 4,298 of the Return Shares
consist of Compensation Shares received by Mr. Muro in December 1997 and 225,779
Return Shares consist of Compensation Shares received by Mr. Muro in April 1998.
In December 1998,  Mr. Muro returned all of the Return Shares.  For a discussion
in detail of all issuances of Compensation Shares made to Mr. Muro during fiscal
1998, including the dates, amounts, and share prices thereof,  reference is made
to "Certain  Relationships and Related Transactions Issuance of Stock in Lieu of
Salaries and Consulting Fees", below.  Subsequent to June 30, 1998, Mr. Muro has
continued to waive payment of substantial portions of his contractual salary and
he has  agreed  to  continue  to  waive  all or part of such  salary  until  the
Company's financial position improves significantly.

(5) For the fiscal  year ended June 30,  1997,  Mr.  Muro  received  cash salary
payments  from the Company in the  aggregate  amount of $51,510.  (This does not
include  cash  disbursements  made  to Mr.  Muro  during  fiscal  1997 by way of
reimbursements  for expenses  paid by him for or on behalf of the  Company.) Mr.
Muro waived cash payment of the aggregate  balance of $98,490 in salary payments
due to him under the terms of his  employment  agreement  with the Company  (the
"Muro  Executive  Agreement") for the year ended June 30, 1997. In lieu thereof,
Mr. Muro agreed to accept shares of the Company's stock,  valued at one-half the
average  market  price of such stock during the periods in which such salary was
earned.  The  number of  Compensation  Shares  issued to Mr.  Muro for  services
rendered  pursuant to his Executive  Agreement  during fiscal 1997 aggregated to
595,540. For a discussion in detail of all issuances of Compensation Shares made
to Mr. Muro during fiscal 1997,  including the dates,  amounts, and share prices
thereof,  reference is made to "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions -
Issuance of Stock in Lieu of Salaries and Consulting Fees", below.


                                      115
<PAGE>

(6) From  January 18, 1995  through  December  31,  1995,  Mr. Muro served as an
Engineering  Consultant to the Company  pursuant to the terms of his  consulting
agreement  (the  "Muro  Consulting  Agreement")  which  provided  for  aggregate
consulting fees in the amount of $150,000.  Effective  January 1, 1996, Mr. Muro
served as the  Company's  vice  president  of  Engineering  pursuant to the Muro
Executive  Agreement,  which  provides  for salary  payments  to Mr. Muro in the
annual amount of $150,000.  For the six-month  period which commenced on July 1,
1995 and ended on December  31,  1995,  Mr.  Muro waived  payment in cash of all
consulting  fees due to him.  For the  balance of the fiscal year ended June 30,
1996,  Mr. Muro received cash salary  payments from the Company in the aggregate
amount of $7,592.  (This does not include  cash  disbursements  made to Mr. Muro
during fiscal 1996 by way of  reimbursements  for expenses paid by him for or on
behalf of the Company.) Mr. Muro waived cash payment of the aggregate balance of
$142,408 in  consulting  fees and salary  payments due to him under the terms of
the Muro  Consulting  Agreement  and the Muro  Executive  Agreement for the year
ended June 30, 1996.  In lieu  thereof,  Mr. Muro agreed to accept shares of the
Company's  stock,  valued at  one-half  the average  market  price of such stock
during all or part of the period in which such  consulting  fees and salary were
earned.  The  number of  Compensation  Shares  issued to Mr.  Muro for  services
rendered pursuant to his Consulting and Executive  Agreements during fiscal 1996
aggregated to 1,074,367.

(7) Management believes that it is impossible to determine the actual current or
potential  value,  if any, of such  shares in light of the fact that,  as of the
dates when such  shares were issued to the  executive  officers,  they had no or
only very minimal actual market value and the actual  potential  market value of
such  shares,  if any,  was at such dates,  and as at the date  hereof  remains,
highly  contingent  upon, and subject to, extremely high risks including but not
limited to the following factors: (I) the very early stage of development of the
Company's business; (ii) the Company's lack of sufficient funds to implement its
business plan and the absence of any  commitments  from  potential  investors to
provide  such funds;  (iii) the absence of a reliable,  stable,  or  substantial
trading market for such shares; (iv) the restrictions on transfer arising out of
the  absence of  registration  of such  shares  and  certain  stock  restriction
agreements  which each of such persons has entered into; and (v) the uncertainty
respecting  the  Company's  ability to  continue  as a going  concern,  (See the
discussions  included above,  in "Existing and Proposed  Businesses" and "Market
for the Company's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters").

(8) All Compensation  Shares and Stock Bonuses issued to the executive  officers
named  in this  Summary  Compensation  Table in lieu of cash  compensation  were
issued pursuant to certain special compensation agreements and stock restriction
agreements  between each of them and the Company.  The terms and  conditions  of
such agreements are discussed in detail below,  under "Employment  Contracts and
Termination  of  Employment  and  Change-in-Control   Arrangements  -  Executive
Agreements and Special  Compensation  Agreements" and in "Certain  Relationships
and Related Transactions - Sales of and Restrictions on Shares Held by Executive
Officers", below.

(9) On May 29, 1997, the Company awarded stock bonuses to Mr. Byrne and Mr. Muro
(the "Stock  Bonuses"),  for the fiscal  years ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 (the
"1995/1996 Bonuses"). On September 3, 1997, the Company awarded additional stock
bonuses to each of these persons in the form of options to purchase Common Stock
(the "1997 Bonus  Options") and on January 13, 1998, the Company awarded bonuses
to such persons (the "1998  Bonuses")  consisting of a reduction in the exercise
price of the 1997  Bonus-Options  from the full market price of the Common Stock
on the exercise  date  thereof to $.001 per share.  The  foregoing  bonuses were
granted to these  individuals in  recognition  of: (i) their success in bringing
the Company  from a virtual  start-up  position  in January  


                                      116
<PAGE>

1995 to its present  stage of  development,  and (ii) that such persons have not
been adequately compensated for their contributions because, among other things,
they have  accepted,  for all of the  services  rendered by them to the Company,
compensation consisting principally of shares of the Company's common stock, the
value  of which  has been and  continues  to be  completely  dependent  upon the
success of the Company and  therefore  has always  placed and continues to place
the recipients  thereof at risk.  The awarding of each of the aforesaid  bonuses
was  approved by the full board of directors  and was  effected  pursuant to the
terms of the Company's  employment  agreements  with each of such persons.  Such
Agreements  provide that Mr.  Byrne and Mr. Muro are each  eligible to receive a
discretionary  bonus for each year (or portion  thereof) during the term of such
Agreement and any extensions  thereof,  with the actual amount of any such bonus
to be determined in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors based upon its
evaluation  of the  Executive's  performance  during  such year.  The  1995/1996
Bonuses  consisted of options to purchase the following  numbers of shares, at a
per share exercise price of $.001 per share, in the following amounts: Mr. Byrne
- - 1,413,382 shares;  Mr. Muro - 1,115,093 shares.  The 1997 Bonuses consisted of
options to purchase the following numbers of shares: Mr. Byrne - 2,000,000;  Mr.
Muro - 1,000,000 at the exercise price described  above, as reduced to $.001 per
share  pursuant to the award of the 1998 Bonuses.  Because the shares which were
purchased pursuant to the exercise of the foregoing  options,  were issued under
the terms of the above described employment agreements, they are also subject to
the terms of the  respective  stock  restriction  agreements  which each of such
persons  has entered  into.  The terms and  conditions  of such  agreements  are
discussed  in  detail  below,  in  "Employment   Contracts  and  Termination  of
Employment and Change-in-Control  Arrangements  Executive Agreements and Special
Compensation  Agreements" and in "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
- - Sales of and Restrictions on Shares Held by Executive Officers".

(10) Represents  additional  compensation  received in the form of car allowance
payments.

Compensation of Directors

      The  directors of the Company are not  compensated  for their  services as
such, except as follows:  Three of the Company's five present directors received
unregistered shares of the Company's common stock ("Directors Shares").  Messrs.
Byrne and Hartley received Directors Shares in consideration of their agreements
to join the  Company's  board of  directors  in  January  of 1995.  Mr.  Sanzaro
received  Directors  Shares as compensation  for services under the terms of his
Directors  Compensation  Agreement,  dated July 7, 1997.  Directors  Shares were
issued, or transferred to the Company's  directors as follows:  2,500,000 shares
were transferred by two members of the Company's former management to Terence C.
Byrne on January 18, 1995;  100,000 shares were issued by the Company to John G.
Hartley on February 16, 1995; and 100,000 shares were issued to Louis Sanzaro on
or about July 7, 1997.  At the time the  Directors  Shares were  transferred  or
issued  to  the  respective  directors,   they  accepted  shares  based  upon  a
combination  of their  perceived  valuation of both present and possible  future
value of the shares,  rather than the actual value of the Company's common stock
at that time.  It was the position of the  recipients of such shares that, as of
the dates they were received,  their actual and potential  value,  if any, could
not be  determined,  and that any  attempt to specify  such  valuation  with any
reasonable  assurance,  would have been flawed,  without  substance,  and highly
contingent  upon, and subject to, extremely high risks including but not limited
to the following factors: (i) the absence of a reliable,  stable, or substantial
trading  market for the Company's  common  stock,  the  possibility  that such a
market might never be developed, and the resultant minimal, 


                                      117
<PAGE>

or total  absence of,  market value for any  substantial  block of common stock;
(ii) the very high  intrinsic  risks  associated  with early  development  stage
businesses, such as the Company's; (iii) the Company's lack of sufficient funds,
as at such issuance dates, to implement its business plan and the absence of any
commitments, at such times, from potential investors to provide such funds; (iv)
the  restrictions on transfer arising out of the absence of registration of such
shares; and (v) the uncertainty  respecting the Company's ability to continue as
a going concern (See the  discussions  included above, in "Existing and Proposed
Businesses" and "Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related  Stockholder
Matters").


                                      118
<PAGE>

Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment
   and Change-in-Control Arrangements

Executive Agreements
  And Special Compensation Agreements

1.  Terms of the Executive Agreements

      The  Company  has  entered  into  employment  agreements  with  all of its
executive officers (the "Executive Agreements"). The respective commencement and
termination  dates,  and annual  salaries  under the  Executive  Agreements,  as
amended, are as follows:

OFFICER         COMMENCEMENT DATE     TERMINATION DATE        SALARY
- -------         -----------------     ----------------        ------

Mr. Byrne       January 18, 1995      December 31, 2003     US$250,000

Mr. Muro        January 1, 1996       December 31, 2000     US$150,000

Mr. Sanzaro(6)  June 15, 1998         June 14, 2002         US$175,000

Mr. Threshie    January 1, 1996       December 31, 1999     US$ 62,500

Mr. Frechette   August 17, 1998       August 16, 2003       US$150,000

Mr. Ash         January 4, 1999       January 3, 2002       US$125,000

      All of the above agreements provide for the payment of bonuses at the sole
discretion of the board of directors based upon an evaluation of the executive's
performance, with payment of any such bonuses to be reviewed annually. As of the
date hereof, the board of directors has not established a Compensation Committee
and it has no plans to do so  until  such  time as the  financial  position  and
prospects of the Company improve  significantly.  The Executive  Agreements also
provide for the  participation  by each of the foregoing  persons in any pension
plan, profit-sharing plan, life insurance,  hospitalization or surgical program,
or  insurance  program  hereafter  adopted  by the  Company  (there  are no such
programs  in effect at the present  time),  reimbursement  of  business  related
expenses,  the  non-disclosure  of  information  which the  Company  deems to be
confidential  to it,  non-competition  by the executive with the Company for the
one-year  period  following  termination of employment  with the Company and for
various other terms and conditions of employment.

      The Executive Agreements with Messrs. Byrne, Muro, Frechette,  Sanzaro and
Ash also include  severance  provisions which provide,  among other things,  for
severance  compensation  in the event that the  employment  of the  executive is
terminated  by the Company  other than for cause,  or by the 

- ---------
(6)   Mr.  Sanzaro's  Executive  Agreement  cancelled  and  replaced  an earlier
      Consulting  Agreement  between the Company and Mr.  Sanzaro (see  "Certain
      Relationships and related Transactions").


                                      119
<PAGE>

executive  for  "good  reason",  as  that  term  is  defined  in  the  Executive
Agreements,  or  pursuant  to a change in control of the  Company.  The  various
Executive Agreements provide for severance compensation,  as follows: (i) In the
case of Messrs.  Byrne, Sanzaro, and Muro, 200% of the amount of the base salary
for a period of twelve  months;  (ii) In the case of Messrs.  Frechette and Ash,
the amount of severance  compensation  depends on when, during the term of their
Executive  Agreements,  termination  occurs, as follows:  If termination  occurs
during:  (a) year  one - no  severance  compensation;  (b) year two - 50% of the
amount of base  salary for a period of twelve  months;  (c) year three - 100% of
the amount of base salary for a period of twelve  months;  and (d) subsequent to
year three - 200% of the amount of base salary for a period of twelve months.

      Certain   executives   have  received   signing  bonuses  or  other  stock
compensation  in  consideration  of their  discontinuing  their  other  business
activities and entering into their executive agreements with the Company. During
the last two  fiscal  years,  these  included  Messrs.  Frechette  and Ash,  who
received one million shares,  and Mr. Sanzaro,  who received 500,000 shares,  as
signing bonuses.  Under the terms of his Executive  Agreement,  Mr. Sanzaro also
received an additional 2,500,000 shares for agreeing to release the Company from
its prior commitment to appoint him as its exclusive distributor of TCS-1 Plants
and to pay him commissions on all sales of TCS-1 Plants made in North America.

      Because of the early  stage of  development  of the  Company,  its lack of
operations and insignificant  cash flow, since January 18, 1995, the Company has
not  had the  resources  to meet  fully  its  financial  obligations  under  the
Executive  Agreements.  As a result, the major portion of the compensation which
has  been  available  to the  Company's  executive  officers  has  consisted  of
unregistered shares of the Company's common stock ("Compensation Shares"), which
such  individuals  accepted,  in lieu of cash  compensation,  for a  substantial
portion of salary and/or consulting fees due to them (see "Certain Relationships
and Related  Transactions - Issuance of Stock in Lieu of Salaries and Consulting
Fees"). As was the case with the value of Directors Shares, at the various dates
when Compensation  Shares were issued to the executive  officers,  they accepted
such  shares  based upon a  combination  of their  perceived  valuation  of both
present and possible future value of the shares, rather than the actual value of
the Company's  common stock at that time. It was the position of the  recipients
of such  shares  that,  as of the dates  they were  received,  their  actual and
potential  value,  if any,  could not be  determined,  and that any  attempt  to
specify such valuation with any  reasonable  assurance,  would have been flawed,
without  substance,  and highly  contingent upon, and subject to, extremely high
risks including but not limited to the following  factors:  (i) the absence of a
reliable,  stable, or substantial trading market for the Company's common stock,
the possibility  that such a market might never be developed,  and the resultant
minimal,  or total absence of, market value for any substantial  block of common
stock;  (ii) the very high intrinsic  risks  associated  with early  development
stage businesses,  such as the Company's; (iii) the Company's lack of sufficient
funds, as at such issuance dates, to implement its business plan and the absence
of any  commitments,  at such times,  from  potential  investors to provide such
funds;  (iv)  the  restrictions  on  transfer  arising  out  of the  absence  of
registration of such shares;  and (v) the  uncertainty  respecting the Company's
ability to continue as a going concern (see  "Existing and Proposed  Businesses"
and "Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters").

      All  of  the   Executive   Agreements,   as  amended,   provide  that,  as
compensation,  and in lieu of  payment in cash of salary,  due  thereunder,  the
Company may issue and the respective executive officers will accept unregistered
shares of the  Company's  common  stock,  valued at fifty  percent  (50%) of the
average  of  the  bid  and  ask  prices  of  such   stock,   as  traded  in  the
over-the-counter market and 


                                      120
<PAGE>

quoted in the OTC Bulletin Board,  during part or all of the period in which the
salary was earned under the Executive Agreement.  All of the Compensation Shares
issued to Mr. Byrne and Mr. Muro are also subject to the terms and conditions of
certain stock restriction  agreements between each of them and the Company. Such
stock  restriction  agreements,  as amended on May 30, 1996 and May 1, 1997 (the
"Amended  Stock  Restriction  Agreements"),  provide that shares subject to such
agreements  may be sold,  hypothecated,  donated or  otherwise  disposed  of, in
accordance  with the Rules and  Regulations  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
amended, and, under certain circumstances,  included in a registration statement
on Form S-8.

ITEM 11.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL
          OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners.

      The following  table sets forth  information as of February 11, 1999, with
respect to the persons known to the Company to be the beneficial  owners of more
than 5% of the common stock,  $.001 par value of the Company and of more than 5%
of the Class A Common Stock of the Company's subsidiary,  Tirex R&D. Neither the
Company nor Tirex R&D have any shares of any other class issued or outstanding.

                          PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS TABLE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title               Name and                      Amount and
 of                 Address of                     Nature of          Percent of
Class               Beneficial                    Beneficial            Class
                    Owner                         Ownership
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Common              Batholomew International    13,026,406(2)           16.68%
The Tirex           Investments, Ltd.
Corporation           P.O. Box 484
                    Basel House
                    108 Halkett Place
                    St. Helier, Jersey JE4 5SS
                    Chanel Islands

Common              Terence C. Byrne            18,941,794(3)           24.25%
The Tirex           489 Grosvner Street
Corporation           Westmount, Quebec
                    H3Y 2S5

Class A
Common                                             34(4)                 34%
Tirex
R&D


                                      121
<PAGE>

                    PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS TABLE (CONTINUED)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title               Name and                      Amount and
 of                 Address of                     Nature of          Percent of
Class               Beneficial                    Beneficial            Class
                    Owner                         Ownership
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Common              CG TIRE, INC.                8,677,238(5)            10%
The Tirex           The Continental General
Corporation         Tire Recycling Effort
                    1800 Continental Blvd.
                    Charlotte, NC 28273

Common              Frances Katz Levine          4,985,460(6)           6.38%
The Tirex           621 Clove Road
Corporation         Staten Island, NY 10310

Common              Louis Sanzaro                4,561,905              5.84%
The Tirex           1497 Lakewood Road
Corporation         Toms River NJ 08755

Common              Louis V. Muro                4,328,550              5.54%
The Tirex           374 Oliver Avenue
Corporation         Westmount, Quebec
                    Canada H3Z 3C9

Class A
Common                                             17(4)                  17%
Tirex
R&D

Common              The Nais Corporation        4,731,902(7)            6.06%
The Tirex           94 Washington Avenue
Corporation         Lawrence, NY 11559

Notes

      The  footnotes  to this table  appear  after the  "Security  Ownership  of
Management Table" which is set forth on the following page.


                                      122
<PAGE>

Security Ownership of Management

      The following  table sets forth  information as of February 11, 1999, with
respect to the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock, $.001 par value, of the
Company and the Class A common stock of the Company's  subsidiary,  Tirex R&D by
each of the executive officers and directors of the Company and Tirex R&D and by
all respective executive officers and directors as a group:

                         MANAGEMENT SHAREHOLDINGS TABLE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title               Name and                      Amount and
 of                 Address of                     Nature of          Percent of
Class               Beneficial                    Beneficial           Class(1)
                    Owner                         Ownership
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Common              Terence C. Byrne            18,941,794(3)           24.25%
The Tirex           489 Grosvner Street
Corporation         Westmount, Quebec
                    H3Y 2S5

Class A
Common                                             34 (4)                  34%
Tirex
R&D

Common              Louis V. Muro                4,328,550               5.54%
The Tirex           374 Oliver Avenue
Corporation         Westmount, Quebec
                    Canada H3Z 3C9

Class A
Common                                            17 (4)                   17%
Tirex
R&D

Common              Louis V. Sanzaro             4,561,905               5.84%
The Tirex           1497 Lakewood Road
Corporation         Toms River, NJ 08755

Common              John L. Threshie, Jr.
The Tirex           200 Lansdowne,
Corporation         Westmount, Quebec
                    Canada, H3Z 3E1              44,050                    *


                                      123
<PAGE>

     MANAGEMENT SHAREHOLDINGS TABLE (CONTINUED)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title               Name and                      Amount and
 of                 Address of                     Nature of          Percent of
Class               Beneficial                    Beneficial           Class(1)
                    Owner                         Ownership
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Common              John G. Hartley                20,000 (8)             *
The Tirex           7/9 Boulevard D'Italie
Corporation         Monte Carlo MC 98000
                    Monaco

Common              Michael Ash                  1,000,000(9)             1.3%
The Tirex           310 Montee Sabourin
Corporation         St. Bruno, Quebec
                    Canada, J3V 4P6                                       -0-

Common              Henry P. Meier                 494,900                 *
The Tirex           1904 Waverly Place
Corporation         Oakhurst, New Jersey  07755

Common              All directors and           29,391,199              37.18%
The Tirex           officers as a group
Corporation           (7 persons)

Class A             All directors and              51 (4)                  51%
Common              officers as a group
Tirex                 (7 persons)
R&D

- ---------
* Percentages less than 1% not shown

Notes:

(1) The  percentages  listed  in the  tables  are  calculated  on the  basis  of
78,095,141  shares  of the  common  stock,  $.001  par  value,  of  the  Company
outstanding  as at February 11, 1999,  with the  following  exceptions:  (a) The
percentage deemed to be beneficially owned by CG TIRE, Inc. is calculated on the
basis of 78,095,141 shares of common stock currently issued and outstanding plus
8,677,238  shares  of  common  stock  which,  CG Tire has the  right to  acquire
pursuant to its option within 60 days from the date of this Report (see,  below,
footnote 5 to this Table),  and (b) the  percentages  deemed to be  beneficially
owned by Michael Ash and by all officers and directors as a group are calculated
on the  basis  of  78,095,141  shares  of  common  stock  currently  issued  and
outstanding plus 1,000,000 shares of common stock which Mr. Ash has the right to
receive within 60


                                      124
<PAGE>

days pursuant to the terms of his  employment  agreement  with the Company (see,
below, footnote 9 to this Table).

(2)  Bartholomew  International  Investments  Ltd.  is owned by the  Bartholomew
Trust, the beneficiaries of which are Terence C. Byrne, his spouse,  and his two
sons.

(3) Includes:  (i)  1,114,413  shares held of record by Mr. Byrne as of February
11,  1999;  and (ii) 69,883  shares held of record by Mr.  Byrne's  wife,  Darla
Sapone  Byrne,  over which  shares Mr.  Byrne has voting  power  pursuant  to an
irrevocable  proxy granted to him on September 27, 1996; (iii) 13,026,406 shares
held  of  record  by  Bartholomew  International  Investments,  Ltd.;  and  (iv)
4,731,902 shares owned by the NAIS Corporation,  over which shares Mr. Byrne has
voting power pursuant to an irrevocable  proxy granted to him in connection with
the December 18, 1998  settlement of a lawsuit  brought by the Nais  Corporation
against the Company (see Item 3 of this Report, "Legal Proceedings");

(4)  Messrs.  Byrne and Muro hold all  shares of Tirex R&D Class A Common  Stock
pursuant  to the terms of a  Shareholders  agreement  among them and the Company
(the  "Tirex  R&D  Shareholders  Agreement"),  pursuant  to which  they  will be
obligated to transfer all such shares to the Company,  for no consideration,  on
May 2, 2001,  unless the term of such Agreement is unilaterally  extended by the
Company.  The  Company  does not  intend  to take any  actions  of any kind with
respect to such shares which would be in  violation  of any Canadian  government
regulations  governing tax and other financial incentives which may be available
to Tirex R&D. The terms of the Tirex R&D Shareholders Agreement are discussed in
more detail, below, in "Certain Relationships and Related  Transactions",  under
the caption "Transfer of 17% of Tirex R&D Shares From Mr. Forbes to Mr. Byrne."

(5) Includes 8,677,238 shares which CG TIRE, Inc. (CGT) has the right to acquire
at anytime  prior to April 23,  2000  pursuant to an option to purchase at a per
share price equal to fifty percent (50%) of the average of the final bid and ask
prices of the Common Stock of Tirex,  as quoted in the OTC Bulletin Board during
the ten business days preceding the date of a notice of exercise given by the CG
TIRE,  all,  or any part of, the  number of shares of the Common  Stock of Tirex
which would  constitute  ten percent,  upon their  issuance  (10%) of the Common
Stock of Tirex,  issued and  outstanding at the date of exercise (the "Option"),
on a fully  diluted  basis.  The CGT Option was amended at or around  August 13,
1997 and May 18, 1998. The Option,  which has a three-year  term, was granted to
CGT on April 24, 1997, in  consideration  of CGT's agreement to (i) explore with
the Company the possibility of the Company's:  (a) furnishing  General Tire with
all or part of its 80-mesh crumb rubber  requirements and (b) establishing local
tire recycling  centers for the purpose of accepting for  disintegration,  scrap
tires from General Tire's network of  independent  dealers;  and (ii) advise the
Company  with  respect to General  Tire's  specifications  for its crumb  rubber
requirements,  any further development of such specifications in the future, the
suitability of the TCS-1 Plant for meeting such specifications,  and the further
development of the Company's  technology in coordination with Continental Tire's
product development requirements.  CGT has not, as of the date hereof, exercised
any part of the Option.

(6) Includes  3,875,271  shares held of record by Ms.  Levine's  spouse,  Robert
Levine, over which shares Ms. Levine disclaims any beneficial ownership.

(7) Pursuant to the settlement of a lawsuit  brought by NAIS against the Company
all shares held of record by NAIS are  subject,  for so long as they are held by
NAIS or any assignee of NAIS,  to a voting proxy held by Terence C. Byrne.  (See
Footnote 3 to this Table and Item 3. "Legal Proceedings").

(8) Mr.  Hartley  holds an option (the  "Hartley  Option")  to  purchase  twenty
thousand (or, under certain circumstances, more) shares of the Company's Class A
Cumulative  Convertible  Preferred Stock (the "Preferred  Stock"),  which shares
will be convertible into up to two million shares of the Company's Common Stock.
Mr.  Hartley has not  exercised  such option nor has he indicated to the Company
that 


                                      125
<PAGE>

he intends to do so in the foreseeable  future.  The figures shown in the Table,
above,  do not give  effect to the  exercise  of the  Hartley  Option and do not
include  any of the  shares  of  Common  Stock  which  would  be  issuable  upon
conversion of the Preferred  Stock. For a discussion in more detail of the terms
of the Hartley Option and Mr. Hartley's  purchase thereof,  reference is made to
"Certain  Relationships and Related Transactions" under the caption,  "Extension
of Exercise Period of Option Held by John G. Hartley", below.

(9) Under the terms of his  employment  agreement,  Michael  Ash is  entitled to
receive a signing bonus in the amount of 1,000,000. As of February 16, 1999, the
Company had not yet issued such shares.

Changes in Control

      The  Company is not aware of any  arrangements  which may at a  subsequent
date result in a change in control of the Company.

ITEM 12.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED
           TRANSACTIONS

      The following is a  description  of any  transactions  during the last two
completed  fiscal  years,  the  current  fiscal year or any  presently  proposed
transactions,  to which the Company was or is to be a party, in which the amount
involved in such transaction (or series of transactions) was $60,000 or more (in
some  instances,  transactions  valued  at less  than  $60,000)  have  also been
included) and which any of the  following  persons had or is to have a direct or
indirect  material  interest:  (i) any  director  or  executive  officer  of the
Company;  (ii) any person who owns or has the right to acquire 5% or more of the
issued and outstanding common stock of the Company;  and (iii) any member of the
immediate family of any such persons.  The Company does not have any requirement
respecting the necessity for independent  directors to approve transactions with
related parties.  All transactions are approved by the vote or unanimous written
consent of the full board of directors or the  executive  committee of the board
of  directors,  which,  during the period  covered by this Report,  consisted of
Terence C. Byrne, John Hartley, and Louis V. Muro. On February 11, 1999, as part
of an overall  management  reorganization,  Mr.  Hartley  resigned from, and Mr.
Sanzaro was appointed to, the executive  committee.  All members of the board of
directors,  individually and/or  collectively,  could have possible conflicts of
interest with respect to transactions with related parties.

Issuance of Stock in Lieu of Salaries and Unreimbursed Expenses

      During the years ended June 30,  1998 and 1997,  the  Company's  executive
officers and,  since  December 22, 1996,  its in-house  corporate and securities
counsel,  Frances Katz Levine have waived substantial portions of their salaries
and unreimbursed  expenses made by them on behalf,  and for the account,  of the
Company, and have accepted shares of the Company's common stock in lieu thereof.
In connection  therewith;  shares have been issued for the periods  indicated as
follows:

Year Ended June 30, 1997

      For the fiscal quarter ended  September 30, 1996, Mr. Byrne waived payment
of $51,769,  Ms. Levine waived  payment of $31,062,  Mr. Muro waived  payment of
$29,324, and Mr. Threshie waived payment of $9,945. In connection therewith,  on
September 30, 1996, the Company authorized the 


                                      126
<PAGE>

issuance of 329,738 shares to Mr. Byrne,  197,847 shares to Ms. Levine,  186,777
shares to Mr.  Muro,  and 62,392  shares to Mr.  Threshie.  The number of shares
issued at such time was calculated on the basis of 50% of the average of the bid
and ask price for the Company's stock (50% of $.314 or  approximately  $.157 per
share)  during the  three-month  period ended  September  30, 1996. On April 28,
1997, the Company authorized the issuance to Vijay Kachru, who was an officer of
the Company  until  February  11,  1999,  of 32,396  shares in lieu of $5,475 in
salary waived by her for services  performed during the month of September 1996.
The number of shares  issued to Ms.  Kachru was  calculated  on the basis of the
price of the Company's common stock during the quarter ended September 30, 1996.

      For the fiscal  quarter ended  December 31, 1996, Mr. Byrne waived payment
of $40,966,  Ms. Levine waived  payment of $33,446,  Mr. Muro waived  payment of
$23,910,  Mr. Threshie waived payment of $12,074,  and Ms. Kachru waived payment
of $9,819. In connection therewith,  on January 17, 1997, the Company authorized
the  issuance of 285,876  shares to Mr.  Byrne,  233,402  shares to Ms.  Levine,
166,853  shares to Mr. Muro,  and 84,260  shares to Mr.  Threshie.  On April 28,
1997, the Company authorized the issuance to Ms. Kachru of 68,520 shares in lieu
of salary waived by her for services performed during this quarter.The number of
shares issued at such time was  calculated on the basis of 50% of the average of
the bid and ask price for the  Company's  stock  (50% of .2866 or  approximately
$.1433 per share) during the three-month period ended December 31, 1996.

      For the fiscal  quarter ended March 31, 1997,  Mr. Byrne waived payment of
$41,836,  Ms.  Levine  waived  payment of $30,554,  Mr.  Muro waived  payment of
$22,732, Mr. Threshie waived payment of $1,934, and Ms. Kachru waived payment of
$6,715. In connection  therewith,  on April 28, 1997, the Company authorized the
issuance of 195,495 shares to Mr. Byrne,  142,776 shares to Ms. Levine,  106,224
shares to Mr.  Muro,  9,037  shares to Mr.  Threshie,  and 31,383  shares to Ms.
Kachru.  The number of shares issued at such time was calculated on the basis of
50% of the average of the bid and ask price for the Company's stock (50% of .428
or approximately  $.214 per share) during the three-month period ended March 31,
1997.

      For the fiscal  quarter ended June 30, 1997,  Mr. Byrne waived  payment of
$52,972,  Ms.  Levine  waived  payment of $41,640,  Mr.  Muro waived  payment of
$22,524, Mr. Threshie waived payment of $3,140, and Ms. Kachru waived payment of
$5,905. In connection  therewith,  on April 28, 1997, the Company authorized the
issuance of 319,108 shares to Mr. Byrne,  250,843 shares to Ms. Levine,  135,686
shares to Mr. Muro,  18,915  shares to Mr.  Threshie,  and 35,572  shares to Ms.
Kachru.  The number of shares issued at such time was calculated on the basis of
50% of the average of the bid and ask price for the Company's stock (50% of .333
or approximately  $.166 per share) during the three-month  period ended June 30,
1997.

Year Ended June 30, 1998

      For the  five-month  period  ended  November  30,  1997,  Mr. Byrne waived
payment of  $92,497,  Ms.  Levine  waived  payment of  $56,574,  Mr. Muro waived
payment of $41,610, Mr. Threshie waived payment of $5,433, and Ms. Kachru waived
payment of $13,111. In connection  therewith,  on December 15, 1997, the Company
authorized  the issuance of 336,353  shares to Mr. Byrne,  206,379 shares to Ms.
Levine,  151,309 shares to Mr. Muro,  24,000 shares to Mr. Threshie,  and 47,692
shares to Ms. Kachru. The number of shares issued at such time was calculated on
the basis of 100% of the  average  of the bid and ask  price  for the  Company's
stock  (approximately  $.275 per  share)  during  the  five-month  period  ended
November 30, 1997.  The  issuance of these shares at such price  constituted  an
error because the executive  committee of the board of directors had  authorized
and directed that shares issued in lieu of cash compensations for such period be
issued at 50% of the average  market price of the  Company's  common  stock.  In
correction of the foregoing error, on April 15, 1998, the Company authorized the
issuance of additional shares, as follows:  336,352 to Mr. Byrne, 151,309 to Mr.
Muro, 15,512 to Mr. Threshie, 47,690 to Ms. Kachru, and 206,379 to Ms. Levine.


                                      127
<PAGE>

      For the  four-month  period ended March 31, 1998, Mr. Byrne waived payment
of $59,183,  Ms. Levine waived  payment of $45,191,  Mr. Muro waived  payment of
$33,200, Mr. Threshie waived payment of $6,167, and Ms. Kachru waived payment of
$9,450. In connection  therewith,  on April 15, 1998, the Company authorized the
issuance of 423,038 shares to Mr. Byrne,  323,023 shares to Ms. Levine,  237,312
shares to Mr. Muro,  44,081  shares to Mr.  Threshie,  and 67,548  shares to Ms.
Kachru.  The number of shares issued at such time was calculated on the basis of
50% of the average of the bid and ask price for the Company's stock (50% of $.28
per share or  approximately  $.14 per share) during the four-month  period ended
March 31, 1998.

      For the three month period ended June 30, 1998,  Mr. Byrne waived  payment
of $31,707, Ms. Levine waived payment of $36,615.90,  Mr. Muro waived payment of
$16,916, Mr. Threshie waived payment of $1,307.10,  Ms. Kachru waived payment of
$1,608.22,  and Mr.  Sanzaro,  whose  employment as an executive  officer of the
Company commenced on June 15, 1998,  waived payment of $7,291.67.  In connection
therewith,  in  December,  1998 the Company  authorized  the issuance of 208,177
shares to Mr. Byrne;  240,327 shares to Ms. Levine;  111,027 shares to Mr. Muro;
8,579 shares to Mr. Threshie;  10,555 shares to Ms. Kachru; and 47,859 shares to
Mr.  Sanzaro.  The number of shares  issued at such time was  calculated  on the
basis of 50% of the  average of the bid and ask price for the  Company's  common
stock (50% of $.3044177 or  approximately  $.1523588 per share) during the three
month period ended March 31, 1998.

      In September 1998  computational  errors were  discovered that resulted in
understatements of salary paid to all of the Company's executive officers and to
the Company's  corporate and securities  counsel for the five month period ended
November 30, 1997 and the four month period  March 31,  1998.  As a  consequence
thereof,  all  of  the  Company's  executive  officers  and  its  corporate  and
securities  counsel during the periods in question,  received share overpayments
of  Compensation  Stock with regard to such  periods.  Such  officers  and legal
counsel  were  promptly  notified  that they  would  have to return  such  share
overpayments to the Company so that the shares  representing  such  overpayments
could be  cancelled.  Pursuant to the  foregoing,  (i) Mr. Byrne was required to
return  an  aggregate  of  508,109  Compensation  Shares  consisting  of  22,804
Compensation  Shares  issued to him in December  1997 and  485,305  Compensation
Shares  issued to him in April  1998;  (ii) Mr.  Muro was  required to return an
aggregate of 230,077 Compensation Shares consisting of 4,298 Compensation Shares
issued to him in December 1997 and 225,779  Compensation Shares issued to him in
April 1998;  (iii) Mr.  Threshie  was  required to return an aggregate of 83,593
Compensation  Shares consisting of 24,800  Compensation  Shares issued to him in
December 1997 and 59,593  Compensation  Shares issued to him in April 1998; (iv)
Ms.  Kachru was required to return an aggregate of 162,930  Compensation  Shares
consisting  of 47,692  Compensation  Shares  issued to her in December  1997 and
115,238  Compensation Shares issued to her in April 1998; and (v) Ms. Levine was
required to return an aggregate of 31,353  Compensation  Shares issued to her in
April 1998. Each of Messrs. Byrne, Muro and Threshie,  Ms. Kachru and Ms. Levine
agreed to return such Compensation Shares  representing  overpayments and, as at
February 16, 1999, all of such Compensation Shares have been returned except for
22,804  Compensation  Shares issued to Mr. Byrne in December 1997.  These 22,804
Compensation Shares were transferred to an assignee of Mr. Byrne following their
issuance and Mr. Byrne has advised the Company that  arrangements are being made
by him regarding  their return for  cancellation.  In addition to the foregoing,
for the  nine-month  period  ended March 31, 1998 Mr.  Threshie  and Ms.  Kachru
received  cash  salary  overpayments  in the  respective  amounts of $712.63 and
$236.17. These amounts were treated by the Company as additional salary payments
to Mr. Threshie and Ms. Kachru during the three month period ended June 30, 1998
for the  purpose  of  calculating  the amount of  Compensation  Stock due to Mr.
Threshie and Ms. Kachru for such period.

      On April 20, 1998, in consideration of executive  services  rendered under
the terms of his employment agreement and unreimbursed  expenses paid by him for
the account and on behalf of the  Company,  during the  six-month  period  which
commenced  on July 1, 1997 and ended on December 31,  1997,  the Company  issued
597,966  shares of its Common Stock to Alan  Crossley,  the  Company's  Managing
Director of European  Market  Development.  For purposes of such  issuance,  the
shares  were  


                                      128
<PAGE>

valued at $0.1475 per share,  which value was equal to 50% of the average of the
bid and ask price for the common stock during the period when such unpaid salary
and expenses were earned and incurred, as traded in the over-the-counter  market
and quoted in the OTC Bulletin  Board.  On May 29, 1997, Mr.  Crossley,  through
GAPCO, Inc., a corporation under his control, also accepted an additional 84,658
shares of the  Company's  common  stock as part of the  compensation  due to him
under  his  consulting  agreement.   (See  "Certain  Relationships  and  Related
Transactions - Consulting and Employment  Agreements  with Alan  Crossley").  In
consideration of executive  services  rendered under the terms of his employment
agreement and unreimbursed expenses paid by him for the account and on behalf of
the Company during the six-month  period which  commenced on January 1, 1998 and
ended on June 30, 1998, the Company paid Mr. Crossley in cash. The  unreimbursed
expenses  incurred by Mr.  Crossley for the account and on behalf of the Company
during the twelve  month  period  ended  June 30,  1998 which were  subsequently
repaid  to Mr.  Crossley  in  connection  with his  employment  agreement,  in a
combination of cash and stock, aggregated to Cdn$115,000.

Subsequent Period

      For the three month period  ended  September  30,  1998,  Mr. Byrne waived
payment of $28,486;  Ms. Levine waived  payment of  $41,492.23;  Mr. Muro waived
payment of $14,763;  Mr.  Threshie  waived  payment of $325;  Ms.  Kachru waived
payment of $337.65;  and Mr. Sanzaro waived payment of $43,750. In December 1998
the Company  authorized  the issuance of 269,589  shares to Mr.  Byrne,  392,679
shares to Ms. Levine;  139,716 shares to Mr. Muro; 3,076 shares to Mr. Threshie;
3,195 shares to Ms.  Kachru;  and 414,046 shares to Mr.  Sanzaro.  The number of
shares issued at such time was  calculated on the basis of 50% of the average of
the bid and ask  price for the  Company's  common  stock  (50% of  $.2113293  or
approximately $.1056646 per share) during the three month period ended September
30, 1998.

Loan Transactions with Terence C. Byrne and Affiliated Entity

      On several occasions during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 and in the
period subsequent thereto, the Company required immediate cash infusions to meet
its financial obligations.  To assist the Company on such occasions,  Terence C.
Byrne,  or an entity  with  which Mr.  Byrne is  affiliated,  made  loans to the
Company, as follows:

      January 23, 1998 Loan to Company.  On January 23,  1998,  Mr. Byrne made a
loan to the  Company  in the  amount  of  $102,000,  pursuant  to the  Company's
promissory  note,  of even date  therewith.  The terms of the note  provided for
repayment on the first to occur of: (i) thirty days from January 23, 1998;  (ii)
the  Company's  receipt  from  either  or both of the Type A and Type B  Private
Placements, which the Company was then effecting through H.J. Meyers & Co., Inc.
(the  "Private  Placements"),  proceeds in the amount of $100,000 over and above
the first  $401,000  in proceeds  therefrom;  or (iii)  proceeds  from any other
equity  financing  provided  that the total amount of proceeds  from the Private
Placements and such other equity financing exceeded,  in the aggregate,  the sum
of $500,000 (US). The note bore interest on the unpaid principal  balance at the
annual rate of 7%. This note was repaid on May 15, 1998.

      October 27, and November  30, 1998 Loans to Company.  On October 27, 1998,
at the behest of Terence C. Byrne, Bartholomew International Investments Limited
("Bartholomew"), a corporation owned by The Bartholomew Trust, the beneficiaries
of which are Mr. Byrne and his spouse and  children,  made a loan to the Company
in the  amount  of  $150,000.  The  loan  was  made  pursuant  to the  Company's
promissory  note which bore  interest  at an annual  rate of 2% over the Bank of
Montreal's  Prime  Rate and which was due and  payable on July 26,  1999.  On or
about  November 30, 1998,  Mr. Byrne  personally  lent the Company an additional
$14,000  on  identical  terms.  On or about  


                                      129
<PAGE>

December 2, 1998,  as part of the  Company's  negotiations  to obtain short term
bank debt financing, Bartholomew agreed to forego any interest on, and repayment
in cash of, the $150,000  loan,  and Mr. Byrne agreed to forego any interest on,
and  repayment in cash of, the $14,000  loan and both  parties  accepted in full
satisfaction  of such loan,  unregistered  shares of the Company's  common stock
valued at fifty  percent (50%) of the average of the high ask and low bid prices
of such stock,  as traded in the  over-the-counter  market and quoted in the OTC
Electronic  Bulletin  Board on December 1, 1998.  In  connection  therewith,  on
December 2, 1998,  the Company  authorized  the issuance of a total of 2,523,077
shares of this corporation's unregistered common stock to Bartholomew.

      Loans To Mr. Byrne From time to time, during the course of the fiscal
year ended June 30,  1998,  as was  practical  and  expedient,  the Company paid
certain  expenses for and on behalf Mr. Byrne. All of such payments were treated
as loans made by the Company to Mr. Byrne.  The  aggregate  amount of such loans
outstanding as at June 30, 1998,  was $121,564.  On December 15, 1998, Mr. Byrne
repaid $100,000 of such loans and has advised the Company that he will repay the
balance as promptly as possible.Such loans are recorded on the books and records
of the Company and do not bear interest or state any required maturity date.

Consulting and Executive Agreements with Louis Sanzaro

      On January 28, 1998, the Company entered into a consulting  agreement with
Louis  Sanzaro  (the  "Consulting  Agreement"),  who is currently an officer and
director of the  Company.  The  Consulting  Agreement  was made  effective as of
January 1, 1997. Mr. Sanzaro had actually been providing  consulting services to
the Company  prior to January 1, 1997,  but the  parties had not yet agreed,  at
that time,  to enter into a formal  consulting  agreement  with  respect to such
services. The Consulting Agreement was for a three-year term ending December 31,
1999 and  provided  for Mr.  Sanzaro  to  render  advice,  opinions,  "hands-on"
assistance  with  respect to, and, in some cases,  effectuation  of, among other
things, the following: (i) developing pro-forma financial projections respecting
the operations of a TCS-1 Plant and marketing of rubber crumb generated thereby;
(ii)  designing  and  developing  a complete  maintenance  program for the TCS-1
Plant;  (iii)  developing  specialized  accounting  software to be used with all
TCS-1  Plants;  (iv)  designing  and  developing   logistics   respecting  Plant
configuration;  (v) testing new  equipment at  construction  and assembly  site,
adjusting, and designing modifications,  as required; and (vi) site-planning and
Plant  installation.  Compensation for all consulting  services  rendered by Mr.
Sanzaro under the terms of the Consulting  Agreement,  consisted of the issuance
to Mr. Sanzaro of one million shares of the Company's  Common Stock,  600,000 of
which were  issued to Mr.  Sanzaro on January 30, 1998 and 400,000 of which were
issued on or about April 30,  1998.  The bulk of the  services  performed by Mr.
Sanzaro in connection with the foregoing were rendered after July 1, 1997.

      The  Sanzaro  Consulting  Agreement  was  cancelled  and  replaced  by  an
employment  agreement between the parties (the "Sanzaro  Executive  Agreement"),
pursuant to which,  Mr. Sanzaro was appointed as the Company's Vice President of
Operations and Chief Operating Officer Mr Sanzaro.  Since February 11, 1999, Mr.
Sanzaro has served  under the Sanzaro  Executive  Agreement  as President of the
Company.  For a  discussion  in  detail of the  terms of the  Sanzaro  Executive
Agreement, reference is made to the discussion included above, under "Management
- - Employment  Contracts  and  Termination  of Employment  and  Change-in-Control
Arrangements" - "Executive Agreements And Special Compensation Agreements").

Shares  Issued to Louis  Sanzaro in  Consideration  of  Terminating  Right to be
Appointed Exclusive Sales Representative in North America

      Prior to his being  appointed an officer of the Company,  Mr.  Sanzaro and
the Company had agreed,  in principal that Mr. Sanzaro would be appointed as the
Company's  exclusive  sales  distributor  


                                      130
<PAGE>

in the United States and Puerto Rico.  Under the terms of the Sanzaro  Executive
Agreement,  Mr. Sanzaro  released the Company from its obligation to appoint him
as its exclusive sales  distributor and to pay him commissions on sales of TCS-1
Plants made in the United  States and Puerto  Rico.  In  consideration  for such
release, the Company issued to Mr. Sanzaro 2,500,000 shares of its common stock.

Agreements with Customers Controlled by Louis Sanzaro

      On May 29, 1997, the Company  entered into an Equipment Lease and Purchase
Agreement (the "O/V III L&P Agreement") with Ocean/Ventures III, Inc.("O/V III")
of Toms River,  New Jersey ("O/V III") for the purchase and lease of the various
components  which will comprise eight TCS-1 Plants.  Also on that same date, the
Company  entered into an Equipment  Lease and Purchase  Agreement (the "OTRP L&P
Agreement")  with Oceans Tire Recycling & Processing Co., Inc.  ("OTRP") for the
purchase and lease of the various components which comprise the first production
model of the TCS-1 Plant. Louis Sanzaro,  an officer and director of the Company
is a controlling  person of both O/V III and Oceans Tire. For details respecting
Mr. Sanzaro's  relationship with the Company prior to January 1997, reference is
made to the discussion  included,  above,  in "Existing and Proposed  Business -
Equipment Manufacturing" under the subcaption, "Dependence on Major Customer."

      The O/V III L&P  Agreement  modified the terms of, and  replaced,  a prior
agreement   between  the  parties  dated  June  6,  1995  (the  "Prior  O/V  III
Agreement").  For  details  of the  terms  and  provisions  of the  O/V  III L&P
Agreement and the OTRP L&P Agreement,  as well as certain  ancillary  agreements
executed  or  agreed  to in  connection  therewith,  reference  is  made  to the
discussions  contained  above, in "Existing and Proposed  Businesses"  under the
subcaptions, "The O/V III Agreements" and "Agreements with Oceans Tire Recycling
& Processing Co., Inc".

      In  December  1997,  OTRP  and the  Company  agreed  that,  to the  extent
necessary  for OTRP to obtain sale and  lease-back  financing  for the front-end
module  ("Front-End")  and for  certain  parts of the Air Plant  portion  of the
Plant,  the said OTRP Agreement would be deemed to be modified,  as required for
such purpose. In connection  therewith OTRP arranged with an equipment financing
company  for sale and  lease-back  financing,  pursuant  to which:  (i) the said
financing company purchased the Front-End and certain designated portions of the
TCS-1  Plant's  Air  Plant  directly  from the  Company;  and (ii)  leased  such
equipment  back to OTRP pursuant to its  arrangements  with OTRP and/or the OTRP
principals.

      It is the  present  intention  of the  parties  to reform or  rescind  the
remaining  provisions  of the OTRP  Agreement  for the  purpose of  transferring
ownership of the entire First  Production  Model to the Company,  any one of its
existing  subsidiaries,  or to some other entity established jointly, or singly,
by the parties, or either one of them, for such purpose. The structure and terms
of the  ownership  of the First  Production  Model have not yet been  finalized.
However, in connection therewith, on December 16, 1998, the Company entered into
two sale and  lease-back  transactions  by and among the  Company,  North  Shore
Leasing &  Funding  Inc.  ("NLFI"),  and an  affiliate  of OTRP,  Ocean  Utility
Contracting,  Inc. ("OUCI").  Such transactions consisted of the Company's sales
to NLFI of the single  fracturing mill and the single freezing tower,  which are
components of the TCS-1 Plant installed at the Company's  Montreal  facility and
the lease back of such components to OUCI. The Company and OUCI have agreed that
all of OUCI's  rights  under the leases  will be assigned to the Company and the
Company will assume all of OUCI's  liabilities  thereunder.  Both leases provide
that at the end of the lease  term,  the lessee  will have the right to purchase
the leased  equipment  for $1.00.  Such right to  purchase  will be  included in
OUCI's  assignment  to the Company of its rights under the said leases (see this
Item 1.  "Existing and Proposed  Businesses - Proposed  TCS-1 Plant  Operations:
Sales of Rubber Crumb and Manufacture  and Sale of Finished  Products" under the
subcaption, "Proposed Ownership,  Establishment, and Operation of Tirex Advanced
Products Plant").


                                      131
<PAGE>

Loans to Louis Sanzaro and Affiliate

      On September 9, 1997,  the Company made an unsecured loan in the principal
amount  of  $30,000  to  Ocean  Utility  Contracting  Co.  Inc.,  a  New  Jersey
corporation  under the control of Louis  Sanzaro.  The loan bears interest at an
annual rate of 2% over the prime rate charged by Citibank,  NA and is payable on
demand.  To date,  none of the  principal or interest on this loan has been paid
and the  Company is unable to state at this time when it intends to make  demand
for payment.

      The  Company  made a loan in the  principal  amount  of  $70,405  to Louis
Sanzaro,  pursuant to Mr.  Sanzaro's  promissory  note,  dated April 8, 1998, as
amended and extended on September 5, 1998.  The loan bears interest at an annual
rate of 2% over the prime rate charged by Citibank,  NA (the "Prime  Rate") from
the date the  loan was made  through  the  maturity  date,  September  5,  1999.
Repayment of this loan is secured by a security and pledge agreement between the
parties,  pursuant  to which Mr.  Sanzaro  granted  to the  Company  a  security
interest in 400,000  shares of the Company's  common  stock,  which is presently
being held in escrow.

Extension of Exercise Period of Option Held by John G. Hartley

      On May 19, 1995,  the Company sold to John G.  Hartley,  a director of the
Company,  an option (the "Hartley  Option") to purchase twenty thousand (20,000)
shares of the Cumulative  Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company ("Preferred
Shares")  at an  exercise  price of $10 per share,  during a  two-year  exercise
period which commenced on May 19, 1995 and was scheduled to terminate on May 18,
1997.  Mr. Hartley paid the Company twenty  thousand  dollars  ($20,000) for the
said Hartley  Option.  On May 29, 1997,  the Company  amended the Hartley Option
(the  "Hartley  Amendment")  to  extend  the  exercise  and  conversion  periods
thereunder  to May 18,  1999.  For a  discussion  of the reasons for the Hartley
Amendment and  additional  details  respecting the original terms of the Hartley
Option,  reference  is made to Item 12 of the  Company's  annual  report of Form
10-KSB for the year ended June 30,  1997,  "Certain  Relationships  and  Related
Transactions" under the subcaption, "Extension of Exercise Period of Option Held
by John G. Hartley".

      To date, no part of the Hartley Option has been  exercised.  The date when
the Hartley  Option is  exercised,  if such event should  occur,  is referred to
herein as the "Exercise Date".  Pursuant to the terms of the Hartley  Amendment,
the  Preferred  Shares are  convertible  into common stock at a conversion  rate
equal to one Preferred Share (and each $10 of accumulated  and unpaid  dividends
thereon) for the number of shares of the Company's common stock  purchasable for
ten dollars at a per share price equal to 30% of the market price of such common
stock as at the date of conversion.  The number of Preferred Shares  purchasable
under the Hartley Option,  at a price of $10 per share,  can be increased if, at
the conversion rate in effect on the Exercise Date,  20,000 Preferred Shares are
convertible  into fewer than 2,000,000  shares of common stock.  Any increase in
the number of Preferred  Shares  purchasable  under the Hartley Option shall not
exceed  the amount  necessary  to allow the holder to  purchase,  in total,  the
number of Preferred Shares which, as at the Exercise Date, can be converted into
2,000,000 shares of common stock.

Transfer of 17% of Tirex R&D Shares From Kenneth J. Forbes to Terence C. Byrne.

      As discussed  above,  in "Existing  and  Proposed  Businesses",  under the
caption  "Canadian  Operations",  in May of 1995, in order to take  advantage of
such certain financial  incentives,  the Company formed a Canadian  corporation,
3143619  Canada  Inc.  (referred  to herein as "Tirex  R&D") in the  Province of
Quebec,  Canada, for the purpose of completing all research and development work
on the first production  model of the TCS-1 Plant and thereafter  serving as the
Company's 


                                      132
<PAGE>

manufacturing  arm.  There are a total of one hundred  shares of Tirex R&D stock
issued and outstanding.  These shares are held of record as follows:  (i) 49% by
the  company;  (ii) 34% by Terence  Byrne;  (iii) 17% by Louis V. Muro.  Messrs.
Byrne and Muro are Canadian residents and, therefore,  Tirex R&D has been deemed
to be eligible for Canadian government sponsored financial incentives.

      All of the Tirex R&D Shareholders  hold their shares pursuant to the terms
and  provisions  of a  Shareholders  Agreement,  dated July 3, 1995,  as amended
February 8, 1996 and August 21, 1997 (the  "Tirex R&D  Shareholders  Agreement")
which provides, among other things, for: (i) each Shareholder to retain complete
voting  control over all shares held of record by such  Shareholder;  (ii) Tirex
R&D's right to redeem the shares held by Mr. Byrne or Mr. Muro in amounts  equal
to any number of shares of Tirex R&D which may be sold to private  investors who
are also Canadian residents; (iii) the Company's right to direct the transfer of
all or any  part of such  shares  to  other  individuals  who are  officers  and
directors of the Company,  so long as such other  individuals  are also Canadian
Residents  who will hold such shares in  accordance  with the terms of the Tirex
Shareholders Agreement;  (iv) the return of all Tirex R&D shares held by Messrs.
Byrne and Muro upon the expiration of the  Shareholders  Agreement (May 2, 2001)
unless such  agreement is  unilaterally  extended by the Company.  On August 21,
1997, pursuant to the request of the Company 17 shares of Tirex R&D common stock
were  transferred  by Kenneth J.  Forbes,  a former  Tirex R&D  shareholder,  to
Terence C. Byrne. The Company does not intend to become the record holder of the
shares held by Messrs. Byrne and Muro until such time as its record ownership of
such shares will not contravene any Canadian  regulations  respecting  financial
aid and assistance to Tirex R&D.

Employment Agreement With Ms. Levine

      From January 18, 1995  through and  including  December 21, 1996,  Frances
Katz Levine was  employed by the Company as its  Secretary  and General  Counsel
under the terms of an  employment  agreement  dated January 18, 1995 (the "First
Levine  Employment  Agreement").  On December 22, 1996, Ms. Levine  resigned her
positions as Secretary,  General Counsel,  and as a Director of the Company. Her
resignation  was not caused by any  disagreement  with the Company on any matter
relating to the Company's  operations,  policies,  or  practices.  Following her
resignation  from the  foregoing  positions,  Ms.  Levine  has  continued  to be
employed by the Company as its in-house  Corporate and United States  Securities
Counsel  pursuant to the terms of her employment  agreement,  dated December 22,
1996  (the  "Second  Levine  Employment  Agreement").  The  Principal  terms and
conditions of the First and the Second Levine Employment Agreements,  other than
the  commencement  and  termination  dates and the positions and exact nature of
duties and responsibilities,  are essentially  identical,  except also for terms
which were added in order to insure that  benefits  and rights  earned under the
First  Employment  Agreement  would not be lost to Ms.  Levine  perforce  of the
foregoing  changes.  On May 1, 1997, the Second Levine Employment  Agreement was
amended to explicitly  state the original  intent of the parties that Ms. Levine
would remain eligible to receive a discretionary bonus for each year (or portion
thereof)  during which Ms.  Levine had served as Secretary  and General  Counsel
under the First Levine  Employment  Agreement.  Both the First and Second Levine
Employment  Agreements  provide  for  an  annual  salary  of  $150,000  and  the
reimbursement  of  business  related  expenses.  The  Second  Levine  Employment
Agreement,  which is currently in effect,  has a term which  expires on December
21,  2000.  Such  agreement  provides  for the  payment  of  bonuses at the sole
discretion of the Board of Directors  based upon a performance  evaluation.  The
Second Levine Employment Agreement also contains severance provisions similar to
those  contained  in the  Executive  Agreements  between the Company and each of
Terry  Byrne,  Lou  Muro  and Lou  Sanzaro.  It also  provides,  in light of the
Company's  cash  position,  that the Company  may, in lieu of payment in cash of
salary and reimbursable  expenses,  issue to Ms. Levine,  unregistered shares of
the  Company's  common  stock,  valued at 50% of the  average of the bid and ask
prices of such stock, as traded in the over-the-counter market and quoted in the
OTC Bulletin  Board,  during part or all of the period  during which such salary
was earned or such expenses were incurred.


                                      133
<PAGE>

Extension of Employment Agreements With Mr. Byrne and Mr. Muro

      The Company is a party to  employment  agreements  with  Terence C. Byrne,
chairman of the board of  directors  and CEO of the  Company,  and with Louis V.
Muro, the Company's vice president in charge of engineering. On May 1, 1997, the
parties  amended  these  employment  agreements  so as to extend the term of Mr.
Byrne's  agreement  until  December  31,  2003 and Mr.  Muro's  agreement  until
December 31, 2000. No other changes were made pursuant to these amendments.  For
a  discussion  in more  detail  of the  terms and  conditions  of the  Company's
employment  agreements  with Mr.  Byrne and Mr.  Muro,  reference is made to the
information  contained above in "Executive  Compensation - Employment  Contracts
and Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control Arrangements."

Executive Agreement With Louis Sanzaro.

      On July 23, 1998 the Company  entered into an  employment  agreement  with
Louis Sanzaro  pursuant to which Mr.  Sanzaro was employed as the Company's vice
president of  operations  until  February 11, 1999,  and since such date, as the
Company's  president.  The agreement was made effective as of June 15, 1998, the
date when Mr.  Sanzaro  began serving in such  capacity.  The agreement is for a
term of four years ending June 14, 2002 and provides for salary  compensation at
the annual rate of $175,000.  It also  included a signing  bonus  consisting  of
500,000 shares of the Company's common stock. In consideration for the Company's
entering into such employment agreement and issuing to Mr. Sanzaro an additional
2,500,000  shares of its common stock, Mr. Sanzaro released the Company from any
obligations  arising  out of or being  connected  with or  related to serve as a
distributor of TCS-1 Plants in North America or to receive  renumeration  of any
kind in connection with sales of TCS-1 Plants  theretofore or thereafter made by
the Company in North  America.  For a  discussion  in more detail of the Sanzaro
Executive  Agreement,  reference is made to the  information  contained above in
"Executive Compensation - Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and
Change-in-Control Arrangements".

Executive Agreement With Jean Frechette.

      On July 24,  1998 the  Company  and The  Tirex  Corporation  Canada,  Inc.
("Tirex  Canada")  entered into an employment  agreement  with Jean  Frechette ,
pursuant to which Mr.  Frechette  has been  employed as the  president and chief
operating  officer of Tirex Canada  effective  August 17, 1998. The agreement is
for a five year term ending August 16, 2003 and provides for salary compensation
at the annual rate of $150,000  along with a car  allowance of $500 Canadian per
month.  The  employment  agreement  also  included a signing  bonus of 1,000,000
shares of the  Company's  common  stock.  For a discussion in more detail of the
Frechette Executive  Agreement,  reference is made to the infirmation  contained
above in  "Executive  Compensation  - Employment  Contracts and  Termination  of
Employment and Change-in-Control Arrangements".

Executive Agreement With John L. Threshie, Jr.

      On February 20, 1997,  the Company  entered into an  employment  agreement
with John L. Threshie, Jr., pursuant to which Mr. Threshie is currently employed
as a vice president and as assistant  secretary of the Company.  Mr.  Threshie's
employment  agreement with the Company was made effective as of January 1, 1996,
the date when Mr.  Threshie  began  receiving  a salary  for  serving  as a vice
president.  The agreement was for a three-year term ending December 31, 1998 and
provided for compensation at the annual rate of $50,000.  Effective July 1, 1998
the salary  provisions  of the  agreement  were amended to provide for an annual
salary of $62,500 and as of December 31, 


                                      134
<PAGE>

1998, it was further amended to extend the term of the agreement to December 31,
1999.  From December 22, 1996 until February 11, 1999, Mr.  Threshie also served
as secretary of the Company.  For a discussion  in more detail of the  Executive
Agreements,  reference is made to the information  contained above in "Executive
Compensation   -  Employment   Contracts  and   Termination  of  Employment  and
Change-in-Control Arrangements".

Issuance of Stock to Mr. Muro as Compensation for Past Services

      Mr. Muro served as Secretary  of the Company from  December 29, 1992 until
March 1994 and as the  Company's  president  from March 1994 until  January  18,
1995. Mr. Muro received no compensation for any of the foregoing  services,  but
served on the basis of an  understanding  that he would be fairly and  equitably
compensated.  However,  former  management  failed to arrange  for, or pay,  any
compensation  to Mr. Muro for his  services as an officer of the Company  during
such periods.  In order to assure  itself of the continued  services of Mr. Muro
and to compensate him on a fair and equitable basis for the aforesaid  executive
services, on January 17, 1997, the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of
a total of 1,113,636  shares of common stock.  At that time,  Mr. Muro agreed to
accept such shares as  compensation  for all services  rendered prior to January
18, 1995 at the same rate as he has been  entitled  to receive for his  services
since such date.  Based upon the foregoing,  Mr. Muro was entitled to payment of
three hundred and six thousand,  two hundred fifty dollars ($306,250) in respect
of his pre-1995  services.  The number of shares so issued was calculated on the
basis of one hundred and fifty percent  (150%) of the average of the bid and ask
prices of the Company's common stock, as traded in the  over-the-counter  market
and reported in the electronic  bulletin board of the NASD,  during the calendar
years of 1993 and 1994. The Company's stock was traded only sporadically  during
such time.  Therefore,  calculations  were based upon the fifteen  months during
1993 and 1994 when actual  trading  took place and for which it was  possible to
obtain information. The average of the high and low closing prices of the common
stock of this corporation,  as traded in the over-the-counter market during such
fifteen month period,  which the Company was able to obtain,  was  approximately
$.18333 per share.

Amendment of Stock Option held by CG TIRE, Inc.

      On April 24, 1997, the Company granted to CG TIRE, Inc. (CGT) an option
to purchase at a per share price equal to fifty  percent (50%) of the average of
the final bid and ask prices of the common  stock of the  Company,  as quoted in
the OTC  Bulletin  Board during the ten business  days  preceding  the date of a
notice of  exercise  given by the CG TIRE,  all,  or any part of,  the number of
shares of the common  stock of the Company  which would  constitute,  upon their
issuance,  ten  percent  (10%) of the common  stock of the  Company,  issued and
outstanding, on a fully diluted basis (the "CGT Option"). As of August 13, 1997,
the Company  agreed to amend the CGT Option with respect to the  purchase  price
for a certain  portion of the CGT Option.  On February 18,  1997,  CGT agreed to
further amend its Option to make it unexercisable prior to the effective date of
the registration  statement.  For a discussion in detail of the terms of the CGT
Option and the consideration  received by the Company therefor, see footnote (4)
to the Principal Shareholders Table,  included,  above in "Security Ownership of
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management".

Consulting and Employment Agreements with Alan Crossley

      On July 1, 1997,  the Company  entered into an employment  agreement  with
Alan Crossley (the "Crossley  Employment  Agreement"),  a former director of the
Company, pursuant to which, Mr. Crossley was appointed as the Company's Managing
Director of European Market Development.  This Agreement replaced and superseded
a  consulting  agreement  between the Company and Mr.  Crossley  


                                      135
<PAGE>

(the "Crossley  Consulting  Agreement").  The said Consulting Agreement had been
entered  into on May 29,  1997  and had been  made  retroactively  effective  to
January 15,  1997.  Such  retroactive  effectiveness  reflected  the time period
during which Mr.  Crossley,  directly  and through  GAPCO,  Inc., a  corporation
controlled by Mr. Crossley had actually rendered services to the Company, as its
European  Market  Development  Consultant.  The  Crossley  Consulting  Agreement
provided  for  consulting  services  consisting  of advice and  opinions  to the
Company  concerning,   and  the  undertaking  and  effectuation  of,  activities
necessary to establish and develop in Europe and in India, markets for the TCS-1
Plant and for rubber crumb and the preparation of market development studies for
the Iberian  Peninsula and India.  The Crossley  Consulting  Agreement was for a
two-year term and provided for the following  compensation:  (i) upon completion
of the  Iberian  Peninsula  Market  Study  conducted  by  GAPCO,  Inc.,  $40,000
(Canadian)  to be paid in either,  or a  combination  of,  cash or  unregistered
shares  of the  Company's  common  stock,  valued at $.17 per  share;  (ii) upon
completion  of the  Indian  Market  Study  conducted  by  GAPCO,  Inc.,  $40,000
(Canadian)  to be paid in either,  or a  combination  of,  cash or  unregistered
shares of the  Company's  common  stock,  valued at $.17 per share,  and (ii) an
expense  allowance of up to $115,000  (Canadian)  or  approximately  US $80,500.
Although the Crossley Consulting Agreement also provided for an annual salary of
$75,000 (Canadian),  such salary was not to commence until July 1, 1997. Because
the  Consulting  Agreement  was  replaced by the Crossley  Employment  Agreement
effective as of January 15, 1997, no salary payments were ever due or paid under
the said Consulting  Agreement.  However,  pursuant to the terms of the Crossley
Consulting  Agreement,  payments of an aggregate of $80,000 (Canadian) were paid
to Mr.  Crossley,  in a  combination  of cash and  common  stock,  in respect of
certain market studies for the Iberian  Peninsula and India  conducted by GAPCO,
Inc. The stock  portion of such  compensation  was paid on May 29, 1997 with the
issuance of 84,658 shares of the Company's common stock.

      Pursuant  to  the  agreement  of  the  parties,  the  Crossley  Employment
Agreement  was made  effective as of June 15,  1997.  It provides for a one-year
term,  automatically  renewable for two successive  one-year periods.  Under the
terms of the Employment  Agreement,  Mr. Crossley is responsible for undertaking
and  effecting  activities  necessary to establish  and develop  markets for the
TCS-1 Plant and for the crumb rubber which will be produced by the  operation of
the TCS-1 Plant  throughout the European  Economic  Union,  India,  Pakistan and
Saudi Arabia (collectively the "Territory"), and such other areas as the parties
may, from time to time, mutually agree. In connection therewith, Mr. Crossley is
responsible  for,  among  other  things,  setting up the  appropriate  corporate
structure and organization for importing and distributing TCS-1 Plants and crumb
rubber into and throughout  Europe. The Crossley  Employment  Agreement provides
for  compensation  by way of an annual salary of $75,000  (Canadian) and a sales
commission  of eight  percent (8%) of the  purchase  price of all sales of TCS-1
Plants sold within the Territory,  provided  however that,  all salary  payments
made or payable under the Crossley  Employment  Agreement  will be deducted from
the  amount of any such sales  commissions.  The  Agreement  also  provides  for
reimbursement of documented  expenses for specified purposes in an amount not to
exceed $115,000 (Canadian) per year.

Bonuses and Additional Compensation to Employees

      On May 30,  1997,  the Company  authorized  the  issuance of shares of its
Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of options (the "Bonus Options") which had
been  granted to Terence C. Byrne,  Louis V. Muro,  and  Frances  Katz Levine as
bonuses for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1995 and 1996  pursuant to the terms
of their  respective  employment  agreements.  The Bonus Options  permitted such
persons to purchase  shares of common stock,  at a per share  exercise  price of
$.001 per share, as follows:  Terence C. Byrne - 1,413,382 shares, Louis V. Muro
- - 1,115,093  shares,  and Frances Katz Levine - 811,684  shares.  The respective
employment agreements,  pursuant to which such options were granted, provide for
discretionary bonuses for each year (or portion thereof) during the term of such
agreements,  with the actual  amount of any such bonus to be  determined  in the
sole  discretion  of the Board of  Directors  based upon its  evaluation  of the
Executive's performance during 


                                      136
<PAGE>

uch year. Such bonuses were unanimously approved by the Company's full board of
directors, which, at that time, consisted of six members including Mr. Byrne and
Mr.  Muro.  All of the  said  Options  were  exercised  by  the  option  holders
immediately upon the grants thereof.

      On January 28, 1998,  the Company  authorized the issuance of an aggregate
of  4,000,000  shares  to two of its  executive  officers  and to its  corporate
attorney,  at a price of  $.001  per  share,  as  follows:  Terence  C.  Byrne -
2,000,000 shares,  Louis V. Muro - 1,000,000  shares,  and Frances Katz Levine -
1,000,000  shares.  Such sales were made  pursuant  to the  exercise  of options
granted to such persons and subsequently  amended,  as follows:  On September 3,
1997, the Company granted to the foregoing  individuals  options to purchase the
respective  number of shares set forth above at an  exercise  price equal to the
full market price of the Common Stock at such date, as follows: Terence C. Byrne
- - 2,000,000, Louis V. Muro - 1,000,000, and Frances Katz Levine - 1,000,000 (the
"1997  Options").  Such  bonuses were granted for the fiscal year ended June 30,
1997 pursuant to the terms of their  respective  employment  agreements with the
Company,  which  provide  for  discretionary  bonuses  for each year (or portion
thereof) during the term of such agreements,  with the actual amount of any such
bonus to be  determined in the sole  discretion of the Board of Directors  based
upon its evaluation of the Executive's  performance during such year. On January
13,  1998,  the  Company  granted  to each of these  persons a bonus  (the "1998
Bonus"),  under the terms of their  respective  employment  agreements,  for the
fiscal year which ended on June 30, 1998 (the "1998 Bonuses").  The 1998 Bonuses
consisted of  amendments  to the terms of the 1997  Options,  which  reduced the
option  exercise  price to $.001 per share.  Both the 1997 and the 1998  bonuses
were  unanimously  approved by the Company's full board of directors  which,  at
that time, consisted of six members including Mr. Byrne and Mr. Muro.

      On June 23, 1998,  the Company's  board of directors by unanimous  written
consent,  recognized that since January of 1995, on behalf, and for the benefit,
of the Company and without any cash compensation therefor, Terence C. Byrne, the
chairman of the board of  directors  and CEO of the  Company  and  Frances  Katz
Levine,  formerly the secretary and a director,  and presently  corporate and US
securities counsel of the Company, had made substantial financial accommodations
and had put themselves at significant financial risk, including, but not limited
to the following:  Mr.  Byrne's;  (i) having made personal loans to the Company,
including a loan in the amount of $102,000 made in January of 1998;  (ii) having
been personally  responsible  for all credit card debt of the Company,  covering
all travel, entertainment,  and significant day-to-day operating expenses of the
Company;  (iii) being the  co-guarantor  of all bank debt of the Company and its
subsidiaries;  and (iv) being the  co-guarantor  on all equipment  leases of the
Company;  and Ms.  Levine  having for a continuous  period of three and one-half
years,  provided,  rent-free  and with no charge for the costs of  utilities,  a
fully-equipped law office,  dedicated solely and exclusively to the requirements
of the  Company  and  throughout  such  period,  having  paid,  without any cash
reimbursement  ever having been made to her, all costs and expenses  incurred by
the Company in connection with its legal service requirements, including but not
limited to: (i)  telephone  charges  (ii)  office  furnishings,  equipment,  and
supplies;  (iii) Federal  Express and other postage;  and (iv)  secretarial  and
clerical staff. The board further stated its belief that the significant  growth
and development  demonstrated by the Company,  from January 1995 to the present,
could  not  have  been   possible   without   the  above   described   financial
accommodations  made  by Mr.  Byrne  and Ms.  Levine  and  that,  in view of the
significant  contributions  made,  and the financial  risks  incurred,  by these
persons,  it would be fair and  equitable to  compensate  them for the foregoing
financial  accommodations made, and risks incurred,  by them. In effectuation of
the foregoing,  on or about July 9, 1998, the Company authorized the issuance of
4,000,000  shares of its common stock to Mr. Byrne and  2,000,000  shares of its
common stock to Ms. Levine.


                                      137
<PAGE>

ITEM 13.  EXHIBITS

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND
          REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

Financial Statements

     The financial statements filed as a part of this report are as follows:

     Consolidated Balance Sheet - June 30, 1998

     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 1997 and
       1998, and  cumulative  for the period from  inception  (July 15, 1987) to
       June 30, 1998

     Consolidated Statements of Owners' Equity (Deficit) as at
       July 15, 1987 and June 30, 1988 - 1998

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 1997 and
       1998 and cumulative for the period from inception  (July 15,1987) to June
       30, 1998

Financial Statement Schedules

      Financial statements schedules have been omitted for the reason that they
are not required or are not applicable,  or the required information is shown in
the financial statements or notes thereto.

Exhibits

      The  exhibits  filed as a part of this  Report or  incorporated  herein by
reference are as follows:
                                                              
Exhibits Incorporated
                                                            Herein By Reference,
                                                            Exhibit No. As Filed
                                                            With Document
                                                            Indicated
                                                            --------------------

2.   (a) Agreement and Plan of Merger and
           Reorganization, dated May 9, 1989 (1)                     2
     (b) Certificate of Merger, filed with the
           Secretary of State of Delaware on June 8, 1989 (5)        2(b)
     (c) Certificate of Merger, filed with the
           Secretary of State of New Jersey on June 8, 1989 (5)      2(c)
     (d) Acquisition Agreement among the Company,
           Patrick McLaren, Louis V. Muro and George
           Fattell, dated March 26, 1993 (8)                         2
     (e) Certificate of Merger, of Tirex Acquisition Corp and
           RPM Incorporated filed with the Secretary of State
           of Delaware on January 20, 1998 (20)


                                      138
<PAGE>

     (f) Agreement and Plan of Merger
           (Tirex Acquisition Corp. and RPM Incorporated)

3.   (a) Certificate of Incorporation filed August 19, 1987 (2)       3(a)
     (b) Certificate of Amendment filed June 20, 1989 (5)             3(b)
     (c) Certificate of Amendment filed March 10, 1993 (8)            3
     (d) Certificate of Amendment filed December 5, 1995 (9)          3(e)
     (e) By-Laws (2)                                                  3(b)
     (f) Certificate of Amendment filed August 11, 1997
     (g) Certificate of Amendment filed February 3, 1998 (21)         3
     (h) Certificate of Incorporation of Tirex Acquisition Corp.,
           filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on
           December 15, 1997 (20)                                     3(h)
     (k) Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of 
           Incorporation, filed with the Secretary of State of 
           Delaware on July 10, 1998 (19)                             3

4.   (a) Form of Option to John Hartley for the purchase
           of 20,000 shares of Preferred Stock (9)                    4(g)
     (b) Form of Exchangeable Option, Dated October 5,
           1995, to Sharon Sanzaro for the purchase of 560,000
           shares of common stock (9)                                 4(h)
     (c) Form of Exchangeable Option, Dated October 5,
           1995, to Raymond Pirraglia for the purchase of 
           140,000 shares of common stock (9)                         4(i)
     (d) Form of Exchangeable Option, Dated October 5,
           1995, to Terry Bentley for the purchase of 100,000
           shares of common stock (9)                                 4(j)
     (e) Form of Exchangeable Option, Dated January 1,
           1996, to Raymond Pirraglia for the purchase of 43,750
           shares of common stock(9)                                  4(k)
     (f) Form of Exchangeable Option, Dated January 1,
           1996, to Terry Bentley for the purchase of 31,250
           shares of common stock (9)                                 4(l)
     (g) Form of Exchangeable Option, Dated January 1,
           1996, to Sharon Sanzaro for the purchase of 175,000
           shares of common stock (9)                                 4(m)
     (h) Specimen Preferred Stock Certificate (9)                     4(f)
     (i) Form of Exchangeable Option, Dated as of March 31,
           1996, to Raymond Pirraglia for the purchase of 43,750
           shares of common stock (12)                                4(n)
     (j) Form of Exchangeable Option, Dated as of March 31, 1996,
           to Terry Bentley for the purchase of 31,250
           shares of common stock (12)                                4(o)
     (k) Form of Exchangeable Option, Dated as of March 31,
           1996, to Sharon Sanzaro for the purchase of 175,000
           shares of common stock (12)                                4(p)
     (l) Form of Exchangeable Option, Dated July 1,
           1996, to Raymond Pirraglia for the purchase of 43,750
           shares of common stock (12)                                4(q)
     (m) Form of Exchangeable  Option,  Dated July 1, 1996, to 
           Terry Bentley for the purchase of 31,250 shares of 
           common stock (12)                                          4(r)


                                      139
<PAGE>

     (n) Form of Exchangeable Option, Dated July 1,
           1996, to Sharon Sanzaro for the purchase of 175,000
           shares of common stock (12)                                4(s)
     (o) Form of Option, Dated April 24, 1997 to CG TIRE, Inc.
           for the purchase of up to 10% of the common stock
           of the Company (17)                                        4(t)
     (p) Amendment, Dated September 30, 1997, to GC TIRE,  Inc.(20)
     (q) Amendment,  Dated February 16, 1998, to CG TIRE, Inc.(20)
     (r) Form of "Type A" Subordinated,
           Convertible Debenture
     (s) Form of "Type B" Subordinated
           Convertible Debenture (20)                                 4(t)
     (t) Form of "Type A" Warrant
     (u) Stock Purchase Warrant
           Issued To Security Capital Trading, Inc.
     (v) Form of Amendment to "Type B" Debenture (20)                 4(w)
     (w) Amendment to CGT Option (20)                                 4(x)
     (x) Form of "Type A" Securities
           Purchase Agreement
     (y) Form of "Type B" Securities Purchase Agreement (20)          4(y)
     (z) Form of "Type C" Subscription and Registration
           Rights Agreement (20)                                      4(aa)
     (aa)Option To Purchase Common Stock, Issued to
           Alan Epstein, dated April 13, 1998 (18)                    4.2
     (bb)Form of Amendment to "Type A" Subordinated,
                  Convertible Debenture

10.  (a) Executive Agreement, dated Jan 18, 1995,
           between the Company and Terence C. Byrne (9)               10(rr)
     (b) Stock Restriction Agreements, dated Jan 18, 1995,
           June 1, 1995, and July 31, 1995 between the Company
           and Terence C. Byrne (9)                                   10(tt)
     (c) Stock Restriction Agreements, dated Jan 18, 1995,
           June 1, 1995, July 31, 1995 between the Company
           and Frances Katz Levine (9)                                10(uu)
     (d) License Agreement , dated as of July 3, 1995 between
           the Company and Tirex Canada (9)                           10(ggg)
     (e) Shareholders Agreement, dated as of July 3, 1995, as
           amended February 8, 1996 among the Company,
         Tirex Canada, Kenneth J. Forbes, Terence C. Byrne,
              and Louis V. Muro (9)                                   10(hhh)
     (f) Amendment, dated August 27, 1997 to Shareholders Agreement,
           dated as of July 3, 1995, as amended
           February 8, 1996 among the Company,
           Tirex Canada, Kenneth J. Forbes,
           Terence C. Byrne, and Louis V. Muro(20)                    10(f)
     (g) Special Compensation Agreement, dated April 1, 1996,
           between the Company and Frances Katz Levine (11)           4.6
     (h) Amendment No. 1 dated May 30, 1996, to Executive
           Agreement, dated Jan. 18, 1995, between the Company
           and Terence C. Byrne (11)                                  4.7
     (i) Amendment No. 1 dated May 30, 1996, to Stock Restriction
           Agreement, dated June 1, 1995, between the Company
           and Terence C. Byrne (11)                                  4.9


                                      140
<PAGE>

     (j) Amendment No. 1 dated May 30, 1996, to Stock Restriction
           Agreement, dated June 1, 1995, between the Company
           and Frances Katz Levine (11)                               4.9
     (k) Special Compensation Agreements, dated June 1, 1995,
           July 25, 1995, November 15, 1995, and March 18, 1996
           between the Company and Terence C. Byrne (12)              10(rrr)
     (l) Special  Compensation  Agreements,  dated November 15, 1995
           and March 18, 1996, and April 1, 1996
           between the Company and Louis V. Muro (12)                 10(ttt)
     (m) English translation of Agreement for Financial Assistance
           for Technology Development between La Societe Quebecoise
           de Recuperation et de Recyclage and
           Tirex Canada Inc. (12)                                     10(vvv)
     (n) Commitment,  dated  April  11,  1996,  from the  Industrial
           Recovery Program for Southwest Montreal,
           for a loan of up to $500,000 (Canadian) (12)               10(www)
     (o) Amendment No. 1 to Stock Restriction Agreement
           of January 18, 1995, dated May 30, 1996, between
           the Company and Terence C. Byrne. (12)                     10(xxx)
     (p) Amendment No 1. to Stock Restriction Agreement
           of January 18, 1995, dated May 30, 1996,
           between the Company and Frances Katz Levine. (12)          10(yyy)
     (q) Financial Consulting Agreement, dated May 3, 1997,
           between the Company and The Nais Corp. (15)                10
           between the Company and the Nais Corp.
     (r) Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 1996,
           between the Company and John L. Threshie, Jr. (13)         4.4
     (s) Employment Agreement, dated April 29, 1997,
           between the Company and Vijay Kachru (17)                  10(cccc)
     (t) Amendment No.2, dated May 1, 1997, to Stock Restriction
           Agreement of April 1, 1996, between the Company
           and Louis V. Muro (17)                                     10(dddd)
     (u) Amendment No. 2, dated May 1, 1997, to Stock Restriction
           Agreement of June 1, 1995 between the Company
           and Terence C. Byrne (17)                                  10(eeee)
     (v) Amendment No. 2, dated May 1, 1997, to Stock Restriction
           Agreement of June 1, 1995 between the Company
           and Frances Katz Levine (17)                               10(ffff)
     (w) Employment Agreement, dated December 22, 1997, between
           the Company and Frances Katz Levine (17)                   10(gggg)
     (x) Amendment, dated May 1, 1997, to Employment Agreement
           of December 22, 1996, between the Company and
           Frances Katz Levine (17)                                   10(hhhh)
     (y) Amendment, dated May 1, 1997, to Employment Agreement
           of January 18, 1995, between the Company and
           Terence C. Byrne (17)                                      10(iiii)
     (z) Amendment, dated May 1, 1997 to Employment Agreement
           of January 1, 1996, between the Company and
           Louis V. Muro (17)                                         10(jjjj)
     (aa) Equipment Lease & Purchase Agreement, dated May 29, 1997,
           between the Company and Oceans Tire Recycling &
           Processing Co., Inc., including Royalty Agreement


                                      141
<PAGE>

           and Crumb rubber Brokerage Agreement, of even date
           therewith, as Exhibits thereto (17)                        10(kkkk)
     (bb)Equipment Lease & Purchase  Agreement,  dated May 29, 
           1997, between the Company and Ocean Ventures III, 
           Inc., including Royalty Agreement and Crumb rubber 
           Brokerage Agreement, of even date therewith, as 
           Exhibits thereto (17)                                     10(llll)
     (cc)Equipment Lease & Purchase Agreement, dated July 8, 1997,
           between the Company and Recycletron Inc., including Royalty
           Agreement  and Crumb rubber  Brokerage  Agreement,  of even
           date therewith,
           as Exhibits thereto (17)                                  10(mmmm
     (dd)Consulting Agreement, dated April 18, 1998, between the 
           Company and Alan Epstein(18)                              4.1
     (ee)Consulting Agreement, dated January 28, 1998, between 
           the Company and Louis Sanzaro (20)                        10(gg)
     (ff)Executive Agreement made as of July 23, 1998 between the
           Company and Louis Sanzaro (19)                            10.1
     (gg)Executive Agreement made as of July 24, 1998  among the
           Company, The Tirex Corporation Canada Inc. and 
           Jean Frechette (19)                                       10.2
     (hh)Employment Agreement made as of June 22, 1998 between
           the Company and Scott Rapfogel (19)                       10.3
     (ii)Agreement, dated December 11, 1998, between the Company
           and IM2 Merchandising and Manufacturing, Inc.
     (jj)Consulting Agreement, dated April 1, 1998, between 
           the Company and Security Capital Trading, Inc.
     (kk)Offer of Federal Office of Regional Development (Quebec), dated
           July 4, 1997, of repayable contribution of CA$95,000 for market
           development studies and activities in the United States
           (Project No. 0762)
     (ll)Offer of Federal Office of Regional Development (Quebec), dated
           March 9, 1998, of repayable contribution of CA$98,000 for
           international market development activities
           (Project No. 1158)
     (mm)Offer of Federal Office of Regional Development (Quebec), dated
           March 26, 1997, of repayable contribution of CA$20,000 for
           preparation of market development studies for India
           (Project No. 0635)
     (nn)Passenger  Car  Equipment  Lease & Purchase  Agreement,  dated
           August 19,  1998,  between the  Company  and ENERCON  American
           Distribution Ltd.
     (oo)Truck Tire Equipment Lease & Purchase Agreement,  dated August
           19,   1998,   between  the   Company   and  ENERCON   American
           Distribution Ltd.
     (pp)Royalty Agreement, dated August 19, 1998,
           between the Company and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd.
     (qq)Rubber Crumb Purchase Option Agreement, dated August 19, 1998,
           between Registrant and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd.
     (rr)Purchase Rights Agreement, dated August 19, 1998,
           between the Company and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd.
     (ss)Passenger Car Equipment Lease & Purchase Agreement, dated October 9, 
           1998, between the Company and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd.
     (tt)Truck Tire Equipment Lease & Purchase Agreement, dated October 9, 1998,
           between the Company and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd.
     (uu)Royalty Agreement, dated October 9, 1998,


                                      142
<PAGE>

           between the Company and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd.
     (vv) Rubber Crumb Purchase Option Agreement, dated October 9, 1998,
           between Registrant and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd.
     (ww) Purchase Rights Agreement, dated October 9, 1998,
           between the Company and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd.
     (xx) Equipment Lease & Purchase Agreement, dated December 12, 1997,
           between the Company and 750824 Alberta Ltd.
     (yy) European Market Development Consulting Agreement, dated May 29, 1997,
           with Alan Crossley
     (zz) Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1997, with Alan Crossley (aaa)
           Promissory Note, dated January 23, 1998, from the Company to
           Terence C. Byrne in the amount of $102,000
     (bbb) Promissory Note, dated October 27, 1998, from the Company to
           Bartholomew International Investments Ltd. in the amount of
           $150,000
     (ccc) Release,  dated December 2, 1998, to Promissory  Notes,  dated
             October 27, 1998 and November  30,  1998,  from the Company to
             Bartholomew  International  Investments  Ltd.  and  Terence C.
             Byrne, respectively.
     (ddd) Promissory Note, dated November 30, 1998, from the Company to
             Terence C. Byrne in the amount of $14,000
     (eee) Promissory Note, dated April 8, 1998, from Louis V. Sanzaro to
             the Company in the amount of $70,405.31
     (fff) Security and Pledge Agreement, dated April 8, 1998, between
             Louis V. Sanzaro and the Company
     (ggg) Amendment, dated September 5, 1998, to Promissory Note,
             dated April 8, 1998, from Louis V. Sanzaro to the Company
     (hhh) Promissory Note, dated September 9, 1997, from Ocean Utility
             Contracting Co., Inc. to the Company in the amount of $30,000
     (iii) Management  translation  of  Offer of Loan  Guarantee,  dated
             January  16,  1998,   from  the  Societe'  de   Developpement
           Industrial du Quebec (original in French)
     (jjj)   Loan  Agreement,  dated  February 21,  1996,  between Bank of
             Montreal the Company's  subsidiary 3143619 Canada Inc.("Tirex
             R&D)
     (kkk) Offer of Federal Office of Regional Development (Quebec),
             of repayable contribution of CA$20,000 for market
             development studies for the Iberian peninsula
             (Project No. 0526)
     (lll) Offer of Federal Office of Regional Development (Quebec),
             of repayable contribution of CA$95,000 for
             market development activities for the Iberian peninsula
             (Project No. 0761)

17.  (a) Release and Resignation of J. Richard Goldstein,
           dated November 5, 1992 (7)                                  17(a)
     (b) Release and Resignation of Robert Kopsack,
           dated November 5, 1992 (7)                                  17(b)
     (c) Release and Resignation of Peter Stratton,
           dated November 5, 1992 (7)                                  17(c)
     (d) Release and Resignation of George Fattell,
           dated March 24, 1994 (9)                                    17(d)
     (e) Notice and Release of Escrow Agent by Patrick McLaren
           and Louis V. Muro, dated January 18, 1995 (9)               17(e)


                                      143
<PAGE>

20.  (a) "Type A" Private Placement Memorandum, dated
           November 5, 1997, as amended February 26, 1998 (20)          20(a)
     (b) "Type B" Private Placement Memorandum, dated
           November 28, 1997, as amended March 6, 1998 (20)             20(b)
     (c) "Type C" Private Placement Memorandum, dated
           March 19, 1998 (20)                                          20(c)

21.  Subsidiaries of the Company

22.  (a) Notice to Shareholders,  dated July 21, 1997,  Pursuant 
           to Delaware  General  Corporation Law Section 228(d),
           respecting the amendment of the Certificate of 
           Incorporation, changing the Company's name to 
           "The Tirex Corporation" (16)                                 20
     (b) Notice to Shareholders, dated February 4, 1998,
           Pursuant to Delaware General Corporation
           Law Section 228(d), respecting the amendment
           of the Certificate of Incorporation, increasing
           the Company's Capital Stock to 70,000,000 shares (21)        20
     (c) Notice to Shareholders, dated July 13, 1998,
           Pursuant to Delaware General Corporation
           Law Section 228(d), respecting the amendment
           of the Certificate of Incorporation, increasing
           the Company's Capital Stock to 120,000,000 shares (19)       20

99.  (a) Feasibility Study by Techtran:
           Technology Transfer Institute (12)

- ---------
Notes

      (1) Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 21, 1989, as
an exhibit, numbered as indicated above, to the Company's current report on Form
8-K dated June 1, 1989, which exhibits are incorporated herein by reference.

      (2) Filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as an  exhibit,
numbered as indicated  above,  to the  registration  statement of the Company on
Form S-18,  File No.  33-17598-NY,  which  exhibits are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

      (3) Filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as an  exhibit,
numbered as indicated above, to the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1988, which exhibits are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

      (4) Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 1988
and incorporated herein by reference.

      (5) Filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission on August 10, 1989,
as an exhibit, numbered as indicated above, to post-effective amendment no. 1 to
the  registration  statement of the Company on Form S-18, File No.  33-17598-NY,
which exhibits are incorporated herein by reference.


                                      144
<PAGE>

      (6) Filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as an  exhibit,
numbered as indicated above, to the Company's transition report on Form 10-K for
the  transition  period  December 31, 1988 to June 30, 1989,  which exhibits are
incorporated herein by reference.

      (7) Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 1, 1993,
as an exhibit,  numbered as indicated above, to the Company's  current report on
Form 8-K dated  November 5, 1992,  which  exhibits  are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

      (8) Filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission on April 15, 1993,
as an exhibit,  numbered as indicated above, to the Company's  current report on
Form 8-K  dated  March 10,  1993,  which  exhibits  are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

      (9) Filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as an  exhibit,
numbered as indicated  above, to the Company's  annual report on Form 10-KSB for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995, which exhibits are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

      (10) Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 20, 1996 as
an exhibit,  numbered as indicated above, to the  registration  statement of the
Company on Form S-8, File No. 333-5090,  which exhibits are incorporated  herein
by reference.

      (11) Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 22, 1996
as an exhibit, numbered as indicated above, to the registration statement of the
Company on Form S-8, Registration No. 333-5310,  which exhibits are incorporated
herein by reference.

      (12) Filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as an exhibit,
numbered as indicated  above, to the Company's  annual report on Form 10-KSB for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, which exhibits are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

      (13) Filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission on March 21, 1997
as an exhibit, numbered as indicated above, to the registration statement of the
Company on Form S-8, Registration No. 333-23759, which exhibits are incorporated
herein by reference.

      (14) Filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission on August 27, 1997
as an exhibit, numbered as indicated above, to the registration statement of the
Company on Form S-8, Registration No. 333-34369, which exhibits are incorporated
herein by reference.

      (15) Filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission on July 14, as an
exhibit,  numbered as indicated  above, to the Company's  current report on Form
8-K dated June 24, 1997, which exhibits are incorporated herein by reference.

      (16) Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 1997,
as an exhibit,  numbered as indicated above, to the Company's  current report on
Form 8-K  dated  July 11,  1997,  which  exhibits  are  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

      (17) Filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as an exhibit,
numbered as indicated  above, to the Company's  annual report on Form 10-KSB for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, which exhibits are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

      (18) Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 14,
1998 as an exhibit,  numbered as indicated above, to the registration  statement
of the Company on Form S-8, File No. 333-50071,  which exhibits are incorporated
herein by reference.


                                      145
<PAGE>

      (19) Filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission on July 30, 1998,
as an exhibit,  numbered as indicated above, to the Company's  current report on
Form  8-K  dated  May 27,  1998,  which  exhibits  are  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

      (20) Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 21, 1998, as
an exhibit, numbered as indicated above, to the Company's registration statement
on Form SB-2, which exhibits are incorporated herein by reference.

      (21) Filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on February 16,
1998,  as an exhibit,  numbered as indicated  above,  to the  Company's  current
report on Form 8-K dated  February  3, 1998,  which  exhibits  are  incorporated
herein by reference.

Reports on 8-K

      The Company  did not file any current  reports on Form 8-K during the last
quarter of the period covered by this Report.


                                      146
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

      In accordance  with Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934, the Company
has caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned  thereunto
duly authorized.

                                            THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                     By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                        ----------------------------------------
Date: March 4, 1999                     Terence C. Byrne, Chairman of the Board
                                        of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

      In accordance  with Section 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  Report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Company in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

      SIGNATURES                           TITLE                      Date

Principal Executive Officer:

/s/ Terence C. Byrne                                               March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------
    Terence C. Byrne                   Chairman of the Board
                                       of Directors and Chief
                                       Executive Officer

Principal Financial and Accounting Officer:

/s/ Michael D.A. Ash                                               March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------
    Michael D.A. Ash                   Secretary, Treasurer,
                                        and Chief Financial and
                                        Accounting Officer

A Majority of the Board of Directors:

/s/ Terence C. Byrne                                               March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------
    Terence C. Byrne                   Director

/s/ Louis Sanzaro                                                  March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------
     Louis Sanzaro                     Director

/s/ Louis V. Muro                                                  March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------
    Louis V. Muro                      Director

/s/ Henry Meier                                                    March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------
    Henry Meier                        Director


                                      147
<PAGE>

                  SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED WITH
                 REPORTS FILED PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(D) OF THE
                      EXCHANGE ACT BY NON-REPORTING ISSUERS

      No annual  report or proxy  materials  have been sent to  security-holders
during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 or the subsequent  interim period. As
at the date hereof, the Company plans to furnish proxy materials relating to its
annual meeting, which is presently intended to be held during the current fiscal
year. All such materials will be furnished to the Commission at the same time as
they are sent to securities holders.


                                      148

<PAGE>

                                              Commission File Number 33-17598-NY

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                                 Washington, DC

                                   ----------

                                   FORM 10-KSB

                                  Annual Report

                            For the Fiscal Year Ended

                                  June 30, 1998

                                   ----------

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

               (Exact Name of the Company as specified in Charter)

                                    EXHIBITS


                                                                             149
<PAGE>

                     INDEX OF EXHIBITS BEING FILED HEREWITH

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

2.
      (f)   Agreement and Plan of Merger
              (Tirex Acquisition Corp. and RPM Incorporated).................153

4.
      (r)   Form of "Type A" Subordinated,
              Convertible Debenture..........................................174
      (t)   Form of "Type A" Warrant.........................................186
      (u)   Form of Stock Purchase Warrant
              Issued To Security Capital Trading, Inc........................200
      (x)   Form of "Type A" Securities
              Purchase Agreement.............................................213
      (bb)  Form of Amendment to "Type A" Subordinated,
              Convertible Debenture..........................................216

10.

      (ii)  Agreement, dated December 11, 1998, between
              the Company and IM2 Merchandising and
              Manufacturing, Inc.............................................224
      (jj)  Consulting Agreement, dated April 1, 1998, between
              the Company and Security Capital Trading, Inc..................240
      (kk)  Offer of Federal Office of Regional Development
              (Quebec), dated July 4, 1997, of repayable contribution of
              CA$95,000 for market development studies and activities
              in the United States (Project No. 0762)........................246
      (ll)  Offer of Federal Office of Regional Development
              (Quebec), dated March 9, 1998, of repayable contribution of
              CA$98,000 for international market development activities
              (Project No. 1158).............................................258
      (mm)  Offer of Federal Office of Regional Development (Quebec),
              dated March 26, 1997, of repayable contribution of CA$20,000
              for preparation of market development studies for India
              (Project No. 0635).............................................271
      (nn)  Passenger Car Equipment Lease & Purchase Agreement, dated
              August 19, 1998, between Registrant and ENERCON American
              Distribution Ltd...............................................282
      (oo)  Truck Tire Equipment Lease & Purchase Agreement, dated
              August 19, 1998, between Registrant and ENERCON American
              Distribution Ltd...............................................302


                                                                             150
<PAGE>

      (pp)  Royalty Agreement, dated August 19, 1998, between Registrant
              and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd..........................322
      (qq)  Rubber Crumb Purchase Option Agreement, dated August 19, 1998,
              between Registrant and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd.......328
      (rr)  Purchase Rights Agreement, dated August 19, 1998,
              between Registrant and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd.......334
      (ss)  Passenger Car Equipment Lease & Purchase Agreement, dated
              October 9, 1998, between Registrant and ENERCON American
              Distribution Ltd...............................................339
      (tt)  Truck Tire Equipment Lease & Purchase Agreement, dated
              October 9, 1998, between Registrant and ENERCON American
              Distribution Ltd...............................................364
      (uu)  Royalty Agreement, dated October 9, 1998, between Registrant
              and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd..........................390
      (vv)  Rubber Crumb Purchase Option Agreement, dated October 9, 1998,
              between Registrant and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd.......396
      (ww)  Purchase Rights Agreement, dated October 9, 1998, between
              Registrant and ENERCON American Distribution Ltd...............402
      (xx)  Equipment Lease & Purchase Agreement, dated December 12, 1997,
              between Registrant and 750824 Alberta Ltd. (with ancillary
              agreements attached as exhibits)...............................407
      (yy)  European Market Development Consulting Agreement,
              dated May 29, 1997, with Alan Crossley.........................436
      (zz)  Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1997, 
              with Alan Crossley.............................................442
      (aaa) Promissory Note, dated January 23, 1998, from the Company to
              Terence C. Byrne in the amount of $102,000.....................451
      (bbb) Promissory Note, dated October 27, 1998, from the Company to
              Bartholomew International Investments Ltd. in the
              amount of $150,000.............................................454
      (ccc) Release, dated December 2, 1998, to Promissory Notes,
              dated October 27, 1998 and November 30, 1998, from the Company
              to Bartholomew International Investments Ltd.
              and Terence C. Byrne, respectively.............................457
      (ddd) Promissory Note, dated November 30, 1998, from the Company to
              Terence C. Byrne in the amount of $14,000......................461
      (eee) Promissory Note, dated April 8, 1998, from Louis V. Sanzaro to
              the Company in the amount of $70,405.31........................463
      (fff) Security and Pledge Agreement, dated April 8, 1998, between
              Louis V. Sanzaro and the Company...............................466
      (ggg) Amendment, dated September 5, 1998, to Promissory Note,
              dated April 8, 1998, from Louis V. Sanzaro to the Company......470
      (hhh) Promissory Note, dated September 9, 1997, from Ocean Utility
              Contracting Co., Inc. to the Company in the 
              amount of $30,000..............................................473


                                                                             151
<PAGE>

      (iii)   Management translation of Offer of Loan Guarantee, dated
              January 16, 1998, from the Societe' de Developpement
              Industrial du Quebec (original in French)......................475
      (jjj) Loan Agreement, dated December 17, 1997, between
              Bank of Montreal the Company's subsidiary
              3143619 Canada Inc.("Tirex R&D)................................491
      (kkk) Offer of Federal Office of Regional Development (Quebec),
              of repayable contribution of CA$20,000 for market
              development studies for the Iberian peninsula
              (Project No. 0526).............................................502
      (lll) Offer of Federal Office of Regional Development (Quebec),
              of repayable contribution of CA$95,000 for
              market development activities for the Iberian peninsula
              (Project No. 0761).............................................514

21.   Subsidiaries of the Company............................................526


                                      152


                                  EXHIBIT 2 (f)


                                                                             153
<PAGE>

                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of October 20, 1997, by and between
RPM Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), The Tirex Corporation,
a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Tirex"),   and  Tirex  Sub,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation ("T-Sub" or the "Purchaser").

      WHEREAS,  the Boards of Directors of the Purchaser,  Tirex and the Company
have  each  determined  that it is in the best  interests  of  their  respective
stockholders  for the  Purchaser  to acquire  all of the issued and  outstanding
shares of the  Company  upon the terms and subject to the  conditions  set forth
herein; and

      WHEREAS,  in furtherance of such  acquisition,  the Boards of Directors of
the  Purchaser,  Tirex,  and the Company  have each  approved  the merger of the
Company with and into the Purchaser in accordance  with the General  Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware  (the "GCL") and on a tax free basis upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants
and agreements herein contained,  and intending to be legally bound hereby,  the
Purchaser and the Company hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   THE MERGER

      SECTION  1.01 The  Merger.  Upon the terms and  subject to the  conditions
hereof,  and in  accordance  with the GCL,  the  Company  shall be  merged  (the
"Merger")  with and into the  Purchaser  as soon as  practicable  following  the
satisfaction  or  waiver  of the  conditions  set forth in  Article  VI  hereof.
Following the Merger, the Purchaser shall continue as the surviving  corporation
and the separate corporate existence of the Company shall cease.

      SECTION 1.02 Effective Time. The Merger shall become effective upon filing
with the Delaware  Secretary  of State of a  certificate  of merger  executed in
accordance with the relevant  provisions of the GCL (the time the Merger becomes
effective being the "Effective Time").

      SECTION 1.03 Effects of the Merger.  The Merger shall have the effects set
forth in the GCL. Without limitation,  upon the effectiveness of the Merger: (a)
the separate  existence of the Company  shall  cease;  (b) the  Purchaser as the
surviving  corporation  shall  possess  all of the rights,  privileges,  powers,
immunities,  purposes and  franchises,  both public and private,  of each of the
Company and the  Purchaser;  (c) all real and  personal  property,  tangible and
intangible,  of every kind and  description  belonging  to the  Company  and the
Purchaser shall be


                                                                             154
<PAGE>

vested in the  Purchaser as the  surviving  corporation  without  further act or
deed; (d) the Purchaser as the surviving corporation shall be liable for all the
obligations and liabilities of each of the Company and the Purchaser except that
the Company and the  Purchaser  shall each remain liable for and may enforce the
Merger  and any claim  existing  or action or  proceeding  pending by or against
either the  Company  or the  Purchaser  as if the  Merger  had not taken  place.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  principal  shareholders  of the  Company,
signatories to the indemnification agreement attached as Schedule 1.3(d) hereto,
will  indemnify  Tirex and the Purchaser and hold Tirex and the  Purchaser,  and
each of them,  harmless  from and against any and all losses,  claims,  damages.
liabilities,  or  obligations  arising out of or in any way  connected  with any
activities of the Company,  or by any person on behalf of the Company,  prior to
the Merger  which  activity  has not been  previously  disclosed to Tirex or the
Purchaser;  (e) Tirex shall fully and absolutely  assume all of the  obligations
under the Debentures (as defined below); and (e) neither the rights of creditors
nor any liens upon or security  interests  in the property of either the Company
or the Purchaser shall be impaired by the Merger.

      SECTION 1.04  Certificate of  Incorporation  and By-Laws.  Without further
action by the Company or the Purchaser,  the  Certificate of  incorporation  and
By-laws of the Purchaser as in effect at the Effective Time shall continue to be
the Certificate of  Incorporation  and By-Laws of the Purchaser as the surviving
corporation.

      SECTION 1.05  Directors.  The  directors of the Purchaser at the Effective
Time shall be the directors of the Purchaser as the surviving  corporation until
their  successors  shall have been duly elected or appointed and qualified.  The
directors of Tirex at the Effective Time shall be the directors of Tirex,  until
their successors shall have been duly elected or appointed and qualified.

      SECTION 1.06 Officers. The officers of the Purchaser at the Effective Time
shall be the officers of the Purchaser as the surviving corporation, until their
successors have been duly appointed.

      SECTION 1.07  Conversion  of Shares.  At the Effective  Time,  each of the
issued and  outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  par value $.001 of the Company
("Company  Common Stock") shall,  by virtue of the Merger and without any action
on the part of the holder  thereof be changed by operation of law into one share
of Common Stock, par value $.001 per share of Tirex ("Tirex Common Stock").

      SECTION 1.08 Shareholders' Consents. Each of the Company and T-Sub, acting
through  their  respective  Boards  of  Directors,   shall  in  accordance  with
applicable  law,  obtain the written consent of the holders of a majority of its
issued and  outstanding  shares  approving this  Agreement and the  transactions
contemplated hereby.

      SECTION 1.09 Filing of Certificate  of Merger.  Upon the terms and subject
to the conditions  hereof, as soon as practicable  following the satisfaction or
waiver of the conditions set forth herein,  the Company and the Purchaser  shall
execute and file a Certificate


                                                                             155
<PAGE>

of Merger in the manner  required by the GCL and the parties  hereto  shall take
all such other and further  actions as may be required by law to make the Merger
effective.  Prior to the filings  referred to in this  Section,  a closing  (the
"Closing") will be held at the offices of Frank J. Hariton,  Esq., New York, New
York  (or  such  other  place as the  parties  may  agree)  for the  purpose  of
confirming all of the foregoing.  The consummation of the Closing is hereinafter
referred to as the "Effective Time".

                                   ARTICLE II
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                 OF THE COMPANY

      The Company  represents  and warrants as follows to each of the  Purchaser
and Tirex,  that except as set forth in the Disclosure  Schedule  annexed hereto
(the "Company Disclosure Schedule"):

      SECTION 2.01  Organization.  The Company is a corporation  duly organized,
validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware
and has all requisite  corporate  power and authority to own,  lease and operate
its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted, except where
the  failure to be so  existing  and in good  standing or to have such power and
authority  would not in the  aggregate  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
business  operations or financial condition of the Company taken as a whole. The
Company is not by reason of the  conduct of its  business  or the  ownership  of
property,  or  otherwise,  required to qualify as a foreign  corporation  in any
jurisdiction.  The  Company  has  heretofore  made  available  to the  Purchaser
accurate and complete copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, as
currently in effect, of the Company.  The Company has no subsidiaries and is not
a party to any partnership, agency or joint venture agreement.

      For  purposes of this  Agreement,  the term  "subsidiary"  shall mean each
corporation  or other entity in which a corporation  owns or controls,  directly
through one or more  subsidiaries,  any of the stock or other  interests  having
general voting power in the election of directors or persons  performing similar
functions.

      SECTION 2.02  Capitalization.  The authorized capital stock of the Company
consists of  20,000,000  shares of Company  Common  Stock,  par value $.0001 per
share,  of which  3,000,000  shares  (the  "Company  Shares"),  were  issued and
outstanding as of the date hereof and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock,  none
of  which  have  been  issued  and none of which  shall be  issued  prior to the
Closing.  All of the issued and  outstanding  Company Shares are validly issued,
fully paid and  non-assessable  and free of preemptive rights. Any and all sales
of the 3,000,000  currently  issued and outstanding  Company shares,  which were
issued prior to March 31, 1997, in transactions  exempt from registration  under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act").  Except for the
Company  Shares,  there are no shares of capital stock of the Company  issued or
outstanding or any subscriptions,  options, warrants, calls, rights, convertible
securities or other  agreements or commitments  of any character  obligating the
Company to issue,


                                                                             156
<PAGE>

transfer,  sell or pay any amount  with  respect to any of its  securities.  The
Company may issue up to an additional 850,000 shares in of common stock prior to
the closing in connection with the private placement  described  herein,  which,
when issued,  shall be deemed to be Company  Common Stock and be converted  into
shares of Tirex Common Stock at the Effective Time on a one for one basis.

      SECTION 2.03 Authority  Relative to this  Agreement.  The Company has full
corporate  power and  authority  to execute and deliver  this  Agreement  and to
consummate the transactions  contemplated  hereby. The execution and delivery of
this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have
been duly and validly  authorized  by the Board of  Directors of the Company and
the  Shareholders of the Company and no other corporate  proceedings on the part
of the Company are necessary to authorize  this  Agreement or to consummate  the
transactions so contemplated.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed
and delivered by the Company and  constitutes  a valid and binding  agreement of
the  Company,  enforceable  against  the Company in  accordance  with its terms,
subject to the provisions of any bankruptcy,  insolvency,  moratorium or similar
law applicable to the rights of creditors generally.

      SECTION 2.04 No  Violations.  Except for the filing and  recordation  of a
Certificate  of Merger as required  by the GCL and any and all filings  required
under  applicable  state or federal  securities  laws, in the private  placement
described  herein or otherwise,  no filing with,  and no permit,  authorization,
consent or  approval  of, any public  body or  authority  is  necessary  for the
consummation by the Company of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,
except for filings, permits, authorizations,  consents or approvals, the failure
to obtain which would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition, results of operations or business of the Company taken as a
whole  or  which  would  not  prevent  or  delay  in any  material  respect  the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby. Neither the execution and
delivery of this Agreement by the Company nor the consummation by the Company of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby nor  compliance  by the Company with any
provisions  hereof  will  (i)  conflict  with or  result  in any  breach  of any
provision of the Certificate of  Incorporation  or By-laws of the Company,  (ii)
result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice or
lapse of time or both) a  default  (or give  rise to any  right of  termination,
cancellation or acceleration) under, any of the terms,  conditions or provisions
of any note, bond, mortgage,  indenture,  license, lease, contract, agreement or
other instrument or obligation to which the Company is a party or by which it or
its  properties  or  assets  may be bound  or (iii)  violate  any  order,  writ,
injunction,  decree,  statute,  rule or regulation applicable to the Company, or
any of its  properties  or  assets,  except  in the  case of (ii) or  (iii)  for
violations,  breaches  or  defaults  which  would  not in the  aggregate  have a
material  adverse  effect on the financial  condition,  results of operations or
business  of the  Company  and its  subsidiaries  taken as a whole  prior to the
Merger or of the Purchaser or Tirex after the Merger and which would not prevent
or  delay  in  any  material   respect  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  (each of such  effects  being  referred  to as a "Material
Adverse Effect," provided that, for


                                                                             157
<PAGE>

the purposes of Article III hereof,  the term "Material Adverse Effect" shall be
deemed  to refer  to the  occurrence  of any  such  event  with  respect  to the
financial  condition,  results of operations or business of the  Purchaser,  and
further provided that, for the purposes of Article IV hereof, the term "Material
Adverse  Effect"  shall be deemed to refer to the  occurrence  of any such event
with respect to the  financial  condition,  results of operations or business of
Tirex).

      SECTION  2.05  Financial  Statements.  Except as set forth on the  Company
Disclosure  Schedule,  the  Company  has never  engaged in any  business or fund
raising activities and has had no income or incurred no liabilities of any kind.
The Company Disclosure  Schedule sets forth a balance sheet of the Company as at
September  30, 1997 (the  "Company  Balance  Sheet").  September  30, 1997 shall
hereinafter  sometimes  be referred to as the Company  Balance  Sheet Date.  The
Purchaser  has  been  advised  that the  Company  has not  retained  independent
accountants  for the  purpose of  conducting  any  audit.  In the event that the
Purchaser  determines  that it requires an audited  financial  statement  of the
Company,  the Purchaser shall prepare the same at its own cost and expense.  The
principals of the Company shall  cooperate with the Purchaser in the preparation
of the such  financial  statements,  but shall  not be  required  to retain  any
professionals or incur any out of pocket expense in connection therewith.

      SECTION 2.06 Properties.

      (a) The  Company's  only property at the time of the Closing shall be cash
and cash equivalents as set forth below in Section 6.01(c) hereof.

      (b) There is no violation of any law,  regulation or ordinance relating to
the  properties  and assets of the  Company  and its  subsidiaries  except  such
violations as would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

      SECTION 2.07 No Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as set forth herein and on
the Company Disclosure  Schedule,  the Company has never engaged in any business
or fund raising  activities  and has had no income or incurred no liabilities of
any kind. The Purchaser  acknowledges  that it is aware that the Company and its
principal shareholders, Dr. Eugene Stricker and Mark Schindler have a Consulting
Agreement with Tirex pursuant to which it has provided  business advice to Tirex
and has accrued  and  continues  to accrue fees  payable by Tirex at the rate of
$4,000  per  month.  There  are no  liabilities  of  the  Company  of  any  kind
whatsoever, whether accrued, contingent,  absolute, determined,  determinable or
otherwise,  and there is no existing condition situation or set of circumstances
which could reasonably result in such a liability, other than:

            (a)  liabilities  disclosed or provided  for in the Company  Balance
      Sheet or in the notes thereto;

            (b) liabilities arising under this Agreement; and

            (c) liabilities  which would not, in the aggregate,  have a Material
      Adverse Effect.


                                                                             158
<PAGE>

      SECTION  2.08  Litigation.  There are no actions,  suits,  or  proceedings
pending  against,  or to the  knowledge of the Company,  threatened  against the
Company  before any court or  arbitrator  or any  governmental  body,  agency or
official.

      SECTION  2.09  Taxes.  The  Company  has duly filed  with the  appropriate
federal,  state and local  governments or  governmental  agencies,  all federal,
state and local income tax returns and  declarations  of  estimated  tax and all
other material tax returns and reports required to be filed and has paid in full
when due all taxes,  licenses and fees, including interest and penalties,  shown
to be due thereon.

      SECTION 2.10 Absence of Certain Changes. Except for activities preparatory
to the conduct of the private placement  discussed  herein,  the Company has not
engaged in any business  activity  since the Balance Sheet Date and,  except for
activities  related to and  preparatory to the conduct of the private  placement
discussed  herein,  the  Company  shall  not  engage  in any  material  business
activities prior to the Closing.

                                   ARTICLE III
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                OF THE PURCHASER

      The Purchaser represents and warrants as follows to the Company, except as
set forth in the Disclosure  Schedule annexed hereto (the "Purchaser  Disclosure
Schedule"):

      SECTION 3.01 Organization.  The Purchaser is a corporation duly organized,
validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware
and has all requisite  corporate  power and authority to own,  lease and operate
its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted, except where
the  failure to be so  existing  and in good  standing or to have such power and
authority  would not in the  aggregate  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
business  operations or financial  condition of the Purchaser  taken as a whole.
The  Purchaser is not by reason of the conduct of its business or the  ownership
of property,  or otherwise,  required to qualify as a foreign corporation in any
jurisdiction.  The  Purchaser  has  heretofore  made  available to the Purchaser
accurate and complete copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, as
currently in effect, of the Purchaser.  The Purchaser has no subsidiaries and is
not a party to any partnership, agency or joint venture agreement.

      For  purposes of this  Agreement,  the term  "subsidiary"  shall mean each
corporation  or other entity in which a corporation  owns or controls,  directly
through one or more  subsidiaries,  any of the stock or other  interests  having
general voting power in the election of directors or persons  performing similar
functions.

      SECTION 3.02 Capitalization. The authorized capital stock of the Purchaser
consists of 1,000 shares of Purchaser  Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share,
of which 100 shares (the "Purchaser Shares"),  were issued and outstanding as of
the date hereof. All of the


                                                                             159
<PAGE>

issued  and  outstanding  Purchaser  Shares  are owned by Tirex and are  validly
issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of preemptive rights.  Except for
the  Purchaser  Shares,  there are no shares of capital  stock of the  Purchaser
issued or outstanding or any subscriptions,  options,  warrants,  calls, rights,
convertible  securities  or other  agreements  or  commitments  of any character
obligating the Purchaser to issue, transfer, sell or pay any amount with respect
to any of its securities.

      SECTION 3.03 Authority Relative to this Agreement.  The Purchaser has full
corporate  power and  authority  to execute and deliver  this  Agreement  and to
consummate the transactions  contemplated  hereby. The execution and delivery of
this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have
been duly and validly  authorized by the Board of Directors of the Purchaser and
the shareholders of the Purchaser and no other corporate proceedings on the part
of the Purchaser are necessary to authorize  this Agreement or to consummate the
transactions so contemplated.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed
and delivered by the Purchaser and constitutes a valid and binding  agreement of
the Purchaser,  enforceable  against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms,
subject to the provisions of any bankruptcy,  insolvency,  moratorium or similar
law applicable to the rights of creditors generally.

      SECTION 3.04 No  Violations.  Except for the filing and  recordation  of a
Certificate  of Merger as required by the GCL,  no filing  with,  and no permit,
authorization, consent or approval of, any public body or authority is necessary
for the consummation by the Purchaser of the  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement, except for filings, permits,  authorizations,  consents or approvals,
the failure to obtain which would not in the aggregate  have a material  adverse
effect on the  financial  condition,  results of  operations  or business of the
Purchaser  taken as a whole or which would not prevent or delay in any  material
respect the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby.  Neither the
execution and delivery of this  Agreement by the Purchaser nor the  consummation
by the Purchaser of the transactions  contemplated  hereby nor compliance by the
Purchaser  with any  provisions  hereof will (i) conflict  with or result in any
breach of any provision of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  or By-laws of the
Purchaser,  (ii)  result in a  violation  or breach of, or  constitute  (with or
without  due  notice  or lapse of time or both) a  default  (or give rise to any
right of termination,  cancellation or  acceleration)  under,  any of the terms,
conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, license, lease,
contract,  agreement or other instrument or obligation to which the Purchaser is
a party or by which it or its properties or assets may be bound or (iii) violate
any order, writ, injunction,  decree,  statute, rule or regulation applicable to
the Purchaser, or any of its properties or assets, except in the case of (ii) or
(iii) for violations, breaches or defaults which would not in the aggregate have
a material adverse effect on the financial  condition,  results of operations or
business of the Purchaser and its subsidiaries  taken as a whole and which would
not  prevent  or  delay  in  any  material   respect  the  consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby (each of such effects being  referred to as a
"Material  Adverse  Effect,"  provided  that,  for the  purposes  of Article III
hereof,  the term  "Material  Adverse  Effect"  shall be  deemed to refer to the
occurrence of any such event with respect to the financial condition, results of
operations or business of the Purchaser).


                                                                             160
<PAGE>

      SECTION 3.05 Financial Statements.  The Purchaser Disclosure Schedule sets
forth a balance sheet of the  Purchaser as at November 15, 1997 (the  "Purchaser
Balance Sheet"). November 15, 1997 shall hereinafter sometimes be referred to as
the  Purchaser  Balance  Sheet  Date.  The  Company  has been  advised  that the
Purchaser has not retained independent accountants for the purpose of conducting
any audit.

      SECTION 3.06 Properties.

            (a) As of the date  hereof,  the  Purchaser  does not, and as at the
      date of the  Closing,  the  Purchaser  will  not have  assets  of any kind
      whatsoever,  except for those which the Purchaser will acquire through the
      Merger.

            (b)  There is no  violation  of any  law,  regulation  or  ordinance
      relating  to  the   properties   and  assets  of  the  Purchaser  and  its
      subsidiaries except such violations as would not, in the aggregate, have a
      Material Adverse Effect.

      SECTION 3.07 No Undisclosed  Liabilities.  There are no liabilities of the
Purchaser  of  any  kind  whatsoever,  whether  accrued,  contingent,  absolute,
determined,  determinable  or  otherwise,  and  there is no  existing  condition
situation  or set of  circumstances  which  could  reasonably  result  in such a
liability, other than:

            (a) liabilities  disclosed or provided for in the Purchaser  Balance
      Sheet or in the notes thereto;

            (b) liabilities arising under this Agreement; and

            (c) liabilities  which would not, in the aggregate,  have a Material
      Adverse Effect.

      SECTION  3.08  Litigation.  There are no actions,  suits,  or  proceedings
pending against,  or to the knowledge of the Purchaser,  threatened  against the
Purchaser  before any court or arbitrator or any  governmental  body,  agency or
official.  None of such matters disclosed in the Purchaser  Disclosure  Schedule
have a reasonable likelihood of having a Material Adverse Effect.

      SECTION  3.09 Taxes.  The  Purchaser  has duly filed with the  appropriate
federal,  state and local  governments or  governmental  agencies,  all federal,
state and local income tax returns and  declarations  of  estimated  tax and all
other material tax returns and reports required to be filed and has paid in full
when due all taxes,  licenses and fees, including interest and penalties,  shown
to be due thereon.

      SECTION 3.10 Absence of Certain Changes. Except for activities preparatory
to the Merger,  the Purchaser has not engaged in any business activity since the
Balance Sheet


                                                                             161
<PAGE>

Date and, except for activities  related to and  preparatory to the Merger,  the
Purchaser  shall not engage in any  material  business  activities  prior to the
Closing.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                    OF TIREX

      Tirex  represents  and  warrants to the Company as follows,  except as set
forth in the  Disclosure  Schedule  annexed  hereto (the  "Purchaser  Disclosure
Schedule"):

      SECTION 4.01 Organization.  Tirex is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing  and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware and has
all  requisite  corporate  power and  authority  to own,  lease and  operate its
properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted, except where the
failure to be so organized,  existing and in good standing or to have such power
or authority would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Disclosure  Schedule
sets forth the names and  jurisdictions  of  incorporation of each subsidiary of
Tirex.  Tirex has heretofore made available to the Company  complete and correct
copies of its Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, as in effect on the date
hereof.

      SECTION  4.02  Authority  Relative  to  this  Agreement.  Tirex  has  full
corporate  power and  authority  to execute and deliver  this  Agreement  and to
consummate  the  transactions   contemplated  hereby.  The  Company's  Board  of
Directors  has  authorized  the  transactions   contemplated   herein  and  have
determined that the transactions  contemplated  herein are in the best interests
of Tirex and its  Shareholders.  No other  corporate  proceedings on the part of
Tirex  are  necessary  to  authorize   this   Agreement  or  to  consummate  the
transactions so  contemplated.  Subject to the approval of Tirex'  shareholders,
this  Agreement  has been duly and validly  executed and  delivered by Tirex and
constitutes a valid and binding  agreement of Tirex,  enforceable  in accordance
with  its  terms,  subject  to  the  provision  of  any  applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors' rights generally.

      SECTION 4.03 No  Violations.  Except for  applicable  requirements  of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Securities Act") and the filing and recordation of a Certificate of Merger
as required by the GCL, no filing with, and no permit, authorization, consent or
approval of, any public body or authority is necessary for the  consummation  by
Tirex of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  except for filings,
permits,  authorizations,  consents or  approvals,  the failure to obtain  which
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the execution and delivery of
this  Agreement  by Tirex  nor the  consummation  by  Tirex of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby nor compliance by it with any of the provisions hereof will
(i) conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of its Certificate of
Incorporation or By-laws, (ii) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute
(with or without  due notice or lapse of time or both) a default or give rise to
any right to termination,  cancellation or acceleration under, any of the terms,
conditions  or  provisions  of any note,  bond,  mortgage,  indenture,  license,
contract, agreement or other instrument or


                                                                             162
<PAGE>

obligation  to which it is a party  or by which it or any of its  properties  or
assets  may be bound or (iii)  violate  any  order,  writ,  injunction,  decree,
statute, rule or regulation applicable to it or any of its properties or assets,
except in the case of (ii) and (iii) for violations,  breaches or defaults which
are not in the  aggregate  material to the  business,  operations  or  financial
condition of Tirex and which would not prevent or delay in any material  respect
the transactions contemplated hereby.

      SECTION  4.04  Financial   Statements.   The  Tirex  Disclosure   Schedule
incorporates  by reference  Tirex' Form 10-KSB (the "10-KSB") for the year ended
June 30, 1997 and the  balance  sheets of Tirex as at June 30, 1996 and June 30,
1997 (Tirex Balance  Sheet"),  together with statements of results of operations
and cash flows for the three  fiscal years ended June 30, 1997 and the report of
Nevoso, Pivirotto, Pinkham & Foster, LLC, certified public accountants,  thereon
all of  which  are  included  in the  10-KSB  as well as any and all  subsequent
Exchange Act filings made by Tirex. June 30, 1997 is hereinafter  referred to as
the "Tirex  Balance  Sheet  Date." Each of the  balance  sheets  (including  the
related  notes)  included  in Tirex  Disclosure  Schedule  fairly  presents  the
consolidated  financial position of Tirex as at of the respective dates thereof,
and the other related statements  (including the related notes) included therein
fairly  present the  consolidated  results of  operations  and the cash flows of
Tirex for the respective fiscal periods covered thereby.  Each of such financial
statements has been prepared in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles  consistently applied during the periods covered, except as otherwise
noted therein.

      SECTION 4.05 Properties.

      (a) Tirex and its  subsidiaries  have good and marketable  title to, or in
the case of leased property have valid leasehold  interests in (which leases are
in full  force and effect  and with  respect  to which no event of  default  has
occurred  and is  continuing),  all  properties  and  assets  (whether  real  or
personal,  and whether tangible or intangible) reflected on the Balance Sheet or
acquired  after the  Balance  Sheet  Date in the  ordinary  course  of  business
consistent  with  past  practices  and  except  for such  defects  in title  and
leasehold  interests  (including  defaults  with  respect  thereto) as would not
materially adversely affect (or have a reasonable likelihood of so doing) Tirex'
right to  continue  to conduct of Tirex'  business  in the manner  currently  so
conducted.

      (b) There is no violation of any law,  regulation or ordinance  (including
without  limitation,   laws,  regulations  or  ordinances  relating  to  zoning,
environmental,  city planning or similar matters) relating to the properties and
assets of Tirex and its subsidiaries except such violations as would not, in the
aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

      SECTION 4.06 No Undisclosed Liabilities. There are no liabilities of Tirex
of any kind  whatsoever,  whether  accrued,  contingent,  absolute,  determined,
determinable or otherwise,  and there is no existing condition  situation or set
of circumstances which could reasonably result in such a liability, other than:


                                                                             163
<PAGE>

            (a) liabilities disclosed or provided for in the Tirex Balance Sheet
      or in the notes thereto;

            (b)  liabilities   incurred  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business
      consistent with past practices since the Tirex Balance Sheet Date;

            (c) liabilities arising under this Agreement; and

            (d) liabilities  which would not, in the aggregate,  have a Material
      Adverse Effect.

      SECTION 4.07 Litigation.  Except as are disclosed in the 10-KSB, there are
no actions, suits, or proceedings pending against, or to the knowledge of Tirex,
threatened  against  Tirex before any court or  arbitrator  or any  governmental
body,  agency or  official.  None of such  matters  disclosed  have a reasonable
likelihood of having a Material Adverse Effect.

      SECTION  4.08  Taxes.  Except as  disclosed  in the  financial  statements
referred  to in Section  4.04,  Tirex has (i) duly  filed  with the  appropriate
federal (US and Canadian), state and local governments or governmental agencies,
all federal,  state and local income tax returns and  declarations  of estimated
tax and all other material tax returns and reports required to be filed and have
paid in full when due all  taxes,  licenses  and fees,  including  interest  and
penalties,  shown to be due thereon,  and (ii) has  established  reserves in the
Tirex  Balance  Sheet that,  in the  aggregate,  are adequate for the payment of
taxes not yet due with respect to Tirex'  operations  through the Tirex  Balance
Sheet Date.  All  material  claims for federal,  state and local taxes  asserted
against  Tirex have either  been paid or  adequately  provided  for on the Tirex
Balance Sheet. The federal income tax returns required to be filed by Tirex have
either been examined by the Internal  Revenue Service or the period during which
any assessments may be made by the Internal  Revenue Service has expired without
waiver or extension and any  deficiencies or assessments  asserted in writing by
the  Internal  Revenue  Service  have  either been paid,  settled or  adequately
provided for in the Balance Sheet.  Neither Tirex nor any subsidiary has filed a
consent  pursuant to Section  341(f) of the  Internal  Revenue Code of 1986 (the
"Code").  Tirex has not agreed and has not been required to make any  adjustment
under  Section  481(a)  of the Code by  reason  of a  change  of  accounting  or
otherwise.  Tirex  has  withheld  from  employees  and paid  over to the  proper
governmental authorities all amounts required to be so withheld and paid over.

      SECTION 4.09  Absence of Certain  Changes.  Except for: (i)  transactions,
changes,  events,  obligations and  liabilities  contemplated by this Agreement;
(ii) transactions, changes, events, obligations and liabilities disclosed in the
financial  statements referred to in Section 4.04; (iii) transactions,  changes,
events, obligations and liabilities which individually or in the aggregate, have
not had a Material Adverse Effect, since the Balance Sheet Date:

            (a) there have been no changes in the business, condition (financial
      or  otherwise),  operations,  manner of conduct of business or operations,
      assets or liabilities of Tirex,  other than changes in the ordinary course
      of business;


                                                                             164
<PAGE>

            (b) no liability or obligation of Tirex has been paid, discharged or
      incurred other than in the ordinary course of business;

            (c) there has been no damage,  destruction,  or loss, whether or not
      covered by  insurance,  materially  adversely  affecting  the  business or
      property of Tirex;

            (d) Tirex has not sold, mortgaged,  pledged or subjected to any lien
      or other  encumbrance  or otherwise  transferred  any  material  assets or
      properties used in the conduct of its business; and

            (e) Tirex has not  entered  into any  transaction  other than in the
      ordinary course of business.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    COVENANTS

      SECTION  5.01  Conduct of the  Business of Tirex,  the  Purchaser  and the
Company.  Except as contemplated  by this Agreement,  during the period from the
date of this  Agreement  to the  Effective  Time,  each  of the  Purchaser,  the
Company,  Tirex and Tirex' other  subsidiaries  will each conduct its respective
operations according to its ordinary course of business and consistent with past
practice,  and will each use its  reasonable  efforts  to  preserve  intact  its
business  organization,  to keep  available  the  services of its  officers  and
employees and to maintain satisfactory relationships with licensors,  landlords,
licensees,  suppliers,  contractors,  distributors,  customers and others having
business   relationships  with  it.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the
foregoing,  and except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement,  prior
to the Effective Time, the Purchaser,  the Company, Tirex (and each of its other
subsidiaries) will not, without the prior written consent of the other:

            (a) amend its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws;

            (b) authorize for issuance,  issue, sell, deliver or agree or commit
      to issue,  sell or deliver  (whether  through the  issuance or granting of
      options,  warrants,  commitments,  subscriptions,  rights to  purchase  or
      otherwise)  any  shares  of stock of any  class or any  other  securities,
      except (i) as required by non-employee and Employee Option or compensation
      agreements  in  effect  on the date  hereof;  (ii) in  connection  with an
      offering of up to 28 Units for a maximum  aggregate of $700,000  with H.J.
      Meyers & Co., Inc. as placement agent (the "Concurrent Offering");

            (c) split,  combine or reclassify  any shares of its capital  stock,
      declare,  set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution  (whether in
      cash,  stock or  property  or any  combination  thereof) in respect of its
      capital stock, or redeem or otherwise acquire any of its securities or any
      securities of its subsidiaries;


                                                                             165
<PAGE>

            (d) except in the ordinary  course of business  consistent with past
      practices or in  connection  with the  Financing  contemplated  hereby (i)
      incur or assume any long-term or short-term debt; (ii) assume,  guarantee,
      endorse or  otherwise  become  liable or  responsible  (whether  directly,
      contingently or otherwise) for the obligations of any other person, except
      wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of the  Company;  or  (iii)  make  any  loans,
      advances or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other person;

            (e)  except  pursuant  to written  agreements  in effect on the date
      hereof,  acquire,  sell, lease, create liens with respect to or dispose of
      any material  assets outside the ordinary course of business or enter into
      any material  commitment  or  transaction  outside the ordinary  course of
      business;

            (f) except as may be required by law,  take any action to  initiate,
      terminate or amend any of its employee benefit plans; and

            (g) take,  or agree in  writing  or  otherwise  to take,  any of the
      foregoing  actions or any action  which would make any  representation  or
      warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement untrue or incorrect in
      any material respect as of the date when made or as of a future date.

      SECTION 5.02 Access to Information.

      (a) Between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time, each of the
Company,  Tirex,  and the  Purchaser  will  give the  other  and its  authorized
representatives,  and  potential  sources  of  financing  for  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  and  their  authorized  representatives,   access  to  its
respective  facilities,  books and records as the other may reasonably  request,
will permit the other to make such inspections as it may reasonably  require and
will cause its officers and those of its  subsidiaries to furnish the other with
such  financial and  operating  data and other  information  with respect to its
business and properties as the other may from time to time reasonably request.

      (b) Each of  Purchaser  and the  Company  will  hold and  will  cause  its
affiliates,  associates  and  representatives  to hold in strict  confidence all
documents and information  concerning the other furnished in connection with the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  (except to the extent  that such
information  can be shown to have been (i) in the public domain through no fault
of the disclosing party, or (ii) later lawfully acquired by the disclosing party
(or its  affiliates)  from other  sources) and will not release or disclose such
information to any other person, except in connection with this Agreement to (i)
its  representatives  and (ii) financing  sources,  after such financing sources
have agreed to be bound by the terms of confidentiality agreements substantially
equivalent to the provisions of this Section  5.02(b) (it being  understood that
such persons shall be informed by Purchaser of the  confidential  nature of such
information  and  shall be  directed  by  Purchaser  to treat  such  information
confidentially);  provided that each party and its  representatives  may provide
such documents or information in response to judicial or administrative  process
or applicable governmental laws, rules, regulations,


                                                                             166
<PAGE>

orders or  ordinances,  but only that portion of the  documents  or  information
which,  on the advice of counsel,  is legally  required to be furnished.  If the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated, such confidence
shall  continue to be  maintained in  accordance  with the terms and  conditions
above set forth.

      SECTION  5.03 Best  Efforts.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  herein
provided,  each of the parties hereto agrees to use its best efforts to take, or
cause to be done, all things  necessary,  proper or advisable  under  applicable
laws  and  regulations  to  consummate  and  make  effective  the   transactions
contemplated by this Agreement. In case at any time after the Effective Time any
further  action is  necessary  or  desirable  to carry out the  purposes of this
Agreement,  the proper  officers and  directors of each party to this  Agreement
shall take all such necessary action.

      SECTION 5.04  Consents.  The parties each will use their  respective  best
efforts to obtain  consents of all third  parties and  governmental  authorities
necessary  to  the  consummation  of  the  transactions   contemplated  by  this
Agreement,  unless  the  failure  to  obtain  such  consents  will  not,  in the
aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on any party.

      SECTION  5.05 Public  Announcements.  The parties  will  consult with each
other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statements
with  respect to the  Merger and shall not issue any such press  release or make
any such public statement prior to mutual agreement upon the text hereof, except
as may be required by law.

      SECTION 5.06  Notification of Certain  Matters.  Each of the Company,  the
Purchaser  and  Tirex  agree  to give  prompt  notice  to each  other of (i) the
occurrence,  or failure to occur,  of any event which  occurrence  or failure to
occur would be likely to cause any  representation or warranty contained in this
Agreement to be untrue or  inaccurate  in any material  respect at any time from
the date hereof to the Effective Time  (including any such occurrence or failure
of which  either  party is or becomes  aware with respect to the other) and (ii)
any  material  failure  on its part to  comply  with or  satisfy  any  covenant,
condition  or  agreement  to be  complied  with or  satisfied  by it  hereunder;
provided, however, that the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 5.06
shall not limit or  otherwise  affect the  remedies  available  hereunder to the
party receiving such notice.

      SECTION  5.07  Assumption  of Debt,  Issuance of Shares.  Tirex  covenants
agrees  with the  Company  that it will  fully and  unconditionally  assume  the
indebtedness  and other  obligations  represented  by the Debentures and that it
will issue the shares of Tirex Common Stock required to be issued to the holders
of the Company's common stock pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Merger
and the subscription document in the private placement within five business days
of each closing in the private placement.


                                                                             167
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                           CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION
                                  OF THE MERGER

      SECTION 6.01 Conditions to the Obligations of the Purchaser and Tirex. The
obligations  of the  Purchaser  and Tirex  are,  at the  Purchaser's  and Tirex'
option, subject to the fulfillment of the conditions hereinafter set forth:

            (a) The Company  shall have  performed  and complied with all of the
      conditions  and  agreements  required by this Agreement to be performed or
      complied with by it prior to the Effective Time in all material respects.

            (b) The  representations  and  warranties  of the Company  contained
      herein shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of the
      date hereof and shall be true and correct as of the Effective Time, except
      for changes  contemplated by this Agreement,  and the Purchaser shall have
      received a certificate of the President of the Company to such effect.

            (c) The Company shall have  completed at least the minimum amount of
      a private  placement  on a "best  efforts,  30 Units or none  basis" of 85
      Units each  comprised  of one  $10,000  principal  amount 10%  convertible
      debenture  each  convertible  into a Common Share at the rate of $.20 (the
      "Debenture") and 10,000 Common Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions
      of a Private Placement  Memorandum to be dated November , 1997 and any and
      all  supplements  and  amendments  thereto . The Company shall have assets
      comprised of the gross proceeds of the private  placement less a placement
      agent's  commission  of 10%,  attorney's  fees of no more than  $5,000 and
      attorneys  reasonable  disbursements.  In the event  that the  closing  is
      effected  after the sale of the minimum  amount of the private  placement,
      but before the  completion  of the  private  placement,  then the  private
      placement shall continue and the Units shall  thereafter be comprised of a
      $10,000  Tirex  debenture  with  terms  and  conditions  identical  to the
      Debentures and 10,000 shares of Tirex common stock.

            (d)  There  shall  have  been  no  Material  Adverse  Change  in the
      business,  properties  or  financial  condition  of the Company  from such
      condition on the date hereof.

            (e)  On  the  Closing  Date  (i)  there  shall  be  no   injunction,
      restraining  order,  or order of any nature issued by a court of competent
      jurisdiction  which  directs  that any  transaction  contemplated  by this
      Agreement  shall  not be  consummated  and  (ii)  there  shall be no suit,
      action,  investigation  or other  proceeding  pending or threatened by any
      governmental  agency or private  party seeking to restrain or prohibit the
      consummation  of  any  material  transaction  contemplated  hereby  or the
      obtaining of any  material  amount of damages from any party hereto or any
      officer or director of any such party, in connection with the Merger.

            (f) The issued and outstanding  shares of the Company's Common Stock
      shall  consist  of not more  than:  (i) the  number of shares  sold in the
      private placement (from 300,000 to 850,000) plus (ii) the 3,000,000 shares
      issued and outstanding on the date hereof.


                                                                             168
<PAGE>

            (g) Purchaser  shall have received an opinion from Frank J. Hariton,
      Esq.,  reasonably  satisfactory  to Purchaser  and its counsel which shall
      state,  among other things,  that all  issuances of the  Company's  Common
      Stock  occurred no less than six months prior to the effective date of the
      Merger  and  that,  upon the  filing of a Form D by the  Purchaser  and/or
      Tirex, the merger of the Company and Purchaser will qualify under Rule 506
      of Regulation D.

            (h) The principal  shareholders  will have provided the Company with
      the Indemnification Agreement required under Section 1.03(d) hereof.

      SECTION 6.02 Conditions to the Obligations of the Company. The obligations
of the Company are, at the Company's  option,  subject to the fulfillment of the
conditions hereinafter set forth.

      (a) The  Purchaser  and Tirex shall have each  performed and complied with
all of the conditions and agreements  required by this Agreement to be performed
or complied with by it prior to the Effective Time in all material respects.

      (b) The  representations and warranties of each of the Purchaser and Tirex
contained herein shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of
the date hereof and shall be true and correct as of the  Effective  Time and the
Company  shall  have  received a  certificate  of the  President  of each of the
Purchaser and Tirex to such effect.

      (c) There  shall have been no  Material  Adverse  Change in the  business,
properties or financial  condition of the Purchaser or Tirex from such condition
on the date hereof.

      (d) The Letter of Intent,  dated August 13, 1997,  between  Tirex and H.J.
Meyers & Co., Inc.,  relating to a public offering of Tirex'  securities,  shall
not have been abandoned or materially modified.

      (e) On the  Closing  Date (i) there  shall be no  injunction,  restraining
order, or order of any nature issued by a court of competent  jurisdiction which
directs  that  any  transaction  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall  not be
consummated  and (ii) there  shall be no suit,  action,  investigation  or other
proceeding  pending or  threatened by any  governmental  agency or private party
seeking to restrain or prohibit the  consummation  of any  material  transaction
contemplated  hereby or the obtaining of any material amount of damages from any
party hereto or any officer or director of any such party,  in  connection  with
the consummation of the Merger.

      (f) The Company  shall have  received an opinion from Frances Katz Levine,
Esq., reasonably satisfactory to the Company and its counsel.

      (g) Tirex and the  Company  shall  have  agreed  that  certain  consulting
agreement by and among them and Dr. Eugene Stricker and Mark Schindler, dated as
of June 9, 1997,  pursuant to which the Company has  rendered  services to Tirex
and  pursuant  to which the Company has accrued all fees which have been due and
payable, shall continue in effect


                                                                             169
<PAGE>

notwithstanding   the  merger.  The  parties   acknowledge  that  the  Company's
shareholders  prior to the private  placement are receiving  3,000,000 shares of
Tirex  common  stock in the  Merger  in  consideration  of all  consulting  fees
heretofore and hereafter accrued.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                         TERMINATION; AMENDMENT; WAIVER

      SECTION 7.01 Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated and the Merger
contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time:

            (a) by mutual written consent of the Purchaser and the Company;

            (b) by the Purchaser or the Company if the Effective  Time shall not
      have occurred on or before December 31, 1997; provided,  however, that the
      right to terminate this Agreement  under this Section 7.01(b) shall not be
      available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation  under this
      Agreement  has been the cause of,  or  resulted  in,  the  failure  of the
      Effective Time to occur on or before such date; or

            (c) by the Purchaser or the Company if any United States,  Canada or
      state or provincial  governmental  authority or other agency or commission
      or  United  States,  Canada,  or state or  provincial  court of  competent
      jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated,  enforced or entered
      any  statute,  rule,  regulation,  injunction  or other  order which is in
      effect  and  is  permanent  and  non-appealable  and  has  the  effect  of
      prohibiting  consummation  of the Merger or the provision of the financing
      necessary for such transactions.

      Any unilateral  termination  of this  Agreement  permitted by this Section
6.01 shall be effective upon the giving of the written notice by the terminating
party in the manner provided herein.

      SECTION 7.02 Effect of  Termination.  In the event of the  termination and
abandonment  of this Agreement  pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof,  this Agreement
shall  forthwith  become void and have no effect,  without any  liability on the
part of any party or its  directors,  officers or  shareholders,  other than the
provisions  relating  to  confidentiality  and  non-disclosure  of  information.
Nothing  contained in this Section 7.02 shall  relieve any party from  liability
for any breach of this Agreement.

      SECTION 7.03  Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended by action taken by
the  Company  and the  Purchaser  at any time  before or after  adoption  of the
Effective  Date, no amendment  shall be made which changes the amount or form of
consideration  to be paid in the Merger or  adversely  affects the rights of the
Company's or  Purchaser's  shareholders  hereunder  without the approval of such
shareholders.  It is acknowledged and agreed that an amendment which extends the
time by which the Effective Time must occur in order to obtain any required


                                                                             170
<PAGE>

third  party  or  governmental  consent  or  to  comply  with  any  judicial  or
administrative  ruling or order  shall not be deemed to  adversely  affect  such
rights.  This  Agreement  may not be amended  except by an instrument in writing
signed on behalf of the parties.

      SECTION 7.04 Extension;  Waiver.  At any time prior to the Effective Time,
the  parties  may  (i)  extend  the  time  for  the  performance  of  any of the
obligations or other acts of the other party hereto, (ii) waive any inaccuracies
in the  representations  and  warranties  contained  herein or in any  document,
certificate or writing delivered  pursuant hereto or (iii) waive compliance with
any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any agreements on the part
of any party to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in
an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

      SECTION 8.01 Survival.  The  representations  and  warranties  made herein
shall not survive beyond the Effective Time. The covenants and agreements of the
parties in this Agreement shall survive in accordance with their terms, and when
no term is specified, shall survive indefinitely.

      SECTION 8.02 Brokerage Fees and  Commissions.  Except for placement  agent
fees in connection  with the private  placement  described  herein,  each of the
Purchaser and Tirex hereby  represents  and warrants to the Company with respect
to the Purchaser  and Tirex and the Company  hereby  represents  and warrants to
each of the Purchaser  and Tirex with respect to the Company,  that no person or
entity  is  entitled  to  receive  from the  Company,  Tirex  or the  Purchaser,
respectively,  any  investment  banking,  brokerage  or finder's fee or fees for
financial  consulting or advisory  services in connection with this Agreement or
the transactions contemplated hereby.

      SECTION 8.03 Entire Agreement;  Assignment.  This Agreement (including any
other agreements  referred to herein) (a) constitutes the entire agreement among
the parties with respect to the subject  matter hereof and  supersedes all other
prior agreements and understandings,  both written and oral, between the parties
with  respect to the  subject  matter  hereof and (b) shall not be  assigned  by
operation of law or otherwise, provided that the Purchaser may assign its rights
and  obligations  to any  subsidiary of the  Purchaser or of Tirex,  but no such
assignment  shall  relive the  Purchaser  of its  obligations  hereunder if such
assignee does not perform such obligations.

      SECTION 8.04 Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision
of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or  enforceability  of any other
provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.


                                                                             171
<PAGE>

      SECTION 8.05 Notices.  All notices,  requests,  claims,  demands and other
communications  hereunder  shall be in writing  and shall be given (and shall be
deemed to have been duly given upon  receipt) by  delivery in person,  by cable,
telegram  or telex,  or by  recognized  overnight  courier  (including,  but not
limited to Federal Express,  Airborne Express, D.H.L. and UPS) to the respective
parties as follows:

      If to the Company:             RPM Incorporated
                                     150 East 58th Street - 24th Floor
                                     New York, New York 10022
                                        Attn.: Dr. Eugene Stricker, President

      With a copy to:                Frank J. Hariton, Esq. at
                                     1350 Avenue of the Americas - 29th Floor
                                     New York, New York 10019
                                     Through October 30, 1997 and thereafter at
                                     Suite 3000
                                     The Empire State Building
                                     350 Fifth Avenue
                                     New York, New York 10118

      If to Tirex:                   The Tirex Corporation
                                     740 St. Maurice Avenue
                                     Montreal, Quebec H3C 1L5
                                        Attn: Terence C. Byrne, President

      With a Copy to:                Frances Katz Levine, Esq.
                                     621 Clove Road
                                     Staten Island, New York 10310

      If to the Purchaser:           Tirex Sub, Inc.
                                     c/o The Tirex Corporation
                                     740 St. Maurice Avenue
                                     Montreal, Quebec H3C 1L5
                                        Attn: Terence C. Byrne, President

      With a Copy to:                Frances Katz Levine, Esq.
                                     621 Clove Road
                                     Staten Island, New York 10310

      or to such other  address  as the person to whom  notice is given may have
previously furnished to the others in writing in the manner set forth above.


                                                                             172
<PAGE>

      SECTION  8.06  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be  governed by and
construed in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New York,  regardless of
the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of
laws, provided,  however,  that the consummation and effectiveness of the merger
shall be governed by and construed in  accordance  with the laws of the State of
Delaware.

      SECTION 8.07  Descriptive  Headings.  The descriptive  headings herein are
inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or
to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

      SECTION 8.08 Parties in Interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto, and nothing in this Agreement,
express or implied,  is intended  to or shall  confer upon any other  person any
rights, benefits or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this
Agreement.

      SECTION 8.09  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall  be an  original,  but all of  which  shall
constitute one and the same agreement.

      SECTION  8.10  Specific   Performance.   The  parties  hereto  agree  that
irreparable  damage  would  occur in the  event  any of the  provisions  of this
Agreement were not to be performed in accordance  with the terms hereto and that
the parties shall be entitled to specific  performance  of the terms hereof,  in
addition to any other remedy at law or equity.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned has executed this Agreement and Plan
of Merger as of the 20th day of October, 1997.

                                         RPM INCORPORATED

                                         By: /s/ Dr. Eugene Stricker
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                 Dr. Eugene Stricker, President

THE TIREX CORPORATION                    TIREX SUB, INC

By: /s/ Terence C. Byrne                 By: /s/ Terence C. Byrne
    -------------------------------          -----------------------------------
        Terence C. Byrne, President              Terence C. Byrne, President


                                                                             173



                                 EXHIBIT 4 (r)


                                                                             174
<PAGE>

THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES ONLY AND MAY NOT BE
TRANSFERRED UNTIL: (i) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT") SHALL HAVE BECOME EFFECTIVE WITH RESPECT THERETO;
OR (ii) RECEIPT BY THE ISSUER OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY
TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS NOT REQUIRED IN
CONNECTION WITH SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER AND THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS NOT IN
VIOLATION OF ANY APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE OR FOREIGN SECURITIES LAWS. THIS
LEGEND SHALL BE ENDORSED UPON ANY SECURITIES ISSUED IN EXCHANGE FOR THESE
SECURITIES; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT IN NO EVENT ARE THESE SECURITIES
TRANSFERRABLE PRIOR TO THE EARLIER OF: (i) THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE COMPANY'S
PROPOSED INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF ITS SECURITIES; OR (ii) MARCH 31, 1998.

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION
                     10% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE

No. 1                                                                  $250,000

      THE TIREX CORPORATION a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), for value
received, hereby promises to pay in currency of the United States of America to
          or registered assigns (the "Payee" or "Holder") in accordance with the
provisions contained herein, at the offices of the Company, the principal amount
of Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), along with interest on
such principal amount at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, payable in
arrears, from the date hereof through the Maturity Date in the following manner:
The entire principal face value of this Debenture and all accrued and unpaid
interest hereon shall be due and payable on the first of the following to occur:
(i) the conversion of this Debenture pursuant to Section 1 below; (ii) the
completion and closing of an underwritten public offering of the securities of
the Company yielding gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $8,000,000;
(iii) any debt or equity financing of the Company in excess of $4,500,000; or
(iv) one year from the date of this Debenture.

      This Debenture is issued pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated
April 9, 1998, between the Company and the Payee (the "Subscription Agreement"),
and is subject to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement dated April 9,
1998, between the Company and the Payee (the "Registration Rights Agreement")
and conversion of the Debenture in accordance with its terms may have an adverse
affect on a Warrant to purchase Common Stock of the Company dated April 9, 1998
(the "Warrant") copies of each of which are available for inspection at the
Company's offices located at 740 St. Maurice, Suite 201, Montreal, Quebec #3C
lL5. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein,


                                                                             175
<PAGE>

this Debenture is subject to certain terms, conditions, covenants and agreements
contained in each of the Securities Purchase Agreement and Registration Rights
Agreement. Any transferee or transferees of this Debenture, by their acceptance
hereof, assume the obligations of the Subscriber in each of the Securities
Purchase Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the
conditions and procedures for transfer of this Debenture. Reference to each of
the Securities Purchase Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement shall in no
way impair the absolute and unconditional obligation of the Company to pay both
principal and interest of this Debenture as provided for herein.

      1. CONVERSION, REDEMPTION AND REGISTRATION.

      (a) This Debenture is convertible in whole or in part at any time into
that number of shares of the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per share
("Common Stock") as is obtained by dividing the then unpaid principal face value
of the note by an amount equal to 85% of the average closing bid price of the
Common Stock as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers
Automated Quotation Small-Cap Market System ("Small Cap") averaged over the five
day period prior to the Company receiving a notice of conversion. In the event
the Company's Common Stock is not then traded on the Small-Cap, the conversion
price will be 85% of the average closing bid price of the Common Stock on the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") Over-the-Counter
Electronic Bulletin Board Service, in such five day period. If the Common Stock
is not listed on any securities exchange at the time a notice of conversion is
issued, the conversion price shall be such price as is determined as the fair
and reasonable price a third party not affiliated with the Company would pay for
the Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. At the election of the
Payee, all accrued but unpaid interest hereon may also be converted in Common
Stock in the manner prescribed herein. Such shares of Common Stock are referred
to herein as the "Conversion Shares." In the event the Company's proposed
initial public offering is not completed prior to March 31, 1998, the conversion
price referenced herein shall be reduced from 85% to 75%. All converted shares
of Common Stock shall have customary "piggyback" registration rights and demand
registration rights as described herein. The Company has an obligation to
register all of the Conversion Shares with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "SEC") pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. This
Debenture may be partially converted and in case of such partial conversion, the
Company, upon surrender hereof, will deliver to the Holder a new Debenture
representing the principal face value which has not been converted.

      In the event any portion of this Debenture is converted prior to March 31,
1998, the Holder hereof, who is also a Holder of Warrants, shall lose the right
to exercise each Holder's Warrants as such portion relates pro rata to the
portion of this Debenture converted. By way of example, if this Debenture has a
face value of $25,000, the Holder has Warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of
Common Stock and the Holder converts $5,000 of this Debenture (20% of the
Debenture) prior to March 31, 1998, such Holder and all transferees and assigns
shall lose forever the right to exercise 20,000 Warrants (20% of the Warrants).

      (b) This Debenture is convertible into shares of Common Stock at any time;
provided, however, that the convertibility with respect to this Debenture shall
terminate


                                                                             176
<PAGE>

beginning one day preceding the filing by the Company of a registration
statement registering the Conversion Shares and a new conversion period shall
commence immediately following the effectiveness of such registration statement
with the SEC pursuant to which this Debenture shall again become convertible at
any time; provided, further, however, that in the event a registration statement
is filed and not declared effective within 120 days of the date of filing of
such registration statement with the SEC, a new conversion period shall commence
pursuant to which this Debenture shall again become convertible at any time. The
Holder hereof shall have no conversion rights following payment in full of the
principal and interest owed by the Company to the Holder hereof. The conversion
rights represented by this Debenture may be exercised, in whole or in part, by
the Holder at any time within the period specified in this Section l(b) by
surrender of this Debenture for cancellation at the principal executive office
of the Company (or at such other office or agency of the Company as it may
designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder
appearing on the books of the Company), together with the amount of applicable
stock transfer taxes, if any. This Debenture shall be deemed to have been
converted, in whole or in part to the extent specified, immediately prior to the
close of business on the date on which all of the applicable provisions of this
Section l(b) are satisfied. The Company will transmit the certificates
representing the Conversion Shares via express courier within five business days
after receipt by the Company of all the documentation required by this Section
l(b).

      (c) The Holder of this Debenture shall not, by virtue hereof, be entitled
to any rights of a stockholder in the Company, either at law or in equity;
provided, however, that in the event any certificate representing Conversion
Shares is issued to the Holder hereof upon conversion of some or all of this
Debenture, such Holder shall, for all purposes, be deemed to have become the
holder of record of such Conversion Shares on the date on which all of the
applicable provisions of Section 1 have been met, irrespective of the date of
delivery of such share certificate.

      (d) In the sole discretion of the Holder hereof, such Holder may require
that the Company assign the obligations of the Company described in this
Debenture to any successor of the Company if the Company is not the surviving
entity of a merger or consolidation. The Company must give the Holder hereof
fifteen (15) business days notice of the terms of any such consolidation or
merger and the terms thereof.

      (e) Unless registered with the SEC, each certificate evidencing the
Conversion Shares, and any certificates issued upon transfer or exchange of the
foregoing shall be stamped or imprinted with the following legend:

      THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES ONLY AND MAY
      NOT BE TRANSFERRED UNTIL: (I) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
      SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT") SHALL HAVE BECOME EFFECTIVE
      WITH RESPECT THERETO; OR (II) RECEIPT BY THE ISSUER OF AN OPINION OF
      COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT
      REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS


                                                                             177
<PAGE>

      NOT REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER AND THAT SUCH
      TRANSFER IS NOT IN VIOLATION OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE, FEDERAL OR FOREIGN
      SECURITIES LAWS. THE SHARES UNDERLYING THESE SECURITIES MAY BE SUBJECT TO
      A LOCK UP AGREEMENT

      The legend set forth above shall be removed and the Company shall issue a
certificate without such legend to the holder of the Conversion Shares upon
which it is stamped, if, unless otherwise required by state securities laws, (i)
the Conversion Shares are registered under the Act, or (b) in connection with a
transfer, such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably
satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that a transfer thereof may be made
without registration under the Act and that such transfer does not violate any
applicable state or foreign securities laws.

      (f) This Debenture may be redeemed by the Holder at any time after the
Maturity Date at 100% of the principal face value of this Debenture plus all
accrued but unpaid interest; provided, however, that any redemption effectuated
after May 31, 1998 shall be made at 125% of the principal face value of this
Debenture plus all accrued but unpaid interest.

      (g) If for any reason, the Company fails to register the Conversion
Shares, or to keep the Registration Statement respecting the Conversion Shares
effective, then the holders of the Debentures shall have the following
additional registration rights: (i) During the one-year period following May 31,
1998, on one occasion only, the Company shall, pursuant to the written demand of
the holders of 50% or more of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures,
file a registration statement under the Securities Act, covering the Conversion
Shares, as promptly as practicable following such demand; The Company shall use
its best efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective
by the SEC within 120 days following such demand and to keep such registration
statement effective at all times until all of the Debentures are converted and
the delivery of a prospectus is no longer required in connection with any resale
of the Conversion Shares, and (ii) If, at any time during the one-year period
following May 31, 1998, the Company intends to file a registration statement,
under the Securities Act, then, not later than twenty days prior to the intended
filing date for such registration statement, the Company shall give written
notice to the Holder of its intention to file a registration statement and the
Holder shall have the right, upon written instructions, received by the Company
within ten days of the intended filing date of the registration statement, to
have included in such registration statement the number of Conversion Shares
issued or issuable to them as such Holder shall so instruct. The Company shall
use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared
effective by the SEC as promptly as possible and to keep such registration
statement effective at all times, as set forth above. The foregoing provisions
of this subsection l(g) shall not be deemed to change or modify any provisions
contained in the Registration Rights Agreement and shall be in addition to any
rights granted to the Holder pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.


                                                                             178
<PAGE>

      2. COVENANTS OF COMPANY.

      The Company covenants and agrees that, so long as any portion of this
Debenture shall be outstanding:

      (a) it will promptly pay and discharge all lawful taxes, assessments, and
governmental charges or levies imposed upon the Company or upon its income and
profits, or upon any of its property, before the same shall become in default,
as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid,
might become a lien or charge upon such properties or any part thereof;
provided. however, that the Company shall not be required to pay and discharge
any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the validity thereof
shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the Company
shall set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect to any such tax,
assessment, charge, levy or claim so contested;

      (b) it will do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights and
franchises and comply with all laws applicable to the Company, except where the
failure to comply would not have a material adverse effect on the Company;

      (c) it will at all times keep true and correct books, records and
accounts;

      (d) it will at all times maintain, preserve, protect and keep its property
used or useful in the conduct of its business in good repair, working order and
condition, and from time to time make all necessary and proper repairs,
renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto as shall be
reasonably required in the conduct of its business;

      (e) it will to the extent necessary for the operation of its business,
keep adequately insured by financially sound and reputable insurers, all
property of a character usually insured by similar corporations and carry such
other insurance as is usually carried by similar corporations; and

      (f) it will timely make all filings required under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended;

      (g) it will use its best efforts to maintain the listing of its Common
Stock on all public stock exchanges on which the Common Stock is approved for
listing.

      (h) that all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this
Debenture will, upon delivery, be duly and validly authorized and issued,
fully-paid and non-assessable with no personal liability attaching to the Holder
thereof; and

      (i) it will at all times on and subsequent to the date at which this
Debenture becomes convertible and prior to expiration of this Debenture reserve
and keep available an authorized number of shares of its Common Stock and other
applicable securities sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all
outstanding options, warrants and rights, including this


                                                                             179
<PAGE>

        3.  Issuance  of  Certificates.  As soon as  possible  after any full or
 partial  conversion of this  Debenture,  but in any event no more than five (5)
 business days, the Company, at its expense, will cause to be issued in the name
 of and delivered to the Holder of this Debenture, a certificate or certificates
 for the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock to which
 such Holder  shall be  entitled on such  conversion.  No  fractional  shares of
 Common Stock will be issued on exercise of this Debenture.  If, on any exercise
 of this Debenture,  a fractional  share results,  the Company will pay the cash
 value of that fractional share, calculated on the basis of the conversion price
 per share.

      4. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS.

      This Debenture is subject to the following additional provisions:

      (a) The Company shall be entitled to withhold from all payments of
principal of and interest on this Debenture any amounts required to be withheld
under the applicable provisions of the United States income tax laws or other
applicable laws at the time of such payments.

      (b) This Debenture has been issued subject to investment representations
of the original purchaser hereof and may be transferred or exchanged only in
compliance with the Act, any applicable state securities laws and any applicable
securities laws of any other jurisdiction. Prior to due presentment for transfer
of this Debenture, the Company and any agent of the Company may treat the person
in whose name this Debenture is duly registered on the Company's Debenture
Register as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein
provided and for all other purposes, whether or not this Debenture is overdue,
and neither the Company nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the
contrary.

      (c) No provision of this Debenture shall alter or impair the obligation of
the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, and
interest on, this Debenture at the time, place and rate, and in the coin or
currency, herein prescribed. This Debenture is the direct obligation of the
Company. This Debenture ranks equally and ratably with all other notes now or
hereafter issued under the terms set forth herein.

      (d) No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of, or the
interest on, this Debenture, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in
respect hereof, against any incorporator, shareholder, officer, director or
control person, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or any
successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of
law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such
liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for
the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

      (e) The Holder of this Debenture, by acceptance hereof, agrees that this
Debenture is being acquired for investment and that such Holder will not offer,
sell or otherwise dispose of this Debenture until: (i) a registration statement
under the Act shall have become effective with respect thereto; or (ii) receipt
by the Company of an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company
to the effect that registration under the Act is


                                                                             180
<PAGE>

not required in connection with such proposed transfer and that such transfer is
not in violation of any applicable state or foreign securities laws.

      5. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

      (a) This Debenture shall become and be due and payable upon written demand
made by the Holder hereof if one or more of the following events, hereinafter
called events of default, shall happen and be continuing:

            (i) default in the payment of principal or interest on this
      Debenture when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether by
      acceleration or otherwise.

            (ii) default in the due observance or performance of any material
      covenant, condition or agreement on the part of the Company to be observed
      or performed pursuant to the terms hereof if such default shall continue
      uncured for five (5) days after written notice thereof, specifying such
      default, shall have been given to the Company by the Holder of the
      Debenture;

            (iii) The Company shall (1) commence any proceeding or other action
      relating to it in bankruptcy or seek reorganization, arrangement,
      readjustment of its debts, receivership, dissolution, liquidation,
      winding-up, composition or any other relief under the Bankruptcy Act, as
      amended, or under any other insolvency, reorganization, liquidation,
      dissolution, arrangement, composition, readjustment of debt or any other
      similar act or law; of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, now or
      hereafter existing; or (2) admit the material allegations of any petition
      or pleading in connection with any such proceeding; or (3) apply for, or
      consent or acquiesce to, the appointment of a receiver, conservator,
      trustee or similar officer for it or for all or a substantial part of its
      property; or (4) make a general assignrnent for the benefit of creditors;

            (iv) Commencement of any proceeding or the taking of any other
      action against the Company in bankruptcy, or seeking reorganization,
      arrangement, readjustment of its debts, liquidation, dissolution,
      arrangement, composition, readjustment of debt or any other similar act or
      law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, now or hereafter existing
      and the continuance of any such events for sixty (60) days undismissed,
      unbonded or undischarged; or the appointment of a receiver, conservator,
      trustee or similar officer of the Company or for all or substantially all
      of its property and the continuance of any such events for sixty (60) days
      undismissed, unbonded or undischarged.

            (v) a breach of the Company's representations, warranties or
      covenants contained in the Securities Purchase Agreement;

            (vi) a breach of the Company's representations, warranties or
      covenants contained in the Registration Rights Agreement.

            (vii) the sale or other disposition or transfer by the Company or
      any subsidiary of substantially all of its assets;


                                                                             181
<PAGE>

            (viii) the merger by the Company or any subsidiary with or into
      another corporation, other than for purposes of changing domicile, where
      the Company is not the surviving corporation.

      (b) The Company agrees that notice of the occurrence of any event of
default will be promptly given to the Holder at his or her registered address by
certified mail.

      (c) In case any one or more of the events of default specified above shall
occur and continue to occur, the Holder of this Debenture may proceed to protect
and enforce his rights by suit in the specified performance of any covenant or
agreement contained in this Debenture or in aid of the exercise of any power
granted in this Debenture or may proceed to enforce the payment of this
Debenture or to enforce any other legal or equitable rights as such Holder may
have.

      6. SUBORDINATION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS; SECURITY

      (a) The Company, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and
agrees, and each Holder of this Debenture, by his acceptance thereof, likewise
covenants and agrees, that the payment of the principal of and interest on, each
and all of the Debentures is hereby expressly subordinated in right of payment,
to the prior payment in full of any indebtedness now outstanding or hereinafter
incurred, to a bank, financial institution engaged in lending money, insurance
company or other similar institutional lender ("Senior Indebtedness"). Each
Holder of this Debenture shall, upon the Company's reasonable request, execute
and deliver to the Company such documents as may be necessary or appropriate to
evidence or confirm the foregoing subordination.

      (b) Notwithstanding the subordination described in Section 6(a) above,
until: (i) the occurrence of an event of default by the Company under any
document evidencing Senior Indebtedness; or (ii) the Company makes any
assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (iii) any bankruptcy proceedings are
instituted by or against the Company; or (iv) any receiver for the Company's
business or assets is appointed; or (v) there is any dissolution or winding up
of the affairs of the Company, whichever of the foregoing occurs earliest, the
Company may make and the Holders of this Debenture may receive any and all
payments due under this Debenture.

      (c) In the event of any insolvency or bankruptcy (voluntary or
involuntary) proceedings or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or
other similar proceedings in connection therewith, related to the Company or to
its creditors, as such, or to its property, or in the event of any proceedings
for voluntary liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Company,
whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, then the holders of Senior
Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all principal and
interest on all Senior Indebtedness before the Holder of this Debenture is
entitled to receive any payment on account of principal or interest on this
Debenture, and to that end the holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled
to receive for application in payment thereof any payment or distribution of any
kind or character, whether in cash or property or securities, which may be
payable or deliverable in any such proceedings in respect of this Debenture,


                                                                             182
<PAGE>

except securities which are subordinate and junior in right or payment to the
payment of Senior Indebtedness.

      (d) In the event that this Debenture is declared due and payable before
its expressed maturity because of the occurrence of an event of default
hereunder (under circumstances when the provisions of the foregoing clause (c)
shall not be applicable), the holders of Senior Indebtedness outstanding at the
time the Debenture so becomes due and payable because of such occurrence of a
default thereunder shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all principal
and interest on all Senior Indebtedness before the Holder of the Debenture is
entitled to receive payment on account of the principal or interest upon this
Debenture.

      (e) In the event of any default in payment of any principal of or any
interest on any Senior Indebtedness and during the continuance of any such
default, no amount shall be paid by the Company and the Holder of this Debenture
shall not be entitled to receive any amount, in respect of the principal of or
interest on the Debenture. No present or future holder of Senior Indebtedness
shall be prejudiced in his right to enforce subordination of this Debenture by
any act or failure to act on the part of the Company. The Company shall render
written notice to the Holder of this Debenture immediately upon the occurrence
of each such default in the payment of any principal of or any interest on any
Senior Indebtedness describing such default in detail.

      (f) Nothing contained in the subordination herein is intended to or shall
impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior
Indebtedness, and the Holder of this Debenture, the obligation of the Company,
which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the persons entitled thereto
under the terms thereof the principal of and interest on this Debenture, as and
when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with its terms, or to
affect the relative rights of the Holder of this Debenture and creditors of the
Company other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein
prevent the Holder of this Debenture from exercising all remedies otherwise
permitted by applicable law upon default under the Debenture, subject to the
rights, if any, under the subordination herein, of the holders of Senior
Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received
upon the exercise of any such remedy.

      7. MISCELLANEOUS.

      (a) This Debenture has been issued by the Company pursuant to
authorization of the Board of Directors of the Company which provides for an
aggregate of up to $700,000 in face amount of identical Debentures to be issued.

      (b) The Company may consider and treat the person in whose name this
Debenture shall be registered as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes
whatsoever (whether or not this Debenture shall be overdue) and the Company
shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary. The registered owner of
this Debenture shall have the right to transfer it by assignment (subject to the
limitations on transfer contained in this Debenture and in the Securities
Purchase Agreement) and the transferee thereof shall, upon his registration as
owner of this Debenture, become vested with all the powers and rights of the


                                                                             183
<PAGE>

transferor. Registration of any new owner shall take place upon presentation of
this Debenture to the Company at its offices at 740 St. Maurice, Suite 201,
Montreal, Canada #3C lL5, together with a duly authenticated assignment. In case
of transfer by operation of law, the transferee agrees to notify the Company of
such transfer and of his address, and to submit appropriate evidence regarding
the transfer so that this Debenture may be registered in the name of the
transferee. This Debenture is transferable only on the books of the Company by
the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, on the surrender hereof, duly
endorsed. Cornmunications sent to any registered owner shall be effective as
against all holders or transferees of the Debenture not registered at the time
of sending the communication.

      (b) Payment of the principal and outstanding interest shall be made to the
registered owner of this Debenture upon presentation of this Debenture upon or
after maturity.

      (c) The Company hereby waives presentment for payment, demand and protest
and notice of dishonor.

      (d) Neither this Debenture nor any term hereof may be changed, waived
discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by
the party against whom enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or
termination is sought.

      (e) All notices, requests, demands and other communications to the Company
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally
or mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
requested or via facsimile, addressed as follows or to such other addresses as
the Company may designate in writing to the holder hereof:

      The Tirex Corporation 
      740 St. Maurice, Suite 201 
      Montreal, Quebec #3C lL5
      Attention: Terrence C. Byrne, President 
      Fax No.: (514) 878-9847

      (e) This Debenture shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the
internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to such State's
principles respecting the conflicts of law.


                                                                             184
<PAGE>

      (f) The terms of this Debenture shall be binding on the Company and its
successors and assigns.

      IN WIINESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Debenture to be signed in
its name by the undersigned.

 Dated: April 9, 1998

                                             THE TIREX  CORPORATION

                                             By:________________________________


                                                                             185



                                 EXHIBIT 4 (t)


                                                                             186
<PAGE>

      NEITHER  THIS  WARRANT NOR ANY SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK  ISSUABLE  UPON THE
EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS  AMENDED,  AND  THE  RULES  AND  REGULATIONS   PROMULGATED   THEREUNDER  (THE
"SECURITIES ACT"). THIS WARRANT IS NOT  TRANSFERRABLE,  UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,
PRIOR TO MARCH 31, 1998.

                                     WARRANT

                            Dated: ___________, 1997

                    Warrant to Purchase _____________ Shares

                   of Common Stock, Par Value $0.001 Per Share

      THE TIREX  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation (the  "Company"),  hereby
certifies that ____________,  its/his  successors and/or assigns  (collectively,
the "Holder"),  for value received,  is entitled to purchase from the Company at
any time commencing on the earlier of (i) the effectiveness  with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") of a registration  statement relating to the
public  offering  of the  Company's  Common  Stock or (ii) May 31,  1998,  up to
__________________  shares (the  "Shares") of the Company's  common  stock,  par
value $0.001 per share (the "Common Stock"),  at a price of $.001 per share (the
"Exercise  Price").  The Holder  acknowledges  by receipt hereof that conversion
prior to March 31, 1998, of Holder's 10% Convertible Subordinated Debenture (the
"Debenture")  issued in connection with the Company's  private  placement of its
securities made pursuant to a certain  Confidential  Private Offering Memorandum
dated November 5, 1997 (the  "Memorandum") will result in a forfeit of the right
to exercise  some or all of the  Warrants.  (See  "Exercise  Period" on page 2).
Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the shares of Common Stock issued
upon exercise of this Warrant shall bear the same terms and conditions described
under the caption  "Description  of  Securities"  in the Company's  confidential
Private  Offering  Memorandum,  dated  November 5, 1997 (the "Private  Placement
Memorandum"). The Holder shall have registration rights under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  for this Warrant and the Common Stock, as more
fully  described  in  Section 6. Each  certificate  evidencing  the  Registrable
Securities  (as  hereinafter  defined)  shall bear the  appropriate  restrictive
legend set forth  below,  except that any such  certificate  shall not bear such
restrictive   legend  if  (i)  it  is  transferred   pursuant  to  an  effective
registration statement under the Act or in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 144A
promulgated  under the Act, or (ii) the  Company is provided  with an opinion of
counsel  satisfactory  to the  Company  to the  effect  that such  legend is not
required in order to establish compliance with the provisions of the Act:

      "THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR
      INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
      AS AMENDED. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN


                                                                             187
<PAGE>

      THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT.
      COPIES OF THE WARRANT  COVERING  REGISTRATION  RIGHTS  PERTAINING TO THESE
      SECURITIES  AND  RESTRICTING  THEIR TRANSFER MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY
      WRITTEN  REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS  CERTIFICATE  TO THE
      SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT THE OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AT MONTREAL, QUEBEC.

      Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the  Registrable  Securities will bear an
appropriate  restrictive  legend to the extent  required by a certain  "lock-up"
agreement between the Holder of this Warrant and H.J. Meyers & Co., Inc.

      A. Exercise of Warrants.

      1. Upon presentation and surrender of this Warrant (this "Warrant") during
the Exercise Period,  with the attached Election to Purchase form duly executed,
at the  administrative  office of the  Company  at 740 St.  Maurice,  Suite 201,
Montreal,  Quebec 3C 1L5  together  with a check  payable to the  Company in the
amount of the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares being purchased,
unless  exercised in accordance with Section 1(b) below,  the Company will cause
its Transfer Agent to deliver to the holder hereof, certificates of Common Stock
which in the  aggregate  represent  the number of Shares being  purchased.  This
Warrant may be partially  exercised and, in case of such partial  exercise,  the
Company,  upon  surrender  hereof,  will  deliver  to the  Holder a new  Warrant
representing the number of shares which have not been exercised.

      2.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of Section  1(a) with respect to the
Exercise  Price to the contrary,  the Holder may elect to exercise this Warrant,
in whole or in part,  by  receiving  Common  Stock equal to the value (as herein
determined) of the portion of this Warrant then being exercised,  in which event
the  Company  shall  issue to the Holder  the  number of shares of Common  Stock
determined by using the following formula:

               X =      Y(A-B)/A

      where:   X =      the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the
                        Holder under the provisions of this Section 1(b)

               Y =      the  number  of  shares  of  Common   Stock  that  would
                        otherwise be issued upon such exercise

               A =      the Current Fair Market Value (as  hereinafter  defined)
                        of one share of Common Stock  calculated  as of the last
                        trading day immediately preceding such exercise

               B =      the Exercise Price


                                                                             188
<PAGE>

      As used herein,  the "Current Fair Market Value" of the Common Stock as of
a specified date shall mean with respect to each share of Common Stock,  (i) the
average  of the  closing  prices  of the  Common  Stock  sold on all  securities
exchanges on which the Common Stock may at the time be listed,  or (ii) if there
have been no sales on any such  exchange on such day, the average of the highest
bid and lowest  asked  prices on all such  exchanges  at the end of such day, or
(iii) if on such day the  Common  Stock is not so  listed,  the  average  of the
representative bid and asked prices quoted in the NASDAQ System as of 4:00 p.m.,
New York  time,  or (iv) if on such day the  Common  Stock is not  quoted in the
NASDAQ  System,  the average of the highest bid and lowest  asked prices on such
day in  the  domestic  over-the-counter  market  as  reported  by  the  National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  Over-the-Counter  Electronic Bulletin
Board System or any similar successor organization, in each such case either (i)
calculated  on the date which the form of  election  specified  in Section  2(b)
herein is deemed to have been sent to the Company or (ii) averaged over a period
of five (5) days consisting of the day as of which the Current Fair Market Value
is being  determined  and the four (4)  consecutive  business days prior to such
day. The Holder hereof shall  determine in its sole  discretion  which method of
calculation  to use. If on the date for which Current Fair Market Value is to be
determined the Common Stock is not listed on any  securities  exchange or quoted
in the NASDAQ  System or the  over-the-counter  market,  the then  Current  Fair
Market Value of the Common Stock shall be the highest  price per share which the
Company  could  then  obtain  from a willing  buyer (not a current  employee  or
director)  for Common  Stock sold by the Company  from  authorized  but unissued
shares,  as  determined  in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company,
unless  prior  to  such  date  the  Company  has  become  subject  to a  merger,
consolidation, reorganization, acquisition or other similar transaction pursuant
to which the Company is not the surviving entity, in which case the Current Fair
Market  Value of the  Common  Stock  shall be deemed  to be the per share  value
received or to be received in such transaction by the holders of Common Stock.

      B. Exercise Period.

      1. The right to acquire shares of Common Stock of the Company  pursuant to
this Warrant shall commence on the earlier of: (i) the  effectiveness of the SEC
of a  registration  statement  relating to the public  offering of the Company's
Common Stock; or (ii) May 31, 1998 (the "Exercise Period"). After the conclusion
of the five year  period  following  the  final  Closing  Date of the  Company's
private  placement  made  pursuant to the  Memorandum,  the Holder shall have no
right to  purchase  any shares of Common  Stock  pursuant to this  Warrant  (the
"Expiration  Date").  To the extent any portion of the  Debenture  is  converted
prior to the earlier of March 31,  1998,  the Holder of the  Warrants  sold as a
portion of the Units  purchased shall lose the right to exercise such portion of
the  Holder's  Warrants as such  portion  relates pro rata to the portion of the
Debenture exercised.  By way of example, if a Holder of one Unit converts $5,000
(20% of the Debenture) of a Debenture prior to March 31, 1998, such Holder shall
forever lose the right to exercise 10,000 Warrants (20% of the Warrants).


                                                                             189
<PAGE>

      2. The rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in
part (with  respect  to shares of Common  Stock,  by the  Holder  subject to the
conditions  contained  herein an at any time  within  the  period  specified  in
Section  2(a) by: (i)  surrender  of this  Warrant  for  cancellation  (with the
Election to Purchase form at the end hereof properly  executed) at the principal
executive  office  of the  Company  (or at such  other  office  or agency of the
Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of
the Holder  appearing on the books of the Company);  (ii) to the extent that the
Holder does not use the election  provided by this Section 1(b),  payment to the
Company of the Exercise Price for the number of shares of Common Stock specified
in the Election to Purchase form,  together with the amount of applicable  stock
transfer  taxes, if any; and/or (iii) delivery to the Company of a duly executed
agreement signed by the person(s) designated in the Election to Purchase form to
the  effect  that such  person(s)  agree(s)  to be bound by all of the terms and
conditions of this  Warrant,  including  without  limitation  the  provisions of
Sections 6 and 7. This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised,  in whole
or in part to the extent  specified,  immediately prior to the close of business
on the date on which all of the  applicable  provisions of this Section 2(b) are
satisfied,  and the person(s)  designated in the Election to Purchase form shall
become the holder(s) of record of the shares of Common Stock  issuable upon such
exercise at that time and date.

      C. Rights and Obligations of Holders of this Warrant; Anti-Dilution.

      1. The Holder of this Warrant shall not, by virtue hereof,  be entitled to
any  rights  of a  stockholder  in the  Company,  either  at  law or in  equity;
provided,  however,  that in the event any  certificate  representing  shares of
Common Stock or other securities is issued to the Holder hereof upon exercise of
some or all of this Warrant,  such Holder shall, for all purposes,  be deemed to
have become the holder of record of such  Common  Stock on the date on which all
of the applicable  provisions of Section 2(b) have been met, irrespective of the
date of delivery of such share certificate.

      2. In case the Company  shall (i) pay a dividend in Common Stock or make a
distribution in Common Stock, (ii) subdivide its outstanding Common Stock into a
greater  number of shares,  (iii)  combine its  outstanding  Common Stock into a
smaller number of shares  (including a  recapitalization  in connection with any
consolidation  or merger),  then the Holder of this Warrant shall  thereafter be
entitled, upon exercise, to receive the number and kind of shares which, if this
Warrant had been  exercised  immediately  prior to the  happening of such event,
that the Holder would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive
upon such dividend, distribution, subdivision, combination, or reclassification.
Such adjustment shall become effective on the day next following: (i) the record
date of  such  dividend  or  distribution  or  (ii)  the  day  upon  which  such
subdivision,  combination,  or  reclassification  shall become effective and the
Exercise Price on the date of such  adjustment  shall be adjusted by multiplying
such  Exercise  Price by a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the number of
shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately  before  such  event and the
denominator  of which is the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding
immediately  after such event and the number of shares of Common Stock for which
this Warrant may be exercised immediately before such event shall


                                                                             190
<PAGE>

be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction,  the numerator of which is
the Exercise Price immediately before such event and the denominator of which is
the Exercise Price immediately after such event;  provided,  however, that in no
event shall the exercise price be below $.001 per share.

      3. In case of any  consolidation  or  merger of the  Company  with or into
another corporation (other than any consolidation or merger in which the Company
is the  continuing  corporation  and  which  does not  result  in any  increase,
decrease,  or other  reclassification of the outstanding shares of Common Stock)
or the  conversion  of such  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock into shares or
other  stock  or other  securities  or  property,  or the  liquidation,  sale or
transfer of the  property of the Company as an entirety or  substantially  as an
entirety and for other unusual events,  there shall be deliverable upon exercise
of the  Warrant  (in lieu of the  number of shares of Common  Stock  theretofore
deliverable)  the number of shares of stock or other  securities  or property to
which a holder of the number of shares of Common  Stock  which  would  otherwise
have been deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled
upon such action if this Warrant had been  exercised  immediately  prior to such
action.

      (d) In the sole  discretion of the Holder(s)  hereof,  such  Holder(s) may
require that the Company assign the obligations of the Company described in this
Warrant to any  successor  of the  Company if the  Company is not the  surviving
entity of a merger or consolidation.  The Company must give the Holder(s) hereof
fifteen  (15)  business  days notice of the terms of any such  consolidation  or
merger and the terms thereof.

      D. Covenants of the Company.

      1. The  Company  covenants  and  agrees  that all  shares of Common  Stock
issuable upon exercise of this Warrant will, upon delivery,  be duly and validly
authorized and issued,  fully-paid and non-assessable with no personal liability
attaching to the Holder thereof.

      2. The  Company  covenants  and agrees  that it will at all times prior to
expiration of this Warrant  reserve and keep  available an authorized  number of
shares of its Common Stock and other applicable  securities sufficient to permit
the  exercise  in  full  of all  outstanding  convertible  securities,  options,
warrants and rights, including this Warrant.

      E. Issuance of Certificates. As soon as possible after any full or partial
exercise of this Warrant,  but in any event no more than five (5) business days,
the  Company,  at its  expense,  will  cause  to be  issued  in the  name of and
delivered to the Holder of this Warrant,  a certificate or certificates  for the
number of fully  paid and  non-assessable  shares of Common  Stock to which that
Holder shall be entitled on such exercise.  No fractional  shares will be issued
on exercise of this Warrant.  If, on any exercise of this Warrant,  a fractional
share  results,  the Company will pay the cash value of that  fractional  share,
calculated on the basis of the Exercise Price. All such certificates  shall bear
a restrictive legend to the effect that the Shares represented by


                                                                             191
<PAGE>

such  certificate  have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  and the Shares may not be sold or  transferred  in the absence of such
registration or an exemption  therefrom,  such legend to be substantially in the
form of the bold face language appearing on Page 1 of this Warrant.

      F. Registration Rights.

      (a) Certain Definitions. As used herein, the term:

            (i)  "Registrable  Securities"  shall mean this  Warrant  and/or the
      shares of Common Stock issued or issuable  upon  exercise of this Warrant,
      as the same shall be so designated by the Holder.

            (ii) "50% Holder" shall mean the Holder(s) of at least 50 percent of
      the total number of shares of Common Stock  compromising  the  Registrable
      Securities  (whether or not this  Warrant has been  exercised),  and shall
      include any Holder or combination of Holders.

      (b) "Piggyback" Registration. At any time during the Exercise Period until
the  Expiration  Date,  the Company shall advise the Holder,  whether the Holder
holds this  Warrant or has  exercised  this  Warrant and holds any of the Common
Stock,  by  written  notice  at least  twenty  days  prior to the  filing of any
registration  statement (other than a registration  statement on Form S-8 or its
counterpart),  or any  Notification  on Form 1-A  under  the Act,  covering  any
securities  of the  Company,  whether  for its own account or for the account of
others,  and shall, upon the request of the Holder,  include in any registration
statement such information as may be required to permit a public offering of any
or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holder, all at no expense whatsoever
to the  Holder  (to  the  extent  as  permitted  by the  Act  or the  rules  and
regulations promulgated  thereunder),  except that each Holder whose Registrable
Securities  are  included  in such  registration  shall bear the fees of its own
counsel  and  any  underwriting  discounts  or  commissions  applicable  to  the
Securities sold by it.

      (c) Demand Registration.

      (i) If any 50% Holder  shall give notice to the Company at any time during
the Exercise  Period and prior to the  Expiration  Date, to the effect that such
50% Holder desires to register under the Act any  Registrable  Securities  under
such circumstances that a public distribution (within the meaning of the Act) of
any such securities shall be involved,  then the Company shall promptly,  but no
later than 60 days after receipt of such notice, use its reasonable best efforts
to file a  registration  statement  under the Act,  to the end that  Registrable
Securities  of such 50% Holder may be publicly sold under the Act as promptly as
practicable thereafter, and the Company shall use its best efforts to cause such
registration to become effective as soon as possible;  provided,  however,  that
such 50% Holder  shall  furnish  the Company  with  appropriate  information  in
connection  therewith  as the Company  may  reasonably  request in writing;  and
provided further that the Company shall then have available current


                                                                             192
<PAGE>

financial  statements (unless the unavailability of current financial statements
results from the Company's fault or neglect). The 50% Holder may, at its option,
cause  Registrable  Securities  to be included in such  registration  under this
Section 6(c) on one occasion during the Exercise Period.

      (ii)  Within ten days after  receiving  any such  notice  pursuant to this
Section 6(c),  the Company shall give notice to each other Holder  (whether such
Holder holds a Warrant or has  exercised the Warrant and holds any of the Common
Stock),  advising that the Company is proceeding  with a registration  statement
and  offering  to  include  therein  Registrable  Securities  held by such other
Holders,  provided  that they shall  furnish the Company  with such  appropriate
information in connection  therewith as the Company shall reasonably  request in
writing.

      (iii)  All  costs  and  expenses  (including  without  limitation.  legal,
accounting,  printing,  mailing and filing  fees) of the  registration  effected
under this Section 6(c) shall be borne by the Company, except that the Holder(s)
whose Registrable  Securities are included in such  registration  shall bear the
fees  of  their  own  counsel  and any  underwriting  discounts  or  commissions
applicable to the securities sold by them.

      (iv) The Company shall cause the registration  statement filed pursuant to
this Section 6(c) to remain  current under the Act (including the taking of such
steps are as  necessary to obtain the removal of any stop order) for a period of
at least six months (and for up to an  additional  three  months if requested by
the  Holder(s))  from the effective date thereof,  or until all the  Registrable
Securities included in such registration have been sold, whichever is earlier.

      (d) Further Rights. The registration rights provided by this Section 6 may
be exercised by the Holder  either prior or  subsequent  to its exercise of this
Warrant.  A 50% Holder  may,  at its option,  request  registration  pursuant to
Section 6(b) and/or  pursuant to Section 6(c), and its request for  registration
under one such Section shall not affect its right to request  registration under
the other.  The  registration  rights provided by this Section 6 shall supersede
and be prior in right to any registration rights granted by the Company to other
holders of its outstanding securities.

      (e)  Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,   the  Company  shall  include  the
Registrable  Securities in the  registration  statement it intends to file under
the Act pertaining to the shares underlying the Debentures. If such registration
statement  is not  effective  upon the filing by the  Company of a  registration
statement pertaining to a public offering of the Company's securities,  then the
Company shall include such Registrable  Securities in any registration statement
pertaining to a public offering of the Company's securities.  In each such case,
the  Company  shall  use  its  best  efforts  to  obtain  effectiveness  of such
registration statement and to maintain such effectiveness for at least one year.


                                                                             193
<PAGE>

      G. Indemnification.

      1.  Indemnification  by the  Company.  As used in this Section 7, the term
"Liabilities"  shall mean any and all losses,  claims,  damages and liabilities,
and actions and proceedings in respect thereof, including without limitation all
reasonable costs of defense and investigation and all attorneys' fees.  Whenever
pursuant  to Section 6 a  registration  statement  relating  to any  Registrable
Securities is filed under the Act, or amended or supplemented, the Company shall
indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of  Registrable  Securities  included in
such  registration  statement,  amendment or supplement  (each, a  "Distributing
Holder"),  and each person (if any) who controls (within the meaning of the Act)
the Distributing Holder, and each underwriter (within the meaning of the Act) of
such Registrable  Securities,  and each person (if any) who controls (within the
meaning of the Act) any such  underwriter,  from and  against  all  Liabilities,
joint or  several,  to which the  Distributing  Holder  or any such  controlling
person or underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as
such Liabilities  arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue  statement  of any  material  fact  contained  in any  such  registration
statement, or any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus constituting a part
thereof,  or any amendment or supplement  thereto,  or arise out of or are based
upon the  omission or the  alleged  omission  to state  therein a material  fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
misleading;  provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such
case to the extent that any such  Liabilities  arise out of or are based upon an
untrue  statement or alleged  untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission
made in such registration statement,  preliminary prospectus,  final prospectus,
or amendment or supplement  thereto,  in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with
written  information  furnished  by such  Distributing  Holder  or by any  other
Distributing Holder for use in the preparation  thereof. The foregoing indemnity
shall be in addition  to any other  liability  which the  Company may  otherwise
have.

      2.  Indemnification by Holder. The Distributing  Holder(s) shall indemnify
and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors,  each nominee (if any)
named in any preliminary  prospectus or final prospectus  constituting a part of
such  registration  statement,  each  of  its  officers  who  have  signed  such
registration  statement and such  amendments or  supplements  thereto,  and each
person (if any) who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Act) against
all  Liabilities,  joint or several,  to which the Company or any such director,
nominee,  officer or  controlling  person may become  subject,  under the Act or
otherwise, insofar as such Liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue
or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in such  registration
statement,  preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, or amendment or supplement
thereto,  or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission
to state therein a material  fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only
to the  extent  that such  Liabilities  arise out of or are based upon an untrue
statement or alleged  untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission made in
such  registration  statement,   preliminary  prospectus,  final  prospectus  or
amendment or supplement  thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished by such Distributing  Holder(s) for use in the preparation
thereof.  Each  Distributing  Holder shall be liable for no more than the amount
such Distribution Holder realizes


                                                                             194
<PAGE>

upon sale of the  Registrable  Securities.  The foregoing  indemnity shall be in
addition to any other liability which the  Distributing  Holder(s) may otherwise
have.

      3.  Procedure.  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under this
Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action,  such  indemnified  party
shall,  if a claim in respect  thereof is to be made  against  any  indemnifying
party, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement  thereof;  but the
omission  so to notify  the  indemnifying  party  shall not  relieve it from any
liability which it may have to any  indemnified  party otherwise than under this
Section 7. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and
it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement  thereof, the indemnifying
party shall be entitled to  participate  in and, to the extent that it may wish,
jointly with any other  indemnifying  party  similarly  notified,  to assume the
defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party,
and after notice from the indemnifying  party to such  indemnified  party of its
election so to assume the defense thereof,  the indemnifying  party shall not be
liable to such  indemnified  party  under this  Section 7 for any legal or other
expenses  subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the
defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

      4.  Limitation.   Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,   if  the  Registrable
Securities are to be distributed by means of an underwritten public offering, to
the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution  contained in
the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such underwriting are
in  conflict  with the  provisions  of this  Section 7, the  provisions  of such
underwriting agreement shall be controlling, provided that the Holder is a party
to such underwriting agreement.

      H. Successors and Assigns; Transfer.

      1. This  Warrant  shall be binding  upon and shall inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

      2. This  Warrant may be  transferred  at any time after March 31, 1998 by:
(i)  surrender of this Warrant for  cancellation  (with the Transfer form at the
end hereof properly executed) at the office or agency of the Company referred to
in Section 1; and (ii)  delivery  of an  opinion  of  counsel  stating  that the
proposed  transfer  may be made  without  registration  or  qualification  under
applicable  Federal or state  securities  laws.  This Warrant shall be deemed to
have been transferred, in whole or in part to the extent specified,  immediately
prior to the close of business on the date the  provisions of this Section 8 are
satisfied,  and the  transferee(s)  designated in the Transfer form shall become
the holder(s) of record at that time and date.  The Company shall issue,  in the
name(s) of the  designated  transferee(s)  (including the Holder if this Warrant
has been  transferred  in part) a new  Warrant  or  Warrants  of like  tenor and
representing,  in the aggregate, rights to purchase the same number of shares of
Common Stock as are then  purchasable  under this  Warrant.  Such new Warrant or
Warrants shall be delivered to the record holder(s)  thereof within a reasonable
time,  not exceeding  three (3) business days,  after the rights  represented by
this Warrant shall have been so transferred. As used herein (unless the context


                                                                             195
<PAGE>

otherwise requires),  the term "Holder" shall include each such transferee,  and
the term "Warrant" shall include each such transferred Warrant.

      I.  Disposition  of Warrants or Shares.  The Holder of this Warrant,  each
transferee  hereof and any holder and  transferee  of any Shares,  by his or its
acceptance  thereof,  agrees that no public  distribution  of Warrants or Common
Stock will be made in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder  (collectively,
the "Act").

      J. Notices.  Except as otherwise  specified  herein to the  contrary,  all
notices,  requests,  demands and other communications  required or desired to be
given  hereunder  shall only be  effective  if given in writing by  certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested,  postage prepaid,  or by U.S. express
mail service or national  overnight  courier  service.  Any such notice shall be
deemed to have been given (a) on the  business  day  immediately  subsequent  to
mailing,  if sent by U.S.  express  mail service or national  overnight  courier
service,  or (b) five (5) business days following the mailing thereof, if mailed
by certified or registered mail, postage pre-paid, return receipt requested, and
all such  notices  shall be sent to the  following  addresses  (or to such other
address or addresses as a part may have advised the other in the manner provided
in this Section 10):

                      If to the Company:

                      The Tirex Corporation
                      740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                      Montreal, Quebec 3C 1L5

                      If to the Holder:

                      ________________________
                      ________________________
                      ________________________
                      ________________________


      K.  Governing Law. This Warrant and all rights and  obligations  hereunder
shall be deemed to be made  under and  governed  by the laws of the State of New
York  applicable to  agreements  made and to be performed  entirely  within such
State, without reference to such State's laws regarding the conflict of laws.

      L.  Amendment  or Waiver.  Any  provision  of this Warrant may be amended,
waived or modified  upon the  written  consent of the Company and any 50% Holder
(defined as the  Holder(s)  of at least 50 percent of the total number of Common
Stock  comprising the  Registrable  Securities,  whether or not this Warrant has
been  executed,  and shall  include  any  Holder  or  combination  of  Holders);
provided, however, that such amendment, waiver or modification


                                                                             196
<PAGE>

applies by its terms to each  Holder;  and provided  further,  that a Holder may
waive any of its rights or the  Company's  obligations  to such  Holder  without
obtaining the consent of any other Holder.

      M.  Headings.  The headings of various  sections of this Warrant have been
inserted for reference only and shall not be a part of this Warrant.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  The Tirex  Corporation has caused this Warrant to be
duly executed,  by its duly authorized  officers under its corporate seal and to
be dated as of the date set forth below.

                                                  THE TIREX CORPORATION

Dated: __________, 1997                           By:
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title: President

(Corporate Seal)

Attest:

Name:
Title: Secretary


                                                                             197
<PAGE>

                              ELECTION TO PURCHASE

                          To be Executed by the Holder
                        in Order to Exercise the Warrant

      The undersigned  Holder of the foregoing Warrant hereby irrevocably elects
to exercise the purchase  rights  represented  by such Warrant,  and to purchase
thereunder, ______ shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value ("Common Stock"), and
(i) herewith makes payment of an aggregate of $____________ therefor and/or (ii)
pursuant to Section  1(b) of such Warrant  hereby  tenders the right to exercise
such  Warrant to the extent of ________  shares of Common  Stock of the Company.
The  undersigned  requests that the  certificates  for the shares of such Common
Stock be issued in the name(s) of, and delivered to, the person(s) whose name(s)
and address(es) are set forth below:

      (Please type or print name and address)

      (Social Security or tax identification number)

and delivered to;

      (Please type or print name and address)

and,  if such  number  of shares of  Common  Stock  shall not be all the  Common
evidenced by this  Warrant,  that a new Warrant of like tenor for the balance of
the shares of Common Stock  subject to the Warrant be registered in the name of,
and delivered to, the Holder at the address stated below.

      In full payment of the  purchase  price with respect to the portion of the
Warrant  exercised and transfer taxes,  if any, the  undersigned  hereby tenders
payment of $________ by check or money order payable in United  States  currency
to the order of The Tirex Corporation, or its successor.

Dated:  _________________

                                  (Address)

                                  (Social Security or tax identification number)

Signatures guaranteed by:


                                                                             198
<PAGE>

                                    TRANSFER

                          To be Executed by the Holder
                        in Order to Transfer the Warrant

                  (To be signed only upon transfer of Warrant)

      FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned hereby sells,  assigns, and transfers
unto ___________________________________________ the right to purchase shares of
the  Common  Stock,  $.001 par value per share  ("Common  Stock"),  of The Tirex
Corporation (the "Company")  represented by the foregoing  Warrant to the extent
of ____ shares of Common Stock and appoints ________________________ attorney to
transfer  such  rights  on  the  books  of  the  Company,  with  full  power  of
substitution in the premises.

Dated:  _____________________

                                           Name:

                                           Address

Signatures guaranteed by:

_______________________________

Taxpayer Identification Number:

_______________________________


                                                                             199


                                 EXHIBIT 4 (u)


                                                                             200
<PAGE>

               Warrant for the purchase of shares of Common Stock

                                                                2,000,000 shares

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, The Tirex Corporation (the "Company"), hereby certifies that
Security Capital Trading,  Inc. or a permitted assignee thereof,  is entitled to
purchase from the Company 2,000,000 fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of the
common stock,  $.001 par value,  of the Company at any time or from time to time
commencing  April 1, 1998 and prior to 5:00 P.M.,  New York city time,  on March
31, 2001, for an aggregate  purchase price of  $766,666.40,  payable as follows:
$.25 per share for the first 666,666 shares to be purchased hereunder,  $.40 per
share for the next 666,666  shares to be purchased  hereunder and $.50 per share
for the remaining 666,667 shares to be purchased  hereunder.  (Hereinafter,  (i)
said common stock, together with any other equity securities which may be issued
by the Company with respect thereto or in substitution  therefor, is referred to
as the "Common Stock," (ii) the shares of the Common Stock purchasable hereunder
or under any other  Warrant  (as  hereinafter  defined)  are  referred to as the
"Warrant  Shares,"  (iii) each holder of the Warrant  Shares is referred to as a
"Warrant  Shareholder"  and all holders of the Warrant  Shares are  collectively
referred to as the "Warrant  Shareholders,"  (iv) the aggregate  purchase  price
payable  hereunder  for the  Warrant  Shares is  referred  to as the  "Aggregate
Warrant Price, " (v) each of the  above-mentioned  prices payable  hereunder for
the  tranche  of  Warrant  Shares  (or  portion  thereof)  to which  such  price
respectively  relates is referred to as the "Per Share Warrant Price," (vi) this
Warrant,  all  identical  warrants  issued on the date  hereof and all  warrants
hereafter  issued in exchange  or  substitution  for this  Warrant or such other
warrants are referred to as the Warrants" and (vi) the holder of this Warrant is
referred  to as the  "Holder"  and the  holder  of this  Warrant  and all  other
Warrants are referred to as the "Holders").  The Aggregate  Warrant Price is not
subject to  adjustment.  The Per Share Warrant Price is subject to adjustment as
hereinafter provided; in the event of any such adjustment, the number of Warrant
Shares  shall be adjusted by dividing  the  Aggregate  Warrant  Price by the Per
Share Warrant Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

1. Exercise of Warrant.

      a) Exercise for Cash

      This Warrant may be  exercised,  in whole at any time or in part from time
      to time,  commencing  April 1, 1998, and prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City
      time,  on March 31, 2001,  by the Holder by the  surrender of this Warrant
      (with  the  subscription  form at the end  hereof  duly  executed)  at the
      address set forth in Subsection 9(a) hereof,  together with proper payment
      of the Aggregate Warrant Price, or the proportionate  part thereof if this
      Warrant is exercised in part.  Payment for Warrant Shares shall be made by
      certified or official bank check  payable to the order of the Company.  If
      this Warrant is exercised  in part,  this Warrant must be exercised  for a
      number of whole shares of the Common Stock.  and the Holder is entitled lo
      receive a new  Warrant  Covering  the Warrant  Shares  which have nor been
      exercised  and  setting  forth  the  proportionate  part of the  Aggregate
      Warrant Price  applicable to such Warrant  Shares.  Upon such surrender of
      this Warrant the Company will (a) issue a certificate or  certificates  in
      the name of the  Holder  for the  largest  number  of whole  shares of the
      Common Stock to which the Holder shall be entitled and, if this Warrant is
      exercised in whole, in lieu of any fractional share of the Common Stock to
      which the Holder  shall be  entitled,  pay to the Holder cash in an amount
      equal to the fair market value of such  fractional  share  (determined  in
      such  reasonable  manner as the Board of  Directors  of the Company  shall
      determine), and (b) deliver the other securities and properties receivable
      upon the exercise of this Warrant,  or the  proportionate  part thereof if
      this  Warrant is  exercised in part,  pursuant to the  provisions  of this
      Warrant.


                                                                             201
<PAGE>

      b) Cashless Exercise

      In lieu of exercising this Warrant in the manner set forth in Subsection
      1(a) above, the Warrant may be exercised by surrender of the Warrant
      without payment of any other consideration, commission or remuneration, by
      execution of the cashless exercise subscription form (at the end hereof,
      duly executed). The number of shares to be issued in exchange for the
      Warrant will be computed by subtracting the Per Share Warrant Price from
      the closing bid price of the Common Stock on the date of receipt of the
      cashless exercise subscription form, multiplying that amount by the number
      of shares represented by the Warrant, and dividing by the closing bid
      price as of the same date.

2.    Reservation of Warrant Shares.

      The Company agrees that, prior to the expiration of this Warrant, the
      Company will at all times have authorized and in reserve, and will keep
      available, solely for issuance or delivery upon the exercise of this
      Warrant, the shares of the Common Stock and other securities and
      properties as from time to time shall be receivable upon the exercise of
      this Warrant, free and clear of all restrictions on sale or transfer
      (except for applicable state or federal securities law restrictions) and
      free and clear of all pre-emptive rights.

3.    Protection Against Dilution.

      a)    If, at any time or from time to time after the date of this Warrant,
            the Company shall issue or distribute (for no consideration) to the
            holders of shares of Common Stock evidences of its indebtedness, any
            other securities of the Company or any cash, property or other
            assets (excluding a subdivision, combination or reclassification, or
            dividend or distribution payable in shares of Common Stock, referred
            to in Subsection 3(b), and also excluding cash dividends or cash
            distributions paid out of net profits legally available therefor if
            the full amount thereof, together with the value of other dividends
            and distributions made substantially concurrently therewith or
            pursuant to a plan which includes payment thereof, is equivalent to
            not more than 5% of the Company's net worth) (any such nonexcluded
            event being herein called a "Special Dividend"), the Per Share
            Warrant Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Per Share Warrant
            Price then in effect by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be
            the then current market price of the Common Stock (defined as the
            average for the thirty consecutive business day immediately prior to
            the record date of the daily closing price of the Common Stock as
            reported by the principal exchange or market on which the Common
            Stock is listed) less the fair market Common Stock is listed) less
            the fair market value (as determined by the Company's Board of
            Directors) of the evidences of indebtedness,


                                                                             202
<PAGE>

            securities or property, or other assets issued or distributed in
            such Special Dividend applicable to one share of Common Stock and
            the denominator of which shall be such then current market price per
            share of Common Stock. An adjustment made pursuant to this
            Subsection 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record
            date of any such Special Dividend.

      b)    In case the Company shall hereafter (i) pay a dividend or make a
            distribution on its capital stock in shares of Common Stock, (ii)
            subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater
            number of shares, (iii) combine its outstanding shares of Common
            Stock into a smaller number of shares or (iv) issue by
            reclassification of its Common Stock any shares of capital stock of
            the Company, the Holder or Holders of this Warrant shall thereafter
            be entitled, upon exercise of this Warrant, to receive the number
            and kind of shares which, if this Warrant had been exercised
            immediately prior to the happening of such event, the Holder or
            Holders would have owned upon such exercise, and would have been
            entitled to receive upon consummation of such dividend,
            distribution, subdivision, combination or reclassification. An
            adjustment made pursuant to this Subsection 3(b) shall become
            effective immediately after the record date in the case of a
            dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately
            after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination
            or reclassification. Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock
            purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant is adjusted pursuant to
            this Subsection 3(b), each Per Share Warrant Price shall be adjusted
            simultaneously therewith by multiplying the Per Share Warrant Price
            then in effect by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the
            number of Warrant Shares purchasable at each Per Share Warrant Price
            upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment,
            and the denominator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares
            purchasable at each Per Share Warrant Price upon exercise of this
            Warrant immediately after such adjustment, so that the Aggregate
            Warrant Price shall remain the same. If, as a result of an
            adjustment made pursuant to this Subsection 3(b), the Holder of any
            Warrant thereafter surrendered for exercise shall become entitled to
            receive shares of two or more classes of capital stock or shares of
            Common Stock and other capital


                                                                             203
<PAGE>

            stock of the Company, the Board of Directors (whose determination
            shall be conclusive and shall be described in a written notice to
            the Holder of any Warrant promptly after such adjustment) shall
            determine the allocation of the adjusted Per Share Warrant Price
            between or among shares of such classes or capital stock or shares
            of Common Stock and other capital stock.

      c)    Except as provided in Subsection 3(e), in case the Company shall
            hereafter issue or sell any shares of Common Stock for a
            consideration per share less than the Per Share Warrant Price on the
            date of such issuance or sale, the Per Share Warrant Price shall be
            adjusted as of the date of such issuance or sale so that the same
            shall equal the consideration per share received by the Company upon
            such issuance or sale; provided, however, that no adjustment of the
            Per Share Warrant Price shall be required (i) unless the market
            price of the Common Stock (as defined in Section 3(a) hereof) on the
            date of such issuance or sale shall be equal to or greater than 250%
            of the applicable Per Share Warrant Price; or (ii) if such issuance
            or sale shall be effected (x) in connection with the exercise of
            warrants, options or conversion rights outstanding on April 1,1998;
            (y) pursuant to the terms of employment or consulting agreements to
            which the Company is a party and which were in effect on the date of
            issuance of this Warrant; or (z) pursuant to an offer in effect on
            March 31, 1998 (the "506 Offering") to sell securities of the
            Company in a private placement pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D
            promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
            Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").

      d)    Except as provided in Subsection 3(a) and 3(e), in case the Company
            shall hereafter issue or sell any rights, options, warrants or
            securities convertible into Common Stock entitling the holders
            thereof to purchase Common Stock or to convert such securities into
            Common Stock at a price per share (determined by dividing (i) the
            total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company in
            consideration of the issuance or sale of such rights, options,
            warrants or convertible securities plus the total consideration, if
            any, payable to the Company upon exercise or conversion thereof (the
            "Total Consideration") by (ii) the number of additional shares of


                                                                             204
<PAGE>

            Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of such
            securities) less than the then current Per Share Warrant Price in
            effect on the date of such issuance or sale, the Per Share Warrant
            Price shall be adjusted as of the date of such issuance or sale so
            that the same shall equal the price determined by dividing (i) the
            sum of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the
            date of such issuance or sale multiplied by the Per Share Warrant
            Price plus (b) the Total Consideration by (ii) the number of shares
            of Common Stock outstanding on the date of such issuance or sale
            plus (iii) the maximum number of additional shares of Common Stock
            issuable upon exercise or conversion of such securities; provided,
            however, that no adjustment of the Per Share Warrant Price shall be
            required (i) unless the market price of the Common Stock (as defined
            in Section 3(a) hereof) on the date of such issuance or sale shall
            be equal to or greater than 250% of the applicable Per Share Warrant
            Price; or (ii) if such issuance or sale shall be effected (x)
            pursuant to the terms of employment or consulting agreements to
            which the Company is a party and which were in effect on the date of
            issuance of this Warrant; or (y) pursuant to the 506 Offering.

      e)    In case of any capital reorganization or reclassification, or any
            consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party other than a
            merger or consolidation in which the Company is the continuing
            corporation, or in case of any sale or conveyance to another entity
            of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an
            entirety, or in the case of any statutory exchange of securities
            with another corporation (including any exchange effected in
            connection with a merger of a third corporation into the Company),
            the Holder of this Warrant shall have the right thereafter to
            convert such Warrant into the kind and amount of securities, cash or
            other property which he would have owned or have been entitled to
            receive immediately after such reorganization, reclassification,
            consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance had
            this Warrant been converted immediately prior to the effective date
            of such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger,
            statutory exchange, sale or conveyance and in any such case, if
            necessary, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application
            of the provisions set forth in this Section 3 with


                                                                             205
<PAGE>

            respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the Holder of this
            Warrant to the end that then provisions set forth in this Section 3
            shall thereafter correspondingly be made applicable as nearly as may
            reasonably be, in relation to any shares of stock or other
            securities or be, in relation to any shares of stock or other
            securities or property thereafter deliverable on the conversion of
            this Warrant. The above provisions of this Subsection 3(e) shall
            similarly apply to successive reorganizations, reclassifications,
            consolidations, mergers, statutory exchanges, sales or conveyances.
            The issuer of any shares of stock or other securities or property
            thereafter deliverable on the conversion of this Warrant shall be
            responsible for all of the agreements and obligations of the Company
            hereunder. Notice of any such reorganization, reclassification,
            consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance and of
            said provisions so proposed to be made, shall be mailed to the
            Holders of the Warrants not less than 10 days prior co such event. A
            sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company for a
            consideration consisting primarily of securities shall be deemed a
            consolidation or merger for the foregoing purposes.

      f)    No adjustment in the Per Share Warrant price shall be required
            unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at
            least $0.05 per share of Common Stock; provided, however, that any
            adjustments which by reason of this Subsection 3(f) are not required
            to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any
            subsequent adjustment; provided further, however, that adjustments
            shall be required and made in accordance with the provisions of this
            Section 3 (other than this Subsection 3(f)) nor later than such time
            as may be required in order to preserve the tax-free nature of a
            distribution to the Holder of this Warrant or Common Stock issuable
            upon exercise hereof. All calculations under this Section 3 shall be
            made to the nearest cent. Anything in this Section 3 to the contrary
            notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such
            reductions in the Per Share Warrant Price, in addition to chose
            required by this Section 3, as it in its discretion shall deem to be
            advisable in order that any stock dividend, subdivision of shares or
            distribution of rights to purchase stock or securities convertible
            or exchangeable for stock hereafter


                                                                             206
<PAGE>

            made by the Company to its shareholders shall not be taxable.

      g)    Whenever the Per Share Warrant Price is adjusted as provided in this
            Section and upon any modification of the rights of a Holder of
            Warrants in accordance with this Section 3, the Company shall
            promptly obtain, at its expense, a certificate of a firm of
            independent public accountants of recognized standing selected by
            the Board of Directors (who may be the regular auditors of the
            Company) setting forth the Per Share Warrant Price and the number of
            Warrant Shares after such adjustment or the effect of such
            modification, a brief statement of the facts requiring such
            adjustment or modification and the manner of computing the same and
            cause copies of such certificate to be mailed to the Holders of the
            Warrants.

      h)    If the Board of Directors of the Company shall declare any dividend
            or other distribution with respect to the Common Stock, other than a
            cash distribution out of earned surplus, the Company shall mail
            notice thereof to the Holders of the Warrants not less than 10 days
            prior to the record date fixed for determining shareholders entitled
            to participate in such dividend or other distribution.

4.    Fully Paid Stock. Taxes.

      The Company agrees that the shares of the Common Stock represented by each
      and every certificate for Warrant Shares delivered on the exercise of this
      Warrant shall, at the time of such delivery, be validly issued and
      outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and not subject to pre-emptive
      rights, and the Company will take all such actions as may be necessary to
      assure that the par value or stated value, if any, per share of the Common
      Stock is at all times equal to or less than the then Per Share Warrant
      Price. The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay, when due
      and payable, any and all Federal and state stamp, original issue or
      similar taxes which may be payable in respect of the issue of any Warrant
      Share or certificate therefor.

5.    Registration Under Securities Act of 1933.

      a)    The Company agrees that if, at any time and from time to time during
            the period commencing on the date of execution of this Warrant and
            ending on March 31, 2001, the Company shall undertake to prepare and
            file a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to a
            registration statement (any such registration statement being
            hereinafter called a "Subsequent Registration Statement") under the
            Act, other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or any other
            form which


                                                                             207
<PAGE>

            does not include substantially the same information as would be
            required in a form for the general registration of securities) in
            connection with the proposed offer of any of its securities by it or
            any of its shareholders, the Company will (i) promptly notify the
            Holder and each of the Holders, if any, of other Warrants and/or any
            Warrant Shareholders that such Subsequent Registration Statement
            will be filed and that the Warrant Shares which are then held,
            and/or which may be acquired upon the exercise of the Warrants, by
            the Holder and such Holders, will at the Holder's and such Holders'
            and/or such Warrant Shareholders' request, be included in such
            Subsequent Registration Statement, (ii) include in the securities
            covered by such Subsequent Registration Statement all Warrant Shares
            which it has been so requested to include, all at the Company's sole
            cost and expense, (iii) use its best efforts to cause such
            Subsequent Registration Statement to become effective as soon as
            practicable and (iv) take all other action necessary under any
            Federal or state law or regulation of any governmental authority to
            permit all Warrant Shares which it has been so requested to include
            in such Subsequent Registration Statement or to be sold or otherwise
            disposed of, and will maintain such compliance with each such
            Federal and state law and regulation of any governmental authority
            for the period necessary for the Holder and such Holders to effect
            the proposed sale or other disposition. Provided, however, that the
            Holders shall be obligated to agree in writing, if so requested by
            the underwriter or representative of the underwriters of the public
            offering to be made pursuant to such Subsequent Registration
            Statement, not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or
            otherwise dispose of such Warrant Shares for a period of not more
            than one year from the effective date of such Subsequent
            Registration Statement.

      b)    Whenever the Company is required pursuant to the provisions of this
            Section 5 to include Warrant Shares in a registration statement or a
            post-effective amendment to a registration statement, the Company
            shall (i) furnish each Holder and/or Warrant Shareholder and each
            underwriter of such Warrant Shares with such copies of the
            prospectus, including the preliminary prospectus, conforming to the
            Act, (and such other documents as each such Holder, Warrant
            Shareholder or each such


                                                                             208
<PAGE>

            underwriter may reasonably request) in order to facilitate the sale
            or distribution of the Warrant Shares, (ii) use its best efforts to
            register or qualify such Warrant Shares under the blue sky laws (to
            the extent applicable) of such jurisdiction or jurisdictions as the
            Holders, Warrant Shareholders and each underwriter of Warrant Shares
            being sold by such Holders and/or Warrant Shareholders shall
            reasonably request and (iii) take such other actions as may be
            reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holders, Warrant
            Shareholders and such underwriters to consummate the sale or
            distribution in such jurisdiction or jurisdictions in which such
            Holders and Warrant Shareholders shall have reasonably requested
            that the Warrant Shares be sold.

      c)    The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with any
            registration or other action pursuant to the provisions of this
            Section 5, other than underwriting discounts, non-accountable
            expenses, if any and applicable transfer taxes relating to the
            Warrant Shares.

      d)    The Company will indemnify the Holders and Warrant Shareholders who
            have included their respective securities in each Subsequent
            Registration Statement substantially to the same extent as the
            indemnification provided to the underwriters of the offering to be
            made pursuant the underwriting agreement to be executed upon
            effectiveness of such Subsequent Registration statement, and such
            Holders and/or Warrant Shareholders will indemnify the Company (and
            the underwriters, if applicable) with respect to information
            furnished by them in writing to the Company for inclusion therein
            substantially to the same extent as the indemnification to be
            provided by the underwriters to the Company pursuant to such
            underwriting agreement.

6.    Transferability.

      The Company may treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as he or it
      appears on the Company's books at any time as the Holder for all purposes.
      The Company shall permit any Holder of a Warrant or his duly authorized
      attorney, upon written request during ordinary business hours, to inspect
      and copy or make extracts from its books showing the registered holders of
      Warrants. All warrants issued upon the transfer or assignment of this
      Warrant will be dated the same date as this Warrant, and all rights of the
      Holders thereof shall be identical to those of the Holder.


                                                                             209
<PAGE>

7.    Loss etc. of Warrant.

      Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft,
      destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and of indemnity reasonably
      satisfactory to rye Company, if lost, stolen or destroyed, and upon
      surrender and cancellation of dais Warrants if mutilated, the Company
      shall execute and deliver to the Holder a new Warrant of like date, tenor
      and denomination.

8.    Warrant Holders Not Shareholders.

      Except as otherwise provided herein, this Warrant does not confer upon the
      Holder any right to vote or to consent to or receive notice as a
      shareholder of the Company, as such, in respect of any matters whatsoever,
      or any other rights or liabilities as a shareholder, prior to the exercise
      hereof.

9.    Communication.

      No notice or other communication under this Warrant shall be effective
      unless, but any notice or other communication shall be effective and shall
      be deemed to have been given if, the same is in writing and is mailed by
      first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to:

      a)    the Company at 740 St. Maurice, Suite 201, Montreal, Quebec H3C 1L5
            or such other address as the Company has designated in writing to
            the Holder; or

      b)    the Holder at 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, or such
            other address as the Holder has designated in writing to the
            Company.

10.   Headings.

      The headings of this Warrant have been inserted as a matter of convenience
      and shall nor affect the construction hereof.

11.   Applicable Law.

      This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law
      of the State of New York without giving effect to the principles of
      conflicts of law thereof.

IN WlTNESS WHEREOF, The Tirex Corporation has caused this Warrant to be signed
by its Chairman and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed by its Secretary
as of, and with effect from this 1st day of April, 1998.

ATTEST:

Secretary

[Corporate Seal]


THE TIREX CORPORATION

By:


                                                                             210
<PAGE>

Name: Title:

                                  SUBSCRIPTION

The undersigned, , pursuant to the provisions of the foregoing Warrant, hereby
agrees to subscribe for and purchase shares of the Common Stock of The Tirex
Corporation covered by said Warrant, and makes payment therefor in full at the
price per share provided by said Warrant.

Dated: ______________                        Signature:_________________________

                                             Address:___________________________
                                             ___________________________________
                                             ___________________________________
                                             
                                   ASSIGNMENT

      FOR VALUE RECEIVED hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the foregoing
Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby, and does irrevocably constitute and
appoint , attorney, to transfer said Warrant on the books of The Tirex
Corporation

Dated: ______________                        Signature:_________________________

                                             Address:___________________________
                                             ___________________________________
                                             ___________________________________


                                                                             211
<PAGE>

                               PARTIAL ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED unto the right to purchase hereby assigns and transfers ~ l
shares of the Common Stock of The Tirex Corporation by the foregoing Warrant,
and a proportionate part of said Warrant and the rights evidenced hereby, and
does irrevocably constitute and appoint attorney, to transfer that part of said
Warrant on the books of The Tirex Corporation

Dated: ______________                        Signature:_________________________

                                             Address:___________________________
                                             ___________________________________
                                             ___________________________________


                         CASHLESS EXERCISE SUBSCRIPTION

The undersigned pursuant to the provisions of the foregoing Warrant, hereby
agrees to subscribe for shares of the Common Stock of The Tirex Corporation, and
makes payment therefor in full in accordance with the formula set forth in
paragraph l(b) of the Warrant, by surrender and delivery of this Warrant.

Dated: ______________                        Signature:_________________________

                                             Address:___________________________
                                             ___________________________________
                                             ___________________________________


                                      212


                                  EXHIBIT 4(x)


                                                                             213
<PAGE>

                          SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

      This Securities Purchase Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of April 9,
1998, is entered into by and between _________________________ ("Purchaser") and
The Tirex Corporation (the "Company"). This is the Agreement referred to as the
"Purchase Agreement" in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined in Section
6(b) hereof). The price of $250,000 (the "Purchase Price").

      The Parties hereto agree as follows:

      1. Purchase and Sale of Securities. Upon the basis of the representations
and warranties, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement, the Company covenants and agrees to sell to the Purchaser on the
Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) 10 Units, each consisting of: (i) a 10%
Convertible Subordinated Debenture in the principal amount of $25,000 United
States Dollars (each a "Debenture"); and (ii) 100,000 Warrants to purchase a
like number of shares of its Common Stock, par value (the "Warrants"). The
Debenture is convertible in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Debenture, the form of which is annexed hereto as Exhibit D, at any time on the
dates set forth in the Debenture (any such date of conversion, being called
herein a "Conversion Date") into shares of Common Stock of the Company (the
"Conversion Shares). Prior to March 31, 1998, the Conversion Shares shall be
purchased at a purchase price equal to 85% of the average closing bid price of
the Common Stock as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers
Automated Quotation Small-Cap Market System ("NASDAQ") averaged over the five
day period prior to the Company receiving a notice of conversion; provided,
however, that in the event the Common Stock is not then traded on NASDAQ, the
conversion price will equal 85% of the average closing bid price of the Common
Stock as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated
Quotation Small-Cap Market System ("NASDAQ") averaged over the five day period
prior to the Company receiving a notice of conversion; provided, however, that
in the event the Common Stock is not then traded on NASDAQ, the conversion price
will equal 85% of the average closing bid price of the Common Stock on the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") Over-the-Counter
Electronic Bulletin Board System during such five day period the (the
"Conversion Price"). On or subsequent to March 31, 1998, the conversion price
shall be reduced from 85% to 75%. The Company will file a registration statement
under the Act covering the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of
the Debentures as promptly as practicable after the expiration of the Offering
Period and will use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to be
declared effective by the SEC within 120 days after the later of the termination
or the final Closing Date of the Offering, as described in the Company's
Confidential Private Offering Memorandum dated November 5, 1997 and all
supplements thereto (the "Memorandum") and will use its best efforts to cause
such registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC within 120 days
after the later of the termination or the final Closing Date of the Offering. To
the extent any portion of the Debenture is converted prior of the earlier of
March 31, 1998 the Purchaser of the Warrants sold as a portion of the Units
purchased shall lose his right to exercise such portion of the Purchaser's
Warrants as such portion relates pro rata to the portion of the Debenture
exercised. By way of example, if a Purchaser of one Unit converts 5,000 (20% of
the Debenture) of a Debenture prior to March 31, 1998.

      18. Non-Delivery of the Shares. If, within three business days of the date
after receipt by the Company of the Original Documentation, the Company shall
fail to (i) issue the Conversion Shares of Warrant Shares, and (ii) deliver to
the Purchaser the Conversion Shares or Warrant Shares for any reason other than
failure by the Purchaser to comply with its obligations hereunder, then the
Company shall:

            (a) hold the Purchaser harmless against any loss, claim or damage
      arising from or as a result of such failure by the Company (including,
      without limitation, any such loss, claim or damage resulting from an
      obligation to resell the Conversion Shares or Warrant Shares); and


                                                                             214
<PAGE>

            (b) reimburse the Purchaser for all of its out-of-pocket expenses
      reasonably incurred, including fees and disbursements of its counsel,
      incurred by the Purchaser in connection with this Agreement and the
      transactions contemplated herein; provided, however that the Company shall
      not have further liability to the Purchaser except as provided for in this
      Section 18.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by
the duly authorized officer(s) of each party hereto as of the date first
written.

                                                   Purchaser:

                                                   _____________________________
                                                   Name:

                                                   The Tirex Corporation

                                                   _____________________________
                                                   Name:
                                                   Title:


                                                                             215


                                 EXHIBIT 4 (bb)


                                                                             216
<PAGE>

                                   ----------

                             THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                                Amendment to 10%
                       Convertible Subordinated Debenture,
                       Securities Purchase Agreement, and
                          Registration Rights Agreement

      This Amendment is made as of September 8, 1998 between ___________________
(the "Debentureholders") and The Tirex Corporation ("Tirex")

      Whereas,  on April 9, 1998,  the  Debentureholders  purchased from Tirex a
unit (the  "Unit")  of Tirex's  securities,  consisting  of one 10%  Convertible
Subordinated Debenture (the "Debenture") in the principal amount of US $250,000,
redeemable  at 125% of face  value  plus  interest  one  year  from  the date of
issuance  (the  "Maturity  Date"),  and warrants to purchase an aggregate of one
million  (1,000,000) shares of the common stock of Tirex at a per share price of
$.001 (the "Warrants");

      Whereas,  Tirex was, at the time of the Debentureholder's  purchase of the
Unit, and currently remains, a thinly capitalized development stage Company;

      Whereas, the purchase and sale of the securities  comprising the Unit were
effected  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  a  securities  purchase  agreement  (the
"Securities  Purchase  Agreement")  and a  registration  rights  agreement  (the
"Registration Rights Agreement") between Tirex and the  Debentureholders,  dated
April 9, 1998;

      Whereas,  Paragraph (b) of Article 2 of the Registration  Rights Agreement
provides for liquidated  damages (the "Liquidated  Damages") to be paid by Tirex
for each  thirty-day  period  subsequent  to  September 8, 1998 during which the
registration  statement  filed  by  Tirex  on May 21,  1998  (the  "Registration
Statement"), registering the common stock underlying the Debenture and Warrants,
has not been declared effective,  unless the delay in achieving effectiveness is
caused by the Securities and Exchange Commission;

      Whereas,  because of unforeseen  circumstances,  and  notwithstanding  the
continuing  best efforts of Tirex to have the  Registration  Statement  declared
effective as expeditiously as possible,  as of the date hereof, the Registration
Statement  has not yet been  declared  effective  and the Company is not able to
state at this  time,  when  the said  Registration  Statement  will be  declared
effective;


                                                                             217
<PAGE>

      Whereas, the  Debentureholders  believe that it would not be in their best
interests,  as investors in Tirex, to require Tirex to: (i) carry the Debentures
on its financial statements as a short-term liability due and payable within the
current fiscal year, thereby diminishing Tirex's ability to obtain bank or other
short-term  debt  financing;  or (ii) pay the Liquidated  Damages,  because such
obligation would constitute a significant  financial burden which, at this stage
of the  development of Tirex's  business,  could cause  substantial and possibly
irreparable  adverse  financial  consequences  which could seriously  delay, and
possibly destroy,  Tirex's ability to commence its TCS-1 Plant manufacturing and
TCS-1 Plant Operating businesses, on commercial bases;

      Whereas,  subsequent to April 9, 1998,  the parties  amended the Debenture
and the Securities Purchase Agreement to provide that the Debenture would not be
convertible  during the period  commencing  on the date  preceding the filing by
Tirex of the  Registration  Statement and terminating on the earlier of: (i) 120
days from the  filing of the  Registration  Statement  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission;  or  (ii)  the  effective  date of the  said  Registration
Statement;

      Whereas, the parties believe it is in their mutual best interests:  (i) to
extend the Maturity Date of the Debenture to December 31, 1999; (ii) to have the
Debenture   (including  all  interest   accrued  thereon  through  the  date  of
conversion)  be  immediately  convertible;  and (iii) in  consideration  for the
accommodations hereby made by the  Debentureholders,  pending the effective date
of the Registration  Statement, to reduce the conversion ratio of the Debenture,
on a monthly  basis,  at a rate of one percent  (1%) of the average  closing bid
price of Tirex's  common  stock for each month  between  September  11, 1998 and
December 11, 1998, and one and one-half  percent (1.5%) per month for each month
between December 12, 1998 and April 11, 1999;

      Whereas,  Tirex has also agreed,  upon  effectiveness  of the Registration
Statement,  to provide  the  Debentureholders  and/or  their  broker,  with such
quantity of  prospectuses  as are  reasonably  necessary to effect the resale of
shares of Tirex common stock underlying the Debentures and Warrants.

      Now,  therefore,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of the  mutual
promises hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

A.  AMENDMENT OF DEBENTURE

1. Maturity Date. The Maturity Date of the Debenture is hereby amended such that
all unpaid  principal and all accrued and unpaid  interest  thereon shall be due
and payable on December 31, 1999.


                                                                             218
<PAGE>

2. Amendment of Article 1. Conversion, Redemption and Registration

      Paragraphs  (a),  (b) and (g) of  Article 1 of the  Debenture  are  hereby
amended so as to read as follows:

      1. CONVERSION, REDEMPTION AND REGISTRATION.

      (a) This  Debenture  is  convertible  in whole or in part at any time into
that number of shares of the Company's  common stock,  par value $.001 per share
("Common Stock") as is obtained by dividing the then unpaid principal face value
of the  Debenture  by an amount equal to a percentage  of  seventy-five  percent
(75%) (the "Conversion Ratio") of the closing bid price of the Common Stock on a
securities exchange or on the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.
("NASD") Over-the-Counter Electronic Bulletin Board System (the "Market Price"),
on the  trading  date  immediately  preceding  the date  upon  which  notice  of
conversion  is properly  provided to the Company by the holder (the  "Conversion
Date"), subject to reduction as set forth below.

      Until such time as the Registration  Statement on Form SB-2  (Registration
No.  333-53255),  registering  the shares  issuable upon the  conversion of this
Debenture  (the  "Registration  Statement"),  has been declared  effective,  the
Conversion Ratio shall be reduced,  on a monthly basis, at a rate of one percent
(1%) of the Market Price on the date  preceding the  Conversion  Date,  for each
month between September 11, 1998 and December 10, 1998, and at a rate of one and
one-half  percent (1.5%) per month for each month between  December 11, 1998 and
July 10, 1999, as follows:

                     CONVERSION DATE:                      CONVERSION RATIO
                     ----------------                      ----------------

            April 9, 1998 - September 10, 1998                   75%

            September 11, 1998 - October 10, 1998                74%

            October 11, 1998 - November 10, 1998                 73%

            November 11, 1998 - December 10, 1998                72%

            December 11, 1998 - January 10, 1999                 70.5%

            January 11, 1999 - February 10, 1999                 69%

            February 11, 1999 - March  10, 1999                  67.5%

            March 11, 1999 - April 10, 1999                      66%

            April 11, 1999 - May 10, 1999                        64.5%


                                                                             219
<PAGE>

            May 11, 1999 - June 10, 1999                         63%

            June 11, 1999 - July 10, 1999                        61.5%

      If the Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange at the time a
notice of conversion is issued,  the conversion  price shall be such price as is
determined as the fair and reasonable  price a third party not  affiliated  with
the  Company  would  pay for the  Common  Stock as  determined  by the  Board of
Directors.  At the election of the Payee, all accrued but unpaid interest hereon
may also be converted into Common Stock in the manner  prescribed  herein.  Such
shares of Common Stock are referred to herein as the  "Conversion  Shares." This
Debenture may be partially converted and in case of such partial conversion, the
Company,  upon  surrender  hereof,  will  deliver to the Holder a new  Debenture
representing the principal face value which has not been converted.

      (b) This Debenture is convertible into shares of Common Stock at any time.
The Holder hereof shall have no conversion  rights following  payment in full of
the  principal  and  interest  owed by the  Company  to the Holder  hereof.  The
conversion rights represented by this Debenture may be exercised, in whole or in
part, by the Holder at any time, and from time to time, by delivery of: (i) this
Debenture for cancellation; and (ii) written notice to the Company of the amount
of the Debenture to be converted.  Such delivery  shall be made at the principal
executive  office  of the  Company  (or at such  other  office  or agency of the
Company as it may designate), and may be made by fax with telephone confirmation
of receipt of such fax by the Company's corporate counsel.  Any delivery made by
fax herewith  shall be followed by delivery of the originals of such  documents,
by mail. This Debenture  shall be deemed to have been converted,  in whole or in
part to the extent specified,  immediately prior to the close of business on the
date on which delivery by fax (with telephone  confirmation of receipt) shall be
made. Upon receipt of the foregoing, the Company shall immediately authorize its
transfer agent,  Continental  Stock Transfer & Trust Company,  Inc. to (i) issue
the  Conversion  Shares;  and (ii)  deliver the  certificate  representing  such
Conversion Shares to the Holder as the Holder shall direct.

      (g) The  Company  shall use its best  efforts  to cause  the  Registration
Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable and to keep
such  registration  statement  effective  at all times  until the  delivery of a
prospectus is no longer  required in connection  with the sale of the Conversion
Shares.  Moreover,  if at any time the Registration  Statement is not effective,
the Company intends to file an unrelated  registration  statement,  other than a
registration  statement on Form S-8, under the  Securities  Act, then, not later
than  twenty  days  prior to the  intended  filing  date  for such  registration
statement,  the Company shall give written notice to the Holder of its intention
to file a  registration  statement  and the Holder  shall  have the right,  upon
written  instructions,  received by the Company  within ten days of the intended
filing date of the registration statement,


                                                                             220
<PAGE>

to have included in such registration  statement the number of Conversion Shares
issued or issuable to them as such Holder shall so instruct.  The Company  shall
use its best  efforts  to  cause  such  registration  statement  to be  declared
effective  by the SEC as  promptly  as  possible  and to keep such  registration
statement effective at all times, as set forth above.

B. AMENDMENT OF SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

1. Amendment of Article 1. Purchase and Sale of Securities

      Article 1 of the Securities  Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to as to
read as follows:

            1.  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Securities.   Upon  the  basis  of  the
      representations  and  warranties,  and subject to the terms and conditions
      set forth in this Agreement,  the Company  covenants and agrees to sell to
      the Purchaser on the Closing Date (as hereinafter  defined) 10 Units, each
      consisting  of:  (i) a  10%  Convertible  Subordinated  Debenture  in  the
      principal  amount of $25,000 United States  Dollars (each a  "Debenture");
      and (ii)  100,000  Warrants  to  purchase  a like  number of shares of its
      Common  Stock,  par value  $.001  per share  (the  "Common  Stock")  at an
      exercise  price of $.001 per share  (the  "Warrants").  The  Debenture  is
      convertible,  at any time, in accordance  with the terms and conditions of
      the Debenture, as amended the date hereof.

            The  Company  has  filed  a  registration  statement  under  the Act
      covering the Conversion  Shares.  The Company will use its best efforts to
      cause such registration  statement to be declared  effective by the SEC as
      promptly  as  practicable.  If a  Debenture  is not  converted,  it may be
      redeemed by the holder any time after  maturity  at 125% of the  principal
      amount of the Debenture plus all interest accrued thereon.

C. AMENDMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

1. Elimination of Article 2(b)

      Paragraph (b) of Article 2 of the Registration Rights Agreement, is hereby
canceled,  terminated,  void and of no  further  force or effect to the end that
Tirex shall have no obligations or  liabilities  under the said Paragraph  2(b),
and the  Debentureholders do hereby remise,  release,  discharge,  indemnify and
hold  harmless  Tirex,  and  each  shareholder,  officer,  director,  affiliate,
associate,  agent, and employee of Tirex of and from manner of actions and cause
of action,  suits, debts, dues,  accounts,  bonds, wages,  benefits,  covenants,
contracts,  agreements,  judgments,  claims and demands  whatsoever in law or in
equity, and including without  limitation all such actions,  claims and demands,
etc.  arising out of, being based upon,  or being in any way  connected  with or
related to the said Paragraph 2(b).


                                                                             221
<PAGE>

D. FURTHER AMENDMENTS

      To the extent necessary to give effect to the amendments, contained herein
(the  "Amendments"),  to  the  Debenture,  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  and
Registration  Rights  Agreement,  all remaining  provisions of such  agreements,
which may be inconsistent  with the Amendments,  are hereby deemed amended so as
to be consistent with the intents and purposes of, and are included  among,  the
Amendments.

E. NO OTHER AMENDMENTS

      Except  as  expressly  provided  in this  Amendment,  all of the terms and
conditions of the Debenture,  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  and Registration
Rights Agreement remain in full force and effect.

F. TIMELY DELIVERY OF PROSPECTUS

      The Company  hereby  agrees that upon  effectiveness  of its  registration
statement  on Form SB-2  registering  the  resale of the shares  underlying  the
Debentures and Warrants,  it will promptly provide the  Debentureholders  and/or
their broker with a reasonably  sufficient quantity of Prospectus to effect such
resales.

G. COUNTERPARTS

      This Amendment may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by each
party on a separate  counterpart,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Amendment.


                                                                             222
<PAGE>

      In Witness  Whereof,  the parties  hereto have caused this Amendment to be
executed the day and year first above written.


                                            THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                            By _________________________________
                                            ____________________________________
                                            ____________________________________


                                                                             223


                                EXHIBIT 10 (ii)


                                                                             224
<PAGE>

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT  MADE AND ENTERED INTO THIS ELEVENTH DAY OF DECEMBER ONE
THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED AND NINETY-EIGHT.

B E T W E E N:    IM(2) MERCHANDISING AND MANUFACTURING INC., a body politic and
                  corporate,  duly  incorporated  and  having  its  office at 60
                  Morgan  Road,  Baie  d'Urfe,  Quebec  H9X 3A4,  herein  acting
                  through and  represented  by DAVID  SINCLAIR,  its  PRESIDENT,
                  hereunto duly authorized as he so declares,

                  Hereinafter called the "COMPANY"

                                                               OF THE FIRST PART

A N D:            THE  TIREX  CORPORATION   CANADA  INC.,  a  body  politic  and
                  corporate,  duly incorporated and having its office at 740 St.
                  Maurice St.,  Montreal,  Quebec H3C 1L5. herein acting through
                  and represented by TERENCE C. BYRNE,  its PRESIDENT,  hereunto
                  duly authorized as he so declares,

                  Hereinafter called the "MANUFACTURER"

                                                              OF THE SECOND PART

WHEREAS the Company is a corporation  whose principals have a certain  expertise
in the  manufacture  of "crumb"  rubber  welcome mats and related  products (the
"Goods");

WHEREAS the Manufacturer is presently a tire processing  company and is desirous
of establishing a manufacturing facility with respect to the Goods;

WHEREAS the Company has the sales and  marketing  expertise to sell the Goods in
North America and elsewhere; and

WHEREAS the Company has entered into a contract for the sale of the Goods to The
Akro Corporation of Canton, Ohio, U.S.A., ("Akro");

WHEREAS the  Company has  acquired  from Akro the  exclusive  license to use the
molds and tooling  described in Exhibit B to the Akro contract (the "Proprietary
Designs");


                                                                             225
<PAGE>

WHEREAS the parties are  desirous  of  entering  into an  agreement  whereby the
Manufacturer  shall  manufacture  the Goods for sale to the Company on the terms
and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE,  WITNESSETH THAT FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION OF THE PREMISES AND OF
THE MUTUAL PROMISES AND COVENANTS  HEREIN  CONTAINED THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE AS
FOLLOWS:

ARTICLE 1 PREAMBLE

1.1   The above  preamble  hereto shall be deemed to form part of this Agreement
      as if incorporated in the body hereof.

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

2.1     "Akro Contract" means the contract  entered into between the Company and
        Akro on the 26th day of November 1998, a copy of which is annexed hereto
        as Appendix I.

2.2     The term  "Manufacturer",  as used herein  shall,  unless the context of
        this  Agreement  necessarily  requires  otherwise,  include not only The
        Tirex  Corporation  Canada  Inc.,  but also  The  Tirex  Corporation,  a
        Delaware  corporation  with offices at 740 St.  Maurice  St.,  Montreal,
        Quebec, H3C 1L5, and all other corporations, partnerships and such other
        entities now or in the future  control by, under common control with, or
        in control of The Tirex Corporation, jointly and severally.

ARTICLE 3 EXCLUSIVE DEALINGS

3.1     The Manufacturer shall manufacture the Goods exclusively for the Company
        using the tooling and molds provided to the  Manufacturer by the Company
        from time to time in accordance with the samples which the  Manufacturer
        has   heretofore   delivered  to  the  Company  and  which  the  Company
        acknowledges  as having been  accepted and approved  and, in  accordance
        with such other  samples as may be approved by the Company  from time to
        time in the future.

3.2     The  Company  shall  purchase  exclusively  from the  Manufacturer  such
        quantities   of  the  Goods  as  shall  satisfy  all  of  the  Company's
        requirements  for  resale  during the term of this  Agreement  both with
        respect  to the Akro  Contract  as well as all  other  customers  of the
        Company.  The following sales goals are estimates for planning  purposes
        only and reflect the quantities  which the Company  anticipates  that it
        will be obliged to deliver to Akro in  accordance  with the terms of the
        Akro  Contract  and  reflecting  the prices  which the Company  shall be
        charging to Akro.  Such sales goals do not however reflect the Company's
        requirements for sales to parties other than Akro and which, for greater
        certainty, are hereby declared to be subject to all of the provisions of
        this Agreement unless the context hereof clearly indicates the contrary.


                                                                             226
<PAGE>

                Calendar Year                      Amount - U.S. Dollars
                -------------                      ---------------------

                    l999                               $1,525,000
                    2000                                3,000,000
                    2001                                5,000,000
                    2002                                7,500,000
                    2003                                7,500,000

        The  Manufacturer  acknowledges  that  it has  taken  cognizance  of the
        provisions of paragraph 5 of the Akro Contract which not only sets forth
        the  sales  goals of such  contract,  but also the  consequences  of the
        failure to meet a sales goal thereunder.  The Manufacturer  acknowledges
        that if Akro fails to meet a sales goal as set forth in  paragraph  5 of
        the Akro  Contract,  and is  consequently  given an extension of six (6)
        months to cure a shortfall,  that the sales goals set forth above may be
        modified accordingly. It is expressly understood that the failure of the
        Manufacturer  to meet a sales goal shall not constitute a default by the
        Manufacturer under this Agreement.

3.3     The  Company's   obligations  to  purchase  all  of  such   requirements
        exclusively from the Manufacturer  shall be subject to the provisions of
        Section 5.6 hereof.

3.4     The Manufacturer  shall sell exclusively to the Company all of the Goods
        manufactured by the Manufacturer during the term of this Agreement.

3.5     The Company  shall have the right to determine the quantity of the Goods
        which the  Manufacturer  is  obliged  to  manufacture  in virtue of this
        Agreement  provided that in the event that such quantity exceeds by more
        than twenty-five percent (25%) the minimums specified above, the Company
        shall  give not less than  ninety  (90) days  notice of such  additional
        requirements.  The Manufacturer's  obligations to supply such additional
        requirements,  and all other  obligations of the Manufacturer  hereunder
        relating to delivery  schedules and  quantities  shall be subject to the
        fulfilment  by the Company in a timely manner of its  obligations  under
        this Section 3.5 and Sections 4.1.1 and 5.5 below.

ARTICLE 4 OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

4.1     It shall be the obligation of the Company to do all of the following:

        4.1.1   to supply,  without charge to the Manufacturer,  all tooling and
                molds  which may be  required  by the  Manufacturer  in order to
                manufacture the Goods, it being understood that such tooling and
                molds shall remain the property of the Company.  The  obligation
                of the  Company  to  supply  such  tooling  and  molds  shall be
                fulfilled in a timely  manner so as not to impede the ability of
                the  Manufacturer  to fulfil  its  obligations  under  Article 3
                within the required time frame;


                                                                             227
<PAGE>

        4.1.2   to actively promote the sale and marketing of the Goods;

        4.1.3   to make all  decisions in its  reasonable  discretion  conceding
                credit to  customers of the Goods and to collect all proceeds of
                sale;

ARTICLE 5 LICENSE

5.1     The Company  hereby  grants to the  Manufacturer  an  exclusive  license
        throughout  the term of this  Agreement to use,  develop and improve any
        and all molding equipment based upon the Proprietary Designs but subject
        to the rights of Akro with respect thereto.

5.2     The  Manufacturer  shall pay to the  Company a  license  fee of  SEVENTY
        THOUSAND CANADIAN DOLLARS ($70,000.00 Canadian), as follows:

        5.2.1   The  sum  of  THIRTY  THOUSAND  DOLLARS  ($30,000.00)  upon  the
                execution of this Agreement; and

        5.2.2   A further sum of FORTY THOUSAND DOLLARS ($40,000.00) which shall
                be paid by the Manufacturer on behalf of the Company directly to
                the  Company's  employee  Sean  Khodadad,  at  the  rate  of Ten
                Thousand Dollars  ($10,000.00) per month in advance,  commencing
                with  the  date of the  signature  of this  Agreement,  it being
                understood   that  the  said  Sean  Khodadad  shall  assist  the
                Manufacturer in setting up its  manufacturing  facility and that
                all of the expenses of the said Sean Khodadad during such period
                shall  be paid by the  Manufacturer  as  well,  on a  reasonable
                basis.

5.3     It shall be the obligation of the  Manufacturer to manufacture the Goods
        in a timely  manner  in  accordance  with the  standards  necessary  and
        desirable for the purposes of this  Agreement and in such  quantities as
        shall be required to meet the demand of the  Company's  customers in the
        Territory (unless such quantities  exceed the manufacturing  capacity of
        the  Manufacturer).  The Goods shall be  manufactured in accordance with
        the samples annexed hereto as Appendix II;

5.4     The Manufacturer  acknowledges  that its  manufacturing  capacity is, or
        shortly shall be sufficient to meet the Company's  delivery  obligations
        under the Akro Contract and more  particularly the delivery schedule set
        forth in Exhibit D thereof.  Furthermore,  the  Manufacturer  undertakes
        that it will be in a position to supply ten thousand  (10,000)  mats per
        week on or before February 15th, 1999, and twenty thousand (20,000) mats
        per week by March 15th, 1999. Failure by the Manufacturer to comply with
        such undertaking shall entitle the Company to demand a penalty of Twenty
        Thousand Dollars  ($20,000.00) for each week of delay up to a maximum of
        four (4) weeks.  Should such delay  exceed  four (4) weeks,  the Company
        shall have the option to terminate  this  Agreement by simple  notice to
        the Manufacturer.


                                                                             228
<PAGE>

5.5     The  Manufacturer  shall  have  the  right to  cause  its  manufacturing
        obligations to be performed, in part, by third parties, with the consent
        of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and subject to
        the proviso that the  Manufacturer and such third party shall be jointly
        and severally  liable for the  fulfilment of all  obligations  hereunder
        relating  to  the  manufacture  of the  Goods  to the  extent  that  the
        manufacture  of such Goods is carried out by such third party,  and with
        the future proviso that the Company shall receive a written  undertaking
        from the  Manufacturer  and such third party confirming the foregoing at
        the time that such consent is requested.  The obligations of the Company
        to provide tooling and molds to the Manufacturer  shall apply as well to
        any such third party.

5.6     In the event that the  Manufacturer  is unable to supply any  additional
        needs of the  Company  then the  Company  within  the time frame of this
        Agreement and\or within the time frame of the Akro Contract, the Company
        shall  be  free  to  purchase  Goods  elsewhere  to  the  extent  of the
        shortfall.

5.7     It shall be the  responsibility  of the  Manufacturer to pay the cost of
        purchasing and\or leasing all of the machinery or equipment required for
        the  manufacture  of the Goods other than tooling and molds  referred to
        above, it being understood that such machinery and\or equipment shall be
        and remain the property of the Manufacturer or the lessor of same.

ARTICLE 6 TERM OF AGREEMENT

6.1     The term of this  Agreement  shall commence as at January 1st, 1999, and
        shall continue for a period of FIVE (5) YEARS, unless terminated earlier
        in accordance  with the  provisions  hereof.  The Company shall have the
        option  to extend  the term of this  Agreement  for a further  period of
        three (3) years by giving notice of such  extension to the  Manufacturer
        not later than December 31st,  2002, and a further option to extend this
        Agreement  for a subsequent  term of three (3) years by giving notice to
        the Manufacturer not later than December 31st, 2005.

ARTICLE 7 PRICE AND PAYMENT

7.1     The price  payable by the  Company  for the Goods  shall  consist of the
        aggregate of:

        7.1.1   the manufacturing costs ("Manufacturing Costs") of the Goods, as
                indicated in Appendix I hereof.  Said  Manufacturing  Costs have
                been  agreed by the  parties  and  include  the  overhead of the
                Manufacturer  which is  comprised  only of the  items  listed in
                Appendix II hereof; plus

        7.1.2   the cost of shipping the Goods to the warehouse of the Company's
                customer including,  if applicable,  duties,  brokerage fees and
                charges of like nature ("Shipping Costs"); plus


                                                                             229
<PAGE>

        7.1.3   forty-five percent (45%) of the profits as hereinafter  defined.
                The term  "profits"  shall mean the resale price  charged by the
                Company to its customers as set forth in the Company's  invoices
                (excluding  sales taxes,  value added taxes,  and other items of
                like nature which are charged to such  customers and remitted by
                the Company to the taxing authorities);  minus the Manufacturing
                Costs and Shipping Costs of the Goods in question.

        Such  price  shall  be  paid  by  the  Company  to the  Manufacturer  in
        accordance  with the  provisions  of Section 7.3 below.  For purposes of
        this  Agreement  the term  "profits"  shall mean the total  resale price
        charged by the Company to Akro under the terms of the Akro  Contract and
        as set forth in the Company's  invoices to Akro minus the  Manufacturing
        Costs, which Manufacturing Costs shall be calculated as follows:

                7.1.2.1 The costs listed on Appendix I shall remain in force for
                        a  period  of  twelve  (12)  months  from  the  date  of
                        commencement of this Agreement. Thereafter, in the event
                        that the  Manufacturer  is  desirous of  increasing  the
                        amounts  specified in Appendix I, it may only do so upon
                        at least one hundred and eighty (180) days notice to the
                        Company. Any such increase in cost must be based upon an
                        actual  increase  in the  out-of-  pocket  costs  to the
                        Manufacturer  of producing the Goods,  including  actual
                        increases in the out-of-pocket costs to the Manufacturer
                        of only those  items of  overhead  list on  Appendix  IV
                        hereof  and no others,  and any new costs so  determined
                        shall  again  remain  in force  for a period of at least
                        twelve (12) months. The Manufacturer  reserves the right
                        to negotiate  with the Company in good faith to increase
                        its  prices  for  other  legitimate  reasons,  it  being
                        understood  however  that  no  such  increase  shall  be
                        effected  unless it can be passed on to the customers of
                        the  Company,  with a  reasonable  markup,  so that  the
                        Company  participates  in the profits  derived from such
                        increase.

7.2     In the  event  of a  dispute  concerning  the  justification  of a price
        increase  the  matter  shall be  submitted  to  arbitration  by a single
        arbitrator  who is a partner in a major  international  accounting  firm
        which has an office in Montreal  and to be selected by  agreement of the
        parties, and failing such agreement by a Judge of the Superior Court for
        the District of Montreal.

7.3     The Company  shall provide to the  Manufacturer  a copy of each purchase
        order which the Company receives from its customers  ("Customer Purchase
        Order"),  and upon which  each  purchase  order from the  Company to the
        Manufacturer


                                                                             230
<PAGE>

        ("IM(2) Purchase  Order") is based.  The Manufacturer  shall invoice the
        Company  for the price of the Goods  calculated  in the manner set forth
        above in  Section  7.1.  In  calculating  the  Profits  portion  of such
        purchase price foreign currency  received by the Company shall be valued
        in Canadian  dollars  based upon the actual  conversion  of such dollars
        made by the Company at its bank in Montreal at the time that the Company
        receives payment of such foreign  currency,  or if no such conversion is
        made by the Company,  at the value which the Company would have received
        if such funds had been  converted  to Canadian  dollars on the date that
        the Company received payment. The terms of payment of the IM(2) Purchase
        Order shall be one percent  (1%),(ten  [10] days net),  forty-five  (45)
        days from delivery to customers warehouse.

7.4     Losses  resulting  from bad debts  shall be  absorbed by the Company and
        shall not be taken into account in the calculation of profits.

ARTICLE 8 DELIVERY

8.1     All Goods shall be  delivered by the  Manufacturer  in  accordance  with
        whatever  delivery schedule has been mutually agreed upon by the parties
        in  writing  unless  caused  by  default  of the  Company  to  meet  its
        obligations  under  Section 3.5  hereof,  if the  Manufacturer  fails to
        deliver the Goods in accordance  with the delivery  schedule the Company
        shall be entitled to:

        8.1.1   partially  cancel the applicable  order as to the affected Goods
                and require Manufacturer to deliver all available Goods; or

        8.1.2   cancel the applicable order for default; or

        8.1.3   maintain the applicable order,  accept late delivery and recover
                amounts  paid by the  Company  in  connection  with  the  failed
                transaction as a direct consequence of such failure.

ARTICLE 9 ORDERS

9.1     Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof,  Manufacturer  shall accept
        any order for Goods from the  Company or other  party  which,  by mutual
        agreement of the parties hereto,  is entitled to order Goods  hereunder.
        Any terms and conditions in any such orders that are  inconsistent  with
        or in addition to the terms and  conditions  hereof shall not be binding
        upon Manufacturer unless Manufacturer expressly accepts them in writing.
        Manufacturer  is not  authorized  to ship any Goods  unless and until an
        order has been issued  therefor.  Subject to the terms and conditions of
        Section 7.1.2.1 above, any preparation or work performed by Manufacturer
        prior to receipt of an order shall be at Manufacturer's expense.

ARTICLE 10 PACKING, MARKING AND CUSTOM INVOICES


                                                                             231
<PAGE>

10.1    The  packaging  for the Goods shall  conspicuously  state that the Goods
        have been designed by the Company and they shall bear such trademarks as
        are  designated  by the  Company  in a manner,  style,  size and  colour
        determined  and  specified by the Company in writing.  Any and all other
        notations or markings of any kind shall be subject to the prior  written
        approval  of the  Company  bearing  in mind the  provisions  of the Akro
        Contract.  Subject  to the  foregoing,  the  Manufacturer  shall  not be
        identified in any respect on the Goods,  or on any  packaging  materials
        associated therewith. All shipments shall be suitably packed, marked and
        shipped  in  accordance  with  all  requirements   stated  herein,   all
        applicable laws, regulations,  codes and other governmental requirements
        and all  requirements  of the applicable  carrier.  A separate  delivery
        sheet  on  each  local  shipment  is  required,  regardless  of  whether
        deliveries of two or more  shipments are made at the same time.  Packing
        slips must  accompany  each  shipment  and  Manufacturer  shall  provide
        duplicate  invoices  for  each  shipment.   Subject  to  the  terms  and
        conditions of Section  7.1.2.1  Manufacturer  shall bear the cost of all
        boxing,  packing and crating.  Each shipping  container shall be marked,
        and each  packing  slip and  invoice  shall be  written  in the  English
        language,  all in accordance  with the Company's  written  instructions.
        Prior to any exportation, one copy of the required customs invoice shall
        be enclosed in a waterproof  envelope or wrapper clearly marked "customs
        invoice" and securely attached to the outside of the shipping  container
        except  as   specifically   authorized   by  the   Company  in  writing,
        Manufacturer  shall not make any use of any trade names,  trademarks  or
        any other proprietary information materials or rights of the Company.

ARTICLE 11 INSPECTION

11.1    The Company  shall be allowed (but not  obligated)  to inspect the Goods
        and reject any portion  thereof that fails to conform to this Agreement.
        As  reasonably  requested  by the  Company,  the  Company  shall also be
        entitled (but not  obligated) to visit  Manufacturer's  premises  during
        ordinary business hours to conduct  inspections of the Goods and observe
        Manufacturer's  testing of the Goods. The parties  acknowledge and agree
        that any  inspection of the Goods by the Company is not likely to result
        in any determination as to whether the Goods conform to the requirements
        of this  Agreement  (i.e.  that  they are  consistent  with the  samples
        provided to the Company).  The Company shall have all remedies  provided
        by applicable law in connection with any nonconforming Goods.

ARTICLE 12 WARRANTY

12.1    Manufacturer  warrants that the Goods as delivered  shall conform to all
        samples  supplied  by  Manufacturer,  will not  degrade in any  material
        respect,  and will be merchantable  and fit for their intended  purposes
        and comply with all applicable  laws,  regulations  and  standards.  The
        warranties  shall  remain in effect as provided in Exhibit F of the Akro
        Contract.  There are no other  warranties  of any kind not  specified or
        referenced herein or in separate written agreement of the parties.


                                                                             232
<PAGE>

12.2    In the event any of the Goods  fail at any time  during  the  applicable
        warranty period to meet the foregoing requirements,  the Company may, at
        its option:

        12.2.1  require Manufacturer at its own expense to make such adjustments
                or  replacements  as may be  necessary  to meet  the  reasonable
                requirements of the Company's customer;

        12.2.2  elect to accept or retain any such Goods, subject to appropriate
                adjustment to the purchase price of the goods;

        12.2.3  pursue any other remedy provided by applicable law.

        In any event,  Manufacturer shall promptly reimburse the Company for any
        and all direct  loss,  damage and  expenses  incurred as a result of the
        delivery and\or use of such nonconforming Goods.

ARTICLE 13 TRADE MARKS AND DESIGNS

13.1    All trade marks and designs  used by the Company in the  description  of
        the Goods shall remain the property of the Company or its  distributors,
        other than the mark  "Rutex"  which is and shall  remain the property of
        the Manufacturer.

ARTICLE 14 CONFIDENTIALITY

14.1    Each of the parties hereto agree to keep all of the terms of the present
        Agreement confidential unless it is exempted from so doing in writing by
        the other party  except to the extent  required  by the U.S.  Securities
        laws,  Manufacturer  shall not  advertise or publicize the fact that the
        Company is using  Manufacturer's  services,  or has  contracted  for the
        purchase of the Goods from  Manufacturer  without  first  obtaining  the
        Company's  consent,  which  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld.  Any
        know-how,  information  or materials  which either party has  heretofore
        disclosed  or  hereafter  discloses  to the other  shall at all times be
        deemed  the  confidential  and  proprietary  information  of  the  party
        disclosing  such  matter  and  shall be kept  confidential  by the other
        party,  and shall not be used or  disclosed  by the other  party for any
        purpose  other than the  performance  of such other  party's  obligation
        pursuant to this Agreement.  Confidential  and  proprietary  information
        shall not be deemed to include know-how,  information or materials which
        are generally available to the public at the time of disclosure.

ARTICLE 15 TOOLING

15.1    At all times full and complete  ownership rights relative to the tooling
        referenced  or  described  in Exhibit "B" (the  "Tooling"),  shall be in
        accordance with the provisions of the Akro Contract. No ownership rights
        are  conferred  upon  Manufacturer  by virtue of this  Agreement  or the
        arrangements  referred to herein.  Manufacturer  shall not  encumber the
        Company's property in any way or subject


                                                                             233
<PAGE>

        the same to any claim,  levy,  attachment,  lien or other  proceeding or
        process  affecting,  limiting or  challenging  in any way the  Company's
        ownership  rights  except in the event of  non-payment  of the Company's
        obligations towards the Manufacturer.

15.2    Manufacturer  agrees  that it shall not use the  Tooling for any purpose
        other than those directly  relating to the manufacture and supply of the
        Goods for the Company, without the prior written consent of the Company.

15.3    Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  of  Section  15.1  above,  upon
        termination  of  this   Agreement,   including  the  expiration  of  any
        applicable  notice period,  Manufacturer  shall allow the Company or its
        authorized  contractor  full  access to  Manufacturer's  facilities  for
        purpose of disassembling and removing the Tooling.

ARTICLE 16 TERMINATION

16.1    Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time for cause provided
        that the  terminating  party  notifies  the other party of the cause and
        gives such party sixty (60) days in which to effect a cure. If such cure
        is not reasonably  acceptable to the terminating  party, or if such cure
        is not effected within the  aforementioned  sixty (60) day period,  then
        the termination shall be effective immediately following such sixty (60)
        day period.  Termination  for cause shall  include but not be limited to
        the following causes:

        16.1.1  any material  breach of this  Agreement  by the  non-terminating
                party; or

        16.1.2  the  filing of a  bankruptcy  petition  by or  against  the non-
                terminating   party,   the  appointment  or  application  for  a
                receiver,  examiner  or  custodian  with  respect  to  the  non-
                terminating party's assets and liabilities,  or the making of an
                assignment  for the  benefit  of  creditors  or other  agreement
                relating to the liquidation of all or  substantially  all of the
                non- terminating party's assets; or

        16.1.3  the  making  of  any  material  misrepresentation  by  the  non-
                terminating party to the other party; or

        16.1.4  the persistent and  unjustified  failure of the  Manufacturer to
                deliver  Goods in  accordance  with  any  agreed  upon  delivery
                schedule;

        16.1.5  the  parties  failing  to  agree  on  price,  after  good  faith
                negotiations,  of all styles within the product line  comprising
                the Goods;


                                      234
<PAGE>

16.2    In addition, the Company,  subject to the provisions of Section 3.5, may
        terminate any order or any part of any order in the event that:

        16.2.1  the Goods  comprised  therein are  defective or otherwise do not
                conform to this Agreement; or

        16.2.2  Manufacturer  fails to deliver any Goods in accordance  with any
                agreed upon delivery schedule.

        Further,  the Company may terminate its distribution of any style in the
        product  line on thirty (30) days prior  notice to  Manufacturer  if the
        Company   reasonably   determines  that  its  profits  margin  or  sales
        applicable to such styles in the product line are not adequate. Any such
        termination  of a  style  by the  Company  shall  not  give  rise to any
        remedies  for the  Manufacturer  or  otherwise  affect any rights of the
        parties under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 17 PRODUCT WARNINGS

17.1    Manufacturer  agrees to supply the Company  with  written  MSDS date and
        applicable product warnings applicable to the Goods, including,  but not
        limited to use instructions, guidelines and restrictions.

ARTICLE 18 TECHNICAL ADVICE

18.1    Technical  advice  furnished  by  either  party in  connection  with the
        obligations of the other party shall be based upon information  believed
        to be  reliable,  but  neither  party  shall  assume any  obligation  or
        liability for such advice or the results  obtained by the other party in
        reliance thereon.

ARTICLE 19 INDEMNIFICATION

19.1    Manufacturer  hereby  agrees to defend,  indemnify and hold harmless the
        Company,  its  successors  and  assigns,  from and  against  any and all
        losses, liabilities,  claims, actions, judgments,  damages and expenses,
        including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees arising out of
        or in connection with:

        19.1.1  the manufacture or use of the Goods, including,  but not limited
                to any defective condition of the Goods;

        19.1.2  any breach of this Agreement by Manufacturer; or

        19.1.3  any act or omission by  Manufacturer,  its employees,  agents or
                contractors.

19.2    The  Company  hereby  agrees  to  defend,  indemnify  and hold  harmless
        Manufacturer,  its  successors  and assigns from and against any and all
        losses,


                                                                             235
<PAGE>

        liabilities,   claims,   actions,   judgments,   damages  and  expenses,
        including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees arising out of
        or in connection with:

        19.2.1  the  Company's  failure  to meet  its  obligations  towards  its
                customers in connection with any breach of this Agreement by the
                Company; or

        19.2.2  any act or omission by the  Company,  its  employees,  agents or
                contractors; or

        19.2.3  claims of design or patent infringement on molds or tooling.

ARTICLE 20 REMEDIES

20.1    In the event of any failure of performance hereunder, the non-defaulting
        party shall have all rights and remedies contained herein, together with
        any and all rights and remedies provided at law and/or in equity.

ARTICLE 21 NOTICE

21.1    Except as otherwise  expressly set forth in this Agreement,  all notices
        required  to be given or  delivered  hereunder  shall be in writing  and
        shall be deemed to have been  given  when  delivered  personally,  or by
        documented   courier  delivery  service,   or  sent  by  facsimile  with
        confirmation  of receipt by the addressee.  Notices shall be sent to the
        addresses  listed below,  unless and to the extent that other  addresses
        are given by the parties in conformance herewith:

                If to Manufacturer:

                     The Tirex Corporation Canada Inc.
                     740 St. Maurice Street
                     Suite 201
                     Montreal, Quebec H3C 1L5
                     Attn: Mr. Terry Byrne
                     Fax:   (514) 878-9847

                If to The Company:

                     IM(2) Merchandising & Manufacturing Inc.
                     60 Morgan Road
                     BAIE D'URFE QC H9X 3A4
                     Attn: Mr. David Sinclair
                     Fax: (514) 426-1507

ARTICLE 22 LANGUAGE

22.1    The  parties  agree that this  Agreement  may be  translated  into other
        languages  for ease of  administration,  but that as between the parties
        hereto the English version


                                                                             236
<PAGE>

        of this Agreement shall for all intents and purposes be controlling. Les
        parties conviennent et acceptent que le present contrat soit redige dans
        la langue anglaise et acceptent  qu'il soit traduit en d'autres  langues
        pour des fins d'administration. Toutefois, entre les parties, la version
        anglaise du present contrat doit dans tous les cas avoir preseance.

ARTICLE 23 INSURANCE

23.1    At all  times  during  the term of this  agreement,  Manufacturer  shall
        maintain  in full  force and  effect,  at  Manufacturer's  sole cost and
        expense,  comprehensive public liability insurance coverage and products
        liability  insurance coverage against claims for personal injury,  death
        or  property  damage  in  limits  of not  less  than  $3,000,000.00  per
        occurrence  for  bodily  injury  and not  less  than  $1,000,000.00  per
        occurrence  for property  damage,  or such other  minimum  limits as the
        Company shall  reasonably  request in writing.  All  insurance  shall be
        obtained  from  companies  licensed  to do  business  in  the  Territory
        reasonably  acceptable  to the Company.  All  insurance  policies  shall
        require sixty (60) days prior notice to the Company of  cancellation  or
        other material change in coverage. All insurance policies shall name the
        Company as an additional  insured and Manufacturer  shall provide to the
        Company a  certificate  of insurance  coverage  issued by an  applicable
        insurance carriers upon request.

ARTICLE 24 RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES

24.1    The  parties   acknowledge   and  agree  that  they  are   independently
        contracting   parties  and  that  no  joint   venture,   partnership  or
        incorporated  association  is  established  hereby.  Except as otherwise
        expressly  stated  herein,  any costs,  liabilities  and/or  obligations
        incurred  by a party  in  connection  with  the  manufacture,  sale  and
        purchase of the Goods shall be borne solely by such party. Neither party
        is the agent of the other party and neither  party shall take any action
        on behalf of the other party in any agency capacity.

ARTICLE 25 COUNTERPARTS

25.1    This Agreement may be executed in one or more  counterparts,  any one of
        which need not contain  the  signature  of more than one party,  but all
        counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

ARTICLE 26 SEVERABILITY WAIVER

26.1    Whenever  possible each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted
        in such a manner as to be effective and valid under  applicable  law. If
        any  provision  of this  Agreement is held to be  prohibited  or invalid
        under  applicable  law  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  such
        provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or
        invalidity,  without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the
        remaining provisions of this Agreement. No delay by either party in


                                                                             237
<PAGE>

        exercising any right or remedy under this  Agreement  shall operate as a
        waiver  thereof nor will any single or partial  exercise of any right or
        remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of
        any other  right or remedy.  The rights and  remedies  provided  in this
        Agreement  are  cumulative  and not  exclusive of any rights or remedies
        provided by law.

26.2

26.3

26.4

26.5

26.6

26.7

26.8     

ARTICLE 27 SURVIVAL

27.1    The provisions of Section  hereof shall survive any  termination of this
        Agreement.

ARTICLE 28 GOVERNING LAW

28.1    This  Agreement  shall be governed by and  construed  under the internal
        laws of the Province of Quebec  without  giving  effect to principles of
        conflict of laws thereof.

ARTICLE 29 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

29.1    This Agreement shall  constitute the entire agreement of the parties and
        supersedes all prior agreements,  oral or written,  relating to the sale
        and purchase of the Goods on or after the  effective  date  hereof.  The
        parties  agree to be bound by the terms and  conditions  hereof  and all
        specifications  and  documents  referenced  herein or  attached  hereto.
        Except as expressly provided herein, this Agreement may be modified only
        in writing signed by both parties.  Any attempted  acknowledgment  of an
        order containing terms and conditions  inconsistent  with or in addition
        to the terms and  conditions  hereof  shall not be binding  upon  either
        party.  No  waiver  of any of the terms or  conditions  hereby  shall be
        effective unless made in writing signed by both parties.


                                                                             238
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE EXECUTED AND DELIVERED THIS AGREEMENT
AS OF THE DATE FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN.

                                             IM(2) MERCHANDISING &
                                             MANUFACTURING INC.

                                             By/s/ David Sinclair
                                               ---------------------------------
                                             Title President

                                             THE TIREX CORPORATION CANADA INC.

                                             By/s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                               ---------------------------------
                                             Title President


                                                                             239


                                EXHIBIT 10 (jj)


                                                                             240
<PAGE>

                         Security Capital Trading, Inc.
                               520 Madison Avenue
                            New York, New York 10022

                                                          April 1, 1998

The Tirex Corporation
740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
Montreal, Quebec H3C 1L5

Attention: Mr. Terence C. Byrne, President

Gentlemen:

        We are  writing  to confirm  the terms of the  agreement  regarding  our
rendition of corporate advisory and consulting services to The Tirex Corporation
(the "Company").

During the one year term  commencing on the date first above  written,  we shall
provide the Company with such corporate advisory and consulting  services as the
Company  may from time to time  reasonably  request,  pursuant  to the terms and
subject to the conditions set form below.

      1.    It is  anticipated  that, at venous points in tune, the Company will
            request  that we perform a  specific  financial  advisory  seance or
            services. In each such case, a separate agreement will be negotiated
            which will set forth the  services  which the Company  desires us to
            render,  which  agreement  will establish the fees payable to us for
            such services.  The teams  assembled by us will include such members
            of our corporate finance and research staff as may be required given
            the nature of the particular transaction.

      2.    In consideration of our commitment to perform such services,  and in
            lieu of our annual normal retainer,  the Company will issue to us or
            our  designees,  one or more three year  warrants  (the  "Warrants")
            entitling  the  holder(s)   thereof  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of
            2,000,000  shares of the Company's $.001 par value common stock (the
            "Warrant Shares") at the following  exercise prices:  $.25 per share
            for the first  666,666  shares,  $.40 per share for the next 666,666
            shares and $.50 per share for the  remaining  666,667  shares.  Such
            Warrants,  which shall be in the form  annexed  hereto as Exhibit A,
            shall  further  provide,  among  other  things,  that the  holder(s)
            thereof shall be entitled to exercise such Warrants during the three
            year period  commencing  on the date of issuance  hereof,  provided,
            however  that, if the Company  shall file a  registration  statement
            (the "Registration  Statement") for an underwritten  public offering
            of its securities (the "Public


                                                                             241
<PAGE>

            Offering"),   and  the   underwriter   or   representative   of  the
            underwriters  of the Public  Offering (the  "Underwriter")  shall so
            require, the holders of the Warrants, and any shares of Common Stock
            theretofore  issued or thereafter to be issued upon exercise thereof
            (the "Warrant Shares") shall lock-up,  for a period of not more than
            one year from the effective date of the Registration Statement,  all
            Warrant  Shares  which shall not have been sold prior to the date of
            initial  filing of the  Registration  Statement in normal brokers or
            market  maker's  transactions  in the public  trading market for the
            Common Stock.

      3.    The Company  hereby  covenants and agrees that (a) the Warrants will
            be, when  delivered in  accordance  with the terms  hereof,  validly
            issued, fully paid and non-assessable; (b) we or our designees, upon
            delivery of the Warrants,  will acquire good and marketable title to
            the Warrants free and clear of any lien, charge, claim, encumbrance,
            pledge, security interest,  defect or other restriction or equity of
            any kind whatsoever,  except for any federal or state securities law
            restrictions;  (c) the  Warrant  Shares  will be,  when paid for and
            delivered  in  accordance  with the terms of the  Warrants,  validly
            issued, fully paid and non-assessable; (d) we or our designees, upon
            delivery of the Warrant  Shares,  will acquire  good and  marketable
            tide to the  Warrant  Shares  free and  clear of any  lien,  charge,
            claim,  encumbrance,  pledge,  security  interest,  defect  or other
            restriction or equity of any kind whatsoever, except for any federal
            or state securities law  restrictions;  and (e) the Company,  at its
            sole cost and expense, will (i) register the Warrant Shares for sale
            by us or our designees,  as the selling  securityholder(s)  thereof,
            under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  pursuant
            to the  next  Registration  Statement  which  shall  be filed by the
            Company with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  subsequent to
            the date of this letter agreement; (ii) will prepare and timely file
            such  post-effective  amendments to such  Registration  Statement as
            shall be  necessary  to  maintain  the  registration  of the Warrant
            Shares under the Act until all of the Warrant  Shares have been sold
            by the  holder(s)  thereof,  or until  the  Warrants  shall  expire,
            whichever last occurs, and (iii) qualify the Warrant Shares for sale
            by the  holder(s)  thereof under the Blue Sky laws of such states as
            we shall reasonably request.


      4.    The Company will reimburse us for all out-of -pocket  expenses which
            we shall incur in carrying out the terms of this Agreement.

      5.    Nothing  in  this  Agreement  shall  be  considered  to  create  the
            relationship of employer and employee between the Company and us. We
            shall be


                                                                             242
<PAGE>

            deemed at all tunes to be an  independent  contractor,  without  the
            power or authority to bind the Company in any manner.

      6.    The  Company  agrees to  indemnify  and hold us and our  affiliates,
            control persons, directors,  officers, employees and agents (each an
            "Indemnified Person") harmless from and against all losses,  claims,
            damages,  liabilities,  costs or expenses, including those resulting
            from any threatened or pending investigation,  action, proceeding or
            dispute whether or not we are, or any such other Indemnified  Person
            is, a party to such  investigation,  action,  proceeding or dispute,
            answer out of our entering  into or performing  services  under this
            Agreement,  or  arising  out  of  any  matter  referred  to in  this
            Agreement.  This  indemnity  shall also  include our and/or any such
            other Indemnified  Person's  reasonable  attorneys' and accountants'
            fees and  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  in, and the cost of our
            personnel   whose   time  is  spent   in   connection   with,   such
            investigations,   actions,   proceedings  or  disputes  which  fees,
            expenses and costs shall be periodically  reimbursed to us and or to
            any  such  other  Indemnified  Person  by the  Company  as they  are
            incurred;  provided  however,  that the  indemnity  herein set forth
            shall not apply where a court of competent  jurisdiction  has made a
            final  determination  that we acted in a grossly negligent manner or
            engaged in willful  misconduct  in the  performance  of our services
            hereunder  which gave rise to the loss,  claim,  damage,  liability,
            cost or expense  sought to be recovered  hereunder  (but pending any
            such  final  determination  the  indemnification  and  reimbursement
            provisions  hereinabove  set forth shall apply and the Company shall
            perform its  obligations  hereunder to reimburse us and/or each such
            other  Indemnified  Person  periodically for its, his or their fees,
            expenses and costs as they are  incurred;  such sums to be placed in
            escrow  pending final  determination).  The Company also agrees that
            neither  we nor any  Indemnified  Person  shall  have any  liability
            (whether  direct or indirect,  in contract or tort or  otherwise) to
            the Company for or in connection  with any act or omission to act by
            us as a result of our engagement under this Agreement except for any
            such liability for losses, claims, damages,  liabilities or expenses
            incurred by the Company that is found in a final  determination by a
            court of competent  jurisdiction  to have  resulted  from ours gross
            negligence or willful  misconduct.  If for any reason, the foregoing
            indemnification  is unavailable to us or any such other  Indemnified
            Person or  insufficient  to hold us and such of  Indemnified  Person
            harmless,  then the Company  shall  contribute to the amount paid or
            payable  by us or any such other  Indemnified  Person as a result of
            such loss,  claim,  damage,  or liability in such  proportion  as is
            appropriate  to reflect not only the relative  benefits  received by
            the Company and its  shareholders on the one hand and us or any such
            other  Indemnified  Person on the other hand,  but also the relative
            fault of the Company and us or any such other Indemnified Person, as
            well as any relevant equitable  considerations;  provided that in no
            event  will the  aggregate  contribution  by us and any  such  other
            Indemnified Person hereunder exceed the amount


                                                                             243
<PAGE>

            of fees  actually  received by us pursuant  to this  Agreement.  The
            reimbursement, indemnity and contribution obligations of the Company
            hereinabove set form (a) shall be in addition to any liability which
            the  Company  may  otherwise  have;  (b) shall be  binding  upon the
            Company and its successors  and/or  assigns;  and (c) shall inure to
            the  benefit  of  any  successors,   assigns,   heirs  and  personal
            representatives, as the case may be, of us and any other Indemnified
            Person.

      7.    This agreement sets form the entire understanding of the parties win
            respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof,  supersedes  all  existing
            agreements  between us concerning  such subject  matter,  and may be
            modified only by a written instrument duly executed by each party.

      8.    Any waiver by either the Company or us of a breach of any  provision
            of this  Agreement  shall not operate or as or be  construed to be a
            waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any breach of any
            other provision of this  Agreement.  This Agreement shall be binding
            upon and inure to the  benefit  of each of the  Company,  us and our
            respective successors and assigns.

      9.    The covenants, agreement,  representations, and warranties contained
            in or made pursuant to this Agreement  shall survive the termination
            of our engagement hereunder,  irrespective of any investigation made
            by or on behalf of the Company or us.

      10.   While  there is no  commitment  on our  part,  or on the part of the
            Company to continue this relationship beyond the end of the Term, it
            is the mutual  expectation of the parties that the relationship will
            continue,   and  that  the   parties   will   negotiate  a  mutually
            satisfactory  annual retainer to cover periods subsequent to the end
            of the Term.

      11.   The  Company  agrees  not to make any  public  announcement  of this
            Agreement (except as required by law) without our written consent.

      12.   In  the  event  that  the  Company  fails  to  perform  any  of  the
            obligations  required  an its part  pursuant to this  Agreement,  we
            shall be enticed to receive,  as part of any award of  damages,  the
            reasonable fees and disbursements which we shall have paid, or which
            we shall owe,  to our  counsel  in  connection  with our  successful
            prosecution of such proceedings.

      If the foregoing  accurately  reflects your understanding of the Agreement
between


                                                                             244
<PAGE>

the Company and us,  please so  indicate  by signing the  enclosed  copy of this
letter at the line provided, and return same to us.

                                                 Very truly yours,

                                                 Security Capital Trading, Inc

                                                 By: ___________________________

                                                     Ronald Heinemen, President

The  foregoing  agreement is  acknowledged  and accepted  this 1st day of April,
1998.

The Tirex Corporation

By: /s/ Terence C. Byrne
    -------------------------------
    Terence C. Byrne, President


                                                                             245


                                EXHIBIT 10 (kk)


                                      246
<PAGE>

                                                  IDEA-SME Project No: H30600762

3143619 Canada Inc.
(Operating under the name Tirex Canada)
740 St-Maurice
Suite 201
Montreal, Quebec
H3C 1L5

Attention:    Mr. Terence C. Byrne,   President

              Subject:  Contribution for the preparation of market development
                        studies and for market development activities in the
                        United States of America

Dear Sir:

      The Government of Canada, as represented by the Federal Office of Regional
Development - Quebec ("the Minister") hereby offers to make a repayable
contribution under the Quebec SME Development Assistance Program (IDEA-SME) to
3143619 Canada Inc. (operating under the name Tirex Canada) for the
implementation of the project described in Appendix A, under the following
conditions.

1.    THE AGREEMENT

1.1   The present letter of offer, including appendices A, B and C, constitutes
      an agreement legally binding on the parties once it has been fully
      accepted by the client ("the agreement").

2.    THE PROJECT

2.1   The client shall carry out the project at:

              Montreal, Quebec and in the United States of America

2.2   The client shall

      .1    commence the project on or before August 31, 1997;

      .2    complete the project on or before August 31, 1998.


                                                                             247
<PAGE>

3.    THE CONTRIBUTION

3.1   Subject to the other provisions of this agreement, the Minister agrees to
      pay to the client a maximum contribution of $95,000, based on 50% of the
      approved eligible costs.

3.2   The Minister shall not contribute to any cost incurred by the client prior
      to June 26, 1997.

4.    TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT

4.1   On submission of a documented claim by the client, the Minister shall pay
      the contribution as follows:

      .1    no more than once per quarter, the Minister shall pay financial
            assistance corresponding to the eligible costs incurred and invoiced
            to the client;

      .2    payments made pursuant to paragraph 4.1.1 shall not exceed 90% of
            the authorized contribution.

      .3    once the project is completed to the Minister's satisfaction and all
            costs claimed have been paid, the Minister shall pay the balance of
            the contribution owing.

4.2   All payments to the client are subject to:

      .1    the submission of such invoices and other vouchers that the Minister
            may require;

      .2    the submission of any report or information that the Minister may
            reasonably require from the client.

4.3   The client shall have six months from the project completion date to
      submit its last claim for payment to the Minister, after which the
      minister is under no obligation to make payment in respect of the amount
      being claimed if he deems the delay to be unjustified.

4.4   The Applicant repay the actual amount of the contribution disbursed by the
      Minister according to the following schedule:

      June 30, 2000       1/15 of the amount actually disbursed by the Minister.
      June 30, 2001       2/15 of the amount actually disbursed by the Minister.
      June 30, 2002       3/15 of the amount actually disbursed by the Minister.


                                                                             248
<PAGE>

      June 30, 2003       4/15 of the amount actually disbursed by the Minister.
      June 30, 2004       5/15 of the amount actually disbursed by the Minister.

5.    OTHER GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE

5.1   The Applicant states that he has neither requested nor received any other
      financial assistance for the purposes of the project.

5.2   The client agrees to disclose without delay, and in all cases no later
      than the moment that such assistance is received, any other assistance
      provided for the purposes of the project; and the client hereby
      acknowledges that the minister may reduce the amount of the contribution
      under this agreement by an amount equal to or less than the additional
      assistance anticipated or received.

6.    GENERAL CONDITIONS

6.1   Any notice shall be sent to the following address:

      .1    to the Minister

         Federal Office of Regional Development-Quebec
         3800-800 Stock Exchange Tower
         P.O. Box 247
         Montreal, Quebec
         H4Z 1E8
         Attention: Director
                    Montreal Island

      .2    to the client, at the address in the letter of offer.

6.2   The parties agree that any disclosure of this financial assistance shall
      be made in accordance with the provisions of section 6 of Appendix B.

6.3   In the event of incompatibility or conflict of interpretation between the
      letter of offer and Appendix A, on the one hand, and Appendix B, on the
      other, the latter shall prevail.

6.4   This offer shall become null and void if it is not returned duly signed
      and accepted without conditions by the client within 90 days of being sent
      by the minister.

      For further information, please contact Mr. Michael Ash at 283-3621, or
the undersigned at 283-2500

                                            Yours truly,

                                            Germain Pare
                                            Director
                                            Montreal Island

Enclosures


                                                                             249
<PAGE>

Appendix A   Project Description
Appendix B   General Conditions
Appendix C   Fact Sheet for Press Release

The offer and related conditions are hereby accepted this

_______________________ Day of _______________________, 1997

3143619 Canada Inc. ( operating under the name Tirex Canada)

____________________________________________________________
(signature)

____________________________________________________________
(Title)

____________________________________________________________
(signature)

____________________________________________________________
(Title)


                                                                             250
<PAGE>

   ANNEX "A"                                                             PROJECT

                                                               NUMBER: H30600762

                               PROJECT DESCRIPTION

OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT

      3143619 Canada Inc. (Operating under the name Tirex Canada and hereinafter
referred to as "the Applicant") agrees to undertake market development work for
the sale of tire recycling equipment referred to by the Applicant as the TCS-1,
in the United States of America. The total cost of the activities, to be carried
out over the space of one year, is estimated at $190,000. The activities to be
undertaken as well as approximations of their cost follow. Certain activities
may occur outside the United States of America such as the major international
trade shows and conferences in Kuala Lampur, Liverpool, Nurnberg and Shanghai
but are accepted as eligible by virtue of the importance of the shows to the
overall marketing activities of TIREX on a worldwide basis, including the United
States of America.

Consulting contract (details below)                                $ 70,000
Market research assistant                                            25,000
Advertizing and publicity                                             6,000
Computer hardware/software for market data analysis                  12,000
Electronic marketing including web site                               8,000
Legal costs                                                           5,000
Visits to prospective clients (anticipating 16 
  visits at an average cost of $1000 per visit)                      16,000
Trade show costs both as exhibitors and as attendees 
  (see details below)                                                48,000
                                                                   --------

TOTAL ELIGIBLE COST                                                $190,000
                                                                   ========

Travel to and from clients

Expectation of 16 trips at an average cost of $1000 per trip including  airfare,
ground  transportation  hotels,  meals and other necessary  costs. 
16 x $1,000 = $16,000.

Trade Show Activities

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Show       Airfare     Hotels    Meals      Space      Erection    Ship +    Promo      Other   Total
                                            Rental     Dismant     Insce     Material
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>                <C>
1          $1800       $  800    $600       --         --                    $400               $ 3,600
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2          $2400       $  800    $1200      --         --          --        $800               $ 5,200
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3          $3900       $1200     $420       --         --          --        $300               $ 5,820
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4          $5000       $1600     $640       $4000      $1200       $1200     $200               $13,840
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5          $5700       $1800     $640       $2000      $1400       $ 750     $250               $12,540
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6          $1700       $1200     $450       --         --          --        $500               $ 3,850
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7          $1200       $  900    $800       --         --          --        $200               $ 3,100
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL      $21,700     $8,300    $4,750     $6,000     $2,600      $1,950    $2,650             $47,950
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL ROUNDED                                                                                   $48,000
</TABLE>


                                                                             251
<PAGE>

Description of Trade Shows

Show 1    International Rubber Forum 
            in conjunction with the 
            102nd meeting of the
            International Rubber 
            Study Group              2 days  (June 98)    UK or Indonesia (TBD)
Show 2    International Rubber       
            Conference               4 days  (June 97)    Nurnberg, Germany
Show 3    Annual Public              
            Recycling Officials      3 days  (August 97)  Pittsburg, PA
Show 4    International Rubber       
            Conference Rubberdex     4 days  (Oct 97)     Kuala Lampur, Malaysia
Show 5    Chinaplas                  5 days  (Oct 97)     Shanghai, PRC
Show 6    "Beyond the Life           
            Cycle" Rubber            
            Division Expo            4 days  (Oct 97)     Cleveland, OH
Show 7    Annual Minnesota           
            Recycling &              
            Waste Assoc.             3 days  (Nov 97)     Minnesota

COMPLEMENTARY NOTES

1.    The undertaking of the project should, in general terms, respect the
      objectives, the project description, methodology and timing as indicated
      in the various documents submitted to the Federal Office of Regional
      Development - Quebec in support of the request for financial assistance.
      Costs estimated for individual cost categories are estimates and are not
      intended as limitations per category. Subject to note 3 below, the
      Applicant may, within reason, substitute costs in one category for
      another, as warranted by evolving commercial circumstances. The Applicant
      should obtain authorization from the Department for significant variations
      from the overall plan and such authorization should not unreasonably be
      withheld. The Applicant may substitute a trade show not previously listed
      for another listed above where circumstances warrant but the Applicant
      should obtain authorization from the Department for such substitutions in
      advance.

2.    Eligible costs specifically exclude:

      a)    costs related to the hiring of a consultant with whom the Applicant
            is related as defined in the Income Tax Act;

      b)    any taxes paid for which the Applicant is eligible for a refund or
            an input tax credit (e.g. GST/TVQ);

      c)    any costs related to hospitality, entertainment and other costs of a
            similar nature.

3.    The Department reserves the right to reduce costs claimed relative to
      hotels and subsistence where such amounts significantly exceed amounts
      specified by Treasury Board in the Travel Directive for federal public
      servants in travel status. Such amounts can be obtained from the
      Department.


                                                                             252
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX B

                               GENERAL CONDITIONS

1. Interpretation

Unless the context  dictates  otherwise,  the  following  terms have the meaning
stipulated, for the purposes of this agreement:

1.1   "Eligible costs": all the costs necessary to carry out the project. They
      may include:

   -  fees for professional and technical services;

   -  the cost of labour assigned to the project;

   -  equipment rental fees;

   -  the cost of a demonstration project or of a development project for a
      process, product or service, and the dissemination of the results;

   -  the cost of producing and disseminating promotional material;

   -  the cost of organizing an exhibition, conference, seminar or symposium;

   -  the cost of organizing a contest or of awarding grants;

   -  operating fees paid to an association of SME's or a support organization
      for SME's;

   -  travel expenses;

   -  in exceptional cases, the cost of fixed assets deemed necessary to execute
      an eligible  catalyst  project,  with the  exception  of the cost of land,
      motor vehicles not exclusively used on the project site and the portion of
      the cost of any asset that exceeds the fair market value of the asset.

1.2   "Authorized costs": eligible costs listed in Appendix A that are deemed
      reasonable and necessary to carry out the project, subject to the sharing
      ratios, restrictions and terms of this agreement.

1.3   "Approved costs": costs claimed by the client that are, in the minister's
      opinion, authorized costs.

1.4   "Government of Canada": Her Majesty the Queen in right of Canada.

2.    Duration of the Agreement

2.1   The effective date of the agreement is the date on which the minister
      receives a duly signed copy of the agreement.

2.2   The agreement shall terminate 12 months after the date on which the
      project is completed; in the case of a repayable contribution, the
      contract shall terminate on the date of the last repayment of the
      contribution.

3.    Representations and Undertakings by the Client

3.1   The client knows of no existing, imminent or probable legal proceedings,
      or no reason, fact or event that could seriously compromise the project's
      chances of success.


                                                                             253
<PAGE>

3.2   The client states that the project description in Appendix A faithfully
      reflects its intentions, and that the information contained therein are
      true, and that all relevant information has been disclosed.

3.3   Until the project is completed, the client undertakes to:

      .1    do everything necessary to carry out the project successfully and
            within the agreed upon schedule and costs, in workmanlike fashion
            and employing qualified personnel;

      .2    immediately disclose to the minister any fact or event that might,
            immediately or in the long term, jeopardize the project's chances of
            success;

      .3    comply with all laws, regulations, orders, and legal, quasi-legal
            and administrative decisions applicable to the client and to the
            project.

3.4   For the duration of this agreement, the client undertakes to do everything
      necessary to maintain its corporate existence and legal competence and
      inform the minister of any failure to do so.

3.5   For the duration of this agreement, the client undertakes not to amend the
      project with respect to its cost, scope, completion date, location or any
      other aspect, without the minister's prior written consent.

4.    Reports and Information

4.1   The minister may require the client to produce promptly, free of charge
      and without delay any information that the client has or may have
      concerning the project.

4.2   The client shall at all times ensure that the minister or his
      representative has access to its ledgers, information, documentation and
      receipts in respect of the project's costs and financing, as well as any
      other document that the minister may reasonably require for the purposes
      of this agreement.

4.3   The minister, through his own auditors or recognized chartered
      accountants, may conduct the audits provided for in the agreement, at the
      minister's expense and according to a reasonable time schedule.

4.4   For 24 months after the project completion date, the client shall, at its
      own expense

      .1    keep and hold available for examination and audit by the minister
            ledgers, accounts and cost records of the project; and

      .2    promptly supply upon request such data in respect of the project and
            its results as the minister may require to establish the level of
            financial assistance or for statistical purposes.

4.5   The minister agrees, subject to the Access to Information Act of Canada,
      to preserve the confidentiality of any data, reports and other information
      provided in confidence by the client pursuant to this agreement, and not
      to disclose them to any third party without the client's prior written
      consent.

4.6   In the case of a contribution for a study, should the client decide not to
      follow through with the consultant's recommendations, the client shall,
      upon request, cede to the minister all the information obtained or
      developed in consequence of the services provided by the consultant.

5.    Default and Recourse

5.1   The following constitute events of default:


                                                                             254
<PAGE>

      .1    a) the client becomes bankrupt or requests protection under the
            Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act;

            b) the client goes into receivership;

            c) an order is made in accordance with the Companies' Creditors
            Arrangement Act (c 36);

      .2    an order is made or resolution passed for the winding up of the
            client, or the client is dissolved;

      .3    the client ceases activities related to the project;

      .4    in the opinion of the minister, there has been a significant
            increase in the degree of risk relating to the execution of the
            project;

      .5    the client has made a false declaration or a false representation to
            the minister, directly or through its representatives;

      .6    a term, condition or undertaking provided in the agreement has not
            been fulfilled;

      .7    the client is not entitled to the contribution.

5.2   In the event of default, pursuant to clauses 5.1.1 and 5.1.2, all monies
      paid to the client under this offer of contribution shall become
      immediately due and payable.

5.3   If there is default, or if, in the minister's opinion, default is likely
      to occur pursuant to clauses 5.1.3 to 5.1.7, the minister may exercise any
      or all of the following remedies:

      .1    adjust the amount of the contribution and notify the client
            accordingly;

      .2    suspend any payment of the contribution, either for amounts due or
            future payments;

      .3    terminate the agreement and immediately end any financial obligation
            under the agreement;

      .4    require the immediate total or partial repayment of any financial
            assistance received.

5.4   The fact that the minister refrains from exercising a right conferred on
      him by this agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of that right.

6.    Announcements and Ceremonies

6.1   The client hereby agrees to a public announcement by the minister in the
      form of a press release containing the information outlined in Appendix C
      of this agreement.

6.2   The minister shall inform the client promptly in writing of the date on
      which the public announcement is to be made and the client shall maintain
      the confidentiality of this agreement until that date.

6.3   The client shall notify the minister in writing, at least 14 days in
      advance, of any official ceremony organized with regard to the project.

6.4   The client hereby consents to the participation of the minister or his
      representatives in any official ceremony.

7.    Notice

7.1   Any notice, information or document required to be sent under this
      agreement shall be effectively given if delivered by hand or sent by telex
      or facsimile. Any notice shall be deemed to have been received on
      delivery; any notice sent by telex or facsimile shall be deemed to have
      been received


                                                                             255
<PAGE>

      one working day after being sent; any notice sent by mail shall be deemed
      to have been received eight working days after being mailed.

7.2   Each of the parties may amend the address given in this agreement by
      informing the other party of its new address and any such changes shall
      come into force 15 days after receipt of the notice.

8.    General

8.1   No member of the House of Commons or Senator shall be admitted to any
      share or part of this agreement or to any benefit to arise therefrom.

8.2   The client confirms that no former public office holder in the Government
      of Canada benefits directly or indirectly from this agreement, or, that if
      such is the case, the said former public officer holder complies with the
      provisions of the Conflict of Interest and Post-Employment Code.

8.3   This agreement and its benefits shall not be assigned without the prior
      written consent of the minister.

8.4   The parties acknowledge that nothing in this agreement shall be construed
      as creating a partnership or joint venture or agency relationship between
      the minister and the client.

8.5   The parties hereto agree that this agreement be drafted in English only.
      Les parties a la presente entente acceptent qu'elle soit redigee en
      anglais seulement.

8.6   This agreement is made to the advantage and the benefit of the parties
      hereto, their respective successors and assigns, and is binding upon them.

8.7   This agreement is subject to and shall be construed in accordance with the
      laws of the province of Quebec.

8.8   Recourse provided under this agreement is cumulative and shall not exclude
      any other recourse provided by law.

8.9   Any payment due under this agreement is subject to there being an
      appropriation for the fiscal year in which the payment is to be made.


                                                                             256
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX C

================================================================================
                               PROJECT FACT SHEET
                       FOR THE MINISTER AND PRESS RELEASE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IDEA-SME                                    Project no  H30600762

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Client's name and address                   Resource persons:
3143619 Canada Inc, (Tirex Canada)          Name      Mr. Terence C. Byrne
740 St-Maurice                              Title     President
Suite 201                                   Telephone 878-0727
Montreal, Quebec                            Fax       878-9847
H3C 1L5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project location                            Federal riding
USA plus essential trade shows in other     St-Henri-Westmount
regions.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project  description:  Market  development  activities  in the United  States of
America for the sale of tire recycling equipment.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total cost of project     $190,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorized assistance (type of financial assistance and amount)

Repayable contribution

   50% X $190,000 = $95,000 MAXIMUM
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect on jobs (specify whether any will be created or preserved)  Impossible to
predict at this time.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated project start date                Estimated project completion date
August 31, 1997                             August 31, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date offer made                             Date offer accepted
================================================================================


                                                                             257


                                EXHIBIT 10 (ll)


                                                                             258
<PAGE>

                                                  IDEA-SME Project No: H30601158

3143619 Canada Inc.
(Tirex Canada)
740 St-Maurice
Suite 201
Montreal (Qc)
H3C 1L5

Attention:     Mr. Vijay Kachru

      Subject: Contribution under IDEA-SME for International  market development
               activities

Dear Sir:

      The Government of Canada, as represented by Canada Economic Development
for Quebec Regions ("the Minister") hereby offers to make a repayable
contribution under the Quebec SME Development Assistance Program (IDEA-SME) to
3143619 Canada Inc. (Tirex Canada). for the implementation of the project
described in Appendix A, under the following conditions.

1.    THE AGREEMENT

1.1   The present letter of offer, including appendices A, B and C, constitutes
      an agreement legally binding on the parties once it has been fully
      accepted by the client ("the agreement").

2.    THE PROJECT

2.1   The client shall carry out the project at: Montreal, Quebec and in the
      United States of America.

2.2   The client shall

      .1    commence the project on or before April 30, 1998;

      .2    complete the project on or before March 31, 1999.

3.    THE CONTRIBUTION

3.1   Subject to the other provisions of this agreement, the Minister agrees to
      pay to the client a maximum contribution of $98,000, based on 50% of the
      approved eligible costs.

3.2   The Minister shall not contribute to any cost incurred by the client prior
      to February 25, 1998.


                                                                             259
<PAGE>

4.    TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT

4.1   On submission of a documented claim by the client, the Minister shall pay
      the contribution as follows:

      .1    no more than once per quarter, the Minister shall pay financial
            assistance corresponding to the eligible costs incurred and invoiced
            to the client;

      .2    payments made pursuant to paragraph 4.1.1 shall not exceed 90% of
            the authorized contribution.

      .3    once the project is completed to the Minister's satisfaction and all
            costs claimed have been paid, the Minister shall pay the balance of
            the contribution owing.

4.2   All payments to the client are subject to:

      .1    the submission of such invoices and other vouchers that the Minister
            may require;

      .2    the submission of any report or information that the Minister may
            reasonably require from the client.

4.3   The client shall have six months from the project completion date to
      submit its last claim for payment to the Minister, after which the
      minister is under no obligation to make payment in respect of the amount
      being claimed if he deems the delay to be unjustified.

4.4   The Applicant repay the actual amount of the contribution disbursed by the
      Minister according to the following schedule:

      June 30, 2001       1/15 of the amount actually disbursed by the Minister.
      June 30, 2002       2/15 of the amount actually disbursed by the Minister.
      June 30, 2003       3/15 of the amount actually disbursed by the Minister.
      June 30, 2004       4/15 of the amount actually disbursed by the Minister.
      June 30, 2005       5/15 of the amount actually disbursed by the Minister.

5.    OTHER GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE

5.1   The Applicant states that he has neither requested nor received any other
      financial assistance for the purposes of the project.

5.2   The client agrees to disclose without delay, and in all cases no later
      than the moment that such assistance is received, any other assistance
      provided for the purposes of the project; and the client hereby
      acknowledges that the minister may reduce the amount of the contribution
      under this agreement by an amount equal to or less than the additional
      assistance anticipated or received.


                                                                             260
<PAGE>

6.    GENERAL CONDITIONS

6.1   Any notice shall be sent to the following address:

      .1    to the Minister

      Canada Economic Development for Quebec Regions
      3800-800 Stock Exchange Tower
      P.O. Box 247
      Montreal, Quebec
      H4Z 1E8

      Attention: Director
                 Montreal Island

      .2    to the client, at the address in the letter of offer.

6.2   The parties agree that any disclosure of this financial assistance shall
      be made in accordance with the provisions of section 6 of Appendix B.

6.3   In the event of incompatibility or conflict of interpretation between the
      letter of offer and Appendix A, on the one hand, and Appendix B, on the
      other, the latter shall prevail.

6.4   This offer shall become null and void if it is not returned duly signed
      and accepted without conditions by the client within 90 days of being sent
      by the minister.

      For further information, please contact Mr. Michael Ash at 283-3621, or
the undersigned at 283-8153

                                               Yours truly,

                                               Suzanne Ouimet
                                               Director
                                               Montreal Island

Enclosures

Appendix A  Project Description
Appendix B  General Conditions
Appendix C  Fact Sheet for Press Release

The offer and related conditions are hereby accepted this


                                                                             261
<PAGE>

________________________ Day of ___________________________, 1998

3143619 Canada Inc.
(Tirex Canada)

_________________________________________________________________
(signature)

_________________________________________________________________
(Title)

_________________________________________________________________
(signature)

_________________________________________________________________
(Title)


                                                                             262
<PAGE>

PROJECT NUMBER: H30601158                                              ANNEX "A"

                               3143619 Canada Inc.

                                 (Tirex Canada)

                               PROJECT DESCRIPTION

OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT

      3143619 Canada Inc. (Operating under the name Tirex Canada and hereinafter
referred to as "the Applicant") agrees to undertake market development work for
the sale of tire recycling equipment referred to by the Applicant as the TCS-1,
in the United States of America. The total cost of the activities, to be carried
out over the space of one year, is estimated at $196,000. Certain activities may
occur outside Canada and the United States of America, and such activities may,
at the discretion of the Department, be deemed eligible in the event that it can
be shown that the undertaking of such activities is important to the overall
market development activities in the United States of America. The activities,
as per the proposal submitted with this application, will, in general terms,
comprise the activities enumerated below. Note that the Applicant is expected to
undertake those activities which are consistent with the terms of the proposal
and that the amounts listed for the various activities represent only estimates
of the cost of such activities and are not to be interpreted as limitations by
category. The Applicant may, within reason, substitute costs in one category for
costs in another to the extent that the overall intent and methodology of the
proposal is respected. The Applicant agrees to consult with the Department prior
to undertaking any significant commitments for US market development activities
which significantly deviate from those listed below, and to obtain Department
authorization for such activities should it be the intention of the Applicant to
produce claims under this Agreement for such activities. The Department reserves
the right to accept costs for market development activities not specifically
noted below if the Department is convinced that such activities are consistent
with the overall objectives of the project and acceptance of such costs shall
constitute an automatic adjustment of the Statement of Work. More specifically,
the activities will include:

ESTIMATE OF COST OF MARKET DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES

Consulting contract (Robert Eller Associates 
  and MD Technologies Inc.)                                             $107,000
Validation of results with processors and preliminary 
  marketing, travel expenses and documentation                            25,000
Visits to prospective clients - consulting validation 
  stage (see details below)                                               17,000
Preparation of samples                                                    10,000
Product literature                                                        15,000
Visits to prospective clients - market 
  development stage (see details below)                                   22,000
                                                                        --------

TOTAL ELIGIBLE COST                                                     $196,000
                                                                        ========


                                                                             263
<PAGE>

Travel to and from clients - average 2 nights - consulting validation stage

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Location        Airfare     Hotels   Meals  Local costs  Total per    Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chicago              $900       $350    $150       $50       $1,450     $2,900
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pittsburgh           $900       $240    $150       $50       $1,340     $2,680
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dallas             $1,200       $230    $150       $50       $1,630     $3,260
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
New York             $600       $400    $150       $50       $1,200     $2,400
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
California           $900       $350    $150       $50       $1,450     $2,900
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ohio                 $800       $250    $150       $50       $1,250     $2,500
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                                                   16,640
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        
ROUNDED                                                                $17,000
                                                                       =======

Travel to and from clients - average 2 nights - market development stage

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Location        Airfare     Hotels   Meals  Local costs  Total per    Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chicago              $900       $350    $150       $50       $1,450     $2,900
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pittsburgh           $900       $240    $150       $50       $1,340     $2,680
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dallas             $1,200       $230    $150       $50       $1,630     $3,260
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
New York             $600       $400    $150       $50       $1,200     $2,400
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
California           $900       $350    $150       $50       $1,450     $2,900
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ohio (first trip)    $800       $250    $150       $50       $1,250     $2,500
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ohio (second trip)   $800       $250    $150       $50       $1,250     $2,500
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
New Jersey           $600       $250    $150       $50       $1,050     $2,100
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                                                  $21,240
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ROUNDED                                                                $22,000
                                                                       =======

COMPLEMENTARY NOTES


                                                                             264
<PAGE>

1.    The undertaking of the project should, in general terms, respect the
      objectives, the project description, methodology and timing as indicated
      in the various documents submitted to the Federal Office of Regional
      Development - Quebec in support of the request for financial assistance.
      Costs estimated for individual cost categories are estimates and are not
      intended as limitations per category. Subject to note 3 below, the
      Applicant may, within reason, substitute costs in one category for
      another, as warranted by evolving commercial circumstances. The Applicant
      should obtain authorization from the Department for significant variations
      from the overall plan and such authorization should not unreasonably be
      withheld.

2.    Eligible costs specifically exclude:

      a)    costs related to the hiring of a consultant with whom the Applicant
            is related as defined in the Income Tax Act;

      b)    any taxes paid for which the Applicant is eligible for a refund or
            an input tax credit (e.g. GST/TVQ);

      c)    any costs related to hospitality, entertainment and other costs of a
            similar nature.

3.    The Department reserves the right to reduce costs claimed relative to
      hotels and subsistence where such amounts significantly exceed amounts
      specified by Treasury Board in the Travel Directive for federal public
      servants in travel status. These amounts are subject to revision on the
      first of April and the first of October of each year. Hotel rates and
      daily subsistence rates are available upon request. For information
      purposes only, as of the date of this Letter of Offer, the maximum daily
      rates for federal employees per person for meals is approximately US$50,
      and the maximum rates for federal employees benefitting from hotel
      corporate rates for selected cities, before local taxes, in US dollars,
      are as follows:

      New York    US$142    Dallas           US$ 71     Washington        US$113
      Seattle     US$ 79    San Francisco    US$ 96     Detroit           US$ 80
      Chicago     US$100    Atlanta          US$ 81     Philadelphia      US$ 89
      Miami       US$ 73    Boston           US$100     Baltimore         US$ 78
      Las Vegas   US$ 70    Los Angeles      US$100     Cleveland         US$ 78
                          
      The provision of this information is intended as a guideline to the
      Applicant and should not be interpreted as an automatic allowance. The
      Applicant agrees that claims will be made on the basis of actual amounts
      incurred for hotel and meal expenses, and that claims for such expenses
      will include a detailed listing of such amounts. Amounts attempted to be
      claimed as an automatic "Per Diem" will be disallowed.


                                                                             265
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX B

                               GENERAL CONDITIONS

1.    Interpretation

Unless the context dictates otherwise, the following terms have the meaning
stipulated, for the purposes of this agreement:

1.1   "Eligible costs": all the costs necessary to carry out the project. They
      may include:

   -  fees for professional and technical services;

   -  the cost of labour assigned to the project;

   -  equipment rental fees;

   -  the cost of a demonstration project or of a development project for a
      process, product or service, and the dissemination of the results;

   -  the cost of producing and disseminating promotional material;

   -  the cost of organizing an exhibition, conference, seminar or symposium;

   -  the cost of organizing a contest or of awarding grants;

   -  operating fees paid to an association of SME's or a support organization
      for SME's;

   -  travel expenses;

   -  in exceptional cases, the cost of fixed assets deemed necessary to execute
      an eligible catalyst project, with the exception of the cost of land,
      motor vehicles not exclusively used on the project site and the portion of
      the cost of any asset that exceeds the fair market value of the asset.

1.2   "Authorized costs": eligible costs listed in Appendix A that are deemed
      reasonable and necessary to carry out the project, subject to the sharing
      ratios, restrictions and terms of this agreement.

1.3   "Approved costs": costs claimed by the client that are, in the minister's
      opinion, authorized costs.

1.4   "Government of Canada": Her Majesty the Queen in right of Canada.

2.    Duration of the Agreement

2.1   The effective date of the agreement is the date on which the minister
      receives a duly signed copy of the agreement.

2.2   The agreement shall terminate 12 months after the date on which the
      project is completed; in the case of a repayable contribution, the
      contract shall terminate on the date of the last repayment of the
      contribution.

3.    Representations and Undertakings by the Client


                                                                             266
<PAGE>

3.1   The client knows of no existing, imminent or probable legal proceedings,
      or no reason, fact or event that could seriously compromise the project's
      chances of success.

3.2   The client states that the project description in Appendix A faithfully
      reflects its intentions, and that the information contained therein are
      true, and that all relevant information has been disclosed.

3.3   Until the project is completed, the client undertakes to:

      .1    do everything necessary to carry out the project successfully and
            within the agreed upon schedule and costs, in workmanlike fashion
            and employing qualified personnel;

      .2    immediately disclose to the minister any fact or event that might,
            immediately or in the long term, jeopardize the project's chances of
            success;

      .3    comply with all laws, regulations, orders, and legal, quasi-legal
            and administrative decisions applicable to the client and to the
            project.

3.4   For the duration of this agreement, the client undertakes to do everything
      necessary to maintain its corporate existence and legal competence and
      inform the minister of any failure to do so.

3.5   For the duration of this agreement, the client undertakes not to amend the
      project with respect to its cost, scope, completion date, location or any
      other aspect, without the minister's prior written consent.

4.    Reports and Information

4.1   The minister may require the client to produce promptly, free of charge
      and without delay any information that the client has or may have
      concerning the project.

4.2   The client shall at all times ensure that the minister or his
      representative has access to its ledgers, information, documentation and
      receipts in respect of the project's costs and financing, as well as any
      other document that the minister may reasonably require for the purposes
      of this agreement.

4.3   The minister, through his own auditors or recognized chartered
      accountants, may conduct the audits provided for in the agreement, at the
      minister's expense and according to a reasonable time schedule.

4.4   For 24 months after the project completion date, the client shall, at its
      own expense

      .1    keep and hold available for examination and audit by the minister
            ledgers, accounts and cost records of the project; and

      .2    promptly supply upon request such data in respect of the project and
            its results as the minister may require to establish the level of
            financial assistance or for statistical purposes.

4.5   The minister agrees, subject to the Access to Information Act of Canada,
      to preserve the confidentiality of any data, reports and other information
      provided in confidence by the client pursuant to this agreement, and not
      to disclose them to any third party without the client's prior written
      consent.

4.6   In the case of a contribution for a study, should the client decide not to
      follow through with the consultant's recommendations, the client shall,
      upon request, cede to the minister all the information obtained or
      developed in consequence of the services provided by the consultant.


                                                                             267
<PAGE>

5.    Default and Recourse

5.1   The following constitute events of default:

      .1    a) the client becomes bankrupt or requests protection under the
            Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act;

            b) the client goes into receivership;

            c) an order is made in accordance with the Companies' Creditors
            Arrangement Act (c 36);

      .2    an order is made or resolution passed for the winding up of the
            client, or the client is dissolved;

      .3    the client ceases activities related to the project;

      .4    in the opinion of the minister, there has been a significant
            increase in the degree of risk relating to the execution of the
            project;

      .5    the client has made a false declaration or a false representation to
            the minister, directly or through its representatives;

      .6    a term, condition or undertaking provided in the agreement has not
            been fulfilled;

      .7    the client is not entitled to the contribution.

5.2   In the event of default, pursuant to clauses 5.1.1 and 5.1.2, all monies
      paid to the client under this offer of contribution shall become
      immediately due and payable.

5.3   If there is default, or if, in the minister's opinion, default is likely
      to occur pursuant to clauses 5.1.3 to 5.1.7, the minister may exercise any
      or all of the following remedies:

      .1    adjust the amount of the contribution and notify the client
            accordingly;

      .2    suspend any payment of the contribution, either for amounts due or
            future payments;

      .3    terminate the agreement and immediately end any financial obligation
            under the agreement;

      .4    require the immediate total or partial repayment of any financial
            assistance received.

5.4   The fact that the minister refrains from exercising a right conferred on
      him by this agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of that right.

6.    Announcements and Ceremonies

6.1   The client hereby agrees to a public announcement by the minister in the
      form of a press release containing the information outlined in Appendix C
      of this agreement.

6.2   The minister shall inform the client promptly in writing of the date on
      which the public announcement is to be made and the client shall maintain
      the confidentiality of this agreement until that date.

6.3   The client shall notify the minister in writing, at least 14 days in
      advance, of any official ceremony organized with regard to the project.

6.4   The client hereby consents to the participation of the minister or his
      representatives in any official ceremony.


                                                                             268
<PAGE>

7.    Notice

7.1   Any notice, information or document required to be sent under this
      agreement shall be effectively given if delivered by hand or sent by telex
      or facsimile. Any notice shall be deemed to have been received on
      delivery; any notice sent by telex or facsimile shall be deemed to have
      been received one working day after being sent; any notice sent by mail
      shall be deemed to have been received eight working days after being
      mailed.

7.2   Each of the parties may amend the address given in this agreement by
      informing the other party of its new address and any such changes shall
      come into force 15 days after receipt of the notice.

8.    General

8.1   No member of the House of Commons or Senator shall be admitted to any
      share or part of this agreement or to any benefit to arise therefrom.

8.2   The client confirms that no former public office holder in the Government
      of Canada benefits directly or indirectly from this agreement, or, that if
      such is the case, the said former public officer holder complies with the
      provisions of the Conflict of Interest and Post-Employment Code.

8.3   This agreement and its benefits shall not be assigned without the prior
      written consent of the minister.

8.4   The parties acknowledge that nothing in this agreement shall be construed
      as creating a partnership or joint venture or agency relationship between
      the minister and the client.

8.5   The parties hereto agree that this agreement be drafted in English only.
      Les parties a la presente entente acceptent qu'elle soit redigee en
      anglais seulement.

8.6   This agreement is made to the advantage and the benefit of the parties
      hereto, their respective successors and assigns, and is binding upon them.

8.7   This agreement is subject to and shall be construed in accordance with the
      laws of the province of Quebec.

8.8   Recourse provided under this agreement is cumulative and shall not exclude
      any other recourse provided by law.

8.9   Any payment due under this agreement is subject to there being an
      appropriation for the fiscal year in which the payment is to be made.


                                                                             269
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX C

================================================================================
                               PROJECT FACT SHEET
                       FOR THE MINISTER AND PRESS RELEASE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IDEA-SME                                       Project no  H30601158
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Client's name and address                      Resource persons:
3143619 Canada Inc.   (Tirex Canada)           Name      Mr. Terence C. Byrne
740 St-Maurice                                 Title     President
Suite 201                                      Telephone 878-0727
Montreal, Quebec                               Fax       878-9847
H3C 1L5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project location                               Federal riding
Montreal and USA.                              St-Henri-Westmount
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project  description:  Market  development  activities  in the United  States of
America for the sale of tire recycling equipment.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total cost of project            $196,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorized assistance (type of financial assistance and amount)

Repayable contribution

   50% X $196,000 = $98,000 MAXIMUM

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect on jobs (specify whether any will be created or preserved)

Mainly  consulting  work, job creation numbers not possible to estimate with any
reliability at this time.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated project start date                   Estimated project completion date
April 30, 1998                                 March 31, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date offer made                                Date offer accepted
================================================================================


                                                                             270


                                EXHIBIT 10 (mm)


                                                                             271
<PAGE>

                                   IDEA-SME Project No: H30600635

3143619 Canada Inc.
(Operating under the name Tirex Canada)
3767 Thimens Boulevard
Suite 207
St. Laurent, Quebec
H4R 1W4

Attention:        Mr. Terence C. Byrne,   President

      Subject:    Contribution for the preparation of market development studies
                  for India

Dear Sir:

      The Government of Canada, as represented by the Federal Office of Regional
Development -Quebec ("the Minister") hereby offers to make a repayable
contribution under the Quebec SME Development Assistance Program (IDEA-SME) to
3143619 Canada Inc. (operating under the name Tirex Canada) for the
implementation of the project described in Appendix A, under the following
conditions.

1.    THE AGREEMENT

1.1   The present letter of offer, including appendices A, B and C, constitutes
      an agreement legally binding on the parties once it has been fully
      accepted by the client ("the agreement").

2.    THE PROJECT

2.1   The client shall carry out the project at:

      St. Laurent, Quebec and in India

2.2   The client shall

      .1    commence the project on or before April 30, 1997;

      .2    complete the project on or before July 31, 1997.


                                                                             272
<PAGE>

3.    THE CONTRIBUTION

3.1   Subject to the other provisions of this agreement, the Minister agrees to
      pay to the client a maximum contribution of $20,000, based on 50% of the
      approved eligible costs.

3.2   The Minister shall not contribute to any cost incurred by the client prior
      to March 21, 1997.

4.    TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT

4.1   On submission of a documented claim by the client, the Minister shall pay
      the contribution as follows:

      .1    no more than once per quarter, the Minister shall pay financial
            assistance corresponding to the eligible costs incurred and invoiced
            to the client;

      .2    payments made pursuant to paragraph 4.1.1 shall not exceed 90% of
            the authorized contribution.

      .3    once the project is completed to the Minister's satisfaction and all
            costs claimed have been paid, the Minister shall pay the balance of
            the contribution owing.

4.2   All payments to the client are subject to:

      .1    the submission of such invoices and other vouchers that the Minister
            may require;

      .2    the submission of any report or information that the Minister may
            reasonably require from the client.

4.3   The client shall have six months from the project completion date to
      submit its last claim for payment to the Minister, after which the
      minister is under no obligation to make payment in respect of the amount
      being claimed if he deems the delay to be unjustified.

4.4   The Applicant will repay the contribution to the Minister in amounts equal
      to 1% of the annual gross sales in India (before GST and TVQ or their
      equivalent in India realized by the Applicant or by any other company
      associated with the Applicant within the meaning described in the Income
      Tax Act, occuring after June 1, 1997. The first instalment shall become
      due and payable on June 30, 1998. Each subsequent instalment will become
      due and payable at twelve month intervals thereafter, until such times as
      the Applicant will have completely repaid the contribution, or until, and
      including the payment which might become due on June 30, 2002, whichever
      is sooner.

5.    OTHER GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE

5.1   The Applicant states that he has neither requested nor received any other
      financial assistance for the purposes of the project.

5.2   The client agrees to disclose without delay, and in all cases no later
      than the moment that such assistance is received, any other assistance
      provided for the purposes of the project; and the

client hereby acknowledges that the minister may reduce the amount of the
contribution under this agreement by an amount equal to or less than the
additional assistance anticipated or received.


                                                                             273
<PAGE>

6.    GENERAL CONDITIONS

6.1   Any notice shall be sent to the following address:

      .1    to the Minister

      Federal Office of Regional Development-Quebec
      3800-800 Stock Exchange Tower
      P.O. Box 247
      Montreal, Quebec
      H4Z 1E8

      Attention:  Director
                  Montreal Island

      .2    to the client, at the address in the letter of offer.

6.2   The parties agree that any disclosure of this financial assistance shall
      be made in accordance with the provisions of section 6 of Appendix B.

6.3   In the event of incompatibility or conflict of interpretation between the
      letter of offer and Appendix A, on the one hand, and Appendix B, on the
      other, the latter shall prevail.

6.4   This offer shall become null and void if it is not returned duly signed
      and accepted without conditions by the client within 90 days of being sent
      by the minister.

      For further information, please contact Mr. Michael Ash at 283-3621, or
the undersigned at 283-2500

                                    Yours truly,

                                    Germain Pare
                                    Director
                                    Montreal Island

Enclosures

Appendix A   Project Description
Appendix B   General Conditions
Appendix C   Fact Sheet for Press Release

The offer and related conditions are hereby accepted this

__________________________ Day of ____________________, 1997

3143619 Canada Inc. ( operating under the name Tirex Canada)


                                                                             274
<PAGE>

____________________________________________________________
(signature)

____________________________________________________________
(Title)

____________________________________________________________
(signature)

____________________________________________________________
(Title)


                                                                             275
<PAGE>

                                                                       ANNEX "A"

PROJECT NUMBER: H30600635

                               PROJECT DESCRIPTION

OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT

      3143619 Canada Inc. (Operating under the name Tirex Canada and hereinafter
referred to as "the Applicant") agrees to commission consulting studies, the
purpose of which will be to develop a strategic marketing plan for the sale of a
new tire disintegration system, referred to by the Applicant as the TCS-1, in
India. The total cost of the study, as per the proposal submitted by Sinermad
Comercio e Invest, Lda., is Cdn.$40,000. The study is to be completed prior to
July 31, 1997 and is to be carried out in accordance with the consultant's
proposal, as submitted by the Applicant as supporting documention under IDEA
file # H30600635.

TOTAL ELIGIBLE COST                                                      $40,000
                                                                         =======

N.B.  The costs incurred to engage a consultant with whom the Applicant is not
      dealing at arm's length, as defined by the Income Tax Act are not
      eligible. Authorized costs exclude any taxes and duties for which the
      Applicant would be eligible to receive a refund or an input tax credit
      against other taxes payable, such as (without limitation) GST and TVQ.


                                                                             276
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX B

                               GENERAL CONDITIONS

1.    Interpretation

Unless the context dictates otherwise, the following terms have the meaning
stipulated, for the purposes of this agreement:

1.1   "Eligible costs": all the costs necessary to carry out the project. They
      may include:

   -  fees for professional and technical services;

   -  the cost of labour assigned to the project;

   -  equipment rental fees;

   -  the cost of a demonstration project or of a development project for a
      process, product or service, and the dissemination of the results;

   -  the cost of producing and disseminating promotional material;

   -  the cost of organizing an exhibition, conference, seminar or symposium;

   -  the cost of organizing a contest or of awarding grants;

   -  operating fees paid to an association of SME's or a support organization
      for SME's;

   -  travel expenses;

   -  in exceptional cases, the cost of fixed assets deemed necessary to execute
      an eligible catalyst project, with the exception of the cost of land,
      motor vehicles not exclusively used on the project site and the portion of
      the cost of any asset that exceeds the fair market value of the asset.

1.2   "Authorized costs": eligible costs listed in Appendix A that are deemed
      reasonable and necessary to carry out the project, subject to the sharing
      ratios, restrictions and terms of this agreement.

1.3   "Approved costs": costs claimed by the client that are, in the minister's
      opinion, authorized costs.

1.4   "Government of Canada": Her Majesty the Queen in right of Canada.

2.    Duration of the Agreement

2.1   The effective date of the agreement is the date on which the minister
      receives a duly signed copy of the agreement.

2.2   The agreement shall terminate 12 months after the date on which the
      project is completed; in the case of a repayable contribution, the
      contract shall terminate on the date of the last repayment of the
      contribution.

3.    Representations and Undertakings by the Client

3.1   The client knows of no existing, imminent or probable legal proceedings,
      or no reason, fact or event that could seriously compromise the project's
      chances of success.


                                                                             277
<PAGE>

3.2   The client states that the project description in Appendix A faithfully
      reflects its intentions, and that the information contained therein are
      true, and that all relevant information has been disclosed.

3.3   Until the project is completed, the client undertakes to:

      .1    do everything necessary to carry out the project successfully and
            within the agreed upon schedule and costs, in workmanlike fashion
            and employing qualified personnel;

      .2    immediately disclose to the minister any fact or event that might,
            immediately or in the long term, jeopardize the project's chances of
            success;

      .3    comply with all laws, regulations, orders, and legal, quasi-legal
            and administrative decisions applicable to the client and to the
            project.

3.4   For the duration of this agreement, the client undertakes to do everything
      necessary to maintain its corporate existence and legal competence and
      inform the minister of any failure to do so.

3.5   For the duration of this agreement, the client undertakes not to amend the
      project with respect to its cost, scope, completion date, location or any
      other aspect, without the minister's prior written consent.

4.    Reports and Information

4.1   The minister may require the client to produce promptly, free of charge
      and without delay any information that the client has or may have
      concerning the project.

4.2   The client shall at all times ensure that the minister or his
      representative has access to its ledgers, information, documentation and
      receipts in respect of the project's costs and financing, as well as any
      other document that the minister may reasonably require for the purposes
      of this agreement.

4.3   The minister, through his own auditors or recognized chartered
      accountants, may conduct the audits provided for in the agreement, at the
      minister's expense and according to a reasonable time schedule.

4.4   For 24 months after the project completion date, the client shall, at its
      own expense

      .1    keep and hold available for examination and audit by the minister
            ledgers, accounts and cost records of the project; and

      .2    promptly supply upon request such data in respect of the project and
            its results as the minister may require to establish the level of
            financial assistance or for statistical purposes.

4.5   The minister agrees, subject to the Access to Information Act of Canada,
      to preserve the confidentiality of any data, reports and other information
      provided in confidence by the client pursuant to this agreement, and not
      to disclose them to any third party without the client's prior written
      consent.

4.6   In the case of a contribution for a study, should the client decide not to
      follow through with the consultant's recommendations, the client shall,
      upon request, cede to the minister all the information obtained or
      developed in consequence of the services provided by the consultant.

5.    Default and Recourse

5.1   The following constitute events of default:


                                      278
<PAGE>

      .1    a) the client becomes bankrupt or requests protection under the
            Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act;

            b) the client goes into receivership;

            c) an order is made in accordance with the Companies' Creditors
            Arrangement Act (c 36);

      .2    an order is made or resolution passed for the winding up of the
            client, or the client is dissolved;

      .3    the client ceases activities related to the project;

      .4    in the opinion of the minister, there has been a significant
            increase in the degree of risk relating to the execution of the
            project;

      .5    the client has made a false declaration or a false representation to
            the minister, directly or through its representatives;

      .6    a term, condition or undertaking provided in the agreement has not
            been fulfilled;

      .7    the client is not entitled to the contribution.

5.2   In the event of default, pursuant to clauses 5.1.1 and 5.1.2, all monies
      paid to the client under this offer of contribution shall become
      immediately due and payable.

5.3   If there is default, or if, in the minister's opinion, default is likely
      to occur pursuant to clauses 5.1.3 to 5.1.7, the minister may exercise any
      or all of the following remedies:

      .1    adjust the amount of the contribution and notify the client
            accordingly;

      .2    suspend any payment of the contribution, either for amounts due or
            future payments;

      .3    terminate the agreement and immediately end any financial obligation
            under the agreement;

      .4    require the immediate total or partial repayment of any financial
            assistance received.

5.4   The fact that the minister refrains from exercising a right conferred on
      him by this agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of that right.

6.    Announcements and Ceremonies

6.1   The client hereby agrees to a public announcement by the minister in the
      form of a press release containing the information outlined in Appendix C
      of this agreement.

6.2   The minister shall inform the client promptly in writing of the date on
      which the public announcement is to be made and the client shall maintain
      the confidentiality of this agreement until that date.

6.3   The client shall notify the minister in writing, at least 14 days in
      advance, of any official ceremony organized with regard to the project.

6.4   The client hereby consents to the participation of the minister or his
      representatives in any official ceremony.

7.    Notice

7.1   Any notice, information or document required to be sent under this
      agreement shall be effectively given if delivered by hand or sent by telex
      or facsimile. Any notice shall be deemed to have been


                                                                             279
<PAGE>

      received on delivery; any notice sent by telex or facsimile shall be
      deemed to have been received one working day after being sent; any notice
      sent by mail shall be deemed to have been received eight working days
      after being mailed.

7.2   Each of the parties may amend the address given in this agreement by
      informing the other party of its new address and any such changes shall
      come into force 15 days after receipt of the notice.

8.    General

8.1   No member of the House of Commons or Senator shall be admitted to any
      share or part of this agreement or to any benefit to arise therefrom.

8.2   The client confirms that no former public office holder in the Government
      of Canada benefits directly or indirectly from this agreement, or, that if
      such is the case, the said former public officer holder complies with the
      provisions of the Conflict of Interest and Post-Employment Code.

8.3   This agreement and its benefits shall not be assigned without the prior
      written consent of the minister.

8.4   The parties acknowledge that nothing in this agreement shall be construed
      as creating a partnership or joint venture or agency relationship between
      the minister and the client.

8.5   The parties hereto agree that this agreement be drafted in English only.
      Les parties a la presente entente acceptent qu'elle soit redigee en
      anglais seulement.

8.6   This agreement is made to the advantage and the benefit of the parties
      hereto, their respective successors and assigns, and is binding upon them.

      .7    This agreement is subject to and shall be construed in accordance
            with the laws of the province of Quebec.

8.8   Recourse provided under this agreement is cumulative and shall not exclude
      any other recourse provided by law.

8.9   Any payment due under this agreement is subject to there being an
      appropriation for the fiscal year in which the payment is to be made.


                                                                             280
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX C

================================================================================
                               PROJECT FACT SHEET
                       FOR THE MINISTER AND PRESS RELEASE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IDEA-SME                                  Project no  H30600635
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Client's name and address                 Resource persons:
3143619 Canada Inc, (Tirex Canada)        Name      Mr. Terence C. Byrne
3767 Thimens Boulevard                    Title     President
Suite 207                                 Telephone 335-0111
St-Laurent,  Quebec                       Fax       334-1477
H4R 1W4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project location                          Federal riding
Spain and Portugal                        St-Laurent (note)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project description:       Strategic marketing plan for the sale of a new
                                tire disintegration system in  India.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total cost of project          $40,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorized assistance (type of financial assistance and amount)

Repayable contribution

   50% X $40,000 = $20,000 MAXIMUM
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect on jobs (specify whether any will be created or preserved)  Impossible to
predict at this time.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated project start date              Estimated project completion date
April 30, 1997                            July 31, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date offer made                           Date offer accepted
================================================================================

While the company is still technically located in St-Laurent (St-Laurent
riding), it is expected that the company will soon be locating into the
territory of Southwest Montreal in the federal riding of St-Henri-Westmount.


                                                                             281


                                EXHIBIT 10 (nn)


                                                                             282
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                                 PASSENGER CAR
                     EQUIPMENT LEASE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                   ----------

      Passenger Car Equipment Lease and Purchase Agreement, made this 19th day
of August 1998, among

                    ENERCON America Distribution Limited
                    540 Tansy Lane
                    Westerville, Ohio 43081

                                                                (the "Operator")

                                       and

                    The Tirex Corporation
                    740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                    Montreal, Quebec H3C 1L5

                                                            (the "Manufacturer")

1.    DEFINITIONS

      1.1 "Acceptance Date" shall mean the first day following the completion of
the Test Period.

      1.2  Delivery  Date shall  mean  March 30,  1999 or such other date as the
parties hereto shall mutually agree.

      1.3  "Leased  Equipment  shall mean  Items 010 and 011 of the  Proprietary
Equipment, as set forth on Schedule 1.8 hereto.

      1.4 "Manufacturer" shall mean The Tirex Corporation and Tirex-Canada Inc.,
and all  other  corporations,  partnerships,  or other  entities,  now or in the
future  controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of, The Tirex
Corporation, jointly and severally.

      1.5 "Nonproprietary  Equipment" shall mean the constituent,  integral, and
inseparable parts of the TCS-1 System specified in Schedule 1.5 hereto.

      1.6 "Operator"  shall mean ENERCON  America  Distribution  Limited and all
other  corporations,  partnerships,  or  other  entities,  now or in the  future
controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of,  ENERCON  America
Distribution Limited, jointly and severally.

      1.7  "Projected  Maintenance  Agreement"  shall mean the agreement for the
maintenance of the TCS- 1 System,  which the  Manufacturer and the Operator will
prepare on mutually agreeable terms.

      1.8  "Proprietary  Equipment" shall mean the  constituent,  integral,  and
inseparable parts of the TCS-1 System specified in Schedule 1.8 hereto.

      1.9  "Purchased  Equipment  shall  mean  Items  001  through  009  of  the
Proprietary   Equipment,   as  specified   on  Schedule  1.8  hereto,   and  the
Nonproprietary Equipment, as specified on Schedule 1.5 hereto.


                                                                             283
<PAGE>

      1.10 "Site" shall mean the premises of Blackstar LLC in Woodburne, Indiana
or such other site as the Operator shall specify.

      1.11 "TCS-1 System" shall mean the  Manufacturer's  proprietary  cryogenic
passenger  car tire  disintegration  system,  consisting  of:  (i) the  patented
"Leased Equipment" and the (ii) "Purchased  Equipment" which includes but is not
limited to a front-end tire preparation  system and a freezing chamber which the
Manufacturer  believes  are  proprietary  to it and for which  the  Manufacturer
intends to apply for patents.  This System will accept whole passenger car tires
with an inside diameter not exceeding seventeen (17) inches and will process the
tire in such a manner as to allow the  System  to  separate  the steel and fiber
from the rubber which will be reduced to a size no larger than 5 mesh. The TCS-1
System shall meet or exceed all applicable  U.S.  permitting and operating rules
and regulations including but not limited to those promulgated by OSHA and EPA.

      1.12 "Test  Period"  shall mean a three day period  which  shall  commence
within ten days after completion of the installation of the TCS-1 System, during
which Test Period,  the TCS-1 System shall be operated  continually for up to 24
hours per day.

2.    RECITALS

Whereas:

      2.1  The  Manufacturer  has  invented,  designed,  developed,  built,  and
patented part of, and is the sole and exclusive  owner,  directly or indirectly,
through one or more subsidiaries,  of all right title and interest in, the TCS-1
System.

      2.2 The Operator is a corporation  organized for the principal  purpose of
commercially   exploiting,   directly  or   indirectly,   through  one  or  more
subsidiaries,  the TCS-1 System by: (i) purchasing the Nonproprietary  Equipment
and  Items  001  -  009  of  the  Proprietary  Equipment  (referred  to  herein,
collectively,  as the "Purchased Equipment");  (ii) leasing Items 010 and 011 of
the  Proprietary  Equipment  (referred to herein,  collectively,  as the "Leased
Equipment"); and (iii) operating the TCS-1 System.

3.    AGREEMENT FOR PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE PURCHASED EQUIPMENT

3.1   Purchase and Sale

      The Operator agrees to purchase,  and the Manufacturer agrees to sell, the
Purchased  Equipment,  as defined in Section 1.7,  above, in accordance with the
terms and  conditions of this  Agreement.  The Operator may at its election take
title to the Purchased Equipment in a wholly owned subsidiary  corporation to be
formed by it for such  purpose.  Such  election  by the  Operator  shall  nowise
modify,  diminish, or otherwise effect the Operator's liability hereunder to the
Manufacturer.  The  purchase  and payment  for the  Purchased  Equipment  by the
Operator,  and the sale,  assignment,  transfer,  and  delivery  thereof  by the
Manufacturer,  shall take place  subject to the  fulfillment  of the  conditions
herein after provided.

3.2   Purchase Price

      The purchase price for the Purchased  Equipment  (the  "Purchase  Price"),
installed and set in operation pursuant to Section 7 hereto, shall be the sum of
two million,  two hundred fifty thousand United States dollars (US  $2,250,000),
FOB Montreal.

3.3   Payment Terms


                                                                             284
<PAGE>

      In the absence of  arrangements  for lease or letter of credit  financing,
satisfactory to the Manufacturer, the Purchase Price for the Purchased Equipment
shall be paid as follows:

(a)   15% (US $337,500)         upon execution of this Agreement;

(b)   15% (US $337,500)         upon  acceptance  by the  Operator of  equipment
                                drawings,  layout  drawings,  and other  written
                                specifications, such acceptance to be based upon
                                local   permitting  and   applicable   operating
                                requirements   and  shall  not  be  unreasonably
                                withheld

(c)   30% (US $675,000)         two months after Manufacturer's giving notice of
                                commencement of manufacture.

(d)   10% (US $225,000)         two  months  prior to the  anticipated  Delivery
                                Date.

(e)   15% (US $337,500)         on the Delivery Date; and

(f)   15%(US $337,500)          on the Acceptance Date.

3.4   Taxes

      Manufacturer and Operator acknowledge that there are a variety of country,
state and/or local taxes that may be assessed on the  Purchased  Equipment,  the
Leased  Equipment,   and  the  purchase,   sale,  and  operation  thereof.   The
Manufacturer  shall  be  responsible  for  the  prompt  payment  of  all  taxes,
assessments,  levies, export taxes, or other governmental or regulatory payments
that may be assessed by the  government of Canada or any political  sub-division
therein.  The Operator shall be responsible for the prompt payment of all taxes,
assessments,  levies, import taxes, or other governmental or regulatory payments
that shall be assessed by the  government of the United States of America or any
political sub-division therein.

4.    AGREEMENT FOR OPERATING LEASE

4.1   Agreement to Lease Equipment

      The Manufacturer,  as lessor,  and the Operator,  as lessee,  hereby enter
into an operating  lease (the "Lease") for the Leased  Equipment,  consisting of
Items 010 and 011  specified  on Schedule 1.8 hereto,  subject to the  following
terms and conditions:

4.2   Term of the Lease

      4.2.1 The term of the Lease shall be sixty (60) months  commencing  on the
Acceptance date.

      4.2.2 At the  expiration of the full  original term hereof,  if this Lease
has remained in effect and the Operator has duly  performed all its  obligations
thereunder  during the entire such term, then the Operator shall have the option
to either:

      (a)   Obtain a new  lease  agreement  in the  form  then  being  generally
            offered by the Operator to the trade under which the Operator  shall
            replace the Leased Equipment or the entire TCS-1 System, as the case
            may be, with new equipment,  free of any installation charge payable
            by the Operator;


                                                                             285
<PAGE>

      (b)   Continue to use the same equipment  installed  hereunder and thereby
            extend the term of this Lease at a reduced  rental rate of US $6,250
            per month for a period of one year with further successive automatic
            one-year   extensions  subject  only  to  the  Operator's  right  to
            terminate  this  Lease at the end of any  extension  year upon prior
            written notice of not less than 90 days; or

      (c)   Request that the Manufacturer exercise its right of first refusal to
            repurchase the Purchased  Equipment pursuant to Section 13.2 of this
            Agreement,  in which  event the  Manufacturer  shall have sixty (60)
            days following the Manufacturer's  receipt of such notice to either:
            (i) notify the Operator of its intent to  repurchase  the  Purchased
            Equipment  and,  within ninety (90) days of such notice,  effectuate
            such repurchase and thereupon enter upon the premises where the said
            TCS-1  System is located and remove the entire TCS-1 System from the
            Operator's  premises at the Manufacturer's  expense,  or (ii) notify
            the Operator  that it does not intend to  repurchase  the  Purchased
            Equipment  and, as soon as  practicable  thereafter,  enter upon the
            premises where the TCS-1 System is located,  take  possession of the
            Leased Equipment without previous demand or notice and without legal
            process,  retrieve  the Leased  Equipment  from the TCS-1 System and
            remove the Leased  Equipment  from the  Operator's  premises  at the
            Manufacturer's expense.

4.3   Rent Payments

      4.3.1 The Operator shall pay to the  Manufacturer  monthly rental payments
(the "Rent  Payments") for the Leased  Equipment at the rate of twelve thousand,
five hundred United States  dollars (US $12,500) per month,  payable in advance,
as follows:

      (a)   30 days prior to the Delivery  Date: (i) the first month's rent and;
            (ii) as a security deposit, the last two months rent.

      (b)   One calendar month following the Delivery Date: the Rent Payment for
            the period (the "Partial-Month Period") which commences one calendar
            month  following  the Delivery  Date and ends on the last day of the
            calendar  month in which such  Partial-Month  Period falls,  will be
            payable in cash on the first day of such Partial-Month  Period, on a
            pro rata basis.

      (c)   Normal  monthly  Rent  Payments of US $12,500  will  commence and be
            payable on the first day of the first full calendar month  following
            the Partial-Month Period.


                                                                             286
<PAGE>

EXAMPLE:  If the Delivery Date is September 15, 1998:

================================================================================
Referenced Terms       Period Covered       Date Payment Due   Amount of Payment
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"First Month"        September 15, 1998     August 17, 1998       US $12,500
                           through
                      October 14, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Security             Last two monthly      August 17, 1998       US $25,000
 Deposit"               rent payments
                     payable under lease
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Partial Month        October 15, 1998      October 15, 1998      US $ 6,250
 Period                    through
                      October 31, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"First Regular        November 1, 1998      November 1, 1998      US $12,500
 Monthly Rental            through
 Payment"             November 30, 1998
================================================================================

      4.3.2 In the  event of that  payment  of any Rent  Payment  is made by the
Operator  more than five days after the date when such  payment  shall have been
due,  the  Operator  shall pay a late charge of one  percent  (1%) of the entire
amount of such Rent Payment for every month in which such delinquency  occurs or
continues.

5.    TITLE TO EQUIPMENT

5.1   Title to Purchased Equipment

      5.1.1 Title to the  Purchased  Equipment  shall pass to the Operator  upon
payment in full of the  balance of the  Purchase  Price,  due on the  Acceptance
Date.

      5.1.2 No rights to any plans or designs  respecting the TCS-1 System shall
pass to the Operator  and the Operator  shall not copy,  reproduce,  design,  or
build, or cause, assist, or suffer to be copied, reproduced,  designed, or built
by any other person,  firm, or corporation  any equipment in any way similar to,
or based upon, the design or structure of the TCS-1 System.

5.2   Title to Leased Equipment

      5.2.1  The  Leased  Equipment  shall  at all  times  remain  the  sole and
exclusive  property of the  Manufacturer  (which reserves the right to assign or
encumber the Leased  Equipment  subject to the rights of the Operator  under the
Operating Lease contained in Section 4 of this Agreement) and the Operator shall
have no right,  title, or interest to the Leased Equipment but only the right to
use  such  Equipment  under  this  Lease.  The  Leased  Equipment  shall  not be
transferred or sublet by the Operator to any other person,  firm or corporation,
the Operator shall not permit any other person,  firm, or corporation to use the
Leased  Equipment,  and the said  operating  lease  contained  herein may not be
assigned by the Operator without the prior written consent of the  Manufacturer.
In the  event  that  the  Manufacturer  shall  assign  or  encumber  the  Leased
Equipment,  it shall give the Operator  prompt written notice of such assignment
or encumbrance.

      5.2.2  The  Leased  Equipment  shall  remain  personal   property  of  the
Manufacturer and shall not be deemed otherwise by reason of becoming attached to
the premises.

      5.2.3 The  Manufacturer  shall  have the right at any time or from time to
time to modify  the  Leased  Equipment  in a manner  which  will not  lessen the
utility of the Leased Equipment;

      5.2.4 The Operator  shall not enter into,  remove,  tamper with, or breach
the security of, the Leased Equipment.  The Operator shall not copy,  reproduce,
design,  or  build,  or cause,  assist,  or  suffer  to be  copied,  reproduced,
designed,  or built by any other person,  firm, or corporation  any equipment in
any


                                                                             287
<PAGE>

way similar to, or based upon, the design or structure of the Leased  Equipment,
or of any part thereof. The Operator shall not permit any Leased Equipment to be
abused,  not  permit  the  removal  of any plate or  markings  put on the Leased
Equipment by the  Manufacturer,  nor attach  anything to or remove anything from
the Leased Equipment.

      5.2.5 The Operator will not allow any repairs to the TCS-1 or  replacement
of parts to be done by any person or persons  except  technicians  authorized by
the Manufacturer and/or as trained by the Manufacturer pursuant to Section 8.2.3
of this Agreement.

      5.2.6 The  Operator  agrees that,  in  consideration  of the  Manufacturer
entering  into  this  Lease,  it will not move the  TCS-1  System  from the Site
without the prior written consent of the Manufacturer.

6.    SITE PREPARATION

6.1   Site Plan Specifications

      6.1.1 Within 45 days of the execution of this Agreement,  the Manufacturer
will  furnish  to  the  Operator  "Site  Plan  Specifications"   respecting  the
electrical,  ventilation, water supply, equipment drawings, layout drawings, and
disposal, and any other specifications required at the site for the installation
and operation of the TCS-1 System. Delivery of the foregoing specifications will
be made by the  Manufacturer  to the  Operator  at the  Manufacturer's  plant in
Montreal.

      6.1.2 Within 15 days of the delivery of the Site Plans  Specifications  in
accordance  with  Subparagraph  6.1.1,  above,  the  Operator  will  notify  the
Manufacturer of any failure of such Specifications to comply with all applicable
regulations  and  requirements.  Unless  such  notice  of  failure  to comply is
received by the Manufacturer,  the said Site Plans Specifications will be deemed
to have been accepted by the Manufacturer.

6.2   Preparation of Site

      Prior to the Delivery and  installation of the TCS-1 System,  the Operator
shall make, at its own expense,  all  alterations to and changes in its premises
and  equipment  required to bring the site into  complete  conformance  with the
above  referenced Site Plan  Specifications,  with respect to which the Operator
shall obtain all necessary permissions and inspections,  and which shall include
but  not  be  limited  to  making  any  required   structural  changes  and  the
installation of:

      (a)   electrical  equipment and power lines up to the electrical inputs or
            control  boxes  attached to the TCS-1  System,  as designated on the
            Site Plan Specifications;

      (b)   water supply  sources and  equipment  up to the water inflow  points
            designated on the Site Plan Specifications;

      (c)   water  drainage  and  disposal  sites and  equipment  from the water
            outflow points designated on the Site Plan Specifications;

      (d)   air ventilation sources and equipment as designated on the Site Plan
            Specifications

      (e)   a "front-end loader" capable of moving and depositing the tires onto
            the trommel screen specified in Schedule 1.5 hereto.

6.3   Notice to Inspect


                                                                             288
<PAGE>

      6.3.1  The  Operator  shall,  not  later  than  one  month  prior  to  the
anticipated  Delivery Date, give written notice to the Manufacturer (the "Notice
to Inspect") that  preparation of the site for the installation and operation of
the TCS-1 has been completed in accordance with the Site Plan Specifications and
request  that  the  Manufacturer  inspect  the  site in  order  to  confirm  its
conformance with the Site Plan Specifications.

6.4   Manufacturer's Right to Inspect Site

      6.4.1 The Manufacturer  shall have the right, at any time within two weeks
of its  receipt of the  Notice to  Inspect,  to inspect  the site and notify the
Operator in writing (the "Notice of Approval")  that the Site is in  conformance
with the Site Plan Specifications.

      6.4.2 In the event  that,  after  inspecting  the Site,  the  Manufacturer
determines   that  the  Site  is  not  in   conformance   with  the  Site   Plan
Specifications,  then the Manufacturer  shall have the right to require that the
Operator  make any and all changes or additions  required to bring the Site into
such conformance, at the sole expense of the Operator prior to the Delivery Date
and to  postpone  the  Delivery  Date until all such  changes or  additions  are
completed.  In such event,  the Operator shall,  upon completion of the required
changes or  additions,  give  written  notice to the  Manufacturer  ("Notice  to
Re-inspect")  that such changes or additions  have been made in accordance  with
the  Manufacturer's  instructions  and that the Site is in complete  conformance
with the Site Plan Specifications. The Manufacturer shall have the right, within
two weeks of its receipt of such Notice to re-inspect the Site.  Such procedures
may be repeated,  and the  Manufacturer  shall have no obligation to deliver the
TCS-1 System,  until the Manufacturer  confirms upon inspection that the Site is
in conformance with the Site Plan  Specifications  or the Manufacturer  fails to
inspect  the Site  within  a  reasonable  time in  light  of the  Manufacturer's
commitments to other customers.

7.    DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION

7.1   Delivery

      7.1.1 Unless the  Delivery  Date is  rescheduled  in  accordance  with the
provisions of paragraph 6.4.2 above,  the  Manufacturer  shall deliver the TCS-1
System to the site not later than 30 days after the Manufacturer determines that
the Site is in conformance with the Site Plan  Specifications and that all legal
requirements have been met, in accordance with Section 6.4, above.

      7.1.2  Delivery  shall be made  F.O.B.  Montreal,  Canada.  The  equipment
comprising the TCS-1 System shall be placed in suitably protected containers the
nature of which shall be  determined  by mutual  agreement of the  parties.  The
TCS-1 System shall be  delivered  to the Site via a commercial  transporter  and
routing acceptable to the Manufacturer and the Operator.  The Operator shall pay
all  costs  of  transportation  and  delivery  of  the  TCS-1  System  from  the
Manufacturer's plant in Montreal to the Site.

      7.1.3 In the event that delivery of the TCS-1 System, or any part thereof,
for a period not exceeding thirty (30) days, shall be prevented by causes beyond
the control of the Manufacturer, including but not limited to acts of God, labor
troubles,  failure of essential  means of  transportation,  or changes in policy
with respect to exports or otherwise by the  government of the  jurisdiction  in
which the  Operator is located,  the  Delivery  Date shall be  postponed  for an
additional period equal to the period of delay.

      In the event, however, that such nondelivery continues after such extended
period,  the Operator and the  Manufacturer  shall each have the right to cancel
this agreement by written notice,  and in such case there shall be no obligation
or  liability  on the part of either  party  with  respect  to such  undelivered
equipment.


                                                                             289
<PAGE>

7.2   Installation

      7.2.1 The Manufacturer shall, at its own expense, install the TCS-1 System
at the Site.

      7.2.2 Upon  installation,  the TCS-1 System  shall be in complete  working
order and shall consist of the Purchased Equipment and the Leased Equipment.

8.    EQUIPMENT TESTING AND OPERATOR'S ACCEPTANCE

8.1   Notice of Availability for Testing

      Upon  completion of the  installation of the TCS-1 System at the Site, the
Manufacturer  shall give the  Operator  written  notice that the TCS-1 System is
available for testing operations.

8.2   Test Period

      8.2.1 Immediately upon giving notice to the Operator that the TCS-1 System
is available for testing operations, the Manufacturer shall, at its own expense,
furnish an engineer  (technician?) to supervise the operation of the TCS-1 for a
period of three days (the "Test  Period").  During  the Test  Period,  the TCS-1
System shall  demonstrate  the capability of  disintegrating  scrap tires at the
rate of the equivalent of one million  (1,000,000)  passenger car tires per year
on a twenty-four hour per day, seven-day per week, continuous operating basis.

      8.2.2 All power, fuel, light,  water, oil, or other necessary supplies and
all  personnel  (other  than  the  engineer  or  technician   furnished  by  the
Manufacturer),  authorizations,  permits, real and personal property, contracts,
equipment,  reports,  etc.  necessary for the successful  operation of the TCS-1
System, as set forth on Schedule 8.2.2, shall be provided by the Operator.

      8.2.3 The  Manufacturer  shall furnish to the Operator all data  regarding
the TCS-1  System in order to enable the Operator to operate such System and, in
addition to the training to be provided  pursuant to the  Projected  Maintenance
Agreement or otherwise, the Manufacturer shall, during the Test Period, instruct
at least two of the  Operator's  employees in  accordance  with Section 5.2.5 of
this Agreement with respect to the operation,  and operating  maintenance of the
TCS-1 System,  and use reasonable care in training such employee,  provided that
if in the Manufacturer's sole opinion any employee is not adequately  qualified,
the  Operator  shall  designate   another  of  its  employees  to  receive  such
instruction.

8.3   Acceptance

      8.3.1 Unless the TCS-1,  or any part of it, fails to operate in accordance
with the specifications set forth in Paragraph 8.2.1,  above, the Manufacturer's
offer to sell the Purchased  Equipment and to lease the Leased  Equipment to the
Operator shall  automatically be deemed to have been accepted by the Operator as
of the  Acceptance  Date,  which  shall  occur on the  first day  following  the
completion  of the Test  Period and the  Operator  shall have no right to revoke
such acceptance for any reason.

      8.3.2 If the TCS-1, or any part of it, fails to operate in accordance with
the specifications  set forth in Paragraph 8.2.1,  above, the Manufacturer shall
have  ninety  (90)  days in  which  to cure the  problems  responsible  for such
failure.  Costs of all  parts and labor  required  to bring the TCS-1  into full
working  condition  shall be borne by the  Manufacture  unless  the  failure  to
operate in  accordance  with the  specifications  set forth in Paragraph  8.2.1,
above,  shall  have been  caused by any act or failure to act on the part of the
Operator  or its  personnel,  including  but not  limited to the  failure of the
Operator  to  have  brought  the  Site  into  conformance  with  the  Site  Plan
Specifications.


                                                                             290
<PAGE>

      8.3.3 Upon written  notice to the Operator that the problems  which caused
the TCS-1 System to fail to operate as required during the Test Period have been
cured, the Manufacturer shall, at the request of the Operator, commence a second
Test  Period for up to three  days,  in which case the  acceptance  criteria  of
Paragraph 8.3.1 shall pertain to such second Test Period (or any subsequent Test
Period) with the same force and effect as to the initial Test Period.

9.    RISK OF LOSS

      9.1 The risk of loss,  injury, or destruction of the Leased Equipment from
any cause whatsoever,  except negligence or willful  destruction by the Operator
shall  be borne  by the  Manufacturer  during  the  term of the  Lease  therefor
provided hereunder.

      9.2 The risk of loss,  injury,  or destruction of the Purchased  Equipment
from any cause  whatsoever,  except  negligence  or willful  destruction  by the
Operator  shall be borne by the  Manufacturer  only  until  title  passes to the
Operator.

      9.3 Any loss,  injury,  or  destruction  to the TCS-1,  or any part of it,
after title to the Purchased  Equipment passes to the Operator,  shall not serve
in any  manner to  release  the  Operator  from the  obligation  to pay the Rent
Payments provided for Section 4.3, above.

10.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF THE MANUFACTURER

      The  Manufacturer  hereby  represents,  warrants,  and  covenants  to  the
Operator, as follows:

10.1  Corporate Status

      The Tirex Corporation is (i) duly organized corporation,  validly existing
and in good  standing  under  the laws of the State of  Delaware;  (ii) has full
power to own all of its  properties  and  carry on its  business;  and  (iii) is
qualified  to do business as a foreign  entity in each of the  jurisdictions  in
which it operates, if any, unless the character of the properties owned by it or
the  nature  of the  business  transacted  by it,  does not  make  qualification
necessary in any other jurisdiction or jurisdictions.

10.2  Corporate Action

      Prior to the date hereof,  the board of directors of the  Manufacturer has
duly adopted resolutions approving the execution and delivery to the Operator of
this  Agreement  and  authorizing  and  consenting  to each and every one of the
terms, warranties, representations, covenants and conditions herein contained.

10.3  Patents

      10.3.1 The  Manufacturer  has  obtained a patent in the United  States and
Canada for the Disintegration  System which constitutes the "Leased  Equipment".
The Manufacturer is the sole owner of such patent and of all rights thereunder.

      10.3.2 The  Manufacturer  shall defend,  to the best of its ability and at
its own expense,  all actions,  suits,  or  proceedings  instituted  against the
Operator  insofar as the same are based on any claims that the said  Proprietary
Equipment, or any part thereof, constitutes an infringement of any patent of the


                                                                             291
<PAGE>

United States or Canada and shall  indemnify  the Operator  against all damages,
costs, and expenses which the Operator may incur as a result of any action which
may be brought or threatened  against the Operator with respect to the equipment
covered by such patent, provided that:

      (a)   The  Manufacturer  shall  have the right at any time or from time to
            time to modify  the TCS-1  System in a manner  which will not lessen
            the utility thereof;

      (b)   The Operator gives the  Manufacturer  immediate notice in writing of
            the  institution of the action,  suit, or proceeding and permits the
            Manufacturer,  through its counsel,  to defend  same,  and gives the
            Manufacturer  all information,  assistance,  and authority to enable
            the Manufacturer to do; and

      (c)   The  Operator  has made no change  of any kind in the  TCS-1  System
            without obtaining the prior written permission of the Manufacturer.

      10.3.3 When information is brought to the attention of the Manufacturer or
the Operator that others are  unlawfully  infringing on the patent  covering the
Leased  Equipment,  or on any other patent  granted to the  Manufacturer  in the
future on any other  component  or part of the  TCS-1,  the  Manufacturer  shall
prosecute diligently any infringer at the Manufacturer's own expense.

      10.3.4  The  Manufacturer  has  designed,  developed,  and  built  a fully
computerized  front-end  tire  preparation  system and a freezing  chamber.  The
Manufacturer  believes that such equipment is proprietary to it and intends,  as
promptly as practicable,  to file patent applications therefor. The Manufacturer
has no present  knowledge of any information  which would  adversely  affect the
validity  of its  outstanding  patent  or the  issuance  of  additional  patents
pursuant to the above described projected patent applications.  However, nothing
in this Paragraph shall constitute a warranty by the  Manufacturer  that further
patents will granted or that, in the absence of a final court determination, any
particular  patent is valid and  enforceable  or that any  patent may not be the
subject of patent infringement claims.

10.4  Warranties

      Subject to the failure of the Operator to maintain the TCS-1 in accordance
with  standards  and  procedures  to be specified in the  Projected  Maintenance
Agreement or otherwise, the Manufacturer warrants that the TCS-1 will be capable
of  disintegrating  scrap  tires at the rate of the  equivalent  of one  million
(1,000,000)  passenger car tires per year on a twenty-four  hour,  seven day per
week operating basis. The Manufacturer  further warrants and represents that the
TCS-1 System will meet or exceed all  applicable  U.S.  permitting and operating
rules and regulations including but not limited to those promulgated by OSHA and
the EPA. The  Manufacturer  further warrants the TCS-1 System against defects in
workmanship  and  materials  or  failure  to  perform  in  accordance  with  the
specifications  set  forth in  Paragraph  8.2.1,  above  for one year  after the
Acceptance  Date. No other  representations  or warranties have been made by the
Manufacturer   or  relied  upon  by  the   Operator.   If  any  defects  in  the
Manufacturer's  work or materials are discovered within one year of delivery the
Operator shall give notice within five days of such discovery.  THIS WARRANTY IS
EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES.

11.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF THE OPERATOR

      The  Operator   hereby   represents,   warrants,   and  covenants  to  the
Manufacturer, as follows:

11.1  Corporate Status

      ENERCON America  Distribution  Limited is (i) duly organized  corporation,
validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio; (ii)
has full power to own all of its properties and carry on its business; and (iii)
is qualified to do business as a foreign entity in each of the  jurisdictions in
which it operates, if any, unless the character of the properties owned by it or
the nature of the


                                      292
<PAGE>

business  transacted by it, does not make  qualification  necessary in any other
jurisdiction or jurisdictions.

11.2  Financial Condition of the Operator

      The books and records of the Operator are complete and accurate and fairly
present the financial condition and the results of operations of the Operator as
of the  date  hereof.  There  are  no  material  liabilities,  either  fixed  or
contingent,  not  reflected  in such books and records  other than  contracts or
obligations in the ordinary and usual course of business;  and no such contracts
or  obligations  in the  usual  course  of  business  constitute  liens or other
liabilities  which,  if  disclosed,  would  alter  substantially  the  financial
condition of the Operator as reflected in such books and records.

11.3  Defaults and Conflicts

      There are no  defaults  on the part of the  Operator  under any  contract,
lease, mortgage, pledge, credit agreement,  title retention agreement,  security
agreement,  lien,  encumbrance or any other commitment,  contract,  agreement or
undertaking  to which the Operator is a party.  The execution of this  Agreement
will not violate or breach any material  agreement,  contract,  or commitment to
which the Operator is a party.

11.4  Corporate Action

      Prior to the date hereof, the boards of directors of the Operator has duly
adopted resolutions  approving the execution and delivery to the Manufacturer of
this  Agreement  and  authorizing  and  consenting  to each and every one of the
terms, warranties,  representations,  covenants and conditions herein contained,
and the  Operator  will,  within  30 days of the  execution  of this  Agreement,
furnish  the  Manufacturer  with  a copy  of the  resolutions  of the  board  of
directors of the  Operator  authorizing  the Operator to purchase the  Purchased
Equipment and lease the Leased Equipment pursuant to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement;

11.5  Insurance

      11.5.1 The Operator, at its own cost and expense,  shall insure the Leased
Equipment  against  burglary,  theft,  fire,  and  vandalism in the amount of US
$1,000,000 and obtain public  liability  insurance with minimum  limits,  as the
parties shall  mutually  agree,  for property  damage in such form and with such
insurance companies as shall be satisfactory to the Manufacturer.  All insurance
policies  shall name both the  Operator  and the  Manufacturer  as insureds  and
copies of the policies  and the  receipts  for the payment of premiums  shall be
furnished to the  Manufacturer.  Each damage policy shall provide for payment of
all losses  directly to the  Manufacturer.  Each liability  policy shall provide
that all losses be paid on behalf of the Operator and the Manufacturer, as their
respective interests appear.

      11.5.2 In the  event  that the  Operator  shall  fail to  comply  with the
provisions  of  Paragraph  ll.5.1,  above,  then the  Operator  shall pay to the
Manufacturer an adequate premium in advance per annum to enable the Manufacturer
to insure the Leased Equipment and all such insurance  policies shall be held in
the custody of the Manufacturer.

11.6  Indemnification

      The Operator  agrees to indemnify,  protect,  save,  and keep harmless the
Manufacturer,  its agents, employees,  successors,  and assigns from and against
all losses, damages,  injuries,  claims, demands, and expenses,  including legal
expenses , of whatsoever nature arising out of the use, condition


                                                                             293
<PAGE>

(including  but not  limited  to latent  and other  defects  and  whether or not
discoverable by it), or operation of the TCS-1 System, or any part of it, by any
person who used,  operated,  or came into  contact with such TCS-1 System at the
Site and to defend any suit seeking such damages even though the  allegations of
such suit are  groundless,  false,  or  fraudulent,  provided  however  that the
Operator agrees to give prompt notice to the Manufacturer  once the Operator has
actual knowledge of any claims as to which indemnity shall be sought,  and shall
permit the Manufacturer (at the Operator's expense) to assume the defense of any
such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom;  provided that counsel for the
Manufacturer,  who shall conduct the defense of said claim or litigation,  shall
be  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Operator;  The Operator  shall not, in the
defense  of any such  claim  or  litigation,  except  with  the  consent  of the
Manufacturer,  consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement
that does not include as an  unconditional  term,  the giving by the claimant or
plaintiff to  Manufacturer  of a release  from all  liability in respect to such
claim or litigation.

11.7  Access

      The  Operator  shall  insure  that the  Manufacturer,  and its  agents and
employees,  shall at all times have free access to the  Operator's  premises for
the  purpose  of  inspecting  the Leased  Equipment  and  observing  its use and
operation, and making alterations,  improvements,  or additions thereto; and the
Operator shall afford all reasonable  facilities  therefor,  and shall allow the
Manufacturer to make such reasonable alterations,  improvements, or additions as
the Manufacturer shall deem necessary, at the expense of the Manufacturer.

11.8  Taxes

      The Operator shall pay all taxes,  assessments,  penalties, and fees which
may be levied or assessed on or with  respect to the  installation  of the TCS-1
System and, at all times  during the term of the Lease of the Leased  Equipment,
the Operator shall pay all taxes and assessments  which may be levied upon or in
respect of the TCS-1 System or its operation,  and shall pay any other liability
of any character which may be imposed or incurred as an incident to the physical
possession or operation of such System.

11.9  Compliance with Applicable Law

      The Operator shall provide, at its own expense,  all requisite permits and
licenses necessary for the installation and operation of the TCS-1 System at the
Site and shall  exercise its best efforts to maintain  its  compliance  with all
applicable federal, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, and regulations and,
in the event of any non-compliance which renders impossible the operation of the
Site as a tire recycling facility,  the Operator shall exercise its best efforts
to cure such non-compliance promptly.

11.10 Subordination

      The Operator shall procure from every owner, landlord, mortgagee, or other
secured party having any interest in the real property on which the TCS-1 System
is to be  installed  or in the  Operator's  place of business  or the  equipment
therein, and deliver to the Manufacturer, a written consent to such installation
and a writing to the effect that the lien of any such mortgage or other interest
is  subordinate  to the rights of the  Manufacturer  with  respect to the Leased
Equipment.

11.11 Ancillary Agreements


                                                                             294
<PAGE>

      11.11.1 The  Operator  will,  simultaneously  with the  execution  of this
Agreement,  and in  consideration  of the premises  and the mutual  promises and
agreements   made  herein,   enter  into  the  following   agreements  with  the
Manufacturer or such person, corporation,  firm, partnership, or other entity as
the Manufacturer shall appoint in its stead:

      (a)   The  Royalty   Agreement,   of  even  date  herewith,   between  the
            Manufacturer  and the Operator  providing for the Operator to pay to
            the  Manufacturer  a  royalty  of three  percent  (3%) of the  gross
            proceeds from the sale, other than to the  Manufacturer  pursuant to
            the Crumb  Rubber  Purchase  Option  Agreement,  by the  Operator of
            rubber  crumb  and  steel  from  scrap  tires  disintegrated  by the
            Operator  through the  utilization  of the TCS-1  System,  a copy of
            which Royalty Agreement is attached as Schedule 11.11(a) hereto; and

      (b)   The Crumb Rubber Purchase Option  Agreement,  of even date herewith,
            between  the   Operator  and  the   Manufacturer   or  such  person,
            corporation,  firm, partnership, or other entity as the Manufacturer
            shall appoint in its stead,  granting an option to the  Manufacturer
            to  purchase  up to 40% of the crumb  rubber  produced  by the TCS-1
            System,  a copy of which Agreement is attached as Schedule  11.11(b)
            hereto

      11.11.2 It is the  intention  of the parties  that within sixty days after
payment of the first payment due under  Paragraph 3.3, above,  the  Manufacturer
and  the  Operator,  jointly,  shall  commence  the  development  of a  mutually
acceptable Projected Maintenance Agreement and that within five business days of
the completion of the said Projected Maintenance  Agreement,  the Operator will,
in  consideration  of the premises and the mutual  promises and agreements  made
herein, enter into the Projected  Maintenance Agreement with the Manufacturer or
such person, corporation, firm, partnership, or other entity as the Manufacturer
and the Operator  shall jointly  agree to and appoint in its stead,  on mutually
agreed upon terms.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of the parties to
enter into the Projected  Maintenance  Agreement will not constitute a breach of
this Agreement or otherwise affect the respective  rights and obligations of the
parties hereunder.

12.   DEFAULTS

12.1  Default by Manufacturer

      Each of the following events shall be deemed to constitute  breach of this
Agreement and, unless cured within 90 days, shall constitute a default hereunder
by the Manufacturer:

      (a)   If at any time  prior to the  delivery  of the  TCS-1  System to the
            Site:

            (i)   The  Manufacturer  makes  an  assignment  for the  benefit  of
                  creditors;

            (ii)  A voluntary or involuntary petition is filed by or against the
                  Manufacturer   under  any  law  having  for  its  purpose  and
                  adjudication  of the  Manufacturer a bankrupt or the extension
                  of the time of payment of, adjustment of, or other arrangement
                  affecting  the  liabilities  of  the   Manufacturer,   or  the
                  reorganization  of the  Manufacturer  and such petition is not
                  discharged or dismissed  within one hundred  twenty (120) days
                  after such petition is filed;

            (iii) A Receiver is appointed  for the property of the  Manufacturer
                  and is not  discharged or dismissed  within one hundred twenty
                  (120) days after such appointment;

                  or

            (iv)  Any  distress,  execution,  or  attachment  is levied upon the
                  Manufacturer's property to the extent that the Manufacturer is
                  not able to  fulfill  its  obligations  to  deliver  the TCS-1
                  within 90 days of the anticipated Deliver Date.

(a)


                                      295
<PAGE>

      (b)   The  Manufacturer  fails to deliver the TCS-1  System in  accordance
            with the terms and provisions of Section 7, above, within 90 days of
            the Delivery Date unless prior  thereto,  the Operator has failed to
            meet the payment  provisions  set forth above in Section 3.3 of this
            Agreement;

      (c)   The TCS-1  System  fails to  operate  for a full  Test (or  re-test)
            Period,  in accordance  with Section 8.2 hereof,  within ninety (90)
            days from the date the TCS-1 System is  completely  installed at the
            Site.

12.2  Default by Operator

      Each of the following events shall be deemed to constitute  breach of this
Agreement and, unless cured within 90 days, shall constitute a default hereunder
by the Operator:

      (a)   The Operator fails to make any payment  required to be made pursuant
            to Sections 3.3 or 4.3 of this  Agreement  or, if the parties  shall
            enter into the Projected Maintenance Agreement, any payment required
            to be made by the Operator under the Projected Maintenance Agreement
            and such failure to make payment  shall have  continued for a period
            of ten (10) days after written notice from the Manufacturer;

      (b)   The Operator  refuses to accept or allow the Manufacturer to install
            or test the TCS-1 System in  accordance  with Sections 7.2, 8.2, and
            8.3 of this  Agreement,  notwithstanding  that such System has been:
            (i)  delivered  to the  Operator's  Site on a  timely  basis or (ii)
            delivered  to the  Site and has  performed  in  accordance  with the
            specifications  set forth in Section  8.2 hereof for the  prescribed
            Test Period;

      (c)   The Operator makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

      (d)   A  voluntary  or  involuntary  petition  is filed by or against  the
            Operator  under any law having for its purpose and  adjudication  of
            the Operator a bankrupt or the  extension of the time of payment of,
            adjustment of, or other arrangement affecting the liabilities of the
            Operator, or the reorganization of the Operator and such petition is
            not  discharged  or dismissed  within one hundred  twenty (120) days
            after such petition is filed;

      (e)   A Receiver is appointed for the property of the Operator;

      (f)   Any distress,  execution,  or attachment is levied upon the machines
            or the Operator's property; or

      (g)   The Operator fails to faithfully and fully comply with the terms and
            provisions of Section 5.2 of this  Agreement,  with any such failure
            deemed  to be an  irremediable  material  breach  of this  Agreement
            immediately upon its occurrence.

      (h)   The Operator fails to reasonably, faithfully, and fully maintain the
            TCS-1 in accordance with standards and procedures to be specified in
            the Projected Maintenance Agreement or otherwise,  and fails to cure
            such breach within the time period specified therein with respect to
            such failure.

12.3  Remedies Available to the Operator upon Default by Manufacturer

      If the  Manufacture  shall be in default  pursuant to Paragraphs 12.1 (a),
(b), or (c) of this Agreement, unless such default shall have been caused by any
act or failure to act on the part of the  Operator or its  personnel,  including
but not  limited to the failure of the  Operator  to have  brought the Site into
conformance  with the Site Plan)  Specifications,  the  Operator  shall have the
right  to  rescind  this  agreement  by  serving   written  notice  ("Notice  of
Rescission")  upon the Manufacturer and the Operator shall thereupon be entitled
to stipulated damages in the agreed to amount of one million dollars (US


                                                                             296
<PAGE>

$1,000,000).  In such event, the Manufacturer shall, at its own expense,  remove
the TCS-1 System as promptly as practicable following its receipt of such Notice
of  Rescission  and  all  monies   theretofore  paid  by  the  Operator  to  the
Manufacturer  pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 4.3, above,  shall be returned by the
Manufacturer to the Operator.

12.4  Remedies Available to the Manufacturer upon Default by the Operator

      12.4.1  The  Operator  acknowledges  and  agrees  that its  breach  of any
provision contained in Section 5.2 of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm
to the Manufacturer.  The Operator therefore agrees that, if the Operator or any
of the Operator's affiliates,  agents, employees, or associates has breached, or
is attempting or threatening to breach, any provision  contained  hereinabove in
the said Section 5.2, then the Manufacturer  shall have the right to obtain from
any court or arbitrator  having  jurisdiction,  such equitable  relief as may be
appropriate,  including a decree  enjoining  the Operator  from any further such
breach of such  provisions,  and  enjoining  the Operator  from  engaging in any
aspect  of the  tire  recycling  business  which  is in  competition  with  tire
recycling businesses which utilize tire disintegration equipment manufactured by
the Manufacturer,  either directly or indirectly  through or in association with
any other person,  firm,  corporation,  or organization  during the term of this
Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  for purposes of this Agreement,  the
parties  agree  that  a tire  recycling  business  utilizing  a  microwave  tire
recycling  system will not be deemed to be in  competition  with tire  recycling
businesses  which  utilize tire  disintegration  equipment  manufactured  by the
Manufacturer

      12.4.2 In the event of any default by the Operator  under this  Agreement,
the  Manufacturer  may at its  option,  at any time  thereafter  terminate  this
Agreement by written notice ("Notice of Termination"),  given in Accordance with
Section 16 hereof. Such termination may be made effective,  at the option of the
Manufacturer, simultaneously with or at any time after the happening of any such
default.

      12.4.3 Upon any  termination of this Agreement prior to payment in full of
the entire  Purchase  Price of US  $2,250,000  for the Purchased  Equipment,  in
accordance  with the terms of Section 3.3 of this  Agreement,  the  Manufacturer
shall  immediately  have  possession  of  the  entire  TCS-1  System,   and  the
Manufacturer may enter upon the premises where the said TCS-1 System is located,
take  possession of the Leased  Equipment and without  previous demand or notice
and without legal  process,  and remove it from the  Operator's  premises at the
Operator's expense.

      12.4.4 Upon any termination of this Agreement after payment in full of the
entire Purchase Price of US $2,250,000 for the Purchased Equipment has been made
by the Operator,  the  Manufacturer  shall  immediately  have  possession of the
Leased  Equipment  and the  Manufacturer  may enter upon the premises  where the
TCS-1 System is located,  remove the Leased Equipment from the said TCS-1 System
and take possession of the Leased  Equipment  without  previous demand or notice
and without legal  process,  and remove it from the  Operator's  premises at the
Operator's expense.

      12.4.5 The Operator  acknowledges  and agrees that any refusal on its part
to permit the  Manufacturer  to enter its premises  and remove  either the TCS-1
System or the Leased  Equipment in accordance with Paragraph 12.4.3 or 12.4.4 of
this Agreement will cause  irreparable  harm to the  Manufacturer.  The Operator
therefore  agrees  that in the  event  of any  such  refusal  on its  part,  the
Manufacturer  shall have the right to obtain from any court or arbitrator having
jurisdiction,  such equitable  relief as may be appropriate,  including a decree
enjoining the Operator from any further such refusal of entry and removal.

      12.4.6 In the event of any default by the Operator prior to the Acceptance
Date, the Manufacturer shall be entitled to liquidated damages including but not
limited to retention  of up to one million  dollars (US  $1,000,000)  out of the
monies  paid  by the  Operator  pursuant  to  Paragraph  3.3 and  all  costs  of
delivering and removing and re-delivering the TCS-1 System.

      12.4.7 In the event of any default by the  Operator  after the  Acceptance
Date or pursuant to Paragraph 12.2(b) of this Agreement,  the Manufacturer shall
be entitled to liquidated damages including


                                                                             297
<PAGE>

but not limited to retention of up to one million dollars (US $1,000,000) out of
the  monies  paid by the  Operator  pursuant  to  Paragraph  3.3,  all  costs of
delivering and removing and re-delivering the TCS-1 System,  and damages for the
Operator's failure to perform for the full term of the Lease provided in Section
4.2 of this Agreement.

      12.4.8 In the event of any default on the part of the Operator pursuant to
Paragraphs 12.2(a) or 12.2(b) of this Agreement, the Manufacturer shall have the
right to allow the Operator,  for a period of sixty (60) days, to obtain a buyer
for the TCS-1 System,  satisfactory to the  Manufacture,  provided however that,
unless  specifically  waived in writing by the Manufacturer,  the Operator shall
continue  liable  under  this  Agreement  lease  for the full  term of the Lease
provided  for in Section 4.2 of this  Agreement.  In the event that the Operator
shall  fail  to  obtain  a buyer  for  the  TCS-1  System,  satisfactory  to the
Manufacture,  the  Manufacturer  shall use its best  efforts  to  dispose of the
equipment,  either as a single  TCS-1  System or as separate  components  in any
appropriate public disposal manner. In the event of a sale of the equipment to a
Buyer located by either the Operator or the Manufacturer, the Manufacturer shall
return to the Operator all funds  received  from such disposal in excess of: (i)
liquidated  damages under  Paragraphs  12.4.6 or 12.4.7,  above,  (b) any monies
owing to  Manufacturer  by Operator under Section 3.3, and any costs incurred by
the Manufacturer for the removal and public disposal of the repossessed TCS-1.

      12.4.9  In the  event  of any  default  on the part of the  Operator,  the
Manufacturer  shall not be deemed to have waived any of its rights  hereunder by
reason of its failure to assert its rights or its failure to take  cognizance of
such breach.

      12.4.10  The  foregoing  remedies  provided  herein for the benefit of the
Manufacturer  shall not be exclusive  but in addition to any other  remedies the
Manufacturer  may have by virtue of the  breach  by the  Operator,  in law or in
equity,  from any court or arbitration  proceeding having jurisdiction over such
matter.

13.   OPERATOR'S SALE OF Purchased Equipment

13.1  Manufacturer's Right to Retrieve Leased Equipment Prior to Sale

      In the event  that,  during or after  the term of the  Lease  provided  in
Section 4.2 of this Agreement, the Operator wishes to divest itself of the TCS-1
System,  pursuant to the  discontinuance  of its  business,  or  otherwise,  the
Operator  will give to the  Manufacturer  written  notice to that effect and the
Manufacturer  shall  have all  rights of entry  and  removal  provided  above in
Paragraphs  12.4.4  and  12.4.5  of this  Agreement,  provided  however  that in
addition to such  rights,  if such event shall occur during the term of the said
Lease, the  Manufacturer  shall also have the rights provided to it in Paragraph
12.4.7 of this Agreement.

13.2  Manufacturer's Right of First Refusal

      In the event  that,  during or after  the term of the  Lease  provided  in
Section 4.2 of this Agreement, the Operator wishes to divest itself of the TCS-1
System,  pursuant to the  discontinuance  of its  business,  or  otherwise,  the
Operator  will give to the  Manufacturer  written  notice to that effect and the
Manufacturer  will have a right of first refusal to repurchase the TCS-1 System,
at its  fair  market  value,  within  a sixty  (60)  day  period  following  the
Manufacturer's receipt of such notice;

14.   ASSIGNMENT


                                                                             298
<PAGE>

      The Operator shall not transfer, deliver, sublease, or encumber the Leased
Equipment to any person, corporation, or firm, and the Lease provided in Section
4.2 of this  Agreement  may not be  assigned  by the  Operator  except  with the
Manufacturer's express prior written consent.

15.   FAILURE OF PERFORMANCE

      Delays in or  failure  of  performance  occasioned  by war,  fire,  flood,
embargo, car shortage, accident, explosion, expropriation of plant or product by
federal  or state  authority,  or other like  cause  beyond  the  control of the
Manufacturer,  or Act of God, or by strike,  lockout, or other labor trouble, or
inability  to  obtain  sufficient  labor  interfering  with  the  production  or
transportation  of the TCS-1  System,  or any part thereof,  or any  replacement
therefor,  whether because of governmental  action affecting the Manufacturer or
its suppliers, or by any action or proceeding at law or in equity, or otherwise,
shall not subject the Manufacturer to any liability.

16.   NOTICES

      All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be mailed by
certified mail, or delivered by hand or by recognized  overnight  courier to the
party to whom such notice is required or permitted to be given  hereunder at the
address  set forth  above for such  party,  in all cases with  written  proof of
receipt  required.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed to have  been  given  when
received by the party to whom notice is given, as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the  receiving  party.  Either  party may change the address to which
notice to it is to be  addressed,  by  written  notice to the  other  party,  as
provided herein.

17.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO MANUFACTURER'S OBLIGATION

      The obligations of the Manufacturer  hereunder are subject to fulfillment,
prior to the Delivery Date, of the following conditions:

17.1  Truth of Representation

      The  representations  and warranties by or on behalf of Operator contained
in this Agreement or in any document  delivered to the Manufacturer  pursuant to
the  provisions  hereof shall be true in all material  respects at and as of the
Delivery Date as though such  representations and warranties were made at and as
of such time.

17.2  Compliance with Covenants

      The  Operator  shall  have  performed  and  complied  with all  covenants,
agreements,  and  conditions  required  by this  Agreement  to be  performed  or
complied with prior or simultaneously with to the Delivery Date.

(ii)  17.3 Financing Arrangements

      The Operator  will deliver to the  Manufacturer  within sixty (60) days of
the execution of this Agreement,  evidence satisfactory to the Manufacturer that
the Operator has  arranged for adequate  financing to meet the payment  schedule
set forth in Section 3.3, above.


                                                                             299
<PAGE>

18.   ARBITRATION

      All  controversies  arising out of or relating to this  Agreement,  or any
modification  thereof,  shall be  settled  by  arbitration  in New York  City in
accordance with the Arbitration Rules then obtaining of the American Arbitration
Association.

19.   BINDING EFFECT.

      19.1 This  agreement  shall bind and inure to the  benefit of the  parties
hereto and their  respective  legal  representatives,  successors  and  assigns,
provided, however, that this Agreement cannot be assigned by the Operator except
in accordance  with Section 14 of this  Agreement.  Nothing herein  expressed or
implied is intended or shall be  construed to confer upon or to give any person,
firm or  corporation  other than the parties hereto and their  respective  legal
representatives,  successors  and  assigns  any rights or  benefits  under or by
reason of this Agreement.

      19.2 All the right,  title,  and  interest of the  Manufacturer  under the
Lease may be enforced by the  Manufacturer,  its  successors,  and assigns.  The
Lease  shall  continue  in full  force and  effect  notwithstanding  the  death,
incapacity, or dissolution of the Operator or the increase,  decrease, or change
in the  personnel of or members of the  Operator,  and shall be binding upon the
Operator  and  the  Operator's  estate,   legal   representatives,   heirs,  and
successors.

20.   GENERAL

20.1  Further Assurances

      At any time, and from time to time, after the execution of this Agreement,
each party will execute such additional  instruments and take such action as may
be  reasonably  requested by the other party to confirm or perfect  title to any
property transferred hereunder or otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes
of this Agreement.

20.2  Waiver

      Any  failure  on the part of any party  hereto  to comply  with any of its
obligations,  agreements or conditions hereunder may be waived in writing by the
party to whom such compliance is owed.

20.3  Brokers

      Neither  party has  employed  any  brokers or finders  with regard to this
Agreement, unless otherwise described in writing to all parties hereto.

20.4  Headings

      The section and  subsection  headings in this  Agreement  are inserted for
convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation
of this Agreement.

20.5  Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

20.6  Entire Agreement


                                                                             300
<PAGE>

      This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties covering  everything
agreed  upon or  understood  in the  transaction.  There  are no oral  promises,
conditions,  representations,  understandings,  interpretations  or terms of any
kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof.

20.7  Severability

      If any part of this Agreement is deemed to be unenforceable the balance of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

20.8  Publicity

      All  notices  to third  parties  and all other  publicity  concerning  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  prior
approval of counsel of the Manufacturer and the Operator, provided however, that
any failure of the  Operator or its counsel to approve any such notices or other
publicity shall in no way prevent the Manufacturer from complying fully with its
public  disclosure  obligations  under the rules and  regulations  of the United
States  Securities  and Exchange  Commission or any other  governmental  body or
agency in the United States or in any other applicable jurisdiction.

20.9  Counterparts

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by each
party on a separate  counterpart,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.

      In Witness  Whereof,  the parties  hereto have caused this Amendment to be
executed the day and year first above written.

                                THE TIREX CORPORATION
                              
                                By/s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                  --------------------------------------
                                      Terence C. Byrne, President
                              
                                ENERCON AMERICA DISTRIBUTION LIMITED
                              
                                By/s/ David L. Holmes
                                  --------------------------------------
                                      David L. Holmes


                                                                             301


                                EXHIBIT 10 (oo)


                                                                             302
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                                   TRUCK TIRE
                     EQUIPMENT LEASE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                   ----------

Truck  Tire Lease and  Purchase  Agreement,  made this 19th day of August  1998,
among

                ENERCON America Distribution Limited
                540 Tansy Lane
                Westerville, Ohio 43081

                                                                (the "Operator")
                                      and

                The Tirex Corporation
                740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                Montreal, Quebec H3C 1L5

                                                            (the "Manufacturer")

1.    DEFINITIONS

      1.1 "Acceptance Date" shall mean the first day following the completion of
the Test Period.

      1.2  Delivery  Date shall  mean  March 30,  1999 or such other date as the
parties hereto shall mutually agree.

      1.3  "Leased  Equipment  shall mean  Items 010 and 011 of the  Proprietary
Equipment, as set forth on Schedule 1.8 hereto.

      1.4 "Manufacturer" shall mean The Tirex Corporation and Tirex-Canada Inc.,
and all  other  corporations,  partnerships,  or other  entities,  now or in the
future  controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of, The Tirex
Corporation, jointly and severally.

      1.5 "Nonproprietary  Equipment" shall mean the constituent,  integral, and
inseparable parts of the TCTS-1 System specified in Schedule 1.5 hereto.

      1.6 "Operator"  shall mean ENERCON  America  Distribution  Limited and all
other  corporations,  partnerships,  or  other  entities,  now or in the  future
controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of,  ENERCON  America
Distribution Limited, jointly and severally.

      1.7  "Projected  Maintenance  Agreement"  shall mean the agreement for the
maintenance of the TCTS-1 System,  which the  Manufacturer and the Operator will
prepare on mutually agreeable terms.

      1.8  "Proprietary  Equipment" shall mean the  constituent,  integral,  and
inseparable parts of the TCTS- 1 System specified in Schedule 1.8 hereto.

      1.9  "Purchased  Equipment  shall  mean  Items  001  through  009  of  the
Proprietary   Equipment,   as  specified   on  Schedule  1.8  hereto,   and  the
Nonproprietary Equipment, as specified on Schedule 1.5 hereto.

      1.10 "Site" shall mean the premises of Blackstar LLC in Woodburne, Indiana
or such other site as the Operator shall specify.


                                                                             303
<PAGE>

      1.11 "TCTS-1 System" shall mean the Manufacturer's  proprietary  cryogenic
truck  tire  disintegration  system,  consisting  of: (i) the  patented  "Leased
Equipment" and the (ii) "Purchased  Equipment" which includes but is not limited
to a  front-end  tire  preparation  system  and a  freezing  chamber  which  the
Manufacturer  believes  are  proprietary  to it and for which  the  Manufacturer
intends to apply for patents.  This System will accept whole truck tires with an
inside diameter not exceeding  twenty-four (24) inches and will process the tire
in such a manner as to allow the System to separate the steel and fiber from the
rubber which will be reduced to a size no larger than 5 mesh.  The TCTS-1 System
shall meet or exceed all  applicable  U.S.  permitting  and operating  rules and
regulations including but not limited to those promulgated by OSHA and EPA.

      1.12 "Test  Period"  shall mean a three day period  which  shall  commence
within ten days  after  completion  of the  installation  of the TCTS-1  System,
during which Test Period, the TCTS-1 System shall be operated continually for up
to 24 hours per day.

2. RECITALS

Whereas:

      2.1  The  Manufacturer  has  invented,  designed,  developed,  built,  and
patented part of, and is the sole and exclusive  owner,  directly or indirectly,
through one or more subsidiaries, of all right title and interest in, the TCTS-1
System.

      2.2 The Operator is a corporation  organized for the principal  purpose of
commercially   exploiting,   directly  or   indirectly,   through  one  or  more
subsidiaries,  the TCTS-1 System by: (i) purchasing the Nonproprietary Equipment
and  Items  001  -  009  of  the  Proprietary  Equipment  (referred  to  herein,
collectively,  as the "Purchased Equipment");  (ii) leasing Items 010 and 011 of
the  Proprietary  Equipment  (referred to herein,  collectively,  as the "Leased
Equipment"); and (iii) operating the TCTS-1 System.

3. AGREEMENT FOR PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE PURCHASED EQUIPMENT

3.1   Purchase and Sale

      The Operator agrees to purchase,  and the Manufacturer agrees to sell, the
Purchased  Equipment,  as defined in Section 1.7,  above, in accordance with the
terms and  conditions of this  Agreement.  The Operator may at its election take
title to the Purchased Equipment in a wholly owned subsidiary  corporation to be
formed by it for such  purpose.  Such  election  by the  Operator  shall  nowise
modify,  diminish, or otherwise effect the Operator's liability hereunder to the
Manufacturer.  The  purchase  and payment  for the  Purchased  Equipment  by the
Operator,  and the sale,  assignment,  transfer,  and  delivery  thereof  by the
Manufacturer,  shall take place  subject to the  fulfillment  of the  conditions
herein after provided.

3.2   Purchase Price

      The purchase price for the Purchased  Equipment  (the  "Purchase  Price"),
installed and set in operation pursuant to Section 7 hereto, shall be the sum of
two million,  two hundred fifty thousand United States dollars (US  $2,250,000),
FOB Montreal.

3.3   Payment Terms

      In the absence of  arrangements  for lease or letter of credit  financing,
satisfactory to the Manufacturer, the Purchase Price for the Purchased Equipment
shall be paid as follows:

(a)   15% (US $337,500)    upon execution of this Agreement;


                                                                             304
<PAGE>

(b)   15% (US $337,500)     upon   acceptance   by  the  Operator  of  equipment
                            drawings,   layout   drawings,   and  other  written
                            specifications,  such  acceptance  to be based  upon
                            local    permitting   and    applicable    operating
                            requirements and shall not be unreasonably withheld

(c)   30% (US $675,000)     two months  after  Manufacturer's  giving  notice of
                            commencement of manufacture.

(d)   10% (US $225,000)     two months prior to the anticipated Delivery Date.

(e)   15% (US $337,500)     on the Delivery Date; and

(f)   15%(US $337,500)      on the Acceptance Date.

3.4   Taxes

Manufacturer and Operator acknowledge that there are a variety of country, state
and/or local taxes that may be assessed on the Purchased  Equipment,  the Leased
Equipment, and the purchase, sale, and operation thereof. The Manufacturer shall
be responsible for the prompt payment of all taxes, assessments,  levies, export
taxes, or other governmental or regulatory  payments that may be assessed by the
government of Canada or any political  sub-division  therein. The Operator shall
be responsible for the prompt payment of all taxes, assessments,  levies, import
taxes, or other  governmental  or regulatory  payments that shall be assessed by
the  government of the United  States of America or any  political  sub-division
therein.

4. AGREEMENT FOR OPERATING LEASE

4.1   Agreement to Lease Equipment

      The Manufacturer,  as lessor,  and the Operator,  as lessee,  hereby enter
into an operating  lease (the "Lease") for the Leased  Equipment,  consisting of
Items 010 and 011  specified  on Schedule 1.8 hereto,  subject to the  following
terms and conditions:

4.2   Term of the Lease

      4.2.1 The term of the Lease shall be sixty (60) months  commencing  on the
Acceptance date.

      4.2.2 At the  expiration of the full  original term hereof,  if this Lease
has remained in effect and the Operator has duly  performed all its  obligations
thereunder  during the entire such term, then the Operator shall have the option
to either:

(a)   Obtain a new lease agreement in the form then being  generally  offered by
      the  Operator  to the trade  under which the  Operator  shall  replace the
      Leased Equipment or the entire TCTS-1 System, as the case may be, with new
      equipment, free of any installation charge payable by the Operator;

(b)   Continue to use the same equipment  installed hereunder and thereby extend
      the term of this Lease at a reduced rental rate of US $6,250 per month for
      a period of one year with further successive automatic one-year extensions
      subject only to the Operator's right to terminate this Lease at the end of
      any extension year upon prior written notice of not less than 90 days; or

(c)   Request  that the  Manufacturer  exercise  its right of first  refusal  to
      repurchase  the  Purchased  Equipment  pursuant  to  Section  13.2 of this
      Agreement,  in which  event the  Manufacturer  shall  have sixty (60) days
      following the Manufacturer's  receipt of such notice to either: (i) notify
      the Operator of its intent to  repurchase  the  Purchased  Equipment  and,
      within ninety (90) days of such


                                                                             305
<PAGE>

      notice,  effectuate  such repurchase and thereupon enter upon the premises
      where the said  TCTS-1  System is located  and  remove  the entire  TCTS-1
      System from the Operator's premises at the Manufacturer's expense, or (ii)
      notify the Operator  that it does not intend to  repurchase  the Purchased
      Equipment and, as soon as practicable thereafter,  enter upon the premises
      where  the  TCTS-1  System  is  located,  take  possession  of the  Leased
      Equipment  without  previous  demand or notice and without legal  process,
      retrieve the Leased Equipment from the TCTS-1 System and remove the Leased
      Equipment from the Operator's premises at the Manufacturer's expense.

4.3   Rent Payments

      4.3.1 The Operator shall pay to the  Manufacturer  monthly rental payments
(the "Rent  Payments") for the Leased  Equipment at the rate of twelve thousand,
five hundred United States  dollars (US $12,500) per month,  payable in advance,
as follows:

      (a)   30 days prior to the Delivery  Date: (i) the first month's rent and;
            (ii) as a security deposit, the last two months rent.

      (b)   One calendar month following the Delivery Date: the Rent Payment for
            the period (the "Partial-Month Period") which commences one calendar
            month  following  the Delivery  Date and ends on the last day of the
            calendar  month in which such  Partial-Month  Period falls,  will be
            payable in cash on the first day of such Partial-Month  Period, on a
            pro rata basis.

      (c)   Normal  monthly  Rent  Payments of US $12,500  will  commence and be
            payable on the first day of the first full calendar month  following
            the Partial-Month Period.


                                                                             306
<PAGE>

EXAMPLE:  If the Delivery Date is September 15, 1998:

================================================================================
Referenced Terms      Period Covered        Date Payment Due   Amount of Payment
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"First Month"       September 15, 1998      August 17, 1998        US $12,500
                         through
                     October 14, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Security            Last two monthly       August 17, 1998        US $25,000
 Deposit"             rent payments
                    payable under lease
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Partial Month       October 15, 1998       October 15, 1998       US $ 6,250
 Period                  through
                     October 31, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"First Regular       November 1, 1998       November 1, 1998       US $12,500
 Monthly Rental          through
 Payment"            November 30, 1998
================================================================================

      4.3.2 In the  event of that  payment  of any Rent  Payment  is made by the
Operator  more than five days after the date when such  payment  shall have been
due,  the  Operator  shall pay a late charge of one  percent  (1%) of the entire
amount of such Rent Payment for every month in which such delinquency  occurs or
continues.

5.    TITLE TO EQUIPMENT

5.1   Title to Purchased Equipment

      5.1.1 Title to the  Purchased  Equipment  shall pass to the Operator  upon
payment in full of the  balance of the  Purchase  Price,  due on the  Acceptance
Date.

      5.1.2 No rights to any plans or designs respecting the TCTS-1 System shall
pass to the Operator  and the Operator  shall not copy,  reproduce,  design,  or
build, or cause, assist, or suffer to be copied, reproduced,  designed, or built
by any other person,  firm, or corporation  any equipment in any way similar to,
or based upon, the design or structure of the TCTS-1 System.

5.2   Title to Leased Equipment

      5.2.1  The  Leased  Equipment  shall  at all  times  remain  the  sole and
exclusive  property of the  Manufacturer  (which reserves the right to assign or
encumber the Leased  Equipment  subject to the rights of the Operator  under the
Operating Lease contained in Section 4 of this Agreement) and the Operator shall
have no right,  title, or interest to the Leased Equipment but only the right to
use  such  Equipment  under  this  Lease.  The  Leased  Equipment  shall  not be
transferred or sublet by the Operator to any other person,  firm or corporation,
the Operator shall not permit any other person,  firm, or corporation to use the
Leased  Equipment,  and the said  operating  lease  contained  herein may not be
assigned by the Operator without the prior written consent of the  Manufacturer.
In the  event  that  the  Manufacturer  shall  assign  or  encumber  the  Leased
Equipment,  it shall give the Operator  prompt written notice of such assignment
or encumbrance.

      5.2.2  The  Leased  Equipment  shall  remain  personal   property  of  the
Manufacturer and shall not be deemed otherwise by reason of becoming attached to
the premises.

      5.2.3 The  Manufacturer  shall  have the right at any time or from time to
time to modify  the  Leased  Equipment  in a manner  which  will not  lessen the
utility of the Leased Equipment;

      5.2.4 The Operator  shall not enter into,  remove,  tamper with, or breach
the security of, the Leased Equipment.  The Operator shall not copy,  reproduce,
design,  or  build,  or cause,  assist,  or  suffer  to be  copied,  reproduced,
designed,  or built by any other person,  firm, or corporation  any equipment in
any


                                                                             307
<PAGE>

way similar to, or based upon, the design or structure of the Leased  Equipment,
or of any part thereof. The Operator shall not permit any Leased Equipment to be
abused,  not  permit  the  removal  of any plate or  markings  put on the Leased
Equipment by the  Manufacturer,  nor attach  anything to or remove anything from
the Leased Equipment.

      5.2.5 The Operator will not allow any repairs to the TCTS-1 or replacement
of parts to be done by any person or persons  except  technicians  authorized by
the Manufacturer and/or as trained by the Manufacturer pursuant to Section 8.2.3
of this Agreement.

      5.2.6 The  Operator  agrees that,  in  consideration  of the  Manufacturer
entering  into this  Lease,  it will not move the  TCTS-1  System  from the Site
without the prior written consent of the Manufacturer.

6.    SITE PREPARATION

6.1   Site Plan Specifications

      6.1.1 Within 45 days of the execution of this Agreement,  the Manufacturer
will  furnish  to  the  Operator  "Site  Plan  Specifications"   respecting  the
electrical,  ventilation, water supply, equipment drawings, layout drawings, and
disposal, and any other specifications required at the site for the installation
and operation of the TCTS-1  System.  Delivery of the  foregoing  specifications
will be made by the Manufacturer to the Operator at the Manufacturer's  plant in
Montreal.

      6.1.2 Within 15 days of the delivery of the Site Plans  Specifications  in
accordance  with  Subparagraph  6.1.1,  above,  the  Operator  will  notify  the
Manufacturer of any failure of such Specifications to comply with all applicable
regulations  and  requirements.  Unless  such  notice  of  failure  to comply is
received by the Manufacturer,  the said Site Plans Specifications will be deemed
to have been accepted by the Manufacturer.

6.2   Preparation of Site

      Prior to the Delivery and installation of the TCTS-1 System,  the Operator
shall make, at its own expense,  all  alterations to and changes in its premises
and  equipment  required to bring the site into  complete  conformance  with the
above  referenced Site Plan  Specifications,  with respect to which the Operator
shall obtain all necessary permissions and inspections,  and which shall include
but  not  be  limited  to  making  any  required   structural  changes  and  the
installation of:

      (a)   electrical  equipment and power lines up to the electrical inputs or
            control boxes  attached to the TCTS-1  System,  as designated on the
            Site Plan Specifications;

      (b)   water supply  sources and  equipment  up to the water inflow  points
            designated on the Site Plan Specifications;

      (c)   water  drainage  and  disposal  sites and  equipment  from the water
            outflow points designated on the Site Plan Specifications;

      (d)   air ventilation sources and equipment as designated on the Site Plan
            Specifications

      (e)   a "front-end loader" capable of moving and depositing the tires onto
            the trommel screen specified in Schedule 1.5 hereto.

6.3   Notice to Inspect


                                                                             308
<PAGE>

      6.3.1  The  Operator  shall,  not  later  than  one  month  prior  to  the
anticipated  Delivery Date, give written notice to the Manufacturer (the "Notice
to Inspect") that  preparation of the site for the installation and operation of
the TCTS-1 has been  completed in accordance  with the Site Plan  Specifications
and  request  that the  Manufacturer  inspect  the site in order to confirm  its
conformance with the Site Plan Specifications.

6.4   Manufacturer's Right to Inspect Site

      6.4.1 The Manufacturer  shall have the right, at any time within two weeks
of its  receipt of the  Notice to  Inspect,  to inspect  the site and notify the
Operator in writing (the "Notice of Approval")  that the Site is in  conformance
with the Site Plan Specifications.

      6.4.2 In the event  that,  after  inspecting  the Site,  the  Manufacturer
determines   that  the  Site  is  not  in   conformance   with  the  Site   Plan
Specifications,  then the Manufacturer  shall have the right to require that the
Operator  make any and all changes or additions  required to bring the Site into
such conformance, at the sole expense of the Operator prior to the Delivery Date
and to  postpone  the  Delivery  Date until all such  changes or  additions  are
completed.  In such event,  the Operator shall,  upon completion of the required
changes or  additions,  give  written  notice to the  Manufacturer  ("Notice  to
Re-inspect")  that such changes or additions  have been made in accordance  with
the  Manufacturer's  instructions  and that the Site is in complete  conformance
with the Site Plan Specifications. The Manufacturer shall have the right, within
two weeks of its receipt of such Notice to re-inspect the Site.  Such procedures
may be repeated,  and the  Manufacturer  shall have no obligation to deliver the
TCTS-1 System, until the Manufacturer  confirms upon inspection that the Site is
in conformance with the Site Plan  Specifications  or the Manufacturer  fails to
inspect  the Site  within  a  reasonable  time in  light  of the  Manufacturer's
commitments to other customers.

7.    DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION

7.1   Delivery

      7.1.1 Unless the  Delivery  Date is  rescheduled  in  accordance  with the
provisions of paragraph 6.4.2 above, the  Manufacturer  shall deliver the TCTS-1
System to the site not later than 30 days after the Manufacturer determines that
the Site is in conformance with the Site Plan  Specifications and that all legal
requirements have been met, in accordance with Section 6.4, above.

      7.1.2  Delivery  shall be made  F.O.B.  Montreal,  Canada.  The  equipment
comprising  the TCTS-1 System shall be placed in suitably  protected  containers
the nature of which shall be determined by mutual agreement of the parties.  The
TCTS-1  System shall be delivered to the Site via a commercial  transporter  and
routing acceptable to the Manufacturer and the Operator.  The Operator shall pay
all  costs  of  transportation  and  delivery  of the  TCTS-1  System  from  the
Manufacturer's plant in Montreal to the Site.

      7.1.3  In the  event  that  delivery  of the  TCTS-1  System,  or any part
thereof,  for a period not  exceeding  thirty (30) days,  shall be  prevented by
causes beyond the control of the Manufacturer, including but not limited to acts
of God, labor troubles, failure of essential means of transportation, or changes
in policy  with  respect  to  exports  or  otherwise  by the  government  of the
jurisdiction  in which the  Operator  is  located,  the  Delivery  Date shall be
postponed for an additional  period equal to the period of delay.  In the event,
however,  that such  nondelivery  continues  after  such  extended  period,  the
Operator and the Manufacturer shall each have the right to cancel this agreement
by written notice, and in such case there shall be no obligation or liability on
the part of either party with respect to such undelivered equipment.


                                                                             309
<PAGE>

7.2   Installation

      7.2.1 The  Manufacturer  shall,  at its own  expense,  install  the TCTS-1
System at the Site.

      7.2.2 Upon  installation,  the TCTS-1 System shall be in complete  working
order and shall consist of the Purchased Equipment and the Leased Equipment.

8.    EQUIPMENT TESTING AND OPERATOR'S ACCEPTANCE

8.1   Notice of Availability for Testing

      Upon completion of the  installation of the TCTS-1 System at the Site, the
Manufacturer  shall give the Operator  written  notice that the TCTS-1 System is
available for testing operations.

8.2   Test Period

      8.2.1  Immediately  upon  giving  notice to the  Operator  that the TCTS-1
System is available for testing  operations,  the Manufacturer shall, at its own
expense,  furnish an engineer  (technician?)  to supervise  the operation of the
TCTS-1 for a period of three days (the "Test  Period").  During the Test Period,
the TCTS-1 System shall demonstrate the capability of disintegrating scrap truck
tires at the rate of the  equivalent  of one million  (1,000,000)  passenger car
tires per year on a twenty-four  hour per day,  seven-day  per week,  continuous
operating basis.

      8.2.2 All power, fuel, light,  water, oil, or other necessary supplies and
all  personnel  (other  than  the  engineer  or  technician   furnished  by  the
Manufacturer),  authorizations,  permits, real and personal property, contracts,
equipment,  reports,  etc. necessary for the successful  operation of the TCTS-1
System, as set forth on Schedule 8.2.2, shall be provided by the Operator.

      8.2.3 The  Manufacturer  shall furnish to the Operator all data  regarding
the TCTS-1 System in order to enable the Operator to operate such System and, in
addition to the training to be provided  pursuant to the  Projected  Maintenance
Agreement or otherwise, the Manufacturer shall, during the Test Period, instruct
at least two of the  Operator's  employees in  accordance  with Section 5.2.5 of
this Agreement with respect to the operation,  and operating  maintenance of the
TCTS-1 System, and use reasonable care in training such employee,  provided that
if in the Manufacturer's sole opinion any employee is not adequately  qualified,
the  Operator  shall  designate   another  of  its  employees  to  receive  such
instruction.

8.3   Acceptance

      8.3.1 Unless the TCTS-1, or any part of it, fails to operate in accordance
with the specifications set forth in Paragraph 8.2.1,  above, the Manufacturer's
offer to sell the Purchased  Equipment and to lease the Leased  Equipment to the
Operator shall  automatically be deemed to have been accepted by the Operator as
of the  Acceptance  Date,  which  shall  occur on the  first day  following  the
completion  of the Test  Period and the  Operator  shall have no right to revoke
such acceptance for any reason.

      8.3.2 If the  TCTS-1,  or any part of it,  fails to operate in  accordance
with the  specifications  set forth in Paragraph 8.2.1,  above, the Manufacturer
shall have ninety (90) days in which to cure the problems  responsible  for such
failure.  Costs of all parts and labor  required  to bring the TCTS-1  into full
working  condition  shall be borne by the  Manufacture  unless  the  failure  to
operate in  accordance  with the  specifications  set forth in Paragraph  8.2.1,
above,  shall  have been  caused by any act or failure to act on the part of the
Operator  or its  personnel,  including  but not  limited to the  failure of the
Operator  to  have  brought  the  Site  into  conformance  with  the  Site  Plan
Specifications.


                                                                             310
<PAGE>

      8.3.3 Upon written  notice to the Operator that the problems  which caused
the TCTS-1  System to fail to operate as  required  during the Test  Period have
been cured, the Manufacturer  shall, at the request of the Operator,  commence a
second Test Period for up to three days, in which case the  acceptance  criteria
of Paragraph  8.3.1 shall pertain to such second Test Period (or any  subsequent
Test Period) with the same force and effect as to the initial Test Period.

9.    RISK OF LOSS

      9.1 The risk of loss,  injury, or destruction of the Leased Equipment from
any cause whatsoever,  except negligence or willful  destruction by the Operator
shall  be borne  by the  Manufacturer  during  the  term of the  Lease  therefor
provided hereunder.

      9.2 The risk of loss,  injury,  or destruction of the Purchased  Equipment
from any cause  whatsoever,  except  negligence  or willful  destruction  by the
Operator  shall be borne by the  Manufacturer  only  until  title  passes to the
Operator.

      9.3 Any loss,  injury,  or destruction  to the TCTS-1,  or any part of it,
after title to the Purchased  Equipment passes to the Operator,  shall not serve
in any  manner to  release  the  Operator  from the  obligation  to pay the Rent
Payments provided for Section 4.3, above.

10.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF THE MANUFACTURER

      The  Manufacturer  hereby  represents,  warrants,  and  covenants  to  the
Operator, as follows:

10.1  Corporate Status

      The Tirex Corporation is (i) duly organized corporation,  validly existing
and in good  standing  under  the laws of the State of  Delaware;  (ii) has full
power to own all of its  properties  and  carry on its  business;  and  (iii) is
qualified  to do business as a foreign  entity in each of the  jurisdictions  in
which it operates, if any, unless the character of the properties owned by it or
the  nature  of the  business  transacted  by it,  does not  make  qualification
necessary in any other jurisdiction or jurisdictions.

10.2  Corporate Action

      Prior to the date hereof,  the board of directors of the  Manufacturer has
duly adopted resolutions approving the execution and delivery to the Operator of
this  Agreement  and  authorizing  and  consenting  to each and every one of the
terms, warranties, representations, covenants and conditions herein contained.

10.3  Patents

      10.3.1 The  Manufacturer  has  obtained a patent in the United  States and
Canada for the Disintegration  System which constitutes the "Leased  Equipment".
The Manufacturer is the sole owner of such patent and of all rights thereunder.

      10.3.2 The  Manufacturer  shall defend,  to the best of its ability and at
its own expense,  all actions,  suits,  or  proceedings  instituted  against the
Operator  insofar as the same are based on any claims that the said  Proprietary
Equipment, or any part thereof, constitutes an infringement of any patent of the


                                                                             311
<PAGE>

United States or Canada and shall  indemnify  the Operator  against all damages,
costs, and expenses which the Operator may incur as a result of any action which
may be brought or threatened  against the Operator with respect to the equipment
covered by such patent, provided that:

      (a)   The  Manufacturer  shall  have the right at any time or from time to
            time to modify the TCTS-1  System in a manner  which will not lessen
            the utility thereof;

      (b)   The Operator gives the  Manufacturer  immediate notice in writing of
            the  institution of the action,  suit, or proceeding and permits the
            Manufacturer,  through its counsel,  to defend  same,  and gives the
            Manufacturer  all information,  assistance,  and authority to enable
            the Manufacturer to do; and

      (c)   The  Operator  has made no change of any kind in the  TCTS-1  System
            without obtaining the prior written permission of the Manufacturer.

      10.3.3 When information is brought to the attention of the Manufacturer or
the Operator that others are  unlawfully  infringing on the patent  covering the
Leased  Equipment,  or on any other patent  granted to the  Manufacturer  in the
future on any other  component  or part of the TCTS-1,  the  Manufacturer  shall
prosecute diligently any infringer at the Manufacturer's own expense.

      10.3.4  The  Manufacturer  has  designed,  developed,  and  built  a fully
computerized  front-end  tire  preparation  system and a freezing  chamber.  The
Manufacturer  believes that such equipment is proprietary to it and intends,  as
promptly as practicable,  to file patent applications therefor. The Manufacturer
has no present  knowledge of any information  which would  adversely  affect the
validity  of its  outstanding  patent  or the  issuance  of  additional  patents
pursuant to the above described projected patent applications.  However, nothing
in this Paragraph shall constitute a warranty by the  Manufacturer  that further
patents will granted or that, in the absence of a final court determination, any
particular  patent is valid and  enforceable  or that any  patent may not be the
subject of patent infringement claims.

10.4  Warranties

      Subject  to  the  failure  of the  Operator  to  maintain  the  TCTS-1  in
accordance  with  standards  and  procedures  to be specified  in the  Projected
Maintenance  Agreement or otherwise,  the Manufacturer  warrants that the TCTS-1
will  be  capable  of  disintegrating  scrap  truck  tires  at the  rate  of the
equivalent  of one  million  (1,000,000)  passenger  car  tires  per  year  on a
twenty-four  hour, seven day per week operating basis. The Manufacturer  further
warrants  and  represents  that  the  TCTS-1  System  will  meet or  exceed  all
applicable U.S. permitting and operating rules and regulations including but not
limited  to those  promulgated  by OSHA and the EPA.  The  Manufacturer  further
warrants the TCTS-1  System  against  defects in  workmanship  and  materials or
failure to perform in accordance with the  specifications set forth in Paragraph
8.2.1, above for one year after the Acceptance Date. No other representations or
warranties have been made by the Manufacturer or relied upon by the Operator. If
any defects in the  Manufacturer's  work or materials are discovered  within one
year of  delivery  the  Operator  shall  give  notice  within  five days of such
discovery. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES.

11.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF THE OPERATOR

      The  Operator   hereby   represents,   warrants,   and  covenants  to  the
Manufacturer, as follows:

11.1  Corporate Status

      ENERCON America  Distribution  Limited is (i) duly organized  corporation,
validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio; (ii)
has full power to own all of its properties and carry on its business; and (iii)
is qualified to do business as a foreign entity in each of the  jurisdictions in
which it operates, if any, unless the character of the properties owned by it or
the nature of the


                                                                             312
<PAGE>

business  transacted by it, does not make  qualification  necessary in any other
jurisdiction or jurisdictions.

11.2  Financial Condition of the Operator

      The books and records of the Operator are complete and accurate and fairly
present the financial condition and the results of operations of the Operator as
of the  date  hereof.  There  are  no  material  liabilities,  either  fixed  or
contingent,  not  reflected  in such books and records  other than  contracts or
obligations in the ordinary and usual course of business;  and no such contracts
or  obligations  in the  usual  course  of  business  constitute  liens or other
liabilities  which,  if  disclosed,  would  alter  substantially  the  financial
condition of the Operator as reflected in such books and records.

11.3  Defaults and Conflicts

      There are no  defaults  on the part of the  Operator  under any  contract,
lease, mortgage, pledge, credit agreement,  title retention agreement,  security
agreement,  lien,  encumbrance or any other commitment,  contract,  agreement or
undertaking  to which the Operator is a party.  The execution of this  Agreement
will not violate or breach any material  agreement,  contract,  or commitment to
which the Operator is a party.

11.4  Corporate Action

      Prior to the date hereof, the boards of directors of the Operator has duly
adopted resolutions  approving the execution and delivery to the Manufacturer of
this  Agreement  and  authorizing  and  consenting  to each and every one of the
terms, warranties,  representations,  covenants and conditions herein contained,
and the  Operator  will,  within  30 days of the  execution  of this  Agreement,
furnish  the  Manufacturer  with  a copy  of the  resolutions  of the  board  of
directors of the  Operator  authorizing  the Operator to purchase the  Purchased
Equipment and lease the Leased Equipment pursuant to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement;

11.5  Insurance

      11.5.1 The Operator, at its own cost and expense,  shall insure the Leased
Equipment  against  burglary,  theft,  fire,  and  vandalism in the amount of US
$1,000,000 and obtain public  liability  insurance with minimum  limits,  as the
parties shall  mutually  agree,  for property  damage in such form and with such
insurance companies as shall be satisfactory to the Manufacturer.  All insurance
policies  shall name both the  Operator  and the  Manufacturer  as insureds  and
copies of the policies  and the  receipts  for the payment of premiums  shall be
furnished to the  Manufacturer.  Each damage policy shall provide for payment of
all losses  directly to the  Manufacturer.  Each liability  policy shall provide
that all losses be paid on behalf of the Operator and the Manufacturer, as their
respective interests appear.

      11.5.2 In the  event  that the  Operator  shall  fail to  comply  with the
provisions  of  Paragraph  ll.5.1,  above,  then the  Operator  shall pay to the
Manufacturer an adequate premium in advance per annum to enable the Manufacturer
to insure the Leased Equipment and all such insurance  policies shall be held in
the custody of the Manufacturer.

11.6  Indemnification

      The Operator  agrees to indemnify,  protect,  save,  and keep harmless the
Manufacturer,  its agents, employees,  successors,  and assigns from and against
all losses, damages,  injuries,  claims, demands, and expenses,  including legal
expenses , of whatsoever nature arising out of the use, condition


                                                                             313
<PAGE>

(including  but not  limited  to latent  and other  defects  and  whether or not
discoverable  by it), or operation of the TCTS-1  System,  or any part of it, by
any person who used,  operated,  or came into contact with such TCTS-1 System at
the Site and to defend any suit seeking such damages even though the allegations
of such suit are  groundless,  false, or fraudulent,  provided  however that the
Operator agrees to give prompt notice to the Manufacturer  once the Operator has
actual knowledge of any claims as to which indemnity shall be sought,  and shall
permit the Manufacturer (at the Operator's expense) to assume the defense of any
such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom;  provided that counsel for the
Manufacturer,  who shall conduct the defense of said claim or litigation,  shall
be  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Operator;  The Operator  shall not, in the
defense  of any such  claim  or  litigation,  except  with  the  consent  of the
Manufacturer,  consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement
that does not include as an  unconditional  term,  the giving by the claimant or
plaintiff to  Manufacturer  of a release  from all  liability in respect to such
claim or litigation.

11.7  Access

      The  Operator  shall  insure  that the  Manufacturer,  and its  agents and
employees,  shall at all times have free access to the  Operator's  premises for
the  purpose  of  inspecting  the Leased  Equipment  and  observing  its use and
operation, and making alterations,  improvements,  or additions thereto; and the
Operator shall afford all reasonable  facilities  therefor,  and shall allow the
Manufacturer to make such reasonable alterations,  improvements, or additions as
the Manufacturer shall deem necessary, at the expense of the Manufacturer.

11.8  Taxes

      The Operator shall pay all taxes,  assessments,  penalties, and fees which
may be levied or assessed on or with respect to the  installation  of the TCTS-1
System and, at all times  during the term of the Lease of the Leased  Equipment,
the Operator shall pay all taxes and assessments  which may be levied upon or in
respect of the TCTS-1 System or its operation, and shall pay any other liability
of any character which may be imposed or incurred as an incident to the physical
possession or operation of such System.

11.9  Compliance with Applicable Law

      The Operator shall provide, at its own expense,  all requisite permits and
licenses  necessary for the  installation  and operation of the TCTS-1 System at
the Site and shall exercise its best efforts to maintain its compliance with all
applicable federal, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, and regulations and,
in the event of any non-compliance which renders impossible the operation of the
Site as a tire recycling facility,  the Operator shall exercise its best efforts
to cure such non-compliance promptly.

11.10 Subordination

      The Operator shall procure from every owner, landlord, mortgagee, or other
secured  party  having any  interest  in the real  property  on which the TCTS-1
System  is to be  installed  or in  the  Operator's  place  of  business  or the
equipment  therein,  and deliver to the Manufacturer,  a written consent to such
installation  and a writing to the effect that the lien of any such  mortgage or
other interest is subordinate to the rights of the Manufacturer  with respect to
the Leased Equipment.

11.11 Ancillary Agreements


                                                                             314
<PAGE>

      11.11.1 The  Operator  will,  simultaneously  with the  execution  of this
Agreement,  and in  consideration  of the premises  and the mutual  promises and
agreements   made  herein,   enter  into  the  following   agreements  with  the
Manufacturer or such person, corporation,  firm, partnership, or other entity as
the Manufacturer shall appoint in its stead:

      (a)   The  Royalty   Agreement,   of  even  date  herewith,   between  the
            Manufacturer  and the Operator  providing for the Operator to pay to
            the  Manufacturer  a  royalty  of three  percent  (3%) of the  gross
            proceeds from the sale, other than to the  Manufacturer  pursuant to
            the Crumb  Rubber  Purchase  Option  Agreement,  by the  Operator of
            rubber  crumb  and  steel  from  scrap  tires  disintegrated  by the
            Operator  through the  utilization of the TCTS-1  System,  a copy of
            which Royalty Agreement is attached as Schedule 11.11(a) hereto; and

      (b)   The Crumb Rubber Purchase Option  Agreement,  of even date herewith,
            between  the   Operator  and  the   Manufacturer   or  such  person,
            corporation,  firm, partnership, or other entity as the Manufacturer
            shall appoint in its stead,  granting an option to the  Manufacturer
            to  purchase  up to 40% of the crumb  rubber  produced by the TCTS-1
            System,  a copy of which Agreement is attached as Schedule  11.11(b)
            hereto

      11.11.2 It is the  intention  of the parties  that within sixty days after
payment of the first payment due under  Paragraph 3.3, above,  the  Manufacturer
and  the  Operator,  jointly,  shall  commence  the  development  of a  mutually
acceptable Projected Maintenance Agreement and that within five business days of
the completion of the said Projected Maintenance  Agreement,  the Operator will,
in  consideration  of the premises and the mutual  promises and agreements  made
herein, enter into the Projected  Maintenance Agreement with the Manufacturer or
such person, corporation, firm, partnership, or other entity as the Manufacturer
and the Operator  shall jointly  agree to and appoint in its stead,  on mutually
agreed upon terms.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of the parties to
enter into the Projected  Maintenance  Agreement will not constitute a breach of
this Agreement or otherwise affect the respective  rights and obligations of the
parties hereunder.

12.   DEFAULTS

12.1  Default by Manufacturer

      Each of the following events shall be deemed to constitute  breach of this
Agreement and, unless cured within 90 days, shall constitute a default hereunder
by the Manufacturer:

      (a)   If at any time prior to the  delivery  of the  TCTS-1  System to the
            Site:

            (i)   The  Manufacturer  makes  an  assignment  for the  benefit  of
                  creditors;

            (ii)  A voluntary or involuntary petition is filed by or against the
                  Manufacturer   under  any  law  having  for  its  purpose  and
                  adjudication  of the  Manufacturer a bankrupt or the extension
                  of the time of payment of, adjustment of, or other arrangement
                  affecting  the  liabilities  of  the   Manufacturer,   or  the
                  reorganization  of the  Manufacturer  and such petition is not
                  discharged or dismissed  within one hundred  twenty (120) days
                  after such petition is filed;

            (iii) A Receiver is appointed  for the property of the  Manufacturer
                  and is not  discharged or dismissed  within one hundred twenty
                  (120) days after such appointment;

                  or

            (iv)  Any  distress,  execution,  or  attachment  is levied upon the
                  Manufacturer's property to the extent that the Manufacturer is
                  not able to fulfill  its  obligations  to  deliver  the TCTS-1
                  within 90 days of the anticipated Deliver Date.

(a)


                                                                             315
<PAGE>

      (b)   The  Manufacturer  fails to deliver the TCTS-1  System in accordance
            with the terms and provisions of Section 7, above, within 90 days of
            the Delivery Date unless prior  thereto,  the Operator has failed to
            meet the payment  provisions  set forth above in Section 3.3 of this
            Agreement;

      (c)   The  TCTS-1  System  fails to operate  for a full Test (or  re-test)
            Period,  in accordance  with Section 8.2 hereof,  within ninety (90)
            days from the date the TCTS-1 System is completely  installed at the
            Site.

12.2  Default by Operator

      Each of the following events shall be deemed to constitute  breach of this
Agreement and, unless cured within 90 days, shall constitute a default hereunder
by the Operator:

      (a)   The Operator fails to make any payment  required to be made pursuant
            to Sections 3.3 or 4.3 of this  Agreement  or, if the parties  shall
            enter into the Projected Maintenance Agreement, any payment required
            to be made by the Operator under the Projected Maintenance Agreement
            and such failure to make payment  shall have  continued for a period
            of ten (10) days after written notice from the Manufacturer;

      (b)   The Operator  refuses to accept or allow the Manufacturer to install
            or test the TCTS-1 System in accordance  with Sections 7.2, 8.2, and
            8.3 of this  Agreement,  notwithstanding  that such System has been:
            (i)  delivered  to the  Operator's  Site on a  timely  basis or (ii)
            delivered  to the  Site and has  performed  in  accordance  with the
            specifications  set forth in Section  8.2 hereof for the  prescribed
            Test Period;

      (c)   The Operator makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

      (d)   A  voluntary  or  involuntary  petition  is filed by or against  the
            Operator  under any law having for its purpose and  adjudication  of
            the Operator a bankrupt or the  extension of the time of payment of,
            adjustment of, or other arrangement affecting the liabilities of the
            Operator, or the reorganization of the Operator and such petition is
            not  discharged  or dismissed  within one hundred  twenty (120) days
            after such petition is filed;

      (e)   A Receiver is appointed for the property of the Operator;

      (f)   Any distress,  execution,  or attachment is levied upon the machines
            or the Operator's property; or

      (g)   The Operator fails to faithfully and fully comply with the terms and
            provisions of Section 5.2 of this  Agreement,  with any such failure
            deemed  to be an  irremediable  material  breach  of this  Agreement
            immediately upon its occurrence.

      (h)   The Operator fails to reasonably, faithfully, and fully maintain the
            TCTS-1 in accordance  with  standards and procedures to be specified
            in the Projected  Maintenance  Agreement or otherwise,  and fails to
            cure such  breach  within the time  period  specified  therein  with
            respect to such failure.

12.3  Remedies Available to the Operator upon Default by Manufacturer

      If the  Manufacture  shall be in default  pursuant to Paragraphs 12.1 (a),
(b), or (c) of this Agreement, unless such default shall have been caused by any
act or failure to act on the part of the  Operator or its  personnel,  including
but not  limited to the failure of the  Operator  to have  brought the Site into
conformance  with the Site Plan)  Specifications,  the  Operator  shall have the
right  to  rescind  this  agreement  by  serving   written  notice  ("Notice  of
Rescission") upon the Manufacturer and the Operator


                                                                             316
<PAGE>

shall thereupon be entitled to stipulated damages in the agreed to amount of one
million dollars (US $1,000,000).  In such event, the Manufacturer  shall, at its
own expense,  remove the TCTS-1 System as promptly as practicable  following its
receipt of such  Notice of  Rescission  and all monies  theretofore  paid by the
Operator to the Manufacturer  pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 4.3, above,  shall be
returned by the Manufacturer to the Operator.

12.4  Remedies Available to the Manufacturer upon Default by the Operator

      12.4.1  The  Operator  acknowledges  and  agrees  that its  breach  of any
provision contained in Section 5.2 of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm
to the Manufacturer.  The Operator therefore agrees that, if the Operator or any
of the Operator's affiliates,  agents, employees, or associates has breached, or
is attempting or threatening to breach, any provision  contained  hereinabove in
the said Section 5.2, then the Manufacturer  shall have the right to obtain from
any court or arbitrator  having  jurisdiction,  such equitable  relief as may be
appropriate,  including a decree  enjoining  the Operator  from any further such
breach of such  provisions,  and  enjoining  the Operator  from  engaging in any
aspect  of the  tire  recycling  business  which  is in  competition  with  tire
recycling businesses which utilize tire disintegration equipment manufactured by
the Manufacturer,  either directly or indirectly  through or in association with
any other person,  firm,  corporation,  or organization  during the term of this
Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  for purposes of this Agreement,  the
parties  agree  that  a tire  recycling  business  utilizing  a  microwave  tire
recycling  system will not be deemed to be in  competition  with tire  recycling
businesses  which  utilize tire  disintegration  equipment  manufactured  by the
Manufacturer

      12.4.2 In the event of any default by the Operator  under this  Agreement,
the  Manufacturer  may at its  option,  at any time  thereafter  terminate  this
Agreement by written notice ("Notice of Termination"),  given in Accordance with
Section 16 hereof. Such termination may be made effective,  at the option of the
Manufacturer, simultaneously with or at any time after the happening of any such
default.

      12.4.3 Upon any  termination of this Agreement prior to payment in full of
the entire  Purchase  Price of US  $2,250,000  for the Purchased  Equipment,  in
accordance  with the terms of Section 3.3 of this  Agreement,  the  Manufacturer
shall  immediately  have  possession  of  the  entire  TCTS-1  System,  and  the
Manufacturer  may  enter  upon the  premises  where  the said  TCTS-1  System is
located,  take possession of the Leased Equipment and without previous demand or
notice and without legal process,  and remove it from the Operator's premises at
the Operator's expense.

      12.4.4 Upon any termination of this Agreement after payment in full of the
entire Purchase Price of US $2,250,000 for the Purchased Equipment has been made
by the Operator,  the  Manufacturer  shall  immediately  have  possession of the
Leased  Equipment  and the  Manufacturer  may enter upon the premises  where the
TCTS-1  System is  located,  remove the Leased  Equipment  from the said  TCTS-1
System and take possession of the Leased  Equipment  without  previous demand or
notice and without legal process,  and remove it from the Operator's premises at
the Operator's expense.

      12.4.5 The Operator  acknowledges  and agrees that any refusal on its part
to permit the  Manufacturer  to enter its premises and remove  either the TCTS-1
System or the Leased  Equipment in accordance with Paragraph 12.4.3 or 12.4.4 of
this Agreement will cause  irreparable  harm to the  Manufacturer.  The Operator
therefore  agrees  that in the  event  of any  such  refusal  on its  part,  the
Manufacturer  shall have the right to obtain from any court or arbitrator having
jurisdiction,  such equitable  relief as may be appropriate,  including a decree
enjoining the Operator from any further such refusal of entry and removal.

      12.4.6 In the event of any default by the Operator prior to the Acceptance
Date, the Manufacturer shall be entitled to liquidated damages including but not
limited to retention  of up to one million  dollars (US  $1,000,000)  out of the
monies  paid  by the  Operator  pursuant  to  Paragraph  3.3 and  all  costs  of
delivering and removing and re-delivering the TCTS-1 System.


                                                                             317
<PAGE>

      12.4.7 In the event of any default by the  Operator  after the  Acceptance
Date or pursuant to Paragraph 12.2(b) of this Agreement,  the Manufacturer shall
be entitled to liquidated  damages  including but not limited to retention of up
to one million  dollars (US  $1,000,000)  out of the monies paid by the Operator
pursuant  to  Paragraph   3.3,  all  costs  of   delivering   and  removing  and
re-delivering  the TCTS-1  System,  and  damages for the  Operator's  failure to
perform  for  the  full  term  of the  Lease  provided  in  Section  4.2 of this
Agreement.

      12.4.8 In the event of any default on the part of the Operator pursuant to
Paragraphs 12.2(a) or 12.2(b) of this Agreement, the Manufacturer shall have the
right to allow the Operator,  for a period of sixty (60) days, to obtain a buyer
for the TCTS-1 System,  satisfactory to the Manufacture,  provided however that,
unless  specifically  waived in writing by the Manufacturer,  the Operator shall
continue  liable  under  this  Agreement  lease  for the full  term of the Lease
provided  for in Section 4.2 of this  Agreement.  In the event that the Operator
shall  fail  to  obtain  a buyer  for the  TCTS-1  System,  satisfactory  to the
Manufacture,  the  Manufacturer  shall use its best  efforts  to  dispose of the
equipment,  either as a single  TCTS-1  System or as separate  components in any
appropriate public disposal manner. In the event of a sale of the equipment to a
Buyer located by either the Operator or the Manufacturer, the Manufacturer shall
return to the Operator all funds  received  from such disposal in excess of: (i)
liquidated  damages under  Paragraphs  12.4.6 or 12.4.7,  above,  (b) any monies
owing to  Manufacturer  by Operator under Section 3.3, and any costs incurred by
the Manufacturer for the removal and public disposal of the repossessed TCTS-1.

      12.4.9  In the  event  of any  default  on the part of the  Operator,  the
Manufacturer  shall not be deemed to have waived any of its rights  hereunder by
reason of its failure to assert its rights or its failure to take  cognizance of
such breach.

      12.4.10  The  foregoing  remedies  provided  herein for the benefit of the
Manufacturer  shall not be exclusive  but in addition to any other  remedies the
Manufacturer  may have by virtue of the  breach  by the  Operator,  in law or in
equity,  from any court or arbitration  proceeding having jurisdiction over such
matter.

13.   OPERATOR'S SALE OF Purchased Equipment

13.1  Manufacturer's Right to Retrieve Leased Equipment Prior to Sale

      In the event  that,  during or after  the term of the  Lease  provided  in
Section  4.2 of this  Agreement,  the  Operator  wishes to divest  itself of the
TCTS-1 System, pursuant to the discontinuance of its business, or otherwise, the
Operator  will give to the  Manufacturer  written  notice to that effect and the
Manufacturer  shall  have all  rights of entry  and  removal  provided  above in
Paragraphs  12.4.4  and  12.4.5  of this  Agreement,  provided  however  that in
addition to such  rights,  if such event shall occur during the term of the said
Lease, the  Manufacturer  shall also have the rights provided to it in Paragraph
12.4.7 of this Agreement.

13.2  Manufacturer's Right of First Refusal

      In the event  that,  during or after  the term of the  Lease  provided  in
Section  4.2 of this  Agreement,  the  Operator  wishes to divest  itself of the
TCTS-1 System, pursuant to the discontinuance of its business, or otherwise, the
Operator  will give to the  Manufacturer  written  notice to that effect and the
Manufacturer will have a right of first refusal to repurchase the TCTS-1 System,
at its  fair  market  value,  within  a sixty  (60)  day  period  following  the
Manufacturer's receipt of such notice;

14.   ASSIGNMENT


                                                                             318
<PAGE>

      The Operator shall not transfer, deliver, sublease, or encumber the Leased
Equipment to any person, corporation, or firm, and the Lease provided in Section
4.2 of this  Agreement  may not be  assigned  by the  Operator  except  with the
Manufacturer's express prior written consent.

15.   FAILURE OF PERFORMANCE

      Delays in or  failure  of  performance  occasioned  by war,  fire,  flood,
embargo, car shortage, accident, explosion, expropriation of plant or product by
federal  or state  authority,  or other like  cause  beyond  the  control of the
Manufacturer,  or Act of God, or by strike,  lockout, or other labor trouble, or
inability  to  obtain  sufficient  labor  interfering  with  the  production  or
transportation  of the TCTS-1 System,  or any part thereof,  or any  replacement
therefor,  whether because of governmental  action affecting the Manufacturer or
its suppliers, or by any action or proceeding at law or in equity, or otherwise,
shall not subject the Manufacturer to any liability.

16.   NOTICES

      All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be mailed by
certified mail, or delivered by hand or by recognized  overnight  courier to the
party to whom such notice is required or permitted to be given  hereunder at the
address  set forth  above for such  party,  in all cases with  written  proof of
receipt  required.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed to have  been  given  when
received by the party to whom notice is given, as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the  receiving  party.  Either  party may change the address to which
notice to it is to be  addressed,  by  written  notice to the  other  party,  as
provided herein.

17.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO MANUFACTURER'S OBLIGATION

      The obligations of the Manufacturer  hereunder are subject to fulfillment,
prior to the Delivery Date, of the following conditions:

17.1  Truth of Representation

      The  representations  and warranties by or on behalf of Operator contained
in this Agreement or in any document  delivered to the Manufacturer  pursuant to
the  provisions  hereof shall be true in all material  respects at and as of the
Delivery Date as though such  representations and warranties were made at and as
of such time.

17.2  Compliance with Covenants

      The  Operator  shall  have  performed  and  complied  with all  covenants,
agreements,  and  conditions  required  by this  Agreement  to be  performed  or
complied with prior or simultaneously with to the Delivery Date.

(ii)  17.3 Financing Arrangements

      The Operator  will deliver to the  Manufacturer  within sixty (60) days of
the execution of this Agreement,  evidence satisfactory to the Manufacturer that
the Operator has  arranged for adequate  financing to meet the payment  schedule
set forth in Section 3.3, above.


                                                                             319
<PAGE>

18.   ARBITRATION

      All  controversies  arising out of or relating to this  Agreement,  or any
modification  thereof,  shall be  settled  by  arbitration  in New York  City in
accordance with the Arbitration Rules then obtaining of the American Arbitration
Association.

19.   BINDING EFFECT.

      19.1 This  agreement  shall bind and inure to the  benefit of the  parties
hereto and their  respective  legal  representatives,  successors  and  assigns,
provided, however, that this Agreement cannot be assigned by the Operator except
in accordance  with Section 14 of this  Agreement.  Nothing herein  expressed or
implied is intended or shall be  construed to confer upon or to give any person,
firm or  corporation  other than the parties hereto and their  respective  legal
representatives,  successors  and  assigns  any rights or  benefits  under or by
reason of this Agreement.

      19.2 All the right,  title,  and  interest of the  Manufacturer  under the
Lease may be enforced by the  Manufacturer,  its  successors,  and assigns.  The
Lease  shall  continue  in full  force and  effect  notwithstanding  the  death,
incapacity, or dissolution of the Operator or the increase,  decrease, or change
in the  personnel of or members of the  Operator,  and shall be binding upon the
Operator  and  the  Operator's  estate,   legal   representatives,   heirs,  and
successors.

20.   GENERAL

20.1  Further Assurances

      At any time, and from time to time, after the execution of this Agreement,
each party will execute such additional  instruments and take such action as may
be  reasonably  requested by the other party to confirm or perfect  title to any
property transferred hereunder or otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes
of this Agreement.

20.2  Waiver

      Any  failure  on the part of any party  hereto  to comply  with any of its
obligations,  agreements or conditions hereunder may be waived in writing by the
party to whom such compliance is owed.

20.3  Brokers

      Neither  party has  employed  any  brokers or finders  with regard to this
Agreement, unless otherwise described in writing to all parties hereto.

20.4  Headings

      The section and  subsection  headings in this  Agreement  are inserted for
convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation
of this Agreement.

20.5  Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

20.6  Entire Agreement


                                                                             320
<PAGE>

      This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties covering  everything
agreed  upon or  understood  in the  transaction.  There  are no oral  promises,
conditions,  representations,  understandings,  interpretations  or terms of any
kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof.

20.7  Severability

      If any part of this Agreement is deemed to be unenforceable the balance of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

20.8  Publicity

      All  notices  to third  parties  and all other  publicity  concerning  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  prior
approval of counsel of the Manufacturer and the Operator, provided however, that
any failure of the  Operator or its counsel to approve any such notices or other
publicity shall in no way prevent the Manufacturer from complying fully with its
public  disclosure  obligations  under the rules and  regulations  of the United
States  Securities  and Exchange  Commission or any other  governmental  body or
agency in the United States or in any other applicable jurisdiction.

20.9  Counterparts

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by each
party on a separate  counterpart,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.

      In Witness  Whereof,  the parties  hereto have caused this Amendment to be
executed the day and year first above written.

                                      THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                      By/s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                            Terence C. Byrne, President

                                      ENERCON AMERICA DISTRIBUTION LIMITED

                                      By/s/ David L. Holmes
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                            David L. Holmes


                                                                             321


                                EXHIBIT 10 (pp)


                                                                             322
<PAGE>

                                   ----------

                             THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                               ROYALTY AGREEMENT

      Royalty Agreement, made this day of August 1998 between:

                     ENERCON America Distribution Limited
                     540 Tansy Lane
                     Westerville, Ohio 43081

                                          (the "Operator")

                                                and

                     The Tirex Corporation
                     740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                     Montreal, Quebec
                     Canada H3C 1L5

                                          (the "Manufacturer")

      Whereas,  the  Manufacturer  and  the  Operator  are  parties  to  certain
equipment lease and purchase  agreements,  of even date herewith (the "Equipment
Lease and  Purchase  Agreements"),  between the  Manufacturer  and the  Operator
respecting the sale by the  Manufacturer and the Purchase by the Operator of the
"Purchased  Equipment" and the operating  lease,  between the  Manufacturer,  as
lessor, and the Operator, as lessee, respecting the "Leased Equipment", as those
terms are defined in the said Equipment Lease and Purchase Agreements.

      Whereas,  in  consideration  for the premises and the mutual promises made
therein,  the Operator has agreed,  pursuant to the Equipment Lease and Purchase
Agreements,  to enter into this Royalty Agreement with the Manufacturer  whereby
the Operator will pay to the Manufacturer  certain royalties calculated upon the
gross proceeds from all sales of rubber crumb,  fiber and steel from scrap tires
disintegrated by the TCS-1 System and the TCTS-1 System which are the respective
subjects of the said  Equipment  Lease and  Purchase  Agreements  (the  "Subject
Systems").

Now, Therefore, it is agreed as follows:

1.    Definitions

      1.2 "Manufacturer" shall mean The Tirex Corporation and its successors and
assigns.


                                                                             323
<PAGE>

      1.3 "Operator"  shall mean ENERCON  America  Distribution  Limited and all
other  corporations,  partnerships,  or  other  entities,  now or in the  future
controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of,  ENERCON  America
Distribution Limited, jointly and severally.

      1.4 All other  Capitalized  terms used  herein and not  otherwise  defined
shall have the respective meanings attributed thereto in the Equipment Lease and
Purchase Agreement.

2.    Royalty Fee

      2.1 The Operator shall pay to the Manufacturer, not more than fifteen (15)
days after the end of each month,  a royalty fee equal to three  percent (3%) of
the net proceeds  from all sales of rubber  crumb,  fiber,  and steel from scrap
tires disintegrated by the Subject Systems (the "Royalty Fee").

      2.2 For purposes of this Royalty Agreement,  the term "net proceeds" shall
mean all revenues from the sale, other than to the Manufacturer  pursuant to the
Crumb Rubber Purchase Option  Agreement,  of rubber crumb,  fiber and steel from
scrap tires  disintegrated by the Subject Systems less any uncollected  accounts
actually written off as bad debts by the Operator.

3.    Payment Periods

      Royalty   Fees  shall  be  reported  and  paid  by  the  Operator  to  the
Manufacturer  every month from the  Acceptance  Date  throughout the life of the
Subject Systems.

4.    Royalty Reports

      The Operator shall prepare  royalty  reports  ("Royalty  Reports"),  to be
delivered by the Operator to the Manufacturer, together with the Royalty Fee due
thereunder,  covering the  immediately  preceding  "Reporting  Periods",  in the
following manner:

      (a)   The initial  Reporting Period shall be the Reporting Period in which
            the Acceptance  Date falls.  For example,  if the Acceptance Date is
            September  15, 1998,  the initial  Reporting  Period is the two-week
            period which  commenced on September 15, 1998 and ended on September
            30, 1998, and the Royalty Report and Royalty Fee for such "Reporting
            Period" is due on October 15, 1998.

      (b)   Each Royalty Report shall disclose the gross revenues from all sales
            of steel,  fiber,  and rubber crumb produced by the operation of the
            Subject  Systems and the amount of the Royalty Fee  calculated  upon
            the gross proceeds therefrom.

5.    Inspection of Books

      Upon written request, the Manufacturer or his designated agent may examine
the books and  records  of the  Operator  only  insofar  as they  relate to this
Royalty Agreement and are reasonably  required to verify the Operator's revenues
from sales of steel, fiber, and rubber crumb produced


                                                                             324
<PAGE>

by the operation of the Subject Systems.  Such  examination  shall take place at
the offices of the Operator only during normal business office operating hours.

6.    Assignment

      6.1 This Royalty  Agreement may not be assigned by the Operator  except as
part of the assignment of the Equipment Lease and Purchase Agreement,  which may
only be assigned  pursuant to the express written  consent of the  Manufacturer,
and any such  assignment  shall not  relieve  the  Operator  of its  liabilities
hereunder unless expressly waived in writing by the Manufacturer.

      6.2 This Royalty  Agreement  may be  transferred,  assigned,  pledged,  or
hypothecated  by the  Manufacture  as  part  of the  sale  of  its  business  or
otherwise.

7.    Notices

      All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be mailed by
certified mail, or delivered by hand or by recognized  overnight  courier to the
party to whom such notice is required or permitted to be given  hereunder at the
address  set forth  above for such  party,  in all cases with  written  proof of
receipt  required.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed to have  been  given  when
received by the party to whom notice is given, as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the  receiving  party.  Either  party may change the address to which
notice to it is to be  addressed,  by  written  notice to the  other  party,  as
provided herein.

8.    Binding Effect.

      8.1 This  Royalty  Agreement  shall  bind and inure to the  benefit of the
parties  hereto  and their  respective  legal  representatives,  successors  and
assigns,  provided,  however,  that this Royalty Agreement cannot be assigned by
the  Operator  except in  accordance  with  Section 6.1 hereof.  Nothing  herein
expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or to give
any  person,  firm or  corporation  other  than the  parties  hereto  and  their
respective legal representatives,  successors and assigns any rights or benefits
under or by reason of this Royalty Agreement.

      8.2 All the right,  title,  and  interest of the  Manufacturer  under this
Royalty  Agreement  may be enforced by the  Manufacturer,  its  successors,  and
assigns.  This  Royalty  Agreement  shall  continue  in full  force  and  effect
notwithstanding  the death,  incapacity,  or  dissolution of the Operator or the
increase,  decrease,  or change in the  personnel of or members of the Operator,
and  shall be  binding  upon  the  Operator  and the  Operator's  estate,  legal
representatives, heirs, and successors.

9.    Further Assurances

      At any time, and from time to time, after the execution of this Agreement,
each party will execute such additional  instruments and take such action as may
be reasonably requested by the


                                                                             325
<PAGE>

other party to confirm or perfect title to any property transferred hereunder or
otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

10.   Waiver

      Any  failure  on the part of any party  hereto  to comply  with any of its
obligations,  agreements or conditions hereunder may be waived in writing by the
party to whom such compliance is owed.

11.   Brokers

      Neither  party has  employed  any  brokers or finders  with regard to this
Agreement, unless otherwise described in writing to all parties hereto.

12.   Headings

      The section and  subsection  headings in this  Agreement  are inserted for
convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation
of this Agreement.

13.   Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

14.   Entire Agreement

      This Agreement and the premises and mutual promises in the Equipment Lease
and Purchase Agreements  constitute the entire agreement of the parties covering
everything agreed upon or understood with respect to the Royalty Fees. There are
no oral promises, conditions, representations,  understandings,  interpretations
or terms of any kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof.

15.   Severability

      If any part of this Agreement is deemed to be unenforceable the balance of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

16.   Publicity

      All  notices  to third  parties  and all other  publicity  concerning  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  prior
approval of counsel to the Manufacturer.


                                                                             326
<PAGE>

17.   Counterparts

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by each
party on a separate  counterpart,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.

      In Witness Whereof,  the parties hereto have caused this Royalty Agreement
to be executed the day and year first above written whatsoever.

                                    ENERCON AMERICA DISTRIBUTION LIMITED

                                    By /s/ David L. Holmes
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                            David L. Holmes, President

                                    THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                    By/s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Terence C. Byrne, President


                                                                             327


                                EXHIBIT 10 (qq)


                                                                             328
<PAGE>

                                   ----------

                             THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                     RUBBER CRUMB PURCHASE OPTION AGREEMENT

      Rubber Crumb Purchase Option Agreement, made this 19th day of August 1998,
between:

                      ENERCON America Distribution Limited
                      540 Tansy Lane
                      Westerville, Ohio 43081

                                             (the "Operator")

                                             and

                      The Tirex Corporation
                      740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                      Montreal, Quebec
                      Canada H3C 1L5

                                             (the "Manufacturer")

      Whereas,  the  Manufacturer  and  the  Operator  are  parties  to  certain
equipment lease and purchase  agreements,  of even date herewith (the "Equipment
Lease and  Purchase  Agreements"),  between the  Manufacturer  and the  Operator
respecting the sale by the  Manufacturer and the Purchase by the Operator of the
"Purchased  Equipment" and the operating  lease,  between the  Manufacturer,  as
lessor, and the Operator, as lessee, respecting the "Leased Equipment", as those
terms are defined in the said Equipment Lease and Purchase Agreements.

      Whereas,  in  consideration  for the premises and the mutual promises made
therein,  the Operator has agreed,  pursuant to the Equipment Lease and Purchase
Agreements,  to enter into this Option Agreement with the Manufacturer  pursuant
to which the Operator hereby grants to the  Manufacturer  the option to purchase
up to forty percent (40%) of the rubber crumb yielded by the  disintegration  of
scrap tires in the TCS-1 System and the TCTS-1  System which are the  respective
subjects of the said  Equipment  Lease and  Purchase  Agreements  (the  "Subject
System").

      Now, Therefore, it is agreed as follows:

1.    Definitions

      1.1 "Manufacturer" shall mean The Tirex Corporation and its successors and
assigns.


                                                                             329
<PAGE>

      1.2 "Operator"  shall mean ENERCON  America  Distribution  Limited and all
other  corporations,  partnerships,  or  other  entities,  now or in the  future
controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of,  ENERCON  America
Distribution Limited, jointly and severally.

      1.3 All other  Capitalized  terms used  herein and not  otherwise  defined
shall have the respective meanings attributed thereto in the Equipment Lease and
Purchase Agreements.

2.    Grant of Option

      The Operator hereby grants to the Manufacturer an option (the "Option") to
purchase  up to  forty  percent  (40%)  of  the  rubber  crumb  yielded  by  the
disintegration  of  scrap  tires  in the  Subject  Systems  (the  "Rubber  Crumb
Output").

3.    Term of Option

      The term of the Option shall be coextensive with the term of the operating
lease provided for in Section 4 of the respective  Equipment  Lease and Purchase
Agreements and shall commence as of the Acceptance Date.

4.    Conditions of Option

      The Manufacturer's  rights to purchase the Rubber Crumb Output pursuant to
this Option shall be subject to fulfillment of the following condition:

      (a)   the Manufacturer shall furnish to the Operator,  in writing,  within
            ninety days of the Acceptance Date and every six months  thereafter,
            the Manufacturer's  anticipated purchase projections (the "Six-Month
            Projected  Purchase  Order")  specifying  the  grades,   types,  and
            quantities of Rubber Crumb Output which the Manufacturer  commits to
            purchase  within the  six-month  period  following  the date of such
            Projected Purchase Order;

      The price, terms, and conditions specified in the Projected Purchase Order
will be negotiated every six months for a period of six months.

5.    Inspection of Books

      Upon written request, the Manufacturer or its designated agent may examine
the books and records of the Operator only insofar as they relate to this Rubber
Crumb Purchase Option Agreement and are reasonably required to verify the volume
of  rubber  crumb  produced  by the  operation  of  the  Subject  Systems.  Such
examination  shall take place at the offices of the Operator  only during normal
business office operating hours.

6.    Assignment


                                                                             330
<PAGE>

      6.1 This Option  Agreement  may not be assigned by the Operator  except as
part of the assignment of the Equipment Lease and Purchase Agreement,  which may
only be assigned  pursuant to the express written  consent of the  Manufacturer,
and any such  assignment  shall not  relieve  the  Operator  of its  obligations
hereunder unless expressly waived in writing by the Manufacturer.

      6.2 This  Option  Agreement  may be  transferred,  assigned,  pledged,  or
hypothecated  by the  Manufacture  as  part  of the  sale  of  its  business  or
otherwise.

7.    Notices

      All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be mailed by
certified mail, or delivered by hand or by recognized  overnight  courier to the
party to whom such notice is required or permitted to be given  hereunder at the
address  set forth  above for such  party,  in all cases with  written  proof of
receipt  required.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed to have  been  given  when
received by the party to whom notice is given, as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the  receiving  party.  Either  party may change the address to which
notice to it is to be  addressed,  by  written  notice to the  other  party,  as
provided herein.

8.    Binding Effect.

      8.1 This  Option  Agreement  shall  bind and inure to the  benefit  of the
parties  hereto  and their  respective  legal  representatives,  successors  and
assigns, provided, however, that this Option Agreement cannot be assigned by the
Operator except in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof.  Nothing herein expressed
or implied  is  intended  or shall be  construed  to confer  upon or to give any
person,  firm or corporation  other than the parties hereto and their respective
legal representatives, successors and assigns any rights or benefits under or by
reason of this Option Agreement.

      8.2 All the right,  title,  and  interest of the  Manufacturer  under this
Option  Agreement  may be  enforced by the  Manufacturer,  its  successors,  and
assigns.  This  Option  Agreement  shall  continue  in  full  force  and  effect
notwithstanding  the death,  incapacity,  or  dissolution of the Operator or the
increase,  decrease,  or change in the  personnel of or members of the Operator,
and  shall be  binding  upon  the  Operator  and the  Operator's  estate,  legal
representatives, heirs, and successors.

9.    Further Assurances

      At any time, and from time to time, after the execution of this Agreement,
each party will execute such additional  instruments and take such action as may
be  reasonably  requested by the other party to confirm or perfect  title to any
property transferred hereunder or otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes
of this Agreement.

10.   Waiver


                                                                             331
<PAGE>

      Any  failure  on the part of any party  hereto  to comply  with any of its
obligations,  agreements or conditions hereunder may be waived in writing by the
party to whom such compliance is owed.

11.   Brokers

      Neither  party has  employed  any  brokers or finders  with regard to this
Agreement, unless otherwise described in writing to all parties hereto.

12.   Headings

      The section and  subsection  headings in this  Agreement  are inserted for
convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation
of this Agreement.

13.   Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

14    Entire Agreement

      This Agreement and the premises and mutual promises in the Equipment Lease
and Purchase  Agreement  constitute the entire agreement of the parties covering
everything  agreed upon or understood  with respect to the Option.  There are no
oral promises, conditions, representations,  understandings,  interpretations or
terms of any kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof.

15.   Severability

      If any part of this Agreement is deemed to be unenforceable the balance of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

16.   Publicity

      All  notices  to third  parties  and all other  publicity  concerning  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  prior
approval of counsel to the Manufacturer.

17.   Counterparts

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by each
party on a separate  counterpart,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.


                                                                             332
<PAGE>

         In  Witness  Whereof,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this  Option
Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

whatsoever.

                                       ENERCON AMERICA DISTRIBUTION LIMITED

                                       By /s/ David L. Holmes
                                          --------------------------------------
                                              David L. Holmes

                                       THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                       By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                          --------------------------------------
                                              Terence C. Byrne, President


                                                                             333


                                EXHIBIT 10 (rr)


                                                                             334
<PAGE>

                                   ----------

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                            PURCHASE RIGHTS AGREEMENT

      Purchase Rights Agreement, made this 19th day of August 1998, between:

                      ENERCON America Distribution Limited
                      540 Tansy Lane
                      Westerville, Ohio 43081

                                               (the "Operator")

                                               and

                      The Tirex Corporation
                      740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                      Montreal, Quebec
                      Canada H3C 1L5

                                               (the "Manufacturer")

      Whereas,  the  Manufacturer  and  the  Operator  are  parties  to  certain
equipment lease and purchase  agreements,  of even date herewith (the "Equipment
Lease and  Purchase  Agreements"),  between the  Manufacturer  and the  Operator
respecting the sale by the  Manufacturer and the Purchase by the Operator of the
"Purchased  Equipment" and the operating  lease,  between the  Manufacturer,  as
lessor,  and the Operator,  as lessee (the  "Operating  Lease"),  respecting the
"Leased  Equipment",  as those terms are defined in the said Equipment Lease and
Purchase Agreements.

      Whereas,  Section 4 of each of the respective Equipment Lease and Purchase
Agreements contains the terms and provisions of the respective Operating Leases,
with  Subparagraphs  4.2.2  (b) of  each  of such  Agreements  providing  to the
Operator  the sole and  exclusive  right to extend  the  terms of the  Operating
Leases yearly,  on a perpetual  basis, at a reduced rental rate, or to terminate
the said Operating Leases upon 90 days written notice to the Manufacturer.

      Whereas,  the Operator wishes to have, and the  Manufacturer has agreed to
grant to the Operator,  the right to purchase the Leased  Equipment in the event
that a voluntary or involuntary petition is filed by or against the Manufacturer
under Chapter 7 of the United States  Bankruptcy laws having for its purpose and
adjudication  of  the  Manufacturer  a  bankrupt  and  the  liquidation  of  the
Manufacturer's assets pursuant thereto.

      Now, Therefore,  in consideration for the premises and the mutual promises
made herein and in the Equipment Lease and Purchase Agreements,  it is agreed as
follows:


                                                                             335
<PAGE>

1.    Definitions

      1.1 "Manufacturer" shall mean The Tirex Corporation and its successors and
assigns.

      1.2 "Operator"  shall mean ENERCON  America  Distribution  Limited and all
other  corporations,  partnerships,  or  other  entities,  now or in the  future
controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of,  ENERCON  America
Distribution Limited, jointly and severally.

      1.3 All other  Capitalized  terms used  herein and not  otherwise  defined
shall have the respective meanings attributed thereto in the Equipment Lease and
Purchase Agreements.

2.    Operator's Right to Purchase Leased Equipment

      2.1  To  the  extent  permitted  under  applicable   bankruptcy  laws  and
regulations,  the  Manufacturer  hereby  grants  to the  Operator  the  right to
purchase  the Leased  Equipment  in the event that a  voluntary  or  involuntary
petition is filed by or against the  Manufacturer  under Chapter 7 of the United
States   Bankruptcy  laws  having  for  its  purpose  the  adjudication  of  the
Manufacturer  as a bankrupt and the  liquidation  of the  Manufacturer's  assets
pursuant thereto, in which event:

      (a)   The   Manufacturer   shall,   within  five  business  days  of  such
            occurrence, give written notice thereof to the Operator;

      (b)   The  Operator  shall,  within five  business  days of receipt of the
            above described  notice,  advise the Manufacturer  whether or not it
            wishes to purchase the Leased Equipment.

3.    Purchase Price

      The purchase price for the Leased  Equipment  shall be the greater of: (i)
seven hundred fifty  thousand  United States  dollars (US $750,000) less $10,000
for each monthly rental  payment  (including  $12,500  initial term payments and
$6,250 extended term payments) that Operator shall  theretofore  have paid under
the Operating Lease; or (ii) $50,000.

6.    Assignment

      6.1 This  Purchase  Rights  Agreement  may not be assigned by the Operator
except as part of the assignment of the Equipment Lease and Purchase  Agreement,
which may only be  assigned  pursuant  to the  express  written  consent  of the
Manufacturer,  and any such  assignment  shall not relieve  the  Operator of its
obligations hereunder unless expressly waived in writing by the Manufacturer.

      6.2 This Purchase Rights Agreement may be transferred,  assigned, pledged,
or  hypothecated  by the  Manufacture  as part of the  sale of its  business  or
otherwise.


                                                                             336
<PAGE>

7.    Notices

      All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be mailed by
certified mail, or delivered by hand or by recognized  overnight  courier to the
party to whom such notice is required or permitted to be given  hereunder at the
address  set forth  above for such  party,  in all cases with  written  proof of
receipt  required.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed to have  been  given  when
received by the party to whom notice is given, as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the  receiving  party.  Either  party may change the address to which
notice to it is to be  addressed,  by  written  notice to the  other  party,  as
provided herein.

8.    Binding Effect.

      8.1 This Purchase Rights  Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their  respective legal  representatives,  successors and
assigns,  provided,  however,  that this  Agreement  cannot be  assigned  by the
Operator except in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof.  Nothing herein expressed
or implied  is  intended  or shall be  construed  to confer  upon or to give any
person,  firm or corporation  other than the parties hereto and their respective
legal representatives, successors and assigns any rights or benefits under or by
reason of this Agreement.

9.    Further Assurances

      At any time, and from time to time, after the execution of this Agreement,
each party will execute such additional  instruments and take such action as may
be  reasonably  requested by the other party to confirm or perfect  title to any
property transferred hereunder or otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes
of this Agreement.

10.   Waiver

      Any  failure  on the part of any party  hereto  to comply  with any of its
obligations,  agreements or conditions hereunder may be waived in writing by the
party to whom such compliance is owed.

11.   Brokers

      Neither  party has  employed  any  brokers or finders  with regard to this
Agreement, unless otherwise described in writing to all parties hereto.

12.   Headings

      The section and  subsection  headings in this  Agreement  are inserted for
convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation
of this Agreement.

13.   Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.


                                                                             337
<PAGE>

14    Entire Agreement

      This Agreement and the premises and mutual promises in the Equipment Lease
and Purchase  Agreement  constitute the entire agreement of the parties covering
everything  agreed upon or understood  with respect to the Operator's  rights to
purchase  the  Leased  Equipment.  There  are  no  oral  promises,   conditions,
representations,  understandings,  interpretations  or  terms  of  any  kind  as
conditions or inducements to the execution hereof.

15.   Severability

      If any part of this Agreement is deemed to be unenforceable the balance of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

16.   Publicity

      All  notices  to third  parties  and all other  publicity  concerning  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  prior
approval of counsel to the Manufacturer.

17.   Counterparts

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by each
party on a separate  counterpart,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.

      In Witness  Whereof,  the parties hereto have caused this Purchase  Rights
Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

whatsoever.

                                      ENERCON AMERICA DISTRIBUTION LIMITED

                                      By /s/ David L. Holmes
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                             David L. Holmes

                                      THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                      By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                             Terence C. Byrne, President


                                                                             338


                                EXHIBIT 10 (ss)


                                                                             339
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                                  PASSENGER CAR
                     EQUIPMENT LEASE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                   ----------

      Passenger Car Equipment Lease and Purchase Agreement, made this 9th day of
October 1998, among

                     ENERCON America Distribution Limited
                     540 Tansy Lane
                     Westerville, Ohio 43081

                                                 (the "Operator")

                                                 and

                     The Tirex Corporation
                     740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                     Montreal, Quebec H3C 1L5

                                                 (the "Manufacturer")

1.    DEFINITIONS

      1.1 "Acceptance Date" shall mean the first day following the completion of
the Test Period.

      1.2  Delivery  Date  shall  mean May 30,  1999 or such  other  date as the
parties hereto shall mutually agree.

      1.3  "Leased  Equipment  shall mean  Items 010 and 011 of the  Proprietary
Equipment, as set forth on Schedule 1.8 hereto.

      1.4 "Manufacturer" shall mean The Tirex Corporation and Tirex-Canada Inc.,
and all  other  corporations,  partnerships,  or other  entities,  now or in the
future  controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of, The Tirex
Corporation, jointly and severally.

      1.5 "Nonproprietary  Equipment" shall mean the constituent,  integral, and
inseparable parts of the TCS-1 System specified in Schedule 1.5 hereto.

      1.6 "Operator"  shall mean ENERCON  America  Distribution  Limited and all
other  corporations,  partnerships,  or  other  entities,  now or in the  future
controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of,  ENERCON  America
Distribution Limited, jointly and severally.

      1.7  "Projected  Maintenance  Agreement"  shall mean the agreement for the
maintenance of the TCS-1 System,  which the  Manufacturer  and the Operator will
prepare on mutually agreeable terms.


                                                                             340
<PAGE>

      1.8  "Proprietary  Equipment" shall mean the  constituent,  integral,  and
inseparable parts of the TCS-1 System specified in Schedule 1.8 hereto.

      1.9  "Purchased  Equipment  shall  mean  Items  001  through  009  of  the
Proprietary   Equipment,   as  specified   on  Schedule  1.8  hereto,   and  the
Nonproprietary Equipment, as specified on Schedule 1.5 hereto.

      1.10 "Site" shall mean the premises of Carbon Black  Technologies,  Ltd in
Johnstown, Pennsylvania or such other site as the Operator shall specify.

      1.11 "TCS-1 System" shall mean the  Manufacturer's  proprietary  cryogenic
passenger  car tire  disintegration  system,  consisting  of:  (i) the  patented
"Leased Equipment" and the (ii) "Purchased  Equipment" which includes but is not
limited to a front-end tire preparation  system and a freezing chamber which the
Manufacturer  believes  are  proprietary  to it and for which  the  Manufacturer
intends to apply for patents.  This System will accept whole passenger car tires
with an inside diameter not exceeding seventeen (17) inches and will process the
tire in such a manner as to allow the  System  to  separate  the steel and fiber
from the rubber which will be reduced to a size no larger than 5 mesh. The TCS-1
System shall meet or exceed all applicable  U.S.  permitting and operating rules
and regulations including but not limited to those promulgated by OSHA and EPA.

      1.12 "Test  Period"  shall mean a three day period  which  shall  commence
within ten days after completion of the installation of the TCS-1 System, during
which Test Period,  the TCS-1 System shall be operated  continually for up to 24
hours per day.

2.    RECITALS

Whereas:

      2.1  The  Manufacturer  has  invented,  designed,  developed,  built,  and
patented part of, and is the sole and exclusive  owner,  directly or indirectly,
through one or more subsidiaries,  of all right title and interest in, the TCS-1
System.

      2.2 The Operator is a corporation  organized for the principal  purpose of
commercially   exploiting,   directly  or   indirectly,   through  one  or  more
subsidiaries,  the TCS-1 System by: (i) purchasing the Nonproprietary  Equipment
and  Items  001  -  009  of  the  Proprietary  Equipment  (referred  to  herein,
collectively,  as the "Purchased Equipment");  (ii) leasing Items 010 and 011 of
the  Proprietary  Equipment  (referred to herein,  collectively,  as the "Leased
Equipment"); and (iii) operating the TCS-1 System.

3.    AGREEMENT FOR PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE PURCHASED EQUIPMENT

3.1   Purchase and Sale

      The Operator agrees to purchase,  and the Manufacturer agrees to sell, the
Purchased  Equipment,  as defined in Section 1.7,  above, in accordance with the
terms and conditions of this


                                                                             341
<PAGE>

Agreement.  The  Operator  may at  its  election  take  title  to the  Purchased
Equipment in a wholly owned  subsidiary  corporation to be formed by it for such
purpose.  Such  election by the  Operator  shall  nowise  modify,  diminish,  or
otherwise effect the Operator's  liability  hereunder to the  Manufacturer.  The
purchase and payment for the Purchased Equipment by the Operator,  and the sale,
assignment, transfer, and delivery thereof by the Manufacturer, shall take place
subject to the fulfillment of the conditions herein after provided.

3.2   Purchase Price

      The purchase price for the Purchased  Equipment  (the  "Purchase  Price"),
installed and set in operation pursuant to Section 7 hereto, shall be the sum of
two million,  two hundred fifty thousand United States dollars (US  $2,250,000),
FOB Montreal.

3.3   Payment Terms

      In the absence of  arrangements  for lease or letter of credit  financing,
satisfactory to the Manufacturer, the Purchase Price for the Purchased Equipment
shall be paid as follows:

(a)   15%   (US $337,500)       upon execution of this Agreement;

(b)   15%   (US $337,500)       upon  acceptance  by the  Operator of  equipment
                                drawings,  layout  drawings,  and other  written
                                specifications, such acceptance to be based upon
                                local   permitting  and   applicable   operating
                                requirements   and  shall  not  be  unreasonably
                                withheld

(c)   30%   (US $675,000)       two months after Manufacturer's giving notice of
                                commencement of manufacture.

(d)   10%   (US $225,000)       two  months  prior to the  anticipated  Delivery
                                Date.

(e)   15%   (US $337,500)       on the Delivery Date; and

(f)   15%   (US $337,500)       on the Acceptance Date.

3.4   Taxes

      Manufacturer and Operator acknowledge that there are a variety of country,
state and/or local taxes that may be assessed on the  Purchased  Equipment,  the
Leased  Equipment,   and  the  purchase,   sale,  and  operation  thereof.   The
Manufacturer  shall  be  responsible  for  the  prompt  payment  of  all  taxes,
assessments,  levies, export taxes, or other governmental or regulatory payments
that may be assessed by the  government of Canada or any political  sub-division
therein.  The Operator shall be responsible for the prompt payment of all taxes,
assessments,  levies, import taxes, or other governmental or regulatory payments
that shall be assessed by the  government of the United States of America or any
political sub-division therein.


                                                                             342
<PAGE>

4.    AGREEMENT FOR OPERATING LEASE

4.1   Agreement to Lease Equipment

      The Manufacturer,  as lessor,  and the Operator,  as lessee,  hereby enter
into an operating  lease (the "Lease") for the Leased  Equipment,  consisting of
Items 010 and 011  specified  on Schedule 1.8 hereto,  subject to the  following
terms and conditions:

4.2   Term of the Lease

      4.2.1 The term of the Lease shall be sixty (60) months  commencing  on the
Acceptance date.

      4.2.2 At the  expiration of the full  original term hereof,  if this Lease
has remained in effect and the Operator has duly  performed all its  obligations
thereunder  during the entire such term, then the Operator shall have the option
to either:

      (a)   Obtain a new  lease  agreement  in the  form  then  being  generally
            offered by the Operator to the trade under which the Operator  shall
            replace the Leased Equipment or the entire TCS-1 System, as the case
            may be, with new equipment,  free of any installation charge payable
            by the Operator;

      (b)   Continue to use the same equipment  installed  hereunder and thereby
            extend the term of this Lease at a reduced  rental rate of US $6,250
            per month for a period of one year with further successive automatic
            one-year   extensions  subject  only  to  the  Operator's  right  to
            terminate  this  Lease at the end of any  extension  year upon prior
            written notice of not less than 90 days; or

      (c)   Request that the Manufacturer exercise its right of first refusal to
            repurchase the Purchased  Equipment pursuant to Section 13.2 of this
            Agreement,  in which  event the  Manufacturer  shall have sixty (60)
            days following the Manufacturer's  receipt of such notice to either:
            (i) notify the Operator of its intent to  repurchase  the  Purchased
            Equipment  and,  within ninety (90) days of such notice,  effectuate
            such repurchase and thereupon enter upon the premises where the said
            TCS-1  System is located and remove the entire TCS-1 System from the
            Operator's  premises at the Manufacturer's  expense,  or (ii) notify
            the Operator  that it does not intend to  repurchase  the  Purchased
            Equipment  and, as soon as  practicable  thereafter,  enter upon the
            premises where the TCS-1 System is located,  take  possession of the
            Leased Equipment without previous demand or notice and without legal
            process,  retrieve  the Leased  Equipment  from the TCS-1 System and
            remove the Leased  Equipment  from the  Operator's  premises  at the
            Manufacturer's expense.

4.3   Rent Payments

      4.3.1 The Operator shall pay to the  Manufacturer  monthly rental payments
(the "Rent  Payments") for the Leased  Equipment at the rate of twelve thousand,
five hundred United States  dollars (US $12,500) per month,  payable in advance,
as follows:


                                                                             343
<PAGE>

      (a)   30 days prior to the Delivery  Date: (i) the first month's rent and;
            (ii) as a security deposit, the last two months rent.

      (b)   One calendar month following the Delivery Date: the Rent Payment for
            the period (the "Partial-Month Period") which commences one calendar
            month  following  the Delivery  Date and ends on the last day of the
            calendar  month in which such  Partial-Month  Period falls,  will be
            payable in cash on the first day of such Partial-Month  Period, on a
            pro rata basis.

      (c)   Normal  monthly  Rent  Payments of US $12,500  will  commence and be
            payable on the first day of the first full calendar month  following
            the Partial-Month Period.


                                                                             344
<PAGE>

EXAMPLE:  If the Delivery Date is September 15, 1998:

================================================================================
Referenced Terms         Period Covered        Date Payment Due      Amount of
                                                                      Payment
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"First Month"          September 15, 1998      August 17, 1998       US $12,500
                            through
                        October 14, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Security               Last two monthly       August 17, 1998       US $25,000
 Deposit"                rent payments
                       payable under lease
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Partial Month          October 15, 1998       October 15, 1998      US $ 6,250
 Period                     through
                        October 31, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"First Regular          November 1, 1998       November 1, 1998      US $12,500
 Monthly Rental             through
 Payment"               November 30, 1998
================================================================================

      4.3.2 In the  event of that  payment  of any Rent  Payment  is made by the
Operator  more than five days after the date when such  payment  shall have been
due,  the  Operator  shall pay a late charge of one  percent  (1%) of the entire
amount of such Rent Payment for every month in which such delinquency  occurs or
continues.

5.    TITLE TO EQUIPMENT

5.1   Title to Purchased Equipment

      5.1.1 Title to the  Purchased  Equipment  shall pass to the Operator  upon
payment in full of the  balance of the  Purchase  Price,  due on the  Acceptance
Date.

      5.1.2 No rights to any plans or designs  respecting the TCS-1 System shall
pass to the Operator  and the Operator  shall not copy,  reproduce,  design,  or
build, or cause, assist, or suffer to be copied, reproduced,  designed, or built
by any other person,  firm, or corporation  any equipment in any way similar to,
or based upon, the design or structure of the TCS-1 System.

5.2   Title to Leased Equipment

      5.2.1  The  Leased  Equipment  shall  at all  times  remain  the  sole and
exclusive  property of the  Manufacturer  (which reserves the right to assign or
encumber the Leased  Equipment  subject to the rights of the Operator  under the
Operating Lease contained in Section 4 of this Agreement) and the Operator shall
have no right,  title, or interest to the Leased Equipment but only the right to
use  such  Equipment  under  this  Lease.  The  Leased  Equipment  shall  not be
transferred or sublet by the Operator to any other person,  firm or corporation,
the Operator shall not permit any other


                                                                             345
<PAGE>

person, firm, or corporation to use the Leased Equipment, and the said operating
lease  contained  herein may not be assigned by the  Operator  without the prior
written consent of the  Manufacturer.  In the event that the Manufacturer  shall
assign or  encumber  the Leased  Equipment,  it shall give the  Operator  prompt
written notice of such assignment or encumbrance.

      5.2.2  The  Leased  Equipment  shall  remain  personal   property  of  the
Manufacturer and shall not be deemed otherwise by reason of becoming attached to
the premises.

      5.2.3 The  Manufacturer  shall  have the right at any time or from time to
time to modify  the  Leased  Equipment  in a manner  which  will not  lessen the
utility of the Leased Equipment;

      5.2.4 The Operator  shall not enter into,  remove,  tamper with, or breach
the security of, the Leased Equipment.  The Operator shall not copy,  reproduce,
design,  or  build,  or cause,  assist,  or  suffer  to be  copied,  reproduced,
designed,  or built by any other person,  firm, or corporation  any equipment in
any way  similar  to, or based  upon,  the  design or  structure  of the  Leased
Equipment,  or of any part  thereof.  The  Operator  shall not permit any Leased
Equipment  to be abused,  not permit the removal of any plate or markings put on
the Leased  Equipment  by the  Manufacturer,  nor attach  anything  to or remove
anything from the Leased Equipment.

      5.2.5 The Operator will not allow any repairs to the TCS-1 or  replacement
of parts to be done by any person or persons  except  technicians  authorized by
the Manufacturer and/or as trained by the Manufacturer pursuant to Section 8.2.3
of this Agreement.

      5.2.6 The  Operator  agrees that,  in  consideration  of the  Manufacturer
entering  into  this  Lease,  it will not move the  TCS-1  System  from the Site
without the prior written consent of the Manufacturer.

6.    SITE PREPARATION

6.1   Site Plan Specifications

      6.1.1 Within 45 days of the execution of this Agreement,  the Manufacturer
will  furnish  to  the  Operator  "Site  Plan  Specifications"   respecting  the
electrical,  ventilation, water supply, equipment drawings, layout drawings, and
disposal, and any other specifications required at the site for the installation
and operation of the TCS-1 System. Delivery of the foregoing specifications will
be made by the  Manufacturer  to the  Operator  at the  Manufacturer's  plant in
Montreal.

      6.1.2 Within 15 days of the delivery of the Site Plans  Specifications  in
accordance  with  Subparagraph  6.1.1,  above,  the  Operator  will  notify  the
Manufacturer of any failure of such Specifications to comply with all applicable
regulations  and  requirements.  Unless  such  notice  of  failure  to comply is
received by the Manufacturer,  the said Site Plans Specifications will be deemed
to have been accepted by the Manufacturer.


                                                                             346
<PAGE>

6.2   Preparation of Site

      Prior to the Delivery and  installation of the TCS-1 System,  the Operator
shall make, at its own expense,  all  alterations to and changes in its premises
and  equipment  required to bring the site into  complete  conformance  with the
above  referenced Site Plan  Specifications,  with respect to which the Operator
shall obtain all necessary permissions and inspections,  and which shall include
but  not  be  limited  to  making  any  required   structural  changes  and  the
installation of:

      (a)   electrical  equipment and power lines up to the electrical inputs or
            control  boxes  attached to the TCS-1  System,  as designated on the
            Site Plan Specifications;

      (b)   water supply  sources and  equipment  up to the water inflow  points
            designated on the Site Plan Specifications;

      (c)   water  drainage  and  disposal  sites and  equipment  from the water
            outflow points designated on the Site Plan Specifications;

      (d)   air ventilation sources and equipment as designated on the Site Plan
            Specifications

      (e)   a "front-end loader" capable of moving and depositing the tires onto
            the trommel screen specified in Schedule 1.5 hereto.

6.3   Notice to Inspect

      6.3.1  The  Operator  shall,  not  later  than  one  month  prior  to  the
anticipated  Delivery Date, give written notice to the Manufacturer (the "Notice
to Inspect") that  preparation of the site for the installation and operation of
the TCS-1 has been completed in accordance with the Site Plan Specifications and
request  that  the  Manufacturer  inspect  the  site in  order  to  confirm  its
conformance with the Site Plan Specifications.

6.4   Manufacturer's Right to Inspect Site

      6.4.1 The Manufacturer  shall have the right, at any time within two weeks
of its  receipt of the  Notice to  Inspect,  to inspect  the site and notify the
Operator in writing (the "Notice of Approval")  that the Site is in  conformance
with the Site Plan Specifications.

      6.4.2 In the event  that,  after  inspecting  the Site,  the  Manufacturer
determines   that  the  Site  is  not  in   conformance   with  the  Site   Plan
Specifications,  then the Manufacturer  shall have the right to require that the
Operator  make any and all changes or additions  required to bring the Site into
such conformance, at the sole expense of the Operator prior to the Delivery Date
and to  postpone  the  Delivery  Date until all such  changes or  additions  are
completed.  In such event,  the Operator shall,  upon completion of the required
changes or  additions,  give  written  notice to the  Manufacturer  ("Notice  to
Re-inspect") that such changes or additions have been made in


                                                                             347
<PAGE>

accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions and that the Site is in complete
conformance with the Site Plan  Specifications.  The Manufacturer shall have the
right,  within two weeks of its receipt of such Notice to  re-inspect  the Site.
Such procedures may be repeated,  and the Manufacturer  shall have no obligation
to deliver the TCS-1 System,  until the  Manufacturer  confirms upon  inspection
that  the  Site is in  conformance  with the  Site  Plan  Specifications  or the
Manufacturer  fails to inspect the Site within a reasonable time in light of the
Manufacturer's commitments to other customers.

7.    DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION

7.1   Delivery

      7.1.1 Unless the  Delivery  Date is  rescheduled  in  accordance  with the
provisions of paragraph 6.4.2 above,  the  Manufacturer  shall deliver the TCS-1
System to the site not later than 30 days after the Manufacturer determines that
the Site is in conformance with the Site Plan  Specifications and that all legal
requirements have been met, in accordance with Section 6.4, above.

      7.1.2  Delivery  shall be made  F.O.B.  Montreal,  Canada.  The  equipment
comprising the TCS-1 System shall be placed in suitably protected containers the
nature of which shall be  determined  by mutual  agreement of the  parties.  The
TCS-1 System shall be  delivered  to the Site via a commercial  transporter  and
routing acceptable to the Manufacturer and the Operator.  The Operator shall pay
all  costs  of  transportation  and  delivery  of  the  TCS-1  System  from  the
Manufacturer's plant in Montreal to the Site.

      7.1.3 In the event that delivery of the TCS-1 System, or any part thereof,
for a period not exceeding thirty (30) days, shall be prevented by causes beyond
the control of the Manufacturer, including but not limited to acts of God, labor
troubles,  failure of essential  means of  transportation,  or changes in policy
with respect to exports or otherwise by the  government of the  jurisdiction  in
which the  Operator is located,  the  Delivery  Date shall be  postponed  for an
additional period equal to the period of delay. In the event, however, that such
nondelivery   continues  after  such  extended  period,  the  Operator  and  the
Manufacturer  shall  each have the right to cancel  this  agreement  by  written
notice,  and in such case there shall be no  obligation or liability on the part
of either party with respect to such undelivered equipment.

7.2   Installation

      7.2.1 The Manufacturer shall, at its own expense, install the TCS-1 System
at the Site.

      7.2.2 Upon  installation,  the TCS-1 System  shall be in complete  working
order and shall consist of the Purchased Equipment and the Leased Equipment.


                                                                             348
<PAGE>

8.    EQUIPMENT TESTING AND OPERATOR'S ACCEPTANCE

8.1   Notice of Availability for Testing

      Upon  completion of the  installation of the TCS-1 System at the Site, the
Manufacturer  shall give the  Operator  written  notice that the TCS-1 System is
available for testing operations.

8.2   Test Period

      8.2.1 Immediately upon giving notice to the Operator that the TCS-1 System
is available for testing operations, the Manufacturer shall, at its own expense,
furnish an engineer  (technician?) to supervise the operation of the TCS-1 for a
period of three days (the "Test  Period").  During  the Test  Period,  the TCS-1
System shall  demonstrate  the capability of  disintegrating  scrap tires at the
rate of the equivalent of one million  (1,000,000)  passenger car tires per year
on a twenty-four hour per day, seven-day per week, continuous operating basis.

      8.2.2 All power, fuel, light,  water, oil, or other necessary supplies and
all  personnel  (other  than  the  engineer  or  technician   furnished  by  the
Manufacturer),  authorizations,  permits, real and personal property, contracts,
equipment,  reports,  etc.  necessary for the successful  operation of the TCS-1
System, as set forth on Schedule 8.2.2, shall be provided by the Operator.

      8.2.3 The  Manufacturer  shall furnish to the Operator all data  regarding
the TCS-1  System in order to enable the Operator to operate such System and, in
addition to the training to be provided  pursuant to the  Projected  Maintenance
Agreement or otherwise, the Manufacturer shall, during the Test Period, instruct
at least two of the  Operator's  employees in  accordance  with Section 5.2.5 of
this Agreement with respect to the operation,  and operating  maintenance of the
TCS-1 System,  and use reasonable care in training such employee,  provided that
if in the Manufacturer's sole opinion any employee is not adequately  qualified,
the  Operator  shall  designate   another  of  its  employees  to  receive  such
instruction.

8.3   Acceptance

      8.3.1 Unless the TCS-1,  or any part of it, fails to operate in accordance
with the specifications set forth in Paragraph 8.2.1,  above, the Manufacturer's
offer to sell the Purchased  Equipment and to lease the Leased  Equipment to the
Operator shall  automatically be deemed to have been accepted by the Operator as
of the  Acceptance  Date,  which  shall  occur on the  first day  following  the
completion  of the Test  Period and the  Operator  shall have no right to revoke
such acceptance for any reason.

      8.3.2 If the TCS-1, or any part of it, fails to operate in accordance with
the specifications  set forth in Paragraph 8.2.1,  above, the Manufacturer shall
have  ninety  (90)  days in  which  to cure the  problems  responsible  for such
failure.  Costs of all parts and  labor  required  to bring the TCS- 1 into full
working  condition  shall be borne by the  Manufacture  unless  the  failure  to
operate in


                                                                             349
<PAGE>

accordance with the  specifications  set forth in Paragraph 8.2.1,  above, shall
have been caused by any act or failure to act on the part of the Operator or its
personnel,  including  but not  limited to the  failure of the  Operator to have
brought the Site into conformance with the Site Plan Specifications.

      8.3.3 Upon written  notice to the Operator that the problems  which caused
the TCS-1 System to fail to operate as required during the Test Period have been
cured, the Manufacturer shall, at the request of the Operator, commence a second
Test  Period for up to three  days,  in which case the  acceptance  criteria  of
Paragraph 8.3.1 shall pertain to such second Test Period (or any subsequent Test
Period) with the same force and effect as to the initial Test Period.

9.  RISK OF LOSS

      9.1 The risk of loss,  injury, or destruction of the Leased Equipment from
any cause whatsoever,  except negligence or willful  destruction by the Operator
shall  be borne  by the  Manufacturer  during  the  term of the  Lease  therefor
provided hereunder.

      9.2 The risk of loss,  injury,  or destruction of the Purchased  Equipment
from any cause  whatsoever,  except  negligence  or willful  destruction  by the
Operator  shall be borne by the  Manufacturer  only  until  title  passes to the
Operator.

      9.3 Any loss,  injury,  or  destruction  to the TCS-1,  or any part of it,
after title to the Purchased  Equipment passes to the Operator,  shall not serve
in any  manner to  release  the  Operator  from the  obligation  to pay the Rent
Payments provided for Section 4.3, above.

10.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF THE MANUFACTURER

      The  Manufacturer  hereby  represents,  warrants,  and  covenants  to  the
Operator, as follows:

10.1  Corporate Status

      The Tirex Corporation is (i) duly organized corporation,  validly existing
and in good  standing  under  the laws of the State of  Delaware;  (ii) has full
power to own all of its  properties  and  carry on its  business;  and  (iii) is
qualified  to do business as a foreign  entity in each of the  jurisdictions  in
which it operates, if any, unless the character of the properties owned by it or
the  nature  of the  business  transacted  by it,  does not  make  qualification
necessary in any other jurisdiction or jurisdictions.


                                                                             350
<PAGE>

10.2  Corporate Action

      Prior to the date hereof,  the board of directors of the  Manufacturer has
duly adopted resolutions approving the execution and delivery to the Operator of
this  Agreement  and  authorizing  and  consenting  to each and every one of the
terms, warranties, representations, covenants and conditions herein contained.

10.3  Patents

      10.3.1 The  Manufacturer  has  obtained a patent in the United  States and
Canada for the Disintegration  System which constitutes the "Leased  Equipment".
The Manufacturer is the sole owner of such patent and of all rights thereunder.

      10.3.2 The  Manufacturer  shall defend,  to the best of its ability and at
its own expense,  all actions,  suits,  or  proceedings  instituted  against the
Operator  insofar as the same are based on any claims that the said  Proprietary
Equipment, or any part thereof, constitutes an infringement of any patent of the
United States or Canada and shall  indemnify  the Operator  against all damages,
costs, and expenses which the Operator may incur as a result of any action which
may be brought or threatened  against the Operator with respect to the equipment
covered by such patent, provided that:

      (a)   The  Manufacturer  shall  have the right at any time or from time to
            time to modify  the TCS-1  System in a manner  which will not lessen
            the utility thereof;

      (b)   The Operator gives the  Manufacturer  immediate notice in writing of
            the  institution of the action,  suit, or proceeding and permits the
            Manufacturer,  through its counsel,  to defend  same,  and gives the
            Manufacturer  all information,  assistance,  and authority to enable
            the Manufacturer to do; and

      (c)   The  Operator  has made no change  of any kind in the  TCS-1  System
            without obtaining the prior written permission of the Manufacturer.

      10.3.3 When information is brought to the attention of the Manufacturer or
the Operator that others are  unlawfully  infringing on the patent  covering the
Leased  Equipment,  or on any other patent  granted to the  Manufacturer  in the
future on any other  component  or part of the  TCS-1,  the  Manufacturer  shall
prosecute diligently any infringer at the Manufacturer's own expense.

      10.3.4  The  Manufacturer  has  designed,  developed,  and  built  a fully
computerized  front-end  tire  preparation  system and a freezing  chamber.  The
Manufacturer  believes that such equipment is proprietary to it and intends,  as
promptly as practicable,  to file patent applications therefor. The Manufacturer
has no present  knowledge of any information  which would  adversely  affect the
validity  of its  outstanding  patent  or the  issuance  of  additional  patents
pursuant to the above described projected patent applications.  However, nothing
in this Paragraph shall constitute


                                                                             351
<PAGE>

a warranty by the Manufacturer that further patents will granted or that, in the
absence  of a final  court  determination,  any  particular  patent is valid and
enforceable  or that any  patent may not be the  subject of patent  infringement
claims.

10.4  Warranties

      Subject to the failure of the Operator to maintain the TCS-1 in accordance
with  standards  and  procedures  to be specified in the  Projected  Maintenance
Agreement or otherwise, the Manufacturer warrants that the TCS-1 will be capable
of  disintegrating  scrap  tires at the rate of the  equivalent  of one  million
(1,000,000)  passenger car tires per year on a twenty-four  hour,  seven day per
week operating basis. The Manufacturer  further warrants and represents that the
TCS-1 System will meet or exceed all  applicable  U.S.  permitting and operating
rules and regulations including but not limited to those promulgated by OSHA and
the EPA. The  Manufacturer  further warrants the TCS-1 System against defects in
workmanship  and  materials  or  failure  to  perform  in  accordance  with  the
specifications  set  forth in  Paragraph  8.2.1,  above  for one year  after the
Acceptance  Date. No other  representations  or warranties have been made by the
Manufacturer   or  relied  upon  by  the   Operator.   If  any  defects  in  the
Manufacturer's  work or materials are discovered within one year of delivery the
Operator shall give notice within five days of such discovery.  THIS WARRANTY IS
EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES.

11.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF THE OPERATOR

      The  Operator   hereby   represents,   warrants,   and  covenants  to  the
Manufacturer, as follows:

11.1  Corporate Status

      ENERCON America  Distribution  Limited is (i) duly organized  corporation,
validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio; (ii)
has full power to own all of its properties and carry on its business; and (iii)
is qualified to do business as a foreign entity in each of the  jurisdictions in
which it operates, if any, unless the character of the properties owned by it or
the  nature  of the  business  transacted  by it,  does not  make  qualification
necessary in any other jurisdiction or jurisdictions.

11.2  Financial Condition of the Operator

      The books and records of the Operator are complete and accurate and fairly
present the financial condition and the results of operations of the Operator as
of the  date  hereof.  There  are  no  material  liabilities,  either  fixed  or
contingent,  not  reflected  in such books and records  other than  contracts or
obligations in the ordinary and usual course of business;  and no such contracts
or  obligations  in the  usual  course  of  business  constitute  liens or other
liabilities  which,  if  disclosed,  would  alter  substantially  the  financial
condition of the Operator as reflected in such books and records.


                                                                             352
<PAGE>

11.3  Defaults and Conflicts

      There are no  defaults  on the part of the  Operator  under any  contract,
lease, mortgage, pledge, credit agreement,  title retention agreement,  security
agreement,  lien,  encumbrance or any other commitment,  contract,  agreement or
undertaking  to which the Operator is a party.  The execution of this  Agreement
will not violate or breach any material  agreement,  contract,  or commitment to
which the Operator is a party.

11.4  Corporate Action

      Prior to the date hereof, the boards of directors of the Operator has duly
adopted resolutions  approving the execution and delivery to the Manufacturer of
this  Agreement  and  authorizing  and  consenting  to each and every one of the
terms, warranties,  representations,  covenants and conditions herein contained,
and the  Operator  will,  within  30 days of the  execution  of this  Agreement,
furnish  the  Manufacturer  with  a copy  of the  resolutions  of the  board  of
directors of the  Operator  authorizing  the Operator to purchase the  Purchased
Equipment and lease the Leased Equipment pursuant to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement;

11.5  Insurance

      11.5.1 The Operator, at its own cost and expense,  shall insure the Leased
Equipment  against  burglary,  theft,  fire,  and  vandalism in the amount of US
$1,000,000 and obtain public  liability  insurance with minimum  limits,  as the
parties shall  mutually  agree,  for property  damage in such form and with such
insurance companies as shall be satisfactory to the Manufacturer.  All insurance
policies  shall name both the  Operator  and the  Manufacturer  as insureds  and
copies of the policies  and the  receipts  for the payment of premiums  shall be
furnished to the  Manufacturer.  Each damage policy shall provide for payment of
all losses  directly to the  Manufacturer.  Each liability  policy shall provide
that all losses be paid on behalf of the Operator and the Manufacturer, as their
respective interests appear.

      11.5.2 In the  event  that the  Operator  shall  fail to  comply  with the
provisions  of  Paragraph  ll.5.1,  above,  then the  Operator  shall pay to the
Manufacturer an adequate premium in advance per annum to enable the Manufacturer
to insure the Leased Equipment and all such insurance  policies shall be held in
the custody of the Manufacturer.

11.6  Indemnification

      The Operator  agrees to indemnify,  protect,  save,  and keep harmless the
Manufacturer,  its agents, employees,  successors,  and assigns from and against
all losses, damages,  injuries,  claims, demands, and expenses,  including legal
expenses , of whatsoever nature arising out of the use, condition (including but
not limited to latent and other defects and whether or not  discoverable by it),
or  operation  of the TCS-1  System,  or any part of it, by any person who used,
operated,


                                                                             353
<PAGE>

or came into  contact  with such TCS-1 System at the Site and to defend any suit
seeking such damages even though the  allegations  of such suit are  groundless,
false, or fraudulent,  provided  however that the Operator agrees to give prompt
notice to the Manufacturer  once the Operator has actual knowledge of any claims
as to which indemnity shall be sought, and shall permit the Manufacturer (at the
Operator's  expense) to assume the  defense of any such claim or any  litigation
resulting  therefrom;  provided  that  counsel for the  Manufacturer,  who shall
conduct  the  defense  of  said  claim  or   litigation,   shall  be  reasonably
satisfactory to the Operator; The Operator shall not, in the defense of any such
claim or litigation, except with the consent of the Manufacturer, consent to the
entry of any judgment or enter into any  settlement  that does not include as an
unconditional term, the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to Manufacturer of a
release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

11.7  Access

      The  Operator  shall  insure  that the  Manufacturer,  and its  agents and
employees,  shall at all times have free access to the  Operator's  premises for
the  purpose  of  inspecting  the Leased  Equipment  and  observing  its use and
operation, and making alterations,  improvements,  or additions thereto; and the
Operator shall afford all reasonable  facilities  therefor,  and shall allow the
Manufacturer to make such reasonable alterations,  improvements, or additions as
the Manufacturer shall deem necessary, at the expense of the Manufacturer.

11.8  Taxes

      The Operator shall pay all taxes,  assessments,  penalties, and fees which
may be levied or assessed on or with  respect to the  installation  of the TCS-1
System and, at all times  during the term of the Lease of the Leased  Equipment,
the Operator shall pay all taxes and assessments  which may be levied upon or in
respect of the TCS-1 System or its operation,  and shall pay any other liability
of any character which may be imposed or incurred as an incident to the physical
possession or operation of such System.

11.9  Compliance with Applicable Law

      The Operator shall provide, at its own expense,  all requisite permits and
licenses necessary for the installation and operation of the TCS-1 System at the
Site and shall  exercise its best efforts to maintain  its  compliance  with all
applicable federal, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, and regulations and,
in the event of any non-compliance which renders impossible the operation of the
Site as a tire recycling facility,  the Operator shall exercise its best efforts
to cure such non-compliance promptly.


                                                                             354
<PAGE>

11.10 Subordination

      The Operator shall procure from every owner, landlord, mortgagee, or other
secured party having any interest in the real property on which the TCS-1 System
is to be  installed  or in the  Operator's  place of business  or the  equipment
therein, and deliver to the Manufacturer, a written consent to such installation
and a writing to the effect that the lien of any such mortgage or other interest
is  subordinate  to the rights of the  Manufacturer  with  respect to the Leased
Equipment.

11.11 Ancillary Agreements

      11.11.1 The  Operator  will,  simultaneously  with the  execution  of this
Agreement,  and in  consideration  of the premises  and the mutual  promises and
agreements   made  herein,   enter  into  the  following   agreements  with  the
Manufacturer or such person, corporation,  firm, partnership, or other entity as
the Manufacturer shall appoint in its stead:

      (a)   The  Royalty   Agreement,   of  even  date  herewith,   between  the
            Manufacturer  and the Operator  providing for the Operator to pay to
            the  Manufacturer  a  royalty  of three  percent  (3%) of the  gross
            proceeds from the sale, other than to the  Manufacturer  pursuant to
            the Crumb  Rubber  Purchase  Option  Agreement,  by the  Operator of
            rubber  crumb  and  steel  from  scrap  tires  disintegrated  by the
            Operator  through the  utilization  of the TCS-1  System,  a copy of
            which Royalty Agreement is attached as Schedule 11.11(a) hereto; and

      (b)   The Crumb Rubber Purchase Option  Agreement,  of even date herewith,
            between  the   Operator  and  the   Manufacturer   or  such  person,
            corporation,  firm, partnership, or other entity as the Manufacturer
            shall appoint in its stead,  granting an option to the  Manufacturer
            to  purchase  up to 40% of the crumb  rubber  produced  by the TCS-1
            System,  a copy of which Agreement is attached as Schedule  11.11(b)
            hereto

      11.11.2 It is the  intention  of the parties  that within sixty days after
payment of the first payment due under  Paragraph 3.3, above,  the  Manufacturer
and  the  Operator,  jointly,  shall  commence  the  development  of a  mutually
acceptable Projected Maintenance Agreement and that within five business days of
the completion of the said Projected Maintenance  Agreement,  the Operator will,
in  consideration  of the premises and the mutual  promises and agreements  made
herein, enter into the Projected  Maintenance Agreement with the Manufacturer or
such person, corporation, firm, partnership, or other entity as the Manufacturer
and the Operator  shall jointly  agree to and appoint in its stead,  on mutually
agreed upon terms.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of the parties to
enter into the Projected  Maintenance  Agreement will not constitute a breach of
this Agreement or otherwise affect the respective  rights and obligations of the
parties hereunder.


                                                                             355
<PAGE>

12.   DEFAULTS

12.1  Default by Manufacturer

      Each of the following events shall be deemed to constitute  breach of this
Agreement and, unless cured within 90 days, shall constitute a default hereunder
by the Manufacturer:

      (a)   If at any time  prior to the  delivery  of the  TCS-1  System to the
            Site:

            (i)   The  Manufacturer  makes  an  assignment  for the  benefit  of
                  creditors;

            (ii)  A voluntary or involuntary petition is filed by or against the
                  Manufacturer   under  any  law  having  for  its  purpose  and
                  adjudication  of the  Manufacturer a bankrupt or the extension
                  of the time of payment of, adjustment of, or other arrangement
                  affecting  the  liabilities  of  the   Manufacturer,   or  the
                  reorganization  of the  Manufacturer  and such petition is not
                  discharged or dismissed  within one hundred  twenty (120) days
                  after such petition is filed;

            (iii) A Receiver is appointed  for the property of the  Manufacturer
                  and is not  discharged or dismissed  within one hundred twenty
                  (120) days after such appointment;

                  or

            (iv)  Any  distress,  execution,  or  attachment  is levied upon the
                  Manufacturer's property to the extent that the Manufacturer is
                  not able to  fulfill  its  obligations  to  deliver  the TCS-1
                  within 90 days of the anticipated Deliver Date.

(a)

      (b)   The  Manufacturer  fails to deliver the TCS-1  System in  accordance
            with the terms and provisions of Section 7, above, within 90 days of
            the Delivery Date unless prior  thereto,  the Operator has failed to
            meet the payment  provisions  set forth above in Section 3.3 of this
            Agreement;

      (c)   The TCS-1  System  fails to  operate  for a full  Test (or  re-test)
            Period,  in accordance  with Section 8.2 hereof,  within ninety (90)
            days from the date the TCS-1 System is  completely  installed at the
            Site.

12.2  Default by Operator

      Each of the following events shall be deemed to constitute  breach of this
Agreement and, unless cured within 90 days, shall constitute a default hereunder
by the Operator:


                                                                             356
<PAGE>

      (a)   The Operator fails to make any payment  required to be made pursuant
            to Sections 3.3 or 4.3 of this  Agreement  or, if the parties  shall
            enter into the Projected Maintenance Agreement, any payment required
            to be made by the Operator under the Projected Maintenance Agreement
            and such failure to make payment  shall have  continued for a period
            of ten (10) days after written notice from the Manufacturer;

      (b)   The Operator  refuses to accept or allow the Manufacturer to install
            or test the TCS-1 System in  accordance  with Sections 7.2, 8.2, and
            8.3 of this  Agreement,  notwithstanding  that such System has been:
            (i)  delivered  to the  Operator's  Site on a  timely  basis or (ii)
            delivered  to the  Site and has  performed  in  accordance  with the
            specifications  set forth in Section  8.2 hereof for the  prescribed
            Test Period;

      (c)   The Operator makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

      (d)   A  voluntary  or  involuntary  petition  is filed by or against  the
            Operator  under any law having for its purpose and  adjudication  of
            the Operator a bankrupt or the  extension of the time of payment of,
            adjustment of, or other arrangement affecting the liabilities of the
            Operator, or the reorganization of the Operator and such petition is
            not  discharged  or dismissed  within one hundred  twenty (120) days
            after such petition is filed;

      (e)   A Receiver is appointed for the property of the Operator;

      (f)   Any distress,  execution,  or attachment is levied upon the machines
            or the Operator's property; or

      (g)   The Operator fails to faithfully and fully comply with the terms and
            provisions of Section 5.2 of this  Agreement,  with any such failure
            deemed  to be an  irremediable  material  breach  of this  Agreement
            immediately upon its occurrence.

      (h)   The Operator fails to reasonably, faithfully, and fully maintain the
            TCS-1 in accordance with standards and procedures to be specified in
            the Projected Maintenance Agreement or otherwise,  and fails to cure
            such breach within the time period specified therein with respect to
            such failure.

12.3  Remedies Available to the Operator upon Default by Manufacturer

      If the  Manufacture  shall be in default  pursuant to Paragraphs 12.1 (a),
(b), or (c) of this Agreement, unless such default shall have been caused by any
act or failure to act on the part of the  Operator or its  personnel,  including
but not  limited to the failure of the  Operator  to have  brought the Site into
conformance  with the Site Plan)  Specifications,  the  Operator  shall have the
right  to  rescind  this  agreement  by  serving   written  notice  ("Notice  of
Rescission")  upon the Manufacturer and the Operator shall thereupon be entitled
to  stipulated  damages  in the  agreed  to amount of one  million  dollars  (US
$1,000,000). In such event, the Manufacturer shall, at its own


                                                                             357
<PAGE>

expense,  remove the TCS-1  System as  promptly  as  practicable  following  its
receipt of such  Notice of  Rescission  and all monies  theretofore  paid by the
Operator to the Manufacturer  pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 4.3, above,  shall be
returned by the Manufacturer to the Operator.

12.4  Remedies Available to the Manufacturer upon Default by the Operator

      12.4.1  The  Operator  acknowledges  and  agrees  that its  breach  of any
provision contained in Section 5.2 of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm
to the Manufacturer.  The Operator therefore agrees that, if the Operator or any
of the Operator's affiliates,  agents, employees, or associates has breached, or
is attempting or threatening to breach, any provision  contained  hereinabove in
the said Section 5.2, then the Manufacturer  shall have the right to obtain from
any court or arbitrator  having  jurisdiction,  such equitable  relief as may be
appropriate,  including a decree  enjoining  the Operator  from any further such
breach of such  provisions,  and  enjoining  the Operator  from  engaging in any
aspect  of the  tire  recycling  business  which  is in  competition  with  tire
recycling businesses which utilize tire disintegration equipment manufactured by
the Manufacturer,  either directly or indirectly  through or in association with
any other person,  firm,  corporation,  or organization  during the term of this
Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  for purposes of this Agreement,  the
parties  agree  that  a tire  recycling  business  utilizing  a  microwave  tire
recycling  system will not be deemed to be in  competition  with tire  recycling
businesses  which  utilize tire  disintegration  equipment  manufactured  by the
Manufacturer

      12.4.2 In the event of any default by the Operator  under this  Agreement,
the  Manufacturer  may at its  option,  at any time  thereafter  terminate  this
Agreement by written notice ("Notice of Termination"),  given in Accordance with
Section 16 hereof. Such termination may be made effective,  at the option of the
Manufacturer, simultaneously with or at any time after the happening of any such
default.

      12.4.3 Upon any  termination of this Agreement prior to payment in full of
the entire  Purchase  Price of US  $2,250,000  for the Purchased  Equipment,  in
accordance  with the terms of Section 3.3 of this  Agreement,  the  Manufacturer
shall  immediately  have  possession  of  the  entire  TCS-1  System,   and  the
Manufacturer may enter upon the premises where the said TCS-1 System is located,
take  possession of the Leased  Equipment and without  previous demand or notice
and without legal  process,  and remove it from the  Operator's  premises at the
Operator's expense.

      12.4.4 Upon any termination of this Agreement after payment in full of the
entire Purchase Price of US $2,250,000 for the Purchased Equipment has been made
by the Operator,  the  Manufacturer  shall  immediately  have  possession of the
Leased  Equipment  and the  Manufacturer  may enter upon the premises  where the
TCS-1 System is located,  remove the Leased Equipment from the said TCS-1 System
and take possession of the Leased  Equipment  without  previous demand or notice
and without legal  process,  and remove it from the  Operator's  premises at the
Operator's expense.

      12.4.5 The Operator  acknowledges  and agrees that any refusal on its part
to permit the  Manufacturer  to enter its premises  and remove  either the TCS-1
System or the Leased Equipment


                                                                             358
<PAGE>

in  accordance  with  Paragraph  12.4.3 or 12.4.4 of this  Agreement  will cause
irreparable harm to the Manufacturer.  The Operator therefore agrees that in the
event of any such refusal on its part, the Manufacturer  shall have the right to
obtain from any court or arbitrator having  jurisdiction,  such equitable relief
as may be  appropriate,  including  a decree  enjoining  the  Operator  from any
further such refusal of entry and removal.

      12.4.6 In the event of any default by the Operator prior to the Acceptance
Date, the Manufacturer shall be entitled to liquidated damages including but not
limited to retention  of up to one million  dollars (US  $1,000,000)  out of the
monies  paid  by the  Operator  pursuant  to  Paragraph  3.3 and  all  costs  of
delivering and removing and re-delivering the TCS-1 System.

      12.4.7 In the event of any default by the  Operator  after the  Acceptance
Date or pursuant to Paragraph 12.2(b) of this Agreement,  the Manufacturer shall
be entitled to liquidated  damages  including but not limited to retention of up
to one million  dollars (US  $1,000,000)  out of the monies paid by the Operator
pursuant  to  Paragraph   3.3,  all  costs  of   delivering   and  removing  and
re-delivering  the TCS-1  System,  and  damages  for the  Operator's  failure to
perform  for  the  full  term  of the  Lease  provided  in  Section  4.2 of this
Agreement.

      12.4.8 In the event of any default on the part of the Operator pursuant to
Paragraphs 12.2(a) or 12.2(b) of this Agreement, the Manufacturer shall have the
right to allow the Operator,  for a period of sixty (60) days, to obtain a buyer
for the TCS-1 System,  satisfactory to the  Manufacture,  provided however that,
unless  specifically  waived in writing by the Manufacturer,  the Operator shall
continue  liable  under  this  Agreement  lease  for the full  term of the Lease
provided  for in Section 4.2 of this  Agreement.  In the event that the Operator
shall  fail  to  obtain  a buyer  for  the  TCS-1  System,  satisfactory  to the
Manufacture,  the  Manufacturer  shall use its best  efforts  to  dispose of the
equipment,  either as a single  TCS-1  System or as separate  components  in any
appropriate public disposal manner. In the event of a sale of the equipment to a
Buyer located by either the Operator or the Manufacturer, the Manufacturer shall
return to the Operator all funds  received  from such disposal in excess of: (i)
liquidated  damages under  Paragraphs  12.4.6 or 12.4.7,  above,  (b) any monies
owing to  Manufacturer  by Operator under Section 3.3, and any costs incurred by
the Manufacturer for the removal and public disposal of the repossessed TCS-1.

      12.4.9  In the  event  of any  default  on the part of the  Operator,  the
Manufacturer  shall not be deemed to have waived any of its rights  hereunder by
reason of its failure to assert its rights or its failure to take  cognizance of
such breach.

      12.4.10  The  foregoing  remedies  provided  herein for the benefit of the
Manufacturer  shall not be exclusive  but in addition to any other  remedies the
Manufacturer  may have by virtue of the  breach  by the  Operator,  in law or in
equity,  from any court or arbitration  proceeding having jurisdiction over such
matter.


                                                                             359
<PAGE>

13.   OPERATOR'S SALE OF Purchased Equipment

13.1  Manufacturer's Right to Retrieve Leased Equipment Prior to Sale

      In the event  that,  during or after  the term of the  Lease  provided  in
Section 4.2 of this Agreement, the Operator wishes to divest itself of the TCS-1
System,  pursuant to the  discontinuance  of its  business,  or  otherwise,  the
Operator  will give to the  Manufacturer  written  notice to that effect and the
Manufacturer  shall  have all  rights of entry  and  removal  provided  above in
Paragraphs  12.4.4  and  12.4.5  of this  Agreement,  provided  however  that in
addition to such  rights,  if such event shall occur during the term of the said
Lease, the  Manufacturer  shall also have the rights provided to it in Paragraph
12.4.7 of this Agreement.

13.2  Manufacturer's Right of First Refusal

      In the event  that,  during or after  the term of the  Lease  provided  in
Section 4.2 of this Agreement, the Operator wishes to divest itself of the TCS-1
System,  pursuant to the  discontinuance  of its  business,  or  otherwise,  the
Operator  will give to the  Manufacturer  written  notice to that effect and the
Manufacturer will have a right of first refusal to repurchase the TCS- 1 System,
at its  fair  market  value,  within  a sixty  (60)  day  period  following  the
Manufacturer's receipt of such notice;

14.   ASSIGNMENT

      The Operator shall not transfer, deliver, sublease, or encumber the Leased
Equipment to any person, corporation, or firm, and the Lease provided in Section
4.2 of this  Agreement  may not be  assigned  by the  Operator  except  with the
Manufacturer's express prior written consent.

15.   FAILURE OF PERFORMANCE

      Delays in or  failure  of  performance  occasioned  by war,  fire,  flood,
embargo, car shortage, accident, explosion, expropriation of plant or product by
federal  or state  authority,  or other like  cause  beyond  the  control of the
Manufacturer,  or Act of God, or by strike,  lockout, or other labor trouble, or
inability  to  obtain  sufficient  labor  interfering  with  the  production  or
transportation  of the TCS-1  System,  or any part thereof,  or any  replacement
therefor,  whether because of governmental  action affecting the Manufacturer or
its suppliers, or by any action or proceeding at law or in equity, or otherwise,
shall not subject the Manufacturer to any liability.


                                                                             360
<PAGE>

16.   NOTICES

      All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be mailed by
certified mail, or delivered by hand or by recognized  overnight  courier to the
party to whom such notice is required or permitted to be given  hereunder at the
address  set forth  above for such  party,  in all cases with  written  proof of
receipt  required.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed to have  been  given  when
received by the party to whom notice is given, as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the  receiving  party.  Either  party may change the address to which
notice to it is to be  addressed,  by  written  notice to the  other  party,  as
provided herein.

17.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO MANUFACTURER'S OBLIGATION

      The obligations of the Manufacturer  hereunder are subject to fulfillment,
prior to the Delivery Date, of the following conditions:

17.1  Truth of Representation

      The  representations  and warranties by or on behalf of Operator contained
in this Agreement or in any document  delivered to the Manufacturer  pursuant to
the  provisions  hereof shall be true in all material  respects at and as of the
Delivery Date as though such  representations and warranties were made at and as
of such time.

17.2  Compliance with Covenants

      The  Operator  shall  have  performed  and  complied  with all  covenants,
agreements,  and  conditions  required  by this  Agreement  to be  performed  or
complied with prior or simultaneously with to the Delivery Date.

(ii)  17.3 Financing Arrangements

      The Operator  will deliver to the  Manufacturer  within sixty (60) days of
the execution of this Agreement,  evidence satisfactory to the Manufacturer that
the Operator has  arranged for adequate  financing to meet the payment  schedule
set forth in Section 3.3, above.

18.   ARBITRATION

      All  controversies  arising out of or relating to this  Agreement,  or any
modification  thereof,  shall be  settled  by  arbitration  in New York  City in
accordance with the Arbitration Rules then obtaining of the American Arbitration
Association.


                                                                             361
<PAGE>

19.   BINDING EFFECT.

      19.1 This  agreement  shall bind and inure to the  benefit of the  parties
hereto and their  respective  legal  representatives,  successors  and  assigns,
provided, however, that this Agreement cannot be assigned by the Operator except
in accordance  with Section 14 of this  Agreement.  Nothing herein  expressed or
implied is intended or shall be  construed to confer upon or to give any person,
firm or  corporation  other than the parties hereto and their  respective  legal
representatives,  successors  and  assigns  any rights or  benefits  under or by
reason of this Agreement.

      19.2 All the right,  title,  and  interest of the  Manufacturer  under the
Lease may be enforced by the  Manufacturer,  its  successors,  and assigns.  The
Lease  shall  continue  in full  force and  effect  notwithstanding  the  death,
incapacity, or dissolution of the Operator or the increase,  decrease, or change
in the  personnel of or members of the  Operator,  and shall be binding upon the
Operator  and  the  Operator's  estate,   legal   representatives,   heirs,  and
successors.

20.   GENERAL

20.1  Further Assurances

      At any time, and from time to time, after the execution of this Agreement,
each party will execute such additional  instruments and take such action as may
be  reasonably  requested by the other party to confirm or perfect  title to any
property transferred hereunder or otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes
of this Agreement.

20.2  Waiver

      Any  failure  on the part of any party  hereto  to comply  with any of its
obligations,  agreements or conditions hereunder may be waived in writing by the
party to whom such compliance is owed.

20.3  Brokers

      Neither  party has  employed  any  brokers or finders  with regard to this
Agreement, unless otherwise described in writing to all parties hereto.

20.4  Headings

      The section and  subsection  headings in this  Agreement  are inserted for
convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation
of this Agreement.

20.5  Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.


                                                                             362
<PAGE>

20.6  Entire Agreement

      This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties covering  everything
agreed  upon or  understood  in the  transaction.  There  are no oral  promises,
conditions,  representations,  understandings,  interpretations  or terms of any
kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof.

20.7  Severability

      If any part of this Agreement is deemed to be unenforceable the balance of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

20.8  Publicity

      All  notices  to third  parties  and all other  publicity  concerning  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  prior
approval of counsel of the Manufacturer and the Operator, provided however, that
any failure of the  Operator or its counsel to approve any such notices or other
publicity shall in no way prevent the Manufacturer from complying fully with its
public  disclosure  obligations  under the rules and  regulations  of the United
States  Securities  and Exchange  Commission or any other  governmental  body or
agency in the United States or in any other applicable jurisdiction.

20.9  Counterparts

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by each
party on a separate  counterpart,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.

      In Witness  Whereof,  the parties  hereto have caused this Amendment to be
executed the day and year first above written.

                                  THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                  By/s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                        Terence C. Byrne, President

                                  ENERCON AMERICA DISTRIBUTION LIMITED

                                  By/s/ David L. Holmes
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                        David L. Holmes


                                                                             363



                                 EXHIBIT 10 (tt)


                                                                             364

<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                                   TRUCK TIRE
                     EQUIPMENT LEASE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                   ----------

      Truck  Tire  Lease and  Purchase  Agreement,  made this 9th day of October
1998, among

                      ENERCON America Distribution Limited
                      540 Tansy Lane
                      Westerville, Ohio 43081
                                                        (the "Operator")
                                  and

                      The Tirex Corporation
                      740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                      Montreal, Quebec H3C 1L5
                                                        (the "Manufacturer")

1. DEFINITIONS

      1.1 "Acceptance Date" shall mean the first day following the completion of
the Test Period.

      1.2  Delivery  Date  shall  mean May 30,  1999 or such  other  date as the
parties hereto shall mutually agree.

      1.3  "Leased  Equipment  shall mean  Items 010 and 011 of the  Proprietary
Equipment, as set forth on Schedule 1.8 hereto.

      1.4 "Manufacturer" shall mean The Tirex Corporation and Tirex-Canada Inc.,
and all  other  corporations,  partnerships,  or other  entities,  now or in the
future  controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of, The Tirex
Corporation, jointly and severally.

      1.5 "Nonproprietary  Equipment" shall mean the constituent,  integral, and
inseparable parts of the TCTS-1 System specified in Schedule 1.5 hereto.

      1.6 "Operator"  shall mean ENERCON  America  Distribution  Limited and all
other  corporations,  partnerships,  or  other  entities,  now or in the  future
controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of,  ENERCON  America
Distribution Limited, jointly and severally.


                                                                             365
<PAGE>

      1.7  "Projected  Maintenance  Agreement"  shall mean the agreement for the
maintenance of the TCTS-1 System,  which the  Manufacturer and the Operator will
prepare on

      mutually agreeable terms.

      1.8  "Proprietary  Equipment" shall mean the  constituent,  integral,  and
inseparable parts of the TCTS-1 System specified in Schedule 1.8 hereto.

      1.9  "Purchased  Equipment  shall  mean  Items  001  through  009  of  the
Proprietary   Equipment,   as  specified   on  Schedule  1.8  hereto,   and  the
Nonproprietary Equipment, as specified on Schedule 1.5 hereto.

      1.10 "Site" shall mean the premises of Carbon Black Technologies,  Ltd. in
Johnstown, Pennsylvania, or such other site as the Operator shall specify.

      1.11 "TCTS-1 System" shall mean the Manufacturer's  proprietary  cryogenic
truck  tire  disintegration  system,  consisting  of: (i) the  patented  "Leased
Equipment" and the (ii) "Purchased  Equipment" which includes but is not limited
to a  front-end  tire  preparation  system  and a  freezing  chamber  which  the
Manufacturer  believes  are  proprietary  to it and for which  the  Manufacturer
intends to apply for patents.  This System will accept whole truck tires with an
inside diameter not exceeding  twenty-four (24) inches and will process the tire
in such a manner as to allow the System to separate the steel and fiber from the
rubber which will be reduced to a size no larger than 5 mesh.  The TCTS-1 System
shall meet or exceed all  applicable  U.S.  permitting  and operating  rules and
regulations including but not limited to those promulgated by OSHA and EPA.

      1.12 "Test  Period"  shall mean a three day period  which  shall  commence
within ten days  after  completion  of the  installation  of the TCTS-1  System,
during which Test Period, the TCTS-1 System shall be operated continually for up
to 24 hours per day.

2. RECITALS

Whereas:

      2.1  The  Manufacturer  has  invented,  designed,  developed,  built,  and
patented part of, and is the sole and exclusive  owner,  directly or indirectly,
through one or more subsidiaries, of all right title and interest in, the TCTS-1
System.

      2.2 The Operator is a corporation  organized for the principal  purpose of
commercially   exploiting,   directly  or   indirectly,   through  one  or  more
subsidiaries,  the TCTS-1 System by: (i) purchasing the Nonproprietary Equipment
and  Items  001  -  009  of  the  Proprietary  Equipment  (referred  to  herein,
collectively,  as the "Purchased Equipment");  (ii) leasing Items 010 and 011 of
the  Proprietary  Equipment  (referred to herein,  collectively,  as the "Leased
Equipment"); and (iii) operating the TCTS-1 System.


                                                                             366

<PAGE>

3. AGREEMENT FOR PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE PURCHASED EQUIPMENT

3.1 Purchase and Sale

      The Operator agrees to purchase,  and the Manufacturer agrees to sell, the
Purchased  Equipment,  as defined in Section 1.7,  above, in accordance with the
terms and  conditions of this  Agreement.  The Operator may at its election take
title to the Purchased Equipment in a wholly owned subsidiary  corporation to be
formed by it for such  purpose.  Such  election  by the  Operator  shall  nowise
modify,  diminish, or otherwise effect the Operator's liability hereunder to the
Manufacturer.  The  purchase  and payment  for the  Purchased  Equipment  by the
Operator,  and the sale,  assignment,  transfer,  and  delivery  thereof  by the
Manufacturer,  shall take place  subject to the  fulfillment  of the  conditions
herein after provided.

3.2 Purchase Price

      The purchase price for the Purchased  Equipment  (the  "Purchase  Price"),
installed and set in operation pursuant to Section 7 hereto, shall be the sum of
two million,  two hundred fifty thousand United States dollars (US  $2,250,000),
FOB Montreal.

3.3 Payment Terms

      In the absence of  arrangements  for lease or letter of credit  financing,
satisfactory to the Manufacturer, the Purchase Price for the Purchased Equipment
shall be paid as follows:

(a)   15%   (US $337,500)     upon execution of this Agreement;

(b)   15%   (US $337,500)     upon  acceptance  by  the  Operator  of  equipment
                              drawings,   layout  drawings,  and  other  written
                              specifications,  such  acceptance to be based upon
                              local   permitting   and   applicable    operating
                              requirements   and  shall   not  be   unreasonably
                              withheld

(c)   30%   (US $675,000)     two months after  Manufacturer's  giving notice of
                              commencement of manufacture.

(d)   10%   (US $225,000)     two months prior to the anticipated Delivery Date.

(e)   15%   (US $337,500)     on the Delivery Date; and

(f)   15%   (US $337,500)     on the Acceptance Date.


                                                                             367
<PAGE>

3.4 Taxes

      Manufacturer and Operator acknowledge that there are a variety of country,
state and/or local taxes that may be assessed on the  Purchased  Equipment,  the
Leased  Equipment,   and  the  purchase,   sale,  and  operation  thereof.   The
Manufacturer  shall  be  responsible  for  the  prompt  payment  of  all  taxes,
assessments,  levies, export taxes, or other governmental or regulatory payments
that may be assessed by the  government of Canada or any political  sub-division
therein.  The Operator shall be responsible for the prompt payment of all taxes,
assessments,  levies, import taxes, or other governmental or regulatory payments
that shall be assessed by the  government of the United States of America or any
political sub-division therein.

4. AGREEMENT FOR OPERATING LEASE

4.1 Agreement to Lease Equipment

      The Manufacturer,  as lessor,  and the Operator,  as lessee,  hereby enter
into an operating  lease (the "Lease") for the Leased  Equipment,  consisting of
Items 010 and 011  specified  on Schedule 1.8 hereto,  subject to the  following
terms and conditions:

4.2 Term of the Lease

      4.2.1 The term of the Lease shall be sixty (60) months  commencing  on the
Acceptance date.

      4.2.2 At the  expiration of the full  original term hereof,  if this Lease
has remained in effect and the Operator has duly  performed all its  obligations
thereunder  during the entire such term, then the Operator shall have the option
to either:

      (a)   Obtain a new  lease  agreement  in the  form  then  being  generally
            offered by the Operator to the trade under which the Operator  shall
            replace the Leased  Equipment or the entire  TCTS-1  System,  as the
            case may be, with new  equipment,  free of any  installation  charge
            payable by the Operator;

      (b)   Continue to use the same equipment  installed  hereunder and thereby
            extend the term of this Lease at a reduced  rental rate of US $6,250
            per month for a period of one year with further successive automatic
            one-year   extensions  subject  only  to  the  Operator's  right  to
            terminate  this  Lease at the end of any  extension  year upon prior
            written notice of not less than 90 days; or

      (c)   Request that the Manufacturer exercise its right of first refusal to
            repurchase the Purchased  Equipment pursuant to Section 13.2 of this
            Agreement,  in which  event the  Manufacturer  shall have sixty (60)
            days following the Manufacturer's receipt


                                                                             368

<PAGE>

            of such notice to either:  (i) notify the  Operator of its intent to
            repurchase the Purchased  Equipment and,  within ninety (90) days of
            such notice, effectuate such repurchase and thereupon enter upon the
            premises  where the said  TCTS-1  System is  located  and remove the
            entire   TCTS-1   System  from  the   Operator's   premises  at  the
            Manufacturer's expense, or (ii) notify the Operator that it does not
            intend  to  repurchase  the  Purchased  Equipment  and,  as  soon as
            practicable  thereafter,  enter upon the  premises  where the TCTS-1
            System is located,  take possession of the Leased Equipment  without
            previous  demand or notice and without legal  process,  retrieve the
            Leased  Equipment  from the  TCTS-1  System  and  remove  the Leased
            Equipment  from  the  Operator's   premises  at  the  Manufacturer's
            expense.

4.3 Rent Payments

      4.3.1 The Operator shall pay to the  Manufacturer  monthly rental payments
(the "Rent  Payments") for the Leased  Equipment at the rate of twelve thousand,
five hundred United States  dollars (US $12,500) per month,  payable in advance,
as follows:

      (a)   30 days prior to the Delivery  Date: (i) the first month's rent and;
            (ii) as a security deposit, the last two months rent.

      (b)   One calendar month following the Delivery Date: the Rent Payment for
            the period (the "Partial-Month Period") which commences one calendar
            month  following  the Delivery  Date and ends on the last day of the
            calendar  month in which such  Partial-Month  Period falls,  will be
            payable in cash on the first day of such Partial-Month  Period, on a
            pro rata basis.

      (c)   Normal  monthly  Rent  Payments of US $12,500  will  commence and be
            payable on the first day of the first full calendar month  following
            the Partial-Month Period.


                                                                             369

<PAGE>

EXAMPLE:  If the Delivery Date is September 15, 1998:

================================================================================
 Referenced Terms     Period Covered         Date Payment Due       Amount of
                                                                    Payment
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "First Month"        September 15, 1998     August 17, 1998        US $12,500
                          through
                      October 14, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Security             Last two monthly       August 17, 1998        US $25,000
 Deposit"             rent payments
                      payable under lease
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Partial Month        October 15, 1998       October 15, 1998        US $6,250
  Period                  through
                      October 31, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "First Regular       November 1, 1998       November 1, 1998       US $12,500
  Monthly Rental           through
  Payment"            November 30, 1998
================================================================================

         4.3.2 In the event of that  payment of any Rent  Payment is made by the
Operator  more than five days after the date when such  payment  shall have been
due,  the  Operator  shall pay a late charge of one  percent  (1%) of the entire
amount of such Rent Payment for every month in which such delinquency  occurs or
continues.

5. TITLE TO EQUIPMENT

5.1 Title to Purchased Equipment

      5.1.1 Title to the  Purchased  Equipment  shall pass to the Operator  upon
payment in full of the  balance of the  Purchase  Price,  due on the  Acceptance
Date.

      5.1.2 No rights to any plans or designs respecting the TCTS-1 System shall
pass to the Operator  and the Operator  shall not copy,  reproduce,  design,  or
build, or cause, assist, or suffer to be copied, reproduced,  designed, or built
by any other person,  firm, or corporation  any equipment in any way similar to,
or based upon, the design or structure of the TCTS-1 System.

5.2 Title to Leased Equipment

      5.2.1  The  Leased  Equipment  shall  at all  times  remain  the  sole and
exclusive  property of the  Manufacturer  (which reserves the right to assign or
encumber the Leased  Equipment  subject to the rights of the Operator  under the
Operating Lease contained in Section 4 of this Agreement) and the Operator shall
have no right,  title, or interest to the Leased Equipment but only the right to
use  such  Equipment  under  this  Lease.  The  Leased  Equipment  shall  not be
transferred or sublet by the Operator to any other person,  firm or corporation,
the Operator shall not permit any other


                                                                             370

<PAGE>

person, firm, or corporation to use the Leased Equipment, and the said operating
lease  contained  herein may not be assigned by the  Operator  without the prior
written consent of the  Manufacturer.  In the event that the Manufacturer  shall
assign or  encumber  the Leased  Equipment,  it shall give the  Operator  prompt
written notice of such assignment or encumbrance.

      5.2.2  The  Leased  Equipment  shall  remain  personal   property  of  the
Manufacturer and shall not be deemed otherwise by reason of becoming attached to
the premises.

      5.2.3 The  Manufacturer  shall  have the right at any time or from time to
time to modify  the  Leased  Equipment  in a manner  which  will not  lessen the
utility of the Leased Equipment;

      5.2.4 The Operator  shall not enter into,  remove,  tamper with, or breach
the security of, the Leased Equipment.  The Operator shall not copy,  reproduce,
design,  or  build,  or cause,  assist,  or  suffer  to be  copied,  reproduced,
designed,  or built by any other person,  firm, or corporation  any equipment in
any way  similar  to, or based  upon,  the  design or  structure  of the  Leased
Equipment,  or of any part  thereof.  The  Operator  shall not permit any Leased
Equipment  to be abused,  not permit the removal of any plate or markings put on
the Leased  Equipment  by the  Manufacturer,  nor attach  anything  to or remove
anything from the Leased Equipment.

      5.2.5 The Operator will not allow any repairs to the TCTS-1 or replacement
of parts to be done by any person or persons  except  technicians  authorized by
the Manufacturer and/or as trained by the Manufacturer pursuant to Section 8.2.3
of this Agreement.

      5.2.6 The  Operator  agrees that,  in  consideration  of the  Manufacturer
entering  into this  Lease,  it will not move the  TCTS-1  System  from the Site
without the prior written consent of the Manufacturer.

6. SITE PREPARATION

6.1 Site Plan Specifications

      6.1.1 Within 45 days of the execution of this Agreement,  the Manufacturer
will  furnish  to  the  Operator  "Site  Plan  Specifications"   respecting  the
electrical,  ventilation, water supply, equipment drawings, layout drawings, and
disposal, and any other specifications required at the site for the installation
and operation of the TCTS-1  System.  Delivery of the  foregoing  specifications
will be made by the Manufacturer to the Operator at the Manufacturer's  plant in
Montreal.

      6.1.2 Within 15 days of the delivery of the Site Plans  Specifications  in
accordance  with  Subparagraph  6.1.1,  above,  the  Operator  will  notify  the
Manufacturer of any failure of such Specifications to comply with all applicable
regulations  and  requirements.  Unless  such  notice  of  failure  to comply is
received by the Manufacturer,  the said Site Plans Specifications will be deemed
to have been accepted by the Manufacturer.


                                                                             371

<PAGE>

6.2 Preparation of Site

      Prior to the Delivery and installation of the TCTS-1 System,  the Operator
shall make, at its own expense,  all  alterations to and changes in its premises
and  equipment  required to bring the site into  complete  conformance  with the
above  referenced Site Plan  Specifications,  with respect to which the Operator
shall obtain all necessary permissions and inspections,  and which shall include
but  not  be  limited  to  making  any  required   structural  changes  and  the
installation of:

      (a)   electrical  equipment and power lines up to the electrical inputs or
            control boxes  attached to the TCTS-1  System,  as designated on the
            Site Plan Specifications;

      (b)   water supply  sources and  equipment  up to the water inflow  points
            designated on the Site Plan Specifications;

      (c)   water  drainage  and  disposal  sites and  equipment  from the water
            outflow points designated on the Site Plan Specifications;

      (d)   air ventilation sources and equipment as designated on the Site Plan
            Specifications

      (e)   a "front-end loader" capable of moving and depositing the tires onto
            the trommel screen specified in Schedule 1.5 hereto.

6.3 Notice to Inspect

      6.3.1  The  Operator  shall,  not  later  than  one  month  prior  to  the
anticipated  Delivery Date, give written notice to the Manufacturer (the "Notice
to Inspect") that  preparation of the site for the installation and operation of
the TCTS-1 has been  completed in accordance  with the Site Plan  Specifications
and  request  that the  Manufacturer  inspect  the site in order to confirm  its
conformance with the Site Plan Specifications.

6.4 Manufacturer's Right to Inspect Site

      6.4.1 The Manufacturer  shall have the right, at any time within two weeks
of its  receipt of the  Notice to  Inspect,  to inspect  the site and notify the
Operator in writing (the "Notice of Approval")  that the Site is in  conformance
with the Site Plan Specifications.

      6.4.2 In the event  that,  after  inspecting  the Site,  the  Manufacturer
determines   that  the  Site  is  not  in   conformance   with  the  Site   Plan
Specifications,  then the Manufacturer  shall have the right to require that the
Operator  make any and all changes or additions  required to bring the Site into
such conformance, at the sole expense of the Operator prior to the Delivery Date
and to  postpone  the  Delivery  Date until all such  changes or  additions  are
completed.  In such event,  the Operator shall,  upon completion of the required
changes or  additions,  give  written  notice to the  Manufacturer  ("Notice  to
Re-inspect") that such changes or additions have been made in


                                                                             372

<PAGE>

accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions and that the Site is in complete
conformance with the Site Plan  Specifications.  The Manufacturer shall have the
right,  within two weeks of its receipt of such Notice to  re-inspect  the Site.
Such procedures may be repeated,  and the Manufacturer  shall have no obligation
to deliver the TCTS-1 System,  until the  Manufacturer  confirms upon inspection
that  the  Site is in  conformance  with the  Site  Plan  Specifications  or the
Manufacturer  fails to inspect the Site within a reasonable time in light of the
Manufacturer's commitments to other customers.

7. DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION

7.1 Delivery

      7.1.1 Unless the  Delivery  Date is  rescheduled  in  accordance  with the
provisions of paragraph 6.4.2 above, the  Manufacturer  shall deliver the TCTS-1
System to the site not later than 30 days after the Manufacturer determines that
the Site is in conformance with the Site Plan  Specifications and that all legal
requirements have been met, in accordance with Section 6.4, above.

      7.1.2  Delivery  shall be made  F.O.B.  Montreal,  Canada.  The  equipment
comprising  the TCTS-1 System shall be placed in suitably  protected  containers
the nature of which shall be determined by mutual agreement of the parties.  The
TCTS-1  System shall be delivered to the Site via a commercial  transporter  and
routing acceptable to the Manufacturer and the Operator.  The Operator shall pay
all  costs  of  transportation  and  delivery  of the  TCTS-1  System  from  the
Manufacturer's plant in Montreal to the Site.

      7.1.3  In the  event  that  delivery  of the  TCTS-1  System,  or any part
thereof,  for a period not  exceeding  thirty (30) days,  shall be  prevented by
causes beyond the control of the Manufacturer, including but not limited to acts
of God, labor troubles, failure of essential means of transportation, or changes
in policy  with  respect  to  exports  or  otherwise  by the  government  of the
jurisdiction  in which the  Operator  is  located,  the  Delivery  Date shall be
postponed for an additional  period equal to the period of delay.  In the event,
however,  that such  nondelivery  continues  after  such  extended  period,  the
Operator and the Manufacturer shall each have the right to cancel this agreement
by written notice, and in such case there shall be no obligation or liability on
the part of either party with respect to such undelivered equipment.

7.2 Installation

      7.2.1 The  Manufacturer  shall,  at its own  expense,  install  the TCTS-1
System at the Site.

      7.2.2 Upon  installation,  the TCTS-1 System shall be in complete  working
order and shall consist of the Purchased Equipment and the Leased Equipment.


                                                                             373

<PAGE>

8. EQUIPMENT TESTING AND OPERATOR'S ACCEPTANCE

8.1 Notice of Availability for Testing

      Upon completion of the  installation of the TCTS-1 System at the Site, the
Manufacturer  shall give the Operator  written  notice that the TCTS-1 System is
available for testing operations.

8.2 Test Period

      8.2.1  Immediately  upon  giving  notice to the  Operator  that the TCTS-1
System is available for testing  operations,  the Manufacturer shall, at its own
expense,  furnish an engineer  (technician?)  to supervise  the operation of the
TCTS-1 for a period of three days (the "Test  Period").  During the Test Period,
the TCTS-1 System shall demonstrate the capability of disintegrating scrap truck
tires at the rate of the  equivalent  of one million  (1,000,000)  passenger car
tires per year on a twenty-four  hour per day,  seven-day  per week,  continuous
operating basis.

      8.2.2 All power, fuel, light,  water, oil, or other necessary supplies and
all  personnel  (other  than  the  engineer  or  technician   furnished  by  the
Manufacturer),  authorizations,  permits, real and personal property, contracts,
equipment,  reports,  etc. necessary for the successful  operation of the TCTS-1
System, as set forth on Schedule 8.2.2, shall be provided by the Operator.

      8.2.3 The  Manufacturer  shall furnish to the Operator all data  regarding
the TCTS-1 System in order to enable the Operator to operate such System and, in
addition to the training to be provided  pursuant to the  Projected  Maintenance
Agreement or otherwise, the Manufacturer shall, during the Test Period, instruct
at least two of the  Operator's  employees in  accordance  with Section 5.2.5 of
this Agreement with respect to the operation,  and operating  maintenance of the
TCTS-1 System, and use reasonable care in training such employee,  provided that
if in the Manufacturer's sole opinion any employee is not adequately  qualified,
the  Operator  shall  designate   another  of  its  employees  to  receive  such
instruction.

8.3 Acceptance

      8.3.1 Unless the TCTS-1, or any part of it, fails to operate in accordance
with the specifications set forth in Paragraph 8.2.1,  above, the Manufacturer's
offer to sell the Purchased  Equipment and to lease the Leased  Equipment to the
Operator shall  automatically be deemed to have been accepted by the Operator as
of the  Acceptance  Date,  which  shall  occur on the  first day  following  the
completion  of the Test  Period and the  Operator  shall have no right to revoke
such acceptance for any reason.

      8.3.2 If the  TCTS-1,  or any part of it,  fails to operate in  accordance
with the  specifications  set forth in Paragraph 8.2.1,  above, the Manufacturer
shall have ninety (90) days in which to cure the problems  responsible  for such
failure.  Costs of all parts and labor  required  to bring the TCTS-1  into full
working condition shall be borne by the Manufacture unless the


                                                                             374
<PAGE>

failure to operate in accordance with the  specifications set forth in Paragraph
8.2.1, above, shall have been caused by any act or failure to act on the part of
the Operator or its  personnel,  including but not limited to the failure of the
Operator  to  have  brought  the  Site  into  conformance  with  the  Site  Plan
Specifications.

      8.3.3 Upon written  notice to the Operator that the problems  which caused
the TCTS-1  System to fail to operate as  required  during the Test  Period have
been cured, the Manufacturer  shall, at the request of the Operator,  commence a
second Test Period for up to three days, in which case the  acceptance  criteria
of Paragraph  8.3.1 shall pertain to such second Test Period (or any  subsequent
Test Period) with the same force and effect as to the initial Test Period.

9. RISK OF LOSS

      9.1 The risk of loss,  injury, or destruction of the Leased Equipment from
any cause whatsoever,  except negligence or willful  destruction by the Operator
shall  be borne  by the  Manufacturer  during  the  term of the  Lease  therefor
provided hereunder.

      9.2 The risk of loss,  injury,  or destruction of the Purchased  Equipment
from any cause  whatsoever,  except  negligence  or willful  destruction  by the
Operator  shall be borne by the  Manufacturer  only  until  title  passes to the
Operator.

      9.3 Any loss,  injury,  or destruction  to the TCTS-1,  or any part of it,
after title to the Purchased  Equipment passes to the Operator,  shall not serve
in any  manner to  release  the  Operator  from the  obligation  to pay the Rent
Payments provided for Section 4.3, above.

10. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF THE
      MANUFACTURER

      The  Manufacturer  hereby  represents,  warrants,  and  covenants  to  the
Operator, as follows:

10.1 Corporate Status

      The Tirex Corporation is (i) duly organized corporation,  validly existing
and in good  standing  under  the laws of the State of  Delaware;  (ii) has full
power to own all of its  properties  and  carry on its  business;  and  (iii) is
qualified  to do business as a foreign  entity in each of the  jurisdictions  in
which it operates, if any, unless the character of the properties owned by it or
the  nature  of the  business  transacted  by it,  does not  make  qualification
necessary in any other jurisdiction or jurisdictions.


                                                                             375
<PAGE>
      
10.2 Corporate Action

      Prior to the date hereof,  the board of directors of the  Manufacturer has
duly adopted resolutions approving the execution and delivery to the Operator of
this  Agreement  and  authorizing  and  consenting  to each and every one of the
terms, warranties, representations, covenants and conditions herein contained.

10.3 Patents

      10.3.1 The  Manufacturer  has  obtained a patent in the United  States and
Canada for the Disintegration  System which constitutes the "Leased  Equipment".
The Manufacturer is the sole owner of such patent and of all rights thereunder.

      10.3.2 The  Manufacturer  shall defend,  to the best of its ability and at
its own expense,  all actions,  suits,  or  proceedings  instituted  against the
Operator  insofar as the same are based on any claims that the said  Proprietary
Equipment, or any part thereof, constitutes an infringement of any patent of the
United States or Canada and shall  indemnify  the Operator  against all damages,
costs, and expenses which the Operator may incur as a result of any action which
may be brought or threatened  against the Operator with respect to the equipment
covered by such patent, provided that:

      (a)   The  Manufacturer  shall  have the right at any time or from time to
            time to modify the TCTS-1  System in a manner  which will not lessen
            the utility thereof;

      (b)   The Operator gives the  Manufacturer  immediate notice in writing of
            the  institution of the action,  suit, or proceeding and permits the
            Manufacturer,  through its counsel,  to defend  same,  and gives the
            Manufacturer  all information,  assistance,  and authority to enable
            the Manufacturer to do; and

      (c)   The  Operator  has made no change of any kind in the  TCTS-1  System
            without obtaining the prior written permission of the Manufacturer.

      10.3.3 When information is brought to the attention of the Manufacturer or
the Operator that others are  unlawfully  infringing on the patent  covering the
Leased  Equipment,  or on any other patent  granted to the  Manufacturer  in the
future on any other  component  or part of the TCTS-1,  the  Manufacturer  shall
prosecute diligently any infringer at the Manufacturer's own expense.

      10.3.4  The  Manufacturer  has  designed,  developed,  and  built  a fully
computerized  front-end  tire  preparation  system and a freezing  chamber.  The
Manufacturer  believes that such equipment is proprietary to it and intends,  as
promptly as practicable,  to file patent applications therefor. The Manufacturer
has no present  knowledge of any information  which would  adversely  affect the
validity  of its  outstanding  patent  or the  issuance  of  additional  patents
pursuant to the above described projected patent applications.  However, nothing
in this Paragraph shall constitute


                                                                             376
<PAGE>

a warranty by the Manufacturer that further patents will granted or that, in the
absence  of a final  court  determination,  any  particular  patent is valid and
enforceable  or that any  patent may not be the  subject of patent  infringement
claims.

10.4  Warranties

      Subject  to  the  failure  of the  Operator  to  maintain  the  TCTS-1  in
accordance  with  standards  and  procedures  to be specified  in the  Projected
Maintenance  Agreement or otherwise,  the Manufacturer  warrants that the TCTS-1
will  be  capable  of  disintegrating  scrap  truck  tires  at the  rate  of the
equivalent  of one  million  (1,000,000)  passenger  car  tires  per  year  on a
twenty-four  hour, seven day per week operating basis. The Manufacturer  further
warrants  and  represents  that  the  TCTS-1  System  will  meet or  exceed  all
applicable U.S. permitting and operating rules and regulations including but not
limited  to those  promulgated  by OSHA and the EPA.  The  Manufacturer  further
warrants the TCTS-1  System  against  defects in  workmanship  and  materials or
failure to perform in accordance with the  specifications set forth in Paragraph
8.2.1, above for one year after the Acceptance Date. No other representations or
warranties have been made by the Manufacturer or relied upon by the Operator. If
any defects in the  Manufacturer's  work or materials are discovered  within one
year of  delivery  the  Operator  shall  give  notice  within  five days of such
discovery. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES.

11. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF THE OPERATOR

      The  Operator   hereby   represents,   warrants,   and  covenants  to  the
Manufacturer, as follows:

11.1 Corporate Status

      ENERCON America  Distribution  Limited is (i) duly organized  corporation,
validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio; (ii)
has full power to own all of its properties and carry on its business; and (iii)
is qualified to do business as a foreign entity in each of the  jurisdictions in
which it operates, if any, unless the character of the properties owned by it or
the  nature  of the  business  transacted  by it,  does not  make  qualification
necessary in any other jurisdiction or jurisdictions.

11.2 Financial Condition of the Operator

      The books and records of the Operator are complete and accurate and fairly
present the financial condition and the results of operations of the Operator as
of the  date  hereof.  There  are  no  material  liabilities,  either  fixed  or
contingent,  not  reflected  in such books and records  other than  contracts or
obligations in the ordinary and usual course of business;  and no such contracts
or  obligations  in the  usual  course  of  business  constitute  liens or other
liabilities  which,  if  disclosed,  would  alter  substantially  the  financial
condition of the Operator as reflected in such books and records.


                                                                             377
<PAGE>

11.3 Defaults and Conflicts

      There are no  defaults  on the part of the  Operator  under any  contract,
lease, mortgage, pledge, credit agreement,  title retention agreement,  security
agreement,  lien,  encumbrance or any other commitment,  contract,  agreement or
undertaking  to which the Operator is a party.  The execution of this  Agreement
will not violate or breach any material  agreement,  contract,  or commitment to
which the Operator is a party.

11.4 Corporate Action

      Prior to the date hereof, the boards of directors of the Operator has duly
adopted resolutions  approving the execution and delivery to the Manufacturer of
this  Agreement  and  authorizing  and  consenting  to each and every one of the
terms, warranties,  representations,  covenants and conditions herein contained,
and the  Operator  will,  within  30 days of the  execution  of this  Agreement,
furnish  the  Manufacturer  with  a copy  of the  resolutions  of the  board  of
directors of the  Operator  authorizing  the Operator to purchase the  Purchased
Equipment and lease the Leased Equipment pursuant to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement;

11.5 Insurance

      11.5.1 The Operator, at its own cost and expense,  shall insure the Leased
Equipment  against  burglary,  theft,  fire,  and  vandalism in the amount of US
$1,000,000 and obtain public  liability  insurance with minimum  limits,  as the
parties shall  mutually  agree,  for property  damage in such form and with such
insurance companies as shall be satisfactory to the Manufacturer.  All insurance
policies  shall name both the  Operator  and the  Manufacturer  as insureds  and
copies of the policies  and the  receipts  for the payment of premiums  shall be
furnished to the  Manufacturer.  Each damage policy shall provide for payment of
all losses  directly to the  Manufacturer.  Each liability  policy shall provide
that all losses be paid on behalf of the Operator and the Manufacturer, as their
respective interests appear.

      11.5.2 In the  event  that the  Operator  shall  fail to  comply  with the
provisions  of  Paragraph  ll.5.1,  above,  then the  Operator  shall pay to the
Manufacturer an adequate premium in advance per annum to enable the Manufacturer
to insure the Leased Equipment and all such insurance  policies shall be held in
the custody of the Manufacturer.

11.6  Indemnification

      The Operator  agrees to indemnify,  protect,  save,  and keep harmless the
Manufacturer,  its agents, employees,  successors,  and assigns from and against
all losses, damages,  injuries,  claims, demands, and expenses,  including legal
expenses , of whatsoever nature arising out of the use, condition (including but
not limited to latent and other defects and whether or not  discoverable by it),
or  operation of the TCTS-1  System,  or any part of it, by any person who used,
operated,


                                                                             378
<PAGE>

or came into contact with such TCTS-1  System at the Site and to defend any suit
seeking such damages even though the  allegations  of such suit are  groundless,
false, or fraudulent,  provided  however that the Operator agrees to give prompt
notice to the Manufacturer  once the Operator has actual knowledge of any claims
as to which indemnity shall be sought, and shall permit the Manufacturer (at the
Operator's  expense) to assume the  defense of any such claim or any  litigation
resulting  therefrom;  provided  that  counsel for the  Manufacturer,  who shall
conduct  the  defense  of  said  claim  or   litigation,   shall  be  reasonably
satisfactory to the Operator; The Operator shall not, in the defense of any such
claim or litigation, except with the consent of the Manufacturer, consent to the
entry of any judgment or enter into any  settlement  that does not include as an
unconditional term, the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to Manufacturer of a
release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

11.7 Access

      The  Operator  shall  insure  that the  Manufacturer,  and its  agents and
employees,  shall at all times have free access to the  Operator's  premises for
the  purpose  of  inspecting  the Leased  Equipment  and  observing  its use and
operation, and making alterations,  improvements,  or additions thereto; and the
Operator shall afford all reasonable  facilities  therefor,  and shall allow the
Manufacturer to make such reasonable alterations,  improvements, or additions as
the Manufacturer shall deem necessary, at the expense of the Manufacturer.

11.8 Taxes

      The Operator shall pay all taxes,  assessments,  penalties, and fees which
may be levied or assessed on or with respect to the  installation  of the TCTS-1
System and, at all times  during the term of the Lease of the Leased  Equipment,
the Operator shall pay all taxes and assessments  which may be levied upon or in
respect of the TCTS-1 System or its operation, and shall pay any other liability
of any character which may be imposed or incurred as an incident to the physical
possession or operation of such System.

11.9 Compliance with Applicable Law

      The Operator shall provide, at its own expense,  all requisite permits and
licenses  necessary for the  installation  and operation of the TCTS-1 System at
the Site and shall exercise its best efforts to maintain its compliance with all
applicable federal, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, and regulations and,
in the event of any non-compliance which renders impossible the operation of the
Site as a tire recycling facility,  the Operator shall exercise its best efforts
to cure such non-compliance promptly.


                                                                             379
<PAGE>

11.10 Subordination

      The Operator shall procure from every owner, landlord, mortgagee, or other
secured  party  having any  interest  in the real  property  on which the TCTS-1
System  is to be  installed  or in  the  Operator's  place  of  business  or the
equipment  therein,  and deliver to the Manufacturer,  a written consent to such
installation  and a writing to the effect that the lien of any such  mortgage or
other interest is subordinate to the rights of the Manufacturer  with respect to
the Leased Equipment.

11.11 Ancillary Agreements

      11.11.1 The  Operator  will,  simultaneously  with the  execution  of this
Agreement,  and in  consideration  of the premises  and the mutual  promises and
agreements   made  herein,   enter  into  the  following   agreements  with  the
Manufacturer or such person, corporation,  firm, partnership, or other entity as
the Manufacturer shall appoint in its stead:

      (a)   The  Royalty   Agreement,   of  even  date  herewith,   between  the
            Manufacturer  and the Operator  providing for the Operator to pay to
            the  Manufacturer  a  royalty  of three  percent  (3%) of the  gross
            proceeds from the sale, other than to the  Manufacturer  pursuant to
            the Crumb  Rubber  Purchase  Option  Agreement,  by the  Operator of
            rubber  crumb  and  steel  from  scrap  tires  disintegrated  by the
            Operator  through the  utilization of the TCTS-1  System,  a copy of
            which Royalty Agreement is attached as Schedule 11.11(a) hereto; and

      (b)   The Crumb Rubber Purchase Option  Agreement,  of even date herewith,
            between  the   Operator  and  the   Manufacturer   or  such  person,
            corporation,  firm, partnership, or other entity as the Manufacturer
            shall appoint in its stead,  granting an option to the  Manufacturer
            to  purchase  up to 40% of the crumb  rubber  produced by the TCTS-1
            System,  a copy of which Agreement is attached as Schedule  11.11(b)
            hereto

      11.11.2 It is the  intention  of the parties  that within sixty days after
payment of the first payment due under  Paragraph 3.3, above,  the  Manufacturer
and  the  Operator,  jointly,  shall  commence  the  development  of a  mutually
acceptable Projected Maintenance Agreement and that within five business days of
the completion of the said Projected Maintenance  Agreement,  the Operator will,
in  consideration  of the premises and the mutual  promises and agreements  made
herein, enter into the Projected  Maintenance Agreement with the Manufacturer or
such person, corporation, firm, partnership, or other entity as the Manufacturer
and the Operator  shall jointly  agree to and appoint in its stead,  on mutually
agreed upon terms.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of the parties to
enter into the Projected  Maintenance  Agreement will not constitute a breach of
this Agreement or otherwise affect the respective  rights and obligations of the
parties hereunder.


                                                                             380
<PAGE>

12. DEFAULTS

12.1 Default by Manufacturer

      Each of the following events shall be deemed to constitute  breach of this
Agreement and, unless cured within 90 days, shall constitute a default hereunder
by the Manufacturer:

      (a)   If at any time prior to the  delivery  of the  TCTS-1  System to the
            Site:

            (i)   The  Manufacturer  makes  an  assignment  for the  benefit  of
                  creditors;

            (ii)  A voluntary or involuntary petition is filed by or against the
                  Manufacturer   under  any  law  having  for  its  purpose  and
                  adjudication  of the  Manufacturer a bankrupt or the extension
                  of the time of payment of, adjustment of, or other arrangement
                  affecting  the  liabilities  of  the   Manufacturer,   or  the
                  reorganization  of the  Manufacturer  and such petition is not
                  discharged or dismissed  within one hundred  twenty (120) days
                  after such petition is filed;

            (iii) A Receiver is appointed  for the property of the  Manufacturer
                  and is not  discharged or dismissed  within one hundred twenty
                  (120) days after such appointment;

                  or

            (iv)  Any  distress,  execution,  or  attachment  is levied upon the
                  Manufacturer's property to the extent that the Manufacturer is
                  not able to fulfill  its  obligations  to  deliver  the TCTS-1
                  within 90 days of the anticipated Deliver Date.

(a)

      (b)   The  Manufacturer  fails to deliver the TCTS-1  System in accordance
            with the terms and provisions of Section 7, above, within 90 days of
            the Delivery Date unless prior  thereto,  the Operator has failed to
            meet the payment  provisions  set forth above in Section 3.3 of this
            Agreement;

      (c)   The  TCTS-1  System  fails to operate  for a full Test (or  re-test)
            Period,  in accordance  with Section 8.2 hereof,  within ninety (90)
            days from the date the TCTS-1 System is completely  installed at the
            Site.

12.2 Default by Operator

      Each of the following events shall be deemed to constitute  breach of this
Agreement and, unless cured within 90 days, shall constitute a default hereunder
by the Operator:


                                                                             381
<PAGE>

      (a)   The Operator fails to make any payment  required to be made pursuant
            to Sections 3.3 or 4.3 of this  Agreement  or, if the parties  shall
            enter into the Projected Maintenance Agreement, any payment required
            to be made by the Operator under the Projected Maintenance Agreement
            and such failure to make payment  shall have  continued for a period
            of ten (10) days after written notice from the Manufacturer;

      (b)   The Operator  refuses to accept or allow the Manufacturer to install
            or test the TCTS-1 System in accordance  with Sections 7.2, 8.2, and
            8.3 of this  Agreement,  notwithstanding  that such System has been:
            (i)  delivered  to the  Operator's  Site on a  timely  basis or (ii)
            delivered  to the  Site and has  performed  in  accordance  with the
            specifications  set forth in Section  8.2 hereof for the  prescribed
            Test Period;

      (c)   The Operator makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

      (d)   A  voluntary  or  involuntary  petition  is filed by or against  the
            Operator  under any law having for its purpose and  adjudication  of
            the Operator a bankrupt or the  extension of the time of payment of,
            adjustment of, or other arrangement affecting the liabilities of the
            Operator, or the reorganization of the Operator and such petition is
            not  discharged  or dismissed  within one hundred  twenty (120) days
            after such petition is filed;

      (e)   A Receiver is appointed for the property of the Operator;

      (f)   Any distress,  execution,  or attachment is levied upon the machines
            or the Operator's property; or

      (g)   The Operator fails to faithfully and fully comply with the terms and
            provisions of Section 5.2 of this  Agreement,  with any such failure
            deemed  to be an  irremediable  material  breach  of this  Agreement
            immediately upon its occurrence.

      (h)   The Operator fails to reasonably, faithfully, and fully maintain the
            TCTS-1 in accordance  with  standards and procedures to be specified
            in the Projected  Maintenance  Agreement or otherwise,  and fails to
            cure such  breach  within the time  period  specified  therein  with
            respect to such failure.

12.3 Remedies Available to the Operator upon Default by Manufacturer

      If the  Manufacture  shall be in default  pursuant to Paragraphs 12.1 (a),
(b), or (c) of this Agreement, unless such default shall have been caused by any
act or failure to act on the part of the  Operator or its  personnel,  including
but not  limited to the failure of the  Operator  to have  brought the Site into
conformance  with the Site Plan)  Specifications,  the  Operator  shall have the
right  to  rescind  this  agreement  by  serving   written  notice  ("Notice  of
Rescission")  upon the Manufacturer and the Operator shall thereupon be entitled
to  stipulated  damages  in the  agreed  to amount of one  million  dollars  (US
$1,000,000). In such event, the Manufacturer shall, at its own


                                                                             382
<PAGE>

expense,  remove the TCTS-1  System as promptly  as  practicable  following  its
receipt of such  Notice of  Rescission  and all monies  theretofore  paid by the
Operator to the Manufacturer  pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 4.3, above,  shall be
returned by the Manufacturer to the Operator.

12.4 Remedies Available to the Manufacturer upon Default by the Operator

      12.4.1  The  Operator  acknowledges  and  agrees  that its  breach  of any
provision contained in Section 5.2 of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm
to the Manufacturer.  The Operator therefore agrees that, if the Operator or any
of the Operator's affiliates,  agents, employees, or associates has breached, or
is attempting or threatening to breach, any provision  contained  hereinabove in
the said Section 5.2, then the Manufacturer  shall have the right to obtain from
any court or arbitrator  having  jurisdiction,  such equitable  relief as may be
appropriate,  including a decree  enjoining  the Operator  from any further such
breach of such  provisions,  and  enjoining  the Operator  from  engaging in any
aspect  of the  tire  recycling  business  which  is in  competition  with  tire
recycling businesses which utilize tire disintegration equipment manufactured by
the Manufacturer,  either directly or indirectly  through or in association with
any other person,  firm,  corporation,  or organization  during the term of this
Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  for purposes of this Agreement,  the
parties  agree  that  a tire  recycling  business  utilizing  a  microwave  tire
recycling  system will not be deemed to be in  competition  with tire  recycling
businesses  which  utilize tire  disintegration  equipment  manufactured  by the
Manufacturer

      12.4.2 In the event of any default by the Operator  under this  Agreement,
the  Manufacturer  may at its  option,  at any time  thereafter  terminate  this
Agreement by written notice ("Notice of Termination"),  given in Accordance with
Section 16 hereof. Such termination may be made effective,  at the option of the
Manufacturer, simultaneously with or at any time after the happening of any such
default.

      12.4.3 Upon any  termination of this Agreement prior to payment in full of
the entire  Purchase  Price of US  $2,250,000  for the Purchased  Equipment,  in
accordance  with the terms of Section 3.3 of this  Agreement,  the  Manufacturer
shall  immediately  have  possession  of  the  entire  TCTS-1  System,  and  the
Manufacturer  may  enter  upon the  premises  where  the said  TCTS-1  System is
located,  take possession of the Leased Equipment and without previous demand or
notice and without legal process,  and remove it from the Operator's premises at
the Operator's expense.

      12.4.4 Upon any termination of this Agreement after payment in full of the
entire Purchase Price of US $2,250,000 for the Purchased Equipment has been made
by the Operator,  the  Manufacturer  shall  immediately  have  possession of the
Leased  Equipment  and the  Manufacturer  may enter upon the premises  where the
TCTS-1  System is  located,  remove the Leased  Equipment  from the said  TCTS-1
System and take possession of the Leased  Equipment  without  previous demand or
notice and without legal process,  and remove it from the Operator's premises at
the Operator's expense.


                                                                             383
<PAGE>

      12.4.5 The Operator  acknowledges  and agrees that any refusal on its part
to permit the  Manufacturer  to enter its premises and remove  either the TCTS-1
System or the Leased  Equipment in accordance with Paragraph 12.4.3 or 12.4.4 of
this Agreement will cause  irreparable  harm to the  Manufacturer.  The Operator
therefore  agrees  that in the  event  of any  such  refusal  on its  part,  the
Manufacturer  shall have the right to obtain from any court or arbitrator having
jurisdiction,  such equitable  relief as may be appropriate,  including a decree
enjoining the Operator from any further such refusal of entry and removal.

      12.4.6 In the event of any default by the Operator prior to the Acceptance
Date, the Manufacturer shall be entitled to liquidated damages including but not
limited to retention  of up to one million  dollars (US  $1,000,000)  out of the
monies  paid  by the  Operator  pursuant  to  Paragraph  3.3 and  all  costs  of
delivering and removing and re-delivering the TCTS-1 System.

      12.4.7 In the event of any default by the  Operator  after the  Acceptance
Date or pursuant to Paragraph 12.2(b) of this Agreement,  the Manufacturer shall
be entitled to liquidated  damages  including but not limited to retention of up
to one million  dollars (US  $1,000,000)  out of the monies paid by the Operator
pursuant  to  Paragraph   3.3,  all  costs  of   delivering   and  removing  and
re-delivering  the TCTS-1  System,  and  damages for the  Operator's  failure to
perform  for  the  full  term  of the  Lease  provided  in  Section  4.2 of this
Agreement.

      12.4.8 In the event of any default on the part of the Operator pursuant to
Paragraphs 12.2(a) or 12.2(b) of this Agreement, the Manufacturer shall have the
right to allow the Operator,  for a period of sixty (60) days, to obtain a buyer
for the TCTS-1 System,  satisfactory to the Manufacture,  provided however that,
unless  specifically  waived in writing by the Manufacturer,  the Operator shall
continue  liable  under  this  Agreement  lease  for the full  term of the Lease
provided  for in Section 4.2 of this  Agreement.  In the event that the Operator
shall  fail  to  obtain  a buyer  for the  TCTS-1  System,  satisfactory  to the
Manufacture,  the  Manufacturer  shall use its best  efforts  to  dispose of the
equipment,  either as a single  TCTS-1  System or as separate  components in any
appropriate public disposal manner. In the event of a sale of the equipment to a
Buyer located by either the Operator or the Manufacturer, the Manufacturer shall
return to the Operator all funds  received  from such disposal in excess of: (i)
liquidated  damages under  Paragraphs  12.4.6 or 12.4.7,  above,  (b) any monies
owing to  Manufacturer  by Operator under Section 3.3, and any costs incurred by
the Manufacturer for the removal and public disposal of the repossessed TCTS-1.

      12.4.9  In the  event  of any  default  on the part of the  Operator,  the
Manufacturer  shall not be deemed to have waived any of its rights  hereunder by
reason of its failure to assert its rights or its failure to take  cognizance of
such breach.

      12.4.10  The  foregoing  remedies  provided  herein for the benefit of the
Manufacturer  shall not be exclusive  but in addition to any other  remedies the
Manufacturer  may have by virtue of the  breach  by the  Operator,  in law or in
equity,  from any court or arbitration  proceeding having jurisdiction over such
matter.


                                                                             384
<PAGE>

13. OPERATOR'S SALE OF Purchased Equipment

13.1 Manufacturer's Right to Retrieve Leased Equipment Prior to Sale

      In the event  that,  during or after  the term of the  Lease  provided  in
Section  4.2 of this  Agreement,  the  Operator  wishes to divest  itself of the
TCTS-1 System, pursuant to the discontinuance of its business, or otherwise, the
Operator  will give to the  Manufacturer  written  notice to that effect and the
Manufacturer  shall  have all  rights of entry  and  removal  provided  above in
Paragraphs  12.4.4  and  12.4.5  of this  Agreement,  provided  however  that in
addition to such  rights,  if such event shall occur during the term of the said
Lease, the  Manufacturer  shall also have the rights provided to it in Paragraph
12.4.7 of this Agreement.

13.2 Manufacturer's Right of First Refusal

      In the event  that,  during or after  the term of the  Lease  provided  in
Section  4.2 of this  Agreement,  the  Operator  wishes to divest  itself of the
TCTS-1 System, pursuant to the discontinuance of its business, or otherwise, the
Operator  will give to the  Manufacturer  written  notice to that effect and the
Manufacturer will have a right of first refusal to repurchase the TCTS-1 System,
at its  fair  market  value,  within  a sixty  (60)  day  period  following  the
Manufacturer's receipt of such notice;

14. ASSIGNMENT

      The Operator shall not transfer, deliver, sublease, or encumber the Leased
Equipment to any person, corporation, or firm, and the Lease provided in Section
4.2 of this  Agreement  may not be  assigned  by the  Operator  except  with the
Manufacturer's express prior written consent.

15. FAILURE OF PERFORMANCE

      Delays in or  failure  of  performance  occasioned  by war,  fire,  flood,
embargo, car shortage, accident, explosion, expropriation of plant or product by
federal  or state  authority,  or other like  cause  beyond  the  control of the
Manufacturer,  or Act of God, or by strike,  lockout, or other labor trouble, or
inability  to  obtain  sufficient  labor  interfering  with  the  production  or
transportation  of the TCTS-1 System,  or any part thereof,  or any  replacement
therefor,  whether because of governmental  action affecting the Manufacturer or
its suppliers, or by any action or proceeding at law or in equity, or otherwise,
shall not subject the Manufacturer to any liability.


                                                                             385
<PAGE>

16. NOTICES

      All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be mailed by
certified mail, or delivered by hand or by recognized  overnight  courier to the
party to whom such notice is required or permitted to be given  hereunder at the
address  set forth  above for such  party,  in all cases with  written  proof of
receipt  required.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed to have  been  given  when
received by the party to whom notice is given, as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the  receiving  party.  Either  party may change the address to which
notice to it is to be  addressed,  by  written  notice to the  other  party,  as
provided herein.

17. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO MANUFACTURER'S OBLIGATION

      The obligations of the Manufacturer  hereunder are subject to fulfillment,
prior to the Delivery Date, of the following conditions:

17.1 Truth of Representation

      The  representations  and warranties by or on behalf of Operator contained
in this Agreement or in any document  delivered to the Manufacturer  pursuant to
the  provisions  hereof shall be true in all material  respects at and as of the
Delivery Date as though such  representations and warranties were made at and as
of such time.

17.2 Compliance with Covenants

      The  Operator  shall  have  performed  and  complied  with all  covenants,
agreements,  and  conditions  required  by this  Agreement  to be  performed  or
complied with prior or simultaneously with to the Delivery Date.

(ii) 17.3 Financing Arrangements

      The Operator  will deliver to the  Manufacturer  within sixty (60) days of
the execution of this Agreement,  evidence satisfactory to the Manufacturer that
the Operator has  arranged for adequate  financing to meet the payment  schedule
set forth in Section 3.3, above.


                                                                             386
<PAGE>

18. ARBITRATION

      All  controversies  arising out of or relating to this  Agreement,  or any
modification  thereof,  shall be  settled  by  arbitration  in New York  City in
accordance with the Arbitration Rules then obtaining of the American Arbitration
Association.

19. BINDING EFFECT.

      19.1 This  agreement  shall bind and inure to the  benefit of the  parties
hereto and their  respective  legal  representatives,  successors  and  assigns,
provided, however, that this Agreement cannot be assigned by the Operator except
in accordance  with Section 14 of this  Agreement.  Nothing herein  expressed or
implied is intended or shall be  construed to confer upon or to give any person,
firm or  corporation  other than the parties hereto and their  respective  legal
representatives,  successors  and  assigns  any rights or  benefits  under or by
reason of this Agreement.

      19.2 All the right,  title,  and  interest of the  Manufacturer  under the
Lease may be enforced by the  Manufacturer,  its  successors,  and assigns.  The
Lease  shall  continue  in full  force and  effect  notwithstanding  the  death,
incapacity, or dissolution of the Operator or the increase,  decrease, or change
in the  personnel of or members of the  Operator,  and shall be binding upon the
Operator  and  the  Operator's  estate,   legal   representatives,   heirs,  and
successors.

20. GENERAL

20.1 Further Assurances

      At any time, and from time to time, after the execution of this Agreement,
each party will execute such additional  instruments and take such action as may
be  reasonably  requested by the other party to confirm or perfect  title to any
property transferred hereunder or otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes
of this Agreement.

20.2 Waiver

      Any  failure  on the part of any party  hereto  to comply  with any of its
obligations,  agreements or conditions hereunder may be waived in writing by the
party to whom such compliance is owed.

20.3 Brokers

         Neither  party has  employed any brokers or finders with regard to this
Agreement, unless otherwise described in writing to all parties hereto.


                                                                             387
<PAGE>

20.4 Headings

      The section and  subsection  headings in this  Agreement  are inserted for
convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation
of this Agreement.

20.5 Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

20.6 Entire Agreement

      This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties covering  everything
agreed  upon or  understood  in the  transaction.  There  are no oral  promises,
conditions,  representations,  understandings,  interpretations  or terms of any
kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof.

20.7 Severability

      If any part of this Agreement is deemed to be unenforceable the balance of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

20.8 Publicity

      All  notices  to third  parties  and all other  publicity  concerning  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  prior
approval of counsel of the Manufacturer and the Operator, provided however, that
any failure of the  Operator or its counsel to approve any such notices or other
publicity shall in no way prevent the Manufacturer from complying fully with its
public  disclosure  obligations  under the rules and  regulations  of the United
States  Securities  and Exchange  Commission or any other  governmental  body or
agency in the United States or in any other applicable jurisdiction.

20.9 Counterparts

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by each
party on a separate  counterpart,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.


                                                                             388
<PAGE>

      In Witness  Whereof,  the parties  hereto have caused this Amendment to be
executed the day and year first above written.


                                        THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                        By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                           ---------------------------------
                                            Terence C. Byrne, President


                                        ENERCON AMERICA DISTRIBUTION LIMITED

                                        By /s/ David L. Holmes
                                           ---------------------------------
                                                 David L. Holmes


                                                                             389



                                EXHIBIT 10 (uu)


                                                                             390

<PAGE>

                                   ----------

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                                ROYALTY AGREEMENT

      Royalty Agreement, made this 9th day of October 1998 between:

                         ENERCON America Distribution Limited
                         540 Tansy Lane
                         Westerville, Ohio 43081
                                            (the "Operator")

                                     and

                         The Tirex Corporation
                         740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                         Montreal, Quebec
                         Canada H3C 1L5
                                            (the "Manufacturer")

      Whereas,  the  Manufacturer  and  the  Operator  are  parties  to  certain
equipment lease and purchase  agreements,  of even date herewith (the "Equipment
Lease and  Purchase  Agreements"),  between the  Manufacturer  and the  Operator
respecting the sale by the  Manufacturer and the Purchase by the Operator of the
"Purchased  Equipment" and the operating  lease,  between the  Manufacturer,  as
lessor, and the Operator, as lessee, respecting the "Leased Equipment", as those
terms are defined in the said Equipment Lease and Purchase Agreements.

      Whereas,  in  consideration  for the premises and the mutual promises made
therein,  the Operator has agreed,  pursuant to the Equipment Lease and Purchase
Agreements,  to enter into this Royalty Agreement with the Manufacturer  whereby
the Operator will pay to the Manufacturer  certain royalties calculated upon the
gross proceeds from all sales of rubber crumb,  fiber and steel from scrap tires
disintegrated by the TCS-1 System and the TCTS-1 System which are the respective
subjects of the said  Equipment  Lease and  Purchase  Agreements  (the  "Subject
Systems").

Now, Therefore, it is agreed as follows:


                                                                             391
<PAGE>

1. Definitions

      1.2 "Manufacturer" shall mean The Tirex Corporation and its successors and
assigns.

      1.3 "Operator"  shall mean ENERCON  America  Distribution  Limited and all
other  corporations,  partnerships,  or  other  entities,  now or in the  future
controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of,  ENERCON  America
Distribution Limited, jointly and severally.

      1.4 All other  Capitalized  terms used  herein and not  otherwise  defined
shall have the respective meanings attributed thereto in the Equipment Lease and
Purchase Agreement.

2. Royalty Fee

      2.1 The Operator shall pay to the Manufacturer, not more than fifteen (15)
days after the end of each month,  a royalty fee equal to three  percent (3%) of
the net proceeds  from all sales of rubber  crumb,  fiber,  and steel from scrap
tires disintegrated by the Subject Systems (the "Royalty Fee").

      2.2 For purposes of this Royalty Agreement,  the term "net proceeds" shall
mean all revenues from the sale, other than to the Manufacturer  pursuant to the
Crumb Rubber Purchase Option  Agreement,  of rubber crumb,  fiber and steel from
scrap tires  disintegrated by the Subject Systems less any uncollected  accounts
actually written off as bad debts by the Operator.

3. Payment Periods

      Royalty   Fees  shall  be  reported  and  paid  by  the  Operator  to  the
Manufacturer  every month from the  Acceptance  Date  throughout the life of the
Subject Systems.

4. Royalty Reports

      The Operator shall prepare  royalty  reports  ("Royalty  Reports"),  to be
delivered by the Operator to the Manufacturer, together with the Royalty Fee due
thereunder,  covering the  immediately  preceding  "Reporting  Periods",  in the
following manner:

      (a)   The initial  Reporting Period shall be the Reporting Period in which
            the Acceptance  Date falls.  For example,  if the Acceptance Date is
            September  15, 1998,  the initial  Reporting  Period is the two-week
            period which  commenced on September 15, 1998 and ended on September
            30, 1998, and the Royalty Report and Royalty Fee for such "Reporting
            Period" is due on October 15, 1998.

      (b)   Each Royalty Report shall disclose the gross revenues from all sales
            of steel,  fiber,  and rubber crumb produced by the operation of the
            Subject  Systems and the amount of the Royalty Fee  calculated  upon
            the gross proceeds therefrom.


                                                                             392
<PAGE>

5. Inspection of Books

      Upon written request, the Manufacturer or his designated agent may examine
the books and  records  of the  Operator  only  insofar  as they  relate to this
Royalty Agreement and are reasonably  required to verify the Operator's revenues
from sales of steel,  fiber,  and rubber crumb  produced by the operation of the
Subject  Systems.  Such  examination  shall  take  place at the  offices  of the
Operator only during normal business office operating hours.

6. Assignment

      6.1 This Royalty  Agreement may not be assigned by the Operator  except as
part of the assignment of the Equipment Lease and Purchase Agreement,  which may
only be assigned  pursuant to the express written  consent of the  Manufacturer,
and any such  assignment  shall not  relieve  the  Operator  of its  liabilities
hereunder unless expressly waived in writing by the Manufacturer.

      6.2 This Royalty  Agreement  may be  transferred,  assigned,  pledged,  or
hypothecated  by the  Manufacture  as  part  of the  sale  of  its  business  or
otherwise.

7. Notices

      All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be mailed by
certified mail, or delivered by hand or by recognized  overnight  courier to the
party to whom such notice is required or permitted to be given  hereunder at the
address  set forth  above for such  party,  in all cases with  written  proof of
receipt  required.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed to have  been  given  when
received by the party to whom notice is given, as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the  receiving  party.  Either  party may change the address to which
notice to it is to be  addressed,  by  written  notice to the  other  party,  as
provided herein.

8. Binding Effect.

      8.1 This  Royalty  Agreement  shall  bind and inure to the  benefit of the
parties  hereto  and their  respective  legal  representatives,  successors  and
assigns,  provided,  however,  that this Royalty Agreement cannot be assigned by
the  Operator  except in  accordance  with  Section 6.1 hereof.  Nothing  herein
expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or to give
any  person,  firm or  corporation  other  than the  parties  hereto  and  their
respective legal representatives,  successors and assigns any rights or benefits
under or by reason of this Royalty Agreement.

      8.2 All the right,  title,  and  interest of the  Manufacturer  under this
Royalty  Agreement  may be enforced by the  Manufacturer,  its  successors,  and
assigns.  This  Royalty  Agreement  shall  continue  in full  force  and  effect
notwithstanding  the death,  incapacity,  or  dissolution of the Operator or the
increase,  decrease,  or change in the  personnel of or members of the Operator,
and  shall be  binding  upon  the  Operator  and the  Operator's  estate,  legal
representatives, heirs, and successors.


                                                                             393
<PAGE>

9. Further Assurances

      At any time, and from time to time, after the execution of this Agreement,
each party will execute such additional  instruments and take such action as may
be  reasonably  requested by the other party to confirm or perfect  title to any
property transferred hereunder or otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes
of this Agreement.

10. Waiver

      Any  failure  on the part of any party  hereto  to comply  with any of its
obligations,  agreements or conditions hereunder may be waived in writing by the
party to whom such compliance is owed.

11. Brokers

      Neither  party has  employed  any  brokers or finders  with regard to this
Agreement, unless otherwise described in writing to all parties hereto.

12. Headings

      The section and  subsection  headings in this  Agreement  are inserted for
convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation
of this Agreement.

13. Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

14. Entire Agreement

      This Agreement and the premises and mutual promises in the Equipment Lease
and Purchase Agreements  constitute the entire agreement of the parties covering
everything agreed upon or understood with respect to the Royalty Fees. There are
no oral promises, conditions, representations,  understandings,  interpretations
or terms of any kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof.

15. Severability

      If any part of this Agreement is deemed to be unenforceable the balance of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.


                                                                             394
<PAGE>

16. Publicity

      All  notices  to third  parties  and all other  publicity  concerning  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  prior
approval of counsel to the Manufacturer.

17. Counterparts

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by each
party on a separate  counterpart,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.

      In Witness Whereof,  the parties hereto have caused this Royalty Agreement
to be executed the day and year first above written whatsoever.

                                      ENERCON AMERICA DISTRIBUTION LIMITED

                                      By /s/ David L. Holmes
                                         ------------------------------------
                                           David L. Holmes, President

                                      THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                      By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                         ------------------------------------
                                           Terence C. Byrne, President


                                                                             395



                                 EXHIBIT 10 (vv)

                                                                             396
<PAGE>

                                   ----------
 
                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                     RUBBER CRUMB PURCHASE OPTION AGREEMENT

      Rubber Crumb Purchase Option Agreement, made this 9th day of October 1998,
between:


                         ENERCON America Distribution Limited
                         540 Tansy Lane
                         Westerville, Ohio 43081
                                             (the "Operator")

                                     and

                         The Tirex Corporation
                         740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                         Montreal, Quebec
                         Canada H3C 1L5
                                              (the "Manufacturer")

      Whereas,  the  Manufacturer  and  the  Operator  are  parties  to  certain
equipment lease and purchase  agreements,  of even date herewith (the "Equipment
Lease and  Purchase  Agreements"),  between the  Manufacturer  and the  Operator
respecting the sale by the  Manufacturer and the Purchase by the Operator of the
"Purchased  Equipment" and the operating  lease,  between the  Manufacturer,  as
lessor, and the Operator, as lessee, respecting the "Leased Equipment", as those
terms are defined in the said Equipment Lease and Purchase Agreements.

      Whereas,  in  consideration  for the premises and the mutual promises made
therein,  the Operator has agreed,  pursuant to the Equipment Lease and Purchase
Agreements,  to enter into this Option Agreement with the Manufacturer  pursuant
to which the Operator hereby grants to the  Manufacturer  the option to purchase
up to forty percent (40%) of the rubber crumb yielded by the  disintegration  of
scrap tires in the TCS-1 System and the TCTS-1  System which are the  respective
subjects of the said  Equipment  Lease and  Purchase  Agreements  (the  "Subject
System").

      Now, Therefore, it is agreed as follows:

1. Definitions


                                                                             397
<PAGE>

      1.1 "Manufacturer" shall mean The Tirex Corporation and its successors and
assigns.

      1.2 "Operator"  shall mean ENERCON  America  Distribution  Limited and all
other  corporations,  partnerships,  or  other  entities,  now or in the  future
controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of,  ENERCON  America
Distribution Limited, jointly and severally.

      1.3 All other  Capitalized  terms used  herein and not  otherwise  defined
shall have the respective meanings attributed thereto in the Equipment Lease and
Purchase Agreements.

2. Grant of Option

      The Operator hereby grants to the Manufacturer an option (the "Option") to
purchase  up to  forty  percent  (40%)  of  the  rubber  crumb  yielded  by  the
disintegration  of  scrap  tires  in the  Subject  Systems  (the  "Rubber  Crumb
Output").

3. Term of Option

      The term of the Option shall be coextensive with the term of the operating
lease provided for in Section 4 of the respective  Equipment  Lease and Purchase
Agreements and shall commence as of the Acceptance Date.

4. Conditions of Option

      The Manufacturer's  rights to purchase the Rubber Crumb Output pursuant to
this Option shall be subject to fulfillment of the following condition:

      (a)   the Manufacturer shall furnish to the Operator,  in writing,  within
            ninety days of the Acceptance Date and every six months  thereafter,
            the Manufacturer's  anticipated purchase projections (the "Six-Month
            Projected  Purchase  Order")  specifying  the  grades,   types,  and
            quantities of Rubber Crumb Output which the Manufacturer  commits to
            purchase  within the  six-month  period  following  the date of such
            Projected Purchase Order;

      The price, terms, and conditions specified in the Projected Purchase Order
will be negotiated every six months for a period of six months.

5. Inspection of Books

      Upon written request, the Manufacturer or its designated agent may examine
the books and records of the Operator only insofar as they relate to this Rubber
Crumb Purchase Option Agreement and are reasonably required to verify the volume
of rubber crumb produced by the


                                                                             398
<PAGE>

operation  of the  Subject  Systems.  Such  examination  shall take place at the
offices of the Operator only during normal business office operating hours.

6. Assignment

      6.1 This Option  Agreement  may not be assigned by the Operator  except as
part of the assignment of the Equipment Lease and Purchase Agreement,  which may
only be assigned  pursuant to the express written  consent of the  Manufacturer,
and any such  assignment  shall not  relieve  the  Operator  of its  obligations
hereunder unless expressly waived in writing by the Manufacturer.

      6.2 This  Option  Agreement  may be  transferred,  assigned,  pledged,  or
hypothecated  by the  Manufacture  as  part  of the  sale  of  its  business  or
otherwise.

7. Notices

      All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be mailed by
certified mail, or delivered by hand or by recognized  overnight  courier to the
party to whom such notice is required or permitted to be given  hereunder at the
address  set forth  above for such  party,  in all cases with  written  proof of
receipt  required.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed to have  been  given  when
received by the party to whom notice is given, as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the  receiving  party.  Either  party may change the address to which
notice to it is to be  addressed,  by  written  notice to the  other  party,  as
provided herein.

8. Binding Effect.

      8.1 This  Option  Agreement  shall  bind and inure to the  benefit  of the
parties  hereto  and their  respective  legal  representatives,  successors  and
assigns, provided, however, that this Option Agreement cannot be assigned by the
Operator except in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof.  Nothing herein expressed
or implied  is  intended  or shall be  construed  to confer  upon or to give any
person,  firm or corporation  other than the parties hereto and their respective
legal representatives, successors and assigns any rights or benefits under or by
reason of this Option Agreement.

      8.2 All the right,  title,  and  interest of the  Manufacturer  under this
Option  Agreement  may be  enforced by the  Manufacturer,  its  successors,  and
assigns.  This  Option  Agreement  shall  continue  in  full  force  and  effect
notwithstanding  the death,  incapacity,  or  dissolution of the Operator or the
increase,  decrease,  or change in the  personnel of or members of the Operator,
and  shall be  binding  upon  the  Operator  and the  Operator's  estate,  legal
representatives, heirs, and successors.

9. Further Assurances

      At any time, and from time to time, after the execution of this Agreement,
each party will execute such additional  instruments and take such action as may
be  reasonably  requested by the other party to confirm or perfect  title to any
property transferred hereunder or otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes
of this Agreement.


                                                                             399
<PAGE>

10. Waiver

      Any  failure  on the part of any party  hereto  to comply  with any of its
obligations,  agreements or conditions hereunder may be waived in writing by the
party to whom such compliance is owed.

11. Brokers

      Neither  party has  employed  any  brokers or finders  with regard to this
Agreement, unless otherwise described in writing to all parties hereto.

12. Headings

      The section and  subsection  headings in this  Agreement  are inserted for
convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation
of this Agreement.

13. Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

14 Entire Agreement

      This Agreement and the premises and mutual promises in the Equipment Lease
and Purchase  Agreement  constitute the entire agreement of the parties covering
everything  agreed upon or understood  with respect to the Option.  There are no
oral promises, conditions, representations,  understandings,  interpretations or
terms of any kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof.

15. Severability

      If any part of this Agreement is deemed to be unenforceable the balance of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

16. Publicity

      All  notices  to third  parties  and all other  publicity  concerning  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  prior
approval of counsel to the Manufacturer.

17. Counterparts

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by each
party on a separate  counterpart,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.


                                                                             400
<PAGE>

      In Witness  Whereof,  the parties hereto have caused this Option Agreement
to be executed the day and year first above written.

                                 ENERCON AMERICA DISTRIBUTION LIMITED

                                 By /s/ David L. Holmes
                                    ----------------------------------
                                     David L. Holmes


                                 THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                 By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                   ----------------------------------
                                     Terence C. Byrne, President


                                                                             401



                                 EXHIBIT 10 (ww)


                                                                             402

<PAGE>

                                   ----------
 
                             THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                            PURCHASE RIGHTS AGREEMENT

      Purchase Rights Agreement, made this 9th day of October 1998, between:

                                ENERCON America Distribution Limited
                                540 Tansy Lane
                                Westerville, Ohio 43081
                                                        (the "Operator")
                                            and


                                The Tirex Corporation
                                740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                                Montreal, Quebec
                                Canada H3C 1L5
                                                        (the "Manufacturer")

      Whereas,  the  Manufacturer  and  the  Operator  are  parties  to  certain
equipment lease and purchase  agreements,  of even date herewith (the "Equipment
Lease and  Purchase  Agreements"),  between the  Manufacturer  and the  Operator
respecting the sale by the  Manufacturer and the Purchase by the Operator of the
"Purchased  Equipment" and the operating  lease,  between the  Manufacturer,  as
lessor,  and the Operator,  as lessee (the  "Operating  Lease"),  respecting the
"Leased  Equipment",  as those terms are defined in the said Equipment Lease and
Purchase Agreements.

      Whereas,  Section 4 of each of the respective Equipment Lease and Purchase
Agreements contains the terms and provisions of the respective Operating Leases,
with  Subparagraphs  4.2.2  (b) of  each  of such  Agreements  providing  to the
Operator  the sole and  exclusive  right to extend  the  terms of the  Operating
Leases yearly,  on a perpetual  basis, at a reduced rental rate, or to terminate
the said Operating Leases upon 90 days written notice to the Manufacturer.

      Whereas,  the Operator wishes to have, and the  Manufacturer has agreed to
grant to the Operator,  the right to purchase the Leased  Equipment in the event
that a voluntary or involuntary petition is filed by or against the Manufacturer
under Chapter 7 of the United States  Bankruptcy laws having for its purpose and
adjudication  of  the  Manufacturer  a  bankrupt  and  the  liquidation  of  the
Manufacturer's assets pursuant thereto.

      Now, Therefore,  in consideration for the premises and the mutual promises
made herein and in the Equipment Lease and Purchase Agreements,  it is agreed as
follows:


                                                                             403
<PAGE>

1. Definitions

      1.1 "Manufacturer" shall mean The Tirex Corporation and its successors and
assigns.

      1.2 "Operator"  shall mean ENERCON  America  Distribution  Limited and all
other  corporations,  partnerships,  or  other  entities,  now or in the  future
controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of,  ENERCON  America
Distribution Limited, jointly and severally.

      1.3 All other  Capitalized  terms used  herein and not  otherwise  defined
shall have the respective meanings attributed thereto in the Equipment Lease and
Purchase Agreements.

2. Operator's Right to Purchase Leased Equipment

      2.1  To  the  extent  permitted  under  applicable   bankruptcy  laws  and
regulations,  the  Manufacturer  hereby  grants  to the  Operator  the  right to
purchase  the Leased  Equipment  in the event that a  voluntary  or  involuntary
petition is filed by or against the  Manufacturer  under Chapter 7 of the United
States   Bankruptcy  laws  having  for  its  purpose  the  adjudication  of  the
Manufacturer  as a bankrupt and the  liquidation  of the  Manufacturer's  assets
pursuant thereto, in which event:

      (a)   The   Manufacturer   shall,   within  five  business  days  of  such
            occurrence, give written notice thereof to the Operator;

      (b)   The  Operator  shall,  within five  business  days of receipt of the
            above described  notice,  advise the Manufacturer  whether or not it
            wishes to purchase the Leased Equipment.

3. Purchase Price

      The purchase price for the Leased  Equipment  shall be the greater of: (i)
seven hundred fifty  thousand  United States  dollars (US $750,000) less $10,000
for each monthly rental  payment  (including  $12,500  initial term payments and
$6,250 extended term payments) that Operator shall  theretofore  have paid under
the Operating Lease; or (ii) $50,000.

6. Assignment

      6.1 This  Purchase  Rights  Agreement  may not be assigned by the Operator
except as part of the assignment of the Equipment Lease and Purchase  Agreement,
which may only be  assigned  pursuant  to the  express  written  consent  of the
Manufacturer,  and any such  assignment  shall not relieve  the  Operator of its
obligations hereunder unless expressly waived in writing by the Manufacturer.

      6.2 This Purchase Rights Agreement may be transferred,  assigned, pledged,
or  hypothecated  by the  Manufacture  as part of the  sale of its  business  or
otherwise.


                                                                             404
<PAGE>

7. Notices

      All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be mailed by
certified mail, or delivered by hand or by recognized  overnight  courier to the
party to whom such notice is required or permitted to be given  hereunder at the
address  set forth  above for such  party,  in all cases with  written  proof of
receipt  required.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed to have  been  given  when
received by the party to whom notice is given, as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the  receiving  party.  Either  party may change the address to which
notice to it is to be  addressed,  by  written  notice to the  other  party,  as
provided herein.

8. Binding Effect.

      8.1 This Purchase Rights  Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their  respective legal  representatives,  successors and
assigns,  provided,  however,  that this  Agreement  cannot be  assigned  by the
Operator except in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof.  Nothing herein expressed
or implied  is  intended  or shall be  construed  to confer  upon or to give any
person,  firm or corporation  other than the parties hereto and their respective
legal representatives, successors and assigns any rights or benefits under or by
reason of this Agreement.

9. Further Assurances

      At any time, and from time to time, after the execution of this Agreement,
each party will execute such additional  instruments and take such action as may
be  reasonably  requested by the other party to confirm or perfect  title to any
property transferred hereunder or otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes
of this Agreement.

10. Waiver

      Any  failure  on the part of any party  hereto  to comply  with any of its
obligations,  agreements or conditions hereunder may be waived in writing by the
party to whom such compliance is owed.

11. Brokers

      Neither  party has  employed  any  brokers or finders  with regard to this
Agreement, unless otherwise described in writing to all parties hereto.

12. Headings

      The section and  subsection  headings in this  Agreement  are inserted for
convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation
of this Agreement.

13. Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.


                                                                             405
<PAGE>

14 Entire Agreement

      This Agreement and the premises and mutual promises in the Equipment Lease
and Purchase  Agreement  constitute the entire agreement of the parties covering
everything  agreed upon or understood  with respect to the Operator's  rights to
purchase  the  Leased  Equipment.  There  are  no  oral  promises,   conditions,
representations,  understandings,  interpretations  or  terms  of  any  kind  as
conditions or inducements to the execution hereof.

15. Severability

      If any part of this Agreement is deemed to be unenforceable the balance of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

16. Publicity

      All  notices  to third  parties  and all other  publicity  concerning  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  prior
approval of counsel to the Manufacturer.

17. Counterparts

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by each
party on a separate  counterpart,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.

      In Witness  Whereof,  the parties hereto have caused this Purchase  Rights
Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

                              ENERCON AMERICA DISTRIBUTION LIMITED

                              By /s/ David L. Holmes
          `                      ---------------------------------
                                 David L. Holmes, President

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                              By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                 ---------------------------------
                                 Terence C. Byrne, President


                                                                             406


                                 EXHIBIT 10 (xx)


                                                                             407

<PAGE>

                                   ----------

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                     EQUIPMENT LEASE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

      Equipment  Lease  and  Purchase  Agreement,  made,  as of the  12th day of
December 1997, between:

                             750824 Alberta Ltd.
                             Calgary, Alberta
                             Canada T2G 2E6
                                                (the "Operator")

                                      and

                             The Tirex Corporation
                             740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                             Montreal, Quebec
                             Canada H3C 1L5
                                                (the "Manufacturer")

1. DEFINITIONS

      1.1 "Acceptance Date" shall mean the first day following the completion of
the Test Period.

      1.2  "Anticipated  Delivery  Date" shall mean  September  15, 1998 or such
other date as the parties hereto shall mutually agree.

      1.3  "Leased  Proprietary  Equipment"  shall  mean  all of  the  following
constituent,   integral  parts  of  the  TCS-1  System  and  all  substitutions,
replacements,  and  improvements,  and all repair and  renewal  parts  installed
therein,  as specified  in the plans and  specifications  therefor,  attached as
Schedule 1.3 hereto:

      (a)   the disintegration  system including but not limited to all grinders
            contained therein, and

      (b)   the separation systems, including but not limited to:

            (i)    a magnetic separator;
            (ii)   a fiber/crumb separator;
            (iii)  fiber collector
            (iv)   crumb rubber sizing system; and
            (v)    all integrated conveyance and exit belts, chutes,  and  other
                   components

      1.4 "Maintenance  Agreement" shall mean the maintenance agreement of to be
entered  into  between  the  Manufacturer   and  the  Operator   respecting  the
maintenance of the TCS-1 System.


                                                                             408
<PAGE>

      1.5 "Manufacturer" shall mean The Tirex Corporation and Tirex Canada Inc.,
and all  other  corporations,  partnerships,  or other  entities,  now or in the
future  controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of, The Tirex
Corporation, jointly and severally.

      1.6  "Non   Proprietary   Equipment"  shall  mean  all  of  the  following
constituent, integral parts of the TCS-1 System:

      (a)   all baling  systems  contained in the TCS-1  System,  including  all
            associated ancillary equipment and conveyance and exit belts, chutes
            and/or  other  components  combined  or  integrated  therewith,   as
            specified in the pertinent plans and specifications therefore; and

      (b)   freezing  chambers  and  cryogenic  systems  and all  substitutions,
            replacements,  and  improvements,  and all repair and renewal  parts
            installed  therein,  as  specified  in the plans and  specifications
            therefore;

      1.7  "Operator"  shall mean 750824  Alberta Ltd., a  corporation  existing
under  the  laws  of the  Province  of  Alberta,  and  all  other  corporations,
partnerships,  or other  entities,  now or in the future  controlled  by,  under
common  control  with,  or in control  of,  750824  Alberta  Ltd.,  jointly  and
severally.

      1.8  "Proprietary   Front-End   System"  shall  mean  the   manufacturer's
proprietary front-end tire preparation system, all substitutions,  replacements,
and  improvements,  and all repair  and  renewal  parts  installed  therein,  as
specified  in the plans and  specifications  therefor,  attached as Schedule 1.8
hereto.

      1.9 "Purchased  Equipment" shall mean the Proprietary Front-End System and
the NonLeased Proprietary Equipment,  as those terms are defined in Sections 1.8
and 1.6 (b), collectively.

      1.10 "Site" shall mean a site located in Calgary AB, to be  identified  by
the Operator.

      1.11 "TCS-1 System" shall mean the  Manufacturer's  proprietary  cryogenic
tire  disintegration  system,  patent  pending,  consisting  of the  Proprietary
Front-End  System,  the  Nonproprietary  Equipment  and the  Leased  Proprietary
Equipment,  as  specified in the plans and  specifications  attached as Schedule
1.3,  1.6  (b),  and  1.8  hereto  and  all  substitutions,   replacements,  and
improvements, and all repair and renewal parts installed therein.

      1.12 "Test Period" shall mean a three (3) day period which shall  commence
within ten (10) business days after  completion of the installation of the TCS-1
System, during which Test Period, the TCS-1 System shall be operated continually
for 22  hours  per  day  exclusive  of  any  time  devoted  to  adjustments  and
acclamation.

2. RECITALS

Whereas:

                                                                             409
<PAGE>

      2.1 The Manufacturer has invented,  built, and patented (patent allowed as
of  October  23,  1997),  and is the  sole  and  exclusive  owner,  directly  or
indirectly, through one or more subsidiaries, of all right title and interest in
the TCS-1 System.

      2.2 The  Operator  is a  Corporation  incorporated  under  the laws of the
Province of Alberta,  Canada,  formed for the purpose of  engaging,  directly or
indirectly in the scrap tire disintegration business.

3. AGREEMENT FOR PURCHASE AND SALE OF PROPRIETARY FRONT-END
   AND NON PROPRIETARY EQUIPMENT

3.1 Purchase and Sale

      The Operator agrees to purchase,  and the Manufacturer agrees to sell, the
Proprietary  Front-End System and the Non Proprietary  Equipment,  as defined in
Sections 1.6 and 1.8, above (collectively, the "Purchased Equipment"), above, in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  The Operator may at
its election take title to the Purchased  Equipment in a wholly owned subsidiary
corporation  to be formed by it for such purpose.  Such election by the Operator
shall nowise modify,  diminish,  or otherwise  affect the  Operator's  liability
hereunder  to the  Manufacturer.  The  purchase  and payment  for the  Purchased
Equipment by the  Operator,  and the sale,  assignment,  transfer,  and delivery
thereof by the Manufacturer,  shall take place subject to the fulfillment of the
conditions hereinafter provided.

3.2 Purchase Price

      The purchase price for the Purchased  Equipment  (the  "Purchase  Price"),
installed and set in operation pursuant to Section 7 and 8 hereof,  shall be the
sum of two  million,  two  hundred  fifty  thousand  United  States  dollars (US
$2,250,000), FOB Montreal, which shall be deemed allocated as follows:

       (a)      Freezing Chamber and
                 Cryogenic Systems                US $  1,500,000

       (b)      Front End Tire
                Preparation and
                Bailing Systems                           750,000
                                                    -------------
                                             Total  US $2,250,000

3.3 Payment Terms

      The Purchase Price shall be paid by the Operator to the  Manufacturer,  as
follows:

      (a)   $25,000 deposit on execution of this Agreement, to be held in escrow
            by the  Operator's  attorneys,  LaPointe &  Rosenstein  of Montreal,
            Canada (the "Escrow  Agent");  The Escrow  Agent shall  release such
            down payment to the  Manufacturer  upon Delivery of the TCS-1 System
            to the Operator's

                                                                             410
<PAGE>

            Site, at which time such funds will be applied against the first and
            last months rental  payments under the Operating  Lease set forth in
            Section 4, below;

      (b)   $225,000  to be paid  within  sixty  days of the  execution  of this
            Agreement   by  way  of  a  certified   check  or  bank   instrument
            satisfactory to the Manufacturer;

      (c)   Balance to be paid on delivery by way of a certified  check or other
            bank instrument satisfactory to the Manufacturer.

4. AGREEMENT FOR OPERATING LEASE OF LEASED PROPRIETARY
   EQUIPMENT

4.1 Agreement to Lease Equipment

      The Manufacturer,  as lessor,  and the Operator,  as lessee,  hereby enter
into an operating lease (the "Lease") for the Leased Proprietary  Equipment,  as
defined in Section 1.3 above, subject to the following terms and conditions:

4.2 Term of the Lease

      4.2.1 The term of the Lease shall be sixty (60) months  commencing  on the
Acceptance date.

      4.2.2 At the  expiration of the full  original term hereof,  if this Lease
has remained in effect and the Operator has duly  performed all its  obligations
thereunder  during the entire such term, then the Operator shall have the option
to either:

      (a)   Obtain a new  lease  agreement  in the  form  then  being  generally
            offered by the Operator to the trade with renewal  terms,  as agreed
            by the parties;

      (b)   Continue to use the same equipment  installed  hereunder and thereby
            extend the term of this Lease at the a rental  rate of US $6,250 per
            month  for a period of one year with  further  successive  automatic
            one-year  extensions  subject to either  party's  right to terminate
            this  Lease  at the end of any  extension  year by at  least 90 days
            prior written notice of termination of the other; or

      (c)   Request that the Manufacturer exercise its right of first refusal to
            repurchase the Purchased  Equipment pursuant to Section 13.1 of this
            Agreement,  in which event the  Manufacturer  shall have thirty (30)
            days to either:  (i) notify the Operator of its intent to repurchase
            the Purchased  Equipment and, within sixty (60) days of such notice,
            effectuate  such  repurchase  and thereupon  enter upon the premises
            where the said TCS-1  System is located and remove the entire  TCS-1
            System from the

                                                                             411
<PAGE>

            Operator's  premises at the Manufacturer's  expense,  or (ii) notify
            the Operator  that it does not intend to  repurchase  the  Purchased
            Equipment  and,  within thirty (30) days of such notice,  enter upon
            the premises where the TCS-1 System is located,  take  possession of
            the Leased  Proprietary  Equipment without previous demand or notice
            and without legal process, retrieve the Leased Proprietary Equipment
            from the TCS-1  System and remove the Leased  Proprietary  Equipment
            from the Operator's premises at the Manufacturer's expense.

4.3 Rent Payments

      4.3.1 The Operator shall pay to the  Manufacturer  monthly rental payments
(the "Rent Payments") for the Leased Proprietary Equipment at the rate of twelve
thousand,  five hundred United States dollars (US $12,500) per month, payable in
advance, as follows:

      (a)   the Rent Payment for the first 30-day period (the "Set-Off  Period")
            following the  Acceptance  Date shall be paid by way of a set-off in
            the amount of US $12,500 against the deposit  heretofore paid by the
            Operator;

      (b)   the Rent Payment for the period (the  "Partial-Month  Period") which
            commences on the first day following the Set-Off  Period and ends on
            the last day of the  calendar  month  in  which  such  Partial-Month
            Period  falls,  will be  payable  in cash on the  first  day of such
            Partial-Month Period, on a pro rata basis.

      (c)   Normal  monthly  Rent  Payments of US $12,500  will  commence and be
            payable on the first day of the first full calendar month  following
            the Partial-Month  Period, and shall be due and payable, in advance,
            on the first day of each of the remaining  months during the term of
            the Lease  except for the last  month.  Payment of the last  month's
            monthly Rent  Payment  shall be made by way of a set off against the
            remaining $12,500 of the deposit paid by the Operator upon execution
            of this Agreement.


EXAMPLE:

         Acceptance Date:         September 15th
                                 
         Set-Off Period:          September 16th through October 15th.
                                 
         Partial-Month           
          Period:                 October 15th through  October  31st, with Rent
                                  Payment  in  the  amount  of  $4,385  due  and
     `                            payable on October 15th.
                               
         Commencement of Regular

                                                                             412
<PAGE>

         Monthly Rental Payments  November 1st, normal monthly Rent Payment of 
                                  $12,500  due and payable on such date.

      4.3.2 In the  event of that  payment  of any Rent  Payment  is made by the
Operator  more than ten (10) days  after the date when such  payment  shall have
been due, the Operator shall pay a late charge of one and a half percent (1.5 %)
of the  entire  amount  of such  Rent  Payment  for  every  month in which  such
delinquency occurs or continues.

5. TITLE TO EQUIPMENT

5.1 Title to Purchased Equipment

         5.1.1 Title to the Purchased  Equipment shall pass to the Operator upon
payment in full of the  balance of the  Purchase  Price,  due on the  Acceptance
Date.

      5.1.2 No rights to any plans or designs  respecting the TCS-1 System shall
pass to the Operator  and the Operator  shall not copy,  reproduce,  design,  or
build, or cause, assist, or suffer to be copied, reproduced,  designed, or built
by any other person,  firm, or corporation  any equipment in any way similar to,
or based upon, the design or structure of the TCS-1 System.

5.2 Title to Leased Proprietary Equipment

      5.2.1 The Leased Proprietary  Equipment shall at all times remain the sole
and exclusive  property of the Manufacturer  (which reserves the right to assign
or encumber the Leased  Proprietary  Equipment)  and the Operator  shall have no
right, title, or interest to the Leased Proprietary Equipment but only the right
to use such Equipment under this Lease. The Leased  Proprietary  Equipment shall
not be  transferred  or sublet by the  Operator  to any  other  person,  firm or
corporation,   the  Operator  shall  not  permit  any  other  person,  firm,  or
corporation to use the Leased Proprietary Equipment,  and this agreement may not
be assigned by the Operator either by its own act or by operation of law.

      5.2.2 The Leased Proprietary  Equipment shall remain personal property and
shall not be deemed otherwise by reason of becoming attached to the premises.

      5.2.3 The  Manufacturer  shall  have the right at any time or from time to
time to modify  the  Leased  Proprietary  Equipment  in a manner  which will not
lessen the utility of the Leased Proprietary Equipment;

      5.2.4 The Operator  shall not enter into,  remove,  tamper with, or breach
the security of, the Leased Proprietary Equipment.  The Operator shall not copy,
reproduce,  design,  or  build,  or  cause,  assist,  or  suffer  to be  copied,
reproduced,  designed,  or built by any other person,  firm, or corporation  any
equipment  in any way similar to, or based upon,  the design or structure of the
Leased  Proprietary  Equipment,  or of any part thereof.  The Operator shall not
permit any Leased Proprietary  Equipment to be abused, not permit the removal of
any descriptions, instructions, warnings plate or markings, or other writings of
any kind whatsoever put on the Leased Proprietary Equipment by the Manufacturer,
nor attach anything to or remove anything from the Leased Proprietary Equipment.


                                                                             413
<PAGE>

      5.2.5 In  accordance  with the  terms of the  Maintenance  Agreement,  the
Operator will not allow any repairs to the TCS-1 or  replacement  of parts to be
done by any person or persons except technicians authorized by the Manufacturer.

      5.2.6 The  Operator  agrees that,  in  consideration  of the  Manufacturer
entering into this Lease, it will not move the TCS-1 System, of which the Leased
Proprietary  Equipment  forms a part,  to any  location  outside of the state in
which the Site is located  or  outside of a fifty (50) mile  radius of the Site,
without the prior written consent of the Manufacturer.

6. SITE PREPARATION

6.1 Site Plan Specifications

      Within thirty (30) days of execution of this Agreement,  the  Manufacturer
will  furnish  to  the  Operator  "Site  Plan  Specifications"   respecting  the
electrical, ventilation, water supply and disposal, and any other specifications
required at the site for the installation and operation of the TCS-1 System.

6.2 Preparation of Site

      6.2.1 Prior to the  Delivery and  installation  of the TCS-1  System,  the
Operator shall make, at its own expense,  all  alterations to and changes in its
premises and equipment required to bring the site into complete conformance with
the  above  referenced  Site  Plan  Specifications,  with  respect  to which the
Operator shall obtain all necessary permissions and inspections, and which shall
include  but not be limited to making any  required  structural  changes and the
installation of:

      (a)   electrical  equipment and power lines up to the electrical inputs or
            control  boxes  attached to the TCS-1  System,  as designated on the
            Site Plan Specifications;

      (b)   water supply  sources and  equipment  up to the water inflow  points
            designated on the Site Plan Specifications;

      (c)   water  drainage  and  disposal  sites and  equipment  from the water
            outflow points designated on the Site Plan Specifications;

      (d)   air ventilation sources and equipment as designated on the Site Plan
            Specifications

6.3 Notice to Inspect

      6.3.1  The  Operator  shall,  not  later  than  one  month  prior  to  the
anticipated  Delivery Date, give written notice to the Manufacturer (the "Notice
to  Inspect")  that:  (i )  preparation  of the  site for the  installation  and
operation  of the  TCS-1 has been  completed  in  accordance  with the Site Plan
Specifications  and (ii)  all  applicable  governmental  regulations  have  been
complied  with and all  required  permits,  licenses,  and  standards  have been
obtained or met (together with copies of all documentary  evidence  thereof) and
request  that  the  Manufacturer  inspect  the  site in  order  to  confirm  the
foregoing.


                                                                             414

<PAGE>

6.4 Manufacturer's Right to Inspect Site

      6.4.1 The Manufacturer  shall have the right, at any time within two weeks
of its  receipt of the  Notice to  Inspect,  to inspect  the site and notify the
Operator in writing (the "Notice of Approval")  that the Site is in  conformance
with the Site Plan Specifications and that all legal requirements have been met.

      6.4.2 In the event  that,  after  inspecting  the Site,  the  Manufacturer
determines that the Site is not in conformance with the Site Plan Specifications
or that any legal  requirements  have not been met, then the Manufacturer  shall
have the  right  to  require  that the  Operator  make  any and all  changes  or
additions required to bring the Site into such conformance,  at the sole expense
of the Operator  prior to the Delivery Date and to reschedule  the Delivery Date
after all such changes or additions are completed and/or all legal  requirements
are complied with. In such event,  the Operator  shall,  upon  completion of the
required changes or additions,  give written notice to the Manufacturer ("Notice
to Re-inspect") that such changes or additions have been made in accordance with
the Manufacturer's instructions or governmental regulations and that the Site is
in complete  conformance  with the Site Plan  Specifications  and all applicable
regulations.  The  Manufacturer  shall have the  right,  within two weeks of its
receipt of such Notice to reinspect the Site.  Such  procedures may be repeated,
and the Manufacturer shall have no obligation to deliver the TCS-1 System, until
the  Manufacturer  confirms upon inspection that the Site is in conformance with
the Site Plan  Specifications,  all governmental  regulations are complied with,
and the Delivery Date is rescheduled in accordance with this Paragraph 6.4.2.

7. DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION

7.1 Delivery

      7.1.1 If, by a date not later  than  fifteen  business  days  prior to the
Anticipated  Delivery  Date,  the Site is in  conformance  with  the  Site  Plan
Specifications  and all  legal  requirements  have been met in  accordance  with
Section 6.4, above, then the Manufacturer  shall deliver the TCS-1 System to the
Site on or before the  Anticipated  Delivery  Date set forth in  Paragraph  1.2,
above.

      7.1.2 In the event that the Operator  shall not meet the  requirements  of
Paragraph  7.1.1,  above,  for delivery not later than the Anticipated  Delivery
Date,  then,   within  ten  business  days  of  the  date  when  the  Site  Plan
Specifications  and all legal requirements have been met, the Manufacturer shall
reschedule a new delivery date,  which new delivery date shall not be later than
fourteen months from the date of such rescheduling.

      7.1.3  Delivery  shall be made  F.O.B.  Montreal,  Canada.  The  equipment
comprising the TCS-1 System shall be placed in suitably protected containers the
nature of which shall be determined by the Manufacturer.  The Operator shall pay
all  costs  of  transportation  and  delivery  of  the  TCS-1  System  from  the
Manufacturer's plant in Montreal to the Site.

      7.1.4 In the event that delivery of the TCS-1 System, or any part thereof,
for a period not exceeding sixty (60) days,  shall be prevented by causes beyond
the control of the Seller,


                                                                             415
<PAGE>

including but not limited to acts of God, labor  troubles,  failure of essential
means of  transportation,  or  changes  in policy  with  respect  to  exports or
otherwise  by the  government  of the  jurisdiction  in which  the  Operator  is
located,  the Delivery Date shall be  rescheduled  after all of such causes have
been eliminated.  In the event,  however,  that such nondelivery continues after
such  extended  period,  the Operator and the  Manufacturer  shall each have the
right to cancel this agreement by written  notice,  and in such case there shall
be no  obligation  or liability on the part of either party with respect to such
undelivered equipment.

7.2 Installation

      7.2.1 Within 5 days of the  delivery of the TCS-1 System to the Site,  the
Manufacturer  shall,  at its own  expense,  commence  installation  of the TCS-1
System at the Site.

      7.2.2 Upon  installation,  the TCS-1 System  shall be in complete  working
order  and shall  consist  of the  Nonproprietary  Equipment  and the  Purchased
Equipment,  as specified in the plans and  specifications set forth in Schedules
1.3,1.6 (b), and 1.8 hereto.

      7.2.3 All equipment and labor required for installation  shall be provided
by the Operator.  The Manufacturer  will provide to the Operator,  not less than
two  weeks  prior  to  delivery,  a  list  of  all  requirements  necessary  for
installation.

8. EQUIPMENT TESTING AND OPERATOR'S ACCEPTANCE

8.1 Notice of Availability for Testing

      Upon  completion of the  installation of the TCS-1 System at the Site, the
Manufacturer  shall give the  Operator  written  notice that the TCS-1 System is
available for testing operations.

8.2 Test Period

      8.2.1 Immediately upon giving notice to the Operator that the TCS-1 System
is available for testing operations, the Manufacturer shall, within ten business
days, at its own expense,  provide a technical  representative  to supervise the
operation  of the TCS-1 for a period  of three  (3) days  (the  "Test  Period").
During the Test Period,  the TCS-1 System shall operate in  accordance  with the
specifications  set forth in Schedule 8.2 hereto,  continually  for 22 hours per
day.

      8.2.2 All power, fuel, light,  water, oil, or other necessary supplies and
all necessary personnel (other than the engineering  technician furnished by the
Manufacturer)  for the  successful  operation  of the  TCS-1  System,  shall  be
provided by the Operator.

      8.2.3 The  Manufacturer  shall furnish to the Operator all data  regarding
the TCS-1  System in order to enable the Operator to operate such System and, in
addition to the training to be provided  pursuant to the Maintenance  Agreement,
the  Manufacturer  shall,  during the Test  Period,  instruct  at least 2 of the
Operator's employees with respect to the operation, and operating


                                                                             416
<PAGE>

maintenance  of the TCS-1  System,  and use  reasonable  care in  training  such
employee,  provided that if in the  Manufacturer's  sole opinion any employee is
not adequately qualified,  the Operator shall designate another of its employees
to receive such instruction.

8.3 Acceptance

      8.3.1 Unless the TCS-1,  or any part of it, fails to operate in accordance
with the  specifications  set forth in Schedule 8.2 hereto,  the  Manufacturer's
offer to sell the  NonLeased  Proprietary  Equipment  and to  lease  the  Leased
Proprietary Equipment to the Operator shall automatically be deemed to have been
accepted by the  Operator as of the  Acceptance  Date,  which shall occur on the
first day  following the  completion  of the Test Period and the Operator  shall
have no right to revoke such acceptance for any reason.

      8.3.2 If the TCS-1, or any part of it, fails to operate in accordance with
the specifications set forth in Schedule 8.2 hereto, the Manufacturer shall have
30 days in which to cure the problems responsible for such failure. Costs of all
parts and labor required to bring the TCS-1 into full working condition shall be
borne by the  Manufacture  unless the failure to operate in accordance  with the
specifications  set forth in Schedule 8.2.  shall have been caused by any act or
failure to act on the part of the Operator or its  personnel,  including but not
limited to the failure of the Operator to have brought the Site into conformance
with the Site Plan Specifications.

      8.3.3 Upon written  notice to the Operator that the problems  which caused
the TCS-1 System to fail to operate as required during the Test Period have been
cured, the Manufacturer shall, at the request of the Operator, commence a second
Test Period for up to three (3) days, in which case the  acceptance  criteria of
Paragraph 8.2.1 shall pertain to such second Test Period (or any subsequent Test
Period) with the same force and effect as to the initial Test Period.

9.  RISK OF LOSS

      9.1 The risk of loss,  injury,  or destruction  of the Leased  Proprietary
Equipment from any cause whatsoever, except negligence or willful destruction by
the  Operator  shall be borne by the  Manufacturer  during the term of the Lease
therefor provided hereunder.

      9.2 The risk of loss, injury, or destruction of the NonLeased  Proprietary
Equipment from any cause whatsoever, except negligence or willful destruction by
the Operator shall be borne by the  Manufacturer  only until title passes to the
Operator.

      9.3 Any loss,  injury,  or  destruction  to the TCS-1,  or any part of it,
after title to the  Nonproprietary  Equipment passes to the Operator,  shall not
serve in any manner to release the Operator from the  obligation to pay the Rent
Payments provided for Section 4.3, above.

10. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF THE
    MANUFACTURER

      The  Manufacturer  hereby  represents,  warrants,  and  covenants  to  the
Operator, as follows:


                                                                             417
<PAGE>

10.1 Corporate Status

      The Tirex Corporation is (i) duly organized corporation,  validly existing
and in good  standing  under  the laws of the State of  Delaware;  (ii) has full
power to own all of its  properties  and  carry on its  business;  and  (iii) is
qualified  to do business as a foreign  entity in each of the  jurisdictions  in
which it operates, if any, unless the character of the properties owned by it or
the  nature  of the  business  transacted  by it,  does not  make  qualification
necessary in any other jurisdiction or jurisdictions.

10.2 Corporate Action

      Prior to the date hereof,  the board of directors of the  Manufacturer has
duly  adopted   resolutions   approving   the  execution  and  delivery  to  the
Manufacturer  of this Agreement and authorizing and consenting to each and every
one of the terms, warranties,  representations,  covenants and conditions herein
contained.

10.3 Patents

      10.3.1 The  Manufacturer has applied for a patent in the United States and
Canada for the  Disintegration  System  forming  part of the Leased  Proprietary
Equipment.  On October 23, 1997, the said patent  application was allowed by the
United  States  Patent  Office.  Upon payment of certain  fees,  the patent will
therefore  be  issued.  The  Manufacturer  is the  sole  owner  of  such  patent
application  and,  upon  the  issuance  of a  patent  in  respect  thereof,  the
Manufacturer  shall  be the  sole  owner  of  such  patent  and  of  all  rights
thereunder.

      10.3.2 The  Manufacturer  shall defend,  to the best of its ability and at
its own expense,  all actions,  suits,  or  proceedings  instituted  against the
Operator  insofar  as the same  are  based on any  claims  that the said  Leased
Proprietary Equipment,  or any part thereof,  constitutes an infringement of any
patent of the United States or Canada and shall  indemnify the Operator  against
all damages, costs, and expenses which the Operator may incur as a result of any
action which may be brought or  threatened  against the Operator with respect to
the equipment covered by such patent, provided that:

      (a)   The  Manufacturer  shall  have the right at any time or from time to
            time to modify  the TCS-1  System in a manner  which will not lessen
            the utility thereof;

      (b)   The Operator gives the  Manufacturer  immediate notice in writing of
            the  institution of the action,  suit, or proceeding and permits the
            Manufacturer,  through its counsel,  to defend  same,  and gives the
            Manufacturer  all information,  assistance,  and authority to enable
            the Manufacturer to do; and

      (c)   The  Operator  has made no change  of any kind in the  TCS-1  System
            without obtaining the prior written permission of the Manufacturer.

      10.3.3 When information is brought to the attention of the Manufacturer or
the Operator that others are unlawfully  infringing on the patents  covering the
machine,  the  Manufacturer  shall  prosecute  diligently  any  infringer at the
Manufacturer's own expense.


                                                                             418
<PAGE>

10.4 Warranties

      Subject to any default on the part of the Operator  under the  Maintenance
Agreement,  the  Manufacturer  warrants  that  the  TCS-1  will  conform  to the
descriptions  contained  in Schedules  1.3,  1.6 (b), and 1.8. The  Manufacturer
further  warrants the TCS-1 System against  defects in workmanship and materials
or  failure  to  perform  in  accordance  with the  specifications  set forth in
Schedule 8.2 for one year after the Acceptance Date. No other representations or
warranties  have been made by the  Manufacturer  or relied upon by the Buyer. If
any defects in the  Manufacturer's  work or materials are discovered  within one
year of delivery  the Operator  shall give notice  within seven (7) days of such
discovery. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES.

11. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF THE OPERATOR

      The  Operator   hereby   represents,   warrants,   and  covenants  to  the
Manufacturer, as follows:

11.1 Corporate Status of 750824 Alberta Ltd.

      The Operator is (i) a duly organized corporation,  validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the Province of Alberta;  (ii) has full power to
own all of its properties  and carry on its business;  and (iii) is qualified to
do  business  as a  foreign  entity  in each of the  jurisdictions  in  which it
operates,  if any,  unless the  character of the  properties  owned by it or the
nature of the business  transacted by it, does not make qualification  necessary
in any other jurisdiction or jurisdictions.

11.2 Financial Condition of the Operator

      The books and records of the Operator are complete and accurate and fairly
present the financial condition and the results of operations of the Operator as
of the  date  hereof.  There  are  no  material  liabilities,  either  fixed  or
contingent,  not  reflected  in such books and records  other than  contracts or
obligations in the ordinary and usual course of business;  and no such contracts
or  obligations  in the  usual  course  of  business  constitute  liens or other
liabilities  which,  if  disclosed,  would  alter  substantially  the  financial
condition of the Operator as reflected in such books and records.

11.3 Defaults and Conflicts

      There are no  defaults  on the part of the  Operator  under any  contract,
lease, mortgage, pledge, credit agreement,  title retention agreement,  security
agreement,  lien,  encumbrance or any other commitment,  contract,  agreement or
undertaking  to which the Operator is a party.  The execution of this  Agreement
will not violate or breach any material  agreement,  contract,  or commitment to
which the Operator is a party.

11.4 Corporate Action


                                                                             419
<PAGE>

      Prior to the date hereof,  the Board of Directors of the Operator has duly
adopted resolutions  approving the execution and delivery to the Manufacturer of
this  Agreement  and  authorizing  and  consenting  to each and every one of the
terms, warranties, representations, covenants and conditions herein contained.

11.6 Insurance and Damage to Equipment

      11.6.1 The Operator, at its own cost and expense,  shall insure the Leased
Proprietary Equipment against burglary, theft, fire, and vandalism in the amount
of $500,000,  or such other amount that the parties  shall agree is required for
replacement costs, and obtain public liability  insurance with minimum limits of
$500,000 per occurrence and $1,000,000  collectively,  for bodily injury and for
property  damage  in such  form and with such  insurance  companies  as shall be
satisfactory  to the  Manufacturer.  All insurance  policies shall name both the
Operator and the  Manufacturer as insured parties and copies of the policies and
the receipts for the payment of premiums shall be furnished to the Manufacturer.
Each damage  policy  shall  provide  for  payment of all losses  directly to the
Manufacturer.  Each  liability  policy shall  provide that all losses be paid on
behalf of the  Operator  and the  Manufacturer,  as their  respective  interests
appear.

      11.6.2 In the  event  that the  Operator  shall  fail to  comply  with the
provisions  of  Paragraph  11.6.1,  above,  then the  Operator  shall pay to the
Manufacturer an adequate premium in advance per annum to enable the Manufacturer
to insure the Leased Proprietary Equipment and all such insurance policies shall
be held in the custody of the Manufacturer.

      11.6.3 In the event that all or any part of the TCS-1  System is  damaged,
due to any cause whatsoever, to the extent that the TCS-1 System is not useable,
notwithstanding   that  the  Manufacturer  may  have  been  partially  or  fully
compensated for the Leased  Proprietary  Equipment  forming part of such damaged
TCS-1  System  by  way  of  insurance  or  otherwise,   the  Manufacturer  shall
immediately  have  possession of the said Leased  Proprietary  Equipment and the
Manufacturer  may enter upon the  premises  where the TCS-1  System is  located,
remove the Leased  Proprietary  Equipment from the damaged TCS-1 System and take
possession of the said Leased  Proprietary  Equipment without previous demand or
notice and without legal process,  and remove it from the Operator's premises at
the Manufacturer's expense.

11.7 Access

      The  Operator  shall  insure  that the  Manufacturer,  and its  agents and
employees,  shall at all times have free access to the  Operator's  premises for
the purpose of inspecting the Leased Proprietary Equipment and observing its use
and operation, and making alterations,  improvements,  or additions thereto; and
the Operator shall afford all reasonable  facilities  therefor,  and shall allow
the Manufacturer to make such reasonable alterations, improvements, or additions
as the Manufacturer shall deem necessary, at the expense of the Manufacturer.

11.8 Taxes


                                                                             420
<PAGE>

      The Operator shall pay all taxes,  assessments,  penalties, and fees which
may be levied or assessed on or with  respect to the  installation  of the TCS-1
System and, at all times during the term of the Lease of the Leased  Proprietary
Equipment,  the Operator shall pay all taxes and assessments which may be levied
upon or in respect of the TCS-1 System or its operation, and shall pay any other
liability  of any  character  which may be imposed or incurred as an incident to
the physical possession or operation of such System.

11.9 Compliance with Applicable Law

      The Operator shall provide, at its own expense,  all requisite permits and
licenses necessary for the installation and operation of the TCS-1 System at the
Site and shall  exercise its best efforts to maintain  its  compliance  with all
applicable federal, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, and regulations and,
in the event of any non-compliance which renders impossible the operation of the
Site as a tire recycling facility,  the Operator shall exercise its best efforts
to cure such non-compliance promptly.

11.10 Subordination

      Not less than three (3) months prior to the anticipated Delivery Date, the
Operator shall procure from every owner, landlord,  mortgagee,  or other secured
party having any  interest in the real  property on which the TCS-1 System is to
be installed or in the  Operator's  place of business or the equipment  therein,
and deliver to the  Manufacturer,  a written consent to such  installation and a
writing to the effect that the lien of any such  mortgage  or other  interest is
subordinate  to the  rights  of the  Manufacturer  with  respect  to the  Leased
Proprietary Equipment.

11.11 Ancillary Agreements

      11.11.1 The  Operator  will,  simultaneously  with the  execution  of this
Agreement,  and in  consideration  of the premises  and the mutual  promises and
agreements   made  herein,   enter  into  the  following   agreements  with  the
Manufacturer or such person, corporation,  firm, partnership, or other entity as
the Manufacturer shall appoint in its stead:

      (a)   The  Royalty   Agreement,   of  even  date  herewith,   between  the
            Manufacturer  and the Operator  providing for the Operator to pay to
            the  Manufacturer  a  royalty  of three  percent  (3%) of the  gross
            proceeds  from the sale by the  Operator  of rubber  crumb fiber and
            steel from scrap tires  disintegrated  by the  Operator  through the
            utilization of the TCS-1 System,  a copy of which Royalty  Agreement
            is attached as Schedule 11.11.1(a) hereto; and

      (b)   Rubber Crumb Purchase Agreement,  attached as Schedule 11.11.1(b) to
            this Agreement.

      11.11.2 In addition,  the Operator  will,  at such time during the term of
the Lease as the  Manufacturer  shall request,  in further  consideration of the
premises  and the mutual  promises  and  agreements  made  herein,  enter into a
Maintenance and Technical and Market Support Agreement


                                                                             421
<PAGE>

with the Manufacturer and/or such person,  corporation,  firm,  partnership,  or
other entity as the manufacturer  shall appoint as its "Service  Provider,  with
respect to the maintenance of the TCS-1 System and certain  technical and market
support  services to be provided to the Operator.  The terms of the  Maintenance
and Technical and Market Support  Agreement,  which have not yet been finalized,
will require the Manufacturer or Service Provider,  during the initial five-year
term of the Lease,  except as required for Routine  Maintenance  Procedures,  to
provide or be  responsible  for all technical and other labor  necessary for the
maintenance of the TCS-1 System at a performance level capable of disintegrating
the equivalent of one million  automobile  tires per year on a twenty-four  hour
per day, three hundred  sixty-five day per year basis.  The Manufacturer and the
Service  Provider will also provide  additional  technical  and market  support,
including:  (i) Pre-Operational  Support respecting  procedures and requirements
related to obtaining  all  licenses,  permits,  and other  requirements  for the
establishment and operation of a TCS-1 System Plant,  including the development,
documentation,   and  furnishing  of  all  required  technical,   environmental,
operational,  and other  information  and data; (ii)  installation  support with
respect to all Site  requirements  and installation and testing of the System in
accordance with the requirements of the Lease and all applicable federal, state,
and local  regulations;  (iii) Laboratory  Testing  Facilities and Services with
respect to the testing and  monitoring  of the  quality  and  properties  of the
rubber crumb  produced by the TCS-1  System,  including  but not limited to: (A)
total production  rates (B) the comparative  percentages of various crumb rubber
mesh  sizes  produced,  and (C)  wear  factors  existing  or  developing  in the
disintegration  mechanisms,  so as to  generate  a  continual  data base for the
anticipation   and   determination   of  the   maintenance,   remediation,   and
recalibration  requirements  of the  disintegration  mechanisms  and  all  other
constituent  components of the System under actual  operating  conditions;  (iv)
testing and monitoring, on a continuing basis, oil samples from the System so as
to  ascertain  and  monitor  the  wear  factors  on the  bearings  and on  other
components of the System and recording and maintaining all test data and records
for the System;  (v)  creating and  developing  new products and uses for rubber
crumb  produced  by the TCS-1  System;  and (v)  accounting  and record  keeping
services. The monthly fee under the Maintenance and Technical and Market Support
Agreement  will be nine thousand five hundred  United States dollars (US $9,500)
per month.

12. DEFAULTS

12.1 Default by Manufacturer

      12.1.1 Each of the following  events shall be deemed to constitute  breach
of this Agreement and, unless cured within ninety (90) days,  shall constitute a
default hereunder by the Manufacturer:

      (a)   If at any time  prior to the  delivery  of the  TCS-1  System to the
            Site:

            (i)   The  Manufacturer  makes  an  assignment  for the  benefit  of
                  creditors;

            (ii)  A voluntary or involuntary petition is filed by or against the
                  Manufacturer   under  any  law  having  for  its  purpose  and
                  adjudication  of the  Manufacturer a bankrupt or the extension
                  of the time of


                                                                             422
<PAGE>

                  payment of, adjustment of, or other arrangement  affecting the
                  liabilities of the Manufacturer,  or the reorganization of the
                  Manufacturer  and such petition is not discharged or dismissed
                  within one hundred  twenty  (120) days after such  petition is
                  filed;

            (iii) A Receiver is appointed  for the property of the  Manufacturer
                  and is not  discharged or dismissed  within one hundred twenty
                  (120) days after such appointment;

                  or

            (iv)  Any  distress,  execution,  or  attachment  is levied upon the
                  Manufacturer's property to the extent that the Manufacturer is
                  not able to  fulfill  its  obligations  to  deliver  the TCS-1
                  within ninety (90) of the anticipated Deliver Date.

      (b)   The  Manufacturer  fails to deliver the TCS-1  System in  accordance
            with the terms and  provisions  of Section 7, above,  within  ninety
            (90) days of the Delivery  Date unless prior  thereto,  the Operator
            has failed to meet the payment provisions set forth above in Section
            3.3 of this Agreement;

      (c)   The TCS-1  System  fails to  operate  for a full  Test (or  re-test)
            Period, in accordance with Section 8.2 hereof, as specified Schedule
            8.2 hereto , within  ninety (90) days from the date the TCS-1 System
            is actually delivered to the Site.

12.2 Default by Operator

      Each of the following events shall be deemed to constitute  breach of this
Agreement and, unless cured within ninety (90) days,  shall constitute a default
hereunder by the Operator:

      (a)   The Operator fails to make any payment  required to be made pursuant
            to Sections 3.3 or 4.3 of this Agreement or any payment  required to
            be made by the Operator  under the  Maintenance  Agreement  and such
            failure to make  payment  shall have  continued  for a period of ten
            (10) days after written notice from the Manufacturer;

      (b)   The Operator  refuses to accept or allow the Manufacturer to install
            or test the TCS-1 System in  accordance  with Sections 7.2, 8.2, and
            8.3 of this  Agreement,  notwithstanding  that such System has been:
            (i)  delivered  to the  Operator's  Site on a  timely  basis or (ii)
            delivered  to the  Site and has  performed  in  accordance  with the
            specifications  set forth in Schedule 8.2 hereof for the  prescribed
            Test Period;

      (c)   The Operator makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

      (d)   A  voluntary  or  involuntary  petition  is filed by or against  the
            Operator  under any law having for its purpose and  adjudication  of
            the Operator a bankrupt or the  extension of the time of payment of,
            adjustment of, or other arrangement affecting


                                                                             423
<PAGE>

            the  liabilities  of  the  Operator,  or the  reorganization  of the
            Operator and such petition is not discharged or dismissed within one
            hundred twenty (120) days after such petition is filed;

      (e)   A Receiver is appointed for the property of the Operator;

      (f)   Any distress,  execution,  or attachment is levied upon the machines
            or the Operator's property; or

      (g)   The Operator fails to faithfully and fully comply with the terms and
            provisions of Section 5.2 of this  Agreement,  with any such failure
            deemed  to be an  irremediable  material  breach  of this  Agreement
            immediately upon its occurrence.

      (h)   The  Operator  fails to  faithfully  and fully  perform  each of its
            obligations  under the Maintenance  Agreement and fails to cure such
            breach within the time period specified therein with respect to such
            failure.

12.3 Remedies Available to the Operator upon Default by Manufacturer

      If the Manufacture  shall be in default pursuant to Paragraphs 12.1.1 (a),
(b), or (c) of this Agreement, unless such default shall have been caused by any
act or failure to act on the part of the  Operator or its  personnel,  including
but not  limited to the failure of the  Operator  to have  brought the Site into
conformance with the Site Plan Specifications, the Operator shall have the right
to rescind this  agreement by serving  written notice  ("Notice of  Rescission")
upon  the  Manufacturer.  In such  event,  the  Manufacturer  shall,  at its own
expense,  remove the TCS-1 System not later than  forty-five (45) days following
its receipt of such Notice of Rescission and all monies  theretofore paid by the
Operator to the Manufacturer  pursuant to Section 4.3, above,  shall be returned
by the Manufacturer to the Operator.

12.4 Remedies Available to the Manufacturer upon Default by the Operator

      12.4.1  The  Operator  acknowledges  and  agrees  that its  breach  of any
provision contained in Section 5.2 of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm
to the Manufacturer. The Operator therefore agrees that, if it is alleged by the
Manufacturer  that the  Operator or any of the  Operator's  affiliates,  agents,
employees,  or associates  has breached,  or is  attempting  or  threatening  to
breach,  any provision  contained  hereinabove in the said Section 5.2, then the
Manufacturer  shall have the right to obtain from any court or arbitrator having
jurisdiction,  such equitable  relief as may be appropriate,  including a decree
enjoining  the  Operator  from any further such breach of such  provisions,  and
enjoining  the Operator  from engaging in the tire  recycling  business,  either
directly or indirectly  through or in association  with any other person,  firm,
corporation, or organization during the term of this Agreement.


                                                                             424
<PAGE>

      12.4.2 In the event of any default by the Operator  under this  Agreement,
the  Manufacturer  may at its  option,  at any time  thereafter  terminate  this
Agreement by written notice ("Notice of Termination"),  given in Accordance with
Section 16 hereof. such termination may be made effective,  at the option of the
Manufacturer, simultaneously with or at any time after the happening of any such
default.

      12.4.3 Upon any  termination of this Agreement prior to payment in full of
the  entire  Purchase  Price  of  US  $2,250,000  for  Purchased  Equipment,  in
accordance  with the terms of Section 3.3 of this  Agreement,  the  Manufacturer
shall  immediately  have  possession  of  the  entire  TCS-1  System,   and  the
Manufacturer may enter upon the premises where the said TCS-1 System is located,
take  possession  of it  without  previous  demand or notice and  without  legal
process, and remove it from the Operator's premises at the Operator's expense.

      12.4.4 Upon any termination of this Agreement after payment in full of the
entire  Purchase  Price of US $ 2,250,000 for the  Purchased  Equipment has been
made by the Operator,  the Manufacturer shall immediately have possession of the
Leased  Proprietary  Equipment and the  Manufacturer may enter upon the premises
where the TCS-1 System is located,  remove the Leased Proprietary Equipment from
the said TCS-1 System and take  possession of the Leased  Proprietary  Equipment
without previous demand or notice and without legal process,  and remove it from
the Operator's premises at the Operator's expense.

      12.4.5 The Operator  acknowledges  and agrees that any refusal on its part
to permit the  Manufacturer  to enter its premises  and remove  either the TCS-1
System or the Leased  Proprietary  Equipment in accordance with Paragraph 12.4.3
or 12.4.4 of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm to the Manufacturer. The
Operator therefore agrees that in the event of any such refusal on its part, the
Manufacturer  shall have the right to obtain from any court or arbitrator having
jurisdiction,  such equitable  relief as may be appropriate,  including a decree
enjoining the Operator from any further such refusal of entry and removal.

      12.4.6 In the event of any default by the Operator prior to the Acceptance
Date, the Manufacturer shall be entitled to damages including but not limited to
retention of the full  deposit paid by the Operator and all costs of  delivering
and removing and re-delivering the TCS- 1 System.

      12.4.7 In the event of any default by the  Operator  after the  Acceptance
Date or pursuant to Paragraph 12.2(b) of this Agreement,  the Manufacturer shall
be  entitled  to damages  including  but not  limited to  retention  of the full
deposit  paid  by the  Operator,  all  costs  of  delivering  and  removing  and
re-delivering  the TCS-1  System,  and  damages  for the  Operator's  failure to
perform  for  the  full  term  of the  Lease  provided  in  Section  4.2 of this
Agreement,  including but not limited to immediate payment of the balance of all
Rent Payments due under the full term of the Lease,

      12.4.8 In the event of any default on the part of the Operator pursuant to
Paragraphs 12.2(a) or 12.2(b) of this Agreement, the Manufacturer shall have the
right to allow the Operator,  for a period of sixty (60) days, to obtain a buyer
for the TCS-1 System,  satisfactory to the  Manufacture,  provided however that,
unless  specifically  waived in writing by the Manufacturer,  the Operator shall
continue  liable  under  this  Agreement  lease  for the full  term of the Lease
provided for in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.


                                                                             425
<PAGE>

      12.4.9  In the  event  of any  default  on the part of the  Operator,  the
Manufacturer  shall not be deemed to have waived any of its rights  hereunder by
reason of its failure to assert its rights or its failure to take  cognizance of
such breach.

      12.4.10  The  foregoing  remedies  provided  herein for the benefit of the
Manufacturer  shall not be exclusive  but in addition to any other  remedies the
Manufacturer  may have by virtue of the  breach  by the  Operator,  in law or in
equity,  from any court or arbitration  proceeding having jurisdiction over such
matter.

13. OPERATOR'S SALE OF NONLEASED PROPRIETARY EQUIPMENT

13.1 Manufacturer's Right to Retrieve Leased Proprietary Equipment Prior to Sale

      In the event  that,  during or after  the term of the  Lease  provided  in
Section 4.2 of this Agreement, the Operator wishes to divest itself of the TCS-1
System,  pursuant to the  discontinuance  of its  business,  or  otherwise,  the
Operator  will give to the  Manufacturer  written  notice to that effect and the
Manufacturer  shall  have all  rights of entry  and  removal  provided  above in
Paragraphs  12.4.4  and  12.4.5  of this  Agreement,  provided  however  that in
addition to such  rights,  if such event shall occur during the term of the said
Lease, the  Manufacturer  shall also have the rights provided to it in Paragraph
12.4.7 of this Agreement.

13.2 Manufacturer's Right of First Refusal

      In the event  that,  during or after  the term of the  Lease  provided  in
Section 4.2 of this Agreement, the Operator wishes to divest itself of the TCS-1
System,  pursuant to the  discontinuance  of its  business,  or  otherwise,  the
Operator  will give to the  Manufacturer  written  notice to that effect and the
Manufacturer will have a right of first refusal to repurchase the TCS- 1 System,
at  its  fair  market   value,   within  a  thirty-day   period   following  the
Manufacturer's receipt of such notice;

14. ASSIGNMENT

      The Operator shall not transfer, deliver, sublease, or encumber the Leased
Proprietary  Equipment  to any  person,  corporation,  or  firm,  and the  Lease
provided in Section 4.2 of this  Agreement  may not be assigned by the  Operator
except with the Manufacturer's express prior written consent.

15. FAILURE OF PERFORMANCE


                                                                             426
<PAGE>

      Delays in or  failure  of  performance  occasioned  by war,  fire,  flood,
embargo, car shortage, accident, explosion, expropriation of plant or product by
federal  or state  authority,  or other like  cause  beyond  the  control of the
Manufacturer,  or Act of God, or by strike,  lockout, or other labor trouble, or
inability  to  obtain  sufficient  labor  interfering  with  the  production  or
transportation  of the TCS-1  System,  or any part thereof,  or any  replacement
therefor,  whether because of governmental  action affecting the Manufacturer or
its suppliers, or by any action or proceeding at law or in equity, or otherwise,
shall not subject the Manufacturer to any liability.

16. NOTICES

      All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be mailed by
certified mail, or delivered by hand or by recognized  overnight  courier to the
party to whom such notice is required or permitted to be given  hereunder at the
address  set forth  above for such  party,  in all cases with  written  proof of
receipt  required.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed to have  been  given  when
received by the party to whom notice is given, as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the  receiving  party.  Either  party may change the address to which
notice to it is to be  addressed,  by  written  notice to the  other  party,  as
provided herein.

17. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO MANUFACTURER'S OBLIGATION

      The obligations of the Manufacturer  hereunder are subject to fulfillment,
prior to the Deliver Date, of the following conditions:

17.1 Truth of Representation

      The  representations  and warranties by or on behalf of Operator contained
in this Agreement or in any document  delivered to the Manufacturer  pursuant to
the  provisions  hereof shall be true in all material  respects at and as of the
Delivery Date as though such  representations and warranties were made at and as
of such time.

17.2 Compliance with Covenants

      The  Operator  shall  have  performed  and  complied  with all  covenants,
agreements,  and  conditions  required  by this  Agreement  to be  performed  or
complied with by or prior to the Delivery Date.

17.3 Collateral Agreements

      Simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the Operator will:


                                                                             427
<PAGE>

      (a)   enter into the following  agreements  with the  Manufacturer  or any
            joint venture to which the Manufacturer is a party:

            (i)   the Royalty Agreement, attached as Schedule 11.11.1(a) to this
                  Agreement; and

            (ii)  the Rubber  Crumb  Purchase  Agreement,  attached  as Schedule
                  11.11.1(b) to this Agreement.

      (b)   furnish the Manufacturer with a copy of the resolutions of the board
            of directors of the  Operator  authorizing  the Operator to purchase
            the NonLeased Proprietary Equipment and lease the Leased Proprietary
            Equipment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

17.4 Financing Arrangements

      The Operator will deliver to the  Manufacturer,  not less than one hundred
(100) days prior to the anticipated Delivery Date, to confirm the Delivery Date,
an  irrevocable  commitment  for  lease or letter  of  credit  financing,  which
commitment shall be:

      (a)   for the full  amount  of the  Purchase  Price of the  Nonproprietary
            Equipment then outstanding;

      (b)   subject  only to the  conditions  that the  TCS-1  will  consist  of
            Equipment  specified  in,  and will  operate  in  conformance  with,
            Schedules 1.3, 1.6 (b), and 1.8, and respectively.

18. ARBITRATION

      All  controversies  arising out of or relating to this  Agreement,  or any
modification thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in New York City, pursuant
to the rules then obtaining of the American Arbitration Association.

19. BINDING EFFECT.

      19.1 This  agreement  shall bind and inure to the  benefit of the  parties
hereto and their  respective  legal  representatives,  successors  and  assigns,
provided, however, that this Agreement cannot be assigned by the Operator except
in accordance  with Section 14 of this  Agreement.  Nothing herein  expressed or
implied is intended or shall be  construed to confer upon or to give any person,
firm or corporation other than the parties hereto and their respective legal


                                                                             428
<PAGE>

representatives,  successors  and  assigns  any rights or  benefits  under or by
reason of this Agreement.

      19.2 All the right,  title,  and  interest of the  Manufacturer  under the
Lease may be enforced by the  Manufacturer,  its  successors,  and assigns.  The
Lease  shall  continue  in full  force and  effect  notwithstanding  the  death,
incapacity, or dissolution of the Operator or the increase,  decrease, or change
in the  personnel of or members of the  Operator,  and shall be binding upon the
Operator  and  the  Operator's  estate,   legal   representatives,   heirs,  and
successors.

21. GENERAL

21.1 Further Assurances

      At any time, and from time to time, after the execution of this Agreement,
each party will execute such additional  instruments and take such action as may
be  reasonably  requested by the other party to confirm or perfect  title to any
property transferred hereunder or otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes
of this Agreement.

21.2 Waiver

      Any  failure  on the part of any party  hereto  to comply  with any of its
obligations,  agreements or conditions hereunder may be waived in writing by the
party to whom such compliance is owed.

21.3 Brokers

      Neither  party has  employed  any  brokers or finders  with regard to this
Agreement, unless otherwise described in writing to all parties hereto.

21.4 Headings

      The section and  subsection  headings in this  Agreement  are inserted for
convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation
of this Agreement.

21.5 Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

21.6 Entire Agreement

      This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties covering  everything
agreed  upon or  understood  in the  transaction.  There  are no oral  promises,
conditions,  representations,  understandings,  interpretations  or terms of any
kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof.


                                                                             429
<PAGE>

21.7 Severability

      If any part of this Agreement is deemed to be unenforceable the balance of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

21.8 Publicity

      All  notices  to third  parties  and all other  publicity  concerning  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  prior
approval of counsel to the Manufacturer.

21.9 Counterparts

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by each
party on a separate  counterpart,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.

      In Witness  Whereof,  the parties  hereto have caused this Amendment to be
executed the day and year first above written.

                               THE TIREX CORPORATION

                               By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Terence C. Byrne, President


                                750824 ALBERTA LTD.

                                By /s/ Michael Supple
                                   ----------------------------------
                                   Michael Supple, President


                                                                             430
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                                ROYALTY AGREEMENT

                                   ----------

      Royalty Agreement, made this day of December 1997, between:

                          Enviropower Industries Inc.
                          1509 Centre Street SW
                          Calgary, Alberta
                          Canada T2G 2E6
                                                (the "Operator")

                                      and

                          The Tirex Corporation
                          740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                          Montreal, Quebec
                          Canada H3C 1L5
                                                (the "Manufacturer")

      Whereas,  the  Manufacturer  and the  Operator  are  parties  to a certain
equipment  lease and purchase  agreement,  of even date herewith (the "Equipment
Lease and  Purchase  Agreement"),  between  the  Manufacturer  and the  Operator
respecting the sale by the  Manufacturer and the Purchase by the Operator of the
"Proprietary Front-End System", the "Nonproprietary Equipment"(collectively, the
"Purchased  Equipment") and the operating lease,  between the  Manufacturer,  as
lessor,  and  the  Operator,  as  lessee,  respecting  the  "Leased  Proprietary
Equipment",  as those terms are defined in the said Equipment Lease and Purchase
Agreement.

      Whereas,  in  consideration  for the premises and the mutual promises made
therein,  the Operator has agreed,  pursuant to the Equipment Lease and Purchase
Agreement,  to enter into this Royalty  Agreement with the Manufacturer  whereby
the Operator will pay to the Manufacturer  certain royalties calculated upon the
gross proceeds from all sales of rubber crumb,  fiber and steel from scrap tires
disintegrated  by the TCS-1  System  which is the subject of the said  Equipment
Lease and Purchase Agreement (the "Subject TCS-1 System").

      Now, Therefore, it is agreed as follows:

1. Definitions

      1.1 "Manufacturer" shall mean The Tirex Corporation and Tirex-Canada Inc.,
and all  other  corporations,  partnerships,  or other  entities,  now or in the
future  controlled  by, under common  control  with, or in control of, The Tirex
Corporation, jointly and severally.


                                                                             431
<PAGE>

      1.2 "Operator" shall mean Enviropower  Industries,  a corporation existing
under  the  laws  of the  Province  of  Alberta,  and  all  other  corporations,
partnerships,  or other  entities,  now or in the future  controlled  by,  under
common  control  with,  or in control of,  Enviropower  Industries,  jointly and
severally.

      1.3 All other  Capitalized  terms used  herein and not  otherwise  defined
shall have the respective meanings attributed thereto in the Equipment Lease and
Purchase Agreement.

2. Royalty Fee

      2.1 The Operator shall pay to the Manufacturer, not more than fifteen (15)
days after the end of each month,  a royalty fee equal to three  percent (3%) of
the gross proceeds from all sales of rubber crumb,  fiber,  and steel from scrap
tires disintegrated by the Subject TCS-1 System (the "Royalty Fee").

      2.2 For  purposes of this  Royalty  Agreement,  the term "gross  proceeds"
shall  mean all  revenues  from the sale of rubber  crumb,  fiber and steel from
scrap tires disintegrated by the Subject TCS-1 System.

3. Payment Periods

      Royalty   Fees  shall  be  reported  and  paid  by  the  Operator  to  the
Manufacturer  every month from the  Acceptance  Date  throughout the life of the
Subject TCS-1 System.

4. Royalty Reports

      The Operator shall prepare  royalty  reports  ("Royalty  Reports"),  to be
delivered by the Operator to the Manufacturer, together with the Royalty Fee due
thereunder,  covering the  immediately  preceding  "Reporting  Periods",  in the
following manner:

      The initial  Reporting Period shall be  the  Reporting Period in which the
          Acceptance  Date  falls.  For  example,  if  the  Acceptance  Date  is
          September  15, 1997,  the initial  Reporting  Period is  the  two-week
          period which  commenced on September 15, 1997 and  ended  on September
          30, 1997, and the Royalty Report  and Royalty Fee  for such "Reporting
          Period" is due on October 15, 1997.

      (b) Each Royalty Report shall disclose the gross revenues from all sales
          of steel,  fiber,  and rubber crumb produced by the operation of the
          Subject  TCS-1  System and the amount of the Royalty Fee  calculated
          upon the gross proceeds therefrom.

5. Inspection of Books

                                                                             432
<PAGE>

      Upon written request, the Manufacturer or his designated agent may examine
the books and records of the  Operator  insofar as they  relate to this  Royalty
Agreement. Such examination shall take place at the offices of the Operator.

6. Assignment

      6.1 This Royalty  Agreement may not be assigned by the Operator  except as
part of the assignment of the Equipment Lease and Purchase Agreement,  which may
only be assigned  pursuant to the express written  consent of the  Manufacturer,
and any such  assignment  shall not  relieve  the  Operator  of its  liabilities
hereunder unless expressly waived in writing by the Manufacturer.

      6.2 This Royalty  Agreement  may be  transferred,  assigned,  pledged,  or
hypothecated  by the  Manufacture  as  part  of the  sale  of  its  business  or
otherwise.

7. Notices

      All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be mailed by
certified mail, or delivered by hand or by recognized  overnight  courier to the
party to whom such notice is required or permitted to be given  hereunder at the
address  set forth  above for such  party,  in all cases with  written  proof of
receipt  required.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed to have  been  given  when
received by the party to whom notice is given, as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the  receiving  party.  Either  party may change the address to which
notice to it is to be  addressed,  by  written  notice to the  other  party,  as
provided herein.

8. Binding Effect.

      8.1 This  Royalty  Agreement  shall  bind and inure to the  benefit of the
parties  hereto  and their  respective  legal  representatives,  successors  and
assigns,  provided,  however,  that this Royalty Agreement cannot be assigned by
the  Operator  except in  accordance  with  Section 6.1 hereof.  Nothing  herein
expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or to give
any  person,  firm or  corporation  other  than the  parties  hereto  and  their
respective legal representatives,  successors and assigns any rights or benefits
under or by reason of this Royalty Agreement.

      8.2 All the right,  title,  and  interest of the  Manufacturer  under this
Royalty  Agreement  may be enforced by the  Manufacturer,  its  successors,  and
assigns.  This  Royalty  Agreement  shall  continue  in full  force  and  effect
notwithstanding  the death,  incapacity,  or  dissolution of the Operator or the
increase,  decrease,  or change in the  personnel of or members of the Operator,
and  shall be  binding  upon  the  Operator  and the  Operator's  estate,  legal
representatives, heirs, and successors.

9. Further Assurances


                                                                             433
<PAGE>

      At any time, and from time to time, after the execution of this Agreement,
each party will execute such additional  instruments and take such action as may
be  reasonably  requested by the other party to confirm or perfect  title to any
property transferred hereunder or otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes
of this Agreement.

10. Waiver

      Any  failure  on the part of any party  hereto  to comply  with any of its
obligations,  agreements or conditions hereunder may be waived in writing by the
party to whom such compliance is owed.

11. Brokers

      Neither  party has  employed  any  brokers or finders  with regard to this
Agreement, unless otherwise described in writing to all parties hereto.

12. Headings

      The section and  subsection  headings in this  Agreement  are inserted for
convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation
of this Agreement.

13. Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

14. Entire Agreement

      This Agreement and the premises and mutual promises in the Equipment Lease
and Purchase  Agreement  constitute the entire agreement of the parties covering
everything agreed upon or understood with respect to the Royalty Fees. There are
no oral promises, conditions, representations,  understandings,  interpretations
or terms of any kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof.

15. Severability

      If any part of this Agreement is deemed to be unenforceable the balance of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

16. Publicity

      All  notices  to third  parties  and all other  publicity  concerning  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  prior
approval of counsel to the Manufacturer.

17. Counterparts


                                                                             434
<PAGE>

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by each
party on a separate  counterpart,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.

      In Witness Whereof,  the parties hereto have caused this Royalty Agreement
to be executed the day and year first above written.

                                            THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                            By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                               --------------------------------
                                                Terence C. Byrne, President

                                            ENVIROPOWER INDUSTRIES INC.

                                            By /s/ Michael Supple
                                               --------------------------------
                                                Michael Supple, President


                                                                             435



                                EXHIBIT 10 (yy)


                                                                             436
<PAGE>

                                   ----------

                               TIREX AMERICA INC.

                           EUROPEAN MARKET DEVELOPMENT
                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT

                                   ----------

      Consulting Agreement,  executed this 29th day of May, 1997 to be effective
as of January 15, 1997 between Tirex America Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Corporation") with offices located at 3767 Thimens, Ville St. Laurent,  Quebec,
Canada H4R 1W4 and Alan Crossley,  Gran Via de Hortaleza 82A, 1*B, 28043 Madrid,
Spain (the "Consultant").

      Whereas,  the  Consultant  has  expertise  and  substantial  business  and
marketing experience and contacts in Spain,  Portugal, and other parts of Europe
as well as in India, which can be important to the Corporation.

      Whereas,  the  Corporation  wishes  to  assure  itself  of the  consulting
services of the Consultant for the period  provided in this  Agreement,  and the
Consultant is willing to provide such services to the  Corporation  for the said
period under the terms and conditions hereinafter provided.

      Now, Therefore,  Witnesseth, that for and in consideration of the premises
and of the mutual promises and covenants  herein  contained,  the parties hereto
agree as follows:

1.    Employment

      The Corporation  agrees to and does hereby engage the Consultant,  and the
Consultant  agrees to and does hereby accept  engagement by the  Corporation  as
European  Market  Development  Consultant  to the  Corporation  for the two-year
period  commencing  as of January 15, 1997 and ending on December  31, 1998 (the
"Engagement Period").

2.    Consulting Services

      The services to be rendered by the Consultant  shall consist of advice and
opinions to the Corporation concerning,  and the undertaking and effectuation of
activities  necessary to establish  and develop in Europe and in India,  markets
for the TCS-1  System and for the rubber  crumb  which will be  produced  by the
operation  of  the  TCS-1  System  and  the  immediate   preparation  of  market
development  studies for the Iberian Peninsular and India. All such services are
to be performed only upon direct  authorization  from the Corporation and may be
performed by the Consultant  directly or indirectly  through GAPCO, SI, a market
research firm controlled by the Consultant ("GAPCO").  The Consultant shall have
the sole discretion as to the form, manner,


                                                                             437
<PAGE>

and  place in  which  the  said  consulting  services  shall  be  rendered.  The
Consultant  shall not, by this agreement,  be prevented or barred from rendering
services of the same or similar nature, as herein described,  or services of any
nature whatsoever, for or in behalf of persons, firms or corporations other than
the Corporation.

3.    Compensation

      For all  services to be rendered  hereunder by the  Consultant  during the
Engagement Period, the Consultant shall receive the following compensation:

      (a)   an annual  salary of $75,000  (Canadian),  commencing  as of July 1,
            1997;

      (b)   an  expense  allowance  for  the  entire  term  of  this  Consulting
            Agreement of up to $115,000 (Canadian);

      (c)   upon completion and delivery by GAPCO of a market  development study
            for the Iberian Peninsular, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
            $40,000  (Canadian),  which may be paid by the Company in cash or in
            unregistered  common  stock of the  Company,  at a value of $.17 per
            share, or a combination thereof.

      (d)   upon completion and delivery by GAPCO of a market  development study
            for the India Peninsular,  receipt of which is hereby  acknowledged,
            $40,000  (Canadian),  which may be paid by the Company in cash or in
            unregistered  common  stock of the  Company,  at a value of $.17 per
            share, or a combination thereof.

4.    Secrets

      The Consultant agrees that any trade secrets or any other like information
of value relating to the business and/or field of interest of the Corporation or
any of its affiliates,  or of any corporation or other legal entity in which the
Corporation  or any of its  affiliates  has an  ownership  interest of more than
twenty-five per cent (25%),  including but not limited to, information  relating
to inventions,  disclosures,  processes,  systems, methods,  formulae,  patents,
patent applications,  machinery, materials, research activities and plans, costs
of production,  contract forms,  prices,  volume of sales,  promotional methods,
list of names or classes of customers,  which he has heretofore  acquired during
his  engagement  by the  Corporation  or any of its  affiliates  or which he may
hereafter  acquire  during  the  Engagement  Period  and the  three-year  period
beginning  after  termination  of the  Engagement  Period  as the  result of any
disclosures  to him,  or in any  other  way,  shall be  regarded  as held by the
Consultant and his  personnel,  if any, in a fiduciary  capacity  solely for the
benefit of the  Corporation,  its  successors  or assigns,  and shall not at any
time,  either  during the term of this  Agreement or  thereafter,  be disclosed,
divulged,  furnished, or made accessible by the Consultant and his personnel, if
any, to anyone,  or be otherwise  used by them,  except in the regular course of
business  of the  Corporation  or its  affiliates.  Information  shall  for  the
purposes of this  Agreement be considered to be secret if not known by the trade
generally,  even though such  information may have been disclosed to one or more
third parties pursuant to distribution agreements,  joint venture agreements and
other agreements entered into by the Corporation or any of its affiliates.


                                                                             438
<PAGE>

5.    Non-Competition

      During  the 2 years  following  the  termination  of this  Agreement,  the
Consultant will not provide consulting  services either as a consultant or as an
employee, either directly or otherwise to any business which is, or is preparing
or intending to be, in  competition  with the  Corporation or to any business if
the  provision  of such  consulting  services  would  constitute  or result in a
conflict of interest on the part of the  Consultant  with  respect to his duties
and obligations hereunder.

6.    Assignment

      6.1 This Agreement may be assigned by the  Corporation as part of the sale
of  substantially  all of its business;  provided,  however,  that the purchaser
shall expressly assume all obligations of the Corporation  under this Agreement.
Further,  this  Agreement  may be assigned by the  Corporation  to an affiliate,
provided that any such affiliate shall  expressly  assume all obligations of the
Corporation  under this  Agreement,  and provided  further that the  Corporation
shall then fully  guarantee the  performance of the Agreement by such affiliate.
the Consultant  agrees that if this Agreement is so assigned,  all the terms and
conditions of this Agreement shall obtain between such assignee and himself with
the same force and effect as if said  Agreement had been made with such assignee
in the first instance.

      6.2 This  Agreement is personal to the  Consultant and may not be assigned
by him.

7.    Entire Understanding

      This Agreement contains the entire  understanding  between the parties and
supersedes all prior and collateral  communications,  reports,  agreements,  and
understandings  between the parties.  No change,  modification,  alteration,  or
addition to any provision  hereof shall be binding  unless in writing and signed
by authorized  representatives  of both parties.  This Agreement  shall apply in
lieu  of  and  notwithstanding  any  specific  statement   associated  with  any
particular information or data exchanged, and the duties of the parties shall be
determined   exclusively   by   the   aforementioned   terms   and   conditions.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that certain provisions of this
Agreement  may be changed  or  amended  for the  purpose  of  accommodating  tax
considerations  of the parties without  affecting the basic terms and conditions
of this Agreement.

8.    Survival of Certain Agreements


                                                                             439
<PAGE>

      The covenants and agreements set forth in Articles 4 and 5, hereof,  shall
survive the expiration of the Engagement Period and shall survive termination of
this Agreement and remain in full force and effect.

9.    Notices

      9.1 All  notices  required or  permitted  to be given  hereunder  shall be
delivered by hand, certified mail, or recognized overnight courier, in all cases
with written  proof of receipt  required,  addressed to the parties as set forth
below and shall be deemed  given upon  receipt as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the receiving party.

      9.2 Any notice to the  Corporation  or to any assignee of the  Corporation
shall be addressed as follows:

                           Tirex America Inc.
                           3767 Thimens, Suite 207
                           Ville St. Laurent
                           Quebec, Canada H4R 1W4

      9.3 Any notice to the Consultant shall be addressed as follows:

                           Mr. Alan Crossley
                           Gran Via de Hortaleza 82A, 1oB
                           28043 Madrid, Spain

      9.4 Either  party may change  the  address to which  notice to it is to be
addressed, by notice as provided herein.

10.   Applicable Law

      This Agreement  shall be interpreted  and enforced in accordance  with the
laws of the State of Delaware.

11.   Interpretation

      Whenever possible,  each Article of this Agreement shall be interpreted in
such  manner as to be  effective  and valid  under  applicable  law,  but if any
Article is  unenforceable  or  invalid  under such law,  such  Article  shall be
ineffective only to the extent of such  unenforceability or invalidity,  and the
remainder of such Article and the balance of this Agreement  shall in such event
continue to be binding and in full force and effect.


                                                                             440
<PAGE>

11.   Prior Agreements

      This  Agreement  supersedes  and  cancels  any and all  prior  agreements,
whether written or oral, between the parties.

      In Witness  Whereof,  the parties hereto have executed the above Agreement
as of the day and year first above written.

                                          Tirex America Inc.

                                          By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Terence C. Byrne, President

                                             /s/ Alan Crossley
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Alan Crossley


                                                                             441


     
                                 EXHIBIT 10 (zz)


                                                                             442
<PAGE>

                                   ----------

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                                MANAGING DIRECTOR

                                       OF

                           EUROPEAN MARKET DEVELOPMENT

                                   ----------

                        CONTRACTUAL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

      Contractual  Employment Agreement,  executed this 1st day of July, 1997 to
be effective retroactively as of January 15, 1997 between The Tirex Corporation,
a Delaware corporation ("Tirex") with offices located at 740 St. Maurice,  Suite
201 Montreal,  Quebec,  Canada H3C 1L5 and Alan Crossley,  Gran Via de Hortaleza
82A, 1*B, 28043 Madrid, Spain ("Crossley").  For purposes of this Agreement, the
term "Tirex" shall mean The Tirex Corporation and 3143619 Canada Inc. (known and
doing   business  as  "Tirex  Canada   Inc."),   and  all  other   corporations,
partnerships,  or other  entities,  now or in the future  controlled  by,  under
common  control  with,  or in control  of, The Tirex  Corporation,  jointly  and
severally.

      Whereas,  Tirex  is in the  business  of  developing,  manufacturing,  and
distributing  cryogenic scrap tire  disintegration  equipment and processes (the
"TCS-1  System")  for the  recovery of rubber  crumb,  wire and fiber from scrap
tires and wishes to launch the sale of its  products and services in the markets
of the European Union.

      Whereas,  Crossley has  expertise and  substantial  business and marketing
experience and contacts in the European market as well as in various other areas
in Asia and the Middle East, which can be important to Tirex.

      Whereas,  Tirex  wishes to  assure  itself of the  marketing  services  of
Crossley for the period provided in this  Agreement,  and Crossley is willing to
provide  such  services  to Tirex  for the  said  period  under  the  terms  and
conditions hereinafter provided.

      Now, Therefore,  Witnesseth, that for and in consideration of the premises
and of the mutual promises and covenants  herein  contained,  the parties hereto
agree as follows:


                                                                             443
<PAGE>

1.    Term and Employment

      1.1 Tirex agrees to and does hereby engage  Crossley,  and Crossley agrees
to and does hereby accept  engagement by Tirex as Managing  Director of European
Market Development for the one-year period,  which commenced on January 15, 1997
(the "Engagement Period").

      1.2 The terms of this Agreement  shall be  automatically  extended for two
successive  one-year periods,  ("Extension  Periods") unless,  not later than 30
days prior to the end of the  Engagement  Period or the then  current  Extension
Period, either party shall give written notice to the other that such party does
not wish the term of this Agreement to be extended beyond the current Engagement
or Extension Period on the terms then in effect.

      1.3 This Agreement  cancels and replaces the European  Market  Development
Consulting Agreement (the "Consulting  Agreement"),  entered into by the parties
hereto  on  May  29,  1997,   retroactively   effective  to  January  15,  1997.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the said  Consulting  Agreement shall remain in
effect with respect to all matters  pertaining to certain market studies for the
Iberian Peninsular and India, which were heretofore  conducted by GAPCO, Inc., a
corporation under the control of Crossley, and the compensation paid therefor by
Tirex, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by Crossley.

2.    Duties

      2.1 Crossley shall be responsible for undertaking and effecting activities
necessary  to  establish  and develop  markets for the TCS-1  System and for the
crumb  rubber  which  will be  produced  by the  operation  of the TCS-1  System
throughout  the European  Economic  Union,  India,  Pakistan,  Saudi Arabia (the
"Territory"),  and such  other  areas as the  parties  may,  from  time to time,
mutually  agree.  Such  activities  shall  include,  but not be limited  to, the
following:

      (a)   setting up the appropriate  corporate structure and organization for
            importing  and  distributing  the TCS-1 System and crumb rubber into
            and throughout the Territory;

      (b)   establishing and managing a network of TCS-1 System distributors and
            crumb rubber brokers in the Territory;

      (c)   arranging   importation  and   installation  of  TCS-1  Systems  and
            providing   customer   support  as  required  to  ensure   effective
            installation and maintenance of all TCS-1 Systems in the Territory;

      (d)   providing after-sales support to customers;

      (e)   serving  as a liaison  with  Tirex in North  America  on  matters of
            interest  to  Tirex,   including   but  not  limited  to   technical
            developments in the use of crumb rubber;


                                                                             444
<PAGE>

      (f)   representing  Tirex's  interests in any other activities which Tirex
            may, from time to time, undertake in the Territory,  including local
            manufacturing and trading in crumb rubber.

      2.2 Tirex will, at all times during the Engagement Period:

      (a)   provide  Crossley  with  appropriate   support,   including  product
            specifications,  sales  literature,  and  all  other  necessary  and
            available sales materials; and

      (b)   ensure that all members of Tirex's  technical staff in the Territory
            are fully trained and able to provide effective after sales services
            to customers.

      All such services are to be performed only upon direct  authorization from
Tirex and must be performed by Crossley directly.

3.    Compensation

      3.1 For all  services to be  rendered  hereunder  by  Crossley  during the
Engagement Period, Crossley shall receive the following compensation:

      (a)   a salary,  payable monthly, at the annual rate of $75,000 (Canadian)
            commencing as of July 1, 1997.

      (b)   a sales  commission of eight  percent (8%) of the purchase  price of
            all sales of TCS-1  Systems  within  the  Territory  which  shall be
            payable,  on a pro-rata basis,  within two weeks of receipt by Tirex
            of payments therefor, provided however that Tirex shall deduct, from
            the amount of any sales  commissions due under this  Paragraph,  all
            salary  payments  made  or  payable  to  Crossley  pursuant  to  sub
            paragraph 3.1(a), above.

      3.2 In the event that this  Agreement is  terminated by Tirex prior to the
end of the Engagement Period or any Extension Period, pursuant to Tirex's notice
that it does not wish to extend this  Agreement,  as provided in  Paragraph  1.2
above, and Crossley gives written notice to Tirex, within 30 days of his receipt
of such notice,  that he objects to the termination of this Agreement,  then the
8% sales commission provided under subparagraph 3.1(b),  above, shall be payable
to Crossley on all sales of the TCS-1  System in the  Territory  for a period of
two years following such termination.

      3.3 In the  event  that,  from  time to  time,  Tirex  shall  not have the
financial  resources  to pay the salary  provided for above,  then,  the Tirex's
obligation  to pay such salary will be  satisfied by the issuance to Crossley of
shares of the common stock of the Company ("Compensation  Shares"), which shares
shall  constitute  compensation  pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement.  All
Compensation Shares will be issued to Crossley at a value equal to fifty percent


                                                                             445
<PAGE>

(50%) of the  average of the high and low bid prices of Tirex  America's  common
stock  as  traded  in the  over-the-counter  market  and  quoted  in the  NASDAQ
Electronic  Bulletin Board during the period when such Compensation  Shares were
earned.

4.    Reimbursement of Expenses

      During the Engagement Period,  Tirex shall reimburse Crossley for properly
documented  expenses paid by him on behalf, or for the account,  of Tirex in the
course of carrying out his duties hereunder.  Such  reimbursements  shall not be
made for any expenses  other than those  listed below and the amount  reimbursed
for any permitted category of expense shall not exceed the following:

Office rent                                                     $20,000
Office and marketing assistant                                   25,000
Advertising and publicity                                        20,000
Multi-lingual translation of product
  information (excluding both English & French)                  15,000
Legal costs                                                      10,000
Travel to potential clients                                      15,000
Attendance at trade shows                                        10,000

5.    Termination

      This  Agreement  may be  terminated  at any  time  prior to the end of the
Engagement  Period or any Extension  Period,  by mutual written Agreement of the
parties and pursuant to the following:

      5.1 For Cause. The Company may terminate the Employee's  employment at any
time "for cause" with  immediate  effect upon  delivering  written notice to the
Employee.  For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "for  cause"  shall  include:  (a)
embezzlement,  theft, larceny, material fraud, or other acts of dishonesty;  (b)
material  violation by employee of any of his obligations  under this Agreement;
(c) conviction of or entrance of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony
or other crime which has or may have a material adverse effect on the Employee's
ability to carry out his duties under this  Agreement or upon the  reputation of
the Company; (d) conduct involving moral turpitude; (e) gross insubordination or
repeated  insubordination after written warning by the President of the Company;
or (f)  material  and  continuing  failure by the Employee to perform the duties
described in Section 2 above in a quality and  professional  manner for at least
thirty  (30)  days  after  written  warning  by the  Board of  Directors  or the
President of the Company.  Upon  termination  for cause,  the Company's sole and
exclusive obligation will be to pay the Employee his compensation earned through
the  date  of  termination,  and  the  Employee  shall  not be  entitled  to any
compensation after the date of termination.

      5.2 Upon Death.  In the event of the  Employee's  death during the term of
the this Agreement,  the Company's sole and exclusive  obligation will be to pay
to the Employee's


                                                                             446
<PAGE>

spouse,  if living,  or to his  estate,  if his spouse is not then  living,  the
Employee's compensation earned through the date of death.

      5.3 Upon Disability.  The Company may terminate the Employee's  employment
upon the Employee's total disability. The Employee shall be deemed to be totally
disabled if he is unable to perform his duties under this Agreement by reason of
mental or physical illness or accident for a period of three consecutive months.
Upon termination by reason of the Employee's disability,  the Company's sole and
exclusive obligation will be to pay the Employee his compensation earned through
the date of termination.

6.    Secrets

      Crossley  agrees that any trade secrets or any other like  information  of
value  relating to the business  and/or field of interest of Tirex or any of its
affiliates, or of any corporation or other legal entity in which Tirex or any of
its  affiliates  has an  ownership  interest of more than  twenty-five  per cent
(25%),  including  but not  limited  to,  information  relating  to  inventions,
disclosures,    processes,   systems,   methods,   formulae,   patents,   patent
applications,  machinery,  materials,  research  activities and plans,  costs of
production,  contract forms, prices, volume of sales,  promotional methods, list
of names or classes of customers,  which he has heretofore  acquired  during his
engagement by Tirex or any of its  affiliates or which he may hereafter  acquire
during  the  Engagement   Period  and  the  three-year  period  beginning  after
termination of the Engagement Period as the result of any disclosures to him, or
in any other way,  shall be regarded as held by Crossley and his  personnel,  if
any, in a fiduciary  capacity solely for the benefit of Tirex, its successors or
assigns,  and shall not at any time, either during the term of this Agreement or
thereafter,  be disclosed,  divulged,  furnished, or made accessible by Crossley
and his personnel,  if any, to anyone,  or be otherwise used by them,  except in
the regular course of business of Tirex or its affiliates. Information shall for
the purposes of this  Agreement be  considered  to be secret if not known by the
trade generally,  even though such information may have been disclosed to one or
more third parties pursuant to distribution agreements, joint venture agreements
and other agreements entered into by Tirex or any of its affiliates.

7.    Non-Competition

      Unless  this  Agreement  is  terminated  by Tirex  prior to the end of the
Engagement Period or any Extension Period, without cause and over the objections
of Crossley,  during the two years  following the termination of this Agreement,
Crossley will not provide  consulting  services  either as a consultant or as an
employee, either directly or otherwise to any business which is, or is preparing
or intending to be, in competition with Tirex.

8.    Assignment


                                                                             447
<PAGE>

      8.1  This  Agreement  may be  assigned  by  Tirex  as part of the  sale of
substantially all of its business;  provided,  however, that the purchaser shall
expressly  assume all obligations of Tirex under this Agreement.  Further,  this
Agreement  may be  assigned  by Tirex to an  affiliate,  provided  that any such
affiliate shall expressly  assume all obligations of Tirex under this Agreement,
and provided  further that Tirex shall then fully  guarantee the  performance of
the Agreement by such  affiliate.  Crossley  agrees that if this Agreement is so
assigned,  all the terms and conditions of this  Agreement  shall obtain between
such  assignee and himself  with the same force and effect as if said  Agreement
had been made with such assignee in the first instance.

      8.2 This Agreement is personal to Crossley and may not be assigned by him.

9.    Entire Understanding

      This Agreement contains the entire  understanding  between the parties and
supersedes all prior and collateral  communications,  reports,  agreements,  and
understandings  between the parties.  No change,  modification,  alteration,  or
addition to any provision  hereof shall be binding  unless in writing and signed
by authorized  representatives  of both parties.  This Agreement  shall apply in
lieu  of  and  notwithstanding  any  specific  statement   associated  with  any
particular information or data exchanged, and the duties of the parties shall be
determined   exclusively   by   the   aforementioned   terms   and   conditions.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that certain provisions of this
Agreement  may be changed  or  amended  for the  purpose  of  accommodating  tax
considerations  of the parties without  affecting the basic terms and conditions
of this Agreement.

10.   Survival of Certain Agreements

      The covenants and agreements set forth in Articles 4 and 5, hereof,  shall
survive the expiration of the Engagement Period and shall survive termination of
this Agreement and remain in full force and effect.

11.   Notices

      11.1 All notices  required or  permitted  to be given  hereunder  shall be
delivered by hand, certified mail, or recognized overnight courier, in all cases
with written  proof of receipt  required,  addressed to the parties as set forth
below and shall be deemed  given upon  receipt as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the receiving party.

      11.2 Any notice to Tirex or to any assignee of Tirex shall be addressed as
follows:

                          The Tirex Corporation
                          740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                          Montreal, Quebec


                                                                             448
<PAGE>

                          Canada H3C 1L5

      11.3 Any notice to Crossley shall be addressed as follows:

                          Mr. Alan Crossley
                          Gran Via de Hortaleza 82A, 1oB
                          28043 Madrid, Spain

      11.4 Either  party may change the  address to which  notice to it is to be
addressed, by notice as provided herein.

12.   Applicable Law

      This Agreement  shall be interpreted  and enforced in accordance  with the
laws of the State of Delaware.

13.   Interpretation

      Whenever possible,  each Article of this Agreement shall be interpreted in
such  manner as to be  effective  and valid  under  applicable  law,  but if any
Article is  unenforceable  or  invalid  under such law,  such  Article  shall be
ineffective only to the extent of such  unenforceability or invalidity,  and the
remainder of such Article and the balance of this Agreement  shall in such event
continue to be binding and in full force and effect.

14.   Prior Agreements

      Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 1.3, this Agreement  supersedes and
cancels  any and all prior  agreements,  whether  written or oral,  between  the
parties.

15.   Arbitration

      In the event of any dispute among the parties  hereto with respect to this
Agreement,  the matters at issue will be submitted to the International  Chamber
of Commerce in Geneva for  arbitration,  and the  findings of the latter will be
binding on both parties.

      In Witness  Whereof,  the parties hereto have executed the above Agreement
as of the day and year first above written.


                                                                             449
<PAGE>

                                           The Tirex Corporation

                                           By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                  Terence C. Byrne, President

                                              /s/ Alan Crossley
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                  Alan Crossley


                                                                             450


                                EXHIBIT 10 (aaa)


                                                                             451
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

                                   ----------

$102,000 (US)
January 23, 1998
Montreal, Quebec

      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, The Tirex Corporation, 740 St. Maurice, Suite 201,
Montreal, Quebec Canada H3C 1L5 (the "Maker"), promises to pay to the order of
Terence C. Byrne, 489 Grosvner Street, Westmount, Quebec Canada H3Y 2S5 (the
"Payee"), the principal sum of one hundred and two thousand United States
dollars (US $102,000) on the first to occur of: (i) thirty days from the date
hereof; (ii) the Maker's receipt from either or both of the private placements,
which it is currently effecting through H.J. Meyers & Co., Inc., as placement
agent (the "Private Placements"), proceeds in the amount of $100,000 over and
above the first $401,000 in proceeds therefrom; or (iii) proceeds from any other
equity financing provided that the total amount of proceeds from the Private
Placements and such other equity financing shall exceed, in the aggregate, the
sum of $500,000 (US), at the offices of the Payee, together with interest on the
unpaid principal balance at the annual rate of 7%, unless prepaid at the Maker's
election.

      Payment of all sums hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United
States of America. This Note shall be paid without claim of setoff, counterclaim
or deduction of any nature or for any cause whatsoever. A certificate from the
Payee of this Note shall be prima facie proof of the principal balance due
hereunder.

      Payment of this Note shall be applied, first, to any charges arising out
of an event of default hereunder, second, to payment of all interest accrued,
and last, to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance hereunder.

      If this Note shall be in default, then commencing as at the date of such
default, the whole sum of principal and interest shall become due immediately at
the option of the holder. Default shall include, but not be limited to, the
failure of the Maker to pay the interest or principal when due. In the event of
default in the payment of this Note in accordance with its terms, a charge, in
addition to continuing interest, at the rate of 5% per month, shall be made on
the full amount due an unpaid under this Note, commencing as at the date of such
default, until payment of all sums due hereunder shall have been paid in full.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the maximum aggregate amount
and rate of interest payable hereunder, including the default charges as
hereinabove provided, shall in no event exceed the maximum amount and rate of
such interest and charges permitted by law, whereby, in such event, this note
shall be deemed revised and modified accordingly so as to provide in the


                                                                             452
<PAGE>

aggregate for the maximum amount permitted by, and so as otherwise to comply in
all respects with, such law. Failure at any time to exercise any of the rights
and remedies of the Payee hereunder shall not constitute a waiver thereof, nor
shall it be a bar to Payee's exercising any other rights and remedies at that
time, or at a later time.

      Subject to the above, if any one or more of the provisions of this Note
shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole
or in part, or in any respect, or if any one or more of the provisions of this
Note would operate to invalidate this Note, then, in any such event, such
provision or provisions shall only be deemed null and void and shall not affect
any other provision of this Note, and the remaining provisions of this Note
shall remain operative and in full force and effect, and in no way shall be
affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby. This Note is delivered in and shall
be construed under the laws of the Province of Quebec.

      The Maker shall be responsible for and pay forthwith all costs relating to
this Note which shall include but not be limited to reasonable legal, loan
processing, collection, administrative and closing costs.

                                      THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                      By  /s/ Louis V. Muro
                                          --------------------------------------
                                              Louis V. Muro, Vice President of
                                              Engineering and Member
                                              of the Executive Committee
                                              of the Board of Directors


                                                                             453



                                EXHIBIT 10 (bbb)


                                                                             454
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                             SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

                                   ----------

U.S. $150,000
October 27, 1998
St.Helier, Jersey, Chanel Islands

      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, The Tirex Corporation, 740 St. Maurice, Suite 201,
Montreal, Quebec H3C 1L5 (the "Maker"), promises to pay, on or before July 26,
1999, to the order of Bartholomew International Investments Limited,
Investments, Ltd., P.O. Box 484, Basel House, 108 Halkett Place, St. Helier,
Jersey JE4 5SS, Chanel Islands (the "Payee"), the principal sum of one hundred
fifty thousand (US $150,000) dollars at the offices of the Payee, together with
interest on the unpaid principal balance at the annual rate of 2% over the Prime
Rate charged by The Bank of Montreal as at such date, unless prepaid at the
Payee's election.

      Payment of all sums hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United
States of America, which payment shall be applied first to payment of accrued
interest and then to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance hereunder. A
certificate from the Payee of this Note shall be prima facie proof of the
principal balance due hereunder.

      Upon default, the whole sum of principal and interest shall become due
immediately at the option of the holder. Default shall include, but not be
limited to, the failure of the Maker to pay the interest or principal when due.
Failure at any time to exercise any of the rights and remedies of the Payee
hereunder shall not constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall it be a bar to
Payee's exercising any other rights and remedies at that time, or at a later
time.

      This Note is secured by the Maker's agreement, which is given hereby, that
in the event that the principal amount of this note and all unpaid interest
accrued thereon is not theretofore paid, the Maker shall issue to the Payee a
total of 500,000 unregistered shares of the Maker's common stock $.001 per share
(the "Collateral Shares"), as follows:

      Failure to Pay By:                     Number of Shares To Be Issued
      ------------------                     -----------------------------

      January 26, 1999                                  166,666

      April 26, 1999                                    166,666

      July 26, 1999                                     166,667


                                                                             455
<PAGE>

      If any one or more of the provisions of this Note shall, for any reason,
be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, or in any
respect, or if any one or more of the provisions of this Note would operate to
invalidate this Note, then, in any such event, such provision or provisions
shall only be deemed null and void and shall not affect any other provision of
this Note, and the remaining provisions of this Note shall remain operative and
in full force and effect, and in no way shall be affected, prejudiced or
disturbed thereby. This Note shall be construed under the laws of the State of
Delaware.

                                           THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                           By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                  Terence C. Byrne, President


                                                                             456



                                EXHIBIT 10 (ccc)


                                                                             457
<PAGE>

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                          RELEASE AND INVESTMENT LETTER

                                   ----------

      THIS RELEASE AND INVESTMENT AGREEMENT is given this 2nd day of December,
1998, by:

                  Bartholomew International Investments Limited
                                       and
                                Terence C. Byrne
            (hereafter referred to collectively as the "Releasors");

                                       To:

         The Tirex Corporation (hereafter referred to as the "Releasee")

                                     RELEASE

      Whereas, the Releasee is indebted to the Releasors in the aggregate amount
of $164,000 (the  "Indebtedness"),  consisting of: (i) $14,000 lent by Mr. Byrne
to the  Releasee  on or about  November  30,  1998  pursuant  to the  Releasee's
promissory  note which bore  interest  at an annual  rate of 2% over the Bank of
Montreal's  Prime Rate and which was due and payable on demand by Mr. Byrne; and
(ii) $150,000 lent by Bartholomew  International Investments Limited on or about
October 27, 1998 pursuant to the Releasee's  secured  promissory note which bore
interest  at an annual  rate of 2% over the Bank of  Montreal's  Prime  Rate and
which was due and payable on July 26, 1998.

      Whereas, as part of the Releasee's  negotiations to obtain short term bank
debt  financing,  the  Releasors'  have  agreed to forego any  interest  on, and
repayment in cash of, the  Indebtedness  and to accept in full  satisfaction  of
such Indebtedness,  unregistered shares of the Releasee's common stock valued at
fifty  percent  (50%) of the  average of the high ask and low bid prices of such
stock, as traded in the over-the-counter market and quoted in the OTC Electronic
Bulletin Board on December 1, 1998 and release the Releasee from all liabilities
arising out the said Indebtedness and the Releasee has accepted such offer;

      Whereas,  in  effectuation  of the  foregoing  on  December  2, 1998,  the
Releasee  authorized  the  issuance  of a  total  of  2,523,077  shares  of  the
Releasee's unregistered common stock to Bartholomew.


                                                                             458
<PAGE>

      Now,  therefore,  in  consideration  of the  premises  set forth above and
intending to be legally bound hereby,  the Releasors do hereby remise,  release,
discharge,  indemnify  and hold  harmless the  Releasee,  and each  shareholder,
officer,  director  and  employee  of the  Releasee,  of and from all  manner of
actions  and causes of action,  suits,  debts,  dues,  accounts,  bonds,  wages,
benefits,  covenants,  contracts,  agreements,  judgments,  claims  and  demands
whatsoever  in law or in  equity,  and  including  without  limitation  all such
actions,  claims and demands, etc. arising out of, being based upon, or being in
any way connected with or related to the Indebtedness.

      In Witness  Whereof,  the Releasors  intending to be legally bound hereby,
have caused this Release to be executed the day and year first above written.

                                Bartholomew International Investments Limited

                                By_________________________________

                                /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                -----------------------------------
                                    Terence C. Byrne

                              INVESTMENT AGREEMENT

      This  Investment  Agreement is being  executed and  delivered to The Tirex
Corporation,  referred  to herein and in the  Release  set forth  above,  as the
"Releasee"  by  Terence  C.  Byrne  and  Bartholomew  International  Investments
Limited,  referred  to  herein  and in  the  Release  set  forth  above,  as the
"Releasors",  in connection with the Releasors'  acceptance in full satisfaction
of the one hundred-sixty-four  thousand dollar (US $164,000) debt, which is owed
by the  Releasee  to the  Releasors  and which is  referred to herein and in the
Release set forth above, as the "Indebtedness", an aggregate of 2,523,077 shares
of the common stock,  $.001 par value (the  "Shares") of the Releasee  valued at
fifty  percent  (50%) of the  average of the high ask and low bid prices of such
stock, as traded in the over-the-counter market and quoted in the OTC Electronic
Bulletin Board on December 1, 1998 in consideration of the Releasor's  execution
of the above Release.

      The  Releasors  acknowledge  that the  Releasee  has advised them that the
Shares are not being  registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Act"), on the basis of the statutory  exemption in Section 4(2) and on the
representations made by the them herein.

      The Releasors hereby represent to the Releasee that they are acquiring the
Shares for  investment  for their own accounts and not with a view to the resale
or  distribution  thereof,  and  that  they  does not  intend  to  divide  their
participation  with others or to resell or otherwise  dispose of all or any part
of the Shares unless and until they are subsequently registered under the Act,


                                                                             459
<PAGE>

or  an  exemption  from  such   registration  is  available.   In  making  these
representations,  the Releasors  understand  that, in the view of the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"),  the statutory exemption referred to
above would not be available, if notwithstanding their representations, they had
in  mind  merely  acquiring  the  Shares  for  resale  upon  the  occurrence  or
nonoccurrence of some pre-determined event.

      The Releasors  hereby accept the condition that before any transfer of the
Shares may be made by them, written approval must first be obtained from counsel
to the Releasee.  The basis of such  approval,  which shall not be  unreasonably
withheld,  shall be  compliance  with  requirements  of the  federal  and  state
statutes regulating  securities.  The Releasors understand that a legend to this
effect  will be placed  on the  certificate  or  certificates  representing  the
Shares, and stop-transfer  instructions to the Releasee's transfer agent will be
issued by the Releasee

      The Releasors  understand that the Shares must be held indefinitely  until
registered  under the Act, or an exemption from such  registration is available.
In the event Rule 144 of the  Commission  hereafter  becomes  applicable  to the
Shares,  the  Releasors  understand  that any  routine  sale of the Shares  made
thereunder can be made only in limited  amounts in accordance with the terms and
conditions of that Rule and that in case that Rule is not applicable, compliance
with  Regulation A or some other  disclosure  exemption  will be  required.  The
Releasors  understand that the Releasee has no obligation to register the Shares
or to comply with  Regulation A or any other  exemption.  However,  the Releasee
shall supply them with any  information  necessary to enable him to make routine
sales of the Shares under Rule 144, if applicable.

      The Releasors  acknowledge  that the Releasee has, during its negotiations
with them,  furnished  them with such  financial  and other data relating to the
Releasee and its business which they considered necessary or advisable to enable
them to form a  decision  concerning  their  acceptance  of the  shares  in full
satisfaction of the monies owed to them in respect of the Indebtedness.

                                Bartholomew International Investments Limited

                                By_________________________________

                                /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                -----------------------------------
                                    Terence C. Byrne


                                                                             460



                                EXHIBIT 10 (ddd)


                                                                             461
<PAGE>

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

$14,000
November 30, 1998
Montreal, Quebec

      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, The Tirex Corporation, 740 St. Maurice, Montreal,
Quebec, H3C 1L5 (the "Maker"), promises to pay, on demand, to the order of
Terence C. Byrne, 489 Grosvner Street, Westmount, Quebec, H3Y 2S5 (the "Payee"),
the principal sum of fourteen thousand United States dollars (US $14,000) at the
offices of the Payee, together with interest on the unpaid principal balance at
the annual rate of 2% over the Prime Rate charged by Citibank, NA as at such
date, unless prepaid at the Maker's election.

      Payment of all sums hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United
States of America, or the equivalent amount exchangeable for Canadian dollars,
which payment shall be applied first to payment of accrued interest and then to
the reduction of the unpaid principal balance hereunder. A certificate from the
Payee of this Note shall be prima facie proof of the principal balance due
hereunder.

      Upon default, the whole sum of principal and interest shall become due
immediately at the option of the holder. Default shall include, but not be
limited to, the failure of the Maker to pay the interest or principal when due.
Failure at any time to exercise any of the rights and remedies of the Payee
hereunder shall not constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall it be a bar to
Payee's exercising any other rights and remedies at that time, or at a later
time.

      If any one or more of the provisions of this Note shall, for any reason,
be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, or in any
respect, or if any one or more of the provisions of this Note would operate to
invalidate this Note, then, in any such event, such provision or provisions
shall only be deemed null and void and shall not affect any other provision of
this Note, and the remaining provisions of this Note shall remain operative and
in full force and effect, and in no way shall be affected, prejudiced or
disturbed thereby. This Note shall be construed under the laws of the State of
Delaware.

                                             The Tirex Corporation

                                             By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                                --------------------------------
                                                    Terence C. Byrne, President


                                                                             462



                                EXHIBIT 10 (eee)


                                                                             463
<PAGE>

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

$70,405.31
April 8, 1998
Toms River, New Jersey

      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Louis V. Sanzaro, 1497 Lakewood Road, Toms River, New
Jersey 08755 (the "Maker"), promises to pay, on or before September 5, 1998, to
the order of The Tirex Corporation, 740 St. Maurice, Suite 201, Montreal, Quebec
H3C 1L5 (the "Payee"), the principal sum of seventy thousand, four hundred five
dollars and thirty-one cents (US $70,405.31) at the offices of the Payee,
together with interest on the unpaid principal balance at the annual rate of 8%
over the Prime Rate charged by Citibank, NA as at such date, unless prepaid at
the Payee's election.

      Payment of all sums hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United
States of America, which payment shall be applied first to payment of accrued
interest and then to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance hereunder. A
certificate from the Payee of this Note shall be prima facie proof of the
principal balance due hereunder.

      Upon default, the whole sum of principal and interest shall become due
immediately at the option of the holder. Default shall include, but not be
limited to, the failure of the Maker to pay the interest or principal when due.
Failure at any time to exercise any of the rights and remedies of the Payee
hereunder shall not constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall it be a bar to
Payee's exercising any other rights and remedies at that time, or at a later
time.

      This Note is secured by a security and pledge agreement, of even date
herewith, between the Maker and Payee (the "Security Agreement") pursuant to
which Maker has granted Payee a security interest in a certain stock certificate
representing 400,000 shares of the common stock of the Maker to be issued
forthwith to the Payee ("Collateral"). In the event of default by the Maker of
its obligations under this Note, the Payee shall have any and all rights
respecting the Collateral as set forth in the said Security Agreement.

      If any one or more of the provisions of this Note shall, for any reason,
be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, or in any
respect, or if any one or more of the provisions of this Note would operate to
invalidate this Note, then, in any such event,


                                                                             464
<PAGE>

such provision or provisions shall only be deemed null and void and shall not
affect any other provision of this Note, and the remaining provisions of this
Note shall remain operative and in full force and effect, and in no way shall be
affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby. This Note shall be construed under
the laws of the State of Delaware.

                                                 /s/ Louis Sanzaro
                                             ----------------------------
                                                     Louis Sanzaro


                                                                             465



                                EXHIBIT 10 (fff)


                                                                             466
<PAGE>

                                   ----------

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                          SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT

                                   ----------

      This Security and Pledge Agreement (this "Agreement") is made this 8th day
of April by and  between  The  Tirex  Corporation,  740 St.  Maurice,  Suite 201
Montreal,  Quebec H3C 1L5,  ("Pledgee")  and Louis Sanzaro,  1497 Lakewood Road,
Toms River,  NJ 08755 (the  "Pledgor") in connection  with the Pledgee's loan of
$70,405.31 (the "Loan") granted by the Pledgee to the Pledgor  contemporaneously
herewith  pursuant  to the  Pledgee's  secured  promissory  note,  of even  date
herewith, wherefore it is agreed:

1.    Pledge

      The  Pledgor  hereby  assigns,  by  way of the  duly  endorsed,  medallion
guaranteed stock power attached hereto,  and hereby  authorizes  delivery by the
Pledgor's transfer agent to the Pledgee of a certificate (the  "Certificate") to
be issued forthwith to the Pledgee pursuant to the terms of a certain consulting
agreement,  dated  January 28, 1998, by and between the Pledgee and the Pledgor,
which  Certificate  shall  represent  400,000  shares of the common stock of the
Pledgee (the "Shares").

2.    Term

      The Pledgee  shall hold the Shares as security to assure the  repayment of
the Loan and such Shares shall  remain so pledged  until the said Loan is repaid
in full with interest.

3.    Voting

      At all meetings of shareholders for the election of directors, held at any
time while the Loan or any part  thereof  remains  unpaid,  such shares shall be
voted by the Pledgor.

4.    Dividends

      All dividends and other  amounts  hereafter  declared on the Shares during
the term of this  pledge  shall be paid  over to the  Pledgor  immediately  upon
receipt.


                                                                             467
<PAGE>

5.    Adjustments

      In the event that,  during the term of this  pledge,  any share  dividend,
reclassification,  readjustment,  or other  change  is  declared  or made in the
capital structure of the Pledgor, all new, substituted,  or additional shares or
other  securities  , issued by  reason of any such  change  shall be held by the
Pledgee  under  the terms of this  agreement  in the same  manner as the  Shares
originally pledged hereunder.

6.    Redelivery of Pledge

      Upon payment at or before  maturity of the  principal  and interest of the
Loan, the Pledgee shall immediately  redeliver the Shares and the stock power to
the Pledgor, and this agreement shall terminate.

7.    Assignment

      This  Agreement  may be  assigned  by the  Pledgee  as part of the sale of
substantially all of its business;

8.    Notices

      8.1 All  notices  required or  permitted  to be given  hereunder  shall be
delivered by hand, certified mail, or recognized overnight courier, in all cases
with written  proof of receipt  required,  addressed to the parties as set forth
below and shall be deemed  given upon  receipt as evidenced by written and dated
receipt of the receiving party.

      8.2 Any notice to the Pledgee or to any  assignee of the Pledgee  shall be
addressed as follows:

                           The Tirex Corporation
                           740 St. Maurice, Suite 201
                           Montreal, Quebec
                           Canada H3C 1L5

      8.3 Any notice to Pledgor shall be addressed as follows:

                           Louis Sanzaro
                           1497 Lakewood Road
                           Toms River, NJ 08755

      8.4 Either  party may change  the  address to which  notice to it is to be
addressed, by notice as provided herein.


                                                                             468
<PAGE>

9.    Applicable Law

      This Agreement  shall be interpreted  and enforced in accordance  with the
laws of the State of Delaware.

10.   Interpretation

      Whenever possible,  each Article of this Agreement shall be interpreted in
such  manner as to be  effective  and valid  under  applicable  law,  but if any
Article is  unenforceable  or  invalid  under such law,  such  Article  shall be
ineffective only to the extent of such  unenforceability or invalidity,  and the
remainder of such Article and the balance of this Agreement  shall in such event
continue to be binding and in full force and effect.

      In Witness  Whereof,  the parties hereto have executed the above Agreement
as of the day and year first above written.


                                          THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                          By /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                 Terence C. Byrne, President

                                          By /s/ Louis Sanzaro
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                 Louis Sanzaro, Pledgor


                                                                             469



                                EXHIBIT 10 (ggg)


                                                                             470
<PAGE>

                                   ----------

                              THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                   ----------

                             EXTENSION AND AMENDMENT

                                       TO

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

      Amendment, made this 5th day of September 1998, by and between:

                             The Tirex Corporation
                             740 St. Maurice
                             Montreal, Quebec, H3C 1L5

                                                      (the "Payee")

                                                      and

                             Louis V. Sanzaro
                             1497 Lakewood Road
                             Toms River NJ 08755

                                                      (the "Maker")

      the Payee and the Maker, as designated above, on the promissory note of
the Maker, dated April 8, 1998, in the amount of $70,405.31 (the "Note"); Terms
used in this Amendment which are defined in the Note and not defined herein
shall have the same meaning herein as therein.

      Whereas, the Maker is an officer and director of the Payee and in
connection therewith has consistently rendered services and substantial
financial assistance to the Payee, significantly above and beyond the scope of
his duties and responsibilities to the Payee and its shareholders, for which the
Maker has not received any compensation;

      Whereas, in connection with the foregoing, the Payee is indebted to the
Maker, in an amount which may presently or in the future be in excess of the
amount of indebtedness of the Maker to the Payee under the Note;

      Now therefore, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual promises
and covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree to set forth herein an
extension and amendment to the Note, effective as of the date hereof, of the
Commencement Date, as follows:

A.    EXTENSION

      The maturity date of the Note is hereby extended to September 5, 1999 (the
"Extended Maturity Date"). No interest or principal under the Note is due or
payable until the said Extended Maturity Date.


                                                                             471
<PAGE>

B.    AMENDMENT

      The Note is hereby amended so as to reduce the interest rate under the
Note from 8% over the prime rate charged by Citibank, NA (the "Prime Rate") to
2% over the said Prime Rate, from April 8, 1998 to the Maturity Date.

C.    NO OTHER AMENDMENTS

      Except as expressly provided in this Extension and Amendment, all of the
terms and conditions of the Note remain in full force and effect.

D.    COUNTERPARTS

      This Extension and Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts
and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when so executed and
delivered shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one
Extension and Amendment of the Note.

      In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Extension and
Amendment to be executed the day and year first above written.

                                                THE TIREX CORPORATION

                                                By  /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                    Terence C. Byrne, President

                                                    /s/ Louis V. Sanzaro
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                        Louis V. Sanzaro


                                                                             472



                                EXHIBIT 10 (hhh)


                                                                             473
<PAGE>

                                PROMISSORY NOTE

$30,000
Sept 9, 1997
Montreal, Quebec

      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Ocean Utility Contracting Co. Inc., 1497 Lakewood
Road, Toms River, New Jersey 08755 (the "Maker"), promises to pay, on demand, to
the order of The Tirex Corporation, 740 St. Maurice, Suite 201, Montreal, Quebec
H3C 1L5 (the "Payee"), the principal sum of thirty thousand United States
dollars (US $30,000) at the offices of the Payee, together with interest on the
unpaid principal balance at the annual rate of 2% over the Prime Rate charged by
Citibank, NA as at such date, unless prepaid at the Payee's election.

      Payment of all sums hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United
States of America, which payment shall be applied first to payment of accrued
interest and then to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance hereunder. A
certificate from the Payee of this Note shall be prima facie proof of the
principal balance due hereunder.

      Upon default, the whole sum of principal and interest shall become due
immediately at the option of the holder. Default shall include, but not be
limited to, the failure of the Maker to pay the interest or principal when due.
Failure at any time to exercise any of the rights and remedies of the Payee
hereunder shall not constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall it be a bar to
Payee's exercising any other rights and remedies at that time, or at a later
time.

      If any one or more of the provisions of this Note shall, for any reason,
be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, or in any
respect, or if any one or more of the provisions of this Note would operate to
invalidate this Note, then, in any such event, such provision or provisions
shall only be deemed null and void and shall not affect any other provision of
this Note, and the remaining provisions of this Note shall remain operative and
in full force and effect, and in no way shall be affected, prejudiced or
disturbed thereby. This Note shall be construed under the laws of the State of
Delaware.

                                          Ocean Utility Contracting Co. Inc.

                                          By /s/ Anthony Giordano
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                 Anthony Giordano


                                                                             474



                                EXHIBIT 10 (iii)


                                                                             475
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

     Letter of January 16, 1998 from the Societe de Developpement Industriel
         du Quebec, known in English (but no longer used) as the Quebec
       Industrial Development Society (QIDC), a corporation wholly-owned
                          by the Government of Quebec.

(Hereinafter, the Societe de developpement industriel du Quebec will be referred
to as QIDC)

CONFIDENTIAL                                                    January 16, 1998

Mr. Terence Byrne
President
3143619 Canada Inc.
740 St. Maurice
Suite 201
Montreal, Quebec
H3C 1L5

Subject:    Offer of a loan guarantee
            File: 49067

Dear Sir:

      It is our pleasure to inform you that the QIDC has authorized a loan
guarantee in an amount up to $937,000 in favour of your company under the
Regulations of the Programme d'aide au financement des entreprises (*Assistance
Program for Financing of Enterprises) so as to finance refundable (*tax) credits
for scientific research and experimental development.

      Accordingly, you will find attached two copies of an offer of a guarantee
which defines the terms and conditions. To accept this offer, you must return to
us, prior to February 16, 1998, one copy of said offer duly signed (*and) each
page should bear the initials of all of the signatories.

      This must be accompanied by a certified copy of a resolution of your
enterprise (*company) authorizing a representative to accept the offer and to
sign all documents required to make it effective. To this end, we attach a draft
resolution which should be adopted by your enterprise.

      In addition, you should include a cheque in the amount of $29,417.58
(*Canadian $) representing the payment of the guarantee fees ($18,740), of the
commitment commission ($9,370), of the Federal Goods and Services Tax
(*refundable sales tax) ($655.90) and the Quebec Sales Tax (*refundable sales
tax) ($651.68)


                                                                             476
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

      Also, you should enclose the duly signed annexes entitled "Autorisation
d'echange des renseignements avec Revenu Quebec" (*Authorization to Exchange
Information with Revenue Quebec - a document required by Quebec law for Revenue
Quebec to be allowed to divulge information to QIDC) and "Autorisation d'echange
des renseignements avec Revenu Canada" (*Authorization to Exchange Information
with Revenue Canada - a document required by federal law for Revenue Canada to
be allowed to divulge information to QIDC).

      Once the fundamental conditions indicated in the Letter of Offer will have
been completed, QIDC will be able to issue to the lender a guarantee certificate
permitting the disbursement of an amount serving the finance the refundable tax
credits estimated for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1997.

      For subsequent disbursements, you will find attached a form entitled
"Demande de mise en vigueur de la garantie" (*Request to Give Effect to the
Guarantee) which you should complete at the end of each financial year which is
subject to the present offer. Once this form will have been received, QIDC will
be able to issue a guarantee certificate to the lender permitting the
disbursement of the balance of the loan permitting the financing of the tax
credits for the year ending June 30, 1997 plus a portion of the loan serving to
finance the refundable tax credits estimated for the financial year ending June
30, 1998.

      Please note that the disbursements of the loan cannot exceed 75% of the
amount of the refundable tax credits. To this effect, the lender should have
obtained a declaration by your company confirming the amount of scientific
research and experimental development expenses and the amount of the refundable
tax credits earned in the course of the period preceding this request for
disbursement.

      During the entire term of this guarantee, we ask you to pay particular
attention to the commitments indicated in paragraphs 4.1.6 and 4.1.7 of the loan
guarantee offer.

      If more information is required, we would ask you to contact the
undersigned.

      Nous vous prions d'accepter, Monsieur, nos meilleurs salutations
(*standard closing sentence in French formal business correspondence for which
there is no equivalent in English and which has no effect on the content of the
letter or on its attachments)

                                   Helene Payette
                                   Portfolio Director


                                                                             477
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

                                   Technology Directorate

c.c. Bank of Montreal, 3300 Cote Vertu, St-Laurent, Quebec H4R 2B7


                                                                             478
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

Letter of Offer of a Loan Guarantee dated January 16, 1998 from the Societe de
Developpement Industriel du Quebec, known in English (but no longer used) as the
Quebec Industrial Development Society (QIDC), a corporation wholly-owned by the
Government of Quebec.

(Hereinafter, the Societe de developpement industriel du Quebec will be referred
to as QIDC)

                            OFFER OF A LOAN GUARANTEE

File 49067

BY:   QIDC, legal person, duly incorporated under the law of the Societe de
      developpement industriel du Quebec (L.R.Q., c S-11.01), having its head
      office at 1126 St-Louis Road, Sillery, Quebec, G1S 1E5, and having a place
      of business at 770 Sherbrooke Street West, Montreal, Quebec, H3A 1G1,
      hereinafter referred to as S.D.I. (*QIDC)

TO:   3143619 Canada Inc., legal person, duly incorporated, having its principal
      place of business at 740 St. Maurice, Suite 201, Montreal, Quebec, H3C
      1L5, hereinafter referred to as "the Enterprise" (* the Company)

1.    LOAN GUARANTEE

      1.1   QIDC offers to the company a guarantee, hereinafter referred to as
            the "Guarantee", in the form of a security bond equal to 80% of the
            net loss on a loan, to a maximum amount of $937,000 (*Canadian),
            hereinafter referred to as the "Loan", approved by the Bank of
            Montreal, hereinafter referred to as the "Lender", to the Company.
            The Loan serves specifically to finance refundable tax credits for
            scientific research and experimental development, as estimated by
            QIDC, relative to the fiscal years of the Company ending June 30,
            1997 and June 30, 1998, hereinafter referred to as the "Tax
            Credits".

      1.2   For purposes of the Guarantee, the net loss is defined as being the
            sum of interest and capital of the Loan which are the object of a
            guarantee certificate according to Article 3 of the present
            (*offer), due and unpaid as of the date of the calling of the loan,
            plus accumulated interest for a maximum period of three (3) months
            from the date of the calling of the Loan, after deducting the net
            proceeds of security offered as guarantee of the repayment of the
            Loan, it being understood, however, that the accumulated interest as
            of and since the calling of the Loan can never exceed, in the
            calculation of the net loss, ten per cent (10%) of the balance of
            capital of the Loan at the time it was called.

2.    DURATION OF THE GUARANTEE


                                                                             479
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

      The Guarantee will become null and void between the Company and QIDC, the
      latter being thus liberated from its obligations toward the Company with
      respect to the Guarantee, as of the earliest of the following dates:

      2.1   June 30, 2000

      2.2   the date of total repayment of the Loan (including interest and all
            accessory charges)

3.    COMMITMENTS ESSENTIAL TO PUT THE GUARANTEE INTO EFFECT

      3.1   Before putting the Guarantee into effect:

            3.1.1 The Lender must have received from QIDC a loan guarantee
                  certificate, which will be delivered once the conditions
                  stipulated in sub-paragraphs 3.1.2 and following will have
                  been met to the satisfaction of QIDC; this guarantee
                  certificate will permit the Lender to disburse an amount
                  representing up to 80% of the portion of the Loan serving to
                  finance the refundable tax credits estimated for the first
                  financial year covered by the present offer.

            3.1.2 The Company must have delivered to the Lender all security
                  required by the Lender for purposes of guaranteeing the
                  repayment of the amounts or obligations which are due to or
                  which might become due to the Lender by virtue of the Loan and
                  appearing in the "Declaration of the Lender", which is an
                  integral part of the "Request for Guarantee".

            3.1.3 The Company must have signed a loan agreement with the Lender
                  containing notably:

                  3.1.3.1   An article to the effect that maximum amount of the
                            loan is $937,000 (*Canadian)

                  3.1.3.2   An article to the effect that the first disbursement
                            of the Loan (and all subsequent disbursements, as
                            the case may be) must definitely be used by the
                            Company for the payment of Deductions at Source due
                            and payable at the date of the first disbursement of
                            the Loan.

                  3.1.3.3   An article to the effect that, as of January 1,
                            1998, the payroll service of the Lender, or any
                            other recognized


                                                                             480

<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

                            payroll service within this field, will prepare the
                            payroll of the Company.

                  3.1.3.4   Articles to the effect that the Company must
                            reimburse the Lender that part of the Loan relative
                            to the Tax Credits at the earliest of the following
                            dates:

                            3.1.3.1.1   the date of filing of its Declaration of
                                        Revenue (*Tax Returns) if there is, at
                                        that moment, an offset against tax
                                        credits receivable of income taxes
                                        payable.

                            3.1.3.1.2   the date on which the Company was
                                        supposed to file its Tax Returns if such
                                        filing had not effectively been
                                        undertaken.

                            3.1.3.1.3   the date of receipt of a refund from
                                        competent authorities respecting Tax
                                        Credits

                            3.1.3.1.4   the thirtieth (30th) day preceding the
                                        expiry date of the Guarantee.

                  3.1.3.5   An article to the effect that the Company commits
                            itself to apply any cheque or any amount received
                            with respect to Tax Credits uniquely to the
                            reduction of the balance of the Loan, in default of
                            which, the Loan will become payable by the Company
                            within ten (10) days following such a default.

                  3.1.3.6   An article to the effect that the Loan will become
                            payable by the Company within ten (10) days of any
                            default or non-respect by the Company of its
                            commitments or obligations with respect to the
                            present offer or any amendment thereto, as the case
                            may be.

                  3.1.3.7   An article to the effect that the disbursements of
                            the Loan will not exceed 75% of the amount of the
                            refundable tax credits; to this effect, the Lender
                            must obtain from the Company, prior to each
                            disbursement of the Loan, a declaration confirming
                            to the Lender the amount of scientific research and
                            experimental development expenses as well as the
                            amount of refundable tax credits


                                                                             481
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.


                            earned in the course of the period preceding the 
                            request for disbursement.

                  3.1.3.8   An article to the effect that a capital investment,
                            either in the form of share capital or interest-free
                            subordinated debt, in the Canadian dollar equivalent
                            as of the date of such capital investment to
                            US$503,000, be put into the Company, this being
                            understood that this capital investment will be at
                            least $700,000 Canadian.

      3.2   Prior to each subsequent putting into effect of the Guarantee

            3.2.1 The Company must transmit a "Demande de mise en vigueur de la
                  garantie" (*Request to Give Effect to the Guarantee) using the
                  form prescribed for this purpose, accompanied by an
                  Accountant's Report respecting the scientific research and
                  experimental development expenses prepared by the Company's
                  external auditors, or any other justification document
                  acceptable to QIDC, attesting to the amount of scientific
                  research and experimental development expenses incurred for
                  each of the fiscal years of the Company covered by the present
                  offer.

                  To the extent that QIDC is satisfied with the documents
                  referred to in 3.2.1, QIDC will issue in favour of the Lender
                  a guarantee certificate permitting the Lender to disburse the
                  balance of the Loan serving to finance the refundable tax
                  credits for the financial year concerned and, at the
                  discretion of QIDC, an amount representing up to 80% of the
                  Loan serving to finance the refundable tax credits for the
                  following fiscal year, as the case may be.

4.    OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

      4.1   From the date of acceptance of the present offer, and for the entire
            duration of the Guarantee and until complete payment of any sum
            which could become due to QIDC by the Company by virtue of the
            present or by virtue of any guarantee certificate, the Company
            commits itself to:

            4.1.1 provide audited annual financial statements within ninety (90)
                  days of the end of the fiscal year, provide equally, upon
                  request, its semi-annual financial statements, the financial
                  statements of its subsidiaries and, as the case may be, its
                  consolidated financial statements or any other financial
                  statement required by QIDC, and this within the time delays
                  prescribed by QIDC;


                                                                             482
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

            4.1.2 transact on a commercial basis and at arm's length in its
                  commercial dealings with all persons;

            4.1.3 to not provide loans or advances or any other form of
                  financial assistance to associated companies, within the
                  meaning of the Income Tax Act, nor to provide them with
                  investments, guarantees, nor effect with them transactions
                  outside of the normal course of business;

            4.1.4 to neither liquidate nor dissolve itself without the prior
                  written consent of QIDC;

            4.1.5 to inform QIDC and the Lender as received of any refund of Tax
                  Credits or as of when the Company will have become aware of
                  any compensation at source through the initiative of Revenue
                  Canada or Revenue Quebec or of any compensation through the
                  initiative of the Company;

            4.1.6 to put into place and maintain an accounting system permitting
                  the identification by project of scientific research and
                  experimental development expenses;

            4.1.7 to maintain a document system respecting scientific research
                  and experimental development projects and activities
                  acceptable to the fiscal authorities.

            4.1.8 to provide to QIDC, upon written request by QIDC, and within
                  the time delays prescribed for such requests, any information
                  and any document which QIDC would judge useful and pertinent
                  to the application of the Guarantee, to the Tax Credits and to
                  the Reglement sur le Programme d'aide au financement des
                  entreprises (*Assistance Program for Financing of Enterprises
                  Regulation);

            4.1.9 to provide to QIDC, as filed or as received, all tax returns,
                  all Notices of Assessment as well as all correspondence
                  related to refundable tax credits contemplated by the present
                  offer.

5.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT

      5.1   Notwithstanding any disposition to the contrary contained in the
            present offer and even if the conditions have been respected, QIDC
            reserves the right to annul any part of the Guarantee not put into
            effect or to defer the putting into effect (*of the Guarantee), at
            its discretion, and the Company commits itself to


                                                                             483
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

            reimburse upon demand the Loan plus interest, fees and accessory
            costs in the following cases which constitute events of default.

            5.1.1 if the Company, without having obtained the prior written
                  consent of QIDC, moves a substantial portion of its assets
                  outside of Quebec;

            5.1.2 if the Company cedes its assets, is put under trusteeship
                  under the terms of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act
                  (L.R.C.(1985), Chapter B-3), makes a proposal to its creditors
                  or commits an act of bankruptcy under the terms of the said
                  law, or if the Company is under order to liquidate its assets
                  under the terms of the Law respecting the Dissolution of
                  Companies (L.R.Q., Chapter 14), or any other law to the same
                  effect, or if the Company is insolvent or on the point of
                  becoming insolvent or if the Company does not maintain its
                  legal existence or if the financial situation deteriorates to
                  the point of jeopardizing the survival of the Company.

            5.1.3 if the Company avails itself of the dispositions of the law
                  facilitating certain transactions between the Company and its
                  creditors. (L.R.C. (1985) Chapter c-36) (similar to US Chapter
                  11 - reorganization)

            5.1.4 if the Company loses 40% of its qualification for refundable
                  tax credits with respect to salary costs by virtue of the
                  Income tax Act, or its qualification for refundable tax
                  credits respecting scientific research and experimental
                  development tax credits by virtue of the Income Tax Actor in
                  respect to the Reglement sur le Programme d'aide au
                  financement des entreprises (*Assistance Program for Financing
                  of Enterprises Regulation);

            5.1.5 if there is a change in control of the Company, not previously
                  authorized by QIDC, a "de facto" change of control of the
                  company, or a change in the nature of its operations;

                  It is to be understood with respect to control, the holding of
                  a number of voting shares sufficient to elect a majority of
                  the Directors of the Company. It is to be understood by "de
                  facto" control, the holding of such shares (*voting) by one or
                  more physical persons giving the control through the
                  intermediary of one or more legal persons to one or the other
                  of the shareholders of the Company.

            5.1.6 if there is an interruption of business affairs or a
                  liquidation of the Company's assets;


                                                                             484
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

            5.1.7 if, at any time, the Company is party to litigation or to
                  judicial procedures before a court of justice or a tribunal, a
                  commission or government agency, or with Revenue Canada or
                  Revenue Quebec, without having revealed these matters to QIDC;

            5.1.8 in case of fraud, false declarations or falsification of
                  documents submitted to QIDC or to the Lender, by the company
                  or its representatives;

            5.1.9 if the Company defaults in fulfilling any of the conditions
                  and clauses of the present offer, of the Loan Agreement
                  between the Company and the Lender, of any other document
                  accessory to the Loan and any amendment of these, as the case
                  may be.

      5.2   Notwithstanding any disposition to the contrary contained in the
            present offer, and even if the conditions have been respected, QIDC
            reserves the right to annul any unissued part of the loan guarantee
            or to defer its putting into effect, at its sole discretion, in the
            following cases:

            5.2.1 if the Company hasn't presented to QIDC any requests for
                  disbursement of the Loan, supported by justifying documents
                  required by QIDC within six (6) months of the date of
                  acceptance of the present offer;

            5.2.2 if, in the opinion of QIDC, there has been an important
                  unfavourable change in the financial situation of the Company.

6     GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

      6.1   This contract will be governed by the laws of Quebec and, in case of
            dispute, only the courts of Quebec will have jurisdiction. In
            addition, this offer is subject to the application of the terms and
            conditions enunciated in the Law respecting the Societe de
            developpement industriel du Quebec (*QIDC) and its regulations.

      6.2   By its acceptance of the present offer, the Company declares that
            all information conveyed to QIDC or to the Lender which gave rise to
            the present offer is exact, complete and true.

      6.3   The Company cannot cede or transfer the rights conferred upon it
            under the terms of the present offer without the prior written
            consent of QIDC.

      6.4   By accepting this offer, the Company consents that a public
            announcement be made by QIDC, communicating the following
            information: the name and


                                                                             485
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

            address of the Company, the nature of the Company and the amount of
            the Guarantee.

      6.5   If the Company wishes to officially announce a project related to
            the present offer, make public the financial intervention of QIDC,
            or proceed to an official opening, the Company must advise QIDC
            fifteen (15) days in advance, so as to permit QIDC to participate.

      6.6   The Company commits itself to pay all expenses related to the
            preparation, execution and registration, if applicable, of the
            documents required to give effect to the present offer and any
            amendments thereto.

      6.7   QIDC and its representatives can, without prior notice to the
            Company, enter the premises of the Company during normal business
            hours for purposes of conducting audits judged useful or necessary.

      6.8   For purposes of the present offer, all notices must be sent in
            writing by certified mail, registered mail or hand delivery. Notices
            originating from QIDC will be sent to the Head Office of the
            Company, to the attention of the authorized representative who will
            sign the present offer for and in the name of the Company. All
            notices originating from the Company or its shareholders will be
            sent to QIDC, at its Head Office, to the attention of the Secretary.
            All notices will be deemed to have been received the date of their
            delivery in the case of hand delivery, or the third working day
            following the date of mailing in the case of certified or registered
            mail.

7.    FEES

      The present offer is subject to the payment of Guarantee fees equal to 2%
      of the amount of the Loan, to wit $18,740 (*Canadian) as well as
      management fees, hereinafter called the Commitment Fee, of 1% of the
      amount of the Loan, to wit $9,370, and to the payment of the Federal Goods
      and Services Tax (*GST) ($655.90) and of the Quebec Sales Tax (*QST)
      ($651.68) applicable to the Commitment Fee. These Guarantee Fees and
      Commitment Fees, which must be remitted to QIDC upon acceptance of the
      present offer, will not be refundable under any circumstances, in whole or
      in part.

      The cashing of the Guarantee Fees or of the Commitment Fees does not
      confer any right on the Company and in no way obliges QIDC to put into
      effect all or any part of the Guarantee, these rights and obligations
      being only created to the extent that the terms and conditions indicated
      in the present offer are met.


                                                                             486
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

      For information purposes, QIDC possesses the GST registration number R
      107-442- 428 with respect to the federal government and the QST
      registration number 1013387857 TQ 0001 SS with respect to the Quebec
      government.

8.    GUARANTEES

      For purposes of the present offer intervene:

      Mr Terence Byrne
      489 Grosvenor
      Westmount, Quebec H3Y 2S5

      Mr. Ken Forbes
      2076 Sherbrooke West
      Montreal, Quebec H3H 1G5

      Mr. Louis Muro
      374 Oliver Street
      Westmount, Quebec H3Z 3C9

      stipulating at his time jointly and sevrally, hereinafter designated
collectively as the Intervenors .

      The Intervenors declare that they are shareholders or Directors of the
      Company, that they have been made aware of the contents of the present
      offer, its terms, conditions and application, that they understand its
      implications and that they are satisfied.

      The Intervenors declare that it is to their advantage that the QIDC Loan
      Guarantee be conferred upon the Company.

      The Company and the Intervenors declare that the Intervenors are
      shareholders of the Company or that they maintain close and continuous
      business relations with the Company.

      The Intervenors, as joint and sevral guarantors, hereby guarantee to QIDC,
      the repayment of all sums which QIDC might have to pay to the Lender under
      the terms of the guarantee in the event of the non-respect by the Company
      of its obligations to provide to QIDC, as produced or as received, all tax
      filings, Notices of Assessment, as well as any correspondence related to
      Tax Credits, or its obligation to apply any cheque or amount received as
      Tax Credits to the reduction of the balance of the Loan.

      The Intervenors, as joint and sevral guarantors, hereby guarantee to QIDC
      the repayment of any sum which QIDC might have paid to the Lender under
      the terms of


                                                                             487
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

      the Loan Guarantee, up to the amount of any portion of Tax Credits
      refunded or credited which might have been withheld by the federal and
      provincial governments against payment of obligations by the Company to
      those governments. (*offsets...substantial rewording required to translate
      the meaning of the paragraph from French into English)

      The Intervenors will be considered and will find themselves in the same
      situation as the Company, and they expressly renounce all requests for
      payment, claims, protests and notices of same as well as all notices of
      default and they also renounce any benefits of division and discussion.

      Notwithstanding Article 2363 of the Quebec Civil Code, the Intervenors
      respectively agree that their above-mentioned obligations toward QIDC will
      continue beyond the term of their functions within the Company, unless
      they each substitute, following their mandate (*translated in terms of
      meaning rather than words insofar as there is no easy English equivalent
      of the sentence and grammatical structure), a successor acceptable to
      QIDC.

SOCIETE DE DEVELOPPEMENT INDUSTRIEL DU QUEBEC

By:   Original signature                            Date    98-01-16
- ----------------------------                       
        Daniel Vincent
      Technology Director

                            ACCEPTANCE BY THE COMPANY

After having become knowledgable of the terms and conditions of the present
offer, we accept the present offer of a loan guarantee and we attach a cheque in
the amount of $29,417.58(*Cdn) in payment of the Guarantee Fees ($18,740) the
Commitment Fees ($9,370) and the GST ($655.90) and QST ($651.68)

3143619 CANADA INC.


                                                                             488
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

By: _____________________________                             Date _____________

  Terence C. Byrne (handwritten)
- ----------------------------------
   Name of authorized signatory


                                                                             489
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

GUARANTEES

After having read the present offer of a Loan Guarantee, its terms and
conditions, the Intervenors declare in understanding its implications, that they
are satisfied and consent to their respective personal commitment enunciated in
Article 8.

    /s/ Terence C. Byrne                      Date  19 Jan. 1998
- ----------------------------
      Terence C. Byrne

____________________________                  Date  ____________________________

         Ken Forbes

       /s/ Louis Muro                         Date  19 Jan 1998
- ----------------------------
         Louis Muro


                                      490


                                EXHIBIT 10 (jjj)


                                                                             491
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

LOAN AGREEMENT ON BANK OF MONTREAL FORM,

DATED DECEMBER 17, 1997. THIS IS A STANDARD BANK FORM INCLUDING MANY BOXES TO BE
CHECKED OFF, LINES TO BE FILLED IN, ETC.

Where a box was checked off, the box is not on this document but a capital
letter "X" appears (word processing problem). In some cases, there are boxes
which one might think should have been checked off or lines filled in, but where
no such actions are evident on the original document. Such apparent anomalies
have been faithfully reproduced in this translation. Use of the word "blank"
denotes a line not having been filled in.

                                                   Page 1 of 7 (on the original)
                                                                        02.21.96

Bank of Montreal                       Loan Agreement - Quebec Guarantee Program
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BETWEEN

Bank of Montreal

3300 Cote Vertu, Suite 100 (handwritten)
St-Laurent, QC                                                 December 17, 1997

AND

3143619 Canada Inc. (handwritten)
740 St-Maurice
Mtl., Qc
H3C 1L5

The Bank of Montreal (hereinafter called "the Bank") agrees to put at the
disposal of 3143619 Canada Inc. (handwritten), (the "Borrower"), a loan in the
capital amount of $ (left blank) (the "Loan"), authorized by the Bank under the
framework of the "Programme d'aide au financement des entreprises (decret
709-96), tel qu'il pourra etre modifie de temps a autre" (*Assistance Program
for the Financing of Enterprises (Decree 709-96, as it will be modified from
time to time) (the "Program") of the "Societe de developpement industriel du
Quebec" (*Quebec Industrial Development Corporation) (SDI), subject to the terms
and conditions described below, which could be the subject of periodic
re-evaluation by the Bank:

PURPOSE The Loan must serve exclusively to finance:

Translation provided by management of the
corporation.  This is not an official document.


                                                                             492
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

                  75% of the Research and Development Tax Credits for the fiscal
                  years terminating June 30, 1997 and June 30, 1998 (handwritten
                  starting at "75%") (The "Project")

INTEREST RATE     The interest rate on the Loan is fixed or variable according
                  to the option chosen below:

(Check as applicable)      X        Variable rate: prime rate of the Bank (*of
                                    Montreal) plus 1.25% per year, i.e. 7.25% as
                                    of December 17, 1997, calculated daily and
                                    payable monthly.

                  |_|   fixed rate: i.e. (blank) % per year, calculated daily
                        and payable monthly.

                  The Borrower cannot convert a fixed-rate loan under the
                  current Agreement to a variable rate loan, according to the
                  current rate, until the maturity of the fixed rate loan.

                  Interest on the Loan is payable to the Bank monthly starting
                  with the month where the Loan is disbursed.

TERM              _______________  Years, expiring on _________________.

EXEMPTION
FROM CAPITAL
REPAYMENT         |_|   The Borrower benefits from an exemption of capital
                        repayment. The commencement of capital repayment will be
                        deferred for a period of _______________ months (maximum
                        period of 24 months) from the date that the Project is
                        (*was) completed, determined as __________________
                        (insert date)

REPAYMENT
(tick appropriate box)  The Borrower commits to repay the capital of the Loan to
                        the Bank by means of (*the following) payments

Translation provided by management of the
corporation.  This is not an official document.


                                                                             493
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

                          |_|     monthly

                          |_|     quarterly

                          |_|     semi-annually

                          |_|     annually

                          |_|     equal amounts of $ (blank) , starting on 
                                  ___________, or

                          |_|     equal amounts of $ (blank) , starting on 
                                  ____________, except for the month (s) of 
                                  ____________  and ______________ of each year.

PREPAYMENT        The Borrower cannot prepay the Loan in whole or in part where
                  the interest rate of the Loan is a fixed rate.

DISBURSEMENT      The Loan will be disbursed on one or more disbursements of
                  which the Bank can determine, at its sole discretion, the
                  amounts and the dates and this, on the condition that the
                  Borrower not be in default of the terms of the present
                  (*Agreement). The disbursement (s) will be effected after the
                  execution and publication (*registration) of the Guarantee (s)
                  as described following, and the respect to our satisfaction,
                  of the conditions of the Loan Le complete disbursement must be
                  effected before ____________________; after this date, the
                  Bank will be liberated from the obligation to advance any
                  amount by virtue of this Loan, in the absence of a written
                  agreement.

GUARANTEES        The Loan will be guaranteed by (one "Guarantee" and
(Tick the         collectively the "Guarantees").
applicable        
box (es))

                  X     Guarantee of a loss on the Loan provided by SDI, in
                        accordance with the Program.

                  |_|   Mortgage Guarantee of __________ rank for an amount of $
                        (blank) on the building situated at ___________________.

                  |_|   Chattel mortgage on equipment or machinery, or both

                  |_|   chattel mortgage on inventory or on accounts receivable,
                        or both.

Translation provided by management of the
corporation.  This is not an official document.


                                                                             494
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

                  |_|   chattel mortgage on all of the moveable tangible and
                        intangible assets, present and future.

                  |_|   guarantee by virtue of Article 427 of the Bank Act.

                  X     universal mortgage on all of the moveable assets,
                        present and future.

                  |_|   cession of fire-insurance policy with the indemnities
                        (proceeds) payable to the Bank.

                  X     personal guarantee of (*handwritten) $200,000 signed by
                        T. Byrne and L. Muro.

                  X     other Guarantee (s) (describe as appropriate) Corporate
                        guarantee in the amount of $1,000,000 signed by Tirex
                        Corporation. (handwritten)

                  -     All Guarantees must be prepared according to the forms
                        in use by the Bank, including the usual protection
                        clauses in favor of the Bank, or must be of a form and
                        content acceptable to the Bank.

DECLARATIONS OF
THE BORROWER      -     The Borrower declares that his Project will be completed
                        no later than June 30, 1998 (handwritten). The period of
                        the undertaking of the Project cannot exceed three (3)
                        years from the date of the first disbursement.

                  -     The current Agreement, the Guarantees, as well as the
                        promissory note, duly completed and submitted by the
                        Borrower to the Bank, constitute valid obligations which
                        bind the Borrower and are executory according to their
                        respective "modalites" (* a very difficult word to
                        translate in that it implies both clauses and procedures
                        simultaneously...like "workings")

                  -     All of the elements of the assets pledged by the
                        Borrower to guarantee the repayment of the Loan are not
                        encumbered by any privileges, mortgages, priorities or
                        other charges.

Translation provided by management of the
corporation.  This is not an official document.


                                                                             495
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

                  -     The Project is not the beneficiary of any financial
                        assistance made available by another government
                        organization (*apart from the Tax Credits)

                  -     Without limiting the generalities of the foregoing, the
                        Borrower declares that he meets the conditions of the
                        Program.

                        (*Programme Garantie Quebec)

CONDITIONS        -     Legal costs related to the preparation and execution of
                        the legal documents required by this Agreement will be
                        the responsibility of the Borrower, regardless of
                        whether the Loan is granted or not.

                  -     All costs due to SDI are, and will be satisfied when due
                        to the satisfaction of the Bank. On request, proofs of
                        payment will be submitted to the Bank.

                  -     The Borrower will submit to the Bank, within ninety (90)
                        days following the end of his fiscal year, copies of the
                        financial statements accompanied by the auditors' report
                        thereon, and at all times will furnish all other
                        information which the Bank might reasonably require.

                  -     The Borrower will furnish to the Bank supplementary
                        guarantees, at the request of the Bank and as often as
                        the Bank judges appropriate.

                  -     The Borrower will submit to the Bank any invoices and
                        proofs of payment concerning the acquisitions of capital
                        assets foreseen in the Project and any other document
                        deemed necessary.

                  -     The Borrower will effect all registrations and deposits
                        (*of documents) required from time to time by virtue of
                        the laws of the Province of Quebec, including the "Loi
                        sur la publicite legale des entreprises individuelles,
                        des societes et des personnes morales" (An Act
                        Respecting the Legal Publicity of Sole proprietorships,
                        Partnerships and Legal Persons). On demand, a proof of
                        registration will be submitted to the Bank.

                  -     Throughout the duration of this Loan, the Borrower
                        commits:

Translation provided by management of the
corporation.  This is not an official document.


                                                                             496
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

                  |_|   to maintain a working capital ratio equal or superior to
                        _________________ and a minimum amount of working
                        capital of $________________.

                  |_|   to maintain a ratio of long-term debt to shareholders'
                        equity equal to or less than ___________________ %.

                  |_|   These ratios will be calculated according to the methods
                        normally used by the Bank.

                  -     The Borrower shall not, without having obtained the
                        prior consent of the Bank:

                  |_|   contract for debt to third parties, for purposes of
                        capital assets for an amount exceeding $_____________ in
                        the course of the same fiscal year;

                  |_|   declare or pay dividends on its share capital;

                  |_|   purchase back (*redeem) preferred or common shares;

                  |_|   change substantially the nature of its business;

                  |_|   modify the control of the company, which is presently
                        held by: ________________________, at
                        ____________________% ________________________, at
                        ____________________% and ___________________________,
                        at __________________%

                  -     If a significant change occurs, which the Bank judges to
                        be unfavorable, in the nature of the risk before the
                        date of disbursement of the funds, the Bank can refuse
                        to disburse the Loan (in whole or in part) and annul the
                        present Loan Agreement.

                  -     A sum of $3,500 (handwritten) paid with the Loan request
                        represents negotiation fees. If the Loan would not be
                        granted or disbursed for reasons unattributable to the
                        Bank, these fees are not refundable, understood that
                        (these fees) are paid to cover the costs of evaluating
                        the request.

Translation provided by management of the
corporation.  This is not an official document.


                                                                             497
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

                  -     No rights or obligations of the Borrower by virtue of
                        the present (offer) nor any amount of the Loan can be
                        transferred or ceded by the Borrower. Any transfer or
                        cession undertaken despite this condition will be null
                        as far the Bank is concerned and will render the entire
                        balance of the Loan, at the discretion of the Bank, due
                        and payable and will liberate the Bank from any
                        obligation to make any further disbursement or advance,
                        by virtue of the present (offer).

ARTICLES OF DEFAULT

                        The Borrower will be in default under the terms of the
                        present (offer) in the event of the occurrence of one or
                        more of the following events:

                         -      The Borrower does not effect when due a
                                repayment of capital or a payment of interest,
                                costs or any other sums due and payable by the
                                present (offer);

                         -      The Borrower defaults in accomplishing one or
                                other of its obligations by virtue of the
                                present (offer) and/or of the program;

                         -      The Borrower becomes insolvent, bankrupt, in
                                liquidation, or makes a proposal to its
                                creditors or files a notice of intent to make a
                                proposal to its creditors;

                         -      the filing of procedures to dissolve or
                                liquidate the Borrower or to suspend its
                                operations;

                         -      the assets of the Borrower, or a significant
                                portion of same become the object of seizure by
                                a creditor or placement under trusteeship;

                         -      the Borrower creates or permits the creation of
                                a mortgage, surety or other charge ranking equal
                                to those of the Bank, or having priority to
                                (those of the Bank) with regard to the
                                guarantees which were given (ceded) to the Bank
                                or which should have been (should be) accorded
                                by virtue of the present (offer);

Translation provided by management of the
corporation.  This is not an official document.


                                                                             498
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

                        -       The Borrower is in default in paying any sums
                                due to another financial institution or to the
                                state (government) by virtue of any fiscal law;

                        -       The Borrower is the author of a false or
                                incorrect declaration in the present Agreement,
                                the Guarantee (s), or any related document;

                        -       There occurs a deterioration of the financial
                                situation of the Borrower;

                        -       A Guarantee becomes null, tainted with
                                irregularities, withdrawn, suspended, or, for
                                whatever reason, is unenforceable or if the bank
                                has reasonable reason to believe that a
                                guarantee will not be honored;

                        -       The Borrower defaults in respecting one or more
                                dispositions or conditions of the program.

                  In the event of default, the Bank reserves the right to demand
                  immediate payment of the total balance of the Loan and the
                  Loan will be annulled at that instant. The Bank will thus be
                  able to terminate the right of the Borrower to use any portion
                  of the Loan available.

GENERAL
CONDITIONS              -       If the Borrower includes more than one person,
                                the obligations of the Borrower by virtue of the
                                present (offer) are indivisible and jointly
                                binding.

                        -       All clauses or parts of clauses which can be
                                null and unexecutable will not invalidate the
                                other conditions of the present (offer), have an
                                impact (on the other clauses) or diminish their
                                scope.

                        -       If the Borrower requests of the bank to reserve
                                an interest rate, the Borrower consents to
                                discharge, the ______________, the costs of
                                reserving the interest rate corresponding to
                                (Blank) per cent of the capital amount of the
                                Loan.

Translation provided by management of the
corporation.  This is not an official document.


                                                                             499
<PAGE>

Certain  annotations  and  explanations  may have been  added by  management  to
enhance  clarity.  See asterisks for such additions.  Some  punctuation may have
been modified in recognition of certain  differences  between French and English
grammar.

                        -       The Borrower can have the interest rate
                                established up to 30 days prior to the first
                                disbursement. The Borrower must thus pay, on
                                _____________, a commitment fee corresponding to
                                1% of the capital amount of the Loan.

                        -       The costs referred to in the previous paragraph
                                will be reimbursed to the Borrower on the day of
                                the total disbursement of the loan. If the
                                Borrower annuls all or part of the Loan, the
                                Bank will retain the costs in question.

                        -       The present Agreement is governed by the Quebec
                                Civil Code and other Quebec laws.

                        -       The privileges and obligations of the present
                                Agreement commit the parties, their successors
                                and assigns, their liquidators, and judicial
                                administrators; the Borrower, however, cannot
                                cede (the privileges and obligations) without
                                the written consent of the Bank.

                        -       The present Loan Agreement must be accepted by
                                the Borrower no later than __________________,
                                19 by signing and returning this document, in
                                the absence of which the Bank reserves the right
                                to annul or modify this (Agreement), and to do
                                so unilaterally.

Bank of Montreal

By: /s/ Nathalie St-Pierre
- ------------------------------------

ACCEPTANCE

WE ACCEPT THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE PRESENT LOAN AGREEMENT

                                                     3143619 Canada Inc.
                                                      Name of Borrower

Translation provided by management of the
corporation.  This is not an official document.


                                                                             500
<PAGE>

                                             By: /s/ Terence C. Byrne
                                                 -------------------------------

                                             By: /s/ John Threshie
                                                 -------------------------------

Signed at Montreal (handwritten), this 17 day of December 1997


                                                                             501


                                EXHIBIT 10 (kkk)


                                                                             502
<PAGE>

                                           IDEA-SME Project No: H30600526

3143619 Canada Inc.
(Operating under the name Tirex Canada)
3767 Thimens Boulevard
Suite 207
St. Laurent, Quebec
H4R 1W4

Attention:        Mr. Terence C. Byrne,   President

         Subject: Contribution for the preparation of market development 
                  studies for the Iberian peninsula

Dear Sir:

        The Government of Canada, as represented by the Federal Office of
Regional Development -Quebec ("the Minister") hereby offers to make a repayable
contribution under the Quebec SME Development Assistance Program (IDEA-SME) to
3143619 Canada Inc. (operating under the name Tirex Canada) for the
implementation of the project described in Appendix A, under the following
conditions.

1.    THE AGREEMENT

1.1   The present letter of offer, including appendices A, B and C, constitutes
      an agreement legally binding on the parties once it has been fully
      accepted by the client ("the agreement").

2.    THE PROJECT

2.1   The client shall carry out the project at:

                St. Laurent, Quebec and on the Iberian peninsula

2.2   The client shall

      .1    commence the project on or before January 31, 1997;

      .2    complete the project on or before March 31, 1997.


                                                                             503
<PAGE>

3.    THE CONTRIBUTION

3.1   Subject to the other provisions of this agreement, the Minister agrees to
      pay to the client a maximum contribution of $20,000, based on 50% of the
      approved eligible costs.

3.2   The Minister shall not contribute to any cost incurred by the client prior
      to December 31, 1996.

4.    TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT

4.1   On submission of a documented claim by the client, the Minister shall pay
      the contribution as follows:

      .1    no more than once per quarter, the Minister shall pay financial
            assistance corresponding to the eligible costs incurred and invoiced
            to the client;

      .2    payments made pursuant to paragraph 4.1.1 shall not exceed 90% of
            the authorized contribution.

      .3    once the project is completed to the Minister's satisfaction and all
            costs claimed have been paid, the Minister shall pay the balance of
            the contribution owing.

4.2   All payments to the client are subject to:

      .1    the submission of such invoices and other vouchers that the Minister
            may require;

      .2    the submission of any report or information that the Minister may
            reasonably require from the client.

4.3   The client shall have six months from the project completion date to
      submit its last claim for payment to the Minister, after which the
      minister is under no obligation to make payment in respect of the amount
      being claimed if he deems the delay to be unjustified.

4.4   The Applicant will repay the contribution to the Minister in amounts equal
      to 1% of the annual gross sales in Spain and in Portugal (before GST and
      TVQ or their equivalent in Spain and in Portugal) realized by the
      Applicant or by any other company associated with the Applicant within the
      meaning described in the Income Tax Act, occuring after June 1, 1997. The
      first instalment shall become due and payable on June 30, 1998. Each
      subsequent instalment will become due and payable at twelve month
      intervals thereafter, until such times as the Applicant will have
      completely repaid the contribution, or until, and including the payment
      which might become due on June 30, 2007, whichever is sooner.

5.    OTHER GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE

5.1   The Applicant states that he has neither requested nor received any other
      financial assistance for the purposes of the project.

5.2   The client agrees to disclose without delay, and in all cases no later
      than the moment that such assistance is received, any other assistance
      provided for the purposes of the project; and the


                                                                             504
<PAGE>

      client hereby acknowledges that the minister may reduce the amount of the
      contribution under this agreement by an amount equal to or less than the
      additional assistance anticipated or received.

6.    GENERAL CONDITIONS

6.1   Any notice shall be sent to the following address:

      .1    to the Minister

                Federal Office of Regional Development-Quebec
                3800-800 Stock Exchange Tower
                P.O. Box 247
                Montreal, Quebec
                H4Z 1E8

                Attention:   Director
                             Montreal Island

      .2    to the client, at the address in the letter of offer.

6.2   The parties agree that any disclosure of this financial assistance shall
      be made in accordance with the provisions of section 6 of Appendix B.

6.3   In the event of incompatibility or conflict of interpretation between the
      letter of offer and Appendix A, on the one hand, and Appendix B, on the
      other, the latter shall prevail.

6.4   This offer shall become null and void if it is not returned duly signed
      and accepted without conditions by the client within 90 days of being sent
      by the minister.

      For further information, please contact Mr. Michael Ash at 283-3621, or
the undersigned at 283-2500

                                           Yours truly,

                                           Germain Pare
                                           Director
                                           Montreal Island

Enclosures

Appendix A   Project Description
Appendix B   General Conditions
Appendix C   Fact Sheet for Press Release

The offer and related conditions are hereby accepted this

____________________ Day of ________________, 1997


                                                                             505
<PAGE>

3143619 Canada Inc. ( operating under the name Tirex Canada)

__________________________________________________
(signature)

__________________________________________________
(Title)

__________________________________________________
(signature)

__________________________________________________
(Title)


                                                                             506
<PAGE>

                                                                       ANNEX "A"

PROJECT NUMBER: H30600526

                              PROJECT DESCRIPTION

OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT

      3143619 Canada Inc. (Operating under the name Tirex Canada and hereinafter
referred to as "the Applicant") agrees to commission consulting studies, the
purpose of which will be to develop a strategic marketing plan for the sale of a
new tire disintegration system, referred to by the Applicant as the TCS-1, in
Spain and in Portugal. The total cost of the study, as per the proposal
submitted by GAPCO S.L. is Cdn.$40,000. The study is to be completed prior to
March 31, 1997 and is to be carried out in accordance with the consultant's
proposal, as submitted by the Applicant as supporting documention under IDEA
file # H30600526.

TOTAL ELIGIBLE COST                                                      $40,000
                                                                         =======

N.B.  The costs incurred to engage a consultant with whom the Applicant is not
      dealing at arm's length, as defined by the Income Tax Act are not
      eligible. Authorized costs exclude any taxes and duties for which the
      Applicant would be eligible to receive a refund or an input tax credit
      against other taxes payable, such as (without limitation) GST and TVQ.


                                                                             507
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX B

                               GENERAL CONDITIONS

1.    Interpretation

Unless the context dictates otherwise, the following terms have the meaning
stipulated, for the purposes of this agreement:

1.1   "Eligible costs": all the costs necessary to carry out the project. They
      may include:

      -     fees for professional and technical services;

      -     the cost of labour assigned to the project;

      -     equipment rental fees;

      -     the cost of a demonstration project or of a development project for
            a process, product or service, and the dissemination of the results;

      -     the cost of producing and disseminating promotional material;

      -     the cost of organizing an exhibition, conference, seminar or
            symposium;

      -     the cost of organizing a contest or of awarding grants;

      -     operating fees paid to an association of SME's or a support
            organization for SME's;

      -     travel expenses;

      -     in exceptional cases, the cost of fixed assets deemed necessary to
            execute an eligible catalyst project, with the exception of the cost
            of land, motor vehicles not exclusively used on the project site and
            the portion of the cost of any asset that exceeds the fair market
            value of the asset.

1.2   "Authorized costs": eligible costs listed in Appendix A that are deemed
      reasonable and necessary to carry out the project, subject to the sharing
      ratios, restrictions and terms of this agreement.

1.3   "Approved costs": costs claimed by the client that are, in the minister's
      opinion, authorized costs.

1.4   "Government of Canada": Her Majesty the Queen in right of Canada.

2.    Duration of the Agreement

2.1   The effective date of the agreement is the date on which the minister
      receives a duly signed copy of the agreement.


                                                                             508
<PAGE>

2.2   The agreement shall terminate 12 months after the date on which the
      project is completed; in the case of a repayable contribution, the
      contract shall terminate on the date of the last repayment of the
      contribution.

3.    Representations and Undertakings by the Client

3.1   The client knows of no existing, imminent or probable legal proceedings,
      or no reason, fact or event that could seriously compromise the project's
      chances of success.

3.2   The client states that the project description in Appendix A faithfully
      reflects its intentions, and that the information contained therein are
      true, and that all relevant information has been disclosed.

3.3   Until the project is completed, the client undertakes to:

      .1    do everything necessary to carry out the project successfully and
            within the agreed upon schedule and costs, in workmanlike fashion
            and employing qualified personnel;

      .2    immediately disclose to the minister any fact or event that might,
            immediately or in the long term, jeopardize the project's chances of
            success;

      .3    comply with all laws, regulations, orders, and legal, quasi-legal
            and administrative decisions applicable to the client and to the
            project.

3.4   For the duration of this agreement, the client undertakes to do everything
      necessary to maintain its corporate existence and legal competence and
      inform the minister of any failure to do so.

3.5   For the duration of this agreement, the client undertakes not to amend the
      project with respect to its cost, scope, completion date, location or any
      other aspect, without the minister's prior written consent.

4.    Reports and Information

4.1   The minister may require the client to produce promptly, free of charge
      and without delay any information that the client has or may have
      concerning the project.

4.2   The client shall at all times ensure that the minister or his
      representative has access to its ledgers, information, documentation and
      receipts in respect of the project's costs and financing, as well as any
      other document that the minister may reasonably require for the purposes
      of this agreement.

4.3   The minister, through his own auditors or recognized chartered
      accountants, may conduct the audits provided for in the agreement, at the
      minister's expense and according to a reasonable time schedule.

4.4   For 24 months after the project completion date, the client shall, at its
      own expense

      .1    keep and hold available for examination and audit by the minister
            ledgers, accounts and cost records of the project; and


                                                                             509
<PAGE>

      .2    promptly supply upon request such data in respect of the project and
            its results as the minister may require to establish the level of
            financial assistance or for statistical purposes.

4.5   The minister agrees, subject to the Access to Information Act of Canada,
      to preserve the confidentiality of any data, reports and other information
      provided in confidence by the client pursuant to this agreement, and not
      to disclose them to any third party without the client's prior written
      consent.

4.6   In the case of a contribution for a study, should the client decide not to
      follow through with the consultant's recommendations, the client shall,
      upon request, cede to the minister all the information obtained or
      developed in consequence of the services provided by the consultant.

5.    Default and Recourse

5.1   The following constitute events of default:

      .1    a)    the client becomes bankrupt or requests protection under the
                  Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act;

            b)    the client goes into receivership;

            c)    an order is made in accordance with the Companies' Creditors
                  Arrangement Act (c 36);

      .2    an order is made or resolution passed for the winding up of the
            client, or the client is dissolved;

      .3    the client ceases activities related to the project;

      .4    in the opinion of the minister, there has been a significant
            increase in the degree of risk relating to the execution of the
            project;

      .5    the client has made a false declaration or a false representation to
            the minister, directly or through its representatives;

      .6    a term, condition or undertaking provided in the agreement has not
            been fulfilled;

      .7    the client is not entitled to the contribution.

5.2   In the event of default, pursuant to clauses 5.1.1 and 5.1.2, all monies
      paid to the client under this offer of contribution shall become
      immediately due and payable.

5.3   If there is default, or if, in the minister's opinion, default is likely
      to occur pursuant to clauses 5.1.3 to 5.1.7, the minister may exercise any
      or all of the following remedies:

      .1    adjust the amount of the contribution and notify the client
            accordingly;

      .2    suspend any payment of the contribution, either for amounts due or
            future payments;


                                                                             510
<PAGE>

      .3    terminate the agreement and immediately end any financial obligation
            under the agreement;

      .4    require the immediate total or partial repayment of any financial
            assistance received.

5.4   The fact that the minister refrains from exercising a right conferred on
      him by this agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of that right.

6.    Announcements and Ceremonies

6.1   The client hereby agrees to a public announcement by the minister in the
      form of a press release containing the information outlined in Appendix C
      of this agreement.

6.2   The minister shall inform the client promptly in writing of the date on
      which the public announcement is to be made and the client shall maintain
      the confidentiality of this agreement until that date.

6.3   The client shall notify the minister in writing, at least 14 days in
      advance, of any official ceremony organized with regard to the project.

6.4   The client hereby consents to the participation of the minister or his
      representatives in any official ceremony.

7.    Notice

7.1   Any notice, information or document required to be sent under this
      agreement shall be effectively given if delivered by hand or sent by telex
      or facsimile. Any notice shall be deemed to have been received on
      delivery; any notice sent by telex or facsimile shall be deemed to have
      been received one working day after being sent; any notice sent by mail
      shall be deemed to have been received eight working days after being
      mailed.

7.2   Each of the parties may amend the address given in this agreement by
      informing the other party of its new address and any such changes shall
      come into force 15 days after receipt of the notice.

8.    General

8.1   No member of the House of Commons or Senator shall be admitted to any
      share or part of this agreement or to any benefit to arise therefrom.

8.2   The client confirms that no former public office holder in the Government
      of Canada benefits directly or indirectly from this agreement, or, that if
      such is the case, the said former public officer holder complies with the
      provisions of the Conflict of Interest and Post-Employment Code.

8.3   This agreement and its benefits shall not be assigned without the prior
      written consent of the minister.

8.4   The parties acknowledge that nothing in this agreement shall be construed
      as creating a partnership or joint venture or agency relationship between
      the minister and the client.


                                                                             511
<PAGE>

8.5   The parties hereto agree that this agreement be drafted in English only.
      Les parties a la presente entente acceptent qu'elle soit redigee en
      anglais seulement.

8.6   This agreement is made to the advantage and the benefit of the parties
      hereto, their respective successors and assigns, and is binding upon them.

      .7    This agreement is subject to and shall be construed in accordance
            with the laws of the province of Quebec.

8.8   Recourse provided under this agreement is cumulative and shall not exclude
      any other recourse provided by law.

8.9   Any payment due under this agreement is subject to there being an
      appropriation for the fiscal year in which the payment is to be made.


                                                                             512
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX C

================================================================================
                               PROJECT FACT SHEET
                       FOR THE MINISTER AND PRESS RELEASE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IDEA-SME                                   Project no  H30600526
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Client's name and address                  Resource persons:
3143619 Canada Inc, (Tirex Canada)         Name      Mr. Terence C. Byrne
3767 Thimens Boulevard                     Title     President
Suite 207                                  Telephone 335-0111
St-Laurent,  Quebec                        Fax       334-1477
H4R 1W4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project location                           Federal riding
Spain and Portugal                         St-Laurent (note)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project  description:  Strategic  marketing  plan  for the  sale  of a new  tire
disintegration system in Spain and in Portugal.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total cost of project             $40,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorized assistance (type of financial assistance and amount)

Repayable contribution

         50% X $20,000 = $10,000 MAXIMUM
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect on jobs (specify whether any will be created or preserved)  Impossible to
predict at this time.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated project start date               Estimated project completion date
January 31, 1997                           March 31, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date offer made                            Date offer accepted
================================================================================

While  the  company  is still  technically  located  in  St-Laurent  (St-Laurent
riding),  it is  expected  that  the  company  will  soon be  locating  into the
territory of Southwest Montreal in the federal riding of St-Henri-Westmount.


                                                                             513


                                EXHIBIT 10 (lll)


                                                                             514
<PAGE>

                                            IDEA-SME Project No: H30600761

3143619 Canada Inc.
(Operating under the name Tirex Canada)
3767 Thimens Boulevard
Suite 207
St. Laurent, Quebec
H4R 1W4

Attention:        Mr. Terence C. Byrne,   President

         Subject: Contribution for market development activities for 
                  the Iberian peninsula

Dear Sir:

      The Government of Canada, as represented by the Federal Office of Regional
Development -Quebec ("the Minister") hereby offers to make a repayable
contribution under the Quebec SME Development Assistance Program (IDEA-SME) to
3143619 Canada Inc. (operating under the name Tirex Canada) for the
implementation of the project described in Appendix A, under the following
conditions.

1.    THE AGREEMENT

1.1   The present letter of offer, including appendices A, B and C, constitutes
      an agreement legally binding on the parties once it has been fully
      accepted by the client ("the agreement").

2.    THE PROJECT

2.1   The client shall carry out the project at:

                St. Laurent, Quebec and on the Iberian peninsula

2.2   The client shall

      .1    commence the project on or before June 30, 1997;

      .2    complete the project on or before June 30, 1998.

3.    THE CONTRIBUTION

3.1   Subject to the other provisions of this agreement, the Minister agrees to
      pay to the client a maximum contribution of $95,000, based on 50% of the
      approved eligible costs.

3.2   The Minister shall not contribute to any cost incurred by the client prior
      to May 29, 1997.

4.    TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT


                                                                             515
<PAGE>

4.1   On submission of a documented claim by the client, the Minister shall pay
      the contribution as follows:

      .1    no more than once per quarter, the Minister shall pay financial
            assistance corresponding to the eligible costs incurred and invoiced
            to the client;

      .2    payments made pursuant to paragraph 4.1.1 shall not exceed 90% of
            the authorized contribution.

      .3    once the project is completed to the Minister's satisfaction and all
            costs claimed have been paid, the Minister shall pay the balance of
            the contribution owing.

4.2   All payments to the client are subject to:

      .1    the submission of such invoices and other vouchers that the Minister
            may require;

      .2    the submission of any report or information that the Minister may
            reasonably require from the client.

4.3   The client shall have six months from the project completion date to
      submit its last claim for payment to the Minister, after which the
      minister is under no obligation to make payment in respect of the amount
      being claimed if he deems the delay to be unjustified.

4.4   The Applicant will repay the contribution to the Minister in amounts equal
      to 1.5% of the annual gross sales in Spain and in Portugal (before GST and
      TVQ or their equivalent in Spain and in Portugal) realized by the
      Applicant or by any other company associated with the Applicant within the
      meaning described in the Income Tax Act, occuring after June 1, 1998. The
      first instalment shall become due and payable on June 30, 1999. Each
      subsequent instalment will become due and payable at twelve month
      intervals thereafter, until such times as the Applicant will have
      completely repaid the contribution, or until, and including the payment
      which might become due on June 30, 2004, whichever is sooner. From each
      instalment, the Applicant will deduct any amounts repaid to the Minister
      in respect of IDEA-SME file number H30600526 with respect to the same
      year.

5.    OTHER GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE

5.1   The Applicant states that he has neither requested nor received any other
      financial assistance for the purposes of the project.

5.2   The client agrees to disclose without delay, and in all cases no later
      than the moment that such assistance is received, any other assistance
      provided for the purposes of the project; and the client hereby
      acknowledges that the minister may reduce the amount of the contribution
      under this agreement by an amount equal to or less than the additional
      assistance anticipated or received.

6.    GENERAL CONDITIONS


                                                                             516
<PAGE>

6.1   Any notice shall be sent to the following address:

      .1    to the Minister

                Federal Office of Regional Development-Quebec
                3800-800 Stock Exchange Tower
                P.O. Box 247
                Montreal, Quebec
                H4Z 1E8

                Attention:  Director
                            Montreal Island

      .2    to the client, at the address in the letter of offer.

6.2   The parties agree that any disclosure of this financial assistance shall
      be made in accordance with the provisions of section 6 of Appendix B.

6.3   In the event of incompatibility or conflict of interpretation between the
      letter of offer and Appendix A, on the one hand, and Appendix B, on the
      other, the latter shall prevail.

6.4   This offer shall become null and void if it is not returned duly signed
      and accepted without conditions by the client within 90 days of being sent
      by the minister.

      For further information, please contact Mr. Michael Ash at 283-3621, or
the undersigned at 283-2500

                                          Yours truly,

                                          Germain Pare
                                          Director
                                          Montreal Island

Enclosures

Appendix A   Project Description
Appendix B   General Conditions
Appendix C   Fact Sheet for Press Release

The offer and related conditions are hereby accepted this

________________________ Day of ______________________, 1997

3143619 Canada Inc. ( operating under the name Tirex Canada)


                                                                             517
<PAGE>

____________________________________________________________
(signature)

____________________________________________________________
(Title)

____________________________________________________________
(signature)

____________________________________________________________
(Title)


                                                                             518
<PAGE>

                                                                       ANNEX "A"

PROJECT NUMBER: H30600761

                              PROJECT DESCRIPTION

OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT

      3143619 Canada Inc. (Operating under the name Tirex Canada and hereinafter
referred to as "the Applicant") agrees to undertake market development work for
the sale of tire recycling equipment referred to by the Applicant as the TCS-1,
on the Iberian peninsula. The total cost of the activities, to be carried out
over the space of one year, is estimated at $190,000. The activities to be
undertaken as well as approximations of their cost follow.

Office rent                                                           $ 20,000
Sales and showroom director salary                                      75,000
Office and marketing assistant                                          25,000
Advertizing and publicity                                               20,000
Multi-lingual translation of product information 
   (excluding both English and French)                                  15,000
Legal costs                                                             10,000
Travel to potential clients  (see details below)                        15,000
Attendance at trade shows (see details below)                           10,000
                                                                      --------

TOTAL ELIGIBLE COST                                                   $190,000
                                                                      ========

Travel to and from clients

Expectation of 10 trips at an average cost of $1500 per trip including  airfare,
ground  transportation  hotels,  meals and other necessary  costs. 
10 x $1,500 = $15,000.

Attendance at trade shows.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Show              Airfare     Hotels      Meals      Promo material    Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Malaysia          $2,000      $525        $400       $500              $3,425
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shanghai          $1,900      $1,030      $500       $800              $4,230
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cleveland         $1,200      $450        $400       $500              $2,550
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL             $5,100      $2,005      $1,300     $1,800            $10,205
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL ROUNDED                                                          $10,000
                                                                       -------

COMPLEMENTARY NOTES

1.    The undertaking of the project should, in general terms, respect the
      objectives, the project description, methodology and timing as indicated
      in the various documents submitted to the Federal Office of Regional
      Development - Quebec in support of the request for financial


                                                                             519
<PAGE>

      assistance. Costs estimated for individual cost categories are estimates
      and are not intended as limitations per category. Subject to note 3 below,
      the Applicant may, within reason, substitute costs in one category for
      another.

2.    Eligible costs specifically exclude:

      a)    costs related to the hiring of a consultant with whom the Applicant
            is related as defined in the Income Tax Act;

      b)    any taxes paid for which the Applicant is eligible for a refund or
            an input tax credit (e.g. GST/TVQ); c) any costs related to
            hospitality, entertainment and other costs of a similar nature.

3.    The Department reserves the right to reduce costs claimed relative to
      hotels and subsistence where such amounts significantly exceed amounts
      specified by Treasury Board in the Travel Directive for federal public
      servants in travel status. Hotel rates and daily subsistence rates are
      available upon request. For information purposes only, approximations of
      daily rates for hotels and subsistence are as follows:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City                    Hotel rates          Subsistence rates per person /day
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Madrid                  $210 US               7200 Pesetas
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Barcelona               $128 US               7200 Pesetas
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kuala Lampur            $92 US                106 Ringgit
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shanghai                $147 US               465 Renminbi
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cleveland               $78 US                $48 US
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                             520
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX B

                               GENERAL CONDITIONS

1.    Interpretation

Unless the context dictates otherwise, the following terms have the meaning
stipulated, for the purposes of this agreement:

1.1   "Eligible costs": all the costs necessary to carry out the project. They
      may include:

      -     fees for professional and technical services;

      -     the cost of labour assigned to the project;

      -     equipment rental fees;

      -     the cost of a demonstration project or of a development project for
            a process, product or service, and the dissemination of the results;

      -     the cost of producing and disseminating promotional material;

      -     the cost of organizing an exhibition, conference, seminar or
            symposium;

      -     the cost of organizing a contest or of awarding grants;

      -     operating fees paid to an association of SME's or a support
            organization for SME's;

      -     travel expenses;

      -     in exceptional cases, the cost of fixed assets deemed necessary to
            execute an eligible catalyst project, with the exception of the cost
            of land, motor vehicles not exclusively used on the project site and
            the portion of the cost of any asset that exceeds the fair market
            value of the asset.

1.2   "Authorized costs": eligible costs listed in Appendix A that are deemed
      reasonable and necessary to carry out the project, subject to the sharing
      ratios, restrictions and terms of this agreement.

1.3   "Approved costs": costs claimed by the client that are, in the minister's
      opinion, authorized costs.

1.4   "Government of Canada": Her Majesty the Queen in right of Canada. 2.
      Duration of the Agreement

2.1   The effective date of the agreement is the date on which the minister
      receives a duly signed copy of the agreement.

2.2   The agreement shall terminate 12 months after the date on which the
      project is completed; in the case of a repayable contribution, the
      contract shall terminate on the date of the last repayment of the
      contribution.

3.    Representations and Undertakings by the Client


                                                                             521
<PAGE>

3.1   The client knows of no existing, imminent or probable legal proceedings,
      or no reason, fact or event that could seriously compromise the project's
      chances of success.

3.2   The client states that the project description in Appendix A faithfully
      reflects its intentions, and that the information contained therein are
      true, and that all relevant information has been disclosed.

3.3   Until the project is completed, the client undertakes to:

      .1    do everything necessary to carry out the project successfully and
            within the agreed upon schedule and costs, in workmanlike fashion
            and employing qualified personnel;

      .2    immediately disclose to the minister any fact or event that might,
            immediately or in the long term, jeopardize the project's chances of
            success;

      .3    comply with all laws, regulations, orders, and legal, quasi-legal
            and administrative decisions applicable to the client and to the
            project.

3.4   For the duration of this agreement, the client undertakes to do everything
      necessary to maintain its corporate existence and legal competence and
      inform the minister of any failure to do so.

3.5   For the duration of this agreement, the client undertakes not to amend the
      project with respect to its cost, scope, completion date, location or any
      other aspect, without the minister's prior written consent.

4.    Reports and Information

4.1   The minister may require the client to produce promptly, free of charge
      and without delay any information that the client has or may have
      concerning the project.

4.2   The client shall at all times ensure that the minister or his
      representative has access to its ledgers, information, documentation and
      receipts in respect of the project's costs and financing, as well as any
      other document that the minister may reasonably require for the purposes
      of this agreement.

4.3   The minister, through his own auditors or recognized chartered
      accountants, may conduct the audits provided for in the agreement, at the
      minister's expense and according to a reasonable time schedule.

4.4   For 24 months after the project completion date, the client shall, at its
      own expense

      .1    keep and hold available for examination and audit by the minister
            ledgers, accounts and cost records of the project; and

      .2    promptly supply upon request such data in respect of the project and
            its results as the minister may require to establish the level of
            financial assistance or for statistical purposes.

4.5   The minister agrees, subject to the Access to Information Act of Canada,
      to preserve the confidentiality of any data, reports and other information
      provided in confidence by the client pursuant to this agreement, and not
      to disclose them to any third party without the client's prior written
      consent.


                                                                             522
<PAGE>

4.6   In the case of a contribution for a study, should the client decide not to
      follow through with the consultant's recommendations, the client shall,
      upon request, cede to the minister all the information obtained or
      developed in consequence of the services provided by the consultant.

5.    Default and Recourse

5.1   The following constitute events of default:

      .1    a)    the client becomes bankrupt or requests protection under the
                  Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act;

            b)    the client goes into receivership;

            c)    an order is made in accordance with the Companies' Creditors
                  Arrangement Act (c 36);

      .2    an order is made or resolution passed for the winding up of the
            client, or the client is dissolved;

      .3    the client ceases activities related to the project;

      .4    in the opinion of the minister, there has been a significant
            increase in the degree of risk relating to the execution of the
            project;

      .5    the client has made a false declaration or a false representation to
            the minister, directly or through its representatives;

      .6    a term, condition or undertaking provided in the agreement has not
            been fulfilled;

      .7    the client is not entitled to the contribution.

5.2   In the event of default, pursuant to clauses 5.1.1 and 5.1.2, all monies
      paid to the client under this offer of contribution shall become
      immediately due and payable.

5.3   If there is default, or if, in the minister's opinion, default is likely
      to occur pursuant to clauses 5.1.3 to 5.1.7, the minister may exercise any
      or all of the following remedies:

      .1    adjust the amount of the contribution and notify the client
            accordingly;

      .2    suspend any payment of the contribution, either for amounts due or
            future payments;

      .3    terminate the agreement and immediately end any financial obligation
            under the agreement;

      .4    require the immediate total or partial repayment of any financial
            assistance received.

5.4   The fact that the minister refrains from exercising a right conferred on
      him by this agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of that right.

6.    Announcements and Ceremonies

6.1   The client hereby agrees to a public announcement by the minister in the
      form of a press release containing the information outlined in Appendix C
      of this agreement.

6.2   The minister shall inform the client promptly in writing of the date on
      which the public announcement is to be made and the client shall maintain
      the confidentiality of this agreement until that date.


                                                                             523
<PAGE>

6.3   The client shall notify the minister in writing, at least 14 days in
      advance, of any official ceremony organized with regard to the project.

6.4   The client hereby consents to the participation of the minister or his
      representatives in any official ceremony.

7.    Notice

7.1   Any notice, information or document required to be sent under this
      agreement shall be effectively given if delivered by hand or sent by telex
      or facsimile. Any notice shall be deemed to have been received on
      delivery; any notice sent by telex or facsimile shall be deemed to have
      been received one working day after being sent; any notice sent by mail
      shall be deemed to have been received eight working days after being
      mailed.

7.2   Each of the parties may amend the address given in this agreement by
      informing the other party of its new address and any such changes shall
      come into force 15 days after receipt of the notice.

8.    General

8.1   No member of the House of Commons or Senator shall be admitted to any
      share or part of this agreement or to any benefit to arise therefrom.

8.2   The client confirms that no former public office holder in the Government
      of Canada benefits directly or indirectly from this agreement, or, that if
      such is the case, the said former public officer holder complies with the
      provisions of the Conflict of Interest and Post-Employment Code.

8.3   This agreement and its benefits shall not be assigned without the prior
      written consent of the minister.

8.4   The parties acknowledge that nothing in this agreement shall be construed
      as creating a partnership or joint venture or agency relationship between
      the minister and the client.

8.5   The parties hereto agree that this agreement be drafted in English only.
      Les parties a la presente entente acceptent qu'elle soit redigee en
      anglais seulement.

8.6   This agreement is made to the advantage and the benefit of the parties
      hereto, their respective successors and assigns, and is binding upon them.

8.7   This agreement is subject to and shall be construed in accordance with the
      laws of the province of Quebec.

8.8   Recourse provided under this agreement is cumulative and shall not exclude
      any other recourse provided by law.

8.9   Any payment due under this agreement is subject to there being an
      appropriation for the fiscal year in which the payment is to be made.


                                                                             524
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX C

================================================================================
                               PROJECT FACT SHEET
                       FOR THE MINISTER AND PRESS RELEASE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IDEA-SME                                   Project no  H30600761
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Client's name and address                  Resource persons:
3143619 Canada Inc, (Tirex Canada)         Name      Mr. Terence C. Byrne
3767 Thimens Boulevard                     Title     President
Suite 207                                  Telephone 335-0111
St-Laurent,  Quebec                        Fax       334-1477
H4R 1W4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project location                           Federal riding
Spain and Portugal                         St-Laurent (note)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project description:  Market development activities on the Iberian peninsula for
the sale of tire recycling equipment.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total cost of project            $190,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorized assistance (type of financial assistance and amount)

Repayable contribution

   50% X $190,000 = $95,000 MAXIMUM
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect on jobs (specify whether any will be created or preserved)  Impossible to
predict at this time.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated project start date               Estimated project completion date
June 30, 1997                              June 30, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date offer made                            Date offer accepted
================================================================================

While the company is still technically located in St-Laurent (St-Laurent
riding), it is expected that the company will soon be locating into the
territory of Southwest Montreal in the federal riding of St-Henri-Westmount.


                                                                             525


                                   EXHIBIT 21


                                                                             526
<PAGE>

                          Subsidiaries of the Company

The Company has the following four subsidiaries:

Tirex Canada R&D Inc. (formerly "3143619 Canada Inc." which was
  formerly known as Tirex Canada Inc.), a Canadian Corporation

The Tirex Corporation Canada Inc., a Canadian Corporation

Tirex Advanced Products Quebec, Inc., a Canadian Corporation

Tirex Acquisition Corp., a Delaware Corporation


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              JUN-30-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 JUL-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   JUN-30-1998
<CASH>                                             398,471 
<SECURITIES>                                             0 
<RECEIVABLES>                                            0 
<ALLOWANCES>                                             0 
<INVENTORY>                                              0 
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 2,232,892 
<PP&E>                                             994,035 
<DEPRECIATION>                                      16,747 
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   3,814,648 
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            1,859,694 
<BONDS>                                                  0 
                                    0 
                                              0 
<COMMON>                                            63,642 
<OTHER-SE>                                         390,418 
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     3,814,648 
<SALES>                                            880,000 
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                   880,000 
<CGS>                                              796,490 
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                            0 
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 4,564,566 
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                         0 
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  53,387 
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 (4,570,441)
<INCOME-TAX>                                             0 
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             (4,570,441)
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0 
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0 
<CHANGES>                                                0 
<NET-INCOME>                                    (4,570,441)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                         (.10)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                         (.10)
                                               


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission